Lr m dar.

Ds

CO A ciao n

OR HE JP DC 2

PREFACE.

Ix completing the seventh volume of the Transactions of
the Horticultural Society, the Council have to congratulate
the Fellows on the great advantages already derived from the
establishment of the Society, and on the very flattering
prospect open to it for the future. It may be said to have
given an impulse to the study of Horticulture, not only in
this country, but in all quarters of the globe, as is proved
by the establishment of numerous Provincial Societies on
the same model, and by the formation of similar Institutions
in Germany and France, in the West Indies, and other
countries.

Of the Provincial Societies, five only were in direct cor-
respondence with the London Society, at the time of the
publication of the sixth volume of these Transactions, and
as such, received the large silver Medal placed at their dis-
posal. It will be seen by the lists placed at the end of this
volume, that this number was increased to nine in the year
1827, and in the year 1828, to thirteen. The number now
in correspondence amounts to sixteen, fourteen of whom have
awarded the large silver Medal for 1829.

VOL. VII. b

ii PREFACE.

The Collections in the Garden of the Society have re-
ceived many important additions, and, notwithstanding the
losses occasioned by two unfavourable summers, a large pro-
portion of the most interesting of the new plants introduced
have been distributed very generally among the Fellows,
and dispersed over all parts of the Kingdom. In the orna-
mental department, the most extensive and valuable of these
collections is unquestionably that formed by Mr. Davip
Doveras, whose mission to the North-west Coast of Ame-
rica was announced in the Preface to the last volume. Shortly
after its publication, he returned to England, bringing with
him even a far greater number of plants and seeds than
he had previously sent home. Of the species thus intro-
duced about 210 have been raised in the Gardens of the
Society, and after having abandoned the multiplication of
those which presented no other interest than as Botanical
curiosities, 130 species are now growing, and nearly the whole
of which have been furnished to the Fellows, and to the
principal Publie Gardens in correspondence with the Society
on all parts of the Continent. The peculiar value attached
to these plants, which are hardy enough to bear our climate
without any protection in winter, many of which are also dis-
tinguished by their great beauty, has induced the Council
to engage the same indefatigable collector to undertake
a fresh expedition to the same country, with such additional
means and assistance as the difficulties experienced by
him in his former journey had rendered necessary.

PREFACE. ii

Mr. Dovaras re-embarked on the 26th of October, 1829,
under the same protection and promises of assistance on the
part of the Hudson's Bay Company, which had formerly been
so eminently useful to him. Although no advices have as
yet been received from him, it is confidently hoped, that
under his present circumstances, still greater benefit will be
derived by the Society from this enterprise, than from any
former expedition of the kind.

The contributions to the Ornamental Department received
from various Public Gardens as well as Private Individuals,
Fellows and Correspondents of the Society, both at home
and abroad, have also been of considerable importance. Under
this head the collection of Chilian Plants discovered and
introduced by ALEXANDER CrucksHANKS, Esq. and the
Mexican Plants raised from the seeds collected by J. G.
GnAnaM, Esq. in the Mountains of Mexico, deserve to be
particularly mentioned as having furnished many new and
beautiful hardy, or half-hardy, species. The Hothouses have
been more especial enriched by the Indian Collections
transmitted by Dr. Warricnu from the Botanical Garden of
Calcutta, and presented to the Society by the Honourable
East India Company, and also by a considerable number of
very interesting plants collected in the neighbourhood of
Rio Janeiro, and presented by the late Sir Henry CHAMBER-
LAYNE. To Dr. Warricnu the Society is also indebted for a
variety of Trees and Shrubs from the Mountains of Nipal,
which have proved sufficiently hardy to be placed in the
Arboretum. `

iv PREFACE.

In the. Fruit Department, while the Collections have
been constantly augmented by communications with Foreign
Gardens, the Officers of the Society, by the direction of the
Council, have been diligently applying themselves to the
examination of the varieties, with a view of determining their
respective merits or demerits. If no result has hitherto been
made public, this has arisen from the extreme difficulty of
the subject, the repeated trials that are required, year after
year, before a final opinion can be formed upon any given
variety, and from an unwillingness on the part of the Council
to authorise the publication of imperfect statements. Many
thousand varieties have now been subjected to the most
rigid scrutiny, and if there is still a great mass of matter re-
quiring investigation among Apples and Pears, yet with
respect to other fruits, the state of information, acquired at
the Garden, is such, that Reports upon a great number of
them may be now immediately expected. . An account
of the varieties of the Pine Apple has already been read
before the Society, and will be followed by a constant suc-
cession of other Reports which will be printed in the Transac-
tions, and which, it is confidently anticipated, will contain
much important information. The details intended to be
comprised in these Reports will be best understood from the
perusal of them when printed; but in the mean while it
may be stated that the great objects that have been kept
in view, are the simplification of the nomenclature by the
reduction of the synonyms to order; the investigation of the
modes of cultivation best adapted to each variety, the effect

PREFACE. i v

produced by different kinds of stocks, and the determination
of the respective qualities with a view to rejecting worthless
kinds, and selecting the most important only for petmanent
cultivation. The fruits when gathered are deposited at
the Garden in a Fruit Room, which is constantly open to
the inspection of the Public, and which, from the number of
Visitors to it, appears to excite universal interest.

The distributions made by the Society of cuttings, seeds
and plants has been of the greatest importance, as well from
the number and value of the articles, as on account of the
accuracy with which their names and synonyms have been
established. During the three years preceding the Ist of
May last, no less than 28,367 parcels of seeds were dis-
tributed at the Office in Regent Street, and 37,590 Articles
from the Garden ;* during the present year, this proportion
has been further extended.

* 'The following are the proportions in which these articles were distributed
in each of the above mentioned years.

Plants. e M. Tes M. Cuttings. | Torar.
1827-28, Articles delivered z |
m May 1, 1827, to |
April 30, 1828, inclu- |
sive. 5,694 | 3,41 | 8,424 | 1,692 | 19,221

1828-29. Ditto, ditto, in the |
iod. 5,864 3,304 8,539 2,459 | 20,196

1829-30. Ditto, ditto, in the |
same period. 8,104 | 4,390 | 11,404 2,642 | 26,540

TOTAL. 19,662 | 11,105 | 28,367 6,823 | 65,957

VOL, VII.

vi PREFACE.

With reference to this subject, the Council have to observe
that the second of the regulations printed at the commence-
ment of the last volume, has since been rescinded, and that
all the Fellows of the Society have now the privilege of
applying for plants and cuttings; and when visiting the
Garden they may receive such as are in sufficient abundance
to be so distributed; the Garden being open from nine in
the morning, daily, until six in summer, and until sunset in
winter.

The Library of the Society at their house in Regent-street,
has continued to receive additions by purchase as well as by
donations. The models of fruits, the herbaria, and other
scientific collections have been transferred to the Garden,
where it is proposed to arrange them in such a manner as
to render them of easy access, and to answer as fully as
possible the purposes for which they were intended.

With the present volume, it is designed to close the first
Series of these Transactions, but, their extensive circulation
having proved that they have generally met with the appro-
bation of the Public in their present form, it is not intended in
commencing a new series to make any material alteration
either in the style in which the plates are prepared, or in the
typographical execution of the letter press.

Regent-street,
December 27, 1830.

ADVERTISEMENT.

‘Tux Council of the Horticultural Society, in directing
the publication of Papers read before them, take this oppor-
tunity to inform the Public, that the grounds of their choice
are, and will continue to be, the importance and singularity
of the subjects, or the advantageous manner of treating them,
without pretending to answer for the certainty of the facts,
or the propriety of the reasonings contained in the several
Papers so published, which must still rest on the credit or
judgment of their respective Authors.

It is likewise necessary, on this occasion, to remark, that it
is an established rule of this Society, to which they will always
adhere, never to give their opinion as a body, upon any sub-
ject either of Nature or Art, that comes before them. And
therefore the thanks which are proposed from the Chair, to
be given to the Authors of such Papers as are read at the
General Meetings, or to the Persons who send fruits, or other
vegetable productions, or exhibit Inventions of various kinds
to the Society, are to be considered in no other light than as
a matter of civility, in return for the respect shewn to the
Society by these communications.

VOL. VII. a

CONTENTS.

I. Observations on the Growth of Early and Late Grapes
under Glass. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
James Acon, Corresponding Member of the Horticultural
Society of London, Gardener to the Earl of Surrey, F.H.S.
at Worksop Manor. p.1

II. On the Varieties of Cardoon, and the Methods of Culti-
vating them. By Mr. Andrew Matthews, 4. L. S. p. 9

IH. Accounts and Descriptions of the several Plants belong-
ing to the Genus Hoya, which are cultivated in the Garden
of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. By Mr. James
Traill, Under Gardener in the Ornamental Experimental
Department. p- 16

IV. On Acclimatizing Plants at Biel, in East Lothian. In
a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. John Street, Gardener

to the Honourable Mrs. Hamilton Nesbit. p. 31
V. Upon the Culture of Celery. By Thomas Andrew
Knight, Esq. F. R. S. §c. President. p. 43

VI. Report upon the New or Rare Plants which flowered
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick,
between March, 1825, and March, 1826. Part 1. Tender
Plants. By John Lindley, F. L. S. ae Assistant Secre-
tary for the Garden. p. 46

VII. Account of a Protecting Frame for Fruit Trees on
Walls. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. John
Dick, Gardener to The Right Honourable William

iv CONTENTS.

Trotter, Lord Provost of Edinburgh, at Ballindean in

Perthshire. p. 76
VIII. On the Esculent Egg Plants. By. Mr. Andrew
Mathews, 4. L.S. p. 82

IX. Notices of Communications £o the Horticultural Society,
between January 1, 1824, and January 1, 1825, of which
separate Accounts have not been published in the Trans-
actions. Extracted from the Minute Books and Papers of
the Society. p. 87

X. Report on the Instruments employed in, and on the Plan
of a Journal of, Meteorological Observations kept in
the Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick.

p.97

XL Journal of Meteorological Observations, made im the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick, during
the year 1826. By Mr. William Beattie Booth, 4. L. S.

p. 102

XH. On Orache, its Varieties and Cultivation. By Mr.
William Townsend, Under Gardener in the Kitchen
Garden Department of the Garden of the Horticultural
Society at Chiswick. p. 130

XIII. On Planting the Moist alluvial Banks of Rivers with
Fruit-trees. . In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. John
Robertson, F. H. S. p. 135

XIV. On Dahlias. By Mr. William Smith. Under Gar-
dener in the Arboretum Department of the Garden of the
Horticultural Society at Chiswick. p. 141

XV. On the Cultivation of Camellias in an open Border.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joseph Harrison.

p. 168

CONTENTS. v

XVI. A Method of growing Crops of Melons on open Bor-
ders. Jn a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. William
Greenshields, F. H. S. Gardener to Richard Benyon de
Beauvoir, Esq. F. H. S. at Englefield House, in Berk-
shire. p. 172.

XVII. Notice of Five Varieties of Pears, received from Jersey
in the year 1826. By Mr. John Lindley, F.L. S. $c.
Assistant Secretary for the Garden. p. 175

XVIII. Upon the Culture of the Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus, or
Chinese Cherry. By Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq.
F. R. S. $c. President. p. 180

XIX. On the Culture of the Pine Apple. In a Letter to
William Garfit Ashton, Esq. Secretary to the Cambridge-
shire Horticultural Society. By Mr. James Dall, Gar-
dener to the Karl of Hardwicke, F. H. S. at Wimpole.
Communicated by the Cambridgeshire Horticultural
Society. p. 184

XX. On Forcing Asparagus. Jn a Letter to William Garfit
Ashton, Esq. Secretary to the Cambridgeshire Horticul-
tural Society. By Mr. James Dall, Gardener to the Earl
of Hardwicke, F. H. S. at Wimpole. Communicated by
the Cambridgeshire Horticultural Society. p. 188

XXI. Observations on Foremg Garden Rhubarb. By Mr.
William Stothard, Under Gardener in the Experimental
Fruit and Kitchen Garden Department of the Garden of
the Horticultural Society, at Chiswick. p. 190

XXII. Account of some remarkable Holly Hedges and Trees
in Scotland. By Joseph Sabine, Esg. F. R. S. $c.
Secretary. p.194

XXIII. 4n Account of a Plan for Heating Stoves by means

vl CONTENTS.

of Hot Water, employed in the Garden of Anthony Bacon,
Esq. F.H.S. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
William Whale, Gardener to Mr. Bacon. p. 203
XXIV. Account of a Mode of Managing Peach Trees, in
an Early Peach House. By Mr. Walter Henderson,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society, Gar-
dener to Walter Frederick Campbell, Esq. M. P. F. H. 8S.
at Woodhall, in Lanarkshire. p. 209
XXV. Remarks upon the Comparative Advantages of
Grafting Pears upon Quince Stocks. Jn a Letter to the
Secretary, By Mr. Thomas Torbron, F. H. S. Gar-
dener to the Countess of Bridgwater, at Ashridge, in Hert-
fordshire. p. 218
XXVI. Description, with Plans, of a Hot-Wall. In a Letter
to the Secretary. By Mr. John Hay, Corresponding
Member of the Horticultural Society. p. 218
XXVII. Report upon the New or Rare Plants which flowered
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick,
between March, 1825, and March, 1826. Part II. Hardy
Plants. By Mr. John Lindley, F. L. S. $c. Assistant
Secretary. p. 224
XXVIII. Suggestions respecting the Culture of the Mango
and Cherimoyer. By Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq.
F. R. S. $c. President. p. 254
XXIX. Some Account of the Mela Carli Malearle, or
Charles Apple. Bj Mr. John Lindley, F. R. S. $c. As-
sistant Secretary. p. 259
XXX. A Review of the Fifty kinds of Grapes described by
Mr. Speechly in his ** Treatise on the Vine," with such
Corrections as subsequent experience shews the necessity of.

CONTENTS. vil

By Mr. Joseph Thompson, Corresponding Member of the
Horticultural Society, Gardener to His Grace the Duke of
Portland, a£ Welbeck, in Nottinghamshire, and Successor
to Mr. Speechly. p. 263
XXXI. An Account of the Species of Calochortus ; a Genus

. `of American Plants. By Mr. David Douglas, 4. L. S.
p. 215
XXXII. An Account of some Improvements in the Construc-
tion of Hot Beds. By Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq.
Edt. S. 4e; Prendeut...— p. 281
XXXIII. On the Treatment of the Nymphza Rubra. In a
Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Christie Duff, Corres-
ponding Member of the Horticultural Society of London,
and Gardener to the Earl Grosvenor, at Haton Hall, in
Cheshire. p. 285
XXXIV. A simplified Method of marking Numbers on
Tallies. Ina Letter to the Secretary. By Sir George
Steuart Mackenzie, Bart. F. H. S. p. 288
XXXV. Upon pruning and managing Dwarf Standard
Apple and Pear Trees in a Garden. .In a Letter to the

Secretary. By Mr. William Greenshields, F. H. S.

p. 291
XXXVI. A Plan for transplanting large Forest Trees in
Parks. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Sir Charles
Miles Lambert Monck, Bart. F. H. S. p. 294
XXXVII. An Account of Scotch Pears. In a Letter to
the Secretary. By Mr. Archibald Gorrie. Correspond-
ing Member of the Horticultural Society. p. 299
XXXVIII. An Account of some Varieties of the Apple
which have been found to succeed in a Garden in Ross-

viii CONTENTS.

shire, Latitude 57° 34’ 54", N. with Descriptions of Five
New Seedling Apples. Ina Letter to the Secretary. By
Sir George Steuart Mackenzie, Bart. F. H. S. p. 332
XXXIX. On the Cultivation of the Strawberry. In a Letter
to the Secretary. By Sir George Steuart Mackenzie,
Bart. F. H. S. p. 342
XL. Journal of Meteorological Observations made in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick during
the year 1827. By Mr. William Beattie Booth, 4. L. S.
p. 946
XLI. An Account of the manner of Training the Vine upon
Open Walls, at Thomery, near Fontainebleau. Jn a
Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. John Robertson, F. H. S.
p. 373
XLII. Observations on the Cultivation of Stove Plants. In
a Letter to the Secretary. By Sir Edward Poore, Bart.
F. HS. p. 389
XLIII. Upon a Method of obtaining late Flowers of Ranun-
culuses. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Henry
Groom, F. H. S. p. 394.
XLIV. Upon the proper management of Plants during
their Voyage from China to England. Jn a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. John Damper Parks, F. H.S. Gar-
dener to the Earl of Arran, F. H.S. at Bognor, Sussex.
p. 996
XLV. An Account of a Cherry Orchard, at Hylands, near
Chelmsford, the Seat of Peter Cesar Labouchere, Esq.
F.H. S. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. John
Smith, the Gardener. p. 400
XLVI. An Account of aneasy method of destroying Cater-

CONTENTS. ix

pillars on Gooseberry Bushes. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Richard Williams, Gardener to
Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq. F. R. S. $c. President.
7 p. 403
XLVII. On the Culture of the Potatoe. By Thomas
Andrew Knight, Esq. F. R. S. &c. President. p. 405
XLVIII. On the Cultivation of the Pine Apple. By
Thomas Andrew Knight, Esg. F. R: S. $c. President.
p. 409
XLIX. Upon a mode of covering the naked branches of
Fruit Trees with New Wood. In a Letter to the Presi-
dent. By S. S. Street, Esq. of Penryn, Cornwall. p.417
L. An Account and Description of the Species and most
remarkable Varieties of Spring Crocuses, cultivated in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society. By Joseph Sabine,
Esq. F. R. S. $c. Secretary. p. 419
LI. On the Cultwation of Air Plants in Stoves. In a
. Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Thomas Fairbairn,
F. H.S. _ p. 499
. LII. Upon the Cultivation of the Bouvardia Triphylla. In
a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. John Mearns, F. H. S.
p. 501
LIII. On the probable cause of the Russet in Apples. In
a Letter to the Secretary. By John Williams, Esq.
C. M. HS. p. 505
LIV. An Account of some new, and little known Species of
the Genus Ribes. By Mr. David Douglas, F. L. S.
p. 508
LV. History and Description of the Species of Camellia
and Thea; and of the Varieties of the Camellia Japonica
VOL. VII. b

x CONTENTS.

that have been imported from China. By Mr. William
Beattie Booth, 4. L. S. Garden Clerk. p. 519

LVI. Upon the supposed Changes of the Climate of England.

By Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq. President, F. R. S. óc.
p. 563.

CLVII. Upon the Application of Hot Water in Heating
Hot-houses. In a Letler to the Secretary. By Mr.
Thomas Tredgold. p. 568

LVIII. On the Degeneracy of the larger and finer Varieties
of Persian Melons, in the Climate of England. By
Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq. F. R. S. $c. President.

p. 584

List of Authors, with the Titles of their respective Communi-
cations.

List of large silver Medals presented by Order of the Coun-
cil, from May 1, 1826, to May 1, 1827.

List of Persons to whom the Banksian Medal has been pre-
sented by Order of the Council, for Exhibitions at General
- Meetings of the Society, from May 1, 1826, to M ay 1,
1827.

List of Persons to whom the Certificate in lieu of the Bank-
sian Medal has been presented by Order of the Council, for
Exhibitions at General Meetings of the Society, from
May 1, 1826, to May 1, 1827.

Medals presented to Local Horticultural Societies within the
United Kingdom, for the year 1826.

List of Books and other Articles presented to the Library of
the Society, from May 1, 1826, to May 1, 1827.

Herbarium presented, between May1, 1826, and May 1, 1827.

CONTENTS. xi

List of Subscribers to the formation of the Garden of the So-
ciety, from November 20, 1826, to May 1, 1827.

List of Medals presented by Order of the Council, from May
1, 1827, to May 1, 1828.

List of Persons to whom the Banksian Medal has been pre-
sented by Order of the Council for Exhibitions at General
Meetings of the Society, from May 1, 1827, to May 1,
1828.

List of Persons to whom the Certificate in lieu of the Bank-
sian Medal has been presented by Order of the Council,
Jor Exhibitions at General Meetings of the Society, from
May 1, 1827, to May 1, 1828.

List of Medals awarded at the Anniversary Meeting of the
Society in the year 1827.

Medals presented to Local Horticultural Societies within the
United Kingdom for the year 1827.

List of Books and other Articles presented to the Library of
the Society, from May 1, 1827, to May 1, 1828, with the
names of their donors.

List of Subscribers to the formation of the Garden of the So-
ciety, from May 1, 1827, to May 1, 1828.

List of Medals presented by Order of the Council, from

May 1, 1828, to May 1, 1830.

List of Persons to whom the Banksian Medal has been pre-
sented by Order of the Council, for Exhibitions at General
Meetings of the Society, from May 1, 1828, to May 1,
1830.

List of Medals awarded at the Anniversary Meeting of the
Society in the year 1828.

xii CONTENTS.

List of Medals awarded at the Anniversary Meeting of the
Society in the year 1829.

List of Medals presented to Local Horticultural Societies
within the United Kingdom, for the year 1828.

List of Medals presented to Local Horticultural Societies
within the United Kingdom, for the year 1829.

List of Books and other Articles, presented to the Library of
the Society, from May 1, 1828, to May 1, 1830.

LIST OF PLATES.

1. Hoya Pottsu, - - To face page 25
2. Meteorological Diagram, - - 2 EEG
3. Duchesse d'Angouléme Pear, - E 176
4. Beurré d'Aremberg, and Gloux Morceaux Pears, 178
5. Plan of the Vinery at Elcot, - E 207
6. Plan of a Hot Wall, - - - 220
7. The Malcarle, or Charles Apple, - - 259
8. Calochortus macrocarpus, - - 276
9. Calochortus nitidus and speciosus, E 277
10. Meteorological Diagram, - - - 347
11. Spring Crocuses, E - - - 433
12. Index to Ditto, - - - - 433
13. Ribes sanguineum, - E - 509
14. Blossoms of the various-flowered Camellia, - 545
15 570

. Modes of heating with Hot Water. — : E

LONDON.

No. Dot. Garden,
1607,

LONDON:

AND AY THE PRINCIPAL 09 SELI ay OF THE

ADVERTISEMENT.

Tu E Committee appointed by the Horticultural Society to
direct the publication of the Papers read before them, take
this opportunity to inform the Public, that the grounds of their
choice are, and will continue to be, the importance and singu-
larity of the subjects, or the advantageous manner of treating
them, without pretending to answer for the certainty of the
facts, or the propriety of the reasonings contained in the seve-
ral Papers so published, which must still rest on the credit
or judgment of their respective Authors.

It is likewise necessary, on this occasion, to remark, that it
is an established rule of this Society, to which they will always
adhere, never to give their opinion as a body, upon any sub-
ject either of Nature or Art, that comes before them. And
therefore the thanks which are proposed from the Chair, to
be given to the Authors of such Papers as are read at the
General Meetings, or to the Persons who send fruits, or other
vegetable productions, or exhibit Inventions of various kinds
to the Society, are to be considered in no other light than as
a matter of civility, in return for the respect shewn to the
Society by these communications. |

VOL. VII. H

CONTENTS.

I. Observations on the Growth of Early and Late Mie. 44
under Glass. In a Letter to the Secretary. By
James Acon, Corresponding Member of the Horticultural
Society of London, Gardener to the Earl of Surrey,
F. H.5S. at Worksop Manor. =i

II. On the Varieties of Cardoon, and the Methods of Culti-
vating them. By Mr. Anprew Matuews, A. L.S. p. 9

III. Accounts and Descriptions of the several Plants be-
longing to the Genus ee which are cultivated in. the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. By
Mr. James Tnainn, Under Gardener in the eed
- Experimental Department. p. 1

IV. On Acclimatizing Plants at Biel, in East Lothian. In
a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joun STREET, Gar-
dener to the Honourable Mrs. Hamiuton Nrssrr. p. 31

V. Upon the Culture of Celery. By Tuomas ANDREW
Kxionr, Esq. F.R.S. $c. President. p. 43

VI. Report upon the New or Rare Plants which flowered
in. the Garden of the Horticultural Society at. Chiswick,
between March, 1825, and March, 1826. Part 1. Tender
Plants. By Mr. Joux Livouey, F. L.S. é&c. Garden
Assistant Secretary. p. 46

VII. Account of a Protecting Frame for Fruit Trees on
Walls. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joun
Dicx, Gardener to The Right Honourable WILLIAM
Trorrer, Lord Provost of Edinburgh, at Ballindean in

Perthshire. p. 16
VIII. On the Esculent Egg Plants. By. Mr. ANDREW
Martuews, A. L.S. 82

E
IX. Notices of Communications to the Horticultural Society,
between January 1, 1824, and January 1, 1825, of which
separate Accounts have not been published in the Trans-
actions. Extracted from the Minute Books and Papers of
the Society. p. 87
X. Report on the Instruments employed in, and on the Plan
of a Journal of, Meteorological Observations kept in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. p. 97

CONTENTS. ui

Xl. Journal of Meteorological Observations, made in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick, during
the year 1826. By Mr. Wit11aM Beatriz Boorn, A.L.S.

p. 102

. XII. On Orache, its Varieties and Cultivation. By Mr.
WirriaM TowxwsEND, Under Gardener in the Kitchen
Garden Department of the Garden of the Horticultural
Society at Chiswick. veer p. 130

XII. On Planting the Moist alluvial Banks of Rivers with
Fruit-trees. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joux
Rosertson, F. H.S. | p. 135

XIV. On Dahlias. By Mr. Wirtriaw Swrrg. Under
Gardener in the Arboretum Department of the Garden of
the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. p. 141

XV. On the Cultivation of Camellias in an open Border.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joseru Harrison.

1

* p.
XVI. A Method of growing Crops of Melons on open Borders.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. WILLIAM GREEN-
SHIELDS, J.H.S. Gardener to Ricuarp BENYON DE
Bravvorn, Esq. F.H.S. at Englefield House, in Berk-
— shire. p Dos roda p. 172
XVII. Notice of Five Varieties of Pears, received from
Jersey in the year 1826. By Mr. Joun Lixprzy, F. L.S.
dc. Assistant Secretary for the Garden. p. 175.
XVIII. Upon the Culture of the Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus, ox
Chinese Cherry. By Tuomas Anprew Kyicut, Esq.
F.R.S. $c. President. p. 180
XIX. On the Culture of the Pine Apple. Ina Letter to
WirLriAM Garrit Asuton, Esq. Secretary to the Cam-
bridgeshire Horticultural Society. By Mr. James DALL,
Gardener to the Earl of HaAnpwickzg, F.H.S. at Wim-
pole. Communicated by the Cambridgeshire Horticultural
Society. ; . 184
XX. On forcing Asparagus. In a Letter to WirriAM
Ganrir AsuroN, Esq. Secretary to the Cambridgeshire
Horticultural Society. By. Mr. James Dar, Gardener
to the Earl of HAnpwickE, F. H.S. at Wimpole. Com-
municated by the Cambridgeshire Horticultural Hon :
pP.

iv CONTENTS.

XXI. Observations on forcing Garden Rhubarb. By Mr.
WiLLram SrorHanp, Under Gardener in the Experi-
mental Fruit and Kitchen Garden Department of the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. p. 190

XXII. Account of some remarkable Holly Hedges and
Trees in Scotland. By Josgeu Sasine, Esq. F.R.S. $c
Secretary. p. 194

XXIII. An Account of a Plan for Heating Stoves by means
of Hot de vat employed in the Garden of ANtuony Bacon,
Esq. F.H.S. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
WILLIAM WHALE, Gardener to Mr. Bacon. p. 203

LIST OF THE PLATES.

1. Hoya Pottsii - E - to face page 25
2. Meteorological Diagram - - - - 128
3. Duchesse d Angoulême Pear E E - 176
4. Beurré d'Aremberg and Gloux Morceaux Pears - 178
5. Plan ofthe Vinery at Elcot - - - 207

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.

I. Observations on the Growth of Early and Late Grapes
under Glass. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
JAMES Acon, Corresponding Member of the Horticultural
Society of London, Gardener to the Earl of Surrey,
F, H. S. at Worksop Manor.

Read March 7, 1826.
SIR,

SEND you the Sections ofthe Early and Late Graperies at
Worksop Manor, agreeably to your desire. The first of
these, which was the house you so particularly noticed, had
previously been a Pinery, and was reconstructed in the
beginning of last year in the present form, to be employed
solely for the production of Early Grapes. With the addition
of this house to the others in the garden, I am now enabled
to provide a regular supply of fruit, in a perfect state for the
table, throughout the year. There are very few places in
the kingdom where this is successfully accomplished ; partly
from the injudicious plans on which the early houses are

VOL. VII. B

Mo. Bot. Garden,
ISET.

2 On the Growth of Early and Late Grapes under Glass.

constructed, and partly from the cultivation of Late Sane
being little understood.

In compliance with your request, I now submit to you
some observations on the management of Vineries both in
early and late forcing, and will begin with the former,
referring to the annexed section and explanation thereof.

EARLY GnAPERY AT Worxsop MANOR.

References.
1. Flues, eighteen inches high, built on arches.

2. Arched Trellis, with horizontal wires one foot apart.
3. Places where the Vines are planted.

The method usually adopted for early Grapes is to train
the Vines under the roof near the glass, or on small frames
against flued walls. Both these methods are in my opinion
objectionable ; in the former the house is rendered much too
dark, and the young bunches are liable to suffer from the

By Mr. James Acox. 3

currents of cold air that blow through the interstices of the
glass in stormy weather; in the latter the plants are fre-
quently scorched, from the intense heat of the flue, and
consequently yield very scanty and uncertain crops.

For the Early Forcing, a great command of heat is essenti-
ally necessary, to secure which, the house here described
was constructed with two flues, that first pass along the
middle of the house, and then returns in the back wall;
the fires are placed at each end behind; thus the heat is
equalized to a great nicety. The operation of forcing com-
mences on the first of September, the fruit begins to be
ripened about the first week in March, and continues to be
gathered till the middle of May. The Vines are trained
horizontally on the trellis and on the back ofthe house. Some
are also trained on the rafters, but these last are introduced
six weeks after the forcing of the first has commenced, and
they yield a succession crop, which begins to ripen early in
May.* The form of this house gives it a peculiar advantage
over most others, in presenting a greater surface for the
growth of the Vines than could be derived from any other
plan; the trellis which covers the flues is nearly equal to the

* At the commencement of this Paper, I stated that I was enabled to provide
a regular supply of fruit from my Vines throughout the year. This is effected
as follows :—' The late-house crop lasts from the middle of January to the end of
March; this is succeeded by the first crop in the early house, which carries on the
supply into May, and it is continued by the Grapes on the rafters in the same
house, until the Vines in the Pine stoves;-which are forced early in January and
February, produce their crops. These keep in bearing through the summer, when
a Vinery, which I begin to force about the end of March, furnishes the supply
till the late-house fruit is ready in January. This completes the succession.

4 On the Growth of Early and Late Grapes under Glass.

whole roof without being in the least detrimental to the plants
at the back ofthe house. To prove the superiority of this
trellis, some branches were brought from the Vines growing
on the rafters, and trained on the trellis; these ripened their
clusters a fortnight sooner than those above, and were ex-
ceedingly large and fine.

The Vines are planted in the earth within the house, for I
consider it of the utmost importance to have their roots
secure from external exposure; but I do not by any means
desire to have the mould in which they grow heated by the
fire; few plants will thrive well if the earth in which their
roots are placed is warmed by any other means than that of
the atmosphere.

In pruning these Vines, as little wood should be left to be
employed as possible; I prefer stopping one joint above its
cluster, and have no joint without a bunch. Some have
difficulty in procuring this, but good practitioners generally
have abundance. A single Vinery at this place, fifty-two
feet long by fifteen feet wide, ripened in the last season
one thousand bunches, besides which, the number of bunches
cut off at the time of thinning was considerable; those which
ripened were allowed by some eminent Gardeners to have
acquired all the size and flavour that fruits of the same kind
were capable of acquiring.

When the crop is over, and the wood perfectly ripe, the
branches should be laid near the ground, and shaded till the
recommencement ofthe forcing. By this practice they will
_ be found to have accumulated excitability. The shade will
have some affinity to the gloom of winter, which never fails

By Mr. James Acon. 5

to give vegetation increased energy. I remember once to
have placed some Vines in pots in the lobby of an icehouse ;
these being replaced in the stove, broke their eyes in Sep-
tember, and had ripe fruit very early in the spring following,
though they were but slowly forced.

No author that I have read who has written on Early
Grapes, seems to have been skilled in their cultivation.
Mr. Nicor* found it necessary to reverse his houses to pro-
cure ripe fruit in March, and many persons, misled by his
authority, have adopted this unnatural method of proceeding.
Plants that have been forced early will always shew an incli-
nation to bud at the accustomed time, whilst it is difficult to
move those which have never been habituated to forward
excitement, but the habit once induced, will continue, and
will enable the cultivator to procure fruit at any time. There
may indeed be local circumstances to thwart success, but
where there is no difficulty, there is no merit.

The growth of my early forced Vines coincides with the
. season most unpropitious to vegetation, but it is fortunate
that the quiescent state of the fruit, which takes place pre-
vious to its ripening, and when it acquires no perceptible
enlargement, corresponds exactly with the depth of winter.
Whatever change it then undergoes is probably more the
consequence of time than of temperature. |

* Fourth edition of his Forcing, Fruit, and Kitchen Gardener, page 100.

6 On the Growth of Early and Late Grapes under Glass.

I now proceed to the observations on the management of
the Late Vinery, of which I annex a section.

LATE GRAPERY AT Worksop MANOR.

EN

ANN

N S
N
NN

3

SS

X N
ANO
N MY

2
(Wl

References.

1. Flues on arches eighteen inches above the level.
2. Place where the Vines are planted.

This house is usually shut up about the middle or end of
May, as soon as the bunches become visible. The Vines
are trained on a trellis near the glass. ‘Till they are out
of blossom, the air is kept very warm. ‘This is of more
importance than is generally imagined; the wood which
has to bring the future crop will be all made during this
period. In a good heat, it will be found to grow more com-
pact, and to receive a form better calculated to produce and
ripen fruit under the cold atmosphere to which it is after-

By Mr. James Acox. 7

wards exposed. Ifthe house be kept too cool at the be-
ginning, the wood will be soft and long jointed, and therefore
subsequently barren. Those who attempt to grow Late
Grapes, must pay serious attention to this circumstance,
the failures of many may be attributed to the neglect of
it. As much air as possible is given during the summer ;
but as the autumn advances, more caution in this point is
observed. I endeavour to have the fruit perfectly coloured
at the approach of the dark season; if the colouring be de-
ferred too long, the berries will never acquire their proper
flavour. The first object is to ripen the fruit well, after that
to maintain a more passive vegetation; if this be well
managed, the bunches will remain for months without any.
apparent alteration. Great care must be observed daily to.
remove such berries as are inclining to damp, otherwise the
whole crop will soon be spoiled. The Muscat of Alexandria,
the St. Peter’s, and the Black Damascus, are the varieties
best adapted for late crops ; all the other kinds wither pre-
maturely. The gathering generally commences in the middle.
of January, and continues till the end of March, at which
time the early house is in bearing.

In pruning these Vines, the same system is followed as in
the early house, no wood is suffered to remain without fruit ;
by this I never fail to have an abundant crop. It will some-
times happen that the plants will bleed at the spring dres-
sing; when this takes place, the best means I know of is to
keep the house warmer for a few days; this mode of cure
seldom fails, the dry heat of one week will compress the wood
as effectually as a long winter. When the fruit is all gathered,
the house is unroofed for a short time, not with a view of

8 On the Growth of Early and Late Grapes under Glass.

retarding the plants, but to restore the elastic power of the
wood, which all Vines invariably lose, that have been exposed
for a considerable time to a dry atmosphere.

If gardeners who have much diffieulty in getting their
Vines, that have been in the Pine stoves all the winter, to
break their eyes regularly, were to turn them out of doors
for a few weeks, they would find much benefit from the
practice. Every person of observation must have noticed
how vigorously and uniformly they break, after having been
exposed for some time to frosty weather. Yet many decry
this mode of treatment, alleging that they are frequently
killed. A great diminution of temperature will condense
the sap, and compress the wood exceedingly, but the elasticity
may be restored, by washing the branches frequently with
cold water in a low temperature, and then they will suffer no
injury. A few years ago, when so many Vines failed from
the effect of severe frost, those at this place were exposed
the whole of the season without the loss of a single plant ;
and the subsequent crop was uniformly good.

These observations are such as experience and success
enable me to supply you with, and I shall feel particularly
happy, if they should be found useful.

I have to thank you in an especial manner for the enco-
miums you passed on the garden under my care, when you
visited it in October last, and am

Your most obedient humble servant,
JAMES ÁcON.

Worksop Manor,
March 2, 1826.

[9]

IL On the Varieties of Cardoon, and the Methods of Cul-
tivating them. By Mr. Annrew Maruews, A. L. S.

Read November 7, 1826.

Tue Cardoon or Cardoon Artichoke, is the Cynara Car-
dunculus of Linnxvus ;* it was known to the older Botanists
as Cynara spinosa,t and Scolymus aculeatus.f Parxrnsoy,||
whose Paradisus was published in 1629, called it the Char-
don or Carduus esculentus ; in his time it appears to have
been much cultivated in Flanders, for he states that * Joux
'laApEscANT assured him that he saw three acres of land
about Brussels, planted with this kind, which the owner
whited like Endive, and then sold them in the winter:" he
adds * that we cannot yet find the true manner of dressing
them," and this appears to be very true, for he mentions that
* the Chardon is eaten raw of divers, with vinegar and oyl,
pepper and salt, all of them or some as every one liketh for
their delight." Caspar Baumin, who wrote a few years
previous to Parkinson, also states that it was so eaten.
Subsequently to the time of Parkinson, it got into cultiva-
tion in this country, though it is not now very generally seen
in English gardens, nor by any means so much used as in
France, and the Southern parts of Europe. As an esculent,
however, it has much merit, though it requires more skill in

* LixNzI Sp. Plant. Edit. 1, 827, Edit. 2,1159. WirrpENow Sp. Plant. 3,
1691.
f C. Baunrx Pinax, 383. + TABERNEMONTANI Hist. 1075.
|| Parxrnson Paradisus, 520, pl. 519, fig. 5.
VOL. VII.

10 ... On the Varieties of Cardoon, óc.

the cooking than is commonly applied to it, which is pro-
bably the cause of its not being so frequently grown.

- The Cardoon is a native of the South of Europe, and the
Northern parts of Africa. "Though a perennial, it is used in —
gardens only in the first year of its growth, except when it 1s
kept over to the succeeding year for the purpose of saving its
seed. Mr. Nett, in his Treatise on Horticulture, published
in the Edinburgh Encyclopedia, states that it was cultivated
in the Botanic garden at Holyrood House, in 1683. Heisthe
first British writer on gardening, who has noticed more than
one variety ; he mentions the Cardon de Tours as cultivated
by the French, but as not having then (1817 ) been introduced
into Britain.

The French gardeners call these plants Artichaut Cardon,
Carde and Cardonette, and have for some time cultivated* two
varieties, the Cardon d'Espagne, and the Cardon de Tours,
the latter being by them considered the best, because it is said
that its ribs are thicker, tenderer, and more delicate. This
originated at Tours, and is there much in use. The Bon
~ Jardinier+ has lately, in addition to these, mentioned two
others, one entirely without spines, and the other with
red stems, both of which will be noticed in the following
descriptions. :

I have included all the sorts known to me under four heads.
Seeds of the French kinds, received from M. Vrrwoniw, have
been cultivated in the garden of the Horticultural Society at
Chiswick, where my engagement has afforded me an oppor-
tunity of examining them. The two first kinds mentioned

* Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, Tome iii.
T See Bon Jardinier for 1825, page 94, and for 1826, page 121.

By Mr. Anvrew MATHEWS. 11

were also raised from seeds obtained from English and Dutch
seedsmen.
The varieties may be icd and described as follows.

1. Common Cardoon.

Chardon. :
Cards. I English.

Cardon pleine inerme. tai
Cardon pleine et sans épines. §

This kind grows from four to five feet high; the leaves
are large and strong, with broadish segments to the leaflets,
of a shining green, with a little appearance of hoariness
on the upper surface, ahd generally destitute of spines,
though some of the plants occasionally have a few small ones
at the base of the leaflets. This is the Common Cardoon of
the English gardens, and which when raised from English or
Dutch seed, is often of very inferior quality, being piped or
hollow in its ribs. The Cardon Pleine Inerme of the Bon
Jardinier, which is there described as a novelty, appears to
correspond exactly with this Common Cardoon ofthe English,
and not to differ from it at all in the character of its foliage,
except in having solid ribs. I am therefore disposed to con-
sider it only as our Common Cardoon, raised from seeds of
well selected plants.

2. Spanish Cardoon.
Cardon d' Espagne.

The segments of the leaflets of this kind are rather nar-
rower, and somewhat more hoary than those of the Common
Cardoon ; the ribs are longer, and the whole plant stronger,

12 On the Varieties. of Cardoon, $c.

and usually rather more spiny; it is not however always
very readily distinguished from the Common Cardoon.

3. Cardoon of Tours.
Cardon de Tours.
Cardon de Tours épineux à côtes trés pleines.
Cardon piquante.

The leaves of this kind are very hoary on the upper
surface, the segments are broad, acuminate, and terminating
with a stiff spine; the spines grow from three to five in
clusters at the base of the leaflets, they are very strong and
ofa yellowish colour. This plant does not grow so tall as
the two preceding ; its ribs are large and solid.

4. Red Cardoon.

Cardon à cótes rouges.

The leaves of this kind are green, without any hoariness,
long and narrow. The segments of the leaflets are also
much narrower and more acuminate, than in either of the
others. The ribs are large, and tinged with a deep pink, but
are not solid. The whole plant is destitute of spines. . It is
less hardy than either of the other varieties. |. M. VILMORIN
received this from M. Detacour Govurrs, Director of the
Botanic Garden at Marseilles.

There does not appear to be any real difference as to flavour
when dressed in the above described plants; the Spanish Car-
doon as grown with us seems to be the best, inasmuch as the
ribs are usually larger and more solid than those. of the other
kinds. The French, as before stated, prefer the Cardoon of
Tours. One sort is quite sufficient for all the purposes of

By Mr. AupREwW MATHEWS. 13

a garden, that therefore which has its ribs perfectly solid
and at the same time large, is to be preferred. In the selec-
tion of plants from which to save seeds, the Gardener should
particularly attend to these qualities.

The Cardoon does not require so much care or trouble in
its cultivation, as is often bestowed upon it. "There are diffe-
rent methods of managing it, recommended in the books on
British and French Horticulture, but as the plan practised in
the Garden of the Horticultural Society, in the present and
preceding years, appears the most simple, as well as the most
successful, I will detail it.

The soil to be chosen for the growth of Cardoons should
be deep and light, but not over rich. The seeds are to be
sown about the middle of April, in trenches about six inches
deep, by twelve inches wide, into which a small quantity of
rotten dung has been previously dug... The rows to be set
four feet distant from each other, and the seed sown in
patches (three or four together) at about eighteen inches
apart; when the young plants have acquired four or five
leaves, they should be thinned out to single plants. -~ During
the summer, they must be kept free from weeds, and. in dry
weather frequently watered. They require much moisture.
About the end of October, when the plants have attained
nearly their full size, a dry day is to be chosen, when the
plants are free from damp, to commence the operation
of blanching, which is thus performed:—The leaves of
each plant are carefully and lightly tied together with
strong matting, keeping the whole upright, and the ribs
of the leaves together. The plant is then bound closely
round, with twisted hay-bands about an inch and a half in

i4 On the Varieties of Cardoon, &c.

diameter, beginning at the root, and continuing to about two
thirds ofits height, covering the whole so as to prevent the
earth, when applied to it, coming in contact with the ribs of
the leaves. Ifthe Cardoons are to be used early, and before
frost sets in, the plants may remain thus banded without
earthing up, and will become sufficiently blanched for use.
But if there is any danger of their being exposed to frost,
then it is necessary that they should be earthed up in the
same manner as Celery; care being taken not to raise the
earth higher than the haybands.

A more common practice is, instead of using haybands,
simply to tie the leaves together with matting, and then to
earth up the plants like Celery; the first earthing to be in
the beginning of October, and then repeated once a fort-
night until the plants are sufficiently covered. Upon com-
parison of the plants thus treated in the Garden of the
Horticultural Society, with those blanched by haybands,
the latter have been ascertained to be superior both in
colour and in the greater length of the parts blanched.

A French method of blanching has also been tried in the
Society's Garden ; it was done in the following manner :—The
bottom of the plant was first moulded up a little, the leaves
were then tied together with packthread, and the whole
nearly to the top was enveloped with a quantity of long clean
straw, placed in the direction of its length, and then tied
round with strong matting or small ropes; the leaves were
thus blanched without being earthed up, and speedily became
white. The process is good, and affords a neat appearance,
but it is more troublesome than that first mentioned, and
much more expensive, because if frost is to be excluded

By Mr. ANpREw MATHEWS. 15

from the plant, a very large quantity of straw must be con-
sumed for that purpose.

In either of the cases of the use of haybands or straw, it
is very necessary to be careful that the plants are perfectly
dry before they are enveloped in their covering; they will
otherwise rot.

It is frequently the practice to sow the seeds of Cardoons
in beds, and to transplant the young plants after they have
been so raised, but it has been found preferable to sow the
seeds where it is intended the plants should remain, for they
are then better enabled to stand a dry summer, and are be-
sides not so liable to run to flower as when they have been
transplanted.

In France, the flowers of the Cardoon are gathered and
dried in the shade; when so preserved, they are used instead
of rennet to coagulate milk.

[ 16 |

III. Accounts and Descriptions of the several Plants be-
longing to the Genus Hoya, which are cultivated in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. By
Mr. James Tnarrr, Under-gardener in the Ornamental
Experimental Department.

Read November 7, 1826.

Oxz species of Hoya has been cultivated in the Gardens of
this country upwards of twenty years, having been recom -
mended before it flowered by its novelty, and subsequently by
the great beauty of its blossoms and the facility with which
itis managed. Two other species were subsequently intro-
duced, and at a late period the Horticultural Society has had
the good fortune to add two more to those previously obtained.

The object of this communication is particularly to describe
and make known these last, and to point out the peculiarities
which distinguish the different kinds.

Linnaus was acquainted with only one species of this
genus, and that from a single specimen.* His observation
of it does not appear to have been sufficient to induce him

* Sir James Epwarp Situ having very obligingly sent this specimen from
the Linnzean Herbarium to Mr. SAn1NE for his inspection, I have had an oppor-
tunity of seeing it. It consists of two separate leaves and a separate umbel of
flowers, all so perfect, asto leave no doubt that the whole belongs to Hoya
carnosa, called Asclepias carnosa by Linnaus. He received them from Mr. BLADH,
a Swede, who had visited Canton; they were given by the Chinese to Mr.
Brans, as belonging to the plant which produces the Gamboge in their
country ; but LiNN eus was not deceived by the attempted imposition. The real
Gamboge plant is now known to be Garcinia Cambogia.

Descriptions of Plants belonging to the Genus Hoya. 1%

to separate it as a distinct genus, and it was included* in
Asclepias in the Supplementum Plantarum, published by his
son in 1781. Lovurerro, who at least saw one species of
the genus, and perhaps more, in their native state, referred
them to Stapelia. Mr. RosEnT Brown first constituted the
genus Hoya in the year 1809,{ in his treatise on the Ascle-
piadez in the Wernerian Transactions, the name being given
in compliment to the late Mr. Tuomas Hoy, a Fellow of the
Horticultural Society, and long known as a scientific and
skilful cultivator in his capacity of Gardener to the Duke of
NORTHUMBERLAND, at Sion House. The present Baron Jac-
QUIN in 1811, uninformed of Mr. Brown’s publication, owing
to the precluded intercourse between Great Britain and the
Continent at that period, in considering the Asclepias carnosa
of Linnzus, as belonging to a new genus, called it Schollia,§
after Mr. GEORGE SCHOLL, a principal Gardener in the Impe-
rial Garden of Belvedere, near Vienna; but this name has
since yielded to the precedence to which Hoya was entitled.

The plants in cultivation belonging to the genus will be
found to agree in the following general characters, the in-
sertion of which in this place will save the repetition of them
in the description of each species.

The stem is ligneous, round, flexible, and of a light colour,
clinging for support on things near it, and putting out more

+ Lrxwa fil. Supplementum Plantarum, page 170.
+ Lovretro Flora Cochinchinensis, Edit. 1, 1790, page 165; Edit. 2, à
WirrpENow, 1797, Vol. i. page 205.
t Memoirs of the Wernerian Society, Vol. i. page 27 ; and Hortus Kewensis,
Edit. 2, Vol. ii. page 84. § Jacqurx Eclogz, Vol. i. page 5, plate 2.
VOL, VII. D

18 Descriptions of Plants belonging to the Genus Hoya.

or less from every part fibres resembling those of the Ivy, by
- which probably, in a wild state, it adheres to the supports to
which it is attached. The leaves are simple, opposite, smooth,
and fleshy, more or less acuminate, and varying in shape
as well as length and breadth in the different species. The
peduncles which bear the flowers are produced for the most
part from the axillz of the leaves, sometimes they appear on
shoots without leaves, which terminate the branches ; they
sustain a depressed rachis, from which the flowers arise in a
simple umbel. The flower stalk and rachis are permanent,
the latter becomes lengthened, and continues to produce the
umbels in the flowering season from its extremity. This
circumstance makes the careful cultivators of the genus
abstain from gathering the blossoms, since each one separated
from the plant causes a sacrifice of an umbel which would
otherwise last as long as the plant itself. The flowers are
more or less fragrant, and are produced in succession,
nearly during the whole summer. The stalk of each flower
is more than.an inch long. The calyx has five small pomted
sepals. The corolla is monopetalous, with five divisions,
entirely hiding the calyx; the back or external surface
is shining; the divisions when the blossom opens, are
fully expanded. In the centre of the flower is a starry,
shining, wax-like corona or crown, having five pointed pale
segments, coloured in the centre. The stamens are included
within the crown. -The seed vessels are occasionally pro-
duced; they resemble those of an Asclepias, being long
follicles, containing an abundance of seeds, furnished with
long white down at one end, the mass of which has an ap-
pearance of silk.

By Mr. James TRAIL. 19

I. HOYA CARNOSA.

The following are the names by which this plant has been
published by different authors, with references to their res-
pective works.

Asclepias carnosa, Linn. fil. Suppl. 1. p. 170. Murr. Syst.
Veg. Edit. 14. p. 260. Willd. Sp. Plant. Vol. i. p. 1264.
Sims Bot. Mag. tab. 188. Smith Exot. Bot. Vol. ii. p. 21.
Tab. 70. Persoon Synopsis, Vol. i. p. 275.

Hoya carnosa, Brown in Wern. Trans. Vol. i. p. 27.
Hortus Kewensis, Edit. alt. Vol. ii. p. 8. Haworth Sy-
nopsis Plant. Succ. p. 14. Ramer et Schultes Syst. Veg.
Vol. vi. p. 50. Sprengel Syst. Veg. Vol. i. p. 843.

Schollia crassifolia. Jacquin, Eclog. Vol. i. p. 5. tab. 2.

Schollia carnosa, Schrank according to STEUDEL.

This plant is a native of China, and perhaps also of the
neighbouring parts of Asia. It was first introduced to this
country from China into the Royal Gardens at Kew in 1802,
as appears by the second edition ofthe Hortus Kewensis
above referred to. The Honourable Mrs. BARRINGTON pos-
sessed it about the same period, in her garden at Mongewell,
in Oxfordshire, (having received it from the vicinity of the
Straits of Sunda,) from whence it was figured in the Botanical
Magazine in 1804, and in the succeeding year in the Exotic
Botany of Sir James Epwanp Situ. It was sent from this
country by Sir Josera Baxxs to the Baron Jacqutn, for the
Garden at Schénbrunn, in which it blossomed for the first
time in 1809.

The stem is rather darker than others of the genus. The
leaves are from two to three inches long, ovate, bluntly
acuminate, slightly revolute, pale whitish-green beneath,

20 Descriptions of Plants belonging to the Genus Hoya.

above dark green, without apparent veins, except on the
young leaves where they may be occasionally observed on
the upper surface of a dark colour; the whole of the leaves
are irregularly blotched or mottled above with spots of a
whitish-green colour. The petioles vary from one inch to
one inch and a half in length, at first they are of a dark
purple colour, but as they become older they assume the
same hue as the branches. "The umbels are semi-globose.
The flowers are extremely beautiful and fragrant, flesh-co-
loured, frequently mottled with purple at the back, downy
within; the segments are rather obtuse, with the sides and
ends folded back. The crown is purple in its centre.

Of the three figures above referred to, viz. those of Sims,
SurrH, and Jaceuin, though all have much merit, that in
the Exotic Botany affords the best representation of the
plant, this figure was copied in 1810, into the German
Gardener's Magazine, No.9, tab.2. It appears from SrEuDEL’s
Nomenclator Botanicus, that this plant has been named
Schollia carnosa by Scuranxk, but I have not been able to
ascertain in what publication, so that the synonym is noted
without a reference.

Lovretro’s Stapelia Chinensis was referred to this species
by Mr. Rosert Brown, in his Essay in the Wernerian Trans-
actions above quoted, on the authority of a specimen from
Lovuretro’s Herbarium, now in the Banksian Collection.
This specimen consists of a branch with leaves, and a few
separate flowers, it is ticketed Stapelia Cochinchinensis, and is
the only specimen referable to Hoya, received from Lovnx1no.
Loureiro has two Stapelias in his Flora Cochinchinensis,*

* Lovgetro Flora Cochinchinensis, 4to, p. 165. Idem, Edit. 2, Vol. i. p. 205.

By Mr. James Trai. | 21

the first called Stapelia Chinensis, the latter Stapelia Cochin-
chinensis, the first from Canton, the last from the mountains
of Cochinchina. Upon an examination of the description
of the flowers of the S. Cochinchinensis, that plant evidently
belongs to another genus distinct from either Hoya or As-
clepias. ‘The flowers of the specimen are certainly those of
a Hoya, and therefore cannot belong to Loungzino's S. Co-
chinchinensis; the branch and leaves may be those of his
S. Cochinchinensis, for they agree with the description; the
flowers and branch of the specimen perhaps therefore belong
to different plants. The flower is not that of H. carnosa, and
may possibly be from the plant which Lovrerro calls S.
Chinensis, and if so, that species must be considered as
distinct from H. carnosa, and this supposition is further con-
firmed by the consideration of Lounxino's description of the
leaves of S. Chinensis, which he makes lanceolate, whilst those
of H. carnosa are ovate. "The leaves attached to the branch
in the specimen are shaped like those of H. carnosa, but they
are nearly sessile, so that were they belonging to Hoya, they
could not be referred to H. carnosa, whose leaves have long
peduncles. ‘The result of this examination which Mr. Brown
has been so obliging to make for me, therefore, is, that the
S. Chinensis of Lourerro is not H. carnosa, but another
species of Hoya, perhaps not since observed.

The Hoya carnosa has occasionally produced ripe seeds in
this country, from some of which young plants have been
obtained. One, which was raised in the garden of CHARLES
Hameven Turner, Esq. of Rooksnest, in Surrey, (by whom it
has been presented to the garden of the Horticultural Society)
has somewhat paler flowers with smaller and thinner leaves.

22 Descriptions of Plants belonging to the Genus Hoya,

The property of attracting wasps and other insects, even
when ripe fruits are present, has been attributed to the
blossoms of Hoya carnosa, by Mr. Joun MAHER, in a com-
munication* to the Horticultural Society, in the year 1815.
This however appears to have been doubted by Sir THomas
FRANKLAND, when writing} on the subject in 1820, and
subsequent experience has confirmed his suspicions of the
accuracy of the fact thus stated by Mr. Mauer. The
flowers when in perfection do not appear to be particularly
visited by any of the insects which find their way into the
houses where the Hoyas are cultivated.

II. Hoya CRASSIFOLIA.
I find this plant only noticed by one writer, to whose work
I add the reference.
Hoya crassifolia. Haworth in Supp. Plant. Succ. p. 8.
A plant of this species was sent to Mr. ReainaLtp Wurr-
LEY, from China, in 1817, on board the Wexford East
Indiaman, and has since been cultivated and increased in his
nursery at Fulham. It is very distinct from, and of much
more robust growth than, any of the others. The stems are
strong and woody, thickly covered with small irregular warts,
whence the stem-roots are protruded. The leaves are
obovate, very bluntly acuminate, upwards of four inches
long, without veins, of a darkish green colour above, pale
beneath. The petioles are thick and fleshy, of a purplish green
colour, and much flattened above. The plant grows freely
_® See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. ii. page 197.
t See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 108.

t This information was kindly communicated by Mr. WmirLEY to Mr.
SABINE,

By Mr. James TRAILL. 23

in strong heat, but has not yet produced flowers in Europe,
it is therefore uncertain whether it belongs to the genus,
although it may be presumed so, from its general habit not
differing from Hoya.

The specific name of crassifolia, which had been given to
the H. carnosa, by Baron JAcqviw, in 1811, has been applied
to this plant by an inadvertence on the part of the author
above quoted, he supposing Jaceurn’s plant to be identical
with this one, referring it to Jacquiw's figure in his Ecloge.
Though the Hoya (Schollia) crassifolia of Jacquin, was pub-
lished by him in 1811, and was stated in his Ecloga to have
been sent to him from England in 1804, yet Mr. HAwonTH
has referred the plant first introduced by Mr. WHITLEY in
1817, to it, and has adopted JaAcquiw's specifie name, and
even stated the large spots on the leaves so conspicuously
exhibited in JAcquiw's figure, as distinguishing this plant
from the H. carnosa. The name is objectionable, inasmuch
as it may occasion confusion in references, and when the plant
blossoms so that it can be fully and perfectly described, it
will probably receive some other.

III. Hoya PALLIDA.

The following are the references and synonyms. which
appear to belong to this species. :

H. parasitica, Wallichs MSS.

H. acuta, Haworth Rev. Plant. Succ. p. 4.

H. lanceolata, Lindley in Donn's Cat. Edit. 11, p. 92:

H. pallida, Lindley in Bot. Reg. Vol. 11, folio 951.

H. albens? Millers (Bristol) Cat. 1826.

This species was originally introduced to the Royal

24 Descriptions of Plants belonging to the Genus Hoya.

Gardens at Kew, in 1818, having been sent from Calcutta,
by Dr. Warricu, under the name quoted above from his
MSS. with an additional note in his communication to
Mr. Arron, respecting it; “ from the Delta of the Ganges."
This information was obligingly given to Mr. SaAsiwE by
Mr. Arron. From Kew, it became transferred to the gardens
of the nurserymen and collectors in the vicinity of London,
where it has been generally known under the name of H. lan-
ceolata. Mr. Hawortn, who had seen the plant at Kew, in
1819, published it in 1821 under the name of H. acuta, in his
work above quoted, which seems to have escaped the notice
of Mr. LirNprEv when he figured it in the Botanical Register
by the name of pallida, which now is generally applied to it.
A plant which is sold under the name of H. albens in the nur-
sery of Mr. Joun MirLzn of Bristol, is probably the same.

The stem is slender; the leaves are ovate-lanceolate,
sharply acuminate, slightly recurved at the points, of a whitish
green colour beneath, above darker, with the midrib of rather
a lighter colour than the rest of the leaf, and from the midrib,
small veins sometimes diverge. The petioles are very thick
and fleshy in proportion to the leaves, and of the same colour
and texture as the stem. The umbels are semiglobose, some-
times produced in pairs. The flowers have only a moderate
fragrance, and are of a pale yellowish colour. The crown isa
little paler than the rest of the flower, purple in the centre,
with its divisions somewhat channelled.

The plant blossomed for the first time at Sion House, in
1825, and was figured from thence in the Botanical Register,
the representation in which is excellent. The specific name
of pallida then applied to it, very properly distinguishes it

By Mr. James Trait. 25

from H. carnosa, but a comparison with the other species,
will scarcely support its correctness. In H. trinervis, the
flower is much paler, and the leaves of H. pallida are
when in health, fully as dark, as those of some of the other
species. Perhaps any of the three specific names which it
had previously obtained, are less objectionable than pallida.

IV. Hoya Porrsn.

This species is a valuable addition to our gardens, for,
besides having peculiar beauties, it is of easy culture and it
blossoms freely. The late Mr. Joun Ports, on his return
from China in August 1822, and shortly before his death,
gave Mr. SABINE a single leaf of this Hoya, which he had
gathered in one of his excursions near Macao ; it was care-
fully planted, and anxiously attended to, until it sent forth
a shoot from its base in the spring of 1824. In the autumn
of the same year the plant put forth blossom-buds; these
dropped off, but perfect flowers were produced in the fol-
lowing year.

In record of the original discovery of the plant by Mr.
Ports, and as a proof of the esteem in which he was held by
his employers, the species was named in the Garden of the
Horticultural Society in compliment to him.

The stem is slender, greenish-brown, covered irregularly
with warts, from which small roots are freely produced. The
leaves are cordate, sharply acuminate, having occasionally a
rusty stain partly'spread over them, beneath ofa pale whitish
green without veins, above light yellowish green, with three

VOL. VII. E

26 Descriptions of Plants belonging to the Genus’ Hoya.

distinct veins of rather lighter colour than the leaf, from
which smaller veins occasionally branch off. The petioles
are not particularly thick, and less than half an inch long;
they are of the same colour as the stems. "The umbels are
globose, producing very beautiful pale flowers with the same
waxy appearance as H. carnosa, and smelling like the
Peruvian Heliotrope, they are of a yellowish colour. The
corolla is slightly downy, and much reflexed. The crown
has a pinkish centre.

The figure annexed is engraved from a drawing made by
Mrs. WrrnEns, from the original plant when it first blossomed
in 1825.

V. Hoya TRINERVIS.

Several of this species formed part of the extensive and
valuable collection of Chinese plants brought home for the
Horticultural Society, by Mr. Jous Damper Parks, on board
the Lowther Castle East Indiaman, commanded by Captain
Tuomas BAKER, in May, 1824, and they blossomed first in
the present year in the Garden at Chiswick.

The plant has a slender, filiform, gray, stem, producing a
few warts and roots. The leaves, vary from two inches and a
half to four mches and a half in length, they are oblong, very
sharply acuminate, beneath of a pale green, and mottled with
small brownish red spots, above light yellowish green, with
three prominent veins (whence the specific name) for the most
part of the same colour as the leaf, but sometimes paler. The
petioles are round and thickly covered with a roughish scaly
bark of rather a lighter colour than the stem. The umbels
are globose. The flowers are pale greenish yellow, and

By Mr. James TRAILt. 27

very highly scented like H. carnosa, but stronger. The
corolla is frequently mottled beneath with red, and has sharp
pointed segments, the sides and ends of which are much re-
flexed. The crown is of a pale greenish white, with a
yellowish tinge in the centre.

This plant bears a great resemblance to H. Pottsii, from
which however it may be principally distinguished by its
larger and thinner leaves, the veins of which are more
strongly marked, and also by the yellowish colour in the
centre of the crown.

These five are all the species which are at present culti-
vated in British collections. Others are known to exist in
their native countries, some from the descriptions of authors,
and others from authentic specimens. The whole of the
genus is probably confined to the warmer parts of Asia, and
the islands or countries contiguous, and in all likelihood
is much more extensive than, from our present information,
we are enabled to determine. The attention of collectors
of plants in those countries should be carefully directed
to the Hoyas, because they are not only very ornamental,
and consequently desirable, but because they are easy to be
transported to Europe.

Of the plants described i in books, not yet introduced, the
first to be noticed is the Hoya (Stapelia) Chinensis of Lov-
REIRO, on which some observations have been made in a
previous part of this Paper, where it is stated to come from
the vicinity of Canton. The next is Hoya viridiflora, named
by Mr. Rosertr Browny, in the Wernerian Transactions, in
his Essay before referred to; it is the Asclepias volubilis of

28 Descriptions of Plants belonging to the Genus Hoya.

Lixw;Evs's Supplementum Plantarum, a native of Ceylon, and
is figured and described in the Hortus Malabaricus, Vol. ix.
plate 15, page 25, under the name of Watta-Kaka-Codi. Ifa
judgment may be formed from this figure, the plant is par-
ticularly handsome. The Stapelia Cochinchinensis of Lov-
REIRO, which has been called Hoya Cochinchinensis, certainly
belongs to another genus, as I have already observed. The
Asclepias viminalis of Swartz, a native of Jamaica, and con-
sidered as a Hoya by Baron Jacquin, under the name of
Schollia viminalis, probably belongs to some other genus, no
true Hoya having yet been found in any part of the New
World. In the Flora Nepalensis of Mr. Davip Don, page
130, two Hoyas, natives of Nepal, are given on the authority
of original specimens, received from and named by Dr.
WarricH. The first is called H. lanceolata, the second H.
linearis, they both have very small foliage, and would be
valuable additions to our gardens.

The specimens which I have had the opportunity of ex-
amining, afford evidence of the existence of three hitherto un-
described species. The first is a native of the more northern
part of New South Wales, with leaves varying from elliptic
to obovate; this is in the Herbarium of Mr. Ropert Brown,
and is named by him Hoya Australis, it having been referred
by him in his Prodromus Flore Novae Hollandiz, Vol. i.
page 460, with a doubt, to H. carnosa. ‘The second is also in
the same collection, and comes from the Nicobar islands ; it
has beautiful globose umbels of flowers, which are very nu-
merous in each umbel, and ovate-lanceolate leaves ; Mr.
Brown has named this Hoya Nicobarica. The last has very
narrow lanceolate leaves, an imperfect specimen of which

By Mr. James TRAIL. 29

was brought by Mr. Porrs, from China, in 1822, and is now
in the possession of the Horticultural Society; it may be
called Hoya angustifolia.

In the cultivation of Hoyas, the most important considera-
tion is the choice of a soil suitable to their nature and habits.
The best that I have yet tried for this purpose, and in which
I have found them to grow particularly well, is a mixture of
fresh vegetable mould, and lime rubbish, in nearly equal
quantities. It is not necessary that the compost should be
sifted. If it be only broken fine with the spade, and the
larger lumps and stones taken out, the plants will be found
to root more freely in it, and consequently grow better than
they generally do, under the usual treatment in finely sifted
earth. Being somewhat succulent, and producing few roots,
they must be sparingly supplied with water and but seldom
shifted, more particularly if they are grown in a green-house
or conservatory, in which they generally make little progress,
and flower indifferently. In order to cause the plants to
produce their blossoms in the greatest perfection, the heat of
a stove is indispensible. They should be trained either to the
wall or the rafters, or when small may be made to entwine
round sticks in their pots. It is desirable to keep the plants
partially shaded, for then the flowers attain a much larger
size, and last longer than if exposed to the direct action of
the sun’s rays.

All the sorts may be propagated with facility, either by
leaves or cuttings of the branches. These should be planted
in pots filled with silver sand, and placed in a frame where
there is a little bottom heat. They will form roots in the
course of a few weeks. If strong young plants are im-

30 Description of Plants belonging to the Genus Hoya.

mediately wanted, cuttings of the branches must be used,
for these generally produce shoots the same year in which
they are struck, whereas the leaves seldom make any pro-
gress, except that of rooting, until the year following, unless
under particular circumstances. In propagating by the
leaves, the shoot, which is to become the future plant, pro-
ceeds from the base of the footstalk, and the leaf itself sub-
sequently perishes. When first planted, the leaf should be
immersed in the mould less than half its length.

2.

[31]

IV. On Acclimatizing Plants at Biel, in East Lothian. In
a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joun STREET, Gar-
dener to the Honourable Mrs. Hamiuton NESBITT.

Read July 18, 1826.
SIR,

By your desire I send you my observations on, and account
of my practice in, acclimatizing exotic plants, in which it is
considered that I have been very successful. I have devoted
my best attention to this important subject, and have made
more progress than I even expected, during the ten years
in which I have been entrusted with the care of the flower
garden and pleasure grounds at this place. The following
observations, are the result of my own personal experience
and practice. In the summer of 1823, I communicated to the
Caledonian Horticultural Society a statement of several plants
which I had at that time succeeded in naturalizing, and which
is printed at page 393, of the third Volume of the Memoirs
of that Society.

I find that poor, dry, and shallow earths and declivities are
particularly well adapted to preserve many plants through.
the winter season. The quicker the superabundant fluid
passes away from their roots, the better. When excess of
rain or moisture, and severe frost happen nearly together,
plants generally suffer much more than by dry frost. If the
situation of the plants be dry, frost does not hurt them so
soon as if it be wet. Many kinds of plants certainly can en-
dure a more uncongenial climate or situation than their native

32 On Acclimatizing Plants at Biel, in East Lothian.

place of growth. I also find that plants obtained from cuttings
are hardier than seedlings, the roots of the former seem to
possess more ability to resist severe weather, I therefore
plant out cuttings if they are well rooted, in preference to
seedlings. Several kinds of plants endure our winters much
better while they are small, than when they become large.
By keeping some plants short of food, it helps to preserve
them in the open air. The last three summers have convinced
me how little moisture many plants require. Many kinds
of smaller plants, if they are sunk in their pots in the open
border, with the hole at the bottom of the pot left open,
will endure the winter, which they would not if turned out of
pots. Last year I sunk in the open borders, in their pots,
Ononis Natrix, Hypericum Balearicum, Teucrium fruticosum,
Convolvulus Cneorum, Mesembryanthemum uncinatum, and
by this method, and by laying a little sand, or sandy gravel,
over the surface round their stems, these plants survived the
sharp winter frost without any other protection, and continue
in good health.

Under-draining is another advantageous practice. Some
small drains, which convey the water from the water pipes
attached to the roof of the house at this place, cross a border
about eight or ten inches under the surface. Over these drains,
and by their sides, I planted out with success several reputed
green-house species at several periods. In 1816 I planted
Lycium Afrum, native of the Cape of Good Hope, over a drain
under a south wall, which is six feet high, and trellised ; the
plant is covered in winter two mats thick ; it thrives remark-
ably, being nine feet high ; and it flowers freely, in some years
producing seeds. Over this same drain I planted Lavatera

By Mr. Joun STREET. 33

triloba, a native of Spain ; it endured the three last winters
well, flowered freely, and produced much ripe seed; this
species has endured the winter for the same period in several
other places; last year I collected more than sixteen ounces
of its seed. In the same place, several years ago, I planted
Camphorosma Monspeliaca in its pot; it thrives well, and
flowers freely without protection. Lychnis coronata, a Chi-
nese plant, was planted out four years ago, it thrives re-
markably well, and flowers freely ; I have seen four fine large
flowers expanded on it at the same time; last autumn I put
some leafy mould over it, so that the crown of its root is four
inches below the surface; it is thus much stronger than
when in pots, and has now (June 29) many flower buds on it.*
Gnaphalium Stoechas, of the south of Europe, was also planted
out some years past in its pot; it thrives well, and flowers
most abundantly ; it ripens seeds, and endures great drought.
Another species of Gnaphalium also endured last winter over
the drain, remaining in its pot; it succeeds well, and is now
in flower ; it ripened seeds in 1825.

Several small species of plants may be preserved in the
open border by placing an empty flower pot over them during
winter. In this way Stachys coccinea, a native of Chile, has
been preserved here in very severe winters; it grows well,
and ripens seed. I last year planted out Teucrium Marum,
which is indigenous in Spain, in the open border in its pot,
in a place with a dry bottom, and full exposure, some sandy
gravel being put over the surface; it endured the winter
without any other protection, and thrives well; flower buds

* August 2, 1826. The above plant of Lychnis coronata had. fourteen
flowers all opened on it, at the same time. .
VOL. VII. F

34 On Acclimatising Plants at Biel, in East Lothian.

are now (June 29) appearing on it. Calla /Ethiopica, in the
open border, produces much ripe seed here; I have two
ounces so ripened. Some years ago I sowed the seed of this
plant at the end of March, in open ground, in vegetable mould
on a clay bottom, placing a portion of an old broken frame
over it; it was kept duly moist; in about five or six weeks
fifteen plants appeared; they continued to grow all the
summer ; at the end of the autumn I took them up, potted
them, three plants in a pot, and protected them in winter.
Afterwards I turned one of the seedling plants into the open
ground under a high wall with a west aspect, where the sun
cannot shine on it till past twelve o'clock ; here it has endured
the last three winters with only some decayed tanner's bark
put over its roots on the approach of severe weather. It
flowers every summer, is now very strong, and at the end of
May, and in the beginning of June in this year, it sent up
three strong flowers at the same time, full three feet high,
although the weather has been so extremely dry ; the fourth
flower is now (June 29), quite as high, and the plant is likely
to produce seed.

Hypericum /Egyptiacum I put out in the open border in its
pot several years ago ; it still endures the winters, and flowers
a long time. I have also discovered that Commelina tuberosa,
from Mexico, a reputed stove plant, is hardy, a plant having
stood the two last winters in the open border; last summer
it flowered and ripened seeds, some of which fell on the
border, and produced seedling plants* about the end of May.

. August 2, 1826. These began flowering at two inches high by August 10,
1825, and continued to grow and flower in September. "The old plant has now
about sixty flowers open together on it.

By Mr. Joun STREET. 35

I covered the old plant with some sand only ; it endured last
winter, and is now very strong. Last year its first flowers
opened about the 10th of July.

Mimulus glutinosus, a Peruvian plant, I put out in its pot
under a south wall in a poor dry place, and laid some sandy
gravel on the surface round it; it endured the last four
winters well without covering ; it flowers freely in June, and
continues several weeks ; it ripens seed, of which I have above
an ounce. The plant is now six feet high ; seedling plants of
it flower wheh two years old.

Marrubium pseudo-Dictamnus, a native of Crete, I put out
under a low south wall in its pot, in poor dry earth, in the
spring of 1822. It endures the winters and flowers freely, ©
producing ripe seed, which I sowed in a small pot filled with
sandy earth, on May 13, 1825. Young plants soon appeared,*
and some of them are producing flower buds now (June 29).
Disandra prostrata, which comes from Madeira, I planted out
in the open border, at some distance from a wall with an east
aspect, close to the root of a small Laburnum, on which is
grafted Cytisus elongatus ; it is so sheltered and shaded by the
plant over it, and the wall, that it only gets the morning sun
in a chequered way. On the approach of winter, I put some
rather sandy earth about it, and then laid over it some small
ornamental stones, shells, &c. with the round side uppermost.
By this management it has endured the last three winters, and
flowered in the summer. Last year it produced seeds. I
put a single Oleander in the open air, in its pot, under a south
wall; it endured last winter with no other protection ; four
flowers opened on it at the same time, in the end of June.

* One of these seedlings is a variety with white flowers.

"36 On Acclimatizing Plants at Biel, in East Lothian.

Pittosporum Tobira, from China, has lived several winters
in an open border at about eight or nine feet distance from a
high wall with a west aspect, where the sun does not shine on
it till after 10 o'clock in the morning. Tt first opens its flowers
in May, and these continue several weeks.

In the spring of 1816, I planted out several plátíts of Broad-
leaved Myrtle under a south wall, which is trellised, and six
feet high ; at the north side, or back, is a terrace, so that the
‘wall is filled up behind with earth to its top, or nearly so.
This wall is thirty six feet long; it is wholly covered with
Myrtles, and the before mentioned Lycium Afrum. The earth
in which they all grow so well, is fine sandy loam, only ten or
twelve inches in depth, on a clay bottom. At the approach
of hard weather, I cover their roots with moss, and the whole
wall of plants two good mats thick, which protection is quite
sufficient for them through the most severe winter. These
Myrtles flower every year, and in dry summers as plentifully
as Hawthorns; last year they flowered from July till the frost
came, They then yielded ripe seeds, which I sowed in a
rather small pot of sandy earth in April, and several plants
were produced, all at present thriving well. "This is, I sup-
pose, a rare occurrence in a climate where our latitude is
described to be 55° 55’.

I think it right to observe, that I have no assistance in any
way, by fires, flues, or stoves, &c. as is the case in many other
places. The various reputed green-house plants which grow
in open borders here, would require much space to name.

Several kinds of plants which will not stand our winters
abroad, and which readily strike root from the cuttings, may
be put in a pot, eight or ten together, and protected in winter.

By Mr. Joun STREET. 37

In the following spring they may be separated and planted
out in the borders to flower; they are thus more likely to
produce seeds than if kept in pots in the common way.

Of Canna Indica I have put out several plants annually,
during a period of eight or nine years past, in the open bor-
ders in rich earth; they grow, blossom, and ripen seeds,
growing near five feet high. Some years this plant sows
itself. I have collected two ounces of seed which ripened in
the open borders in one season. The seed I sow every year
in open ground, in coarse vegetable mould, on a clay bottom
on a cold exposed situation, in the following manner. About
the middle of the month of May, I dig the earth, and make a
drill, as for Peas, about two inches deep; I then put in the
seeds, lay on the earth and press it, so as to leave the drill
rather concave, or hollow, to enable it to retain moisture ; no
covering is requisite, but water is given in dry weather. The
plants appear in five or six weeks, even when the seeds
are some years old ; I let them remain until November, when
they are become strong, and then take up the plants, with
balls of earth, and put three or four in rather a small pot,
and keep them in a glass house, giving them larger pots as
they grow bigger. These plants begin flowering at one year
old, and may be put out in the open border in the end of
May, or in June, if the weather is then fair.

Jasminum revolutum, a native of China, has endured the
last three or four winters in the open air, under a wall, and
begins to flower freely the end of May, or early in June, but
has not produced seeds yet. Teucrium flavum, from the
south of Europe, I put out under a low south wall, in the
spring of 1816; it endures the severest winters in poor dry

38 On Acclimatizing Plants at Biel, in East Lothian.

earth, and continues a fine, large, bushy plant; it is now
(June 29), in full flower. It produces ripe seed, which I sow in
a pot in spring ; the plants soon appear, they begin to flower
attwo years old. Coronilla Valentina, a Spanish plant, several
years ago, was planted in the open air, under a south wall,
remaining in its pot. It endures the winter and flowers freely,
dispersing its pleasing fragrance to some distance. This plant
has produced an ounce of seed, which ripened in July, 1825 ;
some of it I sowed in a small pot ; it soon came up, the seed-
lings began to flower at ten months old, and the flowers are
stronger in colour than on the old plant. I reckon it a good
method to revive plants by seed at times, for the flowers so
obtained are more perfect in colour and shape. Coronilla
glauca, a native of the south of France, has endured several
winters in poor dry places under a wall, and flowers well,
exhaling an agreeable perfume, and producing ripe seed in
abundance in July. One plant of it which I obtained from
cuttings taken from a seedling, is unusually large and strong,
full seven feet high ; it is perhaps a variety of larger growth.
Senecio lanceus,* a native of the Cape of Good Hope, I put
out under a south wall, in poor dry soil, in the spring of 1816.
The same plant has endured every winter with no other
protection; its root is grown very strong; it is, however,
killed down to the ground in winter; in spring, it shoots up
* It may be right to record here, that last year I planted out Senecio Ilicifolius
among Senecio lanceus; both species were flowering together, and the self-sown
seeds of S. lanceus have produced a distinct variety, with leaves very like those
of S. Ilicifolius, but of different texture and quality, they flourish like those of
S. lanceus, but are larger ; it has not produced seeds yet, though flowering plenti-
fully, and it may be a mule. Last year I collected one ounce of seeds, ripened
in the open border, from Senecio Ilicifolius.

| By Mr. Joun STREET. i 39

to full five feet high, flowers and bears seeds iù plenty, sows
itself all about the dry, gravelly, sandy places, and produces
slight varieties ; several plants of it which stood last winter in
the open borders, are now flowering. Medicago arborea, a
native of Italy, I put out in the spring of 1816, in poor dry
earth, under a south wall; it stands the severest winters
with no other protection, and flowers abundantly during most
part of the year, producing seed, of which I have about one
pound; it sows itself here under a south wall; the plants
become seven or eight feet high.

I am, Sir, very respectfully,
your obedient humble Servant,

Biel, near Dunbar, Joun STREET.
June 29, 1826.

Note added by Order of the Council.

In order to bring into one view the whole of Mr. StreEt’s
experience on the important subject of the naturalization of
exotic plants, the following Abstract of his Paper in the Me-
moirs of the Caledonian Horticultural Society, referred to by
him at the beginning of the above communication, is added. -
It is however to be observed, that several of the plants men-
tioned by Mr. STREET as having been brought to bear the
climate of that part of Scotland in which his experiments
were carried on, have been long considered as hardy in the
more southern parts of the kingdom, those are consequently
not noticed, and the plants which are also mentioned in the
Paper now published, are likewise omitted.

40 On Acclmatizing Plants at Biel, in East Lothian.

Mr. STREET had adopted two methods of naturalizing plants :
Ist, by exposing them in the open border; 2nd, by raising
young plants of exotics from seeds ripened in the open air.
This last he considers the most effectual.

By the first means he had induced the following to stand the
winter at Biel, in borders, or against walls. Verbena triphylla
(Aloysia citriodora), native of Chile, when planted against the
wall, was in some years killed to the ground, but shot up again.
Cneorum tricoccum, from the South of Europe, flourished
in a warm border. Iris Chinensis lived, but required the pro-
tection of a hand-glass. Buddleja globosa, native of Chile,
throve in a border under an east-aspected wall. Heliotropium
Peruvianum grew under a south wall, without protection.
Anchusa Italica stood the winter in the open border. Convol-
vulus Althzoides, of the Levant, lived and grew freely under
a south wall. Convolvulus Cneorum, also from the Levant,
succeeded equally well in a similar situation. Lonicera im-
plexa, from the South of Europe, stood the winter with the
shelter of a wall,as did Lonicera flava, a native of Carolina.
Linum Tauricum survived the winter, and attained a shrubby
habit, flowering through the whole summer. Agapanthus
umbellatus, from the Cape of Good Hope, stood a winter
without covering. Sanseviera carnea from China survived
the severest winters, and flowered freely in the summer.
Phormium tenax, from New Zealand, bore the winters, but
did not produce flowers. Veltheimia media, from the Cape
of Good Hope, stood in the open ground at a distance from
the wall. Alstroemeria Pelegrina, native of Peru, in an open |.
border, in a deep rich soil, was much more luxuriant than
when grown in pots. Erica Mediterranea survived many

By Mr. Joun STREET. 41

winters without covering, in a border in front of a south wall.
Edwardsia microphylla, a plant of New Zealand, lived in a
similar situation, but without flowering. Melia Azedarach,
from the Levant, lived through the winter. Calycanthus
praecox (Chimonanthus fragrans), from Japan, stood against a
south wall without any covering. Rubus Rosefolius, from-
the Mauritius, planted on the open border under a south wall,
flourished. Cistus Algarvensis, C. villosus, C. mutabilis, C.
Ledon, and C. Ladaniferus, all natives of the South of
Europe, were induced to stand through the winters in dry
sheltered spots. Teucrium fruticans, from the South of Eu-
rope, lived in front of a south wall. Iberis semperflorens,
from Sicily, lived in a warm south border without covering.
Hibiscus Syriacus stood the winters tolerably. Hypericum
monogynum, from China, and Hypericum Coris, from the
South of Europe, lived, the first in an exposed, the latter in a
sheltered situation. Passiflora czrulea grew against a south
wall without covering, and flowered in the summer. Cupressus
Lusitanica lived, and produced seeds against a south wall.
Smilax aspera, of the South of Europe, grew well under
a south wall several years. Acacia armata, native of New
Holland, lived over the winter near a south wall, and produced
ripe seeds.

The following plants having ripened seeds in the open air ;
the produce of those seeds, some through successive genera-
tions, grew all in the open border, several of them being self-
sown. Lopezia racemosa, from Mexico. "Veronica decussata,
a shrub from the Falkland Islands. (Calceolaria pinnata,
native of Peru. Pardanthus Chinensis, a bulbous plant.
Marica Californica. Persicaria Orientalis. Podalyria Virginica.

VOL. VII. G

42 On Acclimatizing Plants at Biel, in East Lothian.

Mesembryanthemum glabrum and pinnatifidum, both from
the Cape of Good Hope. Lavandula dentata, a shrub from
the South of Europe. Stachys coccinea, from Chile. Draco-
cephalum Canariense, (Balm of Gilead.) Celsia Cretica. Alonsoa
Urticifolia, native of Peru. Erodium Hymenodes, native of
Barbary. Geranium Anemonefolium, from Madeira. Medi-
cago arborea, a shrub from Italy. Cineraria cruenta, C. Po-
pulifolia and C. lanata, all from the Canary Islands. Tagetes
lucida, native of Mexico. Momordica Elaterium, from the
South of Europe.

To these Mr. Street observes might be added the names
of several annuals, usually raised on hot-beds, which have
naturalized themselves by having their seeds sown in the open
air in warm situations.

[ 43 ]

V. Upon the Culture of Celery. By Tuomas ANDREW
Knieut, Esq. F.R.S. $c. President.

Read December 5, 1826.

Tar which can be very easily done, without the exertion
of much skill, or ingenuity, is very rarely found to be well
done, the. excitement to excellence being in such cases ne-
cessarily very feeble. The practice of a very large number of
British gardeners, in the management and culture of exotic
plants and fruits, and in every difficult department of their
profession, probably approximates to, if it have not in many in-
stances attained, perfection; whilst the culture of many of the _
common esculent plants is still capable of much improvement.
I shall at present confine my observations to one of these, the
Apium graveolens, or Celery. This plant, under the name
of Smallage, a worthless and almost poisonous weed, is found
in its wild state growing most luxuriantly in rank soils by the
sides of wet ditches, where it can obtain at the same time
abundant food and moisture. Without being very well sup-
plied with food, it will not thrive at all in our gardens ; and
therefore it rarely fails to obtain a proper quantity of manure ;
but as with this, it is in most seasons found to grow moderately
. well, the gardener has not paid due attention to the circum-
stance of its being naturally almost an aquatic plant. I have
during several seasons supplied my Celery plants much more
copiously with water than is usually done, and always with
the best effects ; but in the last excessively dry season, I gave

44 Upon the Culture of Celery.

water so profusely that the ground was constantly kept wet ;
and before the plants were moulded up above the common
level of the ground, that to some extent round their roots, was
so perfectly saturated with moisture as to wholly preclude the
probability of the plants suffering by want of it during the
remaining part of the summer. My gardener had not raised
his plants at the usual and proper season in the last spring,
the seeds not having been sown till nearly the end of April; `
but nevertheless the plants had acquired in the middle of
September nearly the height of five feet. Not the quantity
only, but the quality also, of the produce, was greatly im-
proved by the abundant supply of water; for it became, as
might have been inferred, more crisp and tender. The rows
were five feet distant from each other ; but those spaces were
not sufficiently wide to permit the plants to be moulded up to
the proper height ; and this circumstance, joined to the preter-
natural tenderness of the leaf stalks, caused those to be broken
and beaten down so much by the first windy weather, that my
crop, though very excellent, was not nearly as perfect as it
might have been. The plants also were placed within about
eight inches of each other in the rows ; and their foliage was so
injuriously crowded, that, I believe, I might have obtained as
large, if not a larger quantity of marketable produce, if only
half as many plants had been used.

I have little more to add to the excellent directions* which
Mr. Jupp has given in our Transactions for the culture of
this plant, except that, I believe, wide intervals between the
rows, and between the plants in the rows, when food and
water are abundantly given, will be found beneficial. I also

* See Horticultural Transactions, Volume III. page 45.

By Tuomas AnDREW Knieut, Esq. 45

think that in preparing the bed into which the plants are first
removed from the seed-bed, considerable advantages will be
obtained by covering a thin layer of dung, not in a very rotten
state, with about two inches deep of mould ; for under these
circumstances, whenever the plants are removed, the dung
will adhere tenaciously to their roots ; and it will not be ne-
cessary to deprive the plants of any part of their leaves.
Younger and smaller plants may therefore be used ; for their
growth, under the preceding circumstances, will not be at all
checked ; and I need not point out to the experienced gar-
dener, that the younger his plants are, the less subject they
will be to run to seed, or pipe, as it is called, in the autumn.

L 46 ]

VI. Report upon the New or Rare Plants which flowered
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick,
between March, 1825, and March, 1826. Part I. Tender
Plants. By Mr. Joun Linvtsry, F: L. S. $c. Garden
Assistant Secretary.

Read October 17, 1826.

Ls continuation of my former Report upon the New or Rare
Plants which have flowered in the Garden at Chiswick, I
now proceed to lay the following additional information be-
fore the Society. In this Report, a much greater space than
heretofore is occupied by the Hardy Ornamental Trees and
Shrubs in the Garden, and as this subject is, next to that of
Hardy Fruits, one of the most important to which the atten- `
tion of the Society is directed, it may be satisfactory to know,
that it will continue hereafter to occupy a principal part of
all future Reports of this kind. In conformity, however, with
the mode of arrangement hitherto adopted, the Tender Plants
of the Garden come first under consideration. These occupy
the First part of this Report, the Second, which will be printed
subsequently, containing the Hardy Plants.

TREES OR SHRUBS.

I. Mimosa latispinosa. Lamarck.

M. spinis petiolaribus sparsis latissimis compressissimis rectis, foliis bipinnatis
demum glabris eglandulosis, pinnis 12-20-jugis inermibus, foliolis 10-15-jugis
elliptico-oblongis. Dec. Prodr. 2. p. 431. .

This very rare plant was sent to the Society from the Bo-
tanic Garden at the Isle of France in 1822, by Sir ROBERT

Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c. 47

Fanqvunan, Bart., at that time Governor of the Colony ; and it
flowered in the stove in November, 1825. It forms an elegant
bush, from three to four feet high, remarkable in its tribe for
the broad triangular white aculei which clothe the stem and
petioles. The stem is downy ; the leaves abruptly bipinnate,
with many pairs of leaflets, which become smaller towards the
extremity ; petiole downy, angular, and scattered over with
minute black glands, bearing between each pair of leaflets two
opposite compressed triangular white aculei. Stipules subu-
late. The flowers are white, and are produced in many-
flowered terminal panicles. Pedicels rufous, glandular and
hairy. Heads round, about the size of a pea. The florets
are polygamous, and have at the base a single persistent su-
bulate bractea, which is slightly dilated at the end. The
calyx is very small, four-toothed, and somewhat truncate.
Corolla monopetalous, funnel-shaped, four-toothed. Stamens.
twelve. Anthers small, round.

Unfortunately no female florets were observed, so that the
station of this plant, which has been left in doubt by M. Dx
CANDOLLE, from the flowers and fruit being unknown, is not
much more certain now that the flowers have been discovered.
It is, however, an undoubted Mimosa, as will appear from the
foregoing description, and is, probably, referable to M. De
CANDOLLE’s second section, Habbasia. A tender stove plant,
propagated with much difficulty by cuttings, but is most
commonly raised from seeds which are received from the
Mauritius. It grows freely in a mixture of loam, peat, and
sand, in a strong heat.

48 Report upon New or Rare Plants, &c.

II. Passiflora obscura.

P. folis trilobis subcordatis truncatis velutinis : lobis lateralibus divaricatis
integerrimis; intermedio obsoleto emarginato, petalis emarginatis calyce mino-
ribus, calycis tubo rotato depresso, coroná interiore pubescente plicatá in disco ad
basim stipitis incumbente ; exteriore radiato, ovario villoso.

This small inconspicuous species of Passiflora flowered in the
stove in November. It had been raised from seeds brought to
the Society from some part of the North Eastern Coast of South
America, by Mr. GeonaE Don, in 1823 ; the precise place at
which the seed was collected is not known. The stem climbs to
the height of a few feet, and attaches itself by its tendrils to any
object within its reach. The leaves are densely downy, seated
on footstalks destitute of glands ; their form is unequally three-
‘lobed, truncate, somewhat cordate at the base, three-nerved,
with the two lateral lobes entire, spreading and slightly fal-
cate; the middle lobe being very short and emarginate, and
projecting no further than the line formed by the upper curve
of the two lateral lobes. The flowers appear towards the
end of the branches, are small, pale-green, with a downy
pedicel. Segments of the calyx linear from a broad base,
obtuse, slightly downy; the petals shorter than the calyx,
generally emarginate at the end, white, half transparent, upon
a shallow rotate tube. The disk which surrounds the base of
the tube is flat, fleshy, and dilated at top; the inner corona
is plaited, incurved, downy, purple, and has its margin ap-
plied closely to the projecting margin of the disk. The outer
corona consists of filiform rays, of which those of the inner
series are clavate at the end, those of the outer as long as the
petals, their upper half being white, their lower purple. The
stalk of the columna is round, smooth, a little shorter than

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 49

the petals, coloured at the end. The ovarium is round, sub-
sessile, and villous. | |

The species to which this is most nearly related, is evidently
the P. Alnifolia of BoxPrANp, which seems, from its definition,
to be distinguished by the want of hairiness, the length of
its peduncles, and the form of the laterallobes ofthe leaf. A
tender stove plant, easily propagated by cuttings; it grows
freely in any light sandy soil.

III. Ixora rosea. Wallich.

I. folis oblongis acutis subsessilibus basi sub-emarginatis subtus pubes-
centibus, corymbis supradecompositis patentibus multifloris terminalibus axilla-
ribusque, corollz laciniis cuneato-oblongis acutis.

This is by far the most beautiful of all the Ixoras in our
gardens. It grows very freely, has a perfectly good foliage,
and produces in abundance its fine clusters of pink flowers,
which continue in perfection a long time. The leaves are
oblong-ovate, acute, on short stalks, a little cordate at base,
coriaceous, shining on the upper surface, a little downy be-
neath. Corymbs terminal, lax, branched, sometimes nearly six
inches broad. Calyx very slightly pubescent, with a few imbri-
cated bracteole at the base, and obtuse segments. Tube ofthe
corolla filiform,long. Limb four-parted, reflexed,with cuneate,
bluntish segments. Anthers reflexed. Stigma bifid, exserted.

A native of hilly tracts on the borders of Bengal, about
Silhet. The plants in the possession ofthe Society were im-
ported and presented by the Honourable Court of Directors
of the East India Company, in 1824, and they flowered freely
in the stove in October 1825. Easily propagated by cuttings,
under a bell-glass, in a warm frame; it grows readily in a
compost of light sandy loam and peat.

VOL. VII. H

Mo. Bot. Garden,
1657.

50 Report upon New or Rare Plants, §c.

IV. Ixora undulata. Roxburgh.

I. foliis lato-lanceolatis acuminatis undulatis, panicula laxa terminali, sepalis
aeutis, filamentis antheris sequalibus, stigmate bifido, baccis depressis.

A branched shrub about four feet high, with compressed
glabrous branches; and ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, thin,
wavy, smooth leaves, seated on very short stalks. Flowers
white, or palish yellow, in supradecompound, brachiate,
downy, thyrsoid panicles. Calyx small and smooth. Corolla
with four linear, reflexed, obtuse segments, half the length
of the tube. Anthers linear and spreading. Stigmas two,
exserted.

This is a desirable shrub in a collection of hot-house plants,
and is remarkable among the species of Ixora for the white
colour of its flowers, which passes away into a bright straw
colour. Brought to the Society from the Botanic Garden,
Calcutta, by Mr. Jon Ports in 1822. A tender stove-plant,
native of forests in Bengal, and flowering in this country in
June. Propagated like the last, but with rather more diffi-
culty; and cultivated in the same manner.

V. Diomedea argentea. Kunth.

D. sericeo-lanata, argentea, foliis lanceolatis acuto-mucronatis basi angustatis
integerrimis. Kunth Synopsis II. 470.

A half shrubby plant from two to three feet in height, with
round downy shoots, and opposite, entire, spatulate, distant,
czesious leaves, which often, by a contraction of one of their
sides, become a little distorted. The flowers grow singly
from the extremity of the branches, on long, clavate, some-
what angular stalks. The involucre is campanulate, and
double ; the outer of six or seven unequal, fleshy, occasionally
leafy divisions ; inner equal to the outer in number, thin,

By Mr. Joun Lixprrr. 51

membranous, ciliated at the edge, and united with the others at
the base. The ray is yellow, the disk purple. Florets of the
ray female, ligulate, revolute, five-toothed at the end; of the
disk hermaphrodite, tubular, slightly ventricose in the middle,
smooth. Receptacle paleaceous, flat ; palez as long as the
florets, transparent, ciliated, spatulate, purplish at the end,
covered with resinous glands at the back. Anthers not awned
at the base. Ovaria square, smooth, covered by a cyathiform,
toothed, membranous pappus, which is the same both upon
the florets of the ray and of the disk.

Seeds of this plant were collected upon the small Island
of the Grand Cayman, by Mr. Geonax Don, in 1822, and
brought home by him in the following year. It is, undoubtedly,
the plant which Kunru describes as having been collected
in Cuba by Huwsorpr and BoxPraxp, but I doubt whether
the Peruvian Buphthalmum lineare, which is cited as a syno-
nym, is the same plant. I have never observed any trace
of the denticulations on the side of the leaves, which the
botanists who have described B. lineare point out. A neat
shrub, flowering in the stove in October, and emitting, when
rubbed, a strong aromatic odour. Propagated by cuttings;
it grows readily in a light sandy loam.

VI. Camellia Euryoides. Lindley.

C: ramis debilibus pilosis, foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis truncatis serratis
subtus sericeis, floribus solitariis turbinatis, pedunculis squamosis. Bot, Register
fol. 983.

The grafted part of a Camellia, brought from China in
1822, by Mr. Jous Ports, having perished, the stock sprang
up, and proved to be this species, which had been before
unknown to botanists. It forms a diffuse bushy plant, with

52 Report upon New or Rare Plants, &c.

hairy branches, obovate, acuminate, serrated leaves, and small,
neat, white flowers, never expanding fully, but in size resem-
bling those of a Thea. It is inferior in beauty to any of the
previously known Camellias, but must be considered a subject
of much interest to the cultivator, from its being one of the
means employed by the Chinese for propagating the orna-
mental species of the genus.

The stock of another Camellia, brought from China in 1824,
by Mr. Jonn Damper Parks, and which had also perished,
produced this species. A figure and description will be found
in the Botanical Register, fol. 983. It requires the same
treatment as other Camellias.

VII. Solanum dealbatum.

S. suffruticosum, undique tomento stellato incanum, foliis petiolo costaque
subtus aculeatis, inferioribus subsinuatis superioribus integris, racemis axillaribus
paucifloris, calycibus subaculeatis.

A neat undershrub, covered all over, except the inside
of the petals; with stellate, white tomentum. The stem is
erect, nearly simple, round, very white, with a few slender,
straight, fine, scattered prickles. Leaves seated on stalks
about half an inch long, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, flat, a
little oblique at the base, with the costa beneath occasionally
prickly like the stem. Each leaf has usually two small leaves
in its axilla. The flowers appear in axillary, few-flowered
racemes toward the end. of the branches, and are pale lilac,
with long yellow anthers. Calyx five-parted, with ovate,
acuminate lobes, occasionally aculeate. Petals ovate, plaited.
Anthers smooth, equal, yellow. A hardy green-house plant,
seeds of which were procured for the Society from Chile in
1824, by Mr. Pracr. It thrives very well in the open border

By Mr. Joun Lixprry. 53

during the summer, and flowers from June to the end of
August. It may be propagated by cuttings, but it is fre-
quently raised from Chilian seeds.

It 1s satisfactory to be thus enabled to add a new and very
distinct species to the leprous division of Solanum. That now
described is related to S. leprosum and to S. Elzagnifolium,
both natives of the same country, but it is obviously distin-
guished from either by its smaller, nearly entire leaves, by the
position and strength of its prickles, and by the other charac-
ters assigned to it in the above definition.

A native of the lower parts of the range of Cordilleras
which separate Chile from the province of Mendoza, where
it appears to be not uncommon. ‘There are specimens in
the Herbarium of the Society collected by Mr. M'Rar on
the Chilian side of the mountains. Seeds of a slight and
more alpine variety were also sent to the Society from the
neighbourhood of the city of Mendoza, by their valuable
correspondent Dr. Girrzres, but the latter, unfortunately,
did not vegetate.*

VIII. Alstonia venenata. R. Brown.

A. folis quaternis oblongo-lanceolatis acuminatis basi attenuatis, cymis
dichotomis, corolle tubo sursum ampliato, limbo imberbi acuto, folliculis
utrinque attenuatis folium vix equantibus. R, Brown in Wern. Trans. I. p. 77. -

Presented to the Society in 1824 by the Honourable Court
of Directors of the East India Company, being then imported
by them. Requires to be cultivated in a stove, where it flowers
in July. The plant in the Garden has grown to the height

* Since this Paper was read, the species has been published by Dr. HooxeR
in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2697, under the name of Solanum saponaceum.

54 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

of three feet, and is quite smooth in every part. Stem round.
Leaves whorled in fours, lanceolate, acuminate at each end,
nearly sessile, with very numerous veins proceeding at right
angles from the costa to a marginal vein. Flowers white, in
terminal cymes. Bracteæ subulate, much shorter than pe-
dicels. Calyx very small, five-parted, ovate, acute. Corolla
an inch long, hypocrateriform : the tube inflated at the end.
Limb contorted, five-parted, with ovate, acuminate, spreading
segments, which are cordate at the base; orifice of tube a
little hairy, with a fleshy entire rim : in the inside very villous.
Hypogynous scales none. Anthers placed in the inflated part
of the tube, subulate, smooth, bright yellow, surrounding the
stigmas in a cone. Ovarium double, seated in a fleshy yellow
disk, which has on each side a tooth opposite the commissure
of the ovaria. Style filiform, simple. Stigmas mitreform,
bright green, contracted in the middle, intruse at the base.

Propagated by cuttings; it grows well in sandy peat and

loam.
IX. Wrightia tinctoria. R. Brown.

W. foliis elliptico-lanceolatis ovatisque acuminatis glabris, ramis corymbisque
divaricatis, corolle tubo calyce duplo longiore, folliculis distinctis. R. Brown in
Wern. Trans. I. p. 75. (

A bushy stove plant, occasionally throwing up vigorous
shoots which twine round any thing that is near them. The
leaves are opposite, oval, taper-pointed, lanceolate, of a mem-
branous texture, and quite smooth. The flowers are white,
and appear in July in small trichotomous racemes from the
axillæ of leaves on the old wood; they are remarkable for a
delicate five-lobed fringe with which the orifice of their tube
is surmounted,

Brought from the Botanic Garden, Calcutta, in 1822, by

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 55

the late Mr. Jonn Porrs. Propagated, though with much
difficulty, by euttings; and requires to be planted in light
sandy loam with a little peat.

X. Tabernzemontana gratissima.

T. folis oblongo-lanceolatis undulatis glabris, dentibus calycinis ovatis
acutis, corolle laciniis convexis difformibus crenulatis, cymis divaricatis, floribus
cernuis. :

In many respects this resembles T. coronaria of ROXBURGH,
from which it is distinguished by the form of the teeth of the
calyx, and by the direction of the cymes, which are not erect,
but recurved, and by the form of the segments of the limb,
which are not flat, as in T. coronaria, but convex, much
twisted, and exceedingly uneven at the margin. In some of
these particulars it may be compared to the T. recurva of the
Hortus Bengalensis, but that plant is to be readily known by
its large leafy calyx, smaller flowers, and more robust stature,
and, I believe, is not yet in this country. The plant in the
possession of the Society was imported in 1824 by the Ho-
nourable Court of Directors of the East India Company, and
presented by them then to the Society. When in flower, it
diffuses a delicious fragrance.

A lactescent shrub, requiring the protection of the stove,
where it has attained the height of three feet. The stem is
much branched, and covered with a cinereous spotted bark.
Young branches round, dark-green, spotted here and there
with ash-colour. Leaves membranous, stalked, oval, smooth,
dark-green above, paler and veiny beneath. Cymes growing
by pairs from between the petioles, almost horizontal, with
a stalk about as long as the petiole, quite smooth, biternate.
Pedicels short, thick. Calyx five-toothed, with ovate-lan-

56 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

ceolate, imbricated, entire segments. Corolla yellowish white,
hypocrateriform ; tube longer than limb, slightly ventricose
towards the orifice ; limb much twisted, smooth, with convex,
oblong segments, undulated at the margin; orifice fleshy,
contracted. Stamens included, with hairy filaments, which
are adnate to the corolla. .Anthers not sagittate, oblong, acute,
with linear cells, and a rigid, fleshy connectivum. Pollen white.
Ovarium roundish, two-lobed, acuminate, not seated in a
discus, two-celled, with its ovules all buried in the substance
of a fleshy placenta. Style bulbous at base, filiform. Stigma
capitate, with a two-lobed apex seated on a fleshy base.

A valuable stove-plant flowering in September, and propa-
gated by cuttings ; it grows freely in a compost of loam, pest,
and sand, mixed in equal quantities.

XI. Sarcocephalus esculentus. Afzelius.

Plants raised from seeds, collected in Sierra Leone by Mr.
GrorGeE Dow, in 1822, and then sent home by him, having
flowered, I am enabled to complete the account given of this
species in Vol. v. of the Transactions, page 442, by Mr. SABINE.
The flowers which were produced in the stove in July, ap-
peared in terminal heads about twice the size of a musket
ball, and were of a pale straw-colour, not pink, as repre-
sented in the figure published in the Transactions, and highly
fragrant. The calyxes were all united together into a solid
fleshy body, having their limbus only distinct ; the latter is
short, five or six-toothed, erect, and fleshy. The corolla was
funnel-shaped, fleshy, five or. six-lobed, with erect, oblong,
imbricated lobes. The stamens were equal in number to the
segments of the corolla, and alternate with them, inserted

By Mr. Joun Lixprrx. 57

under the sinuses, and enclosed within the tube. Tube
smooth inside. Anthers erect, linear, smooth. Style filiform.
Stigma fleshy, conical, white, with a furrow on each side and
a ring round the middle.

I have thought it necessary to be thus particular in my
notice of this plant, for the purpose of correcting the error as
to the colour of the flower, which was before given on the
authority of the collector, and because it belongs to a genus
which has been seen by few botanists in any state, and, I
believe, by one only besides myself, in a fresh state. Grows
freely in sandy loam and peat, in a strong heat.

XII. Bignonia pallida. Lindley.
B. foliis oppositis unifoliolatis oblongis obtusis basi subcordatis, floribus axil-
laribus subsolitariis, pedicellis calycibusque lepidotis. Bot. Register, fol. 965.

For this the Society is indebted to Mr. GEoRGE CALEY,
who sent it from the Botanic Garden of St. Vincent's in 1823.
It grows in the stove to a considerable height, and in its native
country forms a small tree, not a climber, as are most of the
species commonly cultivated in this country. It is one of the
few Bignonias, the leaves of which are simple. The flowers
are about two inches long, of a delicate lilac colour with a
yellowish tube ; they appear in July and August in pairs from
the axillae of the branches, are of a very delicate texture, and
quickly perish.

Propagated by cuttings planted in pure silver sand, and
covered with a bell-glass ; it should be afterwards grown in a
light sandy loam. A coloured figure and full description may
be found in the Botanical Register, fol. 965.

VOL. VII. I

58 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

| XIII. Tephrosia? Chinensis.

T. ? fruticosa, foliis 9-10 jugis oblongis obtusis utrinque pubescentibus, ra-
cemis axillaribus horizontalibus compositis multifloris, calycibus 4 bibracteolatis,
corolla pubescente, stylo glabro, stigmate capitato.

A small tree with a greyish warted bark. Young branches
dark green, obscurely angular. Leaves unequally pinnate,
about a foot long, spreading ; petiole channelled above, tumid
at the base, and closely clothed with minute appressed hairs.
Racemes axillary, or opposite the leaves, about six inches long,
horizontal, compound. Flowers fascicled, about three or four
together, arising from a fleshy protuberance of the rachis,
bright rose-colour, pedicellate, Calyx downy, with two rai-
nute, appressed, subulate bractez at the base, campanulate,
tapering into a flattened cone at the base, bilabiate ; the upper
lip broad, slightly emarginate, the lower three-lobed, with
ovate acute divisions, of which that in the middle is the
broadest. Corolla slightly downy. Vexillum erect, roundish,
with inflexed margins, concave, with a greenish spot at the
base. Ala horizontal, rather shorter than the vexillum, obovate,
obtuse, entire, auricled at the base, parallel with the carina,
to which they are glued, as it were, at the base. Carina
obtuse, falcate, truncate at the base. Stamens diadelphous ;
those in front being the longest. Anthers roundish, nearly
equal. Ovarium few-seeded, villous. Style incurved, smooth.
Stigma capitate.

‘The fruit of this plant being unknown, the genus to which
it belongs cannot with accuracy be determined. My principal
‘motive for referring it to Tephrosia, is the near affinity it ap-
pears to bear to M. De CaxporLr's first section of that genus,

` By Mr. Joux LINDLEY. 59

which consists of Roxsuren’s East Indian Robinias, and
especially to T. suberosa, from which I should even believe
it not distinct, if that plant were not described to be destitute
of the two little bracteole which I find at the basé of the
calyx of this.

Brought in a living state from China, in 1822, by Mr. Jonn
Ports. A greenhouse plant flowering in June, and propa-
gated with considerable difficulty by cuttings. It grows
readily in any light sandy soil.

XIV. Calyptranthes Caryophyllifolia. Willdenow.

C. arborea, paniculis lateralibus, foliis elliptico-ovatis integerrimis. Willd.
sp. pl. II. p. 975.

A fine stove plant sent to the Society from Sumatra, by the
late Sir Tuomas Stamrorp RAFFLES, in 1822. It is a small
tree with virgate branches and compressed twigs, rather thinly.
clothed with leaves. The latter are flat, oval, coriaceous,
acuminate, with a channelled stalk ; minutely dotted, with
very delicate veins running in simple parallel lines, nearly as
far as the margin, within which they become confluent into
a line parallel with the edge of the leaf. The panicles
are crowded, many flowered and trichotomous, appearing
from the old wood. Calyx nearly entire, obsoletely four-
toothed. Petals four, white, cohering into a little cap, which
is pushed off by the elongation of the stamens; these are
numerous, but inserted in a nearly simple row, just within
the edge of the calyx. Filaments white. Anthers small,
pale. Ovarium inferior, two-celled, with many mis-shapen
ovula attached by their middle to a projecting fleshy placenta.
Style straight, weak, a little arcuate. Stigma simple.

60 Report upon New or Rare Plants, ác.

Flowers abundantly in August, and is propagated by
cuttings planted in silver-sand, under a hand-glass in a warm
frame. It is easily cultivated in a mixture of light sandy
loam and peat, in equal proportions.

HERBACEOUS PLANTS.

XV. Hellenia abnormis.

H. labello subrotundo emarginato, folis ovali-lanceolatis glabris acuminatis
versus apicem ciliatis, ovario uniloculari monospermo, stylo glabro.

This addition to the genus Hellenia was brought from
China in the year 1824 by Mr. Jonn Damper Parks, and
flowered in a bark-bed, in September 1825. In beauty, it has
little to render it worthy of regard, but in structure it is too
remarkable to be passed by unnoticed, especially as it forms
an addition to a genus, few of the species of which are accu-
rately known.

It grows to the height of ten or twelve inches, having its
slender erect stems closely covered with dull green leaves.
These have a split vagina which is coloured with red, and ex-
tends about a quarter of an inch higher than the base of the
leaf, in the form of two obtuse, unequal, ciliated lobes. The
form of the leaves is oval-lanceolate, tapering to each end,
especially towards the point, where their margin is furnished
with fine ciliæ. Flowers small, white, in terminal, slightly
compound, erect racemes, which are shorter than the upper-
most leaf. Calyx as long as the tube, white, contracted
at the end, which is slightly three-lobed and reflexed.
Outer limb of the corolla three-parted, with equal, linear,
white, spreading segments, which are hooded at the apex.

By Mr. Jous LINDLEY. 61

Inner limb consisting of one segment only, the labellum, which
is roundish, complicate, emarginate at the apex, and slightly
crisp at the edge; atits base crimson, of which colour are
also two erect teeth, which adhere to the upper segment of
the upper limb at the orifice of the tube, and which repre-
sent the two absent divisions of the inner limb. Filament
opposite the labellum, elongated a httle beyond the insertion
of the anthera in the form of a short round lobe. Anther
erect, oblong, entire, with its two longitudinal lateral lobes
approximated at the extremities, but curved outwards on
each side, so as to form a passage for the style. Style filiform,
smooth, longer than the filament, in a furrow of which it is
retained, having, at its base, two short fleshy glands. Stigma
fleshy, hollow, three-cornered, with a few ciliæ on its lower
margin. In allthe flowers I had an opportunity of examining,
the ovarium was constantly of a spongy texture, with a single
cell lying out of its axis, and containing one perfect ovulum
obliquely inserted into the bottom of the cell. As I had occa-
sion to dissect the ovaria of several flowers at different times,
I conceive that this must be considered to be the natural
structure of the species, although it is entirely at variance
with the usual character of both the genus and the order.
For this reason I have called it Hellenia abnormis. The
flowers of this plant are the smallest with which I am ac-
quainted in Scitaminee.

A hardy stove, or perhaps green-house plant, easily culti-
vated in a light sandy soil, and propagated by division of the
root, like other Scitaminee ; it likes moisture, and grows best
in strong heat.

62 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

XVI. Gesneria Douglasii.

G. herbacea; radice tuberosa, foliis in medio caulis verticillatis petiolatis
ovatis crenatis, cyma terminali umbellata pedunculata, corollee limbo subzequali,
glandulis duabus superioribus dilatatis : inferioribus obliteratis.

A beautiful herbaceous plant, with a fleshy tuberous root,
sent to the Society from Rio Janeiro by Mr. Davin Dovaras
in 1825. The specific name it has received, is a tribute.
to the merit of that indefatigable and intelligent collector.
It flowers in the stove during almost all the summer, requires
to be cultivated in a moderately light sandy soil, and is pro-
pagated with some difficulty by the leaves.

From a fleshy roundish root rise two or three purple downy
stems, which are naked, and incrassated at the base, and
crowned about six inches from the ground with a whorl of
five, six, or seven, stalked, spreading, ovate, serrate-crenate,
ciliated leaves, which are downy, with a fine gloss on each
side. From the centre of these leaves is produced a purple
downy peduncle, rather longer than the stem, bearing a large,
umbellate, many-flowered cyme. At the base of each ray-
of this cyme, is a subulate bractea. Pedicels round, long,
slender, smooth and shining. Calyx inferior, with a five-parted
limb and ovate, nearly equal, short segments. Corolla tubular, :
half an inch long, fleshy and gibbous at the base, rather downy,
of a pale pink colour, striped and bordered with numerous
blood-red, interrupted, or continuous spots ; its limb is crisp
and nearly erect, the upper lip two-lobed, with rounded, im- .
bricated lobes, the lower three-lobed, with equal, ovate,
obtuse segments, about the same size as the upper; the

recesses of the divisions of the limb are gibbous externally.

By Mr. Joun LixprEY. 63

Filaments smooth. Anthers cordate, cohering, smooth. Glands
at the base of the ovarium two, large, ovate, yellow, on each
side of the upper division of the calyx. Ovarium almost
wholly superior, downy. Style continuous with the ovarium.
Stigma capitate, minutely papillose, perforated in the middle.

The above description renders it apparent that the species
now described differs materially from G. tuberosa and its
allies, not only in the degree of separation of the calyx and
ovarium, but also in the form of the limb of the corolla, and
in the number and position of the glands which are found at
the base of the ovarium. It is not however advisable on this
account to form it into a separate genus ; but it may stand as
a remarkable species.

XVII. Sinningia Helleri. Nees.

A curious herbaceous plant sent from Rio Janeiro by Mr.
Davip Doveras at the same time as the last. The stem is
about a foot high, closely covered with numerous bright-green
fleshy leaves, from among the uppermost of which appear
singly in the axille pale-green flowers, resembling in form
those of Gloxinia speciosa, but not so large; they are seated
on an enlarged calyx having five prominent wings, and remain
in perfection many days. A succession is also maintained
. during nearly all the months of summer. :
A coloured figure and description, taken from plants in the
. possession of the Society, have been published in the Botanical
Register, fol. 997. It requires the same treatment, and is
propagated in the same manner as the last.

‘It may be proper here to add, that another variety has been
presented to the Society by Mr. Jonn Henry MasTERS,

64 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

Nurseryman, of Stoke Newington, in which the flowers incline
more to a lemon-colour, and which has the orifice of the
corolla beautifully dotted with minute brownish purple.

XVIII. Calathea flavescens. Lindley.

C. acaulis, foliis oblongis acuminatis penninerviis petiolatis glaberrimis con-
coloribus subtus glaucis, capitulo sessili ovato multifloro, laciniis limbi interioris
obovatis oppositis emarginatis. Bot. Register, fol. 932.

This pretty little stemless plant was sent with other things
from Rio, by the late Mr. Joun Forges, in 1822. The leaves
are broad, oblong, stalked, finely nerved across, and whole
coloured on both sides. 'The flowers appear in sessile heads,
proceeding from the base of the sheaths of the leaves, and are
‘ placed among rigid cuspidate bractez. They are pale yellow,
consisting of three external lanceolate segments, and two
broad oblong opposite interior ones. "The flowers are pro-
duced in succession from the beginning of August to the end
of September.

A figure and description is published in the Botanical
Register, fol. 932, from a plant in the possession of the
Society. A stove-plant, thriving well in a loamy soil, and is
easily propagated by division of its root. It requires to be
treated in all respects as other Scitamineous plants.

XIX. Commelina cucullata: Zinneus.
C. corollis parvis sub-zqualibus, foliis ovatis nervosis ciliatis, involucris cucul-
latis turbinatis.
A creeping annual, with czsious downy leaves, and small
pale-blue flowers appearing from among the curious hooded

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 65

spathas. Raised from seeds communicated to the Society
from the Botanic Garden, Calcutta, by the Honourable Court
of Directors of the East India Company in 1824.

Flowers in the stove in October. This plant has little
beauty, but is noticed here in order to fix the date of its
introduction. It is easily cultivated in light sandy loam.

XX. Cleome rosea. De Candolle.

C. herbacea inermis glabra, foliis 5-foliolatis infimis floralibusque 3-foliolatis,
summis ovatis sessilibus, siliqua glabra thecaphori longitudine, De Candolle
prodr. 1. 238.

A beautiful tender annual, requiring the same treatment as
Balsams. The flowers are of a bright rose-colour, appearing
from May to October, and are borne at the end of numerous
ascending branches, proceeding from a fine upright central
stem, so that when in perfection they give the plant the air of
a vegetable Candelabrum. It is to be raised from seeds, which
are produced sparingly in long drooping pods.

Sent to the Society from the neighbourhood of Rio Janeiro
by Mr. James M‘Raz, in 1824. The whole plant has a
faint smell of Elder. A figure and description taken from
plants in the possession of the Society, have been published
in the Botanical Register, fol. 960.

XXI. Gynandropsis pulchella.
G. folis pilosiusculis integris: inferioribus 5 superioribus 3-foliolatis, siliqua
ovali glabra, seminibus reniformibus tuberculatis.
A pretty little tender annual, seeds of which were sent tothe
Society from Maranham, in 1825, by Rosert Hesxern, Esq.
It flowers in June and July. The stemis nearly simple, about

VOL. VII. K

66 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

a span in height, angular, smooth, and stained with purple.
Leaflets on the lower leaves five, small, lanceolate, smooth,
with a hairy. petiole ; the exterior ones smaller, with dilated
partial footstalks ; on the upper leaves, the leaflets are only
three, obtuse, the middle one being the largest, Racemes
terminal, simple. Flowers small. Petals white, with thin
purplish claws, which are barely longer than the discus.
Stamens unequal, the upper one very long, reflexed, the lowest
one very short. Ovarium nearly four-cornered, roughish.

This species differs from Gynandropsis pentaphylla, in its
small stature, and in having its leaves always entire, never
serrulated. From G. palmipes it is distinguished by the
upper leaves being ternate, and by the absence of a membrane
connecting the foot-stalks of the leaflets. It may be grown
in any light sandy soil. e

XXII. Aspidistra punctata. Lindley.
A foliis long? petiolatis, perianthio octofido. Bot, Register, fol. 977.

A new species, brought to the Society from China in 1824,
by Mr. Jonn Damper Parks. It flowered in a bark-bed in
February and March, 1826. From the species previously
known it differs in its paler and much larger flowers, which
are dotted over with livid purple, and divided into eight
segments. The leaves are also elevated higher above the
earth than those of Aspidistra lurida.

An obscure but curious stove-plant growing freely in peat
and loam, and propagated by division of the roots. A figure
and description have been published in the Botanical Register,
fol. 977, from the plants cultivated in the Garden at Chiswick.

By Mr. Joux LiNprLEYy. 67

ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS.
XXIII. Rodriguezia planifolia.

R. folis binis planis lineari-lanceolatis utrinque attenuatis enerviis, racemis
recurvis, bulbis tol pregns foliis brevioribus:

Among a collection sent from Rio Janeiro in 1825, by
Mr. Davin Dovaras, were several bulbs of this plant. It
appears to grow naturally upon decayed bark, forming a
cluster. of long, two-edged, compressed, slightly furrowed
bulbs. From each of these bulbs arise. two spreading, linear-
lanceolate, nerveless leaves, tapered off at each end, and very
little more than twice the length of the bulbs. From the base
of the latter arises a recurved raceme of greenish-yellow
flowers, a little longer than the bulbs and leaves taken to-
gether. These have in every respect so much the structure
of Gomeza recurva, figured in the Botanical Magazine, tab.
1748, that there can be no doubt of their near relation to that
plant ; but I cannot bring myself to believe that they are
absolutely the same, although it appears from the 660th figure
of the Botanical Cabinet, which is a good representation of
this species, that Messrs. Leppiaxs do not distinguish the
two plants. . The differences which I perceive between Mr.
Dovsras's plant and that figured in the Botanical Magazine,
necessarily occur to me from a consideration of the drawing in
the latter work, the original plant in the Apothecaries’ Gar-
den at Chelsea not having been seen by me. But the obvious
general correctness of that figure induces me to believe, that
confidence may reasonably be placed in it as far, at least, as is
necessary for my present purpose. In the figure in the Bo-
tanical Magazine, I perceive that the bulbs are ovate, and the
leaves lanceolate, widening gradually towards the upper

68 Report upon New or Rare Plants, &c.

extremity, strongly plaited, and many times longer than the
bulbs. But in the present species the bulbs are very long and
almost linear, and the leaves linear-lanceolate, by no means
widening to either extremity, with no trace of plicatures, and
scarcely more than twice the length of the bulbs. These will
be considered sufficient grounds for distinguishing the two
plants as species.

With respect to the genus, I have elsewhere * shown the
very near proximity of Gomeza to Rodriguezia; a more care-
ful examination of this plant has satisfied me that the two
genera must be united. I would therefore name the subject
of this article Rodriguezia planifolia, distinguishing it from
R. lanceolata by the leaves being flat, and from R. (Gomeza)
recurva, by their not being plaited. Their other differential
characters have been already indicated. A tender stove epi-
phyte, preserved with difficulty by being planted in rotten
wood, or decayed vegetable matter.

XXIV. Liparis foliosa. Lindley.

L? reflexa Bot. Reg. fol. 882 in textu.
Cymbidium reflexum Br. Prod. 331.

L. foliis radicalibus inæqualibus lanceolatis integris acutis carnosis racemo sub-
æqualibus, labello oblongo retuso, clinandrio integerrimo, Bot. Register,fol, 882.

This was presented to the Society, with many other curious
New Holland Plants, by Captain M‘Arruur, in 1825, and
no doubt is the Cymbidium reflexum of Mr. Brown’s Pro-
dromus. Upon comparing it with the Isle of France L. foliosa,
described by me in the Botanical Register, fol. 882, I see no
reason to doubt its being the same species ; that plant which
flowered in Mr. Barctay’s stove, and which I there de-

* Botanical Register, fol. 930.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 69

scribed, was destitute of bulbs, but the plant of the Garden
was furnished with large ovate oblong bulbs, each of which
was terminated by three ligulate acuminate channelled leaves
indistinctly five-nerved. The scape was about the same length
as the leaves of that shoot which produced it, but much
shorter than the full grown leaves of the old bulbs. The
differences that seem to exist I am disposed to believe depend
upon the age of the plant, which, when old, would have bul-
bous stems, of which it would be destitute when young. The
pollen masses were four, collateral, and not cohering in their
earliest state by any kind of process or matter, as far as I could
discover.

A tender stove-plant ; flowers in December. It requires
the same kind of cultivation as the last.

XXV. Coelogyne fimbriata. Lindley.

C. foliis binis oblongo-lanceolatis patentibus, floribus terminalibus solitariis :
sepalis interioribus filiformibus; labello fimbriato bicristato. Bot. Register,
fol. 868.

A pretty little creeping plant, brought from China in 1824,
by Mr. Joun Damrer Parks. The leaves appear upon small
bulbs connected together by a tough perennial prostrate
caudex, by which the plant may be increased. The flowers
grow from the bosom of the leaves, either singly or together ;
they are pale yellow, with a beautiful fringed lip, spotted, and
marked with brown. They endure several days.

- Figured and described in the Botanical Register, fol. 868,
from a plant which flowered in the Garden of the Society.
The blossoms appear from July to October. Cultivated as
others of its tribe. | Oj

70 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

XXVI. Brassavola nodosa.
B. foliis carnosis semi-cylindricis subulatis canaliculatis, labello integerrimo.

Among some curious plants sent in 1825 from Rio by Mr.
Davi» Doveras, were received a patch or two of an epiphyte
with numerous fleshy, half-cylindrical, subulate, channelled
leaves of a dull green colour tinged with purple. These, after
some months vigorous growth, produced in October 1825, two
spikes of snow-white flowers, which from some unknown
cause did not expand, but which arrived at a state sufficiently
perfect to enable me to ascertain that the plants were referable
to the genus Brassavola of Brown, and to the Epidendrum
nodosum discovered by Jacquin in the Island of Baru, and
figured by him in his Selectarum Stirpium Americanarum
Historia, tab. 140. Jaceurin states the flowers to diffuse a
most delicious fragrance during the night. Should be grown
in decayed wood, or bark, in which a little moss may be
mixed. |

XXVII. Dendrobium crumenatum. Swartz.
Onychium crumenatum. Blume.

D. caule ramoso terete folioso basi bulboso, foliis ovato-lanceolatis, spica
terminali, floribus distantibus geminatis odoratis glabris, sepalis eequalibus ovatis
acutis calcaris longitudine, labello rhombeo-ovato integerrimo.

Two varieties of an Air-plant of Sumatra, were sent to the
Society by the late Sir Tuomas SrAMronp Rarrvus in 1823;
one of which produced its flowers in the stove in August,
1825. They do not appear to be distinct from each other, but
may perhaps constitute both the D. crumenatum and spatu-
latum, taken up by LixN;Evs from Rumpuius. Their blos-
soms are very fragrant, but quickly perishable ; their colour a

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 71

pure delicate white ; they appear upon the leafless extremities
of the shoots in racemes of four or six flowers. ‘The shoots
branch much, and form a compact bushy plant, their lower
ends having a tendency to become fusiform and bulbous.

Cultivated readily by being attached to a stump of decaying
wood, on which.it grows freely. It is among the most easy of
all the tribes of Orchideous plants for artificial cultivation.
Propagated by division of the branches.

Both the above named varieties appear to be compre-
hended by Dr. Buume in his definition of Onychium cru-
menatum. A lilac variety is also noticed by the same
indefatigable Botanist.

XXVIII. Oncidium pubes. Lindley.

O. bulbis subcylindricis monophyllis, foliis lanceolatis nervosis, panicula sim-
plici multiflora subsecunda, sepalis 4 fasciatis: inferiore minore bidentato, labello
pandurato, columns alis linearibus obtusis, stigmate rostelloque pubescentibus.
Bot. Register, fol. 1007.

Received from Rio Janeiro in 1825, having been sent by Mr.
Davip Doveras. This species has a contracted dwarf habit,
and is remarkable for the yellow olive-green colour of the
flowers, which appear in the stove in March. The leaves
grow singly upon round, elongated, smoothish, deep green
bulbs, and are peculiarly characterized by an appearance of
plaiting, which is very unusual in the genus. The margin of
the stigma and the anterior part of the clinandrium are also
singularly pubescent.

A detailed description with a coloured figure of this has
been published in the Botanical Register, tab. 1007. It is cul- -
tivated with some difficulty in decayed wood, or leaf mould.

72 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

BULBOUS PLANTS.
XXIX. Brodiza Ixioides. Sims.
B. corone foliolis subulatis. Bot. Mag. 2382.

Roots of this curious species were received in 1825 from Dr.
Joun GILLIES, a valuable correspondent of the Society, resi-
dent at Mendoza, in South America, and flowered in May, a few
weeks after their arrival. Bulbs round, small,with a light brown
skin. Leaves weak, linear, lying on the ground, sub-glaucous,
smooth, shining, a spanlong. Stem very slender, erect, round,
somewhat glaucous, about a foot high or a little more. Spatha
of two membranous subulate bractez, the length of the pe-
duncle. Flowers two or three. Peduncles an inch long, round.
Corolla funnel-shaped, light ultramarine blue, with a greenish
tube, and a six-parted spreading limb, about an inch across,
of which the segments are frequently laciniated irregularly ;
the inner series being the narrowest. Stamens three, small,
in the middle of the tube. Processes three, fleshy, round,
fusiform, inserted at the summit of the tube opposite to the
inner laciniz, and white.

A figure of this has been published in the Botanical Maga-
zine, fol. 2382; but it is uncharacteristic. The plant will
thrive very well in a cool frame out of the reach of frost, but
the attempts which have hitherto been made to establish it in
the open border have all failed.

XXX. Gilliesia graminea. Lindley.
A full description, with a figure, having been published
of this plant in the Botanical Register, tab. 992, it is not

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 73

necessary to offer many observations upon it in this place, as
from its want of beauty it is out of the pale of Horticulture,
and can be considered only as a Botanical curiosity. The roots
were collected about Valparaiso by Mr. James M*Razr, while
touching at that port on his voyage to the Sandwich Islands.
They were found by him in a withered state in February
1825, were received at the Garden in the latter end of July
of the same year, and flowered for the first and only time in
the September following. The genus was named in honour
of the gentleman mentioned under the foregoing head.

An obscure little bulbous plant with narrow linear flaccid
leaves, and a weak round stem. The flowers are green in
loose umbels of about five flowers,

XXXI. Griffinia hyacinthina. R. Brown.

G. foliis oblongis breviter petiolatis, umbella 9-10-flora, sepalis oblongo-lan-
ceolatis acuminatis undulatis, spatha tubi longitudine.

A few roots of this beautiful Lily having been collected by
the late Mr. Jonn Fonsrs while at Rio in 1823, several
individuals of them have since that time produced their
flowers. They differed in no respect from the originals im-
ported in 1815, by Mr. Grirrrn, and the circumstance of
their having flowered in the Garden of the Society is noticed
here chiefly for the sake of stating that none of them indi-
cated any disposition to vary, or to approach in form or
habit either of the other two species of Griffinia now known.
They thrive well and flower freely in October and November,
if kept in the constant heat of the stove and planted in light
rich sandy loam.

YOL. VII. L

74 ` Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

XXXII. Uropetalon longifolium. Lindley.

U. foliis lineari-ligulatis acuminatis debilibus, racemo laxo paucifloro, floribus
cernuis, sepalis obtusis. Bot. Register, fol. 974.

Upon examining a collection of dried plants formed for the
Society by Mr. FonsEs, and received after his death, in
1824, there were observed in a bundle believed to be the
produce of Mafmale, a small island. off the coast of Mozam-
bique, a few bulbs, which did not seem to have entirely
lost their vitality, although they must have been packed
among the specimens at least a twelvemonth previously. The
foliage and flowers adhering to these bulbs shewing them to be
a new species of Uropetalon, they were transferred from the
Herbarium to a Stove, in which they flowered in August, 1825.
The flowers proved to be of a dull bluish-green, appearing
sparingly in a long simple raceme ; the leaves were long, nar-
row, and quite flaccid. The plant. did not therefore exhibit
any pretensions to beauty, but it forms an interesting addition
to the genus, which at present consists of only a few species.

Requires the heat of the stove, where it grows freely, in
any light sandy soil, producing offsets rather plentifully. A
figure of the species has been published in the Botanical
Register, tab. 974.

XXXIII. Phycella corusca.

P. umbella patente multiflora, sepalis æqualibus apice patentibus obtusis,
staminibus sterilibus subulatis. :

A bulb which was collected by Mr. James M*Raz about
Coquimbo, and sent home by him in June 1825, flowered in
the stove in September of the same year, and appeared to
be so similar to the figure in the Botanical Register, tab. 809,

75

By Mr. Joux Linpwey.

of Amaryllis ignea (now Phycella ignea), that it was believed
to be that species. It was remarkable for having six barren
stamens alternating with the fertile ones, under the form of
subulate processes, about half the length of the fertile fila-
ments. It having subsequently been stated by Mr. HERBERT
in the Botanical Magazine, folio 2687, who possesses and has
examined the original plant of Amaryllis ignea, that these
processes are very obsolete in that species, it is evident that
the bulb sent home by Mr. M*Rae is essentially distinct.
I have therefore named it P. corusca. The plant which
flowered also produced its seeds, which were. thin and flat
like those of Amaryllis Reginze, and similar species.

This is an extremely handsome plant, throwing up from
the centre of the narrow leaves a stout scape about a foot in
height, which is crowned by a candelabrum-like umbel of long
tubular flowers of the most iUt. crimson. Should be culti-
vated in light sandy loam. 3

Index to the Report.

Alstonia venenata. R. Br. .... .... VIII. | Hellenia abnormis......... eese. KV.
Aspidistra punctata. Lindi quote. EG Jua fos. Wal ..........-.. III.
Bignonia pallida. Lind... «XII. undulata. Row. : ++ 0s 1.5255 IV.
Brassavola nodosa ............. YL Liparis foliosa. Lindl........ XXIV.

rodizea Ixioides. Sims. ....... XIX. mede ? BS ro Lmd....— MM
Calathea flavescens. Lindl.. +- XVIII. | Mimosa Lam... uh
Calyptranthes Caryophyllifolia. Willd. Oncidiam pu “Lindl. ere XXVIII.

XIV. | Onychium . Blume, XXVII.

Camellia Euryoides. Lindl... . <- VI. | Pasiflora obscura. s.s.s, en.e.
Cleome roséa. Deot enire Phycella OUPHINUR. iiir F US XXXHI
Coelogyne fimbriata. Lind. .... (XXV. | Rodriguezia planifolia.. .. .. .... XXIII
Commelina cucullata. Lindl. .... XIX. | Sarcocephalus oec Afx. .... Xt
Cymbidium reflecum. R. Br. .... 7, | Sinningia Helleri. Nees, ........ XVII
Dendrobium crumenatum. ee TA Solanum dealbatum .............. VII
Diomedea argentea. Kunth.. es.. V, | Tabernæmontana gratissima ,... «X.
Gesneria Douglasii. .... .... ...... XVI; | Tephrosia? Chinensis ........... . XIII
Gilliesia graminea. Eu... XX Uropetalon longifelium. Lindl. XXXII.
Griffinia Saidi R. ums: «XXX XI, | Wrightia tinctoria. R. Br, ......,. IX,
Gynandropsis pulchella . . XX

E 76 ]

VII. Account of a Protecting Frame for Fruit Trees on
Walls. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joun
Dick, Gardener to The Right Honourable WıLtiam
Trotter, Lord Provost of Edinburgh, at Ballindean in
Perthshire.

Read February 21, 1826.
Sir,

N compliance with your request, I have sent a drawing of
my new Protecting Frame for Fruit trees on Walls, which
both keeps the fruit when ripe from being destroyed by wasps
and flies or birds, and also preserves the blossoms in spring
from frost, and so insures a crop of fruit.

As the references to the drawing explain sufficiently all the
details of the construction, I need not repeat them here, but
will only give directions, first, for using the frame in spring for
preserving the blossoms, and afterwards, for its application in
summer and autumn for the protection of the ripening fruit.
= When the frame is put against the wall, whatever kind of
fruit-tree it is destined to cover, it should be placed as close
to the wall as possible without crushing the branches. The
frame is fixed by iron holdfasts driven into the wall, two at
top and twoat the bottom, also by two at each side ; these last
keep it steady. The cloth screen is then secured in the front
of the frame, so that it will run from side to side with ease as
may be required. The folding facing at the bottom of the
frame is then turned up and fastened. The screen may be
drawn open in fine days, but if the weather is frosty, it is
better to keep it close, as the cloth is so thin that plenty of

Account of a Protecting Frame for Fruit-irees on Walls. 77

sun and air pass through it, and the confinement consequently
will not hurt the trees. The top part of the frame is a little
sloped to let the rain run off; and further, this part is of great
use in keeping off the hail showers, as well as the snow and
heavy rains from falling perpendicularly upon, and hurting
either the blossoms or the young fruit when it is formed. .
The time to take off the frame in spring is when the fruit is
of a sufficient size to stand unprotected ; this must be left to
the judgment of the gardener.

I now proceed to show how the wasps, flies and birds are
prevented from injuring the fruit when ripe, by the Frame.
It is to be placed over the trees as close as possible
without hurting them, in the same way as has been directed
to put it over them in spring. A little fine moss, or fogg,
is then stuffed in close between the frame and the wall, in
such a tight manner that no wasps nor flies can get in be-
tween. The time that the screen is required to remain upon
the trees at this season is very short, and the trees will not be
hurt by the moss or fogg, if it is carefully put in. When the
trees have old long spurs, it may sometimes be necessary to
cut some of them out, to enable the frame to be fitted close to
the wall. When any of the fruit is to be gathered, the screen
can be easily shifted from side to side, and although there
should be wasps or flies about, they can be all driven out and
the screen shut in a very little time. The fruit that falls is
received into the little bag at the bottom.

The cloth that is used for the screen is manufactured at
Dundee; it is a thin semi-transparent canvas, about thirty
six inches broad, made of yarn spun from the best flax, and
is exactly of a proper texture; if it were closer, it would

78 Account of a Protecting Frame for Frut-trees on Walls.

hurt the trees; if thinner, it would not wear. The edges
and seams of the screen are bound with tape. The cost of
the cloth is five-pence per yard, and that of the tape one
halfpenny per yard. —

When the frame and screen are taken off the wall, the
_ latter should be placed in a dry room out of the reach of rats
and mice, and a little camphor should be sprinkled between
its folds to drive away the moths.

The size of the wire used for the screen to run upon, must
depend on the length of the frame, which may vary from nine
to eighteen feet, that is from three to six breadths of the
cloth. For the shortest length, it may be less than a quarter
of an inch in diameter ; for the greater length, a slight increase
of strength, and consequently of thickness, is required. The
wire is always kept straight by means of the screws at its ex-
tremities. If the screen is made to exceed three breadths
of the cloth, a slight slip of wood may be tacked to each
alternate seam, the whole length of the seam perpendicularly ;
this addition will stiffen the screen, as well as prevent it being
much shaken by the wind, without impeding its sliding back-
wards and forwards.

I am with the utmost respect,
Your most obedient Servant,

Ballindean Garden, Joun Dick.
January 4, 1826. |

By Mr. Jous Dicx. 79

Q
" z - N
S NNN SNNN NN SNNN SN Ty USNN SS SES SS SES SNS
NNA AN SSSNNNSSSSSSSSSSNSSSNNNNNS ij
X
[p
a
q

—— lt
MM

D

ban? 1. 9 3 A4 3 P feet

References to the Plan of the Protecting Frame.

ABCD, are the four corners of the wooden frame when
joined together and fixed upon the wall.

E E, are wooden facings fixed on the front edge of the sides.
of the frame, for the reception of the screen within
them.

F F, are similar facings on the top and bottom, but moveable
on hinges, aaa, for the convenience of putting the
rings of the screen upon the iron wires II TI.

G G G, are the breadths of the screen strengthened by slips
of tape 5 b, sewed upon the seams.

H H, are two upright pieces of wood (to which the screen is
nailed), which slide under the facings E E, and are
secured by the hasps, cc c c.

80 Account of a Protecting Frame for Frut-trees on Walls.

IIII, are the iron wires on which the screen slides by means
of rings.

d d d d, are thumb-screws, for tightening the wires and pre-
venting them from relaxing.

e e e e, are the rings upon the bottom wire. When the screen
is adjusted, the lower facing F, is folded up to K K,
and fastened with square buttons, f f.

L L L L, the plan of the wall and the bottom of the frame,
with a semicircular hole cut in the latter, sufficiently
large to receive the stem of the tree, and thus to per-
mit the frame being fixed close to the wall.

MM M M, the section of a side of the frame and of the wall.

N N, are the top and bottom stops to keep the screen in its
place.

O, is a piece of cloth loosely suspended between the wall and
the upright stake P, to receive the fruit that falls off
the tree. The stake P, is repeated at convenient dis-
tances in the frame.

Report made from the Garden of the Horticultural Society
on the Utility of Mr. Dicx’s Frame for Protecting Fruit-
trees on Walls.

The chief advantage* of this frame is, its protecting
ripening fruit from wasps and other insects, that always
attack wall-fruit when approaching maturity. This incon-
venience is much felt whenever these insects are numerous,

* It is understood that a Medal was awarded by the Caledonian Horticultural

Society to Mr. Drck, in June last, in consequence of a favourable report to the
Society respecting his Protecting Frame.

By Mr. Joun Dick. 81

and one half, or more, of a crop, especially of Peaches and
Nectarines, though ever so plentiful, is usually eaten up, or
so much damaged as to render it unfit for table. Few fruits
escape the ravages of insects, more or less, while the tender
and more delicate are totally destroyed.

The Frame described by Mr. Dick answered perfectly in
the last summer in preserving ripening fruit from insects. It
was tried on a Red Magdalen Peach tree against a south wall,
where other Peach trees were also growing. "Those that
were growing exposed upon other trees were much disfigured,
and many of them were entirely spoiled, while those under
the protecting frame were as clean and perfect as forced
Peaches under glass usually are, excepting that some were
a little marked near the stalk by earwigs, and those insects
which harbour in walls; against these, the frame affords no
protection. To enable the fruit to arrive at its full flavour,
the screen should be withdrawn in the evening, to expose the
crop during the night, and for an hour or two inthe morning,
when the insects are at rest ; but in clear and bright weather
this is not requisite. The weather being of this character
last summer, the fruit under the frame was seldom exposed,
and its flavour was in no degree inferior to that of Peaches
which were continually open to the full sun. Mr. Dicx’s
screen will also be serviceable in protecting the blossoms of
fruit-trees in the spring, though less expensive apparatus
answers equally well for that purpose.

Horticultural Societys Garden, Chiswick,
November 20, 1826.

VOL. VII. M

Uaj

VHI. On the Esculent Egg Plants. By Mr. ANDREW
Maruews, 4. L. S.

Read December 19, 1826.

Tz: fruit of Solanum esculentum, though but little used
in this country, is considered as an esculent of much excel-
lence within the Tropics, as well as in the South of Europe.
M. Donat informs * us, that about Montpelier it is sown in
the beginning of spring, and produces abundance of fruit
towards the middle of summer, and continues till the end of
October to supply the tables of both the rich and poor.
Until the publication of M. Dunat’s History of the Solanums,
in 1813, the Esculent Egg Plants were considered as varieties
of the Solanum Melongena of Lixw;gvs. This name is now
referred exclusively to the Ornamental Egg Plants of our
stoves, the white variety of which is commonly cultivated as
a hot-house annual, and is never applied to culinary pur-
poses. Those which are so used, were placed by M. Duxa
as a separate species under the name of S. esculentum,} of
which he makes four varieties. The particular kinds I am
now treating of, are referable to the first and second varieties
of Dunat, though I doubt whether all the references and
synonyms applied to them by him are strictly correct. The
third and fourth varieties, one with spiny black fruit, and the
other with perfectly round fruit, are derived only from the

* See Dunat, Histoire des Solanum, page 102. T Ibid, page 208.

By Mr. ANDREW MATHEWS. 83

writings of the old Botanists, and are perhaps either distinct
species or not in cultivation in the present time.

The Eatable Egg Plants have received a variety of appel-
lations, and are known in various countries by the following
names, viz. : in Arabia, Bedegian, (KAvworr), Bydendjan, or
Badingian, (Dunar); in Turkey, according to Mirrzn, Ba-
dinjan, or according to Dr. Warsu Palindjam ;* in Spain,
Barenkeena, (M1ıLLER); in Portugal, Beringella, (BRovrERO);
in Italy, Melanzana (Mala insana), (MıLLER); and in France,
Mélongéne, (DuxaAr); Mérangéne,(NoisgrrE); Mayenne,
(Duxa); Meringeane, (JAnp. Por.) ; Verangeane, (Dv-
NAL); and Vizedaze, (NorseTTE); but chiefly Aubergine.
Miter, in the Eighth Edition of his Dictionary, describes
these plants under the generic name of Melongena, but has
mixed and confounded the White Egg Plant and its varieties
with the edible Purple-fruited kinds ; he says they are called
Brown John, or Brown Jolly, in the West Indies. According
to Browne,} the Brown Jolly, or Bolangena of Jamaica, is
perennial, and a rough and prickly plant, and if the same as
ours, must be considerably altered in its general character by
climate. In the East Indies they are known by the name of
Brinjalls. :

As esculent vegetables, they will be in this country con-
sidered more as a matter of curiosity than of general utility.
They have already engaged the notice of the Horticultural
Society. In the Sixth Volume of the Transactions, page 116,
is an account of a method of growing them under frames,
communicated in 1822 by Captain Rarnier, who at the same.
time gave some instructions for preparing them for the table.

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. vi. page 53.
+ History of Jamaica, page 173.

84 On the Esculent Egg Plants,

It is probable that in different countries the ways of
dressing them are very various. The first object seems to be
to destroy the bitter taste which remains in the fruit if
only subjected to a simple process of cookery. The following
has been tried, and found to answer perfectly, rendering
them not only palatable, but very agreeable.—Spht each
fruit lengthwise into three pieces; let each piece be scored,
well rubbed with salt and set to drain for two or three hours ;
after which, soak the pieces in water until the salt is ex-
tracted. "Then pepper, and fry the pieces in butter with
crumbs. When served the pieces will appear thin and flat.

The method of growing the Egg Plants, as practised in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society in the present year, is
sufficiently simple to be worthy the imitation of those who
would desire to cultivate them in their gardens.

The seeds were sown early in the spring in pots or pans
placed in a hotbed frame ; when the young plants were two or
three inches high they were transplanted singly into separate
pots, and replaced in the frame till they were nine or ten
inches in height ; they were then turned out of the pots, and
planted in the open air in front of walls at a few inches distance `
from the wall. In a south aspect they succeeded best, but
they bore good fruit in a western. When very dry weather
occurred, they required occasional watering to prevent the
attacks of the red spider, to which they are particularly sub-
ject in all situations, but especially under glass.

The following are descriptions of the two varieties cul-
tivated in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, with
their synonyms, as far as I have been able to ascertain them.
The seeds of both were received from M. Vitmor1n, with
names quoted on his authority as synonyms.

By Mr. AnpREew MATHEWS. 85

Rounp PvnPLE Ecc PLANT.

Solanum esculentum ; a, baccis oblongo-teretibus, violaceis. Dunal.

Solanum pomiferum fructu oblongo. Caspar Bauhin.

Melongena ovata. Miller.

Aubergine violette ronde. Vilmorin.

Mélongéene rouge à fruit rond. Noisette Manuel du Jardinier.

Mammoth Egg Plant. American Gardens.

This variety grows from two to three feet m height ; it is
slightly downy and branching, and most generally tinged
with purple. The leaves are large, pubescent, oblong, repand,
the lobes irregular and rounded; some of them have a few
scattered purple spines on the midribs. The flowers are large,
and pale purple, the calyx and peduncles being covered with
a few purple spines. The fruit is large, obovate, when mature
of a fine deep purple, about three inches in diameter at the
broadest part, and about four inches long; the end obtuse,
and slightly indented in the apex. It occasionally varies in
its colour, being sometimes slightly striped or rayed with
yellowish-green on purple. It was received from New York
with the name of Mammoth Egg Plant.

Lone PungPLE Ece PLANT.

Solanum esculentum ; 9, baccis oblongo-teretibus apice recurvis purpureis,
flavis aut cinereis, Dunal.

Solanum pomiferum fructu recurvo. Caspar Bauhin,

Melongena tereta. Miller.

Melongena incurva. Miller.

Aubergine violette longue. Vilmorin.

Mélongène rouge à fruit long. Noisette Manuel du Jardinier.

This variety grows to the same height as the Round
Purple, and is subject to some variations in the colour of its

86 On the Esculent Egg Plants.

branches and the production of spines ; it does not appear to
differ materially from that variety either in the form or tex-
ture of its leaves. The flowers are also large, and pale
purple, with a spiny calyx. The fruit is oblong, somewhat
club-shaped, from five to eight inches in length, sometimes
straight, but generally slightly bent; when mature, of a deep
purple; but it is subject to more differences of colour than
the Round kind, being sometimes pale purple slightly striped,
and often much variegated with longitudinal yellowish stripes,
and is always more deeply coloured on the exposed side.
MirrEen's two plants, which he calls Melongena tereta and
Melongena incurva, seem both referable to this variety, dif-
fering in little else than in the straightness or incurvation of
the fruit.

In the East Indies, other varieties than these two are said
to exist, in proof of which, eight pacquets of seeds of Brinjalls
were received by the Society from James Monrzrv, Esq. of
Bombay, in 1821, and were labelled as so many different
varieties. These were all sown after they were received, and
have been subsequently tried, but though plants of each were
raised, exhibiting some appearances of variation in the foliage,
yet fruit was obtained from only two of them, and they agreed
with the varieties above described. It is supposed, from the
difficulty which has occurred in getting produce from the
others, that they require the temperature of a tropical country
to bring them to that state in which they would be useful,
and that perhaps the two kinds I have described are all that
can be expected to arrive at perfection with us.

[87]

IX. Notices of Communications to the Horticultural Society,
between January 1, 1824, and January 1, 1825, of which
separate Accounts have not been published in the Trans-
actions. Extracted from the Minute Books and Papers of
the Society. :

År the Meeting on the 6th of January, a plan of a Pine Pit,
erected in the Garden of WirrraAw Forman, Esq. at Penny-
darron Place, in Glamorganshire, was exhibited ; it is found
to answer all the purposes for which it was designed. The
pit is heated from a chamber below it. A flue of the usual
construction is carried through the chamber. This flue passes
from the furnace, which is situated at one end of the pit in
the front part of the chamber, and, turning at the opposite
end, is carried into the chimney in the back ofthe pit; the
flue rises gradually, but more rapidly as it approaches the
chimney ; still however the whole rise does not exceed six
inches. The top of the chamber is formed with oak beams
three inches wide by one and a half thick, placed at intervals
of three inches, and supported in the middle by a wall of
open brick work ; the beams are covered with a course of turf,
on which the tan is placed for the reception of the Pine plants.
The warmed air is conveyed into the upper part of the pit by
means of small apertures built in the walls, at four inches and
a half apart, both in the back and front of the pit, also through
iron pipes, resting on the beams and passing through the tan.
The ventilation is effected in front by air holes (stopped when
necessary by plugs) passing through the wall, and at the back

88 Notices of Communications to the Horticultural Society,

by sliding shutters at the top of the wall. The flue is covered
at top with hollow tiles, and water is poured upon the front
part of it by means of an iron pipe passing from the outside,
for the purpose of raising steam within the chamber and pit.
The following ground plan and section of the pit will illustrate
the above description.

3
uuu uuum "

LEE zm VU dd IRR

Explanation of the Figures.

A, Air holes for ventilation, passing through the front wall,
three inches in diameter, and three feet apart.
B, Flue rising gradually to the turn C, and then proceeding
to the chimney D.
E, Damper at back and front, to be opened when necessary,
for the escape of the heated air from the chamber.
F, Wall to support the oak beams, built of open chequered
brick-work, to allow of the free passage of the air.

between January 1, 1824, and January 1, 1825. 89

G, Iron tubes, resting on the beams, to carry the warm air
from the chamber below into the upper part of the pit.

H, Holes in the wall, four inches and a half apart, also for
the conveyance of the heated air from the chamber into
the upper part of the pit.

l, Iron pipe, an inch in diameter, for the conveyance of water
into the hollow tiles at the top of the front flue.

K, A course of turf laid upon the wooden beams.

L, Back ventilators, covered by sliding shutters six inches
high by eight inches long.

Mr. WinrLraM Buck sent, on the 7th of January, from
Elford, specimens of his Scarlet Rhubarb, which is also called’
Buck's Rhubarb; it had been forced in the following manner.
The roots taken up as perfect as possible, leaving the earth
which adheres to them still attached, are placed in a bed of
. decayed tan, or in boxes or pots filled with the same, in the
Mushroom-house, which, by the aid of a flue, is kept at
a temperature of from 45° to 55°. Tan is preferred to
mould, because it receives water more freely when given to
the plants. After the forcing is finished, the roots are kept
under cover of long litter, or manure, till warm weather in
April, when they are divided by à sharp knife, and planted

in a north border, or in the open ground; in the following
autumn the strongest are fit to be forced again in the ensuing
winter, and the weakest are replanted for another season.
It is found that peeling the stalks of this kind of Rhubarb,
before it is put into a tart, both destroys the colour and de-
teriorates the flavour.

VOL. VII. N

90 Notices of Communications to the Horticultural Society,

Grorce Torrrr, Esq., in a letter to the Secretary, from
Betley Hall, in Staffordshire, dated the 14th of February, de-
scribes the success of his gardener in preserving Apples, laid
in hods, in the manner of Potatoes. Some Apples, which
had been thus treated, were sent to the Society at this period
in as fresh a state as if newly gathered from the tree. This
plan of preserving Apples must be very useful to cottagers
and others who have not the advantage of a fruit-room for
the protection of the produce of their gardens and orchards
during winter. The Apples should be of hardy and keeping
sorts, and not more than four or five bushels should be put
into one hod. It is requisite to place straw at the bottom and
' sides, and also to cover the top of the heap of Apples with
straw, so as entirely to separate them from the earth ; this is
not always done with Potatoes.

.Á communication was read on the 6th of April from
Tuomas Bonp, Esq., of East Looe, in Cornwall, detailing his
mode of treating Strawberries in beds. The runners are not
cut off, but are confined to the bed, those which pass over the
sides being turned back on the beds. In the latter part of au-
tumn, before the frost sets in, the earth from the alleys between
the beds, or other earth from the garden, is thrown over the
beds to the depth of two or three inches, so as entirely to cover
the plants and the runners. In the spring, the whole shoot
through the covering with great vigour, producing very strong
foliage, and in due season, abundance of large and finely-fia-
voured fruit. Before this practice was adopted, very little fruit
was obtained. The soil is light, and the beds are occasionally
watered when the plants are in blossom. The leaves being

between January 1, 1824, and January 1, 1825, 91

abundant, hide the beds and fruit from the sun, and prevent

evaporation and the growth of weeds. The fruit-stalks grow
eight or ten inches in height, and as the berries at their ex-
tremities increase in size and weight, the stalks fall under
the leaves, and are consequently protected from showers
beating the earth on them, which is often the case when
plants stand in single rows. The first year of this plan is
less productive than succeeding ones ; the Wood and Alpine
Strawberries do not however succeed under such treatment.

At the Meeting on the 15th of June, WitzrAM Warcor,
Esq. exhibited Wicker Protectors for tender trees and shrubs
in winter, and for shading seedlings and newly removed plants
in summer. These were of various forms and sizes, and,
having been tried subsequently in the Society's Garden, have
been found to answer their purpose perfectly. They are
made of osier-work of the coarsest description, and, in figure,
are accommodated to the plant for which they are destined ;
or if small, and not prepared with any specific object, of an
hemispherical or conical form. They are either made entire,
or in two halves which are readily tied together. The points

of the ribs of the work are made to project a few inches at

the bottom, and thus serve as — by whieh the Hettut eine
are fixed i in the earth.

` Jons WrpaEwoo»p, Esq., in a Letter to the Secretary, dated

the 22nd of June, stated the suecess he had experienced in
the preceding year in making a plantation of Celery, late in

the year, from the seedling plants which had remained in the

seed-bed till they had grown to considerable size. 'The plants

*

92 Notices of Communications to the Horticultural Society,

thus removed not only took well, but had the advantage over
those planted when very young, as is customary, in growing
stronger as well as being sooner fit for use. If the success
of this experiment should be confirmed by experience, it
will relieve the gardener from much labour and trouble in
‘attention to the planting his trenches of Celery at an early
period.

At the Meeting on the 3rd of August, a Communication
from WrirrrAM Corton, Esq., of Wellwood House, near Ley-
tonstone, was read, detailing the effects of an experiment in
washing an old garden wall with seal oil, with which Anticor-
rosion paint* was mixed. He had first used the mixture for
the purpose of colouring the bricks of a new wall near a flower
garden, and having an old wall contiguous, on which the trees
had been blighted, and nearly unproductive for several years,
he washed it with the oil, mixing a small quantity of the paint
with it. In the seasons which have succeeded the operation,
the trees on the old wall so coloured have borne good fruit,
and made strong wood, whilst those on a much better wall
in another part of his garden, having the same aspect, which
had not been painted, were much injured by blight. This
wall he has since washed over with cod oil and a small quan-
tity of Anticorrosion paint. The cod oil was used as being
less offensive in smell than the seal oil ; the effect has been
considerable, but the cod oil does not appear to be so great
a preservative against blight.

* This material is sold by Mr. Rocer Jones, Robert Street, Hoxton; its
composition is a secret, but it is stated to be made of highly vitrified mate-
rials. It is prepared in powder of three different colours, stone, lead, and red, and
is principally applied to covering fences, and out-door buildings.

between January 1, 1824, and January 1, 1825. 93

At the Meeting on the 7th of September, a Paper by Mr.
Joun Mearns, Gardener to WrLLram Hansury, Esq., at
Shobden. Court in Herefordshire, was read, describing his
mode of obtaining a strong autumnal crop of fruit of the Red
and White Antwerp Raspberries. In May he removes the
young fruit-bearing shoots from the canes, leaving in some
cases one or two eyes, in others cutting them clean off. Under
either plan, they soon shew an abundance of vigorous shoots,
frequently three or four from each eye, which produce plenty
of blossoms in the beginning of July, and on these a good
crop of fine Raspberries is borne in August, when all the
regular produce on the plants not thus treated is consumed.

Mr. Erras Hitpyarp, Gardener to Sir Tuomas FRANK-
LAND, at Thirkleby, in Yorkshire, in a Communication to the
Society, read on the 21st of September, stated, that having
continually lost his crop of Onions in consequence of their
being attacked by the grub when half grown, he had tried
the effect of trenching his beds, and thus had destroyed or
removed his enemy. The soil of the garden is very strong;
he trenched it in winter, digging in manure at the same time,
and left it exposed to the frost in a rough state till the time
of sowing. It was then raked without digging, and the Onion
seed was sown in drills at eight inches apart. The crops ob-
tained by this practice are not only uninjured, but of superior
size, and have never failed. He finds the plan answers equally
well for Garlick and Shallots; the latter he always plants in
preference in November; they then grow larger, and are
more productive. He sows his Onions in the middle of

94 Notices of Communications to the Horticultural Society,

February, if the ground be in a fit state to work properly,
for the earliest sown Onions are always the largest.

Sir GEORGE MACKENZIE, in a Letter to the Secretary,
dated at Coul, in Ross-shire, on the 23d September, observes,
that those sorts of Pears, which, when allowed to ripen on
the trees, do not keep long, or soon become rotten within,
though they appear sound outwardly, are much more useful,
for the table if gathered before they are ripe ; they then re-
main longer fit for use, and do not decay internally. The
Pears particularly referred to are the Jargonelle, Longueville,
Windsor and Green Pear of Yair.

At the Meeting of the Society on the 5th October, a Com-
munication from the Reverend Joun Fisuer, of Wavendon,
in Buckinghamshire, was read :—it described his method of
treating a Swan's Egg Pear Tree, which had failed to be
productive ; the tree is trained against the gable end ofa
building. The branches of the tree which are luxuriant
and healthy, were trained horizontally, but produced few
spurs or blossoms, though some of them had been ringed.
Some of the upright shoots from the branches were in the
summer carefully broken near the branch, but not separated,
and trained downwards ; the full flow of the sap being thus
interrupted. Before the winter, the broken parts had been
formed into knobs, or knees, and thus were firmly attached
to the tree. In the ensuing spring, these produced a full
quantity of blossoms, which set well, and afforded an abun-
dant crop of Pears, the pendent shoots being so full as to

between January 1, 1824, and January 1, 1825. — 95

resemble ropes of Onions attached to the branches. The
annexed sketch represents the appearance of part of the
tree. In a subsequent Communication Mr. FisuER reports |
the production of a very full crop of Pears in 1826; and adds,
that it 1s better to twist and break down the young shoots
late in the autumn, when the wood has become tough, after
the sap has retreated. He states that the pendent Dranchts
continue perfectly healthy.

mill
y^ | - me
e ae VS Se
Ec d ee WE =

Mr. Wii11am Mowsray, Gardener to the Earl of Mount-
NORRIS, at Arley Hall, in a Letter to the Secretary, dated
the 29th of October, gave an account of several successful
trials he had made in obtaining fruit of different species of
Passifloras. Some of these rarely, if ever, produce fruit, if
left to themselves, or even if set with their own pollen; but
Mr. Mowsray had found that they would bear freely if the
pollen of other species was applied to their blossoms. By
this means he had in the preceding summer obtained fruits

96 Notices of Communications to the Horticultural Society, $c.

from P. racemosa and P. alata, by using to each the pollen
of the other. The fruit of P. racemosa is elliptical, about
three inches long, yellowish-green, and disagreeable both to
the taste and smell. The fruit of P. alata is of good size,
though not so large as that of P. quadrangularis, of a yellow
colour and pleasant flavour, being both sweet and rich. P.
alata is much hardier than P. quadrangularis, and thrives well
when the latter will not live; it requires to have its roots
kept moist, and grows freely when planted in the earth in the
back wall of a hot-house, and trained up the wall. As its
fruit has equal merit to that of P. quadrangularis, the facility
of its culture will enable those who cannot obtain the one, to
add the other fruit to their desserts.

At the Meeting on the 2d of November, James WEBSTER,
Esq. exhibited Red and White Currants from his garden at
Westham in Essex, in a very perfect and fresh state. "These
had been preserved on the tree, which had been covered
. with bunting from the time the bunches had ripened. This
covering is found to keep the fruit in a better state than
mats. The free admission of light and air to the tree seems
to be beneficial. It is necessary after the bunting has been
fixed to open it at the bottom occasionally, in order to re-
move the leaves which drop from the bunches. The berries
should be well ripened before the bunting is fixed, otherwise
they will shrink, instead of remaining plump and full.

[97 ]

X. Report on the Instruments employed in, and on the Plan
of a Journal of, Meteorological Observations kept in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick.

Read February 7, 1826.

Tus Register of Meteorological Observations for the year
1825, of which an Abstract* has been laid before the Society,
was carried on with such instruments as were quickly at-
tainable, after the determination of the Committee on the
subject had been made. Considerable pains were, however,
taken to procure for the next year more perfect ones, under
the best advice and assistance which could be obtained ; the
object being to give the Register such a character for ac-
curacy, as would render it not only useful to the purposes
of Horticulture, but for the deeper researches of those men
of science, whose attention it was known were at the time
particularly directed to the subject.

The following account and description of the Instruments
used for the observations of the year 1826, has been prepared,
and will, it is presumed, be found generally acceptable, and
especially so to those who are engaged in similar pursuits.

The Barometer was made by Mr. Jons Newman. of
Regent-street, and the greatest care was employed in its con-
struction. The internal diameter of the tube is 0.45 inch,
and the capacity of the cistern has been so adjusted, that a rise
or fall of 1 inch in the former, makes a difference of 0.01 inch

* This was subsequently published in the Transactions, see Vol. vi. page 398.
VOL, VII.

98 Report on the Instruments employed in, and on the

in the level of the mercury in the latter; thus the neutral
point, z. e. the level from which the height of the mercurial
column was first measured being known, the correction for
capacities is readily made, by subtracting or adding one
hundredth of the difference, accordingly as the mercury has
risen above or fallen below this point. "The tube is armed at
the bottom with a platinum cap perforated with a hole of one
eighth of an inch in diameter, which is sufficiently large to
admit of the mercury flowing in and out with perfect freedom.
This platinum guard has been well wetted with mercury,
according to the suggestion of Mr. DANIELL, in the 39th
Number* of the Journal of the Royal Institution, and is in-
tended to prevent, by the complete contact which it insures,
the gradual insinuation of air and moisture, which there is
reason to suppose takes place in all barometers, from the
want of affinity between the glass and the metal.

The mercury was very carefully boiled in the tube; but
notwithstanding the utmost attention was bestowed upon this
very difficult process, some small air-bubbles made their
appearance at the top of the column, immediately after the
instrument was fixed in its place. Few people can be aware,
except those who have tried the experiment, of the difficulty
of boiling in a glass tube such a weight of mercury as that
contained in this barometer; a difficulty which will always
render it advisable to have recourse to tubes of small diameter,
except in standard instruments, in which it is desirable to
reduce the capillary action to the smallest possible amount.
This correction does not exceed 0.009 inch in the present
instance, but is constantly applied to the observations.

* Journal of Science, &c. for October, 1825, Vol. xx. page 88.

Plan of a Journal of, Meteorological Observations, 4c. 99

The cistern, which is turned in mahogany, is lined with iron.
The tube dips 1.1 inch below the surface of the mercury, and
a thermometer is inserted in it to mark it's temperature.
There is also a float, which corresponds with a fixed mark
when the column stands at the neutral point. The observa-
tions are made by means of a vernier, carrying an index both
before and behind the tube, the coincidence of which with
the highest part of the surface ofthe mercury, which is always
more or less convex, is easily ascertained. The proper cor-
rection is always applied for the varying temperature of
the mercurial column, and the entry in the register is the
actual pressure of the atmosphere at the station, as it would
be measured by a column of mercury of the temperature of
32^ of Fahrenheit.

The barometer is firmly fixed against the wall of an
apartment, at the back of the small Green-house, in the Ex-
perimental Garden, which is otherwise used as a seed-room ;
the window and door of the room open to the north, and
there is no fire-place in it. Its positionis nearly 14 feet above
the mean level of high water in the Thames, at Chiswick.

The observations with the barometer are made at three
periods of the day, viz. morning, noon, and night.

A Dantett’s Hygrometer is used for ascertaining the
state of the vapour in the atmosphere. The naked ball
upon which the dew is deposited, is formed of black glass,
and the observations are made three times in the day, at the
same periods as those with the barometer, with every precau-
tion recommended by Mr. DaxrErr in his Meteorological
Essays. The tension of the vapour, and the moisture of the
atmosphere, are calculated from the dew-point, from the tables
in that work.

100 Report on the Instruments employed in, and on the

The Register Thermometers are of RUTHERFORD’ S con-
struction, and made by Mr. Newman. ‘Those by which the
maximum and minimum of the temperature of the air in the
shade are ascertained, are placed in an open spot in the
Arboretum, skreened from the rays of the sun, and sheltered
from terrestrial radiation by a kind of umbrella of oiled cloth ;
they are-attached to the northern side of the post which
supports the umbrella, and stand four feet from the ground.
That by which the maximum of heat is ascertained, is filled
with mercury ; the one applied to registering the minimum
of heat, is a spirit thermometer.

In addition to these, two other register thermometers of
the same construction are used. The first is of mercury, and
the ball is covered with black wool. It is placed within
four feet of a garden wall, fronting the south, about two
inches from a bed of garden mould. It registers the greatest
degree of heat under the influence of the sun. The second
is of spirit; its ball is also covered with black wool, and is
fixed in the focus of a parabolic metallic speculum, and ex-
posed to the full aspect of thesky. It registers the maximum
degree of cold arising from radiation in such a situation.
It is placed in the Arboretum, near the first described ther-
mometer.

The Rain-gauge is made according to Mr. Howanp's
directions, in his work upon the climate of London ; it stands
upon the level of the ground in the Experimental Garden.
The quantity of rain is registered daily.

The direction of the wind is noted by a vane of the usual
construction.

Plan of a Journal of, Meteorological Observations, §c. 101

The plan pursued in recording the Observations, is similar
to that proposed by Mr. DawrELL, in his Essays before
referred to.
The objects to be recorded, being
Firstly. The state of the barometer, hygrometer, and weather,
at the three periods of observation before mentioned.

Secondly. The maximum and: minimum of temperature in
each day, distinguishing the temperature of radiation —
from the common temperature of the air.

Thirdly. The direction and force ofthe wind.

Fourthly. The amount of rain. :

Fifthly. General Remarks on the state of the weather during
each month, with the Means of all the daily observations,

- shewing the

Mean pressure.

Mean temperature.

Mean dew-point.

Mean force of vapour.

Mean degree of dryness.

Mean degree of moisture. |

The least observed degree of moisture.

The maximum and minimum of temperature, both of the

atmosphere and of radiation.

The direction of the wind, shewing the number of days it

blows from particular quarters.

[ 102 ]

XI. Journal of Meteorological Observations, made in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick, during
the year 1826. By Mr. Wiz1iaw Beariiz Boorn, A4.L.S.

Read February 20, 1827.

Tue following Meteorological Journal, is a continuation of
that.of which an Abstract was published in the sixth volume of
the Society's Transactions, page 398. It embraces the whole
year 1826. Having been directed by the Committee, as part
of my duty as Principal Clerk in the Garden, to attend to
these matters, the observations have been made entirely by
myself. The Report containing the description of the in-
struments used in, and the general outline of the plan of the
observations, has been already laid before the Society, and is
printed immediately preceding this Communication.

The observations were made at the three different periods
of the day, as stated in the Report just referred to. The
first, or morning observation, was taken at six o'clock in
the morning in summer, and at day-break in winter; the
second, near mid-day, that 1s, between noon and one o'clock
P.M.; and the third, usually about 9, or between 9 and 10
o'clock at night, but not later. “For each of these periods, it
will be seen there are five separate columns allotted. The
first on the left-hand, contains the true height of the Daro-
meter, corrections having been made at each observation, for
the difference of temperature of the mercury, as well as for
the capacity of the cistern and capillary action; the second

Journal of Meteorological Observations. 103

column shews the degrees of temperature of the atmosphere,
as exhibited by the external Thermometer attached to the
Hygrometer ; the third, that ofthe dew-point; and the fourth,
the difference between the temperature and the dew-point,
or the degree of dryness actually existing as expressed by
the thermometric scale.. The fifth column exhibits the state
ofthe weather at each period of observation.

The right hand pages contain the extremes of temperature,
as well as the direction and force of the wind, and the amount
of rain, with a few general remarks upon. the state of the
weather during each month, and the means deduced from the
three daily observations, as well as an abstract of the number
of days in which the wind blew from the eight chief points
of the compass, or approximating thereto. The first column
on the left, shews the maximum temperature in the shade,
obtained by a mercurial Thermometer, placed as stated in
_ the Report, four feet from the ground, in an open and airy
situation. The second is the minimum temperature, obtained
in the same place with a spirit Thermometer. The third
column is the maximum temperature in the sun's rays, ob-
tained by a mercurial Thermometer placed about two inches
from the ground; and the fourth column is the degree of
terrestrial radiation, as shewn by the spirit Thermometer.
used for that purpose; these Thermometers being of course
all self-registeriug.

[ 104 ]

JANUARY.
Noon.
$ Barom. Weather. Barom.|. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom, Weather.
q S.| 129.816 — [Wet 29.810| 45 | 44 | 1 |Cloudy 29.808 — |Cloudy
M.| 2|—.857 1 |Fine —.864| 42 | 36 | 6 |Fine —.895 1 |Frosty
Tu.| 5 —.899 1 |Frosty —.891| 37 | 36 | 1 |Cold —.927 1 |Ditto
W.| 4\—.957 1 |Ditto —.941| 37 | 36 | 1 (Cold &Cloudy| —.955 1 |Cold
'Th.| 5—.937 2 |Cold. —.911| 35.| 35 | — |Wet : —.866 — |Wet
F.| 6|,—.703 — |Wet —.753| 39 | 39 | — |Ditto —.802 — |Ditto
S.| 7.— 856 — |Cloudy —.868| 36 | 34 | 2 |Cloudy —.931 2 |Cloudy
Q S. 8—.981 3 |Frosty .992| 33. | 30 | 3 |Cold & Frosty |[30.058 5 |Hard Frost
M.| 939.069 7 |Ditto 30.056| 32 | 15 | 17 |Ditto —.006 s |Ditto
T. |10,29.874. z |Ditto 29.794 | 31 | 20 | 11 |Fine 29.725 5 |Cloud
W.|11,—.499 1 Some Snow | |—.763| 33 | 32 | 1 |Cloudy —.900 1 |Hard Frost
Th. [12] —.950 2 |Clear —.828| 30 | 25 | 5 |Sunny —.887 4 |Ditto
F. 13,— 977 3 Ditto 30.006| 28 | 21 | 7 |Ditto 30.079 4 |Ditto
S. 14/30. 123 4 |Ditto —.004| 28 | 23 | 5 |Ditto —.145 5 |Ditto
S. |15 —.210 2 |Foggy —.340| 23 | 23 | — |Foggy —.428 5 |Ditto
D M. 16—555 — |Ditto —.565| 24 | 20 | 4 |Ditto- —.604 3 |Ditto
T. 17,.—.610 2 |Frosty —.6:0| 34 | 28. | 6 |Fine —.236 — |Foggy
W. 18—555 2 |Clear —.485| 38 | 32 | 6 |Ditto —.307 1 |Cloudy
Th. |19|\—-286 z |Fine —.158| 43 | 40 | 5 |Ditto —.188 1. |Ditto
F.|20|— 256 1 |Ditto —.252| 41 | 38 | 3 |Cloudy —.294. — |Ditto
S. |21|— 242 |. r {Cloudy I 41 | 41 | — [Wet 198 — |Foggy
S. [22—283 — |Foggy —.288| 38 | 38 | — |Foggy —.252 — |Ditto
M. |23 — 230 — |Ditto — 236| 40 | 40 | — |Ditto —.368 [«& |Clear
O T.|24—465 — |Lense Fog —.458 | 36 | 36 | — |Dense Fog —.468 — og
W. |25\—-394 — Ditto —.375| 36 | 35 | 1 |Cloudy —.367 — |Cloudy
Th. |26.— 364 2 (Cloudy —.368| 36 | 33 | 3 |Ditto —.350 2 |Frost
F. |27|\—-328 |} 2 |Clear —.313| 35 | 32 | 3 |Sunny —.319 1 |Cloudy
$.|28|— 316 1 |Ditto —.302| 40 | 35 | 5 |Ditto —.236 2 |Clear
S. 29. —.121 4 |Ditto —.110| 44 | 40 | 4 |Ditto 29.994. — (Cloudy
€ M.13029.862 2 |Fine 29.794| 46 | 45 | 1 |Fine 9.774 2 |Ditto
T.|31|—.798 Ti Ditto —.804| 48 | 46 | 2 |Cloudy —.860 1 Ditto
30.105 1.5 39-105 | 36 133.5 | 3-5 30.120 1.6

[ 105 ]

JANUARY.
Temperature. | Wind. Rain. .
Days. Remarks.
Max. Min. Sun. Rad Direction. Force. In. -Pts
I 44 35 S.E. (Brisk lo 'The beginning of this month was cold, with brisk
2 54 24 S.W. \Little Easterly winds. ,
3 47 28 E. [Brisk On the 8th a very sharp frost commenced, and the
4 37 32 Leccus DO air, as shewn by the hygrometer, was extremely dry
5 35 35 ncc Uo o6 | during the gth and roth. 'The barometer was also un-
6 39 35 Ree dires ‘o3 | usually high for the season.
7 38 25 poenas. Ito: On the 19th a thaw commenced, and the latter part
8 43 15 cuca {atte of the month was very favourable.
9 5.32 13 S.E |Little :
ien [55 | 23 | N.W. Ditto ee an inches ae
12 T HM B2 Due E of the ice ......... e... 8 ditto.
13 52 | 6 | S.W. |Ditto Mean Pressure... 4. aee res 30-110 inches.
14 40 > = 3 N.W. Ditto Temperada a e wigs ss. es 32.8
15 41 3 N. |Ditto — Dew Point o... e Ravi ess ea
16 42 5 E. |Ditto Force of Vapour. -a reese 0.208 inch.
17 35 49 iz S.E. |Ditto Degree of Dryness ..... .. ..- uS n
18 | 39 37 47 35 | S.W. |Ditto Degree of Moisture...........- e> 963°
19 | 44 35 45 30 W. Ditto Least observed degree of Moisture. ..... 5509
20 | 44 34 44 29 S.W. _ |Ditto Maximum Temperature in Shade. ...... 489
dE EIU 30 41 22 N.W. |Ditto *03 Minimum ditto...... ce eee nnn ir
22 | 38 30 58 25 S.W. |Ditto Maximum Temperature in the Sun,..... 63?
23} 4 32 41 26 S.E. {Ditto "05 Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation...... T
24.1 = 36 32 36 28 — {Ditto :
25 | 36 32 36 29 = [Dime e SE
26 | 37 25 37 15 N.E. |Ditto North......3 days. | N. East... ...2 days.
371 38 28 62 22 N. [Ditto Lah aA vi E ET PE S
28 | 41i 26 54 20 N.E. |Ditto South.......1 Si West... ux
29 | 45 35 [F63 28 S.E. (Ditto Wt... x. N. West..... "
a) 4 42 54 33 —— Brisk Y
31 |+48 40 49 32 S. {Little 31 days
37.1 | 28.5 |446 | 22.3 0.27 Amount of Rain.......* jecoocosts Ody Mtns

VOL. VII.

[ 106 ]

FEBRUARY.
1826. . Morning. Noon. Night.
£ Barom. | Hygrometer. Weather, Barom, Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. { Hygrometer. Weather,
W.| 1129.907| 43 | 43 | — |Foggy 29.881, 46 | 46 | — (Slight Rain |.9.860| 43 | 42 | 1 |Cloudy
Th.| 2—-911} 47 | 46 | t |Fine —.862| $0 | 45 | 5 |Very Fine —.776| 48 | 46 | 2 |Ditto
F.| 35—.760| 48 | 47 i |Ditto —.756| 52 | 52 | — |Showery —.759| 48 | 47 | 1 |Showery
S.| 4—-951| 47 | 46 | 1 (Cloudy —976|.51|47| 4 —-955| 45 | 44 | 1 |Cloudy
S.| 5—-9491 44 | 42 | 2 [Fine —.937| 50 | 46 | 4 |Cloudy —.834| 48 | 48 | — |Wet
M.| 6—.598| 50 | 50 | — |Showery —.604| 52 | 52 | — |Showery —.693| 48 | 45 | 3 |Clear
@® T.| 730.104] 43 | 40 | 3 |Very Fine 30.187} 50 | 46 | 4 |Very Fine 30.399| 35 | 31 | 4 |Ditto
W.| 8,—.461| 32 | 31 1 |Fo —.459| 48 | 44 | 4 |Ditto —.395| 30 | 29 | 1 Ditto
Th.| 9—-349| 32 | 32 | — |Ditto —.336| 43 | 40 | 3 |Sunny —.308| 29 | 29 | — |Foggy
F.|10,—277| 32 | 32 | — |Ditto —.292| 40 | 40 | — |Foggy —.216| 34 | 34 | — |Ditto
S [11/—224| 37 | 36 | 1 |Cloudy —.180| 41 | 35 | 6 |Very Fine —.145| 35 | 33 | 2 |Clear
S. 12] —.129| 47 | 45 2 |Fine —.138| 48 | 48 | — jSlightShowers|—.248| 36 | 36 | — [Ditto
M. 15|—.234| 42 | 42 | — |Foggy —.193| 51 | 42 | 9 |Very Fine —.o14| 41 | 41 | — Ditt
T.|14—-007! 45 | 45 | — [Rainy —.010| 47 | 46. | 1 |Overcast —.052| 47 | 47 | — SSlight Rain
D W.|15—.023| 46 | 46 | — [Ditto 29.978| 48 | 44 | 4 |Sunny 29.888| 47 | 45 | 2 |Clear
Th. 16/29.801| 46 | 46 | — |Ditto —.788| 52 | 49 | 3 Ditto —.751| 45 | 45 | — Ditto
F.\17\—.418| 47 | 47 | — |Ditto —.426| 51 | 47 | 4 |Ditto —.498| 36 | 36 | — Ditto
S.18,—.804| 38 | 38 | — Ditto —.828| 48 | 41 | 7 |Ditto —.943| 38 | 38 | — Ditto
$.119,—.587| 39 | 38 | 1 |Stormy .595| 50 | 5o | — Cloudy —.60. 9 | 49 | — |Wet & Stormy
M./20,—.984| 45 | 40 | 5 |Ditto 30.013| 49 | 37 | 12 |Sunny 30.123| 40 | 49 | — Ditto
T. |21|30.334| 37 | 32 |. 5 |Cloudy —.3 49 | 39 | 1o |Cloudy —.230| 47 | 47 | — Ditto
O W.22—.187| 49 | 49 | — —.140| 50 | 49 | 1 |Showery —.o10| 46 2 |Clear
Th. |23'29-987| 45 | 45 | — |Ditto 29.956| 44 | 44 | — -007| 36 | 34 | 2 |Ditto
E. |24'30.210| 33 | 30 | 3 |Fine 30.238| 44 | 35 | 9 |Very Fine —.187| 43 | 43 | — |Heavy Rain
S.|12; —.116| 49 | 47 | 2 |Cloudy —.147| 56 | 52 | 4 |F —.248| 40 | 39 | 1 |Cold
S.|26—.431| 38 | 36 |. 2 |F —.497| 49 | 41 | 8 Ditto —.500| 41 | 40 | 1 (Cloudy
M.|27,—.468|-43.| 42 | 1 |Cloudy —.336| 50 | 43 | 7 (Cloudy —.159| 47 | 47 | — |Ditto
T.|28 —.288! 45 3 1 |F —.250| 56 | 48 | 8 Ditto —.239| 50 | 49 | 1 |Ditto
; 30 s ja I.I 30.044 |48.7 |44.6 | 4.1 30.133|41 85 41 5

[ 107 ]

FEBRUARY.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days: Remarks.
.| Max Min. Sun Rad. | Direction. | Force. In. Pts,
I 46 42 47 36 SW |Little ;
Je BELLI 46 64 40 w— AAEE "This month was upon the whole very unsettled, but
3 52 47 52 32 W Brisk .og mild for the season ; the mornings were usually foggy and
4 | di 40 52 33 S [Ditto dull, and only a few days had clear sunshine. About the
£.| 5 43 59 40 sw [Ditto .16 middle and towards the latter part, a considerable quan-
6 $2 42 54 38 S Strong .o6 |tity of rain fell; on the rgth, zoth, and 21st, the wind was
7 $1 |—26 65 |—19 Ww Brisk very boisterous at night, and on the 24th in the afternoon
8 49 29 62 22 S Little some thunder was heard.
9| 45. f 28 64 20 SW . |Ditto
IO | 40 35 43 -| 20 S Ditto Mean Pressure... .....s- viae y voy es 30.075 inches.
11 | 43 32 55 28 | —— [Ditto ——— Temperature... ... eese eee 445.28
is | $9 35 53 28 —— Ditto .03 | —— Dew Point........ Suerte Poss vec Ho
13 | 50 41 65 32 —— [Brisk —— Degree of Dryness ......+.+++6+ 27.08
H-i- 44 45 47 42 —— |Little 16 | —— De f Moisture... ...... eee 23?
rs i $$ 45 61 40 SW Brisk .04 | —— Force of Vapour........-.++--- 0.304 inch.
16 | 52 44 65 38 —— |Ditto Least observed degree of Moisture...... 660?
PX 32 56 25 W Little .15 | Maximum Temperature in Shade...... 56°
18 | 49 36 61 30 SW risk 10 |. Minimum ditto. .......... cese ree 26°
9.4.41 41 65 35 W |Strong .28 | Maximum Temperature in the Sun... .. 68?
20| 50 36 62 32 —— |Ditto .12 | Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation..... — 19?
21 50 45 60 42 — Ditto .o8
$2.) 241 42 | 63 £ ae k w Mn WINDS. “$
2 o 2 2 ttle S :
«TI e id lat. ——A E ab North... .. -o days, | N. East... .. .o days
25 55 37 4-68 30 Ww Ditto Kast... e] > nd ee
26 49 40 r 68 34 diaii Ditto South....... 8 a Wei. ...9
27 50 42 63 34 ~ SW Strong est y > EPE
28 |+56 41 61 34 | —— {Ditto x aye
Amount of Rain, ssis stas Ada 171 inch.
49-4| 42 58.5| 32.8 1,71

[ 108 ]

MARCH.
1826. Morning. Noon. Night.
H Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. | Hygrometer, Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather.
€ W.| 130.157 43 | 42 |. 1 (Cloudy 30.110| 54 | 47 | 7 |Fine 30.002| 50 | 50 | — Cloudy
Th.| 2/29.837| 48 | 48 | — |Ditto 29.836| 54 | 53 | 1 |Showery 29.806 | 50 | 50 | — |Wet
F.| 3| —.624| 50 | 5o | — |Rainy —.794| 52 | 52 | — |Ditto — 998] 42 | 42 | — |Cloudy
8.) 4/1—.950| 43 | 43 | — Cloudy —.731| 57 | 47 | 19 |Fine —.800| 47 | 47 | — |Ditto
S.| 5} —.953| 46 | 39 | 7 |Very Fine —.981| 51 | 36 | 15 |Cloudy 30.184| 39 | 37 | 2 |Fine
M.| 6/30.229| 32 | 32 | — |Frosty 30.089, 47 | 42 | 5 nce fios 29.899 | 47 | 47 | — |Wet
. Tu.) 7|29.907| 50 | 50 | — |Wet 29.961| 56 | 55 |. 1 Pen —.987| 53 | 53 | — |Ditte
p W.| 8) 30.151) 51 | 51 | — [Ditto 46:154750 | 55$ | 5 0.141| 48 | 47 | 1 [Fine
Th.| 9, —.207| 44 | 44 | — |Foggy —.243| 66 | 51 | 15 Very Fine —.352| 52 | 50 | 2 |Ditto
^ F.|10|—. 304| 46 | 43 |. 3 |Fine —.324| 67 | 55 | 12 |Ditto —.412| 47 | 45 | 2 |Ditto
S.|11}—.409) 42 | 40. | 2 {Ditto —.415| 53 | 42 | 11 |Ditto — 438| 40138 | 2 ise. ut Cold
S. |12 —.492|: 40 |. 39 | - 1- |Ditto —.510| 51 | 39 | 12 |Ditto —.529| 39 | 37 | 2
M.|13)}—:525) 37 | 35 | 2 |Ditto —.476, 48 | 38 | 10 |Fine but Cold|—.302| 37 | 37 | — Clear & Cold
Tu. |14 —053| 41.| 41-| — |Wet —.045| 51 | 47 | 4 |Fine .004| 42 | 41 1 |Ditto
W.|15} 29-991) 48 | 48 | — |Ditto 29.946| 53 | 44 | 9 Ditto 29.987 | 38 | 38 | — |Frosty
D Th.|16/ 30.2261. 55 | 34 | 1 |Frosty 30.359| 46 | 35 | 11 |Cold . 30:430] 35 | 33 | 2 |Ditto
F.|117,—.461/ 33 | 30 | 3 {Ditto -467| 43 |/32 | 11 |Fine but Cold | —.407| 31 | 30 | 1 |Ditto
S.|18'—.336) 29 | 28 |. 1 |Ditto —.238| 46 | 37 | 9 Ditto —4139| 39 | 39 | — (Cloudy
_S.|19 20.969} 41 | 38 | 3 |Fine 29.947| 50 | 42 | 8 |Fine, Showery|29.983| 37 | 35 | 2 |Clear & Cold
M./20/30.154| 42 | 40 | 2 |Ditto 30.142, 47 | 40 | 7 ee & Clear |50.047| 36 | 33 | 3 Ditto
Tu./211—.033, 41 | 40 | 1 Ditto —.249| 48 | 32 | 16 |D —.232| 39 | 37 | 2 |Ditto
W.|22/29.923| 38 | 37. | =r [Cold & Windy||29.871| 43 | 40 | 3 Cold & Stormy 29-831] 38 | 38 | — |Slight Rain
O Th. |23 —.703| 38 | 35 | 3 |Ditto —612 45 | 45 | — —491| 35 | 35 | — [Sleet & Rain
F.|24/—498| 37 | 35 | 2 {Ditto —.516| 42] 40 | 2 Cli Dicen .637| 36 | 36 | — |Wet -
S. |25; —.807| 57 | 34 | 3 |Ditto —.797| 45 | 41 | 4 |Ditto —.825| 38 | 36 | 2 |Cloudy
.$.|26 — 805) 36 | 34 | 2 |Cloudy& Cold|| —858| 42 | 30 | 12 (Cold with Hail|30.039 | 31 | 28 | 3 |Cold
M. |27| 30-037) 31 | 27 | 4 |Clear&Cold || 30.035| 43 | 23 | 20 |Clear —.013| 36 | 55 | 1 |Ditto
Tu. 28 29-944 41 | 38 | 3 |Fine 29.903| 52 | 43 | 9 |Clear&Fine |29.735| 45 | 45 | — |Cloudy
W.\29 — 719 48 | 44 | 4 |Ditto —.728| 49 | 35 | 14 |Clear .821| 36 | 44} 4 [Clear
€ Th.|30/ 30.222) 32 | 28 | 4 |Ditto 30.169, 48 | 29 | 19 |Ditto 30.383| 34 | 31 | 3 |Ditto
F.|31,— 382 31 | 27 | 4 |Ditto —.398| 47 | 31 | 16 |Ditto —.407| 32 | 31 | 1 [Ditto
30 064 40.3 (38.5 |1.84 30.060 E 41.2] 9 30.108| 40 | 39 |. 2

r 109 J

MARCH.
Temperature. Wind. Rain,
Days. Remarks.
Max. | Min. | Sun. | Rad. | Direction. | Force. | In. Pts.
1| cá 47 61 40 W. Strong
2| 54 46 bo 1.41 —— Ditto 45
$i 55 39 64 32 —— Ditto 20 The Easterly winds, as is usual, were the most pre-
4| 55 39- | 69 32 S.W Brisk valent during this month; the mornings and evenings
eer 29 62 22 W. Ditto were cold and frosty, and unfavourable to the fruit trees,
6| 48 43 50 43 S. Ditto .23 | which were in blossom. On the 31st. in the morning, a
7.1 44 45 57 41 S.W. Little ,o6 | very beautiful mock sun was 7 bees ; it only lasted
8| 61 43 67 49 A | Ditto about a quarter of an hour
68 W. Ditto |. :
10 E- 39 +88 4c S.E' | Ditto Mean Pressure ...++esseseerereeeres 30:077 inches.
It |g | 38-|-723 ]- 81—] —— |] Brisk — Dew Poi ture IE
IZ 5t 34 62 25 "romae Little peces De Pei "t 8 95. n] t] tn 3955
13 48 35 64 30 idisse Brisk rcrum Dime ee IBS c "rcc tt | 3 t
1442595 40 65 35 S. Little .21 TEESI na oisture ..... «eese 60
I5 53 22 70 20 N.E. Ditto Least ob d d pour f Mo te nnn Oo. 272 inch.
16 | 47 2 64 18 —— Ditto -— serve egree of Moisture .... 500°
17 | 45° |—25 66. +13 N. Ditto Maximum enis in Shade..... .
18 | 5o 35 72 30 | $.W. | Ditto .o6 an A. A ar nun T m
19 | 51 35 71 26 W. Brisk pt emperature in the Sun. à
20 |. 49 35 66 29 | N.W. | Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation,... — 13
21 | 48 35 68 25 N.E. Ditto TUBES,
22:1: 44 ] 2390 | 5EH- 35 34 N. | Ditto | : ge
23445 35 50: 4. 39 2 HERE Ditto. :33 _ North.......6 TM. Hast... ev. da
24 | 43 35 9 29 | —— | Ditto -o8 ce UA iE TS Bett., ji E
25 | 45 35 I 3° Semp DIO South.......$ . TS Weis”
26 43 29- 54 21 N.E. D tto West, "e ttg T x E N. West.. "tn 4
a7 i 45 32 67 22 —— Ditto |
28 | 53 31 61 22 N. Ditto T aman
29] çl 29 70 20 N.W. | Ditto i T zo.
30 50 27 73 18 ——— Little mount o "UL 1 inch. :
3$ 1H 28 81 17 c Ditto
G | 95.21 795. |: 38 1.62

APRIL.

1826. Morning. Noon. Night.
E Barom. | Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometer Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather.
S.| 1130.445| 35 | 30 | 5 |Clear 30.383| 52 | 30 | 22 |Very Fine 30.319| 41 | 40 | 1 |Cloudy
S.| 2\—.2 45 | 43 | 2 |Cloudy —.187| 55 | 51 | 4 |Cloudy —.237|.51 | 50 | 1 |Ditto
M.| 3\—.239| 50 | 46 |. 4 |Fine —.284| 64 | 56 | 8 |Fine —.263| 50 | 49 | 1 |Clear
Tu.| 4.—262| 51 | 46| 5 |Ditto —.271| 61 | 51 | 10 Ditto —.251| 52 | 52 | — Cloudy
W.| $—.196| 52 | 48 | 4 {Ditto —.186| 58 | 41 | 17 |Ditto —.97| 50 | 47 | 3 Clear
Th. | 6—.204| 53 | 47 | 6 |Fine —.202| 62 | 52 | 10 |Cloudy —.200| 51 | 50 | 1 |Ditto
Q F.|7|—206| 52 | 49 |. 3 |Ditto —.186| 60 | 50 | 10 |Fine —.297| 52 | 50 | 2 |Ditto
$.| 8,[—273| 51 | 50] 1 {Foggy —.227| 66 | so | 16 |Ditto —.083| 53 | 52 | 1 |Ditto
S. | 9/29.832| 53 | 50 | 3 |Fine 29.827] 65 | 48 | 17 |Ditto 29.879 | 50 | 50 | — |Cloudy
M.|10/30.018| 46 | 44 | 2 |Ditto 30.056| 57 | 35 | 22 |Ditto 30.140 | 52 | 51 1 |Ditto
Tu. Ty — — aa —_ — — — — — — mne — a
W. |12/30.014| 45 | 44 | 1 |Cloudy 29.9421 55 | 55 | — |Wet 29.715 | 48 | 46 | 2 |Fine
Th. {13—125 | 47 | 46 | 1 |Cloudy 30.241] 60 | 45 | 15 |Fine 30.237| 53 | 51 | 2 |Cloudy
F.|14,.—.322| 51 | 50 | 1 |Fine —.357| 64 | 59 | 5 |Ditto —355|53 | 51 | 2 |Clear
D S.|15—397| 55 | 53 | 2 |Cloudy — 351| 69 | 6o | 9 |Ditto —.297| 53 | 53 | — |Cloudy
S. [116—257 | 54 | 54 | — |Foggy —317| 55 | 50 | 5 |Ditto —344| 50 | 47 | 3 |Fine
M.|17,.—398| 47 | 40 | 7 |Fine —378| 55 | 35 | 20 |Ditto —.372| 43 | 43 | — |Foggy
Tu.|18—358| 44 | 40 | 4 |Ditto —.329| 62 | 42 | 20 |Ditto —.268| 45 | 43 | 2 |Fine
W.|19g—.198| 50 | 46 | 4 |Ditto —.182| 64 | 36 | 28 |Ditto —.069| 53 | 50 | 3 |Ditto
Th.|20/29.997 | 44 | 41 | 3 |Ditto 29.859| 64 | 35 | 29 |Ditto 29.755| 45 | 42 | 3 |Ditto
F. |21|\—.757| 44 | 38 | 6 |Ditto —.751| 64 | 48 | 16 |Ditto —.731| 55 | 53 | 2 |Ditto
© S.|22,——645| 62 | 54 | 8 |Ditto .757| 71 | 50 | 21 |Ditto —.845| 48 | 48 | — (Slight Rain
S. |23—.889| 50 | 47 | 3 |Cloudy —.893| 57 | 37 | 20 |Ditto -935| 45 | 44 | 1 |Fine
M.|24|—971| 45 | 39 | 6 |Fine 991| 57 | 32 | 25 |Ditto 0,056| 38 | 356 | 2 Ditto >
Tu. |25/30.095 | 33 | 32 | 1 |Fine but Cold ||30,135 | 54 | 34 | 20 |Hail Showers ||20.927| 43 | 43 | — Slight Rain
W. |26|29.808| 45 | 42 | 3 |Cloudy 791| 54 | 32 | 22 |Fi —.751| 45 | 45 | — |Cloudy
Th.|27|—568| 43 | 43 | — |Wet —.523| 50 | 50 | — [Wet —.802| 39 | 38 | 1 |Ditto
F.|28.—.770| 37 | 28 | 9 |Cold & Windy|—.997| 47 | 32 | 15 |Cold & Cloudy|30.053| 35 | 31 | 4 {Cold & Cloudy
€ $S.|29/30.120| 43 | 36 |. 7 |Cold 30.134 | 50 | 31 | 19 |Ditto. —.203 | 32 | 30 | 2 |Cold
S. |30 —256| 40 | 32 | 8 |Fi —.260| 53 | 32 | 21 |Ditto —.265| 38 | 35 | 3 |Fine
30-097 | 47 |43-3| 3-7 30-103] 58 | 43 | 15 30.098| 47 |45-5| 1-5

Note. On the 11th, being unwell, no observations were made;

the means are calculated on 29 days only.

[ 111 J

APRIL.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max. | Min. Sun. Rad. | Direction, | Force. las: Pt.
1.] 39 40 71 35 N.W. | Little
213 45 56 40 ae Ditto The greater part of this month the weather was very
3| 65 42 |+87 35 W. | Ditto seasonable and pleasant; the various fruits blossomed
4| 61 48 68 45 N.W. | Ditto .o6 | abundantly, and great crops were expected; but towards
5 | 60 48 69 44 W. | Ditto the latter end of the month it became cold with slight
6| 63 49 71 47 S.W | Ditto frost at night. On the zgth the severe frost killed the
71|*99 7 ae 85 39 W. | Ditto young shoots of many trees and shrubs, and injured the
8| 66 5t 5z 45 S.W. | Ditto young fruit considerably.*
g| 66 40 82 35 S. Brisk f
10 | $8 44 7° 37 W. | Ditto Mean Pressure ..... re eee. 30.099 inches.
11 | 62 40 74 36 N.W. | Ditto —— Temperature... .. sesser cnr me
12| s | HS | $054 E NON. | Dino 156 | —— Dew Point... eee 4379
13 | I 78 40 N. Little —— Degree of Dryness ..... ee 6?.7
14 | 62 47 78, 45 W. Brisk —— Degree of Moisture... .. «eee 790?
15 | 69 2 84 47 N.W. | Little Force of Vapour ... .. «eee 0.316 inch.
16 | 59 35 83 27 W. Ditto Least observed degree of Moisture ... ;?
1 33 84 24 N. Ditto Maximum Temperature in Shade. . . ... 71?
18 |. 64 | 37 | 93 | 39 | N.W. | Ditto Minimurb ditto e. e. es ENS 29?
19 | 64 39 73 3o W. Ditto Maximum Temperature in the Sun....- 87°
20 | 64 39 75 31 E. Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation....- 19°
21 70 50 82 42 —— | Ditto
22 |4-71 48 | 79 | 42 ue es 102 Winps.
2 o 2 7 We
ts As + $1 3 N.W. | Ditto iem ..+.3 days. | N. ote m : days.
25 55 45 80 41 dad Ditto .o8 at SIT SW V. oe 6 eo
W Ditto I2 uth. «iX. oe a est eve tes 4
lp pet E - VE i West West......9
$95] es 31 S 27 N.E. ns pd cM f .
28 I 7 24 — itto
29 n EH 71 |—I9 N. Ditto 3o days.
39] 55 35 75 d T bn Amount of Rain... «eese enne » o 88 inch.
59.6 o.88

* See the Report on the effects of this fros

tin the Horticultural Transactions, vol. vi. page 493-

[ 112 ]

MAY.
1826. Morning. Noon. Night. |
E Barom Hygrometer. Weather. Barom, | Hygrometer. Weather. Barom, Hygrometer, Weather.
M. || 1/30.362| 40 | 31 | 9 |Fine 30.305} 55 | 36 | 19 | Very Fine 30.252| 38 | 35 | 3 |Fine
T. || 2—.221| 40 | 8 Ditto —.131| 61 | 40 | 2t |Ditto —.090| 42 | 40 | 2 |Ditto
W.|| 3—.981| 45 | 40; 5 Cloudy —.139|.50 | 50 | — —.155| 40 | 37 | 3 |Ditto
Th. || 4—-419| 45 | 39 | 6 (Ditto —.129| 49 | 36 | 13 |Cold &Cloudy|—.1o05| 42 | 39 | 3 |Cloudy
F. | gj —-ogt| 42 | 37 | 5 Cold & Cloudy —.137| 53 | 43 | 10 |Ditto —.177| 42 | 38 | 4 |Clear & Cold
S: || 6—.095| 43 | 36 | 7 Ditto —.o65| 48 | 46 | 2 |Showery —.113| 41 | 39 | 2 |Clear
@ Sii 7——.139| 44 | 39 |. 5 44 | 5 {Cold &Cloudy|—.117, 43 | 40 | 3 |Clear & Cold
|» M.|| 8—.103| 45 | 40 | 5 43 | 20 |Very Fine 119| 42 | 40 2 Ditto
T. || g—-137| 46 | 39 | 7 37 | 26 |Di 110| 47 | 43 | 4 |Fine
W. |ito—-116) 47 | 45| 2 37 | 27 |Ditto —.112| $0 | 49 | 1 |Cloudy
Th. |11j,—.126| 47 | 47 | — 51 | 11 {Ditto —.202| 51 | 48 3 |Ditto
F.|12—.296| 50 | 41 | 9 45 | 12 |Cold —302| 47 | 44 | 3 |Clear
$.|/13—.249| 47 | 41 | 6 40 | 17 |Very Fine —.216, 40 | 36 | 4 |Clear & Cold
D S.|\14—-177| 50 | 42 | 8 ID 45 | 14 |Ditto —159| 39 | 34 | 5 |Ditto — .
M.|15|—.173| 48 | 42 | 6 47 | 14 Ditto —.172| 45 | 41 | -4 |Cold but Fine
T.|16—.203| 50 | 47 | 3 F 47 | 20 jDitto —.133| 59 | 55 4 |Fine
(OW. [m7 0135 53. 44 | 9 | 55 | 17 |Ditto —1253| 58| 53 | 5 |Ditto
Th.|18—.116/ 61 | 53 | 8 |I 57 | 19 {Ditto —044| 531247 | 6 |Ditto
F.|19/29-983| 51. | 47 | 4 49 | 22 |Ditto 29:783| 55 | 54 | 1 |Cloudy
$.]20—.776| 58 | 58 | — 38 | 28 |Ditto —-97 8 |46 | 2 |Ditto
O S.|2130.088| 55 | 50 | 5 54 | 12 |Ditto 30-075| 54 | 50 | 4 |Very Fine
M.|22—.109| 59 | 56.) 3 50 | 25 |Ditto —-077| 55 | 52 | 3 |Ditto
T.|/23.—.026| 57 | 51 | 6 41 | 28 |Ditto 29 932| 59 | 54 | 5 |Fine
W.124/29.885|:55 | 51 | 4 59 | 11 |Cloudy a Y 4| 54 | — |Wet
Th.|25—:725^ $4 | 54 | — 60 | — |Wet —703| 54| 54 | — |Ditto
F.|26|—.675|.54 | 54 | — 60 | 4 |Showery —-808| 56 | 56 | — |Cloudy
$.|27|—.812|] 56 | 55 |. 1 62 | 6 |Heavy Show".|—.909| 55 | 55 | — |Ditto
q S.]28|—:941| 60| 57 | 3 55 | 10 {Cloudy —.862| 54 53 | 1 |Ditto
M.|29.—.763| 54 | 54 | — |M 54 | — |Showery —916| 52 |.52 | — Heavy Rain
-[39|—937| 53 | 53 | — |Ditto —.953| 54 | 54 | — Ditto —951| 53) 53 | — to
31|—975| 54 | 53 | 1 |Cloudy —-937| 59 | 57 | 2 Ditto —.927| 54 | 54 | — Cloudy
j0.052 (50.6 |46.3 | 4.3 30 049 61.5 |48.1|13.4 30.046 | 49 (46.6 | 2.4.
rtu eee

[ 113 |

MAY.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max Min, Sun. | Rad. | Direction. | Force. | In. Pts.
1 z , 1
$55 -r—31 —22 N. | Littl
21.64 35 ot 27 ANEA Ditto In the beginniag of this month the weather was much
3| 5t 36 $5] 34 —— | Ditto '07 the same as that of the one preceding, cold at nights,
4| 49 39 $3.| 33 N.E. | Ditto and unseasonable. From the 1oth to the 23d a series of
5 | §3 39 63 | 32 N. Ditto fine weather set in, and some of the days the thermometer
6| so 36 62| 29 N.E. | Brisk „o4 | Was observed above 70°. The latter part ofthe month was
I Si 41 69 | 33 zc LOO cloudy, with very heavy rain, and the wind generally from
8| 64 32 84 | 25 ——- | Little North East.
9| 64 39 88 | 29 E. Ditto 4
10 | 65 45 94| 40 S.E. | Ditto Mean Pressure... ,.+ereeessereereeees 30.049 inches.
1I 64 40 71 32 à Ditto .09 — Temperature, ee . 5357
12 6o 40 66 33 N.E. risk — Dew P 1B. s1 . RETA 7
13 | 61 35 81| 25 E. lidli —— Degree of Dryness ... ... TA
14 | 62 36 80 | 27 Ditto —— Degree of Moisture.......++++-> 810° .
15 | 63 37 82 | 28 SÉ. | Dit —— Force of Vapour ...... «eee 0.364 inch.
16 | 69 47 96| 39 | N.W. | Ditto Least observed degree of Moisture. . .. .. 391°
17 | 73 49 92 | 40 Ditto Maximum Temperature in Shade. . .. . » 76°
18 |476 50 93 | 35 S.E. Ditto Minimum ditto 4.52315 pee! SES
19 75 53 98 46 W. Ditto 04 Maximum ‘Temperature in the Sun x dd 102
20 | 68 43 87| 34 NE | Brisk Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation...... 22?
21| 68 50 93 | 49 — | Little
22 z% 43 |102} 34 E. | Brisk Winbs.
23 | 697] Sf p: 9) 46 ]- NE | Ee North...... N. East... . 14 days.
24 | 70 | 5t 86 | 45 | —— | Ditto 29 O ae 1t S. East... d 24
25 | 6o E 60| 52 | —— | Ditto South ...... e 1]|S.West.....o
26 | 64 | 5° 68 | 44 S.E. | Little .06 West... race 1 N.West.....2
27 | 68 57 75 | 48 ——: risk .28 y diee)
28 | 6; $2 74 | 44 N.E. | Ditto 39 31 days.
29| 55 | 49 55 | 48 | —— | Little ‘97 |
30 | 54 52 $6 | 51 — A EEO .11 Š Amount of Rain ..eese.sss»» ese.. e. 2.39 inches,
31| 59 51 6o | 51 — | Ditto 05
62.4 | 44 | 77 | 38 2.39 |

VOL. VII.

[114 ]

JUNE.
1826 Morning. Noon. Night.
E Barom. Hygrometer. Weather, Baom. Hygrometer, Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather.
Th. | 1/29.905| 55 | 55 | — |Foggy 29.911 | 61 | 58 | 3 |Cloudy 29.917 | 56 | 56 | — |Showery
© F.| 2.926] 54 | 54 | — (Wet —.928| 55 | 55 | — |Rainy 30.024| 53 | 52 | 1 |Cloudy
— $.| 3130.092| 55 | 51 | 4 Fine 30.155 | 64 | 54 | 10 |Fine —.220| 52 | 5o | 2 |Fine
S. | 4.—.236, 60 | 52 | 8 |Very Fine —.242| 72 | 61 | 11 Cloudy —.272| 54 | 53 | 1 [Ditto
@® M.| 5|[—.327| 55 | 51 4. Ditto —.343 | 71 | 53 | 18 |Very Fine —.351| 55 | 51 | 4 |Ditto
T.| 6|-.339| 68 | 61 | 7 Ditto —.319| 69 | 49 | 20 Ditto —.257| 63 | 62 | 1 |Cloudy
W.| 7,—229| 61 | 58 | 3 |Ditto —.264| 67 | 60 | 7 Cloudy —.2541 55 | 53 | 2 |Fine
Th.| 8—279| 56 | 53 | 3 |Ditto —.266| 68 | 55 | 13 |Very Fine —210| 58 | 56 | 2 |Ditto
F.| 9—.113| 61 | 58 | 3 |Ditto —.049| 74 | 47 | 27 Ditto .oo1 | 63 | 62 | 1 |Very Fine
$.|10——0608| 61 | 57 | 4 Ditto 29.992 | 73 | 62 | 11 Ditto, Thund*| —024| 61 | 58 | 3 |Ditto
S.|11.—.125| 60 | 57 | 3 |Ditto 30.153| 73 | 64 | 9 |Very Fine —.213| 63 | 69 | 3 |Ditto
M. |12—.253| 65 | 60 | 5 |Hazy —.293| 76 | 56 | 20 Ditto —.257| 64 | 64 | — |Foggy
D Tu.|13. —297| 66 | 63 | 3 |Very Fine — 279| 81 | 61 | 20 Ditto —.240| 68 | 67 | 1 |Very Fine
| W.|14—.276| 62 | 59 | 3 |Ditto —.240| 80 | 66 | 14 Ditto —.220| 69 | 65 | 4 |Ditto
Th.|15.—.221| 65 | 61 | 4 |Ditto —.167 | 79 | 59 | 20 Ditto —.094| 64 | 61 | 3 (Cloudy
F. |16 —253| 59 | 51 | 8 (Ditto —.346 | 68 | 45 | 23 Ditto —355| 62 | 58 | 4 |Very Fine
$.17-——432| 54 | 51 | 3 Fine —.386 | 69 | 49 | 20 [Ditto —.365| 63 | 56 | 7 |Ditto
S. [18 —.346 6o | 6 |Very Fine —.358| 76 | 63 | 13 Ditto —.395| 62 | 56 | 6 |Ditto
O M.|19 19) 65 | 56 | 9 Ditto —.435 | 72 | 55 | 17 Ditto —456| 58 | 51 | 7 |Ditto
T.|20.—.485| 59 | 52 | 7 |Ditto —475| 72 | 55 | 17 Ditto —.489| 61 | 58 | 3 {Ditto
W.|z1|—487| 58 | 55 | 3 |Ditto —.426 | 68 | 48 | 20 Ditto —.420| 62 | 58 | 4 |Ditto
Th. |2z2\—.414| 56 | 54 | 2 |Cloudy —.389| 68 | 55 | 13 Ditto —407 | 60 | 57 | 3 |Ditto
- F.l23i——444| 01 | 58 |. 3 |Fine —3424| 73 | 45 | 28 Ditto —438| 58 | 51 | 7 |Ditto
$.|24 — 450| 61 | 51 | 10 [Ditto —.407 | 77 | 53 | 24 Ditto —385| 51 | 45 | 6 |Ditto
$.|125.— 373| 60 | 51 | 9 |Ditto —.369| 76 | 50 | 26 Ditto —.318| 61 | 58 | 3 {Ditto
M. |26\—.274| 65 | 6o | 5 |Very Fine —.254| 86 | 59 | 27 Ditto —165 | 68 | 63 | 5 Ditto, Thund"
€ T.|27|—.067| 70 | 62 | 8 |Ditto — 031 | 88 | 65 | 23 Ditto —.009| 69 | 63 | 6 |Sultry
W. |28\—.061| 68 | 63 | 5 Ditto —.059| 89 | 65 | 24 Ditto, Sultry |—.og9 | 62 | 58 | 4 |Very rue
Th. |z9\—.184| 67 | 62 | 5 |Ditto —.208| 83 | 58 | 25 Ditto, Ditto |—212| 61 | 60 | -1 |Ditto
F.|30|1—.238| 66 | 62 | 4 [Ditto —220| 85 | 61 | 24 lees ine —.210| 62 | 56 | 6 |Ditto
30.252 |61.3 |56.6 | 4.7 30-246 73.7 |56.2 |17 5 poses 60.6 |57-3 |3-3

JUNE.
Temperature. | Wind. Rain,
Days. Remarks.
Max. | Min. Sun. | Rad. | Direction. | Force. | In. Pts
i m 53 x sf bia eta g During the whole of this month, the weather was very
à 49 oe aeo NW ID ie I? fine and warm, with only a few slight showers on the 1st,
, 5 47 79 | 39 D 25 ‘and, 6th and gth. In the afternoon of the 27th a good
21:1 5 6 as 45 N D E deal of thunder was heard in the N. West; and at night,
à E 4 9 T N DIS las well as on the 28th, the lightning was remarkably vivid
6d 2L 4 wi » D d :92 in the S. and SW. The hail storm which did so much) .
$ 6 5 ne 5 6 D = damage to the glass in the vicinity of, and to the north-
2 i 5 4 "a S — ‘ward of the metropolis, fell on the afternoon of the 29th.
£ 51 Ei TE ‘©2 |[t passed to the N. East, and none fell in the Garden of
* x 3! 98 47 we the Society.
ETT I 94 | 49 en itto :
12 | 82 $i 102 | 49 —— | Ditto Meus aan a a Ir 30:280 inches.
15 |- 84 55 IOI 51 NW itto —— 'Temperature............ eese s
I4. 81 54 95 BI W Ditto Oi OP DE ""*-tct!' adv. 56 y
15 | 90 51 93 45 NW | Ditto — P wie $55. Pes baie 8° *
16 | 68 44 87 40 SE Ditto — Degree o Moisture... «90. c0 Jee |
1*1 77 57 88 51 NW | Ditto —— Force of Vapour...... er en «40.492 inch.
18 | 80 52 98 | 48 —— | Ditto Least observed degree of Moisture. ..... "
ig. 1 78 48 95 40 ea — ee psum; in Shade....... 9 3°
20 2 o itto inimunr ditto. E011... 3 Lu EIC '
21 b d $4 Es NE Ditto Maximum Temperature in the Sun... ... 115°
221 294 47 89 | 42 E Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation. ..... g?
23 76 go 102 41 —— : Wis
24.4. 8% 6 100 40 —— | Little
25 | 82 Us tim [--46 | — {Ditto xmi souvent : day EM Ed > day
26} 89 57 ra oss me | cote South... 5.9 E Wat...
27 |+93 61 109 57 SE Ditto War. . : s 8
28 gi 57 I!o 52 NW D Nu Io L4 | Deere Se eS
29 | 85 5 100 51 SW Ditto PA :
30 |. 85 61 {+115 | 56 —— | Ditto 30 days.
Amount of Rain... ...... es 0.38 inch.
74.1] 57-1] 934| 4753 0.38

[ 116 ]

JULY.
1826. Morning. Noon. Night.
£ Barom. | Hygrometer. Weather, Barom. | Hygrometer, ` Weather, Barom., Hygrometer, Weather.
S.| 1130.184| 66 | 66 | — |Slight Rain ||30.203| 75 | 65 | 10 |Cloudy 30.224| 62 | 66 | 2 |Very Fine
S.| 2—.273| 69 | 64 | 5 |Very Fine —.279| 82 | 58 | 24 |Very Fine —.275 | 64 | 60 | 4 |Ditto
M.| 3—:263| 69 | 62 | 7 |Ditto —.228| 86 | 60 | 26 |Ditto —.174| 71 | 62 | 9 |Ditto
Tu.| 4—.117| 75 | 65 | 1o |Ditto —.079| 85 | 60 | 25 |Ditto 29.999, 70 | 68 | 2 |Sultry
€ W.| 5$29.926| 71 | 65 | 6 |Ditto 29.9317 | 86 | 68 | 18 |Ditto —.940 | 64 | 61 3 |Very Fine
Th.| 6—.985| 61 | 60 | 1 |Cloudy —.947| 82 | 66 | 16 |Ditto —.928| 74 | 70 | 4 |Ditto
. F,| 7—-890| 71 | 66 | 5 |Ditto —.854| 80 | 66 | 14 |Ditto —.789| 68 | 62 | 6 |Ditto
S.| 8'— 753| 67 | 61 | 6 {Fine — 730| 80 | 68 | 12 |Cloudy —.714| 63 | 63 | — |Slight Rain
$.| 9—.7309| 79 | 66 | 4 |Very Fine —.753| 81 | 65 | 16 |Very Fine —.724 | 64 | 60 | 4 |Very Fine
M.|10—.797| 68 | 58 | 10 |Ditto —.839| 80 | 52 | 28 |Ditto —.885| 65 | 62 | 3 |Ditto
Tu.|111—923| 66 | 57 | 9 |Ditto —.941| 75 | 58 | 17 |Ditto 30.025 | 66 | 62 | 4 |Ditto
» W.l1i2—951| 63 | 61 | 2 |Cloudy —.940| 69 | 69 | — |Slight Rain |29.792| 64 | 62 | 2 |Cloudy
Th.1153—.751| 66 | 63 | 5 |Ditto —.701| 72 | 62 | 10 |Showery —.683| 63 | 60 | 3 |Very Fine
F.|14—.780| 62 | 61 | 1 |Fine —.810| 73 | 61 | 12 |Very Fine —.897| 62 | 59 | 3 |Ditto
$.15—917| 63 | 6o | 3 |Very Fine —.908| 74 | 65 | 9 |Cloudy —.902| 62 | 61 | 1 |Cloudy
$.116 — 933| 62 | 62 | — |Showery .816| 67 | 67 | — |Wet —.883| 61 | 56 | 5 |Very Fine
M. 17—911 60 | 51 | 9 |Very Fine 30.020| 72 | 49 | 23 |Very Fine 29-983| 65 | 61 | 4 |Ditto
— Tu.18 30.024 | 65 59 6 |Cloudy —012| 73 | 58 | 15 |Cloudy —.955| 66 | 61 | $ |Cloudy
O W.g—.o10| 67 7 |Very Fine |—027| 72 | 47 | 25 |Very Fine ||30046| 63 | 56 | 7 |Fine
Th.|20 —.086| 61 | 52 | 9 |Cloudy —.112| 72 | 56 | 16 |Cloudy 29.862 | 61 | 59 | 2 |Cloudy
F. 2129.651 62 | ;8 | 4 |Ditto 29-644 | 68 | 53 | 15 |Ditto —.667 | 55 | 55 | — |Wet
S` |22 —.796 | 51 | 59 | 2 |Very Fin: —.820| 69 | 55 | 14 |Ditto —.919| 61 | 61 | — |Heavy Rain
S. 23 30.023 58 | 58 | — |Heavy Rain |30.031| 58 | 58 | — [Rainy 30.069| 58 | 58 | — |Cloudy
M.|24 —.061| 58 | 58 | — |Cloudy — 109| 70 | 65 ine —.124| 61 | 6o | 1 |Fine
Tu. 25 —.176 60 | $8 | 2 |Fine —.190| 72 | 61 | 11 |Very Fine —.197| 62 | 6o | 2 |Ditto
€ W.|26— 231| 60 | 58 | 2 |Ditto —.296| 72 | 63 | 9 |Cloud —.331| 60| 59 | 1 |Ditto
Th. 27 — 359 59 | 53 | 6 Very Fine —.314| 69 | 54 | 15 |Very Fine —.270| 61 | 59 | 2 |Ditto
F.28—581| 62 | ;7 | 5 |Ditto —.205 | 73 | 56 | 17 |Ditto —.152| 62 | 6o | 2 |Ditto
$.:29—.137| 57 | 55 | 2 |Ditto —.100| 78 | 55 | 23 |Ditto —.o66| 65 | 61 | 4 |Ditto
S. |30 —.078 | 64 | 56 | 8 |Ditto —.075| 81 | 58 | 23 |Ditto —041| 70 | 62 | 8 |Very Fine
M. 31 29.985 72 | 61 | t1 |Ditto 29.970| 85 | 58 | 27 ;Ditto 29.959| 69 | 63 | 6 |Sultry
30.060 [54.3 159-7 | 4.6 29.996 7 5.2 |59-9 |15.3 29.968 64.1 60.9 | 3.2

[ 117 ]

JULY.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max. | Min. Sun. | Rad, | Directiou. | Force. In. Pts.
I 78 65 ACT. W. Little
2| 86 51 mI | 46 | —— | Ditto Throughout the greater part of this month the wea-
3 |+89 55 I12| 50 —— | Ditto ther was ur to that of the one preceding, but con-
4| 88 61 |+116 | 55 E. Brisk siderably warmer and more oppressive. Very little rain
540787 56 11$ |. 59 S. E. | Ditto fell in the beginning of the month, until the night of the
6| 88 62 1101. 56 .| S.W. | Little 22d, when it e down in torrents, and the quantity
7 80 61 112 52 —— | Ditto which then fell i is xac Eable.
8| 81 6o 98 | 58 W. | Ditto 04. i
9| 83 56 106 | 45 S.W. | Ditto Mean Pressure ........ C CI EC 30.008 inches.
IO 81 54. 3105 | 46 W. Brisk —— pon perature pee EE ge
1I 77 56 101 | 48 —— | Little —— Dew Poin R e vas oe 60°.1
Hi 9 62 84 | 56 sd Ditto Degree of E M e e eT P
13 26 52 76 | 46 S.W. | Strong di egree of Moisture ........ 22 BIG"
14| 77 57 100 | 50 W. Little Force of Vipouse- coss. "e 560 ; inch.
15 |. 76 $$ 104 | 46 S.W. | Ditto .o4 | Least observed degree of Moisture. . do po
16 | 73 —46 101 | 39 kes | Ditto 12 Maximum Temperature in d echo 89^
17 | 8o 51 104 | 46 N.W. | Ditto Minimum. id esso ears qE s E ie Her
18 | 77 58 86| şı W. Ditto Maximum Temperature in the Sun ...... 116
19 | 72 53 101 | 45 N.W. | Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation. .5..... 37°
20 | 70 57 85 | 51 S.W. p 1
21 I 52 8 42 S. Little A
22 2 66 = 51 | N.E. | Ditto 1.37 | Wins.
23 | $9 | 54 60| 50 | —— | Brisk 14 North......0 days. | N. East ....4 days.
24 | 72 | 52 BERG — LN Est... <k S. East......2
as | 22-4-54-| -99 | 45 | —— | Lite South ......3 | S. West....8
26 | 72 | 46 94 |—37 | N.W. | Ditto West ......9 N. West... T
Z*I 76 50 104 | 42 E. Ditto \
28 | 78 46 104 | 40 S.E. | Ditto T days.
29 | 81 50 tos 1. 37 S.W. | Ditto
30 | 85 | 56 | rmoj 42 S Ditto Amount of Rain ........ joke... 2.02 inthis.
S 99.4.52 | x02 |o. 49. 1 —— | Dine |
MÀ
78.2 | 55 | 98.6 | 47.3 2.07

[ 118 ]

AUGUST.
1826. Morning. Noon. Night.
A Barom, Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom.| Hygrometer. Weather.
T.| 1|30.053| 72 | 67 | 5 [Very Fine 20.083| 81 | 65 | 16 |Very Fine 30.056 | 64 | 61 3 |Fine
W.| 2—.002| 62 | 61 1 |Cloudy 29.987| 80 | 72 | 8 |Fine 29.959| 66 | 64 | 2 |Cloudy
@ Th.| 3129.913| 65 | 64 | 1 [Ditto —.962| 72 | 69 | 3 |Cloudy —.927| 67 | 67 | — |Showery
—F.| 4/—.976| 62 | 60 | 2 |Ditto —.998| 72 | 65 | 7 |Fine —.986| 65 | 65 | — |Ditto
S.| 5|30.022| 61 | 61 | — |Cloudy 30.046| 69 | 64 | 5 |Cloudy 30.066| 65 | 61 | 4 |Very Fine
$.| 6—.108|-63 | 60 | 3 |Fine —.144| 70 | 56 | 14 |Fine —.183| 63 | 60 | 3 |Ditto
M.| 7j—.183| 65 | 60 |. 5 |Very Fine —.185| 72 | 57 | 15 |Very Fine —.163| 67 | 65 | 2 |Fine
T.| 8—.152| 62 | 60 | 2 |Ditto —.047| 80 | 68 | 12 |Ditto —.o61| 65 | 62 | 3 |Ditto
W.| 9—.024| 63 | 60 | 3 |Ditto 29.981| 78 | 58 | 20 |Ditto 29.988| 66 | 64 | 2 |Ditto
D Th./|1029.990| 65 | 63 | 2 |Ditto .972| 76 | 65 | 11 |Ditto — 924| 63 | 61 | 2 |Ditto
F. 11 —. 61 | 6o | 1 |Cloudy —.873| 66 | 66 | — [Heavy Rain |—.921| 58 | 58 | — |Cloudy
$.|12/30.033| 57 | 54 | 3 |Fine 0.062| 71 | 51 | 2o |Very Fine 30.070| 54 | 51 3 |Fire
$.|13|—152| 56 | 51 | 5 |Very Fine —.212| 72 | 61 | 11 |Ditto —.088| 55 | 54 | 1 |Ditto
M.|14/29.995 |. 61. | 56 | 5 |Ditto 9.958| 77 | 54 | 23 |Ditto —.045| 61 | 59 | 2 {Ditto
T.|15/30.115] 66| 62 | 4 |Ditto 30.092| 72 | 62 | 10 |Fine —.o24| 60 | 57 | 3 |Ditto
W. |16)29.976| 65 | 63 | 2 |Cloudy 30.008] 70 | 61 | g {Cloudy —.028| 61 | 58 | 3 [Ditto
O Th. |17\30.108} 63 | 61-| 2 {Fine —.150| 74 | 57 | 17 |Very Fine —.126| 65 | 62 | - 3 |Ditto
F. |18\—.316}.64 | 62 | 2 |Ditto —.346| 79 | 61 | 18 jDitto —.358| 69 | 65 | 4 |Ditto
S. |19 —.444|-62 | 61 | 1 |Foggy. Fine|—.298| 79 | 63 | 16 |Ditto —.245| 69 | 67 | 2 |Ditto
$.:20—.105| 68 | 65 | 3 |Very Fine —.035| 83 | 59 | 24 Ditto 29.974| 68 | 65 | 3 |Ditto
M. |21.—.000| 62 | 58 | 4 |Fine 29.982] 72 | 60 | 12 |Ditto —.959| 61 | 59 | 2 |Ditto
T.|22/29.927| 64 | 62 | 2 |Ditto —.937| 73 | 59 | 14 |Ditto —.905 | 62 | 60 | 2 |Ditto
W.|23i—.950| 66 | 63 | 3 |Ditto —.761| 70 | 58 | 12 |Cloudy —.701| 65 | 65 | — |Wet
Th. |[24.—.724| 62 | 60 | 2 |Ditto —.763| 75 | 59 | 16 |Ditto —.772| 64 | 63 | 1 |Cloudy
€ F.|25|—790| 66 | 63 | 3 {Ditto —.770| 73 | 54 | 19 |Very Fine |—677| 70 | 70 | — [Stormy
S. |26 —.708| 62 | 61 | 1 |Ditto —.848| 75 | 63 | 12 |Fine —.899| 62 | 59 | 3 |Fine
S.|27\—.970| 62 | 57 | 5 |Very Fine 30.002] 72 | 52 | 20 |Ditto 30.024] 61 | 58 | 3 |Ditto
M. |28/30.040} 59 | 56 | 3 |Ditto 29.890) 74 | 59 | 15 |Very Fine 29.974| 66 | 65 | 1 |Cloudy
T. |2929.933| 68 | 66 | 2 |Fine —.921| 75 | 69 | 6 udy .£54| 67 | 65 | 2 |Fine
W.|301.774| 64 | 62 | 2 |Very Fine |—.708| 82 | 68 | 14 |Fine —.723| 66 | 64 | 2 |Cloudy
“Th. |31—.851| 65 | 61 | 4 (Cloudy —.851| 72 | 54 | 18 |Ditto —.846 | 61 1 |Ditto
30.335 [63.3 60.7 | 2.6 30.310 74.3 |60.9 |13-4 30.500|63.4 |61.4| 2

[119 ]
AUGUST.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max Min Sun. Rad. | Direction. | Force. In. Pts.
I 82 .
2 80 zo P 2 E -— On the 3d some heavy showers of rain fell in the
3| 77 56 89| 5o SE Ditto d afternoon, and at night the lightning was very vivid and
4| 75 55 94| 49 Ditto $ frequent, accompanied with distant el al But the
5| 72 51 85 r Ditto 94 most remarkable thunder-storm which has been witnessed
6| 7; 55 84. P NW | Ditto for many pe was that of Friday the po which com-
7| 8o 50 "RS T SW Dirt menced about $ past 7 P. M. and lasted about two hours.
8| 8o 52 tá 4 D S Although some hail fell i in the Garden at the commence-
941 29 54 |+112 H dice. Ditto ment of the storm, little damage was done by it to the
194 £0 255 4.95]. 43-|. W- | Ditto pue |
It | 66] :47 66 | 36 SW Ditto .26 | Mean Pressure... ...i.sesees ded es 30.581 inches.
12 72 [——742 go —32 specu cq eme Ditto € emp FÉE.ag4.)$e.v7- 9» "^r^
13 74 45 82 36 — Brisk E Dew Point c^" $n eee es (ce MI
Ha. 77 45 05] 3t W Little —— Degree of Dryness.. .ssssss. o all
1$ |73 58 89 | 48 SW Brisk ^ of eons oe ge ae ae 4
16 | 75 51 87| 42 —— | Ditto of Vapout....««..- eee ay on T
17 | 76 6o 931 -$I —— | Little Least sberrel Pecan P Moisture. ...... 553°
18 | 81 51 100 | 46 NE Ditto um Temperature in Shade ... ..... 88?
19 | 86 $t Trio} 41 S Ditto Minimum ditto ............ eene 43^
20 |4-88 54 Io4| 43 —— | Ditto Maximum Temperature in the Sun ..... e IT.
21| 76 54 97 | 45 SE Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation....... s
22 | 76 | 56 | 99| 46 | SW | Ditto
23 2954 666 1, 323 049 S | Brisk 10
24| 76 | 57 | 84| 48 | SW | Ditto Winns.
25 | 83 58 Ioo | $50 S Ditto .32 :
26 | 264] -$2 8o| 43 SW | Ditto 3 Senk: s w days. n ...2 days.
27 | 72 | 46 88 | 37 W | Little “aaah ce "uiid
; South........5 S. West. ...T3
28 | 76 58 93| 56 —— | Ditto West N.W
: ceo eo i eh c West ...58
29 | 76 57 84| 48 a cob c j
30 8 7 IOI 49 itto i.
21 «x: % 98 | 48 S Ditto .26 pt days.
Amount f i e€*99*9*9599*9"99»5.,9*95* * inch LI
77 | 53 | 93 45 | 2.00 ud pues ur

[ 120 7

SEPTEMBER.
1826. | Morning. Noon. Night.
H Barom,| Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometcr. Weather. Bamu.| Hygrometer, Weather
F.| 1|29.820| 58 | 58 | — |Fine 29.804| 72 | 6o | 12 |Cloudy 29.772| 62 | 62 | — |Wet
S. | 2|—735| 60 | 60 | — |Showery — 725} 66 | 64 | 2 |Showery —.713| 63 | 63 | — |Cloudy
Q $.|3|—772| 65 | 65 | — |Cloudy —.844| 68 | 65 | 3 |Cloudy —.937| 61 | 6o | 1 |Ditto
M. | 4|—949| 64 | 63 | 1 |Ditto —.955| 76 | 70 | 6 |Ditto —.943| 63 | 63 | — |Wet
Tu.| 5\—.953| 62 | 60 | 2 |Fine — 955|. 66 | 66 | — |Wet —.903| 57 | 56 | 1 [Cloudy
W. | 61—634| 57 | 57 | — | Wet .325| 68 | 68 | — |Ditto —.230| 56 | 55 1 |Ditto
Th| 7|—114| 56 | 56 | — |Heavy Rain ||—.465| 59 | 59 | — |Heavy Rain |—663| 53 | 52 | 1 |Fine
D F.| 8—.696| 52 | 52 | — |Ditto .632| 69 | 65 | 4 |Cloudy —741| 58 | 58 | — |Cloudy
$.| 9|—.778| 53 | 33 | — |Ditto —.812| 63 | 58 | 5 |Fine —.y89 | 52 | 50 | 2 |Clear
S. |10/30.027| 55 | 53 | 2 |Fine 30.063 | 68 | 56 | 12 |Very Fine 30:138 | 54 | 52 | 2 |Ditto
M. |11|—211] 50 | 48 | 2 |Very Fine 221 | 64 | 50 | 14 |Ditto —259|53|52| 1 |Fine
Tu.|12|—.239| 51 | 50 | 1 |Fine but Cold || - -229 | 67 | 55 | 12 |Ditto —.174| 52 | 51 | 1 |Ditto
W.|13|—.098| 52 | 51 | 1 |Ditto —.064 | 65 | 56 Ditto — 000] 53 | 52| t |Ditto
Th. |14|29-939| 56 | 54 | 2 |Fine 29.942 | 67 | 60 | 7 |Cloudy —.068 | 56 | 56 | — |Wet
F. |15|30.229] 52 | 50 2 |Ditto 30.281 | 62 | 50 | 12 |Fine —.326| 48 | 48 | — |Cloudy
O $8S.|16—.3o2| 47 | 47 | — |Heavy Fog |—.251| 65 | 51 | 14 {Ditto —-143| 50 | 50 | — |Ditto
$.|17j—.023| 52 | 51 | 1 |Fine 29.955 | 71 | 60 | 11 [Ditto 29932| 57 | 57 | — |Ditto
M. |18129.847 | 50 | 50 | — |Wet —.824 | 61 | 61 | — |Heavy Rain |—.725 | 62 | 62 | — Rainy
Tu. |19/—-862 | 63 | 62 | 1 |Fine —.gi1 | 70 | 61 Very Fine —.913| 62 | 61 | 1 Hazy
W. |z0|\—-848 | 60 | 60 | — |Wet —.834 | 61 | 61 | — |Showery —.941| 56 55 | 1 |Fine
Th.[21|50.037| 55 | 53 | 2 |Fine 0.081 | 62 | 58 | 4 |Fine 30.117 | 49 | 47 | 2 |Very Fine
F.|22|—.138| 47 | 44 | 3 |Fine but Cold| —.251| 60 | 48 | 12 |Ditto —.151| 47 | 46 | 1 |Ditto
$.|23|—.095 | 43 | 42 | 1 |Ditto —.003| 64 | 50 | 14 {Ditto 29.936| 52 | 51 | 1 |Cloudy
€ S. |24|29-758| 57 | 57 | — |Cloudy 29.728| 65 | 59 | 6 |Cloudy —.661 | 60 | 60 | — |Ditto
M. |25|= 696 | 61 | 61 | — |Wet —.791| 66 | 66 | — |Wet —.780| 59 | 58 | 1 [Ditto
Tu. |26|—.810 | 6o | 6o | — |Ditto —.891| 70 | 62 | 8 |Fine —.879| 61 | 61 | — Ditto
W. |27|\—.862| 61 | 60 | 1 |Fine 30.015 | 68 | 58 | 10 |D to 30.057 | 59 | 59 | — Ditto
Th. |28|30.161.| 60 | 59 | 1 |Dito —.178| 70 | 65 | 5 |Very Fine .216| 56 | 55 | -1 |Fine
F. |2z9|—.165 | 61 | 61 | — Thick Fog —.121| 70 | 66 | 4 |Cloudy 29.995 | 60 | 60 | — |Foggy
s. ü 29.796 | 63 | 63 | — |Slightditto —||29.284| 69 | 66 | 3 |Ditto —.934| 57 | 57 | — |Cloudy
29 919 |56.1 55:33)-76| 29.931 | 66 |59.1| 6.6 29.941 |56.2 |55.6| -6

[ 121 ]

SEPTEMBER.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days, Remarks,
Max Min, Sun. Rad. | Direction. | Force In. Pts
I 74 58 ġa | 50 S.E. Little 05
2| 66°F $49 66 | 53 N.E. | Ditto 23
31] 7! 55 72 | 48 —— | Ditto During the first part of the month the weather was
4| 76 53 gı | 46 —— | Ditto .58 | verywet, but towards the middle it became more settled.
5 | 66 51 71| 43 —— | Ditto 11 | The night of the 22d was frosty, and the ias, then
6| 68 55 68| 46 S.W. | Ditto .59 | in full flower, were destroyed. Slight fogs at night were
71 59 48 59| 41 N.W. | Ditto .26 | not unfrequent.
8| 69 49 at 43 — | Ditto .60 :
9| 66 46 83| 39 W. Ditto Mean Pressure .... een nnn «sos 29.030 inches,
10 | 70 42 ze ET S.W. | Brisk -.— 'Temperature..... «eee een 59°-4
i1| 67 | 39 94| 34 | —- | Little e TEN POSE «sers resto Pe ey
12 | 68 42 84| 37 W. Ditto Degree of Dryness ......... deu
13 | 67 47 87| 40 — | Ditto —— Degree of Moisture. ....... ees E
14 | 67 45 8o | 36 = itto 10 | —— Force of Vapour ........ «ess 0.492 inch
15 | 64 37 93] 32 N.E. | Ditto Least observed degree of Moisture..... 022
16 | 67 42 gt} 36 S. Ditto Maximum Temperature in Shade ....... 6?
1 1476 47 |+101 | 40 S.W. | Ditto Minimum ditto ........+. eva iN (sl ET
1 62 57 64| 50 N.E. | Brisk .40 | Maximum Temperature in the Sui ... 101?
10] 75 59 92 | 55 E. Little Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation ...... 28?
20| 63 49 74 | 42 N.E. | Brisk .04.
21| 62 38 86 | 31 oe Ditto WINDS.
23 65 Ai z 44 — Ditto North ec t Y days e East ease 7 days.
24. 6 98 52 penis eb Ditto 17 cep ears . . East.....
25 | 68 H 77 | 47 | —- | Ditto 18 South. ...... pice ec7
26 70 59 89 54 iE Ditto 40 West s... .... 4 LI X ee 3 2
27 | 69 51 80| 45 S.W. | Ditto — erie age —2J
28 | 7o 51 84| 46 —— | Ditto E mu
29 [e] 6 9 ae. Ditto . s
30 S e i e S.W. Ditto Amount Of Rain...«.«« oec eose 3.71 inches.
67.8 49 81.2 46 3.7!
E NEU Se NIU NEM Soc AME e
R »

VOL. VII.

[ 122 ]

OCTOBER.
1826. Morning. Noon. Night.

& Barom, Hygrometer, Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather, Barom. Hygrometer. Weather.
€ $S.| 1]29.856| 59 | 58 | 1 |Cloudy 29.912| 64 | 62 | 2 |Showery 29.887| 48 | 48 | — |Thick Fog
M. | 2i—.955| 49 | 49 | — |Thick Fog |—.g61| 61 | 57 | 4 |Fine .969| 52 | 52 | — Ditto
Tu. | 3—.932 46 | 46 | — |Slight ditto |—.934| 59 | 56 | 3 |Cloudy 807| 48 | 4g | — |Ditto
W.| 4—799| 48 | 48 | — |Foggy —.821| $4 | 51 | 3 |Ditto& Cold |—.823 | 45 | 44 1 |Clear

T. | 5i—-799| 49 | 39 I |Cold & Clear ||—.825| 55 | 48 | 7 |Fine —.994| 40 | 38 2 |Ditto & Cold
F.| 6/30.122| 35 | 34 | 1 |frosty 0.154| 50 | 39 | 11 |Ditto 30.196 | 36 | 35 1 |Frosty
S.| 7|—136| 34 | 33 | 1 |Ditto —.114| §8 | 51 | 7 |Cloudy —.037| 53 | 53 | — |Cloudy
D S.| 8129-998| 56 | 56 | — |Wet 29.926| 64 | 62 | 2 |Ditto 29.839| 55 | 55 | — |Wet
M.| 9. —817| 50 | 49 | 1 |Fine —.803| 55 | 48 | 7 |Ditto —.831| 43 | 43 | — |Ditto
Tu. |10|—764| 50 | 50 | — |Rainy —.706} 62 | 62 | — |Rainy —.9oo| 60 | 58 2 |Cloudy
W. |11/30.045| 60 | 58 | 2 |Fine - o.070| 69 | 61 | 8 |Fine 30.130| 59 | 59 | — [Clear
T. |12/30.132| 61 | 61 | — |Slight Rain |—.117| 65 | 61 | 4 |Cloudy —.075| 59 | 59 | — |Cloudy
F.|13\—.051 | 60 | 59 | 1 |Cloudy .073| 67 | 63 | 4 |Fine —.279| 50 | 50 | — |Ditto
S. 14 —. 48 | 46 | z |Ditto —.199| 60 | 57 | 3 |Cloudy —.126| 56 | 56 1 |Clear
O S.|15/29.977| 58 | 56 | 2 |Ditto 29.948| 65 | 58 | 7 |Fine- _ 29.739| 5° | 50 | — Ditto
M. |16 —.619| 58 | 56 | 2 |Fine .611| 60 | 5g | 1 |Showery —.859| 47 | 46 | 1 |Ditto
Tu. |17,.—.963 | 40 | 40 | — |Foggy 30.027 | 62 | 51 | 11 |Fine 39.003| 45 | 45 | — |Foggy
W. 18 —. $1|51 | — |Ditto —.039| 60 | 58 2 |Foggy —.052| 59 | 59 | — Ditto
T.|19,30.021| 55 | 54 | 1 |Cloudy —.007| 61 | 6o | 1 Cloudy —.031| 59 | 58 | 1 |Cloudy
F. |20\2g.982| 59 | 58 | 1 |Ditto 29.996| 62 | 60 | 2 |Ditto 29.988 | 57 | 57 | — |Ditto
S. |2z1\—.990| 57 | 57 | — |Ditto —.981| 69 | 66 | 3 |Fine 30.009 | 56 | 56 | — |Ditto
e S. |22\-—-948 | 60 | 60 | — Ditto —.944| 61 | 61 | — |Wet 29.881| 59 | 59 | — |Wet
M. |23\—.917| 59 | 58 1 |Ditto —.897| 63 | 63 | — |Showery —.949| 53 | 53 | — Ditto
€ Tu. \2z4\—.967| 55 | 54 1 |Ditt —.925| 62 | 59 | 3 |Fine — 7771 54 | 54 | — Cloudy
W.|25—437|.55| 55 | — aod i Rain |—.4099| 60 | 60 | o |Showery —.471| 47 | 47 | — Ditto
T. |26|\—.441 45 1 |Cloudy 548| 57 | 51 6 |Fine —.641| 40 | 40 | — Ditto & Cold
F.|27|—.686| 45 | 45 | — |Wet —.921| 55 | 55 | — |Showery 939 | 47 | 45 2 |Clear
S. |28/30.140 38 | 2 |Cold&Cloudy|30.141| 55 | 48 | 7 |Cloudy 30.241 | 44. | 43 1 |Cloudy
$.|29|—.217 | 46 | 45 | 1 |Fine BEY] gg | ṣi 3 |Ditto 105| 53 | 53 | — | Wet
M. |30|—.137| 51 | 51 | — |Wet —.143| 55 | 55 | — |Ditto —.064| 55 | 55 | — |Fogsy
@® Tu.|31—.098| 51 | 48 | 3 |Cloudy —.118| 54 | 45 | 9 |Ditto & Cold |—.035| 47 | 47 | — Wet.
1994 [9 A 8 29.949 59-9) 56 | 3-9 29.957|50-84 50-45) -38
|

[ 123 ]

OCTOBER.
Temperature. Wind. Rain,
Days. Remarks.
Max. | Min. Sun. Rad. | Direction. Force, | In. Pts.
EE 42 74 35 S.W Little 12
2| og 42 84 34 — | Di:to
$j 0 43 82 34 S Ditto Throughout the greater part of the month the weather
4| se 91] 7M o NT — | pA was cloudy and damp, with some heavy fogs at night,
TT XS D 74 |[-22 S.W. | Ditto and the quantity of rain which fell rather exceeded the
; 2 K + n 36 wr ed average mean.
4 o S.W. itto ;
8| 65 45 73 38 S. Brisk .18 Mean Pressure. .2... eee nnn nnn 29.949 inches.
$i 5 41 72 35 S.W. | Little —— Temperature. ...... TEES Lad
Io | 63 56 65 51 W. Ditto 31 — . oint ee ee TOE TET
11 | 69 57 72 Li. —— | Ditto .o5 | —— Degree of Dryness.......+++++++ 19.68
PI M 60 81 53 | N.W. | Ditto —— Degree of Moisture........-.++- 964°
13 | 68 42 77 35 S.W. | Brisk —— Force of Vapours. ....... «4... . 0-428 inch.
14 | 62 51 70 45 N.E | Little Least TS degree of EN Peirus 6 x
Ri g 50 75 45 N.W. | Ditto Maximum Temperature in Shade ...... 72
16 | 62 36 77 29 W. Brisk P EI Minimum ditto. ..... eS v Vue AF 29?
Piu 6j 45 76 36 N.W. | Little Maximum Temperature in the Sun..... 85°
18 | 61 6 62 1 E. Brisk Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation ..... F
6 : 6 : Ditt
"» " 57 7 54 -e ned
30| 64 56 68 51 S.E Ditto WINDs.
21 |4-72 52 84 45 S Little 1
aa | 63 51 62 48 S.W. a 27 ` m^ eevee : days. a oma ows : days.
23 6 48 64 W. itto 40 dil... swe ' 5 . "^ t
24. bi 5I 79 i S.W Brisk ; Boat 6.650505 RES 9
25 60 41 66 34 S Ditto ‘ 930 West estt.» 9 5 N. est wie si
26 | 58 35 71 29 | N.W. | Ditto — gg
Ub sf | 37° | 3] 396] DNE 24 siete: L
A ea | * Du Amount of Rain .......- (osse vin. Bob RN
29 54 50 55 47 LL | Dino -04 a ‘
30 | 54 44 57 40 S-E. Brisk ; .o8
31 54 35 61 32 S.W. | Little .03
61.2] 45.1| - 70.6]. 392 2.14

[ 124 J

NOVEMBER.
1826. Morning. Noon. Night.
E Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. .| Barom. Hygrometer. Weather.
W. | 1/29.823| 40 | 36 | 4 (Cold &Cloudy29.663| 51 | 50 | 1 |Showery 29.675 | 40 | 40 | — Stormy
Th.| 2/—.816| 38 | 34 | 4 (Clear&Stormy — 868| 50 | 45 | 5 |Cold & Stormy — 947 42 | 2 |Ditto
F.| 31—951 | 44 | 41 | 3 Ditto —.902| $2 | 47 | 5 |Cold. Fine. |—-823| 47 | 47 | — |Wet
S.| 4.—790| 44 | 44 | — Heavy Rain |—.851| 48 | 48 | — |Wet 916 | 45 | 45 | — Ditto
S.| 5$,—941| 45 | 45 | — Cloudy .883| 49 | 49 | — Ditto —.873| 44 | 44 | — Heavy Rain
D M.| 6.—811| 48 | 48 | — Wet —.776| 50 | 5o | — |Ditto —929 | 36 | 35 1 Cloudy
T.| 7/—979| 31 | 29 | 2 Frosty —.983/ 45 | 42 | 3 Fine 30.116 | 32 | 31 | 1 |Frosty
W. 3|30.022 31 | 28. |. 3 Ditto 30.132| 41 | 36 | 5 |Ditto —.199| 31 | 30 | 1 Ditto
Th.| 9. —221| 31 | 30 | . 1 Ditto —231| 42 | 39| 3 Coli Cloudy 29e 31 | 31 | — [Ditto
F.|10,—139|.35 | 34 | 1 |Cold&Cloudy.—.036| 40 | 39 | 1 |Ditto & Wet 29.959 | 48 | 48 | — |Foggy
S.|11/29.854| 48 | 48 | — Ditto 29.791. 50 | 49 |. 1 Cold & Cloudy —650 52 | 52 | — |Ditto
S.|1z}—719) 42 | 42 | — |Fine 6561 52 | 46| 6 E —.541| 39 | 38 | 1 [Fine
M.|13,—504| 40 | 38 | z |Cloudy —351] 48 | 45 | 3 Cloudy 28.752| 41 | 41 | — (Heavy Rain
O T.|141—156| 40 | 37 | 3 (Cold but Fine,.—175| 46 | 42 | 4 |Ditto 29.566, 40 | 38 | 2 |Clear
W.|15,—618| 39 | 37 | 2 Ditto & Clear |—694| 45 | 41 | 4 |Fine —.872| 33 | 32 | 1 |Ditto
Th. /16—— 999| 30 | 27 | 3 Cold & Frosty|30.038| 48 | 42 | 6 Ditto —.989| 42 | 40 | 2 |Cleudy -
F.|17(—933..44.| 44 | — |Wet 29.989| 48 | 46 | 2 |Cold&Cloudy/30-172| 37 | 37 | — Ditto
S. |18)30-174 43 | 43 | — NAE Rain -|30.156| 47 | 46 | 1 (Ditto —.192| 46 | 46 | — |Wet
S. |19 —216| 45 | 45 | — Ditt ——218| 45 | 45 | — |Wet : —292| 44 | 44 | — Ditto
M.|20—398| 44 | 43 | t old. dee —415|47 | 45 | 2 [Cold &Cloudy —594| 42 | 42 | — |Ditto
T. |21 —529| 43 | 41 | 2 |Ditt —521| 45 | 41 | 4 |Ditto —.510| 39 | 38 | 1 |Cloudy
€ W.|22—466| 42 | 39 | 3 Fine —.397| 45 | 42 | 3 [Ditto —-335| 44 | 43 | 1 |Ditto
Th.|23—109| 48 | 46 | 2 Ditto —.055| 50 | 44 | 6 |Fine 883| 44 | 44 | — |Wet
F.|24/29-571| 47 | 45 | 2 Ditto 29.488| 48 | 44 | 4 |Dittebut Cold—420| 33 | 31 | 2 [Fine
$.|25.—212| 32 | 29 | 3 |Frosty —.189| 42 | 36 | 6 |Cold 260} 32 | 31 | 1 [Ditto
S. |26 —374| 26 | 24 | 2 Ditto —.384| 36 | 32 | 4 Ditto — —562| 33 | 31 | 2 Frosty
M.|27—713| 28 | 25 | 3 Ditto —.783| 35 | 30 | 5 |Fine but Cold|—878/ 30 | 30 | — Ditto
T.|28—828| 32 | 32 | — Cloudy —.751| 44 | 44 | — |Slight Rain |—603! 45 | 45 | — | Wet
B W. |29 — 418| 46 | 46 | — Wet —395| 50 | 50 | — |Ditto — 442| 42 | 42 | — Cloudy
424| 47 | 47 | — Cloudy 49 | 48 | 1 |Cloudy —573| 42 | 42 | — Ditto
29.873 39-7 38.2 | 1.5 29.834 46-2 43-4 | 2.8 29.827 39.9 |39.3 | 6

[ 125

]

NOVEMBER.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max. Min. Sun Rad, | Direction Force. In, Pts.
I| 99 38 |472 34 NW |Strong .o6
2| 52 41 62 36 — Ditto
3| 53 50 6 44 N [Ditto 82 |, The weather during Er TE os part of the month was
4| 48 41 48 35 NE [Brisk 44 dull and cloudy, but m r the season of the year. On|
tig 49 40 hen TIME 23 the 13th the sudden Eas of the barometer was very|
6| 52 27 53 20 NW Little 03 iremarkable. |
7] 45 28 62 20 W |Ditto |
8| 41 27 45 19 — (Ditto Mean Pressure,..seeessseeececes reve 29. 858 inches.
9| 46 27 62 21 | SW {Ditto —— Temperature... .... ie eee 35 e: | ie"
10} 44 42 47 40 S |Ditto os | —— Dew Toine dd a ate
II |4-55 38 66 33 —— [Ditto —— Degree of B. Cove dt y4 30
ize 32 68 25 | —— Ditto —— Degree of Méacare a due sssi 959" -
if is 36 55 32 —— - |Ditto 66 | —— Force of Vapour......... eee 0.280 inch
14 | 46 37 6o 31 NW [Brisk Least observed degree of Moisture cert 822°
1¢ | 46 26 65 20 W I|Little Maximum Temperature in Shade ..... ET
16 | 49 37 63 37 SW [Ditto 415 | Minimum ditto seses... eva es vs c S A.
17| 49 34 55 31 NW [Ditto Maximum Tempera’ rature in theSun ..... 24"
18 48 41 48 41 —— (Brisk o6 | Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation ..... oe
19 | 46 39 46 37 N [Ditto .08
20 | 47 39 37 NE |Ditto TOMAS
21 45 39 46 39 —— Littl >
22| 4$ | 4a. £2.) M os E North,.......2 days | N. East......6 days
23 | 52 40 72 39 | .—— |Ditto .06 a re Sy East. èss s oot
24 | 49 3o | 50° 24 | NW Ditto South ....2149 S. West. «2
25 252] 51 |—17 | —— [Brisk West ..e.eeeee(| IN. West....10
26 | 41 25 52 20 — |Little
3| 49.1: 27. | 49 4 el I 3o days.
28 | 52 44 61 40 S |Ditto .20
29 | 51 37 57 32 | —— |Ditto 05 Amount of Rains» s» e s.e ss.» ee 2,89 inches.
30 | 49 29 47 25 SE |Ditto
479| 35-2| 557| 30:8 | 2.89
Lo iugi ui eee ate e Ls

[ 126 ]

DECEMBER.
1826. Morning. Noon. Night.
E Barom.| Hygrometer. Weather. Barom.| Hygrometer. - Weather, Barom. Hygrometer. Weather
F. | 1/29.549| 35 | 35 | — 29.317 | 47 |47 | — |Wet 29.238 | 44 — |Wet
S.| 2|1—.224| 38 | 36 | 2 |Clear & Cold |—.288| 47 | 49 | 7 Fine —.222| 42 | 42 | — |Foggy
S.| 3|—321| 39 | 37 | 2 |Fine —.292| 47 |-45 | 2 |Showery —.462| 36 | 36 | — Clear
M. | 41—478| 32 | 29 | 3 |Frosty —.517| 40 | 37 | 3 |Fine —.774| 35 | 34 | 11 |Ditto
Tu. | si—.676| 39 | 37 | 2 (Cloudy —.763| 40 | 35 | 5 |Ditto —.715| 37 | 37 | = |Wet
D W.| 6—.680| 3 7 | — Wet —.696| 42 | 42 | — Showery —733| 42 | 42 | — |Ditto
T. | 7i—.651| 43 | 43 | — Ditto —.487 | 54 | 54 | — |Ditto —.437| 51 | 51 | — |Ditto
F. | 8|—:316| 48 | 48 | — Slight rain |—.382| 51 | 47 | 4 Cloudy —667| 49 | 49 | — |Foggy
S. | 9—.921 | 38 | 37 1 Clear & Cold ||—.926| 53 | 53 | — |Showery —.877| 47 | 47 | — |Wet
S. 110—895 | 50 | 50 | — |Wet —.3910| 55 | 55 | — |Ditto —.924| 51 | 51 | — |Foggy
M. [111—902| 51 | 51 | — [Ditto —.879| 55 | 53 | 2 |Cloudy —.940| 47 | 47 | — |Ditto
Tu. |[12]—.865 | 48 | 48 | — [Ditto —.772| 52 | 50 | 2 [Ditto —.605| 48 | 48 | — |Cloudy
Wz 13——597| 50 | 50 | — Ditto —.560| 54 | 52 | 2 |Fine —.645| 43 | 43 | — |Ditto
©. T.|14—.637 | 45 1 (Cloudy —.621| 50 | 49 | 1 |Showery —.655| 46 | 46 | — Wet
F. |15'—.639| 42 | 41 1 |Dit —,651| 48 | 47 | 1 |Cloudy —.634| 46 | 46 | — |Ditto
S. 16—.616| 47 | 47 | — |Thick Fog — |—.658| 49 46 | 3 |Ditto —.753| 47 | 46 | 1 |Cloudy
$.117,.—908| 45 | 44 | i —.865| 45 | 44 | 1 |Ditto —.98 5 | 45 | — |Ditto
M. |18|30.014| 43 | 42 | 1 Cloudy 30.026] 44 | 42 | 2 |Ditto 30.104| 40 | 39 | 1 |Ditto
Tu. |19 —.082 | 40 | 39 | 1 Ditto —.096| 42 | 39 | 3 |Ditto .I104| 42 | 42 | — |Foggy
W. |20,29.898 | 39 | 39 | — |Thick Fog 29.745 | 43 | 40 | 3 |Cold& Cloudy 29.571| 40 | 40 | — Wet
T.|21|—.67o0| 40 | 36 | 4 Fine —.81 3138| p 1H 126| 36 | 35.| 1 |Frosty
€ F. |22/30.205| 29 | 27 | 2 |Frosty—Fine (30-302, 40 | 33 | 7 Ditto —.288| 41 | 41 | — |Foggy
S. |23\—.284| 45 | 45 | — JE —.264| 51 | 51 | — |F —.319| 47 | 47 | — [Ditto
S. 24.—.333 | 46 | 46 | — We —.341| 49 | 48 | 1 (Cloudy —.349| 45 | 45 | — |Cloudy
M. |25/—.399| 45 | 45 | — |Cloudy —.363| 52 | 50 | 2 |Ditto —.373| 45 | 45- | — |Ditto
Tu. |26(—.469| 43 | 43 | — —.473| 43 | 39 | 4 |Ditto —.531| 42 | 42 | — Ditto
W.|27,—.560| 44 | 42 | 2 |Fine —.582| 45 | 41 | 4 |Fine —.626| 41 | 41 | — [Ditto
€ T. |28|—.600| 32 | 30 | 2 |Frosty —.604| 39 | 33 | 6 |Ditto —.590| 32 | 31 | 1 |Ditto
F.|29,—.545 | 41 | 40 | 1 |Fine —494| 45 | 41 | 4 |Ditto —.295| 45 | 45 | — |Ditto
$.|30|—.257| 45 | 41 | 4 |Ditto —.217| 50 | 43 | 7 |Ditto —.253| 46 |-45 | 1 |Fine
S.|31|—.289| 45 | 41 | 4 |Ditto —.262| 49 | 45 | 4 |Ditto —.255| 46 | 45 | 1 Ditto
29.919| 42 |40.9| I.I 30.134| 47-2) 44-5| 2+7 29.937 |43-3 43 1 | *?

[ 127 ]

DECEMBER.
Temperature. Wind. | Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max Min. Sun. | Rad. |Direction,| Force, | Iu. Pts.
I|-45 37 47 32 N.W. Strong 125
PRU 39 x 35 — | Ditto 'The weather during this month was much the same as
3| 48 31 Jefe Less Ww. Bree that of the preceding, cloudy and mild. Some snow fell
4| 42 35 = 28 N.W. | Ditto in the morning of the 5th, but soon melted. Towards
$| 40 32 46 30 W. | Brisk 18 | the latter part of the month the height of the Barometer
6| 42 39 .| 45 i jj DIOS 2! | was extraordinary.
ZI 55 47 59 41 —— | Ditto 14
vr ci 37 59 30 S.W. | Ditto Mean Pressure.» se sses eene e...» 29.996 inches.
9| 53 48 56 44 S. Little 24 Temperature ...... nnn « gga
IO |+56 49 e» 46 —— | Strong 20 | —— Dew Point ...... erre 429.8
Hb] S8 44 65 40 — | Little —— Degreeof Dryness.......++- ies . 2%
I2| 54 48 64. 43 W. Ditto 07 | —— Degree of Moisture .....+-+.+-- 5
131. 45 33 |4+67 30 S.W. | Ditto 10 | —— Force of Vapour....... eee 0.304. inch
14 | 5I 39 62 34 S. Ditto .09 | Least observed degree of Moisture .....
I5 | 49 46 57 41 —— | Ditto .o6 | Maximum Temperature in Shade ....... 56°
16 | so 41 ^| -$6 41 — | Ditto Minimum ditto ,.... esee 27°
7 41 51 38 S.E. | Ditto Maximum Temperature in theSun ...... 67°
18 | 44 38 46 34 S. Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation ....... 21?
I] 44 38 45 31 —— | Ditto
20 | 43 39 5I 34 —— | Ditto :23 WINDS.
21 —27 67 —21 N.W. | Ditto
22 i 41 $2 34 — | Ditto North ...... 2 days , N. East..... 1 days.
2 "4a ———— Di ( East. Can 0 S. East s... .. I
I 3f 47 5t 43 ^ So :
2 N. Ditt South ....1, 9 S Weit.....2
ti as 4! 5° 37 - Ito vp Jm RS N. West
20 | 4o «|^ $3 36 N.W. | Ditto West .. vei eo dista
26 39 48 34 —— | Ditto "UE e
27 $i: 32 $2 28 N.E. | Brisk 31 days.
38] 40 | 3! i 93202 Eg | Amount of Rain. soiis isee. Froes: . 1.77 inch
29 | 45 43 47 39 | N.W. | Little i
39| şi 35 6o 31 W. Ditto
31 50 62 40 — | Ditto
48 |394 | 54 | 35 "a.

: 128 Journal of Meteorological Observations.

The annexed Diagrams have been constructed from the
preceding Journal, as the simplest way of exhibiting at one
view, the differences in the pressure and temperature of the
atmosphere, as well as in the quantity ofrain. "The following
explanatory remarks will be useful.

The upper Diagram is intended to shew the mean ascent
and depression of the mercurial column in the Barometer,
at the three different periods of observation in the day,
for each month in the year; the three perpendicular faint
lines in each month's column indicating the three periods ;
the first being the morning, the second noon, and the third
night. The average mean of the whole is 30.067 inches. |

In the middle Diagram, the upper and lower lines shew
the extremes of temperature, or the highest and lowest state
of the thermometer in each month, the degree- observed and
noted, being marked on the centre line of each month's
column. The upper middle line, shews the variations in the
mean temperature; and the under middle line, that of the
dew-point; the observations being made at the same periods -
of the day as those of the barometer. The average mean
temperature is 52^; that of the dew-point 477.7.

From the results deduced by Mr. Howarp, from twenty
years observations made by the Royal Society, it appears,
as is stated in Mr. DaAxrELr's Meteorological Essays, first
Edition, page 266, that the mean height of the Barometer
during that period was 29.8655 inches; the mean tempera-
ture 49*.5; and the mean dew-point 44*.5. "The. mean
height of the Barometer in 1826 was 0.201 inch above that
mean, whilst the temperature and dew-point were also cor-

4232042 S2LAYUILY RT 3
42942Uuo4pDg s21]214uv(q 2 YL ae

3 pus SREE 2
"à 9 , > 8 A
PTTZPPISPZESSQEEYÓ. | 3 3 A 3 8 3s s sp s 3 os qa
Š =e i T WH HT
à LLLELLLLE242-HRHRHHHE | EN Pee :
1 LIA SES 5 l
$ 4 H+ t+ mH T1 TT Hr FT j FTT | LL] [| ‘
x »- [| I-I- HH ee um i J S.
a HAH on inn oe ae | HH | | = = E *
E-————4t- tpt ann | girai ; TT
: BECHER AA Co |
` TTT L-—--—-3-1-T-- T1717 . 3 sere
" - THT T THT ERTE T J — | at ee SM i m M
iin F HH i
I-———3-4—3———7] P E HELLE LI
4 eee. J a 27 A | | t !
: Bie a Sars 4 ALBEN BRE Seeks Ae 4+ d
S HHHH HHT / MATT Li Hl es i *
" ; ryt tt THLE p / —L--P.--—- nae Be
L------—-—-——77171711| / / i : LLLI ATA Edd -A aa S2
4 HHMH-HHH-H si E eee ee ee eee LAW TTT TUTTE ELE LL LEE I LET TL er die
A k LEY LLL HHHH HH HA t
Y : RETT] PAN LIA. ee arena ae ee i -4—— =
i H HES HHHH HHTH li ul
TAR, L4-T | eee eee eee 7 —| iT]
ts LLL ELE HÀ H/4HH (é AMBRE ae LLLLCCH- T
s AT à I Hil / T i eo Oe SES | LILILILIILE----mS OUT TTT TT eo pe bo pe
: TOL S DH a HERE
^ 5 HHT SERERE H TEEHETI £ if
ze |] TEL T
$ d Sane See

3L PT.

Judy

bois

HORT . TRANS . Vol.

Monthly depth of Rain in 1506

: S FETEG HELL Eee FHT
3 ji CELER RETEN "n
LL LLLI ——-1.-34
` TEE LH E dl.
= Ms N HIT | 12258888 §
| N,
Hs AA N LAINE eae, H

P d
Z5

x

|

i

|

T

|

]

1

Mean Height ofthe Barometer in 1826
+

l
I c
E oL
I. 1
Eu
mm
H | i
S | |
oe
i il
1 L |
ae
s cum.
] B
| F
Pa
i |
| |
| ji
| l
i |

pt DELLI —1-——-4 q bL. :
-————Àd-—— —L—
| a TLELLLLI (Tl
N BD am EN Bs Oe an SEL Oe ai u ttt tt -m - ae ee | p
HET Ha a du

(e
L
]
i
i
i
1
i
i
Mean and Extremes of Temperature and Mean of the Dew-Point in 1826

e
20
4

8 8 ` S S i: x
8 8| 3 3 3 B 3 9| 3 8| 5 g 3 3 4 8 S 3 3 Ñ $ S y N $ à & E N 3 S S á

49329wo4v0g £$7]7?2"uv(g 424242g27:020442 YJ s2220]u24"]Dg 25m 2) Uan y

W. B.B. del.

Journal of Meteorological Observations. 129
respondingly higher; the mean of the former having been
2° 5’, and that of the latter 3° 2', above Mr. Howarp’s means

of twenty years.
The lower diagram exhibits the quantity of Rain which
fell in each month, expressed in inches and hundredths of

inches.

VOL. VII.

[ 130 ]

XII. On Orache, its Varieties and Cultivation. ` By Mr.
WILLIAM TOWNSEND, Under Gardener in the Kitchen
Garden Department of the Garden of the Horticultural
Society at Chiswick.

Read December 19, 1826.

Garpen Orache, or Mountain Spinach, Atriplex hortensis,
is more grown in the gardens of cottagers than in those of
more affluent persons. It is a native of Tartary, though .
often seen apparently wild in Great Britain in the neighbour-
hood of gardens, from which it had strayed. It was cultivated
for culinary purposes in the time of PAnxrxsoN,* who calls
it Atriplex, sive Olus aureum, Arrach or Orach ; two varieties
were known to him and to the older botanists,} viz; the
White Orach, or A. hortensis alba sive pallidé virens, and
the Purple Orach, or A. hortensis rubra. A few plants yield
sufficient produce to supply a small family with Spinach,
which is the chief object in its cultivation. It is more
attended to in France (where it is known by the various
namest of Arroche des Jardins, Irible, Follette, Bonne-
Dame, Belle-Dame, Chou d'Amour, and Chou d'Armou),
than in Great Britain, it being used in the former country
both by itself as a Spinach, as well as mixed with Sorrel, for
the purpose of correcting the acidity of the latter. Some
* PankiNSON's Paradisus, page 488. T Bauniw's Pinax, page 119.

i See Bon Jardinier, for 1826, page 114; and NorseTrTE, Manuel Complet
du Jardinier, Tom. ii. Part 2, page 304.

On Orache, its Varieties and Cultivation. 131

English Horticultural writers enumerate two, others three, and
some four varieties. Besides its name of Garden Orache, or
Mountain Spinach, it is called by British. gardeners, French
Spinach and Bourdeaux Spinach. The French have several
kinds, distinguished by names quoted here as Synonyms to
some of the seven varieties which were raised last summer
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, and which are
intended to be now described. "These, though differing
but little from each other for culinary purposes, are worthy
of notice, and deserving of cultivation, on account of the
beauty and variety of their foliage. MirrEm, in the Eighth
Edition of his Dictionary, mentions three sorts, the Deep
Green, the Dark Purple, and the Green with Purple Borders,
these, he observes, never vary from seed. My experience how-
ever leads me to state, that the varieties occasionally sport,

1. White Orache.

Synonyms.
Atriplex hortensis alba, C. Bauhin.
Atriplex hortensis pallidé virens, C. Bauhin.
White French Spinach, of the Dutch.
Pale Green Orache, Neill.*
Arroche blonde, Bon Jardinier.
Arroche blanche, Jardin Potager.t
Arroche vert jaunátre, Noisette.t

The leaves are of a yellowish-green, very rugose with
acuminated points, and are much dentated towards the base,
which forms two acute angles. The stem and petioles are

* Art. Horticulture, in Edinburgh Encyclopædia.
+ L'Ecole du Jardin Potager, Paris, 12mo. 1802.
i Manuel Complet du Jardinier.

132 On Orache, its Varieties and Cultivation.

the same colour as the foliage. The plant is of dwarfish
growth.
2. Red Stalked White Orache.

Synonym,
Green Orache with purple borders, Miller.

The leaves are somewhat cordate, of a yellowish- green
tinged with brown, their margin is stained with purple, and a
little dentated in some cases, but not in all. The stem and
petioles are of a palish red and are slightly furrowed, as well
as streaked with pale white between the furrows. The plant
is of dwarfish growth.

8. Green Orache.
Synonyms.
Atriplex hortensis nigricans, Bryant.*
Dark Green Orache, Bryant.
Deep Green Orache, Miller.

The leaves of this are a dark grass-green colour, very rugose
and slightly dentated, broad, terminating rather obtusely, and
forming two acute angles at the base. The stem and petioles
are the same colour as the leaves, and are very strong. This
is the dwarfest variety of all. The existence of this in former
times is noticed by Caspar Baunin in his Pinax above re-
ferred to, though not distinguished by him as a variety.

4. Red Stalked Green Orache.

The leaves are dark-green tinged with a dull brown, very
rugose and slightly dentated, somewhat curled, terminating
rather obtusely, and forming two acute angles at the base.
The stem and petioles are a deep red and slightly furrowed,
the veins are very prominent. This is of tall growth.

* Flora Dietetica, London, 8vo. 1783.

By Mr. Wiiu1am TowNsEND. 133

5. Lurid Orache.
Synonym.
Arroche rouge pále, Noisette.

The leaves are a pale purple tinged with dark green, the
under surface a lightish purple with green veins, slightly
wrinkled, terminating rather acutely, and dentated only to-
wards the base, which forms two very acute angles. The
stem and petioles are a bright red, and slightly streaked with
white between the furrows. Grows to nearly the same
height as the preceding.

6. Purple Orache.
Synonyms.
Atriplex hortensis rubra, C. Bauhin.
Red Orache, Bryant.
Dark Purple Orache, Miller.
Arroche rouge, Bon Jardinier.

The leaves are a dull dark purple, more rugose than those
of the preceding and more deeply dentated, terminating
rather obtusely, and forming two acute angles at the base.
The stem and petioles are deep red and slightly furrowed.
This is also a tall growing plant.

7. Red Orache.
Synonyms.
Atriplex hortensis ruberrima, Desfontaines.*
Arroche trés-rouge, Bon Jardinier.
Arroche rouge foncé, Noisette.
The leaves are oblong-cordate, somewhat wrinkled and
slightly dentated ; the upper surface is very dark, inclining

* Tableau de l'Ecole de Botanique, &c. Paris, 8vo. 1815.

3

134 On Orache, its Varieties and Cultivation.

to a dingy purple; the under surface is a much brighter
colour. The stems are a deep red and slightly furrowed.
This grows nearly as tall as the preceding.

The Cultivation of the Garden Orache.

A portion of ground having been previously prepared and
made moderately rich and light, in an open situation, the
seeds should be sown early in the spring, in drills at the
distance of two feet apart, made with a draw hoe, and very
shallow. When the plants are about three inches high, they
should be thinned with a small hoe, so as to leave them room
to grow strong ; when they have again grown too thick, they
should be thinned to the distance of two feet from each other.

_ Afterwards they require no other attention than to be kept

clean from weeds. : If a late supply is required, a sowing can
be made towards the end of June, which will furnish the
table until the plants are destroyed by frost. "This sowing
requires the same management as the first. From the first
crop, a quantity may be transplanted in the spring at the
distance of eighteen inches from each other each way ; these
will come into use in succession; when transplanted, they
do not grow so large as those which remain where they are
sown. In poor soils, the leaves do not become sufficiently
succulent for culinary purposes.

[ 135 ]

XIII. On Planting the Moist alluvial Banks of Rivers with
Fruit-trees. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joux
Rosertson, F. H. S.

Read September 19, 1826.

Sir,
Fiw situations combine so many advantages for the planta-
tion of Orchards or Fruit Gardens, as the low grounds that
form the banks of rivers; the alluvial soil of which they are
generally composed, being an intermixture of the richest and
most soluble parts of the neighbouring lands, with a portion
of animal and vegetable matter, affords an inexhaustible fund
of nourishment for the growth of fruit-trees, which derive
from it such habits of health and vigour, that when sheltered
by the higher grounds, which mostly accompany these flats,
they set their bloom with a certainty, and ripen their fruit to
a degree of perfection, that those in more exposed and less
congenial situations rarely exhibit; to this, the mild and
moist temperature diffused through the atmosphere by the
neighbourhood of the water in no slight degree contributes,
counteracting the late spring frosts and blighting winds that
are so destructive to our fruit crops in the earlier part of the
season.

As an instance how valuable such a situation may be ren-
dered under Fruit-trees, there is a small piece of ground of
this description, not exceeding three quarters of an acre, in
this vicinity, which is leased at a rent of fifty guineas per
annum, solely on account of its fruit. It is planted with Pear

136 On Planting the Moist alluvial Banks of Rivers, $c.

and Apple-trees, some of them nearly two hundred years old ;
one of which, a Pear-tree, often produces twenty thousand
saleable fruit in the season.

But these advantages are too frequently counteracted, and
rendered of no avail, by the operation of the same cause as
that from which they are derived, such grounds being gene-
rally liable to be inundated; and should the water lie long
on them, it chills and sours the soil, and destroying the roots,
the shoots canker, and the trees die off.

Having a piece of ground on the banks of the river Nore,
near this city, thus favourably circumstanced, but not at the
time liable to be injured by floods, I planted it with Fruit-
trees, mostly Pears and Apples ; subsequently the building of
some mill-weirs in the river raised its waters above their usual
level, and threw it back over my ground to such a height as
frequently, in winter, to cover the surface, and render it a per-
fect quagmire. The trees in consequence cankered and ran
rapidly to decay; banking out the water produced no good
effect, as it always rose through the soil to the same level
within as without, or higher, being absorbed by the surface.
I also failed in an attempt to abate the nuisance by legal
means; but being unwilling to abandon an object which had
been of so mueh promise, I had at length recourse to an
expedient, which proved effectual, and though obvious and
simple, yet, as I am not aware of its having been before re-
sorted to, I think that its communication may possibly be of
some importance, as there are many thousand acres of land
similarly circumstanced, and at present of comparatively low
value, which if so treated, might be much more profitably
converted to the purpose of Orcharding ; and there are pro-

By Mr. Joun ROBERTSON. 137

bably many other Orchards liable to such inundation, to
which the same remedy may be successfully applied.

The trees in this Orchard having been planted in right
lines, and at sufficient distances, I took the opportunity of a
dry summer, to run between each row two deep and parallel
trenches, and form a high bank in the intermediate space
with the earth cast out, a small portion excepted, which was
thrown about the stems of the old trees. On these banks, as
they contained a sufficient body of soil, and were elevated
above the reach of floods, I planted other Fruit Trees the
ensuing season, which have since thriven with remarkable
health and vigour, and bear abundantly.

This object effected, I turned my attention to the old
trees, and at the first opportunity sank the trenches deeper,
and raised the border about them with the mould thrown
up; the vacuity formed by the trenches draining off the
stagnant water from their roots into an open space, it the
more readily evaporated, and what did remain, was rendered
vital and wholesome by its impregnation with the air in
contact, and instead of being injurious became rather bene-
ficial, as it is from open water so impregnated, that plants
absorb the oxygen or vital air necessary to the formation of
carbonic acid (their principal food) by its combination with
the carbon they hold in solution.

We have numerous proofs that the neighbourhood of
water, not pent up but exposed to the air, is not injurious
to trees. Some ofthe most productive and healthy vines I
have seen, of all other plants one of the most impatient of
stagnant water about its roots, bordered on a horse-pond.
In this instance, the old Fruit Trees immediately made fresh.

VOL. VII. T

138 On Planting the Moist alluvial Banks of Rivers, $c.

roots in every direction; they have since rarely failed to
produce heavy crops, and are at this moment bending under
their fruit.

Security from inundation, and the advantage of a deep rich
soil, are not the only benefits that Fruit Trees derive from
planting them on such sloping banks ; the form of these
banks also contributes mainly to insure success, as the roots
of trees so planted, are always necessarily protruding to the
surface, where they receive more immediately the direct
influence of the air, rain, sun, and other agents conducive to
vegetation, and are thereby the more perfectly enabled to
form from the simple elements they absorb, those combina-
tions which exhibit themselves to us, in such a wonderful
variety of products.

Our industrious neighbours, the Dutch, have been long
aware of the advantages such banks afford, and wherever the
situation will admit, have planted the sloping sides of their
dykes with Fruit Trees: this, the Scotch Horticultural Tourists
notice,* remarking “ That the Dutch have carefully planted
Fruit-trees, especially Apples and Pears, on the western slope
of their dykes, where they have become exuberant and fruitful
trees; affording at this time both the most abundant crops
and fruitful trees we have seen in Holland. The trees we
pronounced to be the largest and finest in their kind we had
yet seen in our journey, their horizontal branches extending
eradually both up and down the declivity.”

I have long observed that the most fruitful Orchards, and
the most fertile, are those planted on a declivity, and the

* Journal of a Horticultural ‘Tour through Flanders, Holland, &c. 1817,
page 260.

By Mr. Joun Rosrnrsox. 139

steeper it is, if not quite a precipice, the more fertile they
prove.

In preparing low alluvial grounds for the purpose of
planting Orchards, the mounds or banks cast up should
run parallel with the river, to impede the washing away of
any of the soil; one or more cuts at right angles with the
trenches should communicate with it to facilitate the drainage
of the water; to these sluices may be attached, should cir-
cumstances require it. These banks should be raised if
possible at least three or four feet above the highest water-
mark, and be made eighteen feet broad at the base, and twelve
at top; for this purpose, a cut of about fifteen or sixteen feet
wide will be necessary, admitting the soil to be three or four
feet deep, leaving a distance between each row of Fruit
Trees of about thirty-three feet; but these proportions must
depend on the depth of the soil. The Trees when at their full
growth, will require a distance from each other in the lines of
about thirty feet, but as they are likely to be soon productive,
I would recommend planting them at first at half the distance,
and removing every other tree afterwards, when they shall in-
terfere so as to injure each other. The sides of such banks I
have found to answer extremely well for Strawberries, on ac-
count of the convenience of water in a dry season.

This practice of raising banks to plant Fruit Trees on may,
I think, be profitably carried to a further extent on those soils,
whether clayey or sandy, which have not sufficient depth to
support such trees in a healthy state; as a certainty of their
success may in that case be insured, by accumulating the soil
of the intervals in ridges or banks, should the object appear
to justify the sacrifice of the intermediate spaces.

140 On Planting the Moist alluvial Banks of Rivers, $c.

In the drainage of old Orchards, where the flooding is but
light, running trenches between the rows may be found suf-
ficient, by raising the level about the trees with the earth
thrown out, as the roots checked in their progress downwards
will rise into the soil laid over them, and elevate themselves
above the reach of the water.

I remain,

Your very obedient servant,

i Joun ROBERTSON.
Killkenny,
August 17, 1826.

[141]

XIV. On Dahlias.. By Mr. Wirxiíawm Swrrg, Under
Gardener in the Arboretum Department of the Garden of
the Horticultural Society at Chiswick.

Read December 5, 1826.

Ix is not proposed to give in this Paper any statement re-
specting the history ofthe Dahlias, or to enter into details on
the genus. All that is necessary, and indeed all that could
be advanced on those points, has been already given by Mr.
SABINE in the third Volume* of these Transactions, in his
Paper which was read in October, 1818. It is only intended,
at present, to describe the Double Varieties, those having now
become almost the only objects of careful cultivation. Their
number is so great, as to exceed what any one individual will
ever desire to possess; a selection of the best sorts is there-
fore especially necessary. At the time when the Paper
just referred to was published, the single varieties only
were abundant, the number of double ones was very limited,
but they rapidly increased, and have now nearly expelled
the single ones from gardens of repute. The extension of
sorts has however been limited to the Dahlia superflua; the
varieties of Dahlia frustranea have but little multiplied, and
no double flowers of that species have yet been produced.
The brilliancy of the colours of the blossoms of the Dahlia
frustranea, however, is such that it might have been expected

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iii. p. 217.

142 On Dahlias.

it would have induced some practical Horticulturist to apply
his skill to their improvement.

A few of the Double Dahlias which were raised at an early
period still hold a place in the estimation of gardeners, but in
general those of a few years standing have yielded their places
to a younger progeny, which in their turn may be deprived of
their station by fresh productions. In the progress of im-
provement, it may be hereafter a matter of curiosity to ascer-
tain what was considered a good Dahlia at the present period ;
this, without a record such as this Paper will furnish, would be
impossible. Thus we may indulge the hope that in drawing up
descriptions of the best flowers of the present day, we are not
only amusing contemporary readers, but securing information
to futurity.

The collection of Double Dahlias in the Garden of the
Horticultural Society at Chiswick has always been extensive.
In the autumn of 1825, descriptions of those which were
thought most worthy of record, were made by Mr. Josrrn
PAXTON, then Under Gardener in the Arboretum Depart-
ment, and now Gardener to His Grace the Duke of Dzvox-
sHIRE, at Chatsworth, in Derbyshire. The publication of
those descriptions having been deferred, in order to gain the
experience of another season, the task of completing the
Paper devolved upon me, as his successor. In addition to
those which were described last year by Mr. Paxton, some

varieties, not only of considerable excellence but with novel-
tes of character, which were since added to the collection,
have enabled me to make the classification more perfect.
The number ofthe collection in the commencement of the
present season ‘considerably exceeded one hundred ; this has

By Mr. WirriíaM Smits. 143

been very much reduced, by: careful selection, and now
amounts to sixty, whose names and characters are hereinafter
given.

The collection was originally formed by small accessions
from various friends of the Society, whose names, wherever
their plants have been preserved, will be mentioned in the
places where they are described. Additions from different
persons have been also recently made, but the supplies of the
greatest extent have come from the garden of Mr. Ariz Cor-
NELIS VAN Erpen, of Haarlem; from Mr. Davip Doveuas,
Gardener to Lady GrantHam, at Putney Hill, who has been
fortunate in producing many excellent varieties; and from
WirLiAM We ts, Esq. of Redleaf, near Tonbridge, in Kent,
whose peculiar success in raising some of the most valuable
kinds I shall have occasion hereafter to notice. "The Dutch
collection of Mr. Van EEDEN, having been obtained by means
of his extensive connections from different countries, has been
supposed to contain as many splendid varieties as are to be
found in any other public nursery. The kinds obtained from
the Putney Hill and the Redleaf gardens nearly all originated
at those two places,

In making the descriptions, attention has been paid to the
habit of the plant, as well as to the colour and disposition
of the flower. With respect to the heights of the several
varieties, those given are what they obtained in the Chiswick
garden; in other soils and situations they may differ in
this point, but they will probably preserve the relative pro-
portion indicated by the heights here recorded.

Before I proceed to the descriptions, it will be necessary

144 On Dahlias.

to explain some of the terms used, to give the character
of what is held to be a good flower, and also to explain
the principles upon which the following classification is
founded.

The appellation of florets, is applied in all cases to what
have been improperly called the petals ; they are strictly, and
especially in single flowers, the florets of the ray ; when there is
any allusion to the short florets in the disk of the flowers, they
are distinctly called the florets of the disc. The term quil/ed, in
its strict sense, is applied to ligulate florets become tubular, but
it is generally used to express a tendency only to that habit.
In the descriptions, for the sake of discriminating the dif-
ferences with greater accuracy, the terms qui/led, and half-
quilled, are used; but for the latter term, somewhat quilled,
is not unfrequently substituted. The florets are said to be
reflexed, when the whole are bent backwards exposing the
disc. They are recurved, when they are turned backwards
at the points. The scales are the bracteze of the involucrum,
and in single flowers, are situated behind the florets of the ray,
one scale belonging to each floret; when the florets of the
disc give way to, or are changed into florets resembling those
of the ray, the scale accompanies the transmutation ; so that
in double flowers a series of scales is found behind every
series of florets, and when these scales appear in the centre
or dise, without being accompanied by ligulate florets, it is
known, that although by some abortion they have not been
produced, yet that whenever the plant blossoms perfectly,
the flowers will be entirely double, that is, devoid of disc.
These scales cannot be confounded with the small scales or

By Mr. WILLIAM SMITE. 145

palez of the receptacle, the former being much larger, and
generally dark green.

Description of a Good Double Dahlia.

The flower should be fully double, always filling the centre ;
the florets should be entire or nearly so, pointed or rounded,
reflexed, and so forming a globular head, regular in their dis-
position, each series overlapping the other backwards; they
may be either plain, or quilled, but never distorted ;* if in-
stead of being reflexed, the florets are recurved, the flower
will be equally symmetrical. The peduncles ought to be
sufficiently strong to keep the blossoms erect and conse-
quently well exposed to view, and, long enough to show the
flowers free of the leaves; if they are a little pendulous in
the taller growing sorts, they will have a more elegant ap-
pearance. The plant ought to flower early and abundantly,
and retain its characters until the end of the season. Bright
and deep velvety colours are most admired.

As the tall sorts are in many respects objectionable on ac-
count of their coarse habit of growth, it is necessary to be
more scrupulous in the selection of good varieties of them.
As the dwarfs, on the other hand, possess advantages which
the others do not, a greater licence may be assumed in
preserving some of them in a collection. Flowers of dwarf
varieties having large massive heads, but with a prominent
yellow dise, if the colours are brilliant, are as much approved

* I do not wish by giving this character to condemn all the varieties that are
not perfectly regular, there being many sorts which are much admired, that
have no pretensions to regularity ; and as the opinion of the beauty of any par-
ticular flower depends entirely upon the fancy of the person that beholds it,
ragged and even distorted flowers may be regarded as beautiful by some, and
ought not therefore to be excluded from a general collection.

VOL. VIL, U

146 On Dahlias.

as some of those which are more perfect or full; several
of the prettiest flowers in the dwarf varieties are neither
globular nor double, but are flat, with the florets decreasing
in size towards the centre. For these desirable kinds of
Dahlias, we are principally indebted to WirrriAw WELLS,
Esq. His gardener, Mr. JoserpH WELLS, possessing due
knowledge of the qualities he wished his productions to
possess, has succeeded in raising sorts, which combine dwarf-
ness with early and abundant flowering, and produce blossoms
of the most beautiful description ; they begin flowering in
June, when not above a foot high, and continue to blossom
in constant succession till the autumn frosts divest them of
their beauty. They seldom exceed three feet in height, and
some are even more dwarf. i

In point of colour, the Dahlia is remarkably variable,
varieties being obtained from seed ofa colour quite remote
from that of the parent plant. Almost all the varieties lose
the brightness exhibited in their early blossoms ; some more
rapidly than others ; consequently plants least liable to this
defect are particularly desirable. The flowers first produced
in a season are always the most brilliant. Many also de-
generate with age, being splendid when first raised, and
becoming less beautiful in succeeding seasons. The ten-
dency of the change in both these cases, is from bright to
duller shades of colours, and towards purple, their original
colour. "

Until lately, no variety was known that did not possess a
tinge of purple in its blossoms, and it was even doubted *
whether a blossom entirely untinged with purple could be
produced. The new scarlets are however perfectly pure. It

* Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London, Vol. iii. p. 230.

By Mr. WILLIAM SMITH. 147

has been suggested to me that their colour may have been
induced by cross impregnation with the high coloured varieties
of the Dahlia frustranea. Some of the finest yellows are not
always divested of a mixture in the colour, and the Dutch
White, is the only white variety I have seen which is not tinged
in a slight degree.

In the classification, the tall and dwarf kinds are separated,
and form two subdivisions of the first class. This class com-
prises the varieties commonly known as Double Dahlias.
These become double by a multiplication, or rather by a
transposition of the florets of the ray, supplying the place of
those of the disc, which in full double flowers is wanting, or
entirely filled up. Another description of flowers has lately
come under my notice, of which from their singularity I pro-
pose to form a second class. In this class the flowers assume
a double appearance by a change in the florets of the disc,
which become elongated and coloured, and are either tubular,
or broken and ligulate, whilst in the circumference of the
flower there is one row of radial florets, as in single flowers.
Of this second class the descriptions for the present are de-
ferred, because another year’s observation will improve the
descriptions of those already known, and will also furnish a
greater extension of varieties in the class than my present
knowledge affords. Each subdivision of the first class is
divided into sections, according to the colours, and arranged
in a natural series ; taking purple as the centre and original
colour, and white and yellow as the two extremes, receding
on the one side through lilac towards white, and on the other
through crimson and scarlet towards orange and yellow.
As there has not been any direct approach towards white

148 On Dahlias.

through crimson or scarlet, no pale flowers which may not
be arranged under lilac, have come under my notice, so that
true roses and pinks are still wanting.
The following is the arrangement of the sections, which
includes all the varieties herein described.*
. White. |
Lilac.
. Light purple.
. Dark purple.
. Morone, or Dark purplish crimson.
. Bright purplish crimson.
Light crimson.
. Deep scarlet, or Blood red.
. Pure scarlet.

md

. Orange.
. Buff.
Yellow.

In the accounts of the first production of the different
varieties hereafter described, I have been necessarily very
brief. The seedlings raised by Mr. Wxrrs and Mr. Dovaras,
are marked by having their respective names prefixed ; and
the same plan is also followed with all the varieties raised in
British gardens, where the first grower is known, or where
their origin is not otherwise designated by their name. Of
the history of those received from Mr. Van Erpen I am
uninformed; any inquiry in order to obtain full inforraation

p
loco utoc aA SS WN a a

—

* In selecting the sorts, whenever a section was found to be numerous, all the
inferior flowers belonging toit were scrupulously rejected, and where inferior
flowers have been retained in other sections, it is for want of better kinds
in them,

By Mr. WirrriaM Smita. 149

about them would have been attended with more labour
than the subject perhaps deserves. The origin of the whole
is within a very few years, and those now described may
either be worn out in as short a space of time, or in some cases
cast by, even before the period of their natural decay, being

excelled by superior novelties.

Crass I. Suspivision 1. TALL Growinea PLANTS.

SECTION 1. WHITE.

1. Dutch White. Received from Mr. Van Eepex. Flowers about three
inches in diameter, seldom more than semi-double, pure white, greenish at the
base of the florets; florets plain, notched at the points, irregular in their size and
disposition. Stem light green; leaves light green; peduncles rather short. 'The
plants grow from four to five feet high. Flowers rather early, but not abundantly.

2. Agathe Royal, or Agate White, came also from Mr. VAN Expren. Flowers
about three inches in diameter, nearly double, white, tinged with lilac; florets not
numerous, somewhat quilled, irregular. Stem light green; leaves light green;
peduncles long. Plant grows weak and straggling about four or five feet high.
Flowers late, and sparingly.

Section 2. Lirac.

3. Grand Alexander. Received from Mr. Van EEDEN. Flowers about five
inches in diameter, perfectly double, of a very pale lilac colour; florets narrow,
notched at the points, frequently irregular; disc full of large scales. Stem and

_leaves dull light green; peduncles long. The plant grows rather bushy at top,
and from four to five feet high. Flowers sparingly during the whole season.

4. Agathe Imperial. Received from Mr. Van Espen. Flowers about three
inches in diameter, very seldom full double, of a clear lilac colour; florets some-
what quilled, furrowed, notched at the points, regular in their disposition, and not
reflexed ; disc sometimes scaly. Stem hairy; leaves rather small, dark shining
green ; peduncles long. Plant grows from four to five feet high. Flowers
abundantly and rather early.

5. Lilac striped. Came also from Mr. Van Erpen. Flowers from three to
four inches in diameter, double, pale and dark hlac striped; florets half-quilled
and iecurved, those in the centre frequently curled; disc filled with scales, or

150 On Dahlias.

small florets. Stem light green; leaves light green; peduncles long, weak and
pendulous. Plant grows about four feet high. Flowers rather early, and abun-
dantly.

6. Spring Grove Lilac. Received from Mr. Isaac OLDAKER, who raised it from
seed in the garden of Sir Josera Banks, at Spring Grove, in 1820. It was also
received from Mr. Van EEDEN with the name of Lady Banks's Dahlia. Flowers
large, compact and double, about three inches in diameter, of a deep lilac colour,
approaching to light purple; florets somewhat quilled, a little reflexed ; disc scaly,
hid by the florets. Stem brown; leaves dark shining green; peduncles long, stiff
and erect. Plant grows from five to six feet high. Flowers early and freely.

Section 3. Licut PURPLE.

7. Ma E m Received from Mr. Van Eenes, Flowers about three inches
in diameter, flat, compact, and generally full double, of a light purple velvet
colour; florets notched at the points; somewhat quilled and regular in their
disposition; disc scaly. Stem tinged with purple; leaves rough, and dark
green. Plant grows from three to four feet high. Flowers early but not very
abundantly.

8. Speciosa. Speciosa, Light purple. Speciosissima. Was received from Messrs.
Youne, of Epsom, who procured it in 1816, from Mr. Jonn Epcan, the gardener
to the late Mr. Barnett, of Ewell, in Surrey. It was also sent to the Society
by Mr. Van Erpen. It is known by the above different names. Flowers large,
globular and compact, fully ape = a e light uem d colour ; florets half-
quilled and pointed, regular i in the € , recurv ering e back
of the flower; disc filled up. Stem, and Jen ves light ; green; ; ges pom and
pendulous. The plant grows erect, from five to six feet high. Flowers early and
abundantly till the end of the season. A very elegant variety.

Section 4. Dank PURPLE.

9. Changeable Purple. Received from Mr. Van ExpEN. Flowers large, not
fully double, of a violet purple colour; florets large, somewhat quilled, deeply
furrowed, veins on the under side of a much lighter colour; disc generally without
scales. Stem brown; leaves large, light green; peduncles stiff. The plant grows
erect, from four to five feet high. Flowers rather early and abundantly.

10. Pulchra. Received from Mr. Van Eenes. Flowers small, about two
inches in diameter, of a violet and light purple mixed ; florets small and some-

By Mr. WILLIAM SMITH. 151

what quilled; striped on the back with light purple. Stem weak, tinged with
purple; leaves dull green; peduncles rather weak. The plant grows from three
tofour feet high. Flowers early and freely.

11. WzLs's Atropurpurea. Flowers large, compact and double, of a clear
dark purple colour; florets large, entire, and -ovate at the points, those in the
centre slightly quilled, regular in their disposition. Stem, and leaves light:
green; peduncles sufficiently long to show the flowers. The plant grows about
four feet high, and very bushy. Flowers early, and tolerably freely.

12. Doveras's Royal Purple. Flowers very large, nearly five inches in
diameter, not fully double, of a fine dark purple approaching to morone; florets
very large, somewhat quilled, a little reflexed, and mostly entire; disc large and
scaly. Stem streaked with brownish purple; leaves large and rough; peduncles
long. The plant grows luxuriantly, about five feet high. Flowers rather
freely, but often imperfectly ; it is notwithstanding a very beautiful variety.

13. Purpurea nigra. Speciosa, Dark Purple. Received from Mr. Van
Erpen with both these names, Flowers large, from three to four inches in diameter,
nearly globular, fully double, of a very dark velvety purple, deeply tinged with
crimson; florets numerous, half quilled, recurved; disc filled up. Stem tinged

. with brown; leaves dull light green; peduncles long. The plant grows rather
bushy, about five feet high. Flowers abundantly all the season. A good variety.

Section 5. Morone, or DARK PURPLISH Crimson.

14, Morison. Received from Mr. Van EEDEN. Flowers about the middle
size, compact and fully double, of a fine dark crimson velvet colour with a purple
ground; florets narrow, half-quilled, and pointed, for the most part regular in :
their disposition, Stem tinged with a purplish hue; leaves small and dull
green; peduncles sufficiently long to show the flowers. The plant grows bushy, :
about five feet high. Flowers freely, but not very early.

15. Youxc's Crimson. Was sent to the Society by Messrs. Youne, of Pemex
by whom it was raised from seed in 1815, Flowers large, compact and fully
double, of a dark morone velvet colour; florets regular in their disposition, some-
what quilled, rounded at the points, and nearly entire, Stem dark brown; leaves
dark green ; peduncles long and pendulous. The plant grows rather straggling,
about five feet high. Flowers freely and early.

16. Sabini. Received from Dr. Van Mons of Louvain, by whom it was raised,
and named in compliment to Mr, Sazrnz. Flowers about the middle size, nearly -

152 On Dahlias.

` double, of a deep purplish crimson colour; florets entire, distorted, somewhat
quilled and reflexed ; centre florets frequently curled; dise without scales. Stem
dark brown; leaves lightish green; peduncles long and erect. 'The plant grows
low and bushy, about four feet high. Flowers early and abundantly.

17. HetuHerincton’s Waratah. Received from the late Tuomas WILSON
HETHERINGTON, Esq. of Walthamstow. It was raised in his garden in the spring
of 1823. Flowers large, but varying considerably in size, seldom full double, and
frequently semi-dcuble, of a deep crimson velvet colour; florets large, oblong
and obtuse, very loose and irregular in their disposition, frequently mixed with a
smaller set; disc bright yellow, without scales. Stem dark brown and hairy;
leaves, dark shining green; peduncles long and pendulous. The plant grows

- about four feet high. Flowers very early and protusely. An elegant variety,
and producing seed. in abundance. The name which it has received is only appli-
cable to its colour.

18. Dovaras's Chancellor. Flowers large, from three to four inches in dia-
meter, nearly full double, of a morone colour, the extremities of the florets in-
clining to purple; florets large and broad, furrowed, somewhat quilled and
reflexed ; disc scaly. Stem dark green, tinged with brownish purple; leaves
smooth, dull light green; peduncles rather short. ‘The plant grows about four
feet high. Flowers abundantly, and rather early.

19. Dovucras's Superb Crimson. Flowers from three to four inches in
diameter, seldom full double, of a dark morone velvet colour with a purple
pisce florets darge: kali- we pedis cad sin =. their -—
det mis iig. The pl tg

- abundantly and rather early.

20. Dovcras's Duchess of Gloucester. Flowers above three inches in dia-
meter, double, or nearly so, of a dark purplish crimson velvet colour; florets
entire, somewhat quilled, regular, expanding, and reflexed; disc full of large
green scales. Stem dark brown; leaves dull green. The plant grows about
four feet high. Flowers abundantly, but not very early.

.21. DovcLass Marquis. Flowers large, nearly double, of a dark morone
velvet colour; florets half quilled, deeply cut at the points into two or three
divisions, for the most part regular, and much reflexed; the disc when it is ex- -
posed, is scaly. Stem very dark; leaves large and rough, dull green; peduncles
rather short. The plant grows about four feet high. Flowers abundantly, and
early. * : marsen

By Mr. WILLIAM SMITH. 153

22. YouNc's Fimbriata, called also Youxc's Monstrous Crimson. Was re-
ceived from Rosert Bancray, Esq. of Bury Hill. It was raised from seed by
Messrs. Younc, of Epsom, in 1816. Flowers large, very variable in their size, of
a purplish velvet colour; florets laciniated, with smaller florets arising from within
the tube of each floret, very irregular in size and disposition. Stem short and
strong, much branched; leaves large and rough, coarsely serrated, and rarely
compound. The plant grows low and bushy, from three to four feet high.
Flowers sparingly and imperfectly, but at the end of the season more abundantly.

23. Wetts’s Crimson. Flower from four to five inches in diameter, nearly
full double, of a dark purplish crimson colour; florets somewhat quilled and
notched at the points, more deeply coloured towards the base; disc with scales.
Stem tinged with brownish purple; leaves smooth, and dark shining green;
peduncles, long. The plant grows from four to five feet high. Flowers freely but
not very early.

Section 6. Bricut PURPLISH Crimson.

24. Dovaras's Beauty of England. Flowers about three inches in diameter,
nearly full double, of a very bright crimson with a purple ground ; florets half-
quilled, mostly entire, regular in their disposition, and decreasing in size towards
the centre, purple on the under side; disc with scales. Stem brownish; leaves
dark green; peduncles rather short. The plant grows from four to five feet high.
Flowers freely, although not very early.

25. DovucLAs's Elegans. Flowers about three inches in diameter, of a fine
bright purple, highly tinged with crimson ; florets few and irregular, broad, ovate
and entire, more or less furrowed, frequently striped with morone, purple on the
under side; disc mixed with large scales, Stem dark green tinged with purple ;
leaves with long petioles, rough, and dark green; peduncles short. The plant
grows about four feet high. Flowers rather sparingly but tolerably early. `-

26. Mitier’s Royal Sovereign. It was raised by Mr. Jonn MILLER, of
Bristol, about 1820, The flowers when perfect are very magnificent; they are
large, not fully double, of a light purplish crimson colour; florets large and loose,
intermixed with small ligulate florets; disc small and close, filled up with large
green scalés. Stem very strong, of a purplish colour; leaves large and coarse;
peduncles long. The plant grows about five feet high, and’ very luxuriantly.
Flowers abundantly and rather early.

YOL. VII. b 4

154 On Dahlias.

27. Dovcras's Ruby, or Rubioides. Flowers large, from four to five inches in
diameter, double, of a bright purplish crimson colour; florets large, ovate, fur-
rowed, and generally entire, regular in their disposition, and reflexed ; disc small
and scaly. Stem dull green tinged with purple; leaves large, dull green; pedun-
cles long and pendulous. The plant grows about five feet high, an . flowers very
abundantly. A very fine variety.

28. Lrx's Mutabilis. Received from Mr. Joun Lez, of Hammersmith, in whose
nursery it was raised in 1821. Flowers about four inches in diameter, double, of
a changeable bright purple colour; florets somewhat quilled and entire, a little
reflexed; disc scaly. Stem brownish; leaves large and coarse. The plant
grows tall. Flowers abundantly, but not very early.

29. MirLEz's Sans Rival. Raised by Mr. Jonn Mutter, of Bristol, about
1821. Flowers about five inches in diameter, nearly double, of a very light crimson
colour inclining to purple; florets large, generally flat and entire, reflexed, and
sometimes irregular, but generally well arranged; disc small, and mixed with a
few large scales. Stem tinged with purple; leaves large, dull green; peduncles
long. The plant grows from five to six feet high. Flowers freely, but not very
early. A very splendid variety.

Section 7. Liaur Crimson.

30. L'Honneur d’Anvers. This and the two following were received from
Mr. Van Erprex. Flowers about the middle size, not fully double, of a
mixed light crimson red colour; florets flat, half-quilled i in -—— centre of
the flower; disc with scales. Stem à shin
peduncles, sufficiently long to show the flowers well. The plant gros from font
to five feet high, and bushy. Flowers freely, but not very early. à

31. Dodoneus. Flowers large, compact and double, of a dull light red
colour; florets half-quilled, and somewhat recurved, paler on the under surface,
and marked with greenish veins; disc filled with scales, or with small florets. Stem
light green, tinged with purple; leaves dark shining green; peduncles short.
The plant grows erect, from four to five feet high. Flowers freely, but not very
early.

32. Princess Elizabeth. Flowers about the middle size, very double and com-
pact, of a bright crimson red colour; florets half-quilled, slightly notched at the
points, a little reflexed, and regular in their disposition; disc scaly. Stem brown ;

By Mr. WILLIAM SMITH. 155

leaves dull light green; peduncles rather short. The plant grows from four to
five feet high. Flowers early, but not very abundantly, until the end of the season,
when plenty of blossoms are produced.

Section 8. Deep Scar et, or Broop Rep.

33. Wzrrs's Insignis, or Rubra Pendula. Flowers large, compact and
. double, from four to five inches in diameter, of a dark red colour inclining to
crimson velvet; florets short and entire, halfquilled in the centre, recurved
behind ; disc large and scaly, or altogether filled up with florets. Stem brown;
leaves large and broad, dark shining green; peduncles long and pendulous.
The plant grows from four to five feet high. Flowers early, and abundantly
towards the end of the season.

34. MıLLER’s Beauté Supróme. Raised by Mr. Jons Mutter, of Bristol,
about 1820. Flowers about four inches in diameter, nearly double, of a dark blood
red colour approaching to crimson velvet, and sometimes striped with morone;
florets long and narrow, halfquilled, and reflexed, covering the back of the
flower; disc small and very prominent. Stem strong, tinged with purple; leaves
small, dark green; peduncles long and pendulous. The plant grows from six to
eight feet high. Flowers very well towards the end of the season. This is one of
the most briiliant Dahlias cultivated.

35. MipprETON's Sovereign. Received from Mr. Cuartes MIDDLETON, of
Norwich, by whom it was originally raised in 1823. Flowers large, about four
inches in diameter, nearly double, of a fine deep scarlet velvet colour, the backs
of the florets tinged with brownish purple; florets large and irregular, half-
quilled, recurved, and deeply divided at the points; disc small, bright yellow,
sometimes with, sometimes without scales. Stem brownish; leaves dull green ;
peduncles pendulous, The plant grows from five to six feet high. Flowers
freely and rather early. It is hardy, not being so liable to be killed by frost so
soon as some other kinds. ER LS

36. Wetts’s Eclipse. Flowers large, compact and double, of a deep scarlet
colour, not entirely divested of purple; florets regular in their disposition, and
somewhat reflexed. Stem brownish; leaves dull light green. The plant grows
from four to five feet high. Flowers early and freely in the beginning of the
season.

37. WELLS’s Sunflower. Flowers large and flat, about five inches in diameter,
semidouble, of a deep rich scarlet velvet colour; florets large, broad and flat,

156 On Dahlias.

mostly entire; disc very large, about one inch in diameter, scaly. Stem very
strong, dark brown ; leaves large, and dark green; peduncles short and stiff. The
plant grows from five to six feet high. Flowers abundantly and rather early. A
singular variety ; it received its name on account of the broad disc and broad
radial florets of the flower.

Section 9. PURE SCARLET.

38. Wxrrs's Comet. Flowers about three inches in diameter, nearly full
double, of a fine deep pure scarlet velvet colour; florets regular, somewhat quilled,
reflexed when in full flower, mostly entire, veins prominent on the under side;
disc intermixed with small scales. Stem dark brown; leaves large, smooth, and
dark shining green; peduncles short. 'The plant Lene low and bushy, about
four feet high. Flowers rather sparingly.

39. Wetts’s Fulgida. Flowers about four inches in diameter, semidouble, of
a pure scarlet colour; florets irregular, oblong and generally entire, those in the
centre sometimes curled ; disc with scales. Stem brownish; leaves light green;
peduncles, long. The mm grows about five feet high, and rather bushy. Flowers
rather freely.

SECTION 10. ORANGE.

40. Belvidere. Received with the two following from Mr. Van EEpEN. Flowers
about three inches in diameter, perfectly double. of a dull reddish orange colour ;
florets sometimes Lene generell half quil lle b very r
plant grows baby about five lich. Flowers: very es y = most abundantly quite
until the end of the season.

41. Orange Flag. Flowers large and double, about four inches in diameter,

of a dark orange colour ; florets large, irregular and reflexed. Stem short jointed,
purplish; leaves light green. The plant grows about four feet high. Flowers
sparingly and rather late.

42. Koning Aza, or King Aza. Flowers large and double, of a fine rich orange
colour tinged with red; florets thin, irregular, half quilled, and recurved,
narrow, oblong, and a little cut at the points;.disc filled up, or scaly. Stem
dark green ; leaves large, coarse, and very dark green; peduncles long and
erect. The plant grows about five feet high. Flowers rather sparingly and late.
A very singular variety.

By Mr. WirLiíM Surrn. 157

Section ll. Burr.

43. We.us’s Fawn-coloured. Flowers about five inches in diameter, compact
and double, of a buff and orange mixed, slightly tinged with purple; florets very
numerous, the outer reflexed, and the inner half quilled; disc with scales.
Stem dark brown; leaves large and coarse, light shining green. The plant
grows bushy, from four to five feet high. Flowers early and freely.

44. Royal Olive. Received from Mr. Van EEpEw. Flowers about four inches
in diameter, double, of a changeable buff and orange, striped; florets half quilled
and reflexed, rather irregular ; disc with scales. Stem brownish ; leaves dark
shining green ; peduncles long erect. ‘The plant grows erect, from four to five
feet high. Flowers profusely towards the end of the season.

45. Camellieflora. Aurea Nankin. Received from the late Mr. James Lux,
of Hammersmith, who procured it in 1818, from Mr. Van EEDEN, under the
name of Aurea Nankin. Flowers large, very compact and double, of a light buff
colour; florets regular, half quilled and reflexed, forming a globular flower.
Stem dark brown; leaves small, dark shining green; peduncles long. The
plant grows erect, from four to five feet high. Flowers early and very abundantly
during the whole season.

46. Henriette. Received from Mr. Van Erpen. Flowers about three inches
in diameter, double, of a mixed colour, the outer series of florets a reddish orange,
the inner a bright yellow tinged with red; florets somewhat quilled, but rather
crumpled. Stem light green and hairy; leaves small, smooth, a shining green ;
peduncles long.. -The plant grows from four to five feet high. Flowers rather

late.
Section 12. YELLOW.

47. Sulphurea Grandiflora. Received from the late Mr. James Lex, who
imported it in i818, from Mr. Van Eroxw. Flowers from four to five inches
in diameter, double, often semidouble, colour varying from light buff to clear
sulphur yellow, tinged with buff on the extremities ; florets for the most part
regular, somewhat quilled, and entire; dise with scales. Stem, and leaves light
green; peduncles sufficiently long to shew the flowers. The plant grows bushy,
about four feet high. Flowers well towards the end of the season.

48. Luteola. Received from Mr. Van Erpen. Flowers about the middle
size, compact and double, of a clear bright sulphur colour; florets narrow, some-

what quilled and recurved; disc with scales, Stem, and leaves dark shining

158 On Dahlias.

green. The plant grows erect, from four to five feet high. Flowers early and PT
abundantly.

49. Sulphurea Speciosa. From Mr. Van Erpen. Flowers about the middle
size, nearly double, of a clear bright sulphur colour; florets broader than in the
preceding variety (which it resembles), regular, somewhat quilled and recurved ;
disc, with scales. Stem, and leaves light green. The us grows from four to
five feet high. Flowers early and in abundance.

50. MinrEn's Straw-coloured, Clifton Yellow, or Bristol Yellow. Raised by
Mr. Jons Mixxer, of Bristol, about 1818. Flowers large and double, about four
inches in diameter, of a fine bright yellow colour; florets small and narrow, some-
what quilled in the centre, and recurved at the back; disc with scales. Stem light
green; leaves large dark green; peduncles long. The = grows from five to
six feet high, Flowers freely but rather late.

Crass I. Susprtyrston II. Dwanrs.

Srecrion 3.* Liaut PURPLE.

51. Wetts’s Flortbunda. Flowers about the middle size, colour mixed, the
base of the florets being dark, and the extremities light purple; florets rather
irregular, somewhat quilled ; disc without scales. Stem dark brown; leaves dull
green; peduncles long, erect. The plant grows from two to three and a half
feet high. Flowers a and profusely.

Secrion 5. Moroner, or Dark — ;

52. Wxrrs's Victory. Flowers about three inches in diameter, very compact
and nearly full double, of a deep crimson colour, slightly tinged with purple;
florets large, reflexed, slightly notched, sometimes entire, somewhat quilled
in the centre; disc bright yellow. Stem purplish ; leaves small, light green.
The plant grows low and bushy, from two to two and a half feet high. Flowers
early and very abundantly.

53. WELLs's Sanguinea. Flowers about the middle size, semidouble, flat and
compact, of a "ur dark morone velvet colour, with very little purple; florets

* We have not at present Dwarf Dahlias of sufficient variety of colour to fur-
nish examples for every section. The following sorts are wanting to complete the
classification : Whites, Lilacs, Dark Purples, — M Deep Scarlets,
Pure Scarlets, and Oranges.

By Mr. WILLIAM SMITH. 159

short and ovate, a little quilled, decreasing in size towards the centre, frequently
becoming curled, and surrounding the bright yellow disc. Stem tinged with
purple; leaves smooth, dark green and shining ; peduncles short and stiff. The
plant grows from one and a half to two and a half feet high. Flowers abundantly
and early.

54. W £gLLs's Princess Alexandrina Victoria. Flowers about two and a half
inches in circumference, of a dark purplish crimson colour; florets regular in
their disposition, somewhat quilled, rounded and entire at the points, sometimes
a little reflexed ; disc brownish, intermixed with small scales. Stem brownish ;
leaves small, smooth and soft, dark shining green. The plant grows from two
and a half to three feet high. Flowers early and abundantly.

Section 6. Bricur PURPLISHE Crimson.

55. We tts’s Bright Purple. Flowers rather small, from two to two and a -
half inches in diameter, semidouble, of a bright purplish crimson colour; florets
rather irregular, half quilled, nearly entire; disc bright yellow, with small scales.
Stem tinged with purple; leaves short, dark green; peduncles long. Tis plant
grows about three feet high. Flowers abundantly and very early.

56. We ts’s Floribunda Nana. Flowers small, semidouble, of a bright
crimson, fading to purple towards the extremity of the florets; florets half
quilled, more or less notched at the points, of different sizes, irregular in their
disposition, and curled in the centre; disc small and scaly. Stem dark brown;
leaves small, dark green; peduncles rather short. 'The plant grows from one foot
to one foot and a half high. F owers very early and abundantly. This is the
dwarfest of all the Dahlias with which I am acquainted; it begins flowering
before it is nine inches high.

57. Wrrrs's Excellent, commonly called Rose-coloured. Flowers large and
double, about four inches in diameter, of a clear light purplish crimson colour ;
florets half-quilled and reflexed ; disc yellow, small, and scaly. Stem brownish ;
leaves:dull green; peduncles pendulous. The plant grows about three feet high.
Flowers early and abundantly.

Section 11. Burr.
58. Wetts’s Gris.de-lin. Flowers large, about four inches in diameter, com-
pact and rather flat, not fully double, of a rich buff velvet colour tinged with
pink; florets broad, a little inflexed at the edges, generally entire; disc sur-

160 On Dahlias.

rounded by small brownish-coloured florets, which afterwards expand and leave

a few curled in the centre. Stem brownish; leaves dark green. The plant .

grows from three to three and a half feet high. Flowers early and very abundantly.

59. Tendre Agathe. Received from Mr. Van Erpen. Flowers about the
middle size, double, of a reddish pale buff colour with a yellow ground; florets
somewhat quilled, irregular and reflexed; disc without scales. Stem very dark

brown; leaves small, dark green. The plant grows from three to four feet high. -

Flowers abundantly during the most of the season.

Srecrion 12. YELLOW.

60. Weuts’s Dwarf Yellow. Flowers large and massy, about four inches in
diameter, nearly full double, of a fine rich yellow, tinged with buff in the centre ;
florets very numerous, somewhat quilled and furrowed, cut at the points, and
reflexed. Stem dark green; leaves small, light green; peduncles long and
pendulous. The plant grows about three feet high. Flowers early and very
abundantly.

The collection of Double Dahlias which I have now de-
scribed, may certainly be considered as one of the best
existing. The rejection of many kinds has made it very
select, and the addition of the dwarf varieties, has given it
a character which is almost new. During the last flower-
ing season, I examined several newly raised flowers of great
excellence, which it will be necessary hereafter to add to
those above described ; but as my account was necessarily
limited to those cultivated in the Garden of the Society, de-
scriptions of others could not form a part of it. |

\

Respecting the cultivation of Dahlias, there is little new |

to offer. Some good directions on that subject may be
found in Mr. Sasine’s Paper in these Transactions already
referred to. "The following is the present method of treating
them in the Garden of the Society at Chiswick.

In the latter end of the season when the frosts have

By Mr. Wittram Surrn. 161

destroyed their stems, and before winter sets in, the roots
are taken up, and after being cleaned of the earth that adheres
to them, are exposed in the open air to dry; they are then
placed in their winter quarters, in the following manner. A
dry spot is chosen, upon which is placed a layer of straw,
three inches thick; the roots are piled in a heap upon this,
and covered with a layer of straw the same as below, and
above the whole is placed a covering of earth eighteen inches
thick, beaten firmly. In digging outthe earth for this pur-
pose a trench is formed round the heap, which acts as a drain
to draw off the wet.*
The roots are taken out in March and potted; they are
then placed in a pit heated with dung; after they have growna
certain length they are allowed as much air as possible, merely
receiving protection from cold, and the night frosts. They are
planted out when there is no longer any danger to be appre-
hended from the weather. It is customary to place them in
clumps, or in single rows; a very good example of the effect
produced by an avenue of Dahlias was shown in the Garden
of the Society, during the last season ; a row consisting of all
the varieties was planted on each side of a long walk, corres-
ponding plants, that is, the same varieties, being placed on each
side, opposite to each other. |
Ina clump of Dahlias planted in the Arboretum, an attempt
was made to give the tall growing sorts a dwarf appearance.
'This was effected by pegging down all the young shoots as fast
as they grew, till the ground was nearly covered. The shoots
* This method is not to be preferred when there is sufficient room for
keeping the roots during winter in a house, for they are liable to be injured by
damp, when pitted as above described.
VOL. VII. x

162 On Dahlias.

were then suffered to grow upright, and the whole became
one mass. They flowered extremely well, but rather late in
the season, and never had the appearance of being higher
than two or two feet and a half. The sorts selected for this
experiment were those that flower most abundantly. Large
rooted plants which produce many stems are best suited
for this purpose, because such sooner fill up the intervening
spaces.

The dwarf kinds ought always to be planted either by
themselves, or in front of the taller ones, When planted in
clumps, the effect produced by them is very brilliant.

It has been found that Dahlias do not succeed well when
placed more than once on the same ground, and that if it is
desirable to have them always in one situation, it is necessary
to renew the soil, by trenching it deeply the second, and
taking it out and replacing it the third and succeeding years.
It will seldom be found advisable to add manure; fresh soil
is all that is necessary. When the plants are much exposed,
they require to be supported by strong stakes; these should
be put in at the time of planting, or shortly afterwards; for
if this work be done later, the roots will be injured by
the stakes in driving them down; this hurts the plants when
advanced materially, sometimes even killing them.

In potting the roots in spring, it is recommended to divide
them as much as possible, ( always taking care to retain a part
of the stem to each root,) excepting the plants intended to be
laid down. To secure young plants for the next year's stock,
as the most likely means of preserving the kind in its true
character, they should be propagated from cuttings taken
from the old roots. An excellent method of preserving small

By Mr. WILLIAM SMITE. 163

or young plants during the winter, is to keep them the whole
summer in the pots, in which they are first struck, plunging
them out in the borders. When taken up in the autumn they
are still to be retained in the pots, which being cleaned and
dried, may be stored in a cellar or other place into which the
frost will not penetrate. "The roots thus treated, when taken
out in the spring, are in excellent condition, and the earth
being shaken off them, they are to be re-potted in the same
manner as is usual for older roots.

The method of propagating Double Dahlias by engrafting
them upon the roots of single kinds, as described by Mr.
Tuomas BraAkr, in the fourth Volume of these Transactions,
page 476, is not now much practised, it being found more con-
venient to propagate them from cuttings, which, if properly
managed, produce plants equally vigorous, with less trouble.

164

On Dahlias,

List of the Names of Dahlias described in this Paper.

No.
Agathe, Imperial...«« «44.4. 4
Agathe, Royal ........ ern 2
Atropurpurea....ss seer cess nnn 11
Aurea Nankin. ...... beac d ups Ed ordin 45
Beauty of England.......... covcce 24
Beauté Supréme .......- eee eee 34
Belvidere....... Aeg S0 40
Bright Purple... ...... e2... E A
Camelliæflora ......- PATEE 45
Chana eS N Fo 18
Changeable Purple. ...... eA S
Comet i LENh ia vU v OE BE

Crimson (Wells's)...... warar rE. 23

Crimson (Young's). ..... eseese.. 15
Crimson, Monstrous. ct En E S. 22
Dodonzus..... Kol Od ‘emesis 31
Dutchess of Gloucester ............. 20
Elegans . 25
SOONG Qe echa erae Wed an ad 36
Exelon oe 222a osscamr i ee nds B
Fawn-coloured.. ... Poe re d y 43
Fanbrist& 1. de VE V Ee RARUS 22
Pibe cus psc esa a aa |
Floribunda Nana .......- P MU 56
Fulgida .... è 39
Grand Alexander........ s 3
Gris-de-lin ..... E S E ee ere ee 58
Henriette, ..... oo GC er Pre Sree 46
Insignis .......- víveststeesi esti. EN
Koning Aza. ...... 4. eee ess. 42
Lady Banks. ...... 4.4. eee 6
L'Honneur d'Anvers .... .... .-.... 30
Lilac Striped ...... diu B

Lutedia:. +s ee49 5 **"929*0999299* 48
DEA OVO o2 rn a
— M

ee ee ee Pee eH eee 21

No,
Morison.e sess 00 ce «x € cases 14
Mutabilis Ss. cs cesses ve "PII IG 28
Orange Flag. ..... OSE SSS. 0. 4)
Princess Alexandrina Victoria. ...... 54
Puawe Ehzbeth; s... cp ec cs or 32
asco. Sees cM ee ras «cere. tte v 10
Purpurea Nigra . -..... SUVS Xii 15
Royal kari ss ou cato ————Ó 8
Royal Purple cere tea ew" 12
Royal Sovereign ........ eee <... 26
Flosescoloured.. 4 eri 57
Ruby .....* ""— erro 27
TEE oS ko cca VET CCS ers 5 27
Rua Pendald... r 01V SUCH 33
Sabini . IDEE 16
n" oe see Sa SES Sey Pa TS 53
Mans IKIVAl 4. cose cewek oes ow ssrt QU
Sovereign ..... .? swi 2 85
SDeciOSR .$.5 2 kr B
Speciosissima . «« «eee n8
Speciosa, Light Purple. .......... 8

Speciosa, Dark Purple. . enl

Grove Lilac, ..........s. 6
Straw-coloured ......- virer rev(ecv BU
Sulphurea Grandiflora ...... ...... 47
Sulphurea Speciosa. .-++++sseee0... 49
Sun Flower ....... .....-* 64 n 37
Superb Crimson . .. «4... eere 19
Tendre Agathe .... .......... eee 59
Victory ..-+++- VEI I eee sirs 52
Warata'h...... Cerro CE PCR RE 17
White, Agate ...... ... s.c ru. 9
White, Dutch . .......... eee 1
Yelle; Bristolis: =s crescesse. 50
Yellow, Clifton «oss 2.» eese. 50
Xellow, Dwatfsoscis cians r... 60

By Mr. WirriAM SMITH. 165

- POSTSCRIPT.

Since the above Paper was drawn up, two publications,
in which descriptions or arrangements of Dahlias are given,
have come under my notice. "These are, the Manuel Com-
plet du Jardinier, published in 1826; and the Bon Jardinier
for 1827. On both of these I have a few observations to
make.

The Manuel Complet du Jardinier, is from the pen of M.
Louis Notserte, of Paris. He has given * short descriptions
of eighty Dahlias, a few being single, the rest double varieties ;
and added the names of twenty-seven others, making the
amount of his collection one hundred and seven. The de-
scriptions are too brief to enable me to identify any of them
with those which are above noticed, and their names, with a
few exceptions, are different from those used by the Dutch
and English Gardeners.

In the Bon Jardinier for 1827, M. Porreav, the Editor,
has given, at the commencement of the volume, in his Revue
Horticole, page 40, a full arrangement of Dahlias, with com-
plete descriptions of one hundred and fifteen sorts. "The
names adopted by him are in part those used by M. Notserre,
in a few cases they have been altered. The arrangement is
almost the same as mine, as will appear by the following
comparison of the respective classifications. His Divisions, T
which are here enumerated, accord with my Sections. The

* Manuel Complet du Jardinier, Tom. iv. Part 1, page 101.
T In the work the first three are entitled Divisions, the remainder Sections.

166 On Dahlias.

separation into Classes of the tall and dwarf kinds is not
used by M. PorrEav.

. Fleurs Blanches ou à fond blanc.
Lilas.

Roses.

— Violettes.

Pourpres.

— —— Amaranthes.

——— Rouges.

Coccinées.

——— Ponceaux.

Jaunes nuancés.

MM uw 9 eh e

pand

Li, — Jaunes pures.

The Ist, Blanches, and 2nd, Lilas, are the same as my
Whites and Lilacs. The 3d, Roses, would be divided between -
the Light Purples and Bright Purple Crimsons ; there being,
as I think, no true Rose flowers, at least as far as I have seen.
The 4th, Violettes; 5th, Pourpres; and 6th, Amaranthes,
agree with my Light Purples, Dark Purples, and Morones.
The 7th, Rouges, are my Light Crimsons. The 8th, Coccinées ;
and 9th, Ponceaux, are to be referred to my Pure Scarlets
and Deep Scarlets respectively. My Oranges appear to be
mixed with the Ponceaux. The 10th, Jaunes nuancés are
my Buffs; and the 11th, Jaunes pures, my Yellows.

The greater number of the sorts described by M. Porrreavu
are perhaps strangers in our gardens. On the merits of the
collection, a decided judgment ought not to be given without
an actual inspection of the flowers. M. Porrrav has not
explained what is considered in France a good flower, but
from his descriptions, I am inclined to think that several

By Mr. WiriLiAM SMITH. 167

varieties of his are much inferior to those generally grown in
the best English gardens; but there are certainly among
them many very fine flowers, which when obtained, will essen-
tially improve our collections.

[ 168 ]

XV. On the Cultivation of Camellias in an open Border.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joscen Harrison.

Read February 20, 1827.
Sin,
Tux varieties of Camellia Japonica, which I have been
successful in acclimating at this place, are, Ist, The Double
Red. 2nd, The Double White, and, 3rd, The Double Striped.
The following detail contains the mode of treatment I have
pursued.

The situation where the plants grow is open to the south
and south-east. Up to the year 1824, it was rather exposed
to the west and north, but since that period it has been well
screened by the erection of buildings in those directions.
The soil in which the plants grow, is a brown loam upon a
rocky substratum. The face of the substratum is level, but
the surface of the border is much inclined; the depth of the
soil is two feet at the front, and four feet at the back of the
border.

Previously to planting out in the open air the plants were
in pots, and had been kept in a green-house. At the time
of turning out the plants, each was two feet high; they
were also strong; and in previous years the leading shoots
had been several times stopped, in order to make the plants
bushy. This attention to the shoots appears to be of im-
portance, for I have turned out several other large Camellia
plants which were not bushy, but never could keep them
alive for more than two years afterwards. I have also turned `

On the Cultivation of Camellias in an open Border. 169

out nearly fifty others, each about one foot high, but I never
could get them to survive long. From these circumstances
I am convinced, that unless the plants be strong and bushy,
and well supplied with roots, they will not be able to resist
the cold in winter, certainly not in this northern part of the
kingdom.

In July, 1819, single plants of the above-mentioned three
kinds were planted out with their balls entire ; the fibrous
roots around the outside of the balls were gently loosened by
the hand, and as far as practicable placed in direct lines from
each bole, so that upon pushing forward they immediately
entered into the soil of the border. I have uniformly found
the process of loosening the roots, to promote very essentially
the early establishment and future progress of all plants, that
had been grown in pots previously to turning out. After the
holes were opened for the reception of the plants, I mixed
with the soil at the bottom and sides, a good portion of well
rotted cow-dung. The top: of each ball of earth was placed
so low that when the soil of the border was levelled, it was
four inches below the surface. After gently pressing the soil
around the ball of roots, each plant was well watered with
drainings from the dung-hill; this watering was repeated
several times during the summer. The stems were, from the
first, well secured to prevent their being loosened by the wind. `

At the end of the following October, I laid over the roots
of each plant, to the extent of two feet from the stem, some
old spent bark, to the depth ‘of eight inches, and afterwards
placed around each a wooden frame the height of the plant,
and open at the top. Upon this in severe weather a hand-
glass was placed, and in very hard frosts the whole was

VOL. VII. Z

170 On the Cultivation of Camellias in an open Border.

covered at night with a mat. I took off the glass when the
weather was mild.

At the end of April, 1820, I removed the frame and
glass, and in May the old bark, in order more freely to
admit the influence of the sun and rain to the roots. At
the approach of winter, 1820, I replaced the spent bark and
the frame, and used the glass and mat in hard frosts, as before.
In the winter of 1821, I again protected the roots, and used
the frame and glass, but no mat. Since that time I have
not protected the plants with any thing over their tops,
except during heavy snows to prevent their being broken ;
but at the approach of each succeeding winter, I covered the
roots to the extent of three feet from the stem of each plant,
with old decayed leaves, or spent bark, to the depth of ten
inches, but removed this covering in the following spring.

The plants are now vigorous and grow very freely; they have
blossomed every spring from the middle of April to June,
and last year the striped and red varieties had about three
hundred blossoms upon each bush. The white variety does
not grow so freely nor bloom so abundantly as the other kinds.

It sometimes happens that at the time when the blossoms are
expanded, there are a few frosty nights, and if the frost operates
strongly on the flowers it turns the petals brown, but when
frost is apprehended I place the frames and glasses over the
plants, as in winter; this prevents the bloom from being
injured. I am, Sir,
| Your very obedient Servant,

Joseeu Harrison.
Wortley Hall,
January 30, 1827.

By Mr. Joseru Harrison. 171

POSTSCRIPT.

March 12, 1827.—Since the time of transmitting the above
account, the frost has been more severe at this place than at
any period since the Camellias were turned out; but they
have not suffered in the least, though the Common Laurels
in the same situation have been much injured.

[ 172 ]

XVI. A Method of growing Crops of Melons on open Borders.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. WairriaM GREEN-
SHIELDS, F.H.S. Gardener to RicuagDp BENYON DE
Beauvoir, Esq. F. H. S: at Englefield House,in Berkshire.

Read February 6, 1827.
Sir,
Bene convinced by experience that the later crops of
Melons may be raised and brought to perfection, in ordinary
seasons, with considerably less expense and trouble than the
general practice admits of, I send you a brief description of
the method I have pursued with success.

About the middle of March, the seeds for the first out-door
crop are sown, and placed in a cucumber or other frame,
where there is a tolerable heat. They are potted and treated
in the usual way, till the final planting out.

The first or second week in May, I prepare a bed on a
south or south-west border, by throwing out the mould one
foot deep and four feet wide, filling up the trench to half its
depth with the stems and leaves of any vegetables that re-
quire clearing off from the quarters of the kitchen garden. ,
The remaining halfis made up with the exhausted linings
of cucumber frames or pits, which I consider better for the
roots of the plants to run in, than fresh dung from the stable-
yard. :

The bed when the materials are put in, has an elevation
of one foot towards the back or wall side, and is firmly trodden
down with the feet. The mould that was taken out is

Method of growing Crops of Melons on open Borders. 178

returned upon the bed to the depth of nine inches, and has
a similar treatment, as regards treading. When the prepara-
tion is finished I set on the hand-lights, four feet apart, along
the centre of the bed, and plant a pot of plants under each
light. Two or three plants will be sufficient for each light.
When they are planted I give a good watering, and shut the
lights close down, and let them remain so till the plants have
nearly filled them, when they should be tilted up about two
inches in front every fine day for a week or ten days. If the
weather is dry and warm I give gentle watering, but if dull
or cold the plants are better without it.

If the hand-lights have ventilators at top, they will be
better caleulated for the purpose; these may be opened to
give air instead of lifting the light; this will let the damp air
escape, and prevent the sun's heat from scorching the tops
of the vines and leaves, which is apt to be the case if they-
are suffered to remain in contact with damp air, when so
exposed. |

When the plants have nearly reached the top of the lights,
or appear to get crowded with vines, the lights should be
raised up and the plants let to grow out, in the same manner
as is practised with Ridge Cucumbers. If the vines are very
thick, a few of the weakest may be pinched off, and the top
of each leading shoot or vine removed. No more pruning will
be necessary for the season. Previously to the lights being
raised, the bed should be covered over with a layer of
short grass, or any dry litter that may be most convenient, to
keep the vines and fruit clean. Setting the fruit at this
season of the year is quite unnecessary.

174 Method of growing Crops of Melons on open Borders.

If the weather is hot and dry, frequent waterings will be
required ; but it will be better to give water in tolerable
quantities once or twice a week, than oftener and in less quan-
tity, for Melon plants are impatient of much moisture on .
their vines or leaves, being very apt to canker from it. To
have handsome fruit, it will be necessary to thin them when
they get to the size of walnuts, as they set very freely, often
several dozens on a hill. "The fruit will begin to ripen about
the first week in August, and continue to be produced through
that month and part of September. All waterings should
terminate when the fruit begins to ripen, since the roots of the
plants running amongst the decomposed vegetables will afford
sufficient nourishment to the later fruits. To prolong the
season, seeds may be sown three weeks later, and planted
out by the same rule, and treated in every respect as above,
till there is an appearance of frosty nights, when they may
be protected by common cucumber or melon-lights, as is
done with the early crops. By this means tolerably good
Melons may be had till the end of October.

"The sorts grown by the above treatment were the Black
Rocks, Scarlet Rocks, Green fleshed, Netted, and Early Can-
taloup Melons. I am Sir,

Your most obedient Servant,

WILLIAM GREENSHIELDS,
Englefield, near Reading,
January 4, 1827.

15]

XVII. Notice of Five Varieties of Pears, received from
Jersey in the year 1826. By Mr. Jons Lixprzy, F. L.S.
&c. Assistant Secretary for the Garden.

Read December, 19, 1826.

Tue unusually fine summer that has been lately expe-
rienced in this kingdom has had a powerful effect upon
most of the productions of our soil, and especially upon
the fruits which serve for winter store. But perhaps its
agency has been shewn more conspicuously in the excellence
to which it has brought our Pears, than in its effect upon
any other description of fruit. In the favoured climate of
Jersey, this has been more distinctly perceived ; and the
Pears produced in that Island, which, as is well known, have
always been celebrated, have this year arrived at a state of
beauty and excellence of flavour, of which they had scarcely
been supposed to be susceptible.

A more favourable opportunity cannot be expected to
occur, for giving an account of some of the best varieties
cultivated in Jersey ; and as sufficient means have been fur-
nished, by liberal supplies of specimens from Captain Lr
Coureur, and Mr. PETER LANGELIER, both resident in the
Island, and valuable correspondents of the Society, I gladly
avail myself of the means thus afforded of laying a brief
account of a few of them before the Society. In doing
this, I shall confine my remarks to five kinds, which proved
to be of such first-rate excellence, as to deserve general cul-

176 Notice of Five Varieties of Pears.

tivation ; being of opinion that our lists are already sufficiently
provided with varieties of inferior quality.
Those to which I propose to call attention, are,

1. Marie Louise.

2. Duchesse d'Angouléme.
3. Doyenné gris.

4.. Doyenné panaché.

5. Beurré d'Aremberg.

1. Marie Louise.

The high character which this variety has received in the
Transactions of the Society, Vol. iv. page 519, plate 20, has
been fully confirmed by the specimens received in the present
season. Those from Jersey were much longer and yellower
than is represented in the figure referred to, which is a
faithful likeness of the variety, in the state in which it was
produced this year upon a standard tree in the garden of
Joun Morrevx, Esq. at Beechamwell, in Norfolk. There is
no doubt that this Pear will soon become as generally cul-
tivated as it deserves. |

2. Duchesse d Angoulême.

This was sent, for the first time, some years since by M.
NoisETTE from Paris, and also in 1825, by Mr. PETER LAN-
GELIER, from Jersey. It is of a roundish oblong figure, taper-
ing towards the stalk, with an extremely uneven knobby sur-
face. Both the eye and stalk are deeply sunk in an irregular
cavity, the stalk being about one fifth the length of the fruit,
which generally measures about three inches and a half each
way, but sometimes acquires a much greater size. The skin is
pale yellow, copiously and regularly spotted with broad russet

HORT. TRANS. Vel W722

Po A) à "n Z É j
Sis L pR AEA at Jorge VEA rar

By Mr. Joun LiNprEY. 177

marks. The flesh is yellow, quite melting, and most agreeably
perfumed. Ax
This is not only a variety of the first excellence, but it is
perfectly distinct from all other Pears. Its unusually knobby
uneven surface, and the broad distinct brown spots óf the
skin, are peculiar to itself. It is generally in perfection
during November and December, but this year it was past
before the end of October. The annexed figure has been
taken from a fine specimen received from Mr. LANGELIER,

3. Doyenné gris.

This has already been described and figured in the 5th Vo-
lume of the Society's Transactions, page 136, plate 2, fig. 1.
Its rank is among the very best of the melting Pears, that
ripen from the middle of October till the end of November.
The Jersey specimens, received from Mr. LANGELIER, were
in a few instances tinged on the sunny side with a bright
fiery red; in this country, and in the fruit received from
Paris, they were of the dull cinnamon colour, shewn in the
plate above referred to.

4. Doyenné panaché.

Of this variety I find no mention in any printed work. Fruit
in a ripe state were received from Mr. LANGELIER, and tasted
on the 12th of October. In form, it is the same as the
Doyenné gris, or perhaps tapers a little more towards the
stalk. Its colour is a bright clear yellow, faintly striped. with
green and red ; it is also speckled all over with small: russet
brown dots. The flesh is white, melting, sweet, and very

YOL. VII. Aa

178 Notice of Five Varieties of Pears.

agreeable, but it is not so high-flavoured as the Doyenné
gris, than which it is a better keeper.

5. Beurré d Aremberg.

The history of the origin of this delicious variety, has been
already given in the 5th Volume of the Transactions, page
406, but at that time too little was known of its merits ;
subsequent experience, and especially an examination of the
fruit produced in the present season, justifying its being
placed at the head of all the Pears in cultivation. Numerous
specimens were received from Mr. LANGELIER, ripe in Octo-
ber; and others were sent by Captain Lr Couvreur, which
were in perfection at the end of November ; but those ripened
in less favourable summers than the last, will keep till Fe-
bruary. The fruit is strictly turbinate, on an average three
inches and a half long, and two inches and three quarters wide |
at the broadest part, the stalk measuring one inch in length.
Towards. the stalk the figure is slightly contracted. The
skin is of a pale delicate green, very slightly dotted with
russet, and becomes occasionally deep yellow at maturity,
but then it is past its best. The flesh is whitish, firm,
very juicy, dissolves in the mouth, and is wholly des-
titute of grittiness; it is sweet, rich, and so peculiarly
high-flavoured, that 1 know no. Pear which can be compared
with itin that respect. .- One. of the figures in the annexed
plate, represents the fruit in the state. in which it must be
considered to bein perfection if gathered from walls. Speci-
mens sent by Captain Le- Covurnur were.much more russety,
with a yellower ground colour, which was much. mottled

with broken bright:green.

HORT TRANS. lo PZ P4

/

ji d / j
Ld ders M Tiene M. aA

~~,

/ / J
/ y f
4 yh war» Morturittar -2 T,

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 179

As this Pear possesses merit of such a high degree, it is
important that no other variety should be confounded with it,
and yet I fear this will be found to have happened to a con-
siderable extent. In the 5th Volume of the "Transactions,
Appendix, page 6, among the Flemish Pears described by
M. PanuENTIER, is one called the Gloux Morceaux,* which
is extremely similar to the Beurré d' Aremberg, and which I
believe has already been sent into cultivation under that name.
It may however be distinguished by its larger size, greater
irregularity of outline, especially about its thickest part, by its
later period of ripening, and, although undoubtedly a Pear of
great excellence, by its firmer, more gritty, and less highly
flavoured flesh. For the sake of contrasting this with the
Beurré d Aremberg;afigure of it, taken from specimens ripened
in the garden of ANDREW ARCEDECKNE, Esq. at Glevering
Hall, in Suffolk, is engraved upon the same plate. So much
larger is the G/oux Morceaux than the Beurré d Aremberg,
that while the largest Jersey specimens óf the latter did not
measure more than three inches and a half by three inches,
the Suffolk specimens of the former were, on an average, four
inches long and three inches and a half broad.

* M. Dostortier RurrEAU, of Tournay, ina letter recently received from
him, asserts that the proper orthography of this name is Glout Morceau.

[ 180 ]..

XVIII. Upon the Culture of the Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus, or
Chinese Cherry. By Tuomas Anprew Kniaut, Esq.
F. R.S. &c. President.

Read February 20, 1827.

Ear Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus, or Chinese Cherry, has been
so recently* introduced into Europe, and has been hitherto
so little propagated, or cultivated, that probably not even its
name is known to the greater number of gardeners. It has
however properties and qualities, which will render it an
acquisition of considerable value; and I am perfectly con-
fident that it has not yet been seen, in this country, nearly
in the greatest state of excellence, which it is capable of

* This Cherry was introduced from China by Mr. Samus Brookes, of
Ball's Pond, in 1819, and he presented ien. of it in 1822, to the Horticultural
Society. It has since, in two instances, been imported from China by the Society,
through the assistance of Mr. Reeves. In the year 1824, it produced a crop
of fruit in one of the houses in the Chiswick Garden, which ripened within fifty
days from the time the blossoms opened. In that year, a figure of the plant in
flower was published by Mr. BELLENDEN Ker, in the Botanical Register, tab.
800, with the name of Prunus paniculata, under the impression that it was the
species so named by Tuunsere. It received its present name of Prunus Pseudo-
Cerasus, from Mr. LixprEy, in his Report on the New and Rare Plants, (see
Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 90) which had flowered in the Garden
at Chiswick, previous to March, 1824. It is readily distinguished as a distinct
species from the Common Cherry and the Morello Cherry, by its bearing its
flowers in racemes, and by the peduncles being hairy. It is known in China by
the name of Yung Fo, but is only cultivated as an ornamental plant at Canton,
where it rarely produces fruit.

On the Culture of the Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus, &c. 181

acquiring. I have therefore addressed to the Horticultural
Society, the following observations upon the propagation and
culture of it, believing that I am better acquainted with the
means of propagating it than any other person is, though I
am sensible that Iam but ill prepared to execute the task
which I have undertaken.

I received a plant of the Chinese Cherry from the Garden
of the Horticultural Society in the summer of 1824, after it
had produced its crop of fruit; and it was preserved under
glass, and subjected to a slight degree of artificial heat till the
autumn of that year. It appeared very little disposed to grow ;
but produced one young shoot, which afforded me a couple
of buds, for insertion in stocks of the Common Cherry. Soon
after Christmas the tree was placed in a pine-stove, where it
presently blossomed abundantly, and its fruit set perfectly
well, as it had previously done in the Garden of the Society,
and it ripened in March. The Cherries were middle sized,
or rather small compared with the larger varieties of the
Common Cherry; they were of a reddish amber colour, very
sweet. and juicy, and excellent for the season in which they
ripened. The roots of the tree were confined to rather
a small pot, and the plant was not even in a moderately
vigorous state of growth; I therefore infer that the fruit
did not acquire either the size, or state of perfection, which
it would have attained, if the tree had been larger, and in
a vigorous state of growth, and the season of the year
favourable.

I inserted the two buds, which I had obtained, into stocks
of the Common Cherry; and they seemed to take well, but
both appeared lifeless in the spring, though one vegetated

182 On ihe Culture of the Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus, $c.

late in the summer, and is now bearing a few Cherries in the
pine-stove.

During the last spring, and early part of the summer, the
old tree retained in the stove put out very numerous roots
from the bases of its young branches, similar to those emitted,
under similar circumstances, by the vine; and I thence in-
ferred that the species might be readily propagated by cut-
tings; and having planted some cuttings in the pine-stove
this year, in January, I have proved that plants may be thus
raised with perfect facility.

l endéavoured to obtain seedling plants in the present
spring ; but a single seed only has vegetated. The remainder
decayed without vegetating, but owing to what cause I am
at present ignorant. I do not however doubt of better
future suecess, or that numerous varieties of this species of
Cherry will be readily obtained from seedling plants.

I intended to have obtained a very early crop of Cherries
from the old tree in the present year, and for that purpose
I had placed it in the open air, to winter, in the autumn;
proposing to introduce it into the stove in November. But
unfortunately going from home for a few days just before
the time when I proposed to introduce it into the Pine-stove,
two very severe frosty nights occurred, which so much in-
jured the blossom buds, which were very far advanced, that
they all fell off abortively, as those of a Peach Tree would
certainly have done under similar circumstances. The tree,
however, did not sustain further injury, and I believe that
the species will be found quite hardy enough to succeed in
the open air, if trained to a wall. . It is much. disposed to
vegetate very early in the spring, and thence its blossoms, like

By Tuomas Anprew Kxianr, Esq. 183

those of the Apricot Tree, will probably require some protec-
tion. This highly excitable habit seems to indicate a plant
of a cold climate, probably that of Tartary; and I am in-
clined to think that it will ripen its. fruit very early in the
open air in this country.

In the last summer, and in the present year, I have sup-
plied the old plant rather freely, with manure in a liquid
state; and it is now growing with very great vigour, and. will
afford me a large number of buds and cuttings. Being
wholly ignorant of the habits of the species, and fearful of
destroying the only tree I possessed, I proceeded with much
more caution than usual in the use of liquid manure; for I
generally use it very freely, and without apprehension of ill
effects, experience having satisfied me that plants of all kinds,
even Heaths,* very often perish through want. of food, and
that they very rarely suffer from excess of it, when their
roots are confined to the narrow limits of a pot. . adi)
“SA plant of Heath (Erica madine. I believe) was placed under my care in
the spring of 1823, with a request that I would treat it in any way I wished. It
was then about eight inches high, and growing in a small quantity of peat earth
and sand; and in that it continued to grow with very little i increase of size till
the following spring. From that period it was regularly suppligit with water,
which, though clear, was considerably tinged with an infusion of pigeons-dung.
I was apprehensive this kind of food would prove fatal to it; but far from this
being the result, the plant grew with excessive health and vigour, emitting very
numerous branches, eight of which exceeded eighteen inches each in length. It
was then. taken away by the owner of it, and I have not since seen or heard of `
it, but it left me in a state of luxuriant health. How far other species of this
genus will bear being thus abundantly fed with liquid mature, is an 1 interesting

m to the dirt

[184].

XIX. On the Culture of the Pine Apple.* In a Letter to
WirnriaM Ganrrr Asuton, Esq. Secretary to the Cam-
bridgeshire Horticultural Society. By Mr. James DALL,
Gardener to the Earl of HAnpwickzg, F. H.S. at Wim-
pole. Communicated by the Cambridgeshire Horticultural
Society.

Read February 20, 1827.

Sir, : 5

Ix presenting you with an account of the treatment of the

Pine Apple, for which the Cambridgeshire Horticultural

Societys Medal was awarded to me, I must be understood as

giving my method of cultivating Pines generally.

The Black Jamaica Pine Plant, under consideration, was
one of a number of suckers taken from their parent plants in
the month of June, 1823, and planted into pots of five inches
and a half diameter and five inches deep, filled with a com-
post of brown loam, leaf mould and sheeps dung reduced to
earth in the proportion of two parts and a half of loam to
one of each of the other two materials. This compost is
what I use for the growth of Pine plants of all ages. |

As soon as the suckers were potted, the pots were plunged
into a bed of tanner's bark, the heat of which at the bottom
of the pots was at all times kept between 88° and 100° of
FannENHEIT'S thermometer. Water was given sparingly

* This and the following Paper are the communications for which, as well as
for his exhibitions, one of the annual Silver Medals presented to the Provincial

Horticultural Societies, was awarded by the Cambridgeshire Horticultural Society
to Mr. James Daru, for the year 1826,

On the Culture of the Pine Apple. 185

forthe space ofthree weeks, after that time it was applied
more freely, but, at all periods and seasons, in giving water,
I am guided by the state of the weather, and the heat of the
bark-bed. The atmospherical heat in the pits during the
nights was kept between 60* and 70^, and in the days the
sun's heat was not permitted to raise the quicksilver in the
thermometer more than 12 or 15 degrees above the heat
obtained from the fermentation of the linings of the pits,
which linings consisted of deciduous tree leaves only.

In the beginning of October the plants were shifted into
pots a size larger, and the bark-bed prepared by sifting all
the old tan, and replacing the dust thrown away by an equal
quantity of fresh tan. Every time new tan is added to the
old, the whole is forked. over, that the old. and new may be
thoroughly mixed together. The plants in their fresh pots
were regularly replunged, giving water and air as the weather
and the state of the bark-bed rendered proper. f

The following March, 1824, the plants were all removed
from the pit, and turned out of their pots, and the earth
shaken from their roots; their roots were trimmed of all dead
fibres, and replanted in the same or similar sized pots, and in
the same sort of compost as before stated. The bark-bed
being renewed. by sifting the upper half of the old tan, and
adding fresh to make good that which had become rotten,
the plants were then replunged in the bark-bed, and attended
to as before with water and.air, the heat being still the same
as alreády recommended.

In the beginning of July the plants were all moved out of
the pit, and shiftéd into pots a size larger. At this time
there was no fresh tan added, the old being merely forked

VOL, VII. Bb

.186 On the Culture of the Pine Apple.

.over; the plants were then replunged in the bark-bed, and
attended to as before with water, air, &c.

It is necessary to state, that should the weather prove clear
with much sun, the Pine plants of all ages should be shaded
a few hours in the middle of the day, for at least a fortnight
after each shifting.

In the beginning of October the plants were again moved
out of the bark-bed, and shifted into the pots destined for
them to fruit in. The size of the pots at this shifting was
about twelve inches diameter and two feet and a half deep.
The bark-bed was prepared the same as in October, 1823.
The plants were again lae te in the bark-bed, and treated
as before.

In the beginning of March, 1825, the plants were moved
out of the bark-bed ; and all those that had started into fruit,
together with all the others that appeared in a forward state
for fruiting, were top dressed, by twisting offa few of the
undermost leaves, and carefully removing the loose earth
from the tops of the pots, and filling them up with fresh
compost. The bark-bed at this time was prepared the same
as at the October shiftings. The pots were then plunged a
little more than half their depth into the bark-bed ; and in this
state they remained till the end of May. At that time fresh
dry tan was filled in between the pots as high as their tops,
which increased the heat of the bark-bed to a sufficient
degree for ripening all the fruit.

For the more safe and expeditious manner of filling tan
round the pots that are partly plunged in the bark-bed, as
here stated, a pipe or funnel made of sheet iron is used;
the mouth that receives the tan is fifteen inches, and the

By Mr. James DALL. 187

lower end four and a half inches diameter, with two handles
fixed to it, so that the operator easily holds it while a lad
is filling in the bark from a flower pot.

After the fruit has done blooming, besides giving the
necessary watering at the root of the plants, I occasionally,
in fine warm weather, sprinkle the fruits and leaves of the
plants all over with clean soft water, warmed to about 80 or 85
degrees; this is the temperature I give to all the water I use
for my Pine plants. "This top watering I give about four
o'clock in the afternoon, and at the same time shut the glass
sashes of the pit all close.

I remain, Sir,
Your obedient Servant,
JAMES DALL.

Wimpole Garden, _
` March 29, 1826.

[188 J

XX. On forcing Asparagus. In a Letter to WILLIAM
Ganrrr Asnton, Esg. Secretary to the Cambridgeshire
Horticultural Society. By Mr. James Darr, Gardener
to the Earl of Harowicsre, F.H.S. at Wimpole. Com-
municated by the Cambridgeshire Horticultural Society.

Read February 20, 1827.
Sir,
Ix compliance with the desire of the Cambridgeshire Hor-
ticultural Society, I transmit a statement of my method of
forcing Asparagus. About the second week in November
I make a hot-bed of leaves (which have been used the pre-
ceeding winter and summer as linings to the Pine pits) three
feet high, and as long and broad as will hold a three-light
cucumber frame. I then dig up the roots, which are never
less than five years old from seed when used for forcing.
I lift them with as much earth as will hang to them, and
place them as close together in the frame as possible, throw-
ing sifted vegetable mould between them as they are laid in.
When the planting is finished, I give alittle water to settle
the earth close to the roots. After this I cover the crowns
three inches deep with vegetable mould and sifted rotten
tan mixed together, and then place the glass on the frame.
I give as much air in the day as the state of the weather will
permit, and when the shoots from the roots begin to rise
through the three inches of tan and earth, I add three inches
more of the same compost, and as they become fit for use, I
gather them by pushing my hand down the head, and with

On forcing Asparagus. 189

the fore finger twisting them off close, at where they spring
from the root.

A few days after the frame is filled with Asparagus roots,
I line the bed all round with the same sort of leaves as the
bed ismade of. If sharp frosts set in I add fresh leaves to the
lining, as I see need for it. When the roots have produced
all they can, I clear away the exhausted crowns and earth,
fork up the leaves of the bed without moving the frame, and
plant fresh roots as before.

I remain, Sir,
Your most obedient Servant,
James DALL.

Wimpole Garden,
March 29, 1826,

[ 190 ]

XXI. Observations on forcing Garden Rhubarb. By Mr.
WrriaM Srornarp, Under Gardener in the Experi-
mental Fruit and Kitchen Garden Department of the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick.

Read March 6, 1827.

Tx cultivation of Rhubarb for culinary purposes has of
late years been much practiced in private gardens. The forced
footstalks of the leaves are also in much request during
winter and spring, in the market of the metropolis. The
easiest and most efficacious method of producing these, being
therefore an object of importance, experiments have been
tried in the Department under my charge in order to ascer-
tain this point, and I have now to report that which appears
to have been the most successful.

The subject of forcing and blanching Rhubarb has, at dif-
ferent times, occupied the attention of the Society, and Papers
on it have been published in the Transactions. At an early
period * Mr. Hare pointed out the superiority of the blanched
leaves; and stated the accidental discovery in the Chelsea
Botanic Garden of that effect having been produced in spring,
by simply raising earth over the crown of the roots. In 1818,
an account, by Mr. Jupp, ofa method of forcing Rhubarb grow-
ing in open borders, by means of dung heaped over a wooden
frame, was printed. Subsequently, in the same year, appeared f

* Horticultural Transactions, Vol. ii. page 258.
T Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iii. page 143.
i Horticultural Transactions, Vol, iii, page 154.

Observations on forcing Garden Rhubarb. 191

a Communication from the President, on a plan of forcing
Rhubarb in pots, the principle of which must be the guide
in every mode of growing these plants in houses, however
the details may differ. Mr. Knicur used one year-old roots,
(raised from cuttings of old roots) planted close together in
pots; which were covered by inverted pots, and placed in
the dark part ofa vinery, where nothing else would thrive.
He suggested, that seedlings, raised from autumnal sown
seeds, would also be sufficiently strong for the purpose, and,
as was obvious, observed that other places, where a certain
temperature was maintained, would answer equally with a
vinery. Mr. James Smitu, of Hopetoun House, reported *
in March, 1822, to the Society, his success with old roots of
Rheum hybridum planted in boxes, and placed in a mushroom
house. The particulars of Mr. Smrru’s practice have been
lately (1825) published in the Memoirs of the Caledonian
Horticultural Society, Vol. iii. p. 451. |

The sample of forced Rhubarb sent from the Garden of the
Society, and exhibited at the Meeting on the 20th of February,
was produced from seedling plants of the previous spring. The
seed was sown on the 3rd of April last, in small beds, on a
wall border facing the east, and lightly covered with mould.
On account of the dry weather at that season, the beds were
watered once or twice to make the seeds vegetate. Very
little attention was necessary for the plants during the rest
of the season, except in thinning and weeding them. At the
end of October they were taken up, by opening a trench at
one end of the border, and the roots were thus lifted without
injuring their fibres. After the whole were up, the largest

® See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. vi. page 111.

192 Observations on forcing Garden Rhubarb.

roots were selected for potting. These were planted in
common garden mould, in pots between twelve and fourteen
inches deep, and often inches diameter at top; five or six
plants being put into each pot, according to the size of their
roots. After the whole were potted, they were placed behind
a wall on a north border, having been well watered to settle
the mould in the pots. They remained there without further
attention until they were wanted for forcing. "They were
at various suecessive times placed on the shelves, and on the
floor of the Russian or Winter Forcing-house, which is used
for growing mushrooms, blanching salads, and other similar
purposes, the light being entirely excluded. They were
occasionally supplied with water. The temperature of the
house was generally maintained, by means ofa fire flue and
the dung used in the house, at from 55 to 60 degrees of
FannrNnuzir. The produce was from five to six leaves from
each root; and in five weeks from the time the pots were
put into the house, the foot-stalks of the leaves became from
ten to fourteen inches long, and were fit for use. The first
were ready to gather early in January. —

For a comparison, an equal quantity of M roots was
placed in the house at the same time as some of the seed-
lings. ‘The young roots proved far superior. When the
leaves on. them were ready to cut, those ofthe old plants
were just appearing above ground ; which is to be accounted
for from their roots, owing to their large size, requiring to
be cut to get them into the pots, and consequently becoming
injured. A great advantage derived from the use of seedling
plants is, that a quantity of them may be grown in a small
space with little trouble and cost. After being forced, the

By Mr. WILLIAM Stornarp. 193

roots may be thrown away and fresh ones raised every year,
the same as is done with Succories.

Mr. Witxram Bucx’s method of growing forced Rhubarb,
described in a preceding part of this Volume, page 89, differs
in several points from that described here. He places his
plants in decayed tan, in preference to common mould; the
temperature of his house is kept considerably lower, being
from 45 to 55 degrees; and he uses plants raised from cut-
tings of the old roots, instead of seedlings. This is undoubt-
edly necessary, where any particular variety of a species, which
cannot be raised from seeds with certainty, is used.

I have observed, that some Market Gardeners force Rhubarb
in large quantities for sale, planting it in the earth on the
floors of vineries. When old plants are treated in this man-
ner, if they are taken up entire, and with good roots, the
produce will be much greater than from those grown in pots;
but such means are not at.the command of every one, who
may wish to cultivate this useful esculent.

With good management, sixty pots forced in regular suc-
cession, will be quite sufficient to supply a moderately sized
family. The seed should be saved from the best sorts, such
as Bucx’s Rhubarb, and the earliest varieties of Rheum
Undulatum. The leaves of the kinds of Rhubarb which have
scarlet foot-stalks, do not lose that quality by being grown
in a dark place. Their colour is then rather more delicate ;
but it is preserved in the dressing equally as well as when
leaves which are grown in the open ground are used.

VOL. VII. Ce

[ 194 ]

XXII. Account of some remarkable Holly Hedges and
Trees in Scotland. By Josrru SaBine, Esq. F. R.S. $c.
Secretary.

Read February 20, 1827.

Tae utility of Evergreen fences to gardens, and especially
‘those of Holly, seems to have been more considered by Hor-
ticulturists in England in former than in latter times; for
they are seldom to be seen except in old gardens, which
remain unaltered from their former state. ‘The particular
advantages of such protections have been pointed out by
Mr. WirrriaAws, in a Communication to the Horticultural
Society, which is published in the second Volume of the `
Transactions, page 324. The satisfactory explanation given
in that Paper, of the causes why evergreen are preferable
to deciduous hedges, has induced in some places a revival of
the practice of planting them. em

Our northern neighbours in this: ingdom, i in former: |
appear to have been more especially a aware of the benefits
arising from Holly screens to their gardens, and their suc-
cessors have shewn their judgment in the preservation of
them at the present day. Old hedges of this character are
now of much more frequent occurrence in Scotland than i in
‘England. The rigour of their seasons obliges Scotch gar-
deners to be more attentive to whatever will afford the best
and warmest shelter.

In a journey through parts of Scotland, which I made in
in the autumn of the year 1825, I was much struck with the

Account of some remarkable Holly Hedges, $c. 195

beauty and size of the Holly hedges and trees, at several
places which I visited. Some were so deserving of notice,
that I have been induced to collect the particulars respect-
ing them, not only as an object of present interest, but as
information for the use of succeeding enquirers.

The most remarkable, especially on account of their extent,
are the Holly hedges at Tynningham, in East Lothian, the
residence of the Earl of Happineron. .They are on the
western side of the Mansion-house, and altogether are of the
extent of 2952 yards. 'The most striking are two hedges, on
the sides of a grass walk thirty-six feet wide, extending in a
strait line eastward, from the road leading to North Berwick,
towards the Mansion-house. The walk is 743 yards long.
These hedges are eleven feet broad at the base, and fifteen
feet high. ‘The hedge, east of the Melon ground, is 110
yards long, twelve feet broad, and eighteen feet high. A
detached hedge in the grounds contiguous to the approach `
to the house is 170 yards long, thirteen feet broad, and
twenty-five feet high. The hedge east of the garden is 249
yards long, nine feet. broad, and ten feet high, except a
small portion of it, south of the passage through it into the
garden, that is twelve feet broad, and twenty-one feet high.
The remaining hedges to complete the total length first
named, are those on each side the North Berwick road ; that
portion on the eastern side of the road, which is north of the
grass walk above mentioned, is 308 yards long, and corre-
sponds in height and breadth with the hedges adjoining to
the walk. The rest of this hedge south of the walk is 409
yards long, nine feet and a half broad, and eight feet high.

he opposite or western side of the road is»

'The hedge on t
220 yards long, eleven feet broad, and twelve feet high.

196 Account of some remarkable Holly Hedges, $c.

The hedges bounding the grass walk, that to the east of
the garden, and those on the sides of the North Berwick
road, were planted in 1712, by Tuomas, sixth Earl of
HapprwGTON. ‘The detached hedge in the grounds is per-
haps of the same age, but its date is not certainly known.
The hedge east of the Melon ground, which is in the form of
a crescent, and is nearest to the house, is evidently of a later
date than the rest. All the other mentioned hedges are in
strait lines. There are several more hedges of Holly in dif-
ferent parts of the Tynningham estate, of considerable extent
and size, probably planted at the same period with the first
of the above.

The. Nobleman to ae these hedges owe iliein origin
was particularly fond of planting. He wrote a Treatise* on
the subject, and has left to his successors a noble monument
of his attachment to it in Binning Wood, which is about
a mile and a half from Tynningham, and contains three hun-
dred English} acres entirely planted by him. ;

. The Holly hedges above described, (with the exception

* "This work, which is scarce, is dated Tynniagham, 22 Bib 1733. It
was printed in 12mo. at Edinburgh, in 1761, and is intitled, “ A Treatise on the
Manner of Raising Forest 'Trees, &c. In a Letter from the Right Honourable The
Earl of (HapprNGTON,) to his Grandson.” Besides notices of the improvements
made by the Author on his estate in East Lothian, the book contains very ex-
cellent practical instructions on raising and planting different forest trees, many
of which are worthy of attention in the present day. He mentions, that when
he came to reside on his property at Ty gham, in 1700, there was not above
14 acres planted with trees. The planting Binning Wood, on the ground then
called the Muir of Tynningham, was done in 1707, at the instance of his Lady.

+ In the Treatise of Lord Happrnecrow, above referred to, it is stated that
Binning Wood contained 300 Scotch acres, equal to about 374 English acres.
“Lord Happrveron must consequently have included in his account another wood
which adjoins to Binning Wood, and which was planted about the same time.

By Josrrn Sagne, Esq. 197

of that adjoming the Melon ground, which is only annually
simply pruned), are regularly clipped in each year, in April;
the work occupying the time of five labourers about three
weeks. The hedges are kept with an even exterior, and con-
tracted towards the top. They are carefully protected from
the bite of cattle, and especially from sheep, which are very
fond of the bark, shoots, and young leaves of the Holly.
They are planted on raised banks, which in most cases are
kept dry by ditches on one or both sides. The soil in
which the most vigorous growth is apparent, is a deep light
loam. The plants do not grow so luxuriantly when it is
either sand or clay, and less well when it is moist with a
retentive subsoil. The object of the banks and ditches here
noticed, was to keep the roots dry and well drained.

There are several single Hollies of fine dimensions, growing
mixed with other trees of considerable magnitude, near the
Mansion-house at Tynningham; the largest of these mea-
sures five feet three inches in circumference at three feet
from the ground; the stem is clear of branches to fourteen
feet high, and the total height of the tree is fifty-four feet.
In Binning Wood are also some very fine specimens of
Hollies ; the most singular of these has a girth at three feet
from the ground, of seven feet three inches, after which it
divides into two large branches, and attains the height of
forty-six feet. !

The Holly hedges at Colinton House, the seat of Sir
WinrtAM Forges, about three miles south-west of Edin-
burgh, though not of equal extent to those of Tynningham,
exceed them in size as well as age. They form part of the
outer boundaries of two nearly contiguous, almost square

198 Account of some remarkable Holly Hedges, $c.

shrubbery gardens, which are situated between the pleasure
grounds surroünding the Mansion-house and the kitchen
garden. One of these gardens is divided by a sunk fence
on its north side from the pleasure grounds; the other is
separated from the kitchen garden by a wall; the remaining
three sides of each are bounded by Holly hedges. The
hedges, which are to the north of one garden and to the
south of the other, are separated from each other by a broad
grass walk ten feet wide. They are supposed to have been
planted some time between the years 1670 and 1680, or there-
abouts, but certainly not later than the latter year. The soil
. on which they grow is light and dry, with a gravelly substratum.
. They are in very vigorous health. Formerly they were kept
much lower than at present. When Colinton House, twenty
seven years ago, became the property of Sir WirrrAM FORBES,
they had been neglected, and suffered to become irregular
and unsightly. | Proper attention having been subsequently
paid to them, they are now in good order, and are kept so by
clipping and judicious pruning once in every two or three
years. The extent of the hedges altogether is 1120 feet ;
those on the sides of the grass walk being 200 feet each; the
eastern and western hedges of the garden nearest to the
house are each 170 feet ; the eastern and western hedges of
the farthest garden are each 190 feet. ‘Their breadth at the
bottom is fifteen feet, which diminishes to two feet at the top.
The height varies from twenty-five to twenty-eight feet, but
appears from below to be very even, notwithstanding the dif-
ference. They form a beautiful and secure protection to the
gardens, of which that next the pleasure grounds is planted
with American and Evergreen shrubs, and the other with
Deciduous shrubs.

By Josrru Sagne, Esq. v — 09

~- Another Holly hedge, of later date than the preceding, is
also deserving of notice. It is the boundary between the flower
and kitchen gardens at Moredun, the seat of Davip ANDER-
soN, Esq., about three miles south of Edinburgh, near to the
village of Gilmerton, and in the parish of Liberton. It was
planted in the beginning of the last century by Sir James
STEWART, Bart., of Good-Trees, the name by which Moredun
was then known. It extends in a straight line running east
and west 378 feet; itis twenty feet high, nine feet wide at
bottom, and four feet wide at top. Some few years since it
wás in a very ragged state, occasioned partly by an opening
which had been made for a passage through it, and partly by
injury from a fire which occurred in a building near to it.
By good management and judicious pruning it has been
brought into its present regular state, having been reduced
in some parts to make it even. It is now growing vigorously,
and will soon equal the height of any of the hedges before
mentioned, it being proposed to allow it to taper to a point
at the top. It is annually pruned and brought into shape
with hedge shears. 3
Among the magnificent trees and evergreens which adorn
the grounds on the banks of the Frith of Forth, at Hopetoun
House, the seat of The EARL or Horrrown, near Queens-
ferry, the Hollies are not the least conspicuous. These were
planted about, but previous to, the year 1740. Most of them
have very fine trunks, the largest being fifty feet high, with
a clear trunk of twenty feet, and measuring, at three feet
from the ground, five feet eight inches in circumference.
Several are of equal height, with trunks from ten to twenty
feet long, and measuring, at the above mentioned ‘distance

900 Account of some remarkable Holly Hedges, $c.

from the ground, from four and a half to five feet round.
Many of the Hollies are variegated, but these are of rather
smaller dimensions. Both the plain and variegated trees
were originally planted as hedges, and were kept clipped in
the Dutch fashion until 1778, when the hedges were de-
stroyed, but the finest specimens of the trees being then pre-
served, they have grown to the sizes here stated.

From the circumstance of the rapid growth and fine ap-
pearance of the different hedges and trees I have above
described, it may be supposed that the climate of Scotland
is peculiarly propitious to the growth of the Holly. All
those however which have been noticed, have been planted
by the hand of man; but in the remaining instance of fine
Hollies which I have to notice, I am inclined to consider
them as in a perfectly native state, and indigenous to the
spot. ==

The trees I allude to are growing on an extensive bank, to
the east of, and contiguous to, Gordon Castle, the seat of the
Duxe of Gorpon, near Fochabers, in Bamffshire. The
bank is nearly one-third of a mile long, running from north
to south, and facing the west in an irregular curve, broken
by projections and hollows, down which rills of water flow
into a small burn at its base. The slope of the bank varies
from thirty to. one hundred and twenty-five feet ; the ground
below it is quite fiat, that above the slope rises gradually
towards the east. The flat part is kept as pleasure ground,
and is traversed by a gravel walk running along the foot of
the slope and passing close by its projecting angles. The
burn runs parallel to and on the west of the walk, bemg
separated from it by a narrow strip of grass. A flat of short

By Joseru SanINE, Esq. 201

grass, of unequal breadth, extends westward from the burn to
a carriage road, from which the pleasure ground is separated by
a wooden fence. Above, the bank is divided from the adjoin-
ing enclosure by a hedge on the top of a sunk fence, parallel
to the bank, at about sixty feet from its crown. The greatest
number of Hollies grow upon the bank, but several are in the
flat ground below. These last are mixed with Birches, Geans,
Ashes, and especially with Alders, some of which last within
the pleasure grounds, are of extraordinary size and height.*
The same kinds of trees are also occasionally mixed with the
Hollies on the bank. Few of the Hollies stand single ; several
appear to spring from the same root, as if they had shot up
from the stump after the original tree had been cut down,
and many grow very close together, forming jointly a grand
mass. The stumps of the former trees are in some instances
perceptible, and in others, the earth on the sloping parts of
the bank having fallen away from the roots, show the origin
of the present growth to have been the original stock. One
group, where the bank is rather flat, consists of fifty-five trees,
growing in a spot not quite one hundred and thirty-four feet
in circumference, and the girth of these, at six feet from the
ground, is from three feet six inches to eighteen inches.
There are altogether seventy-three groups of Holly-trees,
the trees forming which are in number 508, and of these 87
have trunks free from branches from eight to fourteen feet

* These Alders are the finest of the kind I have ever seen. They have, when
viewed at a distance, very much the appearance of Oaks. The dimensions of
three of them, are as follows:—one, 71 feet high, and 9 feet 4 inches in girth ;
one, 613 feet high, and 7 feet 4 inches in girth; one, 59 feet high, and 8 feet in
girth; the girths being taken at from 5 to 6 feet from the ground.

YOL. VII. Dd

202 Account of some remarkable Holly Hedges, $c.

high, and are from three to four and a half feet in girth at six
feet from the ground ; four are larger, two girthing five feet
ten inches, one four feet ten inches, and one four feet three
inches at the above height. At the southern extremity of
the bank, where the slope is small, it is covered by smaller
Hollies, growing so thickly together that a man cannot pass
through them ; they appear to have arisen from seed, and are
of younger growth than the others ; they exceed one hundred
in number, but none are more than two feet in girth. On
the flat ground, adjoining the bottom of the southern part
of the bank, some Hollies of large dimensions grow, the mea-
surements of the two best of which are as follows: |

Total Height.

. Feet. In t, In. Feet, In.
1. 52 0; girth at the root, “3 5; at six feet, x 7 height to branches, 10 6
= aS Y; o ..- G 6; dto -€ 9; wto - - - 8 &6&

The first of these trees divides after the above height into
three large branches, the second into two branches. A few
of the Hollies on the bank are nearly as tall as the above.

There is no record existing relating to these singular trees,
nor any account of their age ; none have been felled, except-
ing those which have exhibited symptoms of decay, within
the knowledge of any person now alive.

[ 203 ]

XXIII. An Account of a Plan of Heating Stoves by means
of Hot Water, employed in the Garden of Antnony
Bacon, Esq. F. H. S. In a Letter to the Secretary. By
Mr. WirLiAM WHALE, Gardener to Mr. Bacon.

Read December 19, 1826.
SIR,

AVING been informed by my employer, ANTHoNy BACON,
Esq., that you wished for a description of the mode of heating
Forcing-houses with hot water, as practiced in his gardens,
of which I have the management at this place, I beg leave to
inform you, that, from the experience I have had for the last
twenty years in forcing, both with brick-flues and steam, I
certainly give the preference to the method Mr. Bacon has
adopted of heating his houses with hot water.

Brick-flues are subject from their numerous joints, and the
mortar cracking, to give out at times a sulphureous gas which
is injurious to plants; and even with two fire-places in a
house forty or fifty feet long, it is impossible to keep up an
equal temperature in the whole length. The houses get
over heated in the neighbourhood of the fire-place, and it is
difficult to maintain a proper warmth at the extremities of the
flues.

Steam may do very well on a large scale, and when there
is constant attention to the fire both day and night; but the

204 Account of Heating Stoves by means of Hot Water.

objections are :—the great expence of a steam boiler, and the
apparatus belonging to it ; the frequent repairs that are re-
quired, and the necessary attention to the fire, which is as
great upon a small scale as on a large one. Besides this,
there is a greater risk of explosion in a hot-house steam boiler
than in that of a steam engine ; for steam engines have gene-
rally persons properly instructed to manage them, but gar-
deners, or their assistants, cannot be so competent.

The heating with hot water, has none of the objections I
have mentioned as belonging to flues and steam. The ap-
paratus is simple, and not liable to get out of order. The
boiler has only a loose wooden cover, and no safety valves
are required. The fuel consumed is very moderate; and
when once the water is heated very little attention is wanted,
for it retains its heat for many hours after the fire has gone
out. j
The plan of heating with hot water was used by Mr. Bacon,
and put in practice on a small scale, with success, at his seat
at Aberamen, in Glamorganshire, in the year 1822; and I
understand that Mr. Arxrnson, who furnished the plans and
working drawings for the erection of the houses here, con-
structed in the same year a model of a similar apparatus,
without at the time having had any communication with Mr.
Bacow, with which he tried the experiment successfully.
This garden contains four houses for Vines and Peaches that
are heated with hot water, and also a Pine-pit heated in the
same manner, except a trifling variation noticed hereafter. I
shall describe one of the houses, a Vinery, as shewn in the
annexed engraving.

By Mr. WixriíaM WHALE. 205

The house is forty feet long, and ten feet wide inside,
heated by a boiler placed in a recess in the centre of the back
wall; the fire-place under the boiler is got at from a back
shed. The boiler is two feet six inches long, one foot six
inches wide, and one foot eight inches deep. From the end
of the boiler proceed horizontally four cast-iron pipes of
three and a half inches diameter. Two of them are joined
to the boiler just above the bottom, and the other two directly
above, and just below the surface of the water, The house
is divided by glazed partitions into three compartments, for
the convenience of forcing one part without the other. The
middle compartment is two lights in width, and the other two
have four lights each. The pipes from the boiler go horizon-
tally to the front of the house; when one upper and one lower
pipe branch to the east compartment, and other two pipes
to the west, and are carried to the ends of the house along
the sides of the flues, where they unite to cast-iron reservoirs
at each end of the house, which reservoirs are each three
feet six inches long, one foot six inches wide, and one foot
eight inches deep, having iron covers. These reservoirs are
filled with water that communicates by means of the pipes
with the water in the boiler.

When the boiler, pipes, and reservoirs are filled, and a
fire lighted under the boiler, the heated water ascending to
the top of the boiler, forces its way along the upper pipes to
the reservoirs, the cooled water finding its way back to the
bottom of the boiler through the under pipes ; and the circu-
lation continues regular as long as there is any heat under

the boiler, the hot-water flowing through the upper pipes to

206 Account of Heating Stoves by means of Hot Water.

the reservoir, and as it cools, returning back to the boiler
through the under pipes. I have repeatedly, after the water
has been heated, immersed a thermometer in the reservoirs
at the ends of the house, and have only found a difference of
three or four degrees between that and the water in the
boiler. It is not necessary to make the water boil ; and if the
fire is judiciously managed no steam will be raised, and no
water wasted. It is however necessary to examine the boiler
occasionally, and to add water when any has evaporated.

In Mr. Bacon’s two pine pits, a fire-place with a boiler
over it is placed between them. They are each thirty feet
long and ten feet wide. The western pit is heated by hot-
water pipes, the eastern one by a common flue, heated by
the same fire after it has passed under the boiler. During
the severe nights of last winter thermometers were suspended
in these pits, and examined every morning when the pits
were uncovered; that heated by hot-water was invariably
from seven to nine degrees higher than that in the flued pit.
It appears that the heat lost from the fire after it has passed
under the boiler, is only trifling; and if the pits were to be
constructed again, I would put water-pipes in both of
them, omitting the flue, and allowing the smoke to pass
immediately to a chimney after leaving the boiler, and I
have no doubt but the same boiler would be sufficient for
both pits.

Valves might be fixed in the boiler, pipes, and reservoirs,
for letting steam into the house, if required ; but that would
induce the necessity of boiling the water; and it has not
been done here, as I find I can produce all the steam I

HORT. TRAN.$.VoZ.VI.PL.V.

NET LET! HIG

N

Back Shed

Fire place Shed

Back Shed

JI Lowry Sap.

Oj is
a (HCOE

s ae TA Pe J
tea: and. Pe. of Vinery

r%

Drawn by John Douglas

By Mr. Wii11am WHALE. 207

require, with little trouble, by watering the pipes with a
watering pot.

The annexed plans, will explain more fully the arrange-
ment of the apparatus; and I am persuaded that the advan-
tages of this mode of heating, with its great simplicity, will
give satisfaetion to every practical gardener who has an op-
portunity of trying it. When once the water is heated, and
the fires well made, he may retire to rest, certain that the
pipes will not get cold during the night, but retain a con-
siderable heat in the morning. |

I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your most obedient humble servant,

Elcot, near Newbury, WirLiAM WHALE.
December 1, 1826.

Reference to the Plate.

A, Boiler.

B, B, Cast-iron pipes that convey the water to the iron
reservoirs at the ends of the house.

C, C, Cast-iron reservoirs.

D, D, Smoke flues, which are conducted by the sides of
the water-pipes, return at each end ofthe house, go under
the paths, and are brought in the back wall to Chimneys at
E, E, in the fire-place shed.

There are dampers in each chimney khen they are both
open; the smoke from the fire-place passes through the flues
of both east and west compartments of the house, but the
heat may be confined to one compartment by closing the flue
of the other with the damper.

208 Account of Healing Stoves by means of Hot Water.

By plugs of wood being put into the upper and lower pipes
on either side within the boiler, the heated water may be
confined to one compartment, without warming the other.
"This is a convenience, when one part may require to be forced
before the other.

The lights of the house are fixed, and ventilation carried
on by wooden doors that open in the front wall at F, and at
the top of the back wall at G. Both Vines and Peaches are
planted inside of the houses, and the roots run through
arches in the front wall to the border outside the house.

List of Lance Sitver Mepats presented by ORDER of the
CovuxciL of the Horticutturar Socrery of Loxpox,
from May 1, 1826, to May 1, 1827.

To Captain Henry HANwELL, of the Hudson's Day Company's Ship,
the William and Ann, for his attentions to Mr. Davin Doucras,
the Society's Collector, in his Voyage to the mouth of the River
Columbia, and for the care and attention given by him to the
collection of Seeds and Specimens sent home by Mr. Doveuas.

To Jonn M* Loveutan, Esq., the Chief Factor of the Hudson's Bay
Company, at the mouth of the River Columbia, for the assis-
tance rendered to Mr. Davip DovucLas, whilst making his
Collections in the countries ‘belonging to the Hudson's Bay
Company, in the Western part of North America.

To Captain Ricard Rawes, F. H.S. for his continued and suc-
cessful exertions in the introduction of New Ornamental Plants
from China.

To Captain RosrnT WzrnBANKk, for the original introduction of
the Glycine Sinensis, from China, the Plant having proved
hardy, and being highly ornamental.

To Henry WiLLock, Esq. F. H.S. for having successfully trans-
mitted from Persia, seeds of several varieties of Melons of :
great excellence.

To the Earl of Powis, F. H.S. for his success in ripening fruits of
the Mango, in his Garden at Walcot, in Shropshire.

To Mr. Joun Georce Futter, F. H.S. for his successful cultiva-
tion of various Fruits in his Garden at Streatham, in Surrey,

as evinced by the exhibitions from it, sent to the Meetings of
the Society.

To Joun Morrgux, Esq. F.H.S. for his great attention to the
Cultivation of Fruits in his Garden at Beechamwell, in Nor-
folk, as proved by his frequent exhibitions of its produce to the
Society. :

List of Persons fo whom the BANKsiaN Mepat has been presented,
by OrvER of the Counci of the HonricuLTURAL Society oF
Lonpon, for EXHIBITIONS at GENERAL MEETINGS of the Society,
from May 1, 1826, to May 1, 1827.

To the Earn or Powis, F. H. S. for Specimens of the Loquat, ex-
hibited May 2, 1826.

To Mr. Georce Loppices, F. H.S. for the Flower of Carolinea
insignis, exhibited May 16, 1826.

To Mr. Jonn Lez, F. H. S. for Flowers of Rhododendrons, exhibited
June 6, 1826.

To Mrs. Beaumont, for Fruit of Xanthochymus pictorius, exhibited
June 6, 1826.

To Epwarp Gray, Esq. F. H.S. for Flowers of Magnolia macro-
phylla, exhibited June 20, 1826.

To Mr. RosEenT BLockLEv, for Cucumbers, exhibited August l
1826.

To Mr. Jonn HavrnonNw, for a Pine Apple and a Melon, exhibited
August 1, 1826.

To CmanLEs Horronp, Esq. F.H. S. for Grapes, exhibited August
15, 1826.

To Mr. Steruen Hooker, F. H. S. for the Diamond Plum, exhibited
September 5, 1826.

To Mr. Jonn Mirer, F.H.S. for Flowers of Double Dahlias, ex-
hibited September 19, 1826.

To the Rev. ‘'nomas Coney, F. H.S. for Grapes, exhibited Sep-
tember 19, 1826.

To Mr. James VgrrcH, for Double Dahlias, exhibited September
19, 1826.

To Mr. Perer LaxcELrEn, of Jersey, for Pears, exhibited October 3,
1826.

3

To Mons. Louis CrAupE Norsette, C. M. H. S. of Paris, for Pears,
exhibited October 17, 1826.

To Sır George Srewart MacKenzie, Bart. F. H.S. for m
exhibited October 17, 1826.

To Jonn AttnutTT, Esq. F, H. S. for Flowers of Camellias, exhibited
January 2, 1827.

To Jesse Buer, Esq. C. M. H.S. of New York, for American
Apples, exhibited February 20, 1827.

To JouN LuscowmsE Luscomse, Esq. for Oranges, Citrons, and
Lemons, grown in the open air, exhibited April 17, 1827.:

Last of the Persons to whom the CERTIFICATE, in lieu of the BANKSIAN
Mepat, has been presented, by Onpxn of the Counci of the Hor-
TICULTURAL Society or Lonpon, for Exursitions at GENERAL
Meetines of the Society, from May 1, 1826, to May 1, 1827.

N. B. Only one Banksian Medal can be awarded to the same
person in the same year, but in those cases where an Exhibition,
which would have deserved the Medal, is made by any Person who
has received the Banksian Medal for a previous Exhibition within
the year, an Engraved Certificate, instead of a Second Medal, is
given to the Exhibitor.

To Mr. Peter LaNaELiER, of Jersey, for Pears and Apples, ex-
hibited November 7, 1826.
To Mr. Jous Hayruorn, for Apples, exhibited November 7, 1826.

Medals presented to Locau HORTICULTURAL SOCIETIES
within the United Kingdom.

Te Council of the Horticultural Society of London have resolved
to give in each year, commencing with 1826, one of the Large Silver
Medals of the Society, to such of the Horticultural Societies es-
tablished within the United Kingdom, as they are in communication
with; to be awarded by the Council or Committee of each Society
respectively, to: anyone person. within their district, who, by his
Exhibitions, Cultivation, or Communications on Horticultural sub-
jects within the year, shall appear to the said Council or Committee
to be most deserving of such testimony of merit, provided there
shall be considered one sufficiently deserving.

The award of the Medals is to be made as soon as possible after
the termination of the year, and a Report is to be transmitted from
the Secretary of each Society, to the Secretary of the Horticultural
Society of London, for the information of the Council, as to tlie
Person and Subject to whom and for which the Medal may have
been awarded. >

The donation of these Medals will be announced at a General
Meeting of the Horticultural Society of London, previous to its
Anniversary in each year; after which the Medals will be trans-
mitted, and a List of the Medals so given, will be Annually printed
to accompany the published Transactions of the Horticultural
Society of London.

The object of the Council, in making this regulation, is twofold.
Firstly, to distinguish and bring into notice Horticultural merit
and talent, which may be so situated as not to come within their
knowledge by any other means. Secondly, to shew that their

views are general in the Patronage and Encouragement of Horti-
culture, and not confined to those matters only which come within
their own immediate observation. The determination on the merit
of the individual to be complimented, will be left entirely to the
judgement of the Society awarding the Medal, and will not be
interfered with in the least.

It is proposed that the aforesaid Medals shall not in any case be
awarded by the same Society twice to any one Individual.

With regard to the Caledonian Horticultural Society, as the
districts of the various Provincial Societies of Scotland. are also
included within the range of that Institution, it is recommended
that, if in any year one of those Provincial Societies. shall. have
selected, as worthy of the Medal, the same person to whom the
award of the Caledonian Horticultural Society shall have at the
same time been made, in such case, the Provincial Society shall
be requested to proceed to a new nomination, without however
precluding the person first named by-it; from being entitled
to receive a Medal from his own Provincial Society, in a subse-
quent year.

Under the above Regulations, the Large Silver Medals of the
Society have been awarded for the year 1826, as follows:

By the CALEDONIAN HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to
Mr. Joun Henperson, of Den Nursery, at Brechin, in Forfarshire,
for his Communication entitled, * Hints on Increasing the Warmth
of Garden Walls by painting them black; with a Description of
an Improved mode of Constructing Subdivision Walls in Gardens ;"
which will be published in the forthcoming part of the Caledonian
Horticultural Society's Memoirs.

By the HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF DURHAM,
NORTHUMBERLAND, AND NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE, to
Mr. Tuomas SurrB, Corresponding Member of the Horticultural
Society of London, Gardener to Matrnew Bet, Esq. F.H. S. at
Woolsington, in Northumberland, for his various Exhibitions and
Communications made within the year 1826.

By the DUMFRIES AND GALLOWAY HORTICULTURAL
SOCIETY, to Mr. WıLLIAM CHAMBERS, Gardener to EBENEZER
Srorr, Esq. of Castle Dykes, near Dumfries, for the variety of
articles produced by him in a superior style of Cultivation, and
Exhibited to the Society in the year 1826; and for his great merit
and industry.

By the CAMBRIDGESHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,
to Mr. James Darr, Gardener to the Earl of Hanpwickz, F. H.S.
at Wimpole, in Cambridgeshire, for having obtained the greatest
number of Prizes from the Society within the year 1826; and for
his Communications made to the Society, which have been since
published in the Transactions of the Horticultural Society of
London.

By the WINCHESTER HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to
Mr. Groree Warsow, Gardener to the Viscount PALMERSTON,
F. H. S. at Broadlands, in Hampshire, for his various Exhibitions
of Fruits made to the Society in the year 1826.

LIST OF BOOKS AND OTHER ARTICLES,

PRESENTED TO THE
LIBRARY OF THE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,

FROM MAY 1,1826, TO MAY 1, 1897.

WITH THE NAMES OF THE DONORS.

HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF BAVARIA, F. H.S.
Neue philosophische Abhandlungen der Baierischen Academie der
Wissenschaften. 7 Vols. Ato. Munich, 1781-1789.
Ephemerides Societatis Meteorologice Palatine. 9 Vols. Ato,
Manheim, 1781-1792.
Denkschriften der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
München. 9 Vols. 4to. Munich, 1809-1824.

HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF THE NETHERLANDS,
F. H. 8S.
The Flora Batava, Nos. 69 to 72 inclusive. 4to.

THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. 10. Part 2,
4to. Edinburgh, 1826.

L'ACADÉMIE ROYALE DES SCIENCES DE L'INSTITUT
DE FRANCE.

Mémoires présentés par divers. Savans a l'Académie Royale des

Sciences de l'Institut de France. "Tome I. 4to. Paris, 1827.

Mémoires de l'Académie Royale des Sciences de l'Institut de

France, Années 1821 et 1822. Tome V. 4to. Paris, 1826.

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
The Transactions of the Linnean Society. Volume 15, Part 1. 4to.
London, 1826.
THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society held at Phila-
delphia. Part 1, Vol. 8. 4to. Philadelphia, 1826.
THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Transactions of the Geological Society. Volume 2, Part 1, second
series. 4to. London, 1826.
THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.
Regulations of the Royal Asiatic Society. 4to. London, 1823.
THE ASIATIC SOCIET Y. = Es
Asiatic Researches: or, Transactions of the Society Instituted in
Bengal, for Enquiring into the History and Antiquities, the
Arts, Sciences and Literature of Asia. Vol. 15. 4to. Seram-
pore, 1825.
THE MANAGERS OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTION.
The Journal of Science and the Arts. Parts 42 to 44 inclusive. 8vo.
London, 1826-7. Also an Index to the first 20 volumes. Svo.
London, 1827.
THE SOCIETY OF ARTS.
Transactions of the Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manu-
factures and Commerce. Vol. 44. 8vo. London, 1827.
SOCIÉTÉ DE FLORE DE BRUXELLES.
Neuviéme Exposition publique de la Société de Flore à Bruxelles.
1826. 8vo.
THE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF NEW YORK.
Address delivered to the Horticultural Society of New York by
Dr. Mitchill. 8vo. New York, 1826.
THE CALEDONIAN HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.
The Second Report of the Gar denCommittee of the Caledonian
Horticultural Society. 4to, Edinburgh, 1826. —

Memoirs of the Caledonian Horticultural Society, Vol. 3. Part 4.
8vo. Edinburgh.

THE CAMBRIDGESHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.

The Second Report of the Cambridgeshire Horticultural Society.
8vo. Cambridge, 1826.

THE PORTSMOUTH AND PORTSEA LITERARY
SOCIETY.

Report of the Committee of the Portsmouth and Portsea Literary

and Philosophical Society, 1825-6. 8vo. Portsea.

MR. CHRISTIAN CHARLES ANDRÉ, C.M. H. S.
CEconomische Neuigkeiten und Verhandlungen; von Christian
Carl André. 4to. Prag. 1820-5.
ROBERT BARCLAY, Ese. F. H.S.
A coloured Print of Solanum Angulatum.
A coloured Print of Feuillea pedata: the female plant.
M. ARSENNE THIÉBAUT DE BERNEAUD.
Annales de la Société Linnéenne de Paris. Seconde Partie, 1825.
8vo. Paris, 1825.
Compte Rendu des Travaux de la Société Linnéenne de Paris
l'années, 1821-2-3-4-5. 8vo. Paris, 1822-6.
EDWARD BEVAN, M.D. í
The Honey Bee, its Natural History, Physiology, and Management.
12mo. London, 1827.
JESSE BUEL, Ese. C. M.H. S.
Memoirs of the Board of Agriculture of the State of New York. 8yo.
Albany, 1826.
MR. JAMES BUSBY.
A Treatise on the Culture of the Vine, and the Art of making
Wine. By James Busby. Australia, 8vo. 1825.

WALTER FREDERICK CAMPBELL, Ese. M. P. F, H.S.

A Coloured Print of Doryanthes excelsa.

MR. WILLIAM CLARK.

Flora Conspicua. 8vo. London, 1826. .

M. AUGUSTIN PYRAMUS DE CANDOLLE, F.M. H.S.

Plantes rares du Jardin de Genéve Par M. De Candolle, Ime et
2de livraison. 4to. Genève, 1825.

Premier Mémoire sur les Lenticelles des Arbres etle développe-
.ment des Racines qui en sortent, par M. De Candolle. Svo.
1825.

M. JEAN BAPTISTE GODEFROI DELBECQ, C. M.H. S.

Messager des Sciences et des Arts, Recueil publié par la Société
Royale des Beaux Arts et des Lettres et par celle d'Agricul-
ture et Botanique de Gand. Années 1824 et 1825. 8vo.
Gand.

Exposition Publique (XXXlI?»s, X X XIVéve, XXX Viieme,) de la
Société Royale d'Agriculture et de Botanique de la ville de
Gand. 8vo. Gand, 1825-6-7.

MR. DAVID DON.

Observations on Philadelphez and Granatez, two new families
of Plants. 8vo.

A Monograph of the Genus Pyrola. 8vo. - cus

Memoir on the Classification and Division of Gripi « and
Xeranthenum of Linnzus. 8vo.

On the Affinities of the Empetreze, a natural Group of Plants, 8vo.
M. GUILLAUME DUBREUIL, C. M. H. S.
Observations sur la manière d'employer le plus utilement les
terreins silicieux et calcaires du Département de la Seine In-

ferieure par M. Dubreuil. 8vo. Rouen, 1822.
ANDREW DUNCAN, M. D. Jun.

Catalogue of Medical Plants according to their Natural Orders.

By Dr. Duncan, Jun. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1826.

RENE JOACHIM HENRI DUTROCHET, M. D. C.M. H. S.
L'Agent immédiat du Mouvement vital dévoilé dans sa Nature et
mode d'action, chez les Vegetaux et chez les animaux. 8vo.
Paris, 1826.
THE EARL OF EUSTON, F.H. S
Pinzus, Historia Plantarum. 12mo. Lugduni, 1561.

MR. MICHAEL FLOY, C. M.H. S.
The American Orchardist. By James Thacker, M. D. 2d Ed.
12mo. Plymouth, Massachussets, 1825.

M. F. PHILIBERT FONTANEILLES.
L'Art de Cultiver les Muriers, trad. de l'Italien. By M. Fonta-
neilles. 8vo. Lyons, 1826.

MR. JOHN FROST.
An Oration delivered before the Medico -Botanical Society of
London, in 1826. 4to. London, 1826.
"THE REV, LANSDOWN GUILDING.

Account of the Botanic Garden in the Island of St. Vincents. By
the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B. A. 4to. Glasgow, 1825.
CHARLES WILLIAM HICK, Esq. F.H.S.

Grew's Anatomy of Plants. 12mo. London, 1672.
Usteri Delectus Opusculorum Botanicorum. Vol. 2. 8vo. muet
torati, 1193.
Elsholtzii Flora Marchica. 12mo. Berolini, 1563.
A Volume of Botanical Tracts, 4to. containing
Dissertatio de Anandria. Upsalie, 1745.
Flora Anglica. Upsalice, 1754.
Flora Jamaicensis. Upsalia, 1759.
Flora Belgica. Upsalic, 1760.
Plante Rariores Africane, Holmiw, 1760.
Planta Alstrómeria. Upsalie, 1762.
Dissertatio Medica de Menthe usu. Upsalie, 1767,

Rariora Norvegiæ. Upsala, 1168.
De Coloniis Plantarum. Upsaliæ, 1768,
De Erica. Upsalie, 1770.
Planta Cimicifuga. Upsalie, 1774.
De Maro. Upsalie, 1774.
Plante Surinamenses. Upsaliw, 1776.
De Ledo palustri. Upsalie, 1775.
Tournefort Histoire des Plantes qui naissent aux Environs de Paris.
8vo. Paris, 1798.
Zinn Catalogus Plantarum Horti Academici et agri Gottingensis.
8vo. Gott. 1757.
Gesneri De Raris et Admirandis Herbis. 4to. Tiguri, 1555.
Schleicher Catalogus hucusque absolutus plantarum in Helvetia
sponté nascentium. 12mo. 1815.
SIR RICHARD COLT HOARE, BART.
A Tract on Planting. A folio sheet. Stourhead, 1826.
THOMAS CRESWICK HUDDLESTONE, Esq. F. H.S.
Ordoyno's Flora Nottinghamiensis. 12mo. Newark, 1807.
THOMAS ANDREW KNIGHT, Esq. PnEsIDENT.
Verhandlungen des Vereins Zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in
den Königlich Preussischen Staaten. Vol. 1. Part 3, 4to.
Berlin, 1826.
M. PIERRE AIMÉ LAIR.
Discours sur la Seconde Exposition des produits des Arts du
Départment du Calvados.
Programme d'un prix pour le Meilleur Mémoire sur le Moyen de
Détruire l'insecte connu sous le nom de Puceron Lanigére.
Memoires de la Société Linnéenne du Calvados Année 1825.
= Tome II. 8vo. Paris, 1825.
Essai sur les Combustions Humaines. 12mo, Caen, 1823.
MR. PETER LINDEGAARD.
Om Viinstokkens Dyrkning saavel i Drivekasser som i frie luft i
Danmark; ved P. Lindegaard. 12mo. Kjóbenhavn, 1826.

MESSRS. LODDIGES.
The Botanical Cabinet, Parts 109 to 120 inclusive. London,
~ Ato, 1826-7.
JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON, Esq. F. H. S.

The Gardener's Magazine, Nos. 4, 5,6 and 7. 8vo. London, 1826-7.

Remarks on the Benefits which would result to Gardens and
Gardeners from the Establishment of Garden Libraries, 8vo.
London, 1827.

SAMUEL L. MITCHILL, M. D.

Discourse on Thomas Jefferson, more especially as a promoter of
Natural and Physical Science; pronounced before the New
York Lyceum. By Dr. Mitchill, 8vo. New York, 1826.

Catalogue of the Organic Remains and other Mineralogical Articles
contained in the Collection presented to the New York
Lyceum, of Natural History. By Dr. Mitchill. 8vo. New
York, 1826.

Address pronounced before the New York Horticultural Society,
in the Literary and Philosophical Hall of the Institution at the
Annual Celebration, August, 1826. By Dr. Mitchill. 8vo.
New York, 1826.

MR. JOHN MURRAY, F.H.S.

Experimental Researches in Natural History. By John Murray.
12mo. Glasgow. 1826.

Experiments Illustrative of Chemical Science. By John Murray
I2mo. Glasgow. 1826.

PATRICK NEILL, Ese. C. M: H. S.

Woodford’s Catalogue of the Indigenous Phenogamic Plants, &c.
growing in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh.12mo. Edinburgh,
1824,

MONS. LOUIS CLAUDE NOISETTE, C. M.H.S.

Manuel Complet du Jardinier, Vol. 1. Parts ł and 2; Vol. 2. Parts 1
and 2; Vol. 3, Parts 1 and 2; Vol. 4. Part 1. 8vo. Paris.

Catalogue Génerale des Cultures. 8vo. Paris, 1826.

Catalogue Méthodique des Arbres Fruitiers. 8vo. Paris, 1825.

Catalogue des Rosiers, Dablias, Camellias, Chrysanthémes et
Peonia. 8vo. Paris, 1825;

CAPTAIN WILLIAM OWEN, R.N. F. H. S.

Catalogue des Plantes Cultivées aux Jardins Botaniques et de
Naturalisation de l'ile Bourbon. 4to. Bourbon, 1825.

Catalogue of Exotic Plants cultivated in the Island of the Mauri-
tius 4to. 1822,

Malvacee, Buttneriacece, Tiliaces, familie denuo ad examen revo-
cate characteribusque magis exactis distinctae, addita familia
noya Bixinarum, par C. S. Kunth. 8vo. Paris, 1822.

M. DUMORTIER RUTTEAU, C. M. H. S.

Observations sur les Graminées de la Flore Belgique par B. C.
Dumortier. 8vo. Tournay, 1823.

M. SAGERET.

Memoire sur les Cucurbitacées. 8vo. Paris, 1826.

JOHN S. SKINNER, Ese. C. M.H. S.
The American Farmer. Volume 7. 4to. Baltimore, 1825.
M. LE CHEV. SOULANGE-BODIN, C. M. H.S.

Notice sur une nouvelle espéce de Magnolia, par M. le Chev
Soulange-Bodin. 8vo. Paris, 1826.

Discours sur l'importance de l'Horticulture, et sur les Avantages
de son union avec les Sciences Physiques, par M. le Chev.
Soulange-Bodin. 8vo. Paris, 1827.

Catalogue des Plantes Cultivées. et Multiplióes dans le Jardin de
Fromont, prés Paris, Année 1827. 8vo.

RICHARD TAYLOR, Esa.

The Philosophical Magazine and Journal, Nos. 337 to 343 inclu-
sive. Svo. London, 1826.

The Philosophical Magazine and Annals of Philosophy. New
Series 1 to 4 inclusive. 8vo. London, 1827.

LE CHEV. MICHELE TENORE, M. D. F.M. H.S.
Catalogus Plantarum Horti Regii Neapolitani, 4to. 1813.
Ad Catalogum Plantarum Horti Regii Neapolitani Appendix
prima, Ed. alt. 8vo. Neapoli, 1819.
Flore Neapolitanee Prodromi Appendix quarta. 8vo. Neapoli, 1823.
Discorso pronunziato, &c. de Michele Tenore. 4to. Neapoli, 1818.
Corso delle Botaniche Lezioni del Cav. M. Tenore, Vols. 1, 2
and 3, and Parts 1 and 2, Vol. 4. 8vo. Neapoli, 1816-1823.

M. VILMORIN, C. M.H. S.
Le Bon Jardinier Almanach. 12mo. Paris. 1826-1827.

SIGNOR DOMINICO VIVIANI.

Flore Libyce Specimen sive Plantarum Enumeratio Cyrenaicam,
Pentapolim, Magne Syrteos Desertum et Regionem Tripoli-
lanam incolentium quas ex Siccis Speciminibus delineavit,
descripsit et ære insculpi curavit Dominicus Viviani. Folio.
Genue, 1824.

Flore Corsicze Prodromus. 4to. Genue, 1824.

Appendix ad Flore Corsice Prodromum. 4to.

BRIG. GENERAL WALKER.
Flora Sta. Helenica. St. Helena, 1825. Ato.

HERBARIUM PRESENTED.

CHARLES MACKENZIE, Esq.
A Collection of Dried Plants from Port au Prince.

List of Subscribers to the Formation of the Garden of the Horticultural
Society, at Chiswick, from November 20, 1826, to May 1, 1827.

Amount of Subscriptions already announced to November 20, 1826, Æ 7052..175.

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE DUKE OF CLARENCE £52.,10s.

Ad: k £.

John Allnutt, Esq. the cess veces oes O 0 Joseph Fry, Esq. Second Subscription Aux e
Earl of Bradford .......... erro. .»». 10 10 | John Hodson, Esq. .... e enn nnn 10
Earl of Beauchamp .... ...... osse eeo. 10 0| Christopher Pemberton, Esq. pee

TE I 5
Earl of Cassillis ...... (iac »a2*$-9. 20. U Subscription .. «ese. esee enn
Horticultural Society of Cambridge. .... 10 10 | Mr. George Smith s.e .... 5e soos 10
Rev. Howell Holland Edwards..........10 O| William Nicholas Wickham, Esq. sess... 5
George Freke Evans, Esq. .. asos... 10 Q

G G Oi. OV

re, gia
z et Cig
as DC
NY AG Š
S ENE
PM TH

È s NM

“HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY

ADVERTISEMENT.

Tu E Committee appointed by the Horticultural Society to
direct the publication of the Papers read before them, take
this opportunity to inform the Public, that the grounds of their
choice are, and will continue to be, the importance and singu-
larity of the subjects, or the advantageous manner of treating
them, without pretending to answer for the certainty of the
facts, or the propriety of the reasonings contained in the seve-
ral Papers so published, which must still rest on the credit
or judgment of their respective Authors.

It is likewise necessary, on this occasion, to remark, that it
is an established rule of this Society, to which they will always
adhere, never to give their opinion as a body, upon any sub-
ject either of Nature or Art, that comes before them. And
therefore the thanks which are proposed from the Chair, to
be given to the Authors of such Papers as are read at the
General Meetings, or to the Persons who send fruits, or other
vegetable productions, or exhibit Inventions of various kinds
to the Society, are to be considered in no other light than as
a matter of civility, in return for the respect shewn to the
Society by these communications.

VOL. VII. 2

CONTENTS.

XXIV. Account of a Mode of Price. med Peach "Trees, in
an Early Peach House. By Mr. WaAvrER HENDERSON,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society,
Gardener to W ALTER FREDERICK CAMPBELL, Esq. M. P
F. H. S. at Woodhall, in Lanarkshire.

XXV. Remarks upon the Comparative Advantages of
Grafting Pears upon Quince Stocks. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Tuomas Torsron, F. H.S. Gar-

= dener to the Countess of Bridgwater, at Ashridge, in
Hertfordshire. 213

XXVI. Description, with Plans of a Hot-Wall. In a Letter
to the Secretary. By Mr. Joun Hay, Corresponding
Member of the Horticultural Society. 218

XXVII. Report upon the New or Rare Plants which flowered
. in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick,
between March, 1825, and March, 1826. Part II. Hardy
Plants. By Mr. Jons Liıxprey, F. L. S. &c. Assistant
Secretary. 224

XXVIII. Suggestions respecting the Culture of the Mango
and Cherimoyer. By Tuomas Anprew Kxrour, Esq.
F. R. S. &c. President. 254

XXIX. Some Account of the Mela Carla, Malcarle, or
Charles Apple. By Mr. Joun Linvtey, F. R. S. $c.
Assistant Secretary. ! 259

XXX. A Review of the Fifty kinds of Grapes described by
Mr. Srercuzy in his “ Treatise on the Vine," with such
Corrections as subsequent experience shews the necessity of.
By Mr. Josrru Tuompson, Corresponding Member of
the Horticultural Society, Gardener to his Grace the Duke
of PonTLAND, at Welbeck, in Nottinghamshire, and Suc-
cessor to Mr. SPEECHLY. 263

CONTENTS.

XXXI. An Account of the Species of Catocnortus; a
Genus of American Plants. By Mr. DAvip Dovaras,
A. E S. | | 275

XXXII. An Account of some Improvements in the Construc-
tion of Hot Beds. By Tuomas Anprew Knieur, Esq.
F. R. S. $c. President. 1 281

XXXIII. O» the Treatment of the Nymphea Rubra. Ina
Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Curistre Dorr,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society of
London, and Gardener to the EARL Grosvenor, at Eaton
Hall, in Cheshire. | . 285

XXXIV. A simplified Method of marking Numbers on
Tallies. Ina Letter to the Secretary. By Sık GEORGE
SrEvART MacKenzie, Bart. F. H. S. 288

XXXV. Upon pruning and managing Dwarf Standard
Apple and Pear Trees in a Garden. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Witu1iam GREENSHIELDS, F, H_S.

| .291

XXXVI. A Plan for transplanting large Forest Trees in
Parks. Ina Letter to the Secretary. By Sır CHARLES
Mixes Lampert Mowck, Bart. F. H.S. > FIT ees

LIST OF THE PLATES.

6. Plan of a Hot-Wall, by Mr. John Hay, to face page 220
7. The Malcarle, or Charles Apple * ~Wogace UND
8. Calochortus macrocarpus L - - - 276
9. Calochortus nitidus and speciosus - - - 277

[ 209 ]

XXIV. Account of a Mode of Managing Peach Trees, in
an Early Peach House. By Mr. Warrer HENDERSON,
Corresponding M. ember of the Horticultural Society,
Gardener to WALTER FREDERICK CaAMPBELL, Esq. M. P.
F. H. S. at Woodhall, in Lanarkshire. :

Read February 6, 1827.
Sin,
Tue following is an account of the way I have trained,
pruned, and managed the Peach trees, in the Early Peach
House at Woodhall, for these last twenty-seven years.

The Peach House is forty-five feet long, and thirteen feet
six inches wide ; the front of the house stands on pillars ; the
trees are planted inside of the house, fourteen inches from
the front wall. There are two nine inch courses of freestone
above the border, and a sash; which, including the top and
bottom wall plates of wood, makes the whole height of the
front four feet six inches. A man can pass along the front,
betwixt the trees and the upright sash, to prune and dress
them as far as he can reach up. The trees are trained on a
trellis of wood; this, at first, is three and a half feet distant
from the front sash ; after it passes the front sash, the trellis
is parallel to the sloping glass, two feet three inches from the
glass, and is continued thus to the top of the house.

"There is only one flue, which coming from the back, at
the east end of the house, runs along the middle of the bor-
der to the opposite end, and returns, entering into a chimney
over the fire. Between the flue and the back wall, is a pit
three feet deep, and four feet eight inches wide, which is kept
Ee

VOL. VII.

210 Mode of Managing Peach Trees, $c.

filled with dead leaves of trees, the steam from which contri-
butes much to the healthiness of the trees within the house.
The flue is raised nineteen inches above the border ; the
return flue is contiguous to the pit, being separated only
by a partition of bricks on edge. The top of the flue thus
doubled, being three feet wide, is covered with stone three
inches thick, which forms a walk along the middle of the house.

I generally shut up the house about the first of December;
if the weather be mild I apply no fire heat for two weeks,
but if it be frosty I put on a little fire every night. In the
course of four weeks the buds begin to swell; being at that
time able to distinguish the best buds, I prune and cut away
as much as possible of the wood that bore the fruit last
season, and tie in the young shoots that were made in the
course of the summer. These shoots were allowed to grow
upright, with their tops towards the glass, through the pre-
ceding season, and were not tied down till this time. I cut
out all the worst shoots, and leave none except those that are
well ripened, and full of perfect and strong flower-buds ;
these shoots I shorten from fourteen to six inches, according
to their strength, always observing to cut them at a leaf-bud.
I lay in the shoots that are to bear the Peaches, from six
inches to nine inches apart ; after the young wood is all tied
in, I go over the trees, and rub or cut offa great number of
the flower-buds, carefully observing to leave the best and
strongest. The few flowers that are left consequently blow
very strong and perfect, and by this means, the trees not
being weakened by a great quantity of bloom, I can almost
count on every flower-bud which I leave, setting. When the
Peaches are set, and about the size of peas, I generally give

By Mr. WALTER HENDERSON. 21}

a gentle sprinkling over the leaves with water, once every sìx
or seven days; this I do in the forenoon, in order that the
leaves may become dry before night; about the middle of
March I sprinkle the trees in the afternoon, this keeps the
air in the house moist and kindly through the night. The
trees now beginning to make wood for next year's crop, I go
over them with care, and rub off a quantity of the young
shoots, observing to keep those which are left in a kind of
regular order, none being preserved except where there is
room for them. I do not tie in these young shoots that are
left for next year's crop, but allow them to grow upright with
their tops to the glass; by this means I do not crowd or dis-
turb the shoots whereon the fruit is growing ; there is suffi-
cient of sun and air betwixt these young upright shoots: to
ripen the Peaches, and give them both fine colour and good
flavour. As the season advances I give the trees a good
sprinkling over the leaves, twice every week, betwixt four
and five o'clock in the afternoon, in order that they may get
the benefit of the water through the night; I continue the
sprinkling while warm sunny weather continues, but if the
weather happens to be dull and cloudy, I diseontinue the
sprinkling till warm sun returns. About two weeks after the
Peaches have taken the ripening swelling, I stop the sprinkl-
ing, give the house a great deal of air, and keep no fire heat
through the day ; but, if the weather be dark or wet, I put
on a little fire every night. If the weather happens to be
warm and dry, I give the house air through the night, and no
fire heat. By treating them in this way the Peaches come
well coloured, well flavoured, and of a great size, few Peaches
in the house being produced, less than half a pound, or eight

212 Mode of Managing Peach Trees, $c.

ounces English weight, but I have gathered several that
weighed ten ounces. ‘The trees in the house I have been
describing, although they have been forced twenty-seven
years, are in great good health. The sorts are the New
Gallande Peaeh, and the Woodhall Nectarine, a seedling
raised at this place ; the Nectarines come the ordinary size of
that fruit, a little more than half the size of the Peaches.
The crop is generally fit for gathering from the middle to the
end of May, and it is in general all gathered by the 12th of
July; as soon as it is cleared, I give the trees a good wash-
. ing of water with the engine, to stop the red spider coming
on them, and after dash water over the leaves once a week,
till the wood is sufficiently ripened, and the flower buds well
formed ; I then take off the sashes and expose the trees to
the open air. They are much the better for being exposed
to the weather and the rains which fall in the months of
September, October, and November ; about the Ist. of De-
cember, I again shut up the house, and when the flower buds
are a little advanced as above stated, I — as before:
described. 2

I treat all the Peach and Nectarine: trees that are Sander
glass, in the same way as above ; but of those that are on the
open walls, the young wood must be nailed in, otherwise it
would not ripen. Although I lay in the young shoots, at the
time of pruning for the crop, at from six to nine inches from
each other, yet I have always a very regular crop and rather
thick than otherwise.

[ 213 ]

XXV. Remarks upon the Comparative Advantages of
"Grafting Pears upon Quince Stocks. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Tuomas Torsron, F. H.S. Gar-
dener to the Countess of Bridgwater, at Ashridge, in

Hertfordshire.

Read January 2, 1827.
SIR,
F oR several years I have been of opinion, that perhaps
there are few, or none of the sorts of fruit that come to matu-
rity in this country, without the aid of glass and artificial `
heat, that merit more attention and encouragement than .
Pears, considering the long space of time that they may be
had for the table. For where there is a judicious selection,
and soil and situation suitable, they may be supplied with
but little intermission, from July till May following. |

One great improvement in the cultivation of the Pear, is
a method practiced many years ago, but not generally enough
adopted; that of the choice sorts being grafted upon the
Quince, by which they come several years sooner into bear-
ing, and produce much better crops, than those upon the
common or free stock. -

I have had Epor of seeing the supenonty o£ the
Quince stock in three different counties, and with as many
different sorts of soil, and have not found any disadvantage
whatever in it, although some disapprove the use of it. I
think the objections are made only by those who have. not
given the two sorts of stocks a fair trial. Pears on the
Quince require less wall room at planting; but an -—

214 Advantages of Grafting Pears upon Quince Stocks.

space of wall, occupied by trees on Quinces, will produce
from three to five times the quantity of fruit, which could
have been obtained from trees on Free stocks, and: in some
cases still more, and the fruit will be in no respect inferior.

In the last season, having had a general crop of fruit, I have
with accuracy ascertained the difference of the produce from
the two kinds of stocks, which I beg leave to submit for your
information.

Gansell’s Bergamot on the Quince, 2 trees.) The Quince exceeds

- 3 1 as.15.1 is to 1.

The same sort on the Free, - 3 trees.) the Free in quantity,

Brown Beurrée on the Quince, - 4 me The Quince exceeds H a eiue

The same sort on the Free, - 3 trees.) the Free in quantity,

Crassane on the Quince, - + 9 ine] The Quince exceeds 1 ap 8Histo i

The same sort on the Free, E 2 trees.) the Free in quantity, :

Colmar on the Quince, - - 3 cd The Quince exceeds bas 25 9.8 is to 1

The same sort on the Free, H 2 trees.) the Free in quantity, :
30.5. 5 4

and 30.5 divided by 4, gives 7.6 as the average in favour
of the Quince.

The fruit of each of these trees was measured by gallons,
and. counted in numbers, each tree separately, and the space of
wall occupied by each tree, was ascertained in superficial feet.

Those on the Free stocks, occupied much more wall space
than those on the Quince did ; but those on the Quince pro-
duced much more fruit (as above stated), than those on the
Free.

Those on the Quince, were planted in 1818, 1819, and
1820, maiden trees of one years growth from the bud; they
made scarcely any progress for the two first years after plant-
ing, till a more suitable soil was obtained and applied to their
roots ; sincethat they have thriven exceedingly, and produced
fruit in abundance.

By Mr. Tuomas TonsRox. 215

The Pear trees on Free stocks were all nearly eighty years
old, (or coeval with the walls) and previous to 1818 extended
over from forty to sixty feet of twelve-foot walls, but for
several years they had been unproductive, being crowded
with old wood, and long projecting spurs. They were all cut
back in 1818, 1819 and 1820, nearly close to the trunk, and
that was eut also down three or four feet above the surface
of the ground. These trees now occupy individually, from 24
to 30 feet of the walls, are furnished with healthy
and fruitful wood, being quite renovated, and bear as much
astrees of the same sorts, that were planted in good fresh
soil, and against new walls, from twenty to twenty-seven
years ago, and which from their age, may be said to be in
their prime as to bearing.

DIS I am, Sir,
with much respect,
your very humble servant,

Ashridge Gardens, Tuomas Torsron.
December 20, 1826.

Note by ALExANDER Seton, Esq. F. H. S.

To the useful information contained in the above paper, I
wish, chiefly with the view of calling the attention of more
competent persons to the same object, to add a few remarks,
arising from limited experience and observation, relating to
the soils respectively adapted to Pear and Quince trees; a
due attention to which will enable us to derive the greater
benefit from the practice here recommended, of using stocks
of the latter description. 1 have found that a stiff clayey

216 Advantages of Grafting Pears upon Quince stocks.

or loamy soil is generally unfavourable to Pear trees ; but
that Quinces and Pears. grafted on Quince stocks thrive
exceedingly in it. Soils of this nature being prevalent in a
great many parts of this country, the means are thus afforded
by the use of Quince stocks, to persons in such situations, of
cultivating to advantage many varieties of Pears, which would
never bear fruit in. sufficient quantities, if grafted on their
own species.: On the other hand I have observed that in a
light gravelly soil, with a gravelly or sandy bottom, Pear trees
succeed better than Quinces ; and in such situations the Pear
stocks will of course be preferable. This if I mistake not, was
experienced by the Society itself a few years ago, in the tem-
porary experimental garden which it had at Kensington, and
which consisted of a soil of the latter nature; where the
Pears grafted on Quince stocks did not succeed so well as
the others.

There is another point which deserves more attention than
is usually bestowed on it, not only in the choice of Quince
stocks, but in that of all other stocks for fruit trees; namely,
the seminal varieties. It is well known, that, as all plants vary
in their characters when raised from the seeds, so among
their peculiarities, there is a great diversity in their vigour,
and power of retaining health and luxuriance in various soils
and situations. To this may often be rightly ascribed, the
difference which is to be met with in the health and produc-
tiveness of grafted trees of the same variety, in the same
situations. As in many cases the same variety cannot advan-
tageously be propagated for stocks, the best course to pursue
is to mark the most healthy individuals among the seedling
plants. But there are other cases in which it is extremely

By Mr. Tuomas Torsron 217

useful to propagate the same variety for stocks by means of
layers and cuttings, as, for example, in the use of Paradise
Crabs for Apples. Now, Quince trees being very easily and
usually propagated by layers, it may be well worth while, for
any person who cultivates them to a great extent for stocks,
to select such of them as are most healthy, or possess any
other useful peculiarity, and to continue those only by layers
or cuttings in the same way as is usually followed with
Paradise stocks, for Apples.

VOL. VII. Ff

[ 218 ]

XXVI. Description, with Plans of a Hot- Wall. In a Letter
to the Secretary. By Mr. Joun Hay, Corresponding
Member of the Horticultural Society.

Read November 21, 1826.
Sir,

Ix compliance with your request, I send you an account of
the hot-wall, a drawing of which I have also forwarded to
you. In the early part of my practice as a professional gar-
dener, I found that hot walls, as they are generally constructed,
with four horizontal flues in the height of the wall, were
objectionable for the following reasons :—viz. that the lower
part of the wall became overheated before a sufficient degree
of heat had been communicated to the upper part; that
when the fire was withdrawn for the day, the current of cold
air passing through the flues had the effect of cooling the
wall, which it was necessary to correct by extra fires; and
that even in summer, when the fires were discontinued, the
current of cold air allowed to pass through the wall had the
effect of making it colder than a solid wall heated by the
rays of the sun.

Observations such as these prompted me to attempt the
construction of a hot wall in which these objections might be
obviated, and gave rise to the arrangement represented in
the drawing. Hot walls of this description have been built
in the manner shown by the transverse section, with bricks of
the common size, having a shallow recess on the outside, into

Description, with Plans of a Hot Wall. 219

which there is fitted a wooden trellis, to prevent the tree
coming in contact with the wall where it is hottest, opposite
the first turn of the flue. In order to avoid the wooden
trellis, I have also constructed these walls on another plan,
which answers the purpose equally well; and that is, by
leaving a narrow space of half an inch immediately behind
the first courses of bricks in front, and to the height of the
first flue only, into which a stream of heated air is admitted
from the top of the furnace. For the first and second turns
of the horizontal flues bricks were made on purpose, viz.
9 inches long and 2} inches square for the first turn, and
9 inches long by 3 and 22 inches for the second. Double
walls were built in front of the first turn of the horizontal
flue of 24 thick, leaving a space of half an inch between
them; the inner wall is built first, the bricks close laid, and
the joints well pointed ; the outer wall is then built, and the
vacuity formed by pieces ofthin board, laid close to the inner
wall, which are drawn up as the building advances to the
height of the first flue, where it is covered over with the large
and common bricks, thus forming a narrow warm air chamber.
The furnace is so constructed as to admit warm air from its
sides and top into the chamber, and obtains vent at the end
furthest from the furnace by a cast-iron plug and socket, half
an inch in diameter, built into the wall, which, by being kept
in or withdrawn at pleasure, puts it in the gardener's power
either to reduce or keep up the temperature of this part of
the wall A sketch of this shown on a transverse section is
also given. Some gardeners prefer this method to the other.

It may be mentioned as an advantage, that stronger fires may
be kept on without risk of injuring the trees that may be

220 Description, with Plans of a Hot Wall.

trained upon the wall. In every other respect the wall is the
same, only the thickness in front of the upper horizontal flue
is three inches. The furnace is provided with an outer and
inner cast-iron door, and ash-pit door, and the outlet of the
flues with a cast-iron chimney top, having a lifting damper.
In heating the wall the fürnace door is always kept close, ex-
cept when feeding the fire; the ashpit door being allowed to
stand open as much as to make the fire burn to the extent
required. When the wall has been brought to the proper
temperature, the damper on the chimney top is let down, and
the ash-pit door closed ; a few red embers shut up in the
furnace will assist in preserving the heat, which may thus be
maintained for a considerable time, and a saving of fuel
effected. In summer all the furnace doors are to be kept
close, and the top dampers let down. For a further descrip-
tion of these plans I beg to refer you to the particular refer-
ences which accompany them.

I am, Sir,
_ Your most obedient Servant,

Edinburgh, oe R h 3 Joun Hay.
July 15, 1826. 22 i i i

References to the annexed Plan, and Sections.

Fig. 1. The ground plan. One side A has a recess for a
wooden trellis, the other side B is without a trellis,

-but has in lieu of it a warm air flue a. The furnaces,

-. flues, cleaning holes, &c. are shown. bb, are holes
three inches square, at the level of the fire bars,

HORT. TRANS. Vol. Vil. Fl. VI.

|

|

ll
iU

li

EE
EI
S

l

=
N
N

|

Jl

|

|

|

oe

LE tL.

Wilds

N
B

i

S

|

Eg —————ÁÀÁÀ—— M ——————M— =

BILTLUALLNITHALHUAL LAUREA jit TP DROIT! YUMA LDR AREAS l
i

| 3
WENT 7 x Ww ES S : n5
REESE I S 5 = | s SS
EE — == Y = . IERI RE

Fig. 2.

By Mr. Joun Hay. 221

where the vacuity extending up the sides, and over
the arch of the furnaces, commences. These open-
ings are furnished with plugs, and are for the pur-
pose of admitting cold air, to be heated by coming
in contact with the warm parts of the furnace.
c, Warm air from the top of the furnace, passing
through the air flue in the lower part of the wall, and
escaping at d (y Fig. 3), where there is fixed a square
piece. of cast iron, having a socket in the centre and
brass plug to fit, secured by a bit of chain. These
plugs are withdrawn when the furnace is heated, per-
mitting a current of warm air to pass forward, which
assists in warming the outer wall. When the fire is
taken off, the plugs are replaced in their sockets.
€, a vacuity in the wall A, similar to the air flue in
the wall B, just described, and connected with it, to
prevent any overheating of this part of the wall.
f, a narrow vacuity extending nearly to the top, for
the purpose of checking the expenditure of heat upon
the north or back part of the wall, and to preserve
the heat as long as possible on that side of the flue.
Longitudinal section ; gg, foundation ; ^ 4, entrance to
the smoke flues; 7, passage for heated air from the
top of the furnace to warm the air flue (c, Fig. 1) in
the front of the wall; ZZ, chambers connected with
the smoke flue for the purpose of retaining the heat,
formed by laying two bricks in length ; //, divisions
separating the chambers, formed of bricks laid in
breadth. When a hot wall of this description is built
upon a level, openings might be left in the middle

222

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Description, with Plans of a Hot Wall.

of each division, except that furthest from the fur-
nace, as at mm, which by permitting the warm air ac-
cumulated at the extremity nearest the furnace to
diffuse itself, will tend to render the heat commu-
nicated to the exterior surface more uniform.

Transverse section of the wall as at B (Fig. 1); n,
furnace with a double iron, and an ash-pit door; o, air
flue on the top of the furnace, covered with a flag
stone, and connected with the air flue p, correspond-
ing with c, (Fig. 1.) A wooden hatch hinged at g, to
the flag stone, covers the furnace pit, rr (in this and

the other figures) cleaning holes closed with bricks ;

$, square cast iron chimney top, set diagonally to the
line of the wall, having a lifting damper, and a wire
and ring, or chain attached, by pulling down which
the damper is raised, and the ring, or link of chain
slipped upon a hook fixed in the wall, keeps it in
its place; £, square stone bases, to which the chim-
ney top is secured. : |

Transverse section of the wall as at A (Fig. 1); u, a
space left between the arch and flag-stone cover of
the furnace, to prevent the escape of heat ; v, vacuity
opposite the furnace, corresponding with e (Fig. 1) ;
w, a recess on the outside of the wall in front of the
first turn of the smoke flue, 14 inch deep, fitted with
a wooden trellis, to which the branches of the trees
are trained. The rods of this trellis are kept three-

. eighths of an inch free of the wall, to permit of

tying; z, narrow chamber, as described at f (Fig. 1.)

By Mr. Joun Hay. 223

Some walls in high and exposed situations*have been fur-
nished with screens. For this purpose, wrought iron forked
Toa bats, as in the adjoining sketch, are fixed in the

| (F front ofthe wall, at 22 inches beneath the coping,

: Hm and 35 inches distant, to receive the upper ends
of Bo teats rafters, the tops of which are furnished with
small pulleys or rollers. A screen of thin osnaburgh or
canvas, all in one piece, is provided for each division of the
wall, bound round the edge with small rope or cord. A small
rope for each rafter is fixed to the screen; these being passed
through the pulleys, a man placed at each end of the screen,
having the ends of half the ropes in his hand, easily brings it
up to the top of the wall, where it is fixed for the night, and
in the morning let down nearly to the ground. Two ropes for `
each rafter attached at the top of the screen, crossing one
another on the outside, bind it close to the rafters. This kind
of covering has been successfully used upon hot and other
walls, for protecting the trees when necessary in spring or

autumn.

[224]

XXVII. Report upon the New or Rare Plants which flowered
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick,
between March, 1825, and March, 1826. Part II. Hardy
Plants. By Mr. Jous Liwprxv, F.L.S. $c. Assistant
Secretary.

Read September 4th and 18th, 1827.

Tue following observations apply to such Hardy Plants as
flowered in the Garden of the Society between March, 1825,
and March, 1826, and appeared to merit particular notice.
A Report upon the Tender Plants that flowered in the same
period has already been printed in the present volume of the
Transactions,*
TREES OR SHRUBS. -
XXXIV. Rosa Dicksoni.

R. (Cinnamomea) ramis flexuosis aculeis raris gracilibus sparsis armatis, foliolis
complicatis grossé duplicato-serratis insequalibus, ue petiolis sepalisque
glandulosis zequalibus, fructu nudo.

Amongst the multitude of Roses that have been distin-
guished by botanists of almost every nation of Europe, it is
scarcely credible, that in our own country, there should still
exist a species, which even the most sceptical of those who
have studied the genus are ready to admit as a distinct form :
yet such is the fact with the plant now about to be described.
It was sent to the Society in 1824 by Mr. James Drum-
MOoND, Curator of the Botanic Garden, Cork, by whom it was
discovered.

* P.46.

Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c. 225

With other British species it has so little in common, that
there is not one with which it is necessary to.compare it. Of
the Roses not found wild in these islands there are two,
namely, R. cinnamomea and R. villosa of LixN vs, each the
representative of a particular group of species, to which it is
almost equally allied; to the former however in a greater
degree than to the latter. With R. cinnamomea it agrees in
the colour of its wood, in the form of its setz, in the colour
and general appearance of its foliage, in the form of the
tube of the calyx, and in the smoothness and figure of the
fruit; but it disagrees with it in its glandular regular sepals,
more robust habit, and glandular petioles and stipules. To
R. villosa it approaches in the form and serratures of the
leaves, in the glandular surface of the sepals, and very much
in its general appearance ; but it recedes from that species in
not having any tendency to produce spines on the fruit, in
its uniformly regular equal sepals, in the texture and direc-
tion of the leaflets ; and finally, in the total absence of that
peculiar smell of turpentine which pervades the whole of the
division of Vittosz Roses.

At the suggestion of Mr. Sase it has received its name
in record of the merits of the late Mr. James Dickson, a
Vice President of this Society, and an indefatigable investi-
gator of British Botany. _

The following description may possibly appear tedious ;
but by those who are acquainted with the difficulty of distin-
guishing species in this most intricate genus, it will not be
found more copious than is necessary. Bush, with the habit
and general appearance of an upright growing R. cinnamomea.
Young shoots light green, very slightly tinged with brown,

VOL, VII. Gg

226 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

furnished with a few scattered, slightly falcate, somewhat un-
equal, slender prickles. Old shoots flexuose, dark purplish
brown, covered all over with a light glaucous bloom, with a
very few scattered, straight, slender prickles ; sometimes un-
armed. Leaves large, grey, opaque; stipules large, broad,
apiculate and slightly serrate at the end, downy, ciliated with
fine glands, which exist also at the back near the edges; peti-
oles downy, unarmed, with a few glands on the upper surface ;
leaflets oval, complicate, coarsely and doubly serrated, downy
on both sides, and having a very few minute glands beneath ;
there is no smell of turpentine; terminal leaflet much larger
than the lower leafllets. Flowers in 5-flowered cymes.
Bractez downy, glandular at the edge and back, the lower-
most usually with a long terminal leaflet as long as the tube
of the calyx. Peduncle setose. Tube of the calyx ovate,
glaucous, naked, or rarely with a few setze; sepals setose and
glandular at the back, long, narrow, all nearly equal, with a
long linear-lanceolate leafy serrated end. Flowers dark red,
middle sized, appearing in June. Petals entire, emarginate,
apiculate, much shorter than the sepals. Stigmas in a de-
pressed head, hairy. Fruit red, unarmed.

XXXV. Rosa Banksiz ; Garden variety, flava.

A very handsome variety of Rosa Banksiz, brought from
China for the Society in 1824 in the Lowther Castle East
Indiaman, by Mr. Joun Damper Parks. Besides colour, it
differs from the double white variety in having shorter, flatter,
and more lucid leaves, and in having less disposition to pro-
duce side branchlets. The flowers are smaller and not fra-
grant, and the petals are arranged with greater regularity one

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 227

above the other; the latter are quite entire. The sepals are
very distinctly tinged with red, and are not glandular.

This variety flowers in the open air in the beginning of
May, about a fortnight earlier than the common sort. It is
perfectly hardy, and propagates with the greatest facility
from cuttings. |

I am informed by Dr. LIVINGSTONE, that both the varie-
ties of Rosa Banksiz are found in China to strike so freely
from cuttings, that it is a common practice with the Chinese
gardeners, to engraft a cutting of R. Banksiz with any other
kind that they wish to encrease, and then to plant the cutting
so grafted; they find that it possesses so much inherent
vigour, that it is able both to strike root itself, and to form as
perfect a union with the scion as if it had been a growing

plant.
XXXVI. Rosa Alpina; Garden variety, speciosa.

This remarkable variety appears to be a hybrid pro-
duction, between Rosa Alpina and Rosa Indica. To the
former it approaches in being destitute of prickles, in the
blistered surface of its young leaves, and in the general habit.
To the latter it may be compared on account of its clustered
flowers, and the form, crimson tinge, and glossiness of its
foliage.

It is a low bush, with vigorous, erect, nearly naked, vinous
shoots, covered with a glaucous bloom. The branches are
nearly unarmed, bearing occasionally a few straight, scattered
The leaflets are oval, somewhat shining, and sim-
stipules much dilated, and their midrib
The flowers are semi-double,

prickles.
ply serrated; their
strongly coloured with red.

228 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

with somewhat loose flaccid petals, of a very brilliant car-
mine, fading into pale rose colour as the blossoms approach
decay. The peduncles are slightly glandular; the tube of
the calyx ovate, smooth, and the sepals nearly simple, not
quite so long as the petals, and coarsely covered with minute
glands. i

This was raised by Mr. James Drummonp of Cork, by whom
plants were sent to the Society's Garden in 1824. The flowers
appear in June and July. It has been distributed from the
Garden under the name of Drummonn’s Thornless Rose. It
is one of the earliest Roses that blow, and one of the most
striking.

XXXVII. Pyrus arbutifolia.

P. caule erecto, foliis obovato-oblongis acutis subtus calycibusque tomentosis,
corymbis paucifloris foliis brevioribus, fructibus pyriformibus.

Under this name several different plants are cultivated,
which it appears to me necessary to distinguish. Of these,
three may be considered varieties of P. arbutifolia, and two
essentially distinct species, one of which has been published
as such in the Botanical Register. Under P. arbutifolia Bo-
tanists comprehend all the plants with downy calyces that
are referable to that section of Pyrus which Persoon called
Aronia, and which has been more recently distinguished by
- the name of Adenorachis by M. De Cawporrz. Which par-
ticular variety of this species, or whether either of the two
others I am about to characterize, have been intended by
various Botanists for their P. arbutifolia, I do not think it is
possible to ascertain. I shall therefore assume that >the
plants to which that name is truly applicable are character-
ized as follows. Stem erect, naked. Branches chocolate

By Mr. Joun LiwNprry. 229

coloured. Leaves small, pale green, oval, acuminate at each
end, a little narrower towards the base, smooth above, downy
beneath, with very fine crenatures, each having a little
brown mucro. Flowers numerous, in many flowered co-:
rymbs. Calyces downy. Fruit red, shining, produced in
considerable abundance, small, obovate, slightly downy.

This was presented by Messrs. Lopprees under the name
of Mespilus pyrifolia. It varies slightly in the size of its fruit,
and in its more or less vigorous growth. From it I distinguish
the two following varieties.

P. arbutifolia, (3 intermedia : fructu subgloboso fusco.

A handsome plant, received from Mr. Witi1am MALCOLM,
under the name of Pyrus melanocarpa. It cannot be ranked
higher than a variety of Pyrus arbutifolia, with which it agrees
in the surface of its calyx, and the shape of its leaves, dif-
fering chiefly in the size and colour of its fruit, which assumes a
brown hue when fully ripe, and in the larger size of its

leaves.

P. arbutifolia, y serotina : foliis nitidis subtus velutinis, fructu serotino versicolore.

The leaves of this are of a darker green than those of the
type of the species, more tapering to each end, and particu-
larly shining on the upper surface ; they are also much more
reticulated above than in either of the other two varieties ;
the fruit is pyriform, changing at first to yellow, and after-
wards acquiring the red colour proper to the species.

230 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

XXXVIII. Pyrus floribunda. Lindley.

P. ramis cinereis reclinatis, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis acutis longè petiolatis
subtus calycibusque tomentosis, fructibus sphæricis, corymbis multifloris foliis
longioribus.

This species differs from P. arbutifolia in its compact recli-
nate habit, and black fruit: in P. arbutifolia the mode of
growth being erect and rather rigid, and the fruit red. The
leaves have nearly the same outline, but are not netted on the
upper side, are much larger, and are seated on longer stalks ;
the young shoots are long and cinereous. The appearance of
the plant is unusually graceful, and it is, to use an Horticul-
tural expression, by far the best plant of any of the allies of
P. arbutifolia. It is intermediate in appearance between P.
melanocarpa and arbutifolia, agreeing with the latter in its
calyces, with the former in its fruit, and being truly distinct
from either.

The plants in the Garden were presented to the Society
by Messrs. Loppıces, under the name of Mespilus flori-
bunda. It has long been an inhabitant of the Gardens ; for
there are specimens in the Banksian Herbarium from the
Gardens both of Mr. Perer Corriwsow and Dr. ForTHER-
GILL. A figure of the plants in the Societys Garden has
been published in the Botanical Register. fol. 1006.

XXXIX. Pyrus depressa.
P. caule humili reclinato, foliis oblongis obtusis subtus calycibusque tomen-
tosis, fructibus pyriformibus, corymbis foliorum longitudine.
In habit this is similar to P. melanocarpa, being very dwarf ;
the plants in the Garden do not exceed 1i foot in height.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 231

The branches are reclinate, cinereous, rather. chocolate co-
loured, with very short branchlets. The leaves are small,
oblong, rounded at the apex, with very fine crenatures, shin-
ing above, downy beneath. The corymbs are not longer than
the leaves, and extremely numerous, giving the plant when
in flower a lively appearance. The fruit is very small, numer- -
ous, downy, dark purple, nearly round.

Received from Messrs. Loppers, under the name of Pyrus
prunifolia, a very different arborescent species.

XL. Pyrus melanocarpa.

P. caule humili erecto glabro, foliis oblongis acutis nitidis glaberrimis sube-
glandulosis mox discoloribus, fructibus rotundato-turbinatis calycibusque gla-
berrimis.

This is generally known in the nurseries by the name of
Mespilus montana; it has also been received from Messrs.
. LoppnicEs and Messrs. WurrLEx and Co. under the name of

Pyrus Pensylvanica. The habit is very dwarf, not exceeding

1i foot or 2 feet in height. The branches are erect, always

smooth. Leaves pale green, obovate, or oblong, acute,
coarsely crenated, with scarcely any glands either upon the
margin or costa, changing to deep red as the season advances.

Flowers smaller than in the species with downy calyces.

Calyces smooth, as also is the fruit, which is roundish-turbi-

nate, black and shining. The buds and shoots are often
"bright red.

Most nearly related to P. depressa, from. which it differs
in having smooth calyces, leaves and branches, a more erect
habit, and scarcely any glands upon either the margin or

232 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

middle of the leaves. It is altogether an extremely smooth
plant.

Of this there is a variety named. in it Mosii LoppIicEs’
Catalogue Mespilus xanthocarpa, which differs in having the
young leaves downy beneath, and the flowers rather smaller.
Its habit also appears to be less dwarf. I have not seen the
fruit, which from the name is possibly yellow : it must not be
confounded with the true P. — ei but may be dis-
tinguished as a variety thus.

P. melanocarpa, 3 subpubescens:; folis junioribus subtus tomentosis adultis
glabris, corymbis paucifloris.
According to native specimens in my possession, collected
by the late Mr. Frazer, this variety is a native of the
Southern States of North America.

XLI. Pyrus pubens.

P. caule erecto, ramis pubescentibus, foliis oblongis obovatisve abrupté acumi-
natis, fructibus sphericis calycibusque glaberrimis, corymbis polycarpis laxis,
disco glabro.

A handsome species, most nearly related to Pyrus grandi-
folia, from which it is at first sight known by its very cinereous
branches, and much smaller leaves. Received under the name
of Pyrus capitata from Mr. Joun Mixxer of Bristol, by whom
it was some years since obtained from the late Mr. Lyons.

Stem erect, vigorous. Branches cinereous, downy. Leaves
oblong or obovate, abruptly acuminate, tapering to. the base,
pale green, crenate, nearly without glands, smooth on each
side. Corymbs numerous, many flowered, shorter than the
leaves. Calyces quite smooth. Fruit large, dark purple,

` By Mr. Joun LiNprEY. 233

round, shining, in loose corymbs. Disk and apex of the ova-
rium nearly smooth.

Both this and the next have the robust foliage and habit
of Pyrus Chamæmespilus.

XLII. Pyrus grandifolia.

P. caule erecto rainisque glabriusculis, foliis oblongis obovatisve acutis glabris,
fructibus spheericis calycibusque glabris, corymbis oligocarpis coarctatis, disco
villoso.

A very fine and distinct plant, received from Mr. Joux
Mixxer of Bristol, by whom it was obtained under the same
cireumstances as the last. It resembles a P. Chamsemespilus
in the strength of its shoots, breadth of its leaves, and general
appearance.

Stem erect, vigorous. Branches brown, slightly pubescent.
Leaves large, bright green, broad, oblong or obovate, abruptly
acuminate, smooth on each side, shining above, serrulate,
with few glands. Flowers larger than usual. Fruit dark
purple. Calyces quite smooth. Disk and apex of the ova-
rium villous. |

It is difficult to find technical characters to discriminate
this and the last, which are nevertheless truly different. I
believe the villous disk and apex of the ovarium of this is as
constant, as it is an obvious character ; its branches are also
much less downy, the leaves browner and larger, and the
corymbs of fruit more compact. It may be considered the
transition from the tribe of Adenorachis to that of true

Pyrus.

VOL. VII. Hh

234 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

XLIII. Pyrus Aria. Ehrhart.

Of the many varieties of this tree differing from each other
in the figure and general appearance of their foliage, few have
been yet distinguished either in systematic works, or catalogues
of cultivators ; it may therefore be useful here to notice such
of them as are growing in the Garden of the Society.

1. P. Aria, obtusifolia ; foliis planis ovalibus obtusis simpliciter serratis : adultis
suprà glabris.
P. Aria obtusifolia. Dec. prodr.

P. Aria ovalis, Hort.

Buds green, small. Shoots weak, smooth. Leaves regu-
larly and simply serrated, obtuse at each end, very even and
glossy above, hoary beneath.

This differs from P. Aria angustifolia chiefly in the glossi-
ness and shortness of the leaves. It is well represented in the
Flora Danica, plate 302, where it is stated to be common in
Norway. It was received from Mrs. Mackie of Norwich,
under the name of P. Aria ovalis.

2 T rne undulata; folis planis ovali-lanceolatis latis undulatis inzequaliter
inciso-serratis acuminatis: adultis suprà araneosis.

Buds very large, greenish brown. Shoots stiff, greenish
brown. Leaves approaching those of P. intermedia in form,
but white, with down beneath, and when young densely
downy on the upper side; they are usually uneven or undu-
lated. Corymbs large, with flowers expanding fully.

Received from Mr. Ronaxps of Brentford, under the name
of P. Aria.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 235

3. P. Aria, angustifolia ; foliis ovalibus obtusis concavis subsimpliciter serratis :
adultis suprà hic illic lanatis.

Buds large, cinereous. Shoots smooth. Leaves small,
simply serrated, obtuse at the point, cuneate at the base,
very white beneath, and slightly downy above. Received
from M. Goprrroy of Ville d'Avray, near Sevres, under the
name here adopted.

4. P. Aria acutifolia; folis ovalibus rigidis utrinque acutis concavis duplicato-
serratis caesiis, suprà araneosis.

P. Aria acutifolia. Dec. prodr.

Buds large, cinereous. Shoots smooth. Leaves flat, nearly
simply serrated, cuneate and entire at the base, with a very
ceesious aspect; slightly woolly on the upper surface. Co-
rymbs, flowers, and fruit, smaller than usual.

To this M. De Canpotte refers Pyrus alpina of Wirpr-
now (Enum. 527), in which he is probably correct, as its
flowers and fruit are smaller than those of many states of
P. aria. It is common in many parts of Europe; I have it
from woods near Buda.

5, P. Aria, rugosa; foliis magnis ovato-ellipticis duplicato-serratis supra lucidis
rugosis subtus niveis. ;

Buds very large, greenish brown. Shoots very strong,
smooth. Leaves large, on slender petioles, always obtuse,
generally elliptical, but frequently assuming an ovate out-
line; the serratures are regularly double; the upper surface
glossy, dark green, uneven, and wholly destitute of down,
except on the youngest leaves, where it has a floccose appear-
ance ; it is shed long before the leaf has attained its full size ;

236 Report upon New or Rare Plants, §c.

the under surface is as white as that of P. edulis. A very
distinct variety.

Received from Messrs. Lopp1cEs under the name of P.
Aria.

6. P. Aria Cretica ; foliis planis orbiculato-ellipticis crenato-serratis retusis basi
cuneatis, ramulis araneosis.

P. Aria rotundifolia. Hort.
P. Aria Cretica. Hort.
P. Greca. Hort.

Buds large, brown. Shoots smooth ; when young slightly
covered with a cobweb-like down. Leaves flat, middle sized,
obovate-cuneate, doubly — entire at the base, smooth
above, hoary beneath.

This variety is nearly the same as the Caucasean form of
the species, which differs in having the serratures of the leaves
double, and their upper surface loosely covered with woolli-
ness; the latter I have not yet seen in cultivation. It also
exhibits an approach to P. edulis of WirpENow, commonly
sold in the nurseries under the name of P. nivalis, which M.
Dr Canpotte has referred to P. intermedia, but which ap-
pears to me to constitute a species quite as legitimate as any -
of those into which the old P. Aria has been divided.

Received from Messrs. Loppices under the name of Pyrus
Greca, and from Messrs. BacknovsE of York as P. Aria
rotundifolia. lt is more commonly known in the nurseries
by the name of P. Aria Cretica.

7. P. Aria bullata; folis concavis ellipticis acuminatis bullatis, apice grosse

— basi mp
P. Aria acuminata. Hort.

Buds mid downy. Shoots weak, downy. Leaves on long
stalks, irregularly but not doubly serrated, acuminate towards

By Mr. Joux LINDLEY. 237

the point, very much puckered, covered with soft down be-
neath, but scarcely hoary ; they bear much resemblance to
the leaves of some varieties of P. Malus. Received from
Messrs. BacknovsE of York under the name of Pyrus Aria
acuminata.

The figure of Pyrus Aria in English Botany, which it might
have been expected would have been found referable to some
one ofthe above varieties, appears to me not to represent any
form of that species, but a state of P. intermedia which is
common to all the north of Europe, and which M. Fries has
called Sorbus Scandiea. It may be presumed that it was this
opinion which induced M. De Canno.xtz in his Prodromus
. not to identify the figure with either of his varieties of P. Aria.

XLIV. Ulex Europzus; double variety.

This in its foliage resembles in all respects the common
Furze of this country, but its habit is more compact. It forms
a very dense bush, about 5 feet high, and 7 or 8 wide. The
blossoms are produced in great profusion, remain a long time
expanded, and are completely double: a singular circum-
stance in a leguminous plant. In this curious multiplication
of the parts of the flowers the calyx is not affected, and the
vexillum, alz and carina, retain their primitive form, but are
forced asunder by the increase in number of the organs sur-
rounding the axis. Neither stamens nor ovarium are pro-
duced, but in their stead there is an additional number of
petals which usurp their places. In the room of the upper
stamen, or of that which in a naturally formed flower is sepa-
rate from the others, is produced a petal entirely resembling
the vexillum, except that it is smaller; in like manner other

238 Report upon New or Rare Plants, 4c.

additional petals assume the place of the remaining stamens,
taking the likeness of those petals to which they stand next.
The ovarium is also represented by a petal, the middle nerve
of which answering to the back of the pod is hairy and dis-
coloured, and the edges answering to the placenta are coloured
and petaloid.

Plants were presented to the Society by Mr. Joun MILLER
of Bristol in whose nursery it was first raised. It has also
been received from Mr. Farra of Newcastle.

XLV. Prunus serrulata.
P. foliis obovatis acuminatis setaceo-serrulatis glaberrimis, peus glandulosis,
floribus fasciculatis.

This species was sent to the Society from China by Mr.
Reeves in 1822, under the name of Yung-to; and in the same
year was presented by Mr. Samuet Bnooxzs, by whom it had
also been imported. It is usually known by the name of the
Double Chinese Cherry. It is a handsome plant, resembling
the common cherry, from which it differs in the outline of its
leaves, in their surface, and in the nature of the serratures,
which are very fine and bristle pointed. In general appear-
ance the foliage is particularly glossy. The flowers appear in
April in great abundance; they are of a clear transparent
white; the petals are numerous, and disposed one above the
other in such a way as to preserve the pentagonal or quinary
arrangement that exists in the single flower. When the
flowers are produced in the open air thay acquire a beautiful
tinge of pink.

One of the plants in the Arboretum of the Society’s Garden
died during the winter of 1825-6, but as others have in other

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY, 239

places in the Garden exhibited no perceptible impatience of
cold, it may be inferred that the plant alluded to perished from
some unknown cause, and not from frost.

One of the most ornamental hardy plants with which I am
acquainted, and far more beautiful than any of the double
Cherries commonly in cultivation.

XLVI. Prunus salicina.

P. floribus subsolitariis foliis brevioribus, foliis obovatis acuminatis glanduloso-
serratis glabris, stipulis subulatis glandulosis petioli longitudine, petiolis eglandu-
losis, ramis inermibus.

This, which is commonly called the Chinese plum, was
originally sent by Mr. Reeves from China to the Society in
. 1822, under the name of the Ching-Cho-Lee, or Tsing-chok-
Lee Plum. It is not referable to any of the species hitherto
published, but seems to bear a close affinity to the Prunus
glandulosa, a Japanese plant described by Tuunsere, which
has pink flowers and strongly reticulated leaves with an ob-
long outline.

The plants in the Garden are either in potsin a forcing
house, or trained against a south wall; in these situations the
shoots are glaucous-green, slender, and free from spines.
Leaves of rather a thinner texture than those of the common
Plum, obovate, acuminate, finely serrulate, each serrature
being tipped with a minute semitransparent yellowish gland ;
beneath they are quite smooth and slightly reticulated ; above,
glossy and rugulose. Petioles short, without glands. Sti-
pules as long as the petioles, subulate, persistent, frequently
pinnatifid at the base, fringed with glands like those of the
leaves. Flowers small, white, growing singly or severa! to-
gether, on short footstalks, perfectly smooth. Divisions of

240 Report upon New and Rare Plants, $c.

the calyx ovate not glandular. The fruit is represented in
Chinese drawings to be about the size and colour of the My-
robalan Plum, or Prunus cerasifera.

XLVII. Ribes aureum. Pursh.

Under this name there are confounded in Gardens two dis-
tinct species, and several remarkable varieties, which differ
not so much in general appearance, as in their respective pe-
riods of flowering, in the shape and quality of their fruit, and
the manner in which their foliage is affected by change of
season. I will first distinguish the varieties which I consider
referable to R. aureum, and then give some account of the
species that has been confounded with it. |

The plant, which is figured in the Botanical Register, plate
125, may be considered the original form of the species.
This, which is the earliest that flowers, and which I call
R. aureum precoz, is perhaps the best of the varieties. Its
leaves are downy beneath, almost always wedge shaped at the
base, especially in the early part of the season, and the lobes
of the leaves are coarsely cut. The racemes of flowers are
furnished with long leafy persistent bractez. The fruit is
produced in great abundance about the middle of July. The
berries are obovate or turbinate, black, about the size of the
Common Black Currant, and contain a greenish yellow dense
mucilaginous pulp, with a strong disagreable flavour. Plants of
this variety are occasionally to be obtained in the French
and English Nurseries under the false name of R. ougniale,;
but it is far from being common.

The second variety, R. aureum serotinum, is more common

in the Nurseries than the last, from which it is distinguished

By Mr. Jous Lisprrv. 241

by its flowering and fruiting from ten days to a fortnight
later. The leaves are smoother beneath, for the most part
truncate at the base, not cuneate, especially when they are
three lobed. . The Flowers are the same as the last but the
bractez are smaller and deciduous, so that the racemes of
fruit are destitute of foliage. The latter are less abun- .
dant than in the first variety ; and the berries are spherical
not turbinate but they have the same vapid unpleasant
flavour.
.. The third variety R. aureum sanguineum was presented to
the Society by Mr. Micnaret Frox of New York under the
name of the Scarlet Missouri Currant. The flowers appear at
the same time as those of R. aureum serotinum which it most
nearly resembles, but it is at once distinguished from it by the
circumstance of its leaves becoming in the autumn of a deep
scarlet colour. The fruit is large and spherical, and supported
by large persistent bractee. The flavour of the berries is
much better in this variety than in either of the others, having
sufficient acidity to remove the mawkish taste which prevails
so far in every variety of R. aureum,* as to throw doubt upon
the statement given by Pursu of the great excellence of the
fruit of the wild plant.

To bring the differences between these three varieties more
distinctly into view the following differential characters will
be useful.

* Since this paper was read, Mr. Dovcras has returned from his expedition to
the North West of North America, the native country of Ribes aureum ; and
from him I learn that the fruit, of which so much has been expected, if pro-
duced upon plants, growing in rich alluvial land is uniformly worthless, but that
upon high dry limestone rocks it acquires a quality of great excellence,

VOL. VII. Ii |

242 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

R. aureum, « precoz; floribus precocibus, foliis basi cuneatis subtus pubescen-
tibus: lobis grossé inciso-serratis, baccis copiosis przecocibus turbinatis, racemis
bracteatis.

R. aureum, (3 serotinum ; floribus serotinis, foliis heteromorphis basi truncatis
subtus glabriusculis: lobis inciso-serratis, baccis raris serotinis spheericis, racemis
nudis.

R. aureum, y sanguineum; floribus serotinis, foliis basi truncatis mox sangui-
neis, baccis copiosis sphaericis, racemis bracteatis.

The plant to which allusion is above made, as a distinct spe-
cies confounded with R. aureum, was purchased by the Society
in 1824 from Mr. WirriAM Prince, of New York, under the
name of Lewis's yellow fruited currant.* Ofthis I now pro-
ceed to give some account as

XLVII. Ribes tenuiflorum.

R. inerme, foliis subrotundis trilobis farinosis mox glaberrimis cruentis: lobis
apice obtuse dentatis, racemis pendulis multifloris, calycibus tubulatis glabris pe-
dicello longioribus coloratis, petalis integerrimis calycis laciniis linearibus obtusis
dupló brevioribus, baccis glabris. |

. In habit this species is more erect than R. aureum, and has
the young wood more thinly clothed with leaves: its whole
appearance is also paler during the early part of the year; in
the autumn the foliage becomes deep crimson, and the bush ex-
tremely ornamental. 'The leaves are nearly round, 3-or 5-lobed,
when young covered with a kind of mealy bloom, when more
advanced cordate at the base, and at all times, in the plants
that I have examined, wholly destitute of pubescence. The

* While this Paper was in the press, M. Corra's Third Appendix to his Cata-
logue of the Plaats, cultivated in his garden at Ripuli, came tomy hand. In this
work I find my R. aureum sanguineum considered a distinct species, and figured
(tab. 1. fig. B.) under the name of R. flavum, and, what appears to be the plant

above-named R. tenuiflorum represented as the original type of R. aureum; an
opinion in which I cannot concur.

By Mr. Joun Lixprry. 243

flowers are not more than half the size of those of R. aureum,
and have entire, not notched petals. The fruit is the size of
the Red Currant, with a thick skin, and a dense mucilaginous
pulp of an agreeable flavour, but possessing little acidity, and
far inferior to our cultivated Currants. The berries ripen
about the middle of July.

There are two varieties, the one bearing black, and the
other yellow fruit; the former changes from yellow to red,
and finally acquires a deep blackish purple hue; the latter
always retains its yellow colour.

XLIX. Ribes setosum.

R. ramis dense setosis, aculeis inzequalibus subulatis, folis subrotundis basi
cordatis pubescentibus 3-5-lobis alté crenatis, pedunculis bifloris subebracteatis,
calycibus tubulato-campanulatis: laciniis linearibus obtusis patentibus petalis in-
tegerrimis dupló longioribus, baccis hispidis.

Plants of this undescribed Ribes were presented to the
Society by Messrs. LoppicEs with the name of the Mis-
souri Gooseberry. It is a low bush, having its branches
densely covered with seta, among which, particularly about
the bases of the young branches, are intermixed many une-
qual, straight, subulate aculei. The leaves are roundish,
deeply cordate, covered, as well as their stalks, with a minute
glandular pubescence ; the margin is 3-or 5-lobed or angled,
with numerous, nearly equal, rounded incisions. The flowers
are white, tubular, and about half as long as those of R. aureum,
appearing in pairs, and hanging in profusion from béneath the
branches. Berries black, spherical and hispid, with a sub-
acid, pleasant flavour, a little partaking of musk.

'This.is.a very desirable species, and although not so
showy as the long-flowered American Currants with coloured

244 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

calyces, is by far the most ornamental of all the Gooseberries
yet in our Gardens. The fruit possesses no merit; it ripens
in July.* :

L. Ribes alpmum ; variety, pumilum.

This is in all respects like R. alpinum, except that it is not
above one-third of the size of that species. Its appearance is
that of a very stunted plant, but the regularity of its growth,
and the hardy nature of the leaves and branches, which are
never injured by weather, render it a desirable shrub. It
never exceeds three feet in height. It was presented to the
Society by Mr. Jons Miter of the Bristol Nursery, where
it has long been cultivated. Its origin is not known.

LI. Caprifolium Douglasii.

C. folus ovalibus utrinque acutis petiolatis glabris ciliatis subtus tomentosis :
summis connatis, floribus capitato-spicatis pilosis, stigmate exserto, staminibus
inclusis.

This fine new species of Honeysuckle is a native of Canada,
whence living plants were brought for the Society by Mr. .
Dove as in the spring of 1824, on his return from his first
visit to North America, It is quite hardy, and produces its
flowers in July.

From Caprifolium pubescens it differs in having smooth,
darkly coloured branches, and very large, stalked, broad,
elliptical, pointed, rugose leaves, which are dark green, and
smooth above, and soft with down beneath. The upper
leaves are connate, and less downy beneath. The heads of

* Since this Paper was read, I have learned from Mr. Dovetas, by whom

dried specimens have been brought home, that it is a native of the banks of the
Sascatchewan River in North America,

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 245

flowers grow in threes, and are nearly sessile in the bosom of
the upper leaves. The corolla is pubescent, downy, and yel-
low on the outside, bright orange inside; the upper lip erect,
4-lobed, with round lobes, the lateral ones being reflexed ;
the lower spatulate, and concave at the end, but convex
towards the base. The stamens are shorter than the corolla.
The stigma large, green, and capitate.

To C. ciliosum of Pursu this has also considerable affi-
nity. It differs from that species as it does from C. pubes-
cens, in having its stamens not exserted, but included within
the tube of the corolla, and also in the much greater length
of its style. It is besides distinguished by its leaves not being
smooth and glaucous beneath, by its flowers not being sessile
or nearly so in the bosom of the connate leaves, and by the
corolla being more ringent and less inflated in the tube.

The fine foliage of this species, some of the leaves of
which measure 6 or 7 inches in length, and are of a deep
glossy green colour, render it one of the most desirable of
. the Caprifolium tribe.

LII. Anagyris Indica.

A. foliolis lanceolatis subsericeis acutis supra lucidis.

Baptisia ? Nepalensis. Hooker.

Seeds of this plant were originally received from India under -
the name of Virgilia sericea : it has subsequently been referred
to Thermopsis by Professor De Caxporrr and Mr. Davip
Don, and with a doubt to Baptisia by Professor Hooxer,

246 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

in whose Exotic Flora, tab. 131, there is an excellent figure
. and description. Notwithstanding these authorities, I must
confess that it appears to me to be a genuine species of Ana-
gyris, with which genus it agrees in the’ concretion of its
stipulae, in the inequality of its petals, and as far as I can
judge from the inspection of half ripe pods, in its fruit also.
The plant has indeed so entirely the habit of Anagyris foetida
that it seems to me highly inexpedient to separate them
generically. Removing the species from Thermopsis will
also relieve that genus, which consists otherwise of herbace-
ous plants only, of a plant which is timely different from
the rest in habit.
It is a native of the northern districts of Nepal, whence
seeds seem to have been sent to England by Dr. Warricu
so long since as the year 1820. In our Gardens it forms a
tall bush, with handsome, ternate, dark green leaves, very
dark green branches, and large yellow flowers, which are
produced in great profusion from April to September. The
plant is perfectly hardy, and a good addition to our shrub-
_ beries, in which it has long been hoped i in vain that Anagyris
foetida might be established.

LIIL Rubus parvifolius. Linneus.
R. foliis ternatis quinatisque subtus tomentosis, caule pedunculis petiolisque
aculeis recurvis. Ker in Botan. Regist. fol, 496.

The fine season of 1825 caused this ornamental little plait
which was introduced by the Society from China so long ago
as 1818, to bear fruit in abundance, a circumstance that has
not been known to have occurred in Europe before. The
fruit was small, of a clear and brilliant pink colour, very juicy,

By Mr. Joun Lisprrx. 247

with a sub-acid, extremely pleasant flavour. The grains were
few, large, and pointed. When in fruit it was one of the most
beautiful plants in the Garden ; it is however rather tender;
the plant which bore fruit in the Arboretum was so much
injured by the winter of 1825 and 6, that it died soon after
the commencement of the succeeding spring. "There is a
good figure of this plant in a flowering state in the Botanical
Register, fol. 496.

It would probably succeed well upon rock work, in which
situation it may be expected to become capable of enduring
our coldest winters: from its extraordinary merit when in
fruit it well deserves careful cultivation. The flowers appear
in July, and the fruit in August.

| LIV. Podanthus Mitigui.

P. foliis rhombeo-ovatis dentatis glandulosis, capitulis solitariis pedunculatis.

Seeds of this plant were received from Mr. Prace in 1823.
It has.also been sent to the Society at other times, and
always under the name of Mitzgui, by which it is known in
Chili, of which country it is a native.

It forms a branched compact bush, about 3 feet in height.
The leaves are opposite, stalked, rough to the touch, and
covered beneath with a little down, and minute glandular
dots, of a rhomboid-ovate figure, tapering to the point, and
decurrent on the petiole; they are either entire, or, which is
more usually the case, toothletted irregularly, of a dull,
deep olive green on their upper surface, but much paler
below. Heads of flowers hemispherical, solitary, seated on
slender downy peduncles. Involucrum spreading, very downy,
with about eleven leaflets, which are unequal both in length

248 Report upon New or Rare Plants, &c.

and breadth, and scarcely imbricated. Receptacle hemisphe-
rical, paleaceous, the paleæ cuneate, membranous, slightly
dotted toward the apex, as long as the florets, to which they
closely adhere. Florets all tubular and hermaphrodite, dull
greenish yellow, with an inflated throat, which is downy ex-
ternally, and a smooth tube tapering down to the ovarium.
Anthers 5, cohering, smooth, with rounded brown apices.
Ovarium obovate, slightly downy, with a few long glandular
hairs about the top. Pappus none. Style filiform, erect,
seated on a long obovate discus. Stigma fusiform, two-lobed,
hispid externally.

Notwithstanding the want of beauty in this plant, it is
eminently deserving of notice on account of its botanical
characters. In so great a degree has it the habit of Euxenia
grata of Chamisso, that it would at first sight be taken for a
nearly allied species. It differs however essentially both from
that genus, and from Ogiera, in having united antheree. M. La
Gasca assures me that it is a genuine species of Podanthus,
a genus founded by himself upon a shrubby Chilian plant
with a similar habit, which has not yet been seen in England,
but which differs in having pedicellate florets, and grains with
an obscurely denticulated pappus, and also in foliage and
inflorescence.

Nearly hardy, having survived the winter of 1825-6 in an
open border, where it forms a small inconspicuous bush. Its
branches are destroyed in very severe weather, but fresh
shoots spring forth upon the return of summer. Flowers
from August till November. Mr. M° Rae gathered specimens
in flower in the neighbourhood of Valparaiso in February
1825.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 249

HERBACEOUS PLANTS.

LV. Astragalus chlorostachys.

A. caule erecto pubescente, stipulis liberis, foliolis 11-12-jugis oblongis pubes-
centibus, racemis pedunculatis multifloris foliis longioribus, leguminibus subar-
cuatis inflatis glabris.

A diffuse, bushy, caulescent perennial, from two to three
feet high ; perfectly hardy, and when in pod rather a hand-
some species. It is a native of Nepal, whence the seeds
from which it was raised were received through the Honour-
able Court of Directors of the East India Company in 1823.
Flowers from September to the end of October, and produces
seed in abundance.

Stems round, pink, downy. Leaves very numerous, downy,
of about 12 pair, those towards the point smallest; leaflets
linear, oblong, obtuse. Stipules separate from the petiole,
and from each other, ovate, acuminate, entire, reflexed. Ra-
cemes straight, axillary, stalked, appearing towards the end
of the shoots, longer than the leaves. Stalk slightly angular,
and like the calyces covered over with fine scattered black
hairs. Calyx tinged with purple. Flowers greenish yellow.
Pods stalked, somewhat falcate, inflated, 3 or 4 seeded ; when
nearly ripe much stained with red.

LVI. Eccremocarpus scaber. Ruiz and Pavon.

This extremely graceful creeper was raised from Chilian
seeds presented to the Society in 1825 by Francis PLACE,
Esq. It is a half hardy suffruticose perennial, climbing over
branches, sticks, or any thing similar near which it may

VOL, VII. Kk

250 Report upon New or Rare Plants, $c.

chance to grow, and in fine seasons rendering them brilliant
with its panicles of glowing scarlet blossoms.

The foliage is finely cut, and resembles that of the Bignonia
radicans in miniature, to the flowers of which plant its own
blossoms bear much resemblance. A figure, and description
will be found in the Botanical Register, fol. 939.

Propagated by seeds, which are produced in tolerable abun-
dance, but which sometimes do not vegetate till the second
season after they are sown, and also by euttings of the year-
old wood. It should be raised in all respects like French
Marigolds, and flowers of that description.

LVII. Mikania scandens. Willdenow.
M. caule scandente glabro, foliis cordatis repando-dentatis acuminatis: lobis di-
varicatis inzequalibus, floribus corymbosis. - Willd. sp. pl. 3, p. 1743.
Eupatorium scandens. Linnzeus,

This plant climbs -tothe height of about 6 feet, and has
the habit of some kind of Convolvulus. ‘The leaves are cor-
date sagittate, quite smooth and membranous. "The flowers
grow in bunches from the axillz of the leaves, are of a deli-
cate pink colour, and are produced in the greatest profusion.

A very neat pretty perennial, flowering in September.
From its near relation to the famous M. Guaco which is very
like it, it may be presumed to possess: some of the medicinal
properties of that species. The plant that flowered in the
Garden was brought from North America in 1824, by Mr.
Doveras. It grew freely in a peat border exposed to the
North. : 5

By Mr. Joun Linvrey. 251

LVIII. Lespedeza capitata. Michaux.

L. erecta simplex, petiolis ae fom slips mre jepceuo-pubens

centibus, spicis capitatis brevé Į
calycibus villosis longitudine corolla legumine multo EuEEDW Dec. prodr. 2.
349.

An herbaceous plant about 2 feet high, with a nearly sim-
ple erect stem, all covered with silvery leaves. "The flowers
appear in September, in heads in the axille of the leaves, and
are of a pale yellow or straw colour. The neatness of its
appearance renders it a desirable border plant.

Brought from N. America by Mr. Douaras in 1824. A
peat border is the proper place for the cultivation of this
species.
| LIX. Althza nudiflora.

A. foliis cordato-rotundis 5-angulatis trilobisve crenatis scabro-pilosis, caule pe-
tiolis pedunculisque hispidis, racemo ebracteato nudo, floribus geminis, petalis
cuneatis emarginatis.

A biennial, with a stem six feet high, and the habit of
the Common Hollyhock. Leaves large, roundish-cordate,
5-angular or 3-lobed, crenate, a little shining, harshly hairy
on both sides. Leafstalks and stems hispid, stimulant. Stem
slender, erect, 4 feet high, round, hispid, with fascicles of
stiff fragile hairs. Stipules half-ovate, cut, deciduous, with
. a broad base. Flowers large, white, stalked, growing in pairs,
naked, (without bracteal leaves). Flower-stalks hispid, with '
short fascicled hairs. Involucre 6-7-fid, campanulate, half as
long as the calyx. Calyx 5-lobed ; lobes ovate, blunt, 5-nerved.
Petals white, with a greenish yellow base, cuneate, emarginate,
their claws with villous edges.

This plant is remarkable for its hispidity, which is caused
by an infinite number of fascicled stiff brittle hairs, and for the |

252 Report upon New or Rare Plants, 4c.

want of leaves or bracteze under the flowers. It differs from
A. pallida in these particulars and in its leaves not being soft
but extremely harsh to the touch.

Raised from seeds from the Altai Mountains, presented to
the Society by Dr. Fiscurm, in 1824. Quite hardy, and
flowers abundantly in July and August.

LX. Nolana tenella.
N. viscido-pilosa, caule filiformi, petiolis ciliatis, foliis ovatis utrinque obtusis,
calyce bilobo 5-angulari campanulato, ovario 5-lobo.

Presented to the Society, in 1824, by Roperr BARCLAY,
Esq. by whom it was raised from Chilian seeds. Flowers in
August. This very pretty species has been confounded in
the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2604 with my Nolana paradoxa,
an extremely curious and widely different plant.

The whole plant is covered with viscid hairs. Stem fili-
form, pale green. Leaves membranous and very tender,
stalked, ovate, obtuse at each end, and frequently somewhat
unequal at the base; the petioles about half as long as the
leaves, and fringed with long hairs. Flowers solitary, axillary,
erect, longer than the leaves. Peduncles filiform, hairy.
Calyx 2-lobed, 5-angled, campanulate, hairy, one of the lobes
being emarginate the other 3-toothed. Corolla very like that
of a Convolvulus, pale blue, with a whiter eye, lined with ceru-
lean; limb 5-angled,a little recurved; stamens unequal, shorter
than the corolla. Filaments villous. Pollen blue, oval. Ovary
5-lobed. Style one. Stigma obsoletely capitate, slightly
compressed, =
. Although less handsome than N. paradoxa, this is a far more
delicate and interesting species than the common N. prostrata.
It is an half hardy annual.

By Mr. Joun LiwprEv.

253

Indez to the Report.

No. No.
Althza nudiflora ............... LIX. | Pyrus Aria rotundifolia, Hort, XLIII.
Anagyris Indica.....+..eecesceoes TEL TUgOSA » +» o+» x udis XLIII.
Astragalus chlorostachys ...... ... —— undulata.... ...... XLIII
Baptisia? Nepalensis. Hooker. ...LII. | —— depressa.. .. .... ...... XXXIX.
Caprifolium Douglasii ............. L floribunda. Lindley X XXVIIII.
Eccremocarpus scaber. Ruiz and Pavon. | — grandifolia ............... XLII.
LVI melanocarpa SU ENS sac ere Wa XL.
Eupatorium scandens. Linnæus.... LVII. p (€ XL
Lespedeza capitata. Mich....... LVIII pubens ...... e oec eros ALI.
Mikania scandens. Wild. ...... LVII. | Rosa Alpina; var. speciosa.... X XX VI
Nóolàna tenella 1.624 35. es Tros Rosa Banksie; var, flava .... XXXV
Podanthus Mitigui.............. Lai Vict ee Dicken «465 Js XXXIV.
Prunus salicina see... XLVI, | Ribes alpinum; var. pumilum ...... L.
SETPUIMÍR -sr.se nn. XL aureum, . Pursh... ...... XLVII.
Pyrus arbutifolia .......... XXXVII. | — —— a precox ...... XLVII
—— f intermedia X X XVII. | —— —— (3 serotinum .... XLVII.
y serotina .. XXXVII. | —— y sanguineum ...XLVII.
— Aria. Ehrhart..... .....- XLIII. | —— flavum. Colla ............ XLVII
—— ——— acuminata. Hort. ...XLIII. | —— setosum ...... ese cc cces XLIX.
—— —— acutifolia. Dec..... XLIII tenuiflorum ........ eves LVIIL
—— — — angustifola....... XLIII. | Rubus parvifolius. Lin. .......-- LIII.
—— —— bullata ........... XLIII Thermopsis laburnifolia. D. Don. LII.
—— — — Cretica, Hort... .... XLIII. Nepalensis. — LII
—— ——- Greca. Hort. .... «XLIII. Virgilia sertéea, Hort: ocs: se
—— ue obtastolia, Der... - SET. Ulex europseus; double variety, XLIV.
PUNIRE sis AGILI.

ovalis, Hort....

[254]

XXVIII. Suggestions respecting the Culture of the Mango
and Cherimoyer. By Tuomas AnpDREw Kyieut, Esq.
F. R.S. $c. President.

Read June 19, 1827.

Sone years ago I attempted to cultivate the Mango; and
I took all possible care that a proper temperature should be
preserved in the stove, that air should be freely given, and
the plants properly supplied with food. and water. My efforts
however proved wholly abortive. Blossoms were produced
in considerable abundance; but at the period when these
appeared, many strong luxuriant shoots began to spring from
the stems and the bases of the larger branches of my plants,
the extremities of which then languished, and the. blossoms
fell off; and I found it not very easy to preserve my trees
alive. | | |
In the Gardens of the Earl of Pow1s, in the last autumn, I
saw small trees of this species loaded with as heavy crops of
most excellent fruit, as Apple trees of the same age and size
could well have. borne, and exhibiting as luxuriant. a state of
health as trees of that species usually shew, when growing in:
a favourable soil and climate, The management of the trees
in the Gardens of the Earl of Powis was unquestionably very
good; but there did not appear to me much peculiarity in it,
either in the application of heat or moisture, and I do not
consider the state of his Lordship's stoves to have been in
some respects nearly so favourable as those in which my

On. the Culture.of the Mango and Cherimoyer. 255,

unsuccessful experiments had been-conducted. They were
very high, and.the.tops of the small trees consequently stood
at a considerable distance from the glass; and these circum-
stances, I believe, are always considered by Gardeners to be
disadvantageous. In one respect only the management of
the Mango trees in the -stoves of the Earl of Powis differed
essentially from . mine : the pots, in which my plants grew,
were on every side fully exposed to the air, whilst his Lord-
ships were plunged -into -a bark-bed, into which the ap-
pearance of the plants left no doubt upon my mind of their
having rooted deeply. The temperature of the bark-bed
appeared to me to. be very.low, and judging from that. ofits
surface, the moderate size of the bed; and the distant. period
at which it had been made, I doubted whether it .con-
tinued to generate any degree whatever of internal heat.
But whether the:bed did, or did-not, continue to generate
heat, I did not, nor. do.I. now, consider: the success of the
mode. of culture to have. resulted in-any degree from: the
temperature of the material in which the roots of- the plants
grew ; for the temperature of the mould-in which my. plants
grew was, I conceive, as favourable as possible. "Phat of the
air was varied in ‘my: stove. generally-from about. 70* to-85^ of
FaunENHEIT scale ; and;I ascertained, by keeping a ther-
mometer immersed in the mould of the: pots, that the tem-
perature of that varied very considerably less than that of the
air of the. stove, the mould being in the morning generally
some degrees warmer than the air of the house, and in the
middle of the day and early part of the evening, some degrees
cooler. :

I have subsequently attempted to cultivate the Cherimoyer

256 On the Culture of the Mango and Cherimoyer.

during the years 1825 and 1826, in the stove, and I have ob-
served similar derangements of the proper growth of the
plants, similar protrusion of buds upon different parts of the
stems, and, apparently, consequent failure of the blossoms.
The cause of these circumstances I was wholly at a loss to
conjecture till the spring of the present year, when I had
the honor to receive from an eminent French naturalist, M.
DutrocueEt,* a publication which afforded me much new
and important information respecting the causes of the
motion of the fluids, and of the various secretions of plants :
and the facts he adduced led me confidently to believe
that the ill success of both my experiments had arisen from
an excessive or injurious action of electric matter upon the
roots of my plants, owing to the exposure of the surfaces
of the pots to the air. A pot containing a plant of the
Cherimoyer, which was by no means in a healthy state, was
in consequence immediately plunged to its top in mould,
which was kept in a moist state, and pressed closely round
it. The effects of this were precisely such as I had anti-
cipated : the buds ceased to spring from the stem and larger
branches of the. plant, whilst the extremities of it began to
elongate, and in six weeks it acquired a perfectly healthy ap-
pearance, which it still retains. The buds of this species of
fruit tree being wholly concealed from view beneath the
centre of the base of the leafstalks, it is wholly impossible
to decide at this period whether blossom-buds are forming for

* Of Chateau-Renaud, a Foreign Corresponding Member of this Society.
The object of his work, to which I wish to refer the Society, is to point out
* L'agent immediat du mouvement vital devoilé dans sa nature, et dans son mode
d'action chez les végétaux et chez les animaux."

By Tuomas Anprew Knieut, Esq. 257

the next spring, but I entertain very little doubt that such
will be then seen in great profusion, and I look forward with
strong hopes to a crop of fruit. Should these hopes be real-
ized, it will not, I conceive, be improbable, that many other
fruit-bearing trees, which now produce flowers only in our
stoves, may be made to afford fruit by attention to the fore-
going circumstances.

‘I have not at present an opportunity of subjecting a
‘Mango tree to the above described mode of treatment; but
I feel confident that it would be successful, and I scarcely
entertain a doubt respecting the source whence the trees of
the Earl of Powis derived their luxuriant health, and capa-
bility of affording their abundant and excellent produce.
Possibly the health of many plants of difficult culture might
be preserved by placing their pots within larger pots, and
filling the intervals with earth. Those species of Heath,
which are frequently seen to die suddenly without appa-
rent cause, appear to be very proper subjects for such an
experiment.

Whenever I have adopted the practice of plunging the
pots into the ground, or into the soil of a larger pit, I have
almost invariably used pots without any apertures, to prevent
the escape of water, and of the roots. Gardeners are gene-
rally very strongly prejudiced against pots of this construc-
tion; but whenever plants are kept constantly under glass, I
have found that they may be used with advantage; and by
properly covering the mould with tiles, I have not found
any difficulty in preventing, during summer, the ingress of
too much water, when the pots have been placed in the
open air. |

VOL, VII, L1

258 On the Culture of the Mango and Cherimoyer.

Plants of every species are, I think, more or less affected,
but not all injuriously, by having the sides of their pots ex-
posed fully to the air. The taste and flavour of the Peach
and Nectarine, and still more of the Strawberry, are greatly
improved ; and the Fig tree, in the stove, is made to afford a
longer succession of produce, owing to the succession of
young shoots, which are caused to spring from its larger
branches and stems ; and in all cases when trees can be made
to retain their health in exposed pots, the period of the ma-
turity of their fruit is very considerably accelerated.

[ 259 ]

XXIX. Some account of the Mela Carla, Malcarle, or
Charles Apple. By Joun LiwprEY, Esq. F. R.S. óc.
Assistant Secretary.

Read February 19, 1828.

Ix the Pomona Italiana of GaLLeEsto*is figured and described
an Apple, of such merit, that in the opinion of the author, it
excels every other variety of that fruit. He states that it is
a native of the territory of Finale in Liguria, where it was
raised from seed, on which account it is called the Finale
Apple, as well as the Mela Carla; that it ripens in September,
keeps well till the following spring, and will remain fresh till
the succeeding autumn ; that in October it is a pale yellowish
green, covered with bright red on one side, and has a break-
ing sweet high flavoured flesh; that in November it acquires
a slight perfume of Pine Apple, and its flesh becomes more
tender; and that finally its red colour fades a little, its green
changes to a clear waxy yellow, its perfume diminishes, and
its flesh becomes extremely delicate without losing any part
of its flavour; in short that it has no equal in beauty, tender-
ness of flesh, delicacy of flavour or fragrance. He also adds
that its extraordinary qualities, render it an important article
of trade in the whole of the Genoese territory, and of expor-
tation to Nice, Marseilles, Barcelona, and Cadiz.

* Vol.I. Plateand Page 1. For a copy of this work, the Society is indebted
to the munificence of the Marquess of Bristol.

960 Account of the Mela Carla, Malcarle, or Charles Apple.

A character of such a kind could not fail to excite much
curiosity, and a strong desire to procure the variety. Trees
were accordingly obtained from various quarters, by the So-
ciety, and planted in the orchard of the garden at Chiswick.
Some of these have borne fruit, and have been found to re-
semble the description of GaArrrsrio in nothing except figure
and delicacy of flesh; being destitute of colour, fragrance
and flavour. This having been found to agree very nearly
with specimens ripened in Ireland, by Mr. RosEnrsow of
Kilkenny, and communicated to the Society in October 1894,
it appeared, either that the Italian account was extremely
exaggerated, or that the climate of Great Britain was unfa-
vourable to maturing the fruit. |

The first of these two points has been determined in the
course of the present winter, from specimens ripened in Italy
and sent to the Society from Turin, by the Right Honour-
able Augustus Joun Foster, His Majestys Envoy Extra-
ordinary, and Minister Plenipotentiary at the Court of Sar-
dinia. By these, the description of GALLESIO was so perfectly
confirmed in every material circumstance, that it has been
considered proper to prepare the present statement, and to
illustrate it by a coloured figure of the fruit in the state in
which it was received from Italy.

In form, the specimens from Mr. FosrEn, were nearly
round, a little inclining to ovate, with a very regular outline,
about the size of a Golden Reinette; the eye was small and
destitute of angles, the stalk long, slender, nearly smooth,
and inserted in a small deep cavity. The skin was of a
delicate waxen texture, with no spots, except a very Maint
mottling of green appearing through ‘the’skin year ‘the 'eye,

By Joun Linviry, Esq. 261

pale clear yellow on the shaded side, and brilliant crimson
next the sun, the two colours scarcely melting into each
other, but separating rather abruptly. The flesh was white,
tender, remarkably delicate, sweet, with a delicate perfume
like that of roses, which was sensibly perceived before the
fruit was cut.

With regard to the fitness of the Mela Carla for this
climate, it must be observed that all the specimens which have
been seen by the Society, have been ripened on open dwarf
or standard trees, and those in the Garden at Chiswick under
circumstances by no means favourable otherwise. If the
trees were trained upon a wall with a southern aspect, there
would be every reason to hope for a successful result; they
being perfectly robust, and bearing readily. The experiment
at least deserves a trial, as the fruit if obtained would be an
acquisition to the dessert. Upon the subject of climate, it is
remarked by M. Garrzsio, that it must be very mild, and
not too near the sea, for even in Finale, the fruit is only in
perfection in vallies in the interior. That produced on the
opposite slopes of the Appennines towards Piedmont, is much
less excellent. The soil too should be neither too dry nor
too moist, the fragrance and flavour of the fruit, being in
either case sensibly impaired.

It is further remarked by Lirrotp,* by whom it is called
the Malcarle Apple, that in the Rhine districts, it does not
acquire its fragrance on account of the unfavourable nature
of the climate. |

The name of Mela Carla, Malcarle, or Charles Apple,

* "Taschenbuch des Verstandigen Gürtners, 1824, p. 141.

2692 Of the Mela Carla, Malcarle, or Charles Apple, §c.

appears to have been applied to it in compliment to King
Charles the third of Spain, to whom trees were sent by |
Count Prasca of Finale, many years ago. Nothing is known
of their success in Spain, but they possibly still exist in the
orchards of Aranjuez, where they were originally planted.

[ 263 }

XXX. A Review of the Fifty kinds of Grapes described by
Mr. SrEEcnrx in his “ Treatise on the Vine,” with such
Corrections as subsequent experience shews the necessity of.
By Mr. Josrru Tuomerson, Corresponding Member of
the Horticultural Society, Gardener to his Grace the Duke
of PonTLAND, at Welbeck, in Nottinghamshire, and Suc-
cessor to Mr. SPEECHLY.

Read February 5, 1828.

Ix consequence of having had frequent opportunities, as gar-
dener at this place, of becoming acquainted with the Vines
mentioned by Mr. Sperecu ty in his work upon the Varieties
of that fruit, I have drawn up the following remarks, which I
beg permission to lay before the Society. In acquiring the
means of doing this, I have been much aided by memoranda
made in 1785 and 1786, by myself, and the late Mr. Tuomas
Hunt, formerly gardener at Bulstrode, who was at that time
my fellow workman, and student at Welbeck. Our zealous
endeavours for improvement were only exceeded by the
frank and candid conduct of our worthy master, who made
us acquainted with his notes and observations. He had
been upwards of seven years collecting Grapes, and writing
his Treatise on the Vine, the manuscript copy of which was
at that time in a forward state, except the descriptive list and
some notes.

There were cogent reasons why Mr. Spercuty could not
occupy his principal places and rafters with unknown kinds

264 A Review of Fifty kinds of Grapes.

of Vines, the garden at Welbeck not being an experimental
garden; and although he had the advantage of a large and
lofty Pine stove, yet he was confined to pots and grafts in
fruiting all the new kinds which he and his friends had im-
ported; he often regretted that he had not better means to
ascertain the true character of those kinds he was not well
acquainted with. His list at that time contained one hundred
and twelve names; but he entertained great doubts whether he
should be able to make out fifty distinct kinds. From those
causes his descriptive list did not become a perfect standard,
_ which disappointed many gentlemen who consulted it in the
formation of their collections, and caused vexatious disputes
to nurserymen and gardeners. I hope this Paper will go one
step towards remedying the defects of Mr. SPcEcnurv's list.

No. I. White Muscat of Alexandria.

This good and well known Grape does not stand in need
of any comments, it is sometimes called the White olere in
the Northern Counties.

No. IL. Black Damascus. T
Is well described by Mr. Srrrenurr,and is un sell
known and much approved of by most gentlemen ;: but. it. is
so shy and uncertain in its produce that it seldom: bears any
thing like a full crop in the most favourable situations where

all the other Vines in the same hot-house are sufficiently loaded .

with fruit. Its foliage is also so tender that it is subject to
be scorched at a temperature which most other: ‘Vines will
endure. Those circumstances ‘make it no» favourite "with
practical gardeners. What renders this Grape so universally

By Mr. Joseeu Tuoursox. 265 —

approved of, is the small quantity of fibrous substance, and
the abundance of very rich vinous juice contained in the
berries. These good qualities render it liable to internal -
decomposition very soon after maturity. It stands under two
different names in the nurserymen's catalogues, viz. Black
Damascus, and the Worksop Manor Grape ; the latter name
originated with the late Mr. Norru, Nurseryman. It was
imported from Damascus by Epwarp, the ninth Duke of
NonroLk, and first cultivated at Worksop Manor many years
prior to that nobleman's decease. In the years 1786 there
was a Vine of this kind in the present Manor Gardens, which
covered the end, and three rafters of a Pine stove. Mr.
Coorzz, the gardener, had raised this from the original im-
ported tree which grew in the old garden.

No. III. Black Grape from Tripoli.

This good Grape stands very erroneously described by
` Mr. Sprecuty, who had, previous to the publication of his
book in 1789, only grown it in a pot, and grafted on a spur of
the Syrian Grape. He says “ this Grape seems nearly allied
to the former species, but the branches are always composed
of large equal sized berries with one stone in each, &c.”
Subsequent cultivation proves that its general character bears
no affinity to the Black Damascus. This kind grows freely
without stoppages, and is very prolific. "The leaves are strong
and succulent, not liable to scorch by any moderate tem-
perature, they are more lobed, and on long foot stalks. The
bunches are well shouldered, with long slender peduncles.
The berries are nearly all of a size, and are undulated
slightly. Some are without seeds, and some have two or three
VOL. VII. Mm

.266 - A Review of Fifty kinds of Grapes.

of them in each berry, but they are remarkably small com-
pared with any other kind. The berries are not near so
black, and never possess that fine rich bloom which the
Black Damascus does. It also comes to maturity nearly a
month earlier in the same temperature. Its berries are tender
and rich, but they contain sufficient fibrous substance to pre-
vent internal decomposition for from two to four weeks after
maturity in a moderate temperature. Mr. Sprecuty planted
two of this kind as principals which were strong Vines pre-
vious to 1801 ; since then the number has been increased ; -
and I presume that no gentleman will be disappointed if
he plants one of this kind even in-a small collection.

No. IV. Aleppo Grape.

The prolific produce and curious striped berries of this
Grape are the strongest recommendations it has. The berries
are small and their skins so delicate, that the humidity which
accumulates on the rough footstalks brings on decomposition
round the indented part of the berry, almost before it arrives
at maturity. | |

No. V. Red Grape from Syracuse.

There was one principal Vine of this kind planted by Mr.
Sprecuty, whose description of it is quite accurate as far as
it goes, but he says nothing as to the qua ity of the fruit,
which is not very good; the berries are remarkably firm,
and when quite ripe, it has a dry roughish sloe-like flavour.
The best qualities of this Grape are its strong growth and
abundant produce; the hard flesh and thick skin of the
berries cause it to resist the humidity of a’ Pine stove longer
than any other except the Cornichon Grape, No. L.

By Mr. Joseru Tompson. 267.

No. VI. Le Ceur Grape, or Morocco Grape.

This is quite a fancy Grape, and its few merits are made
almost too much of by Mr. Sprecuty. One plant in a
large collection will be found quite enough. It is slow and
stunted in its growth, and very shy in its produce, bearing a
sickly appearance at almost all seasons. The bunches are
short, with small stiff shoulders. It is a late Grape, and
the small berries are generally ripe and decayed before the
large ones; so that before it gets to the table the bunches
have a scraggy disagreeable appearance, and but few berries
on them. The flavour is rich and musky ; it is very unfit for
package or carriage, by reason of its short rigid footstalks.
There was one Vine of this kind planted as a principal by
Mr. Spreecuty, which was justly expelled many years since.
The Grizzly Frontignac is by far preferable.

No. VII. Golden Galician.

I never saw this Grape since 1786, when it was in fruit in
a pot; it was only grown in pots at this place, and was put
out of the collection long before 1801.

No. VIII. Black Muscadel.

Stands well described by Mr. Sprecuty, and is a tolerably
good Grape. It forms a handsome contrast engrafted on the
White Muscat of Alexandria, their habits of growth, &c. are
in unison. The small berries ripen before the large ones. It
has been put out of this collection some years. It is now
. eultivated in some places under the name of the Mogul
Grape; by Mr. SPEECHLY it was cultivated under both
names.

268 A Review of Fifty kinds of Grapes.

No. IX. Red Muscadel.

Of this kind Mr. SerEcurv had one principal Vine. I.
neversaw the bunches so large as he has stated. The flavour
is a little better than that of the Red Syracuse, and the skin
is a little thinner. The rudiments of the style adhere to the
oval ends of the berries, and leave a rough spot which re-
tains humidity, whereby decomposition takes place sooner in
this Grape than in the Red Syracuse, No. V.

No. X. White Grape from Alcobaca.

This was cultivated in pots, and the White Lombardy by
the side of it ; they were both alike, and both put out of this
collection some time before 1801.

No. XI. White Frontignac.
This is a good and well known Grape.

No. XII. Grizzly Frontignac.

Is also well known.
No. XIII. Black or Purple Frontignac.

This is the best and most prolific Grape that I know; it
must be kept very long after maturity before it becomes
black, and then its exquisitely rich flavour is gone; the skin
of the berries becomes tough, and the juice vapid. Mr.
SPEECHLY always called this Grape the Purple Constantia,
both before and after the publication of his Vine-book. He
obtained it and the White Constantia from the Cape of .
Good Hope; and although he notices the White Constantia
at page 134, yet he always said that it was no other than the

By Mr. Joseeu Tuowrsosx. 269

Old White Frontignae, to which the Purple Constantia is
nearly allied except in colour.

No. XIV. Blue, or Violet Frontignac.

This is the true Old Frontignac. No Grape will stand
early forcing better; its leaves are small and firm, and not
liable to scorch ; it is very prolific, but the bunches are small,
with short stiff peduncles, for which reason it is not a good
kind for packing or carriage, the berries breaking off easily.
It has recently been imported from France by a gentleman
who sent me a plant under the name of Noir Précoce.

No. XV. Red Frontignac.

Is very much ltke the Grizzly Frontignac; its colour is a
little darker, and I never saw the bunches so large and well
shouldered as the latter kind, which is the better scum of

the two.
j No. XVI. White Sweetwater.

Well known as a good standing kind. The variety described
by Mr. SrxEcnurv was the old Dutch kind, which he obtained
when in Holland. The variety called Stillward's Sweetwater
is now cultivated here, as being larger in the bunches and
berries also, the latter of which are of a more delicate dead

white, with transparent veins. The liability of the tender
foliage to be scorched, and the berries to crack in a moder-
ately high and humid temperature, renders this Grape rather
improper for a Pine stove. ;

No. XVII. Black Sweetwater.

Both bunches and berries of this kind are smaller than the
White Sweetwater; and, as Mr. Speecuty justly observes, -

270 A Review of Fifty kinds of Grapes.

it is quite an improper kind for the Pinestove. The berries
are very subject to crack even in a late Vinery. |

No. XVIII. Black Hamburgh, or Warner's Grape.

Is so well known that it needs no further description.
No. XIX. Red Hamburgh, or Gibraltar Grape.

Better known to most old gardeners under the name of
Black Gibraltar Grape. It is very different from the Black
Hamburgh ; its bunches and berries are not so large; the
berries are quite globular and almost indented at the end,
with a tender delicate skin, and without the rich bloom of
most other Grapes; so that they have a purplish transparent
appearance, shewing the veins and fibres, like Stillward’s
Sweetwater:

No. XX. White Hamburgh, or Portugal Grape.

This Grape was never cultivated at Welbeck except ina
pot, and grafted on the Syrian, to which it is so nearly allied, :
that a distinction is hardly possible. Its cultivation had been
discontinued previous to 1801.

No. XXI. Malvoisie, or Blue Ela
Is well described by Mr. Sezrcury. It is a very free-
bearing kind, the bunches are about the size of the Black
Cluster, and equally full of stones. Itis not a good Grape
to keep after maturity. . gem

a Nh ag

No. XXII. Genuine Tokay. 1
Is really a good Grape; its bunches are much larger than
the Blue Tokay, it is an abundant bearer, and of a very rich
. flavour : its short rigid footstalks. and. delicate skin render it

By Mr. Joseru Tuompson. | 271

a bad Grape for packing and conveyance, which is the only
fault it has.
No. XXIII. Lombardy, or Flame-coloured Tokay.

This is well described by Mr. Speecuty; it generally
bears the name of Red Rhenish, or Flame-coloured Tokay ;
it is a fine-looking handsome Grape, the bunches generally
terminate abruptly, and the berries are firm and of very in-
ferior flavour compared with the other Tokay kinds,

No. XXIV. Smyrna Grape.

This kind was only cultivated in a pot, and was Bogs out of
‘the collection soon after 1790.

No. XXV. Brick Grape.

Was discarded long before 1801. It never had a place in
the Welbeck collection except in a pot.

No. XXVI. Black Spanish, or Alicant.

This good Grape is well described; it bears many names,
in different collections, viz. Black Valentia, Black Portugal,
Black Lisbon, Black Prince, &c. It is not at all like the Old
Black Lombardy, now called West's St. Peter.

No. XXVII. White Muscadine, or Chasselas.

Is a well known good old standing Grape. Mr. SPEECHLY
. has marked this as a Pine stove Grape, but according to the
present practice in Pine stoves, it will be found much too
tender in its foliage for early forcing,

No. XXVIII: Black Muscadine.

Is well known. The kind Mr. Speecuty mentioned under

272 A Review of Fifty kinds of Grapes.

the name of Frankindale, as grafted on the Red Muscadel: it
was certainly a distinct variety ; its produce was not equal to
the Black Muscadine ; its branches were longer and not so
much shouldered, and its flavour was rough, austere, and sloe-
like, even when well ripened.

No. XXIX. Royal Muscadine, or D’ Arboyce.

The name of Royal Muscadine to this Grape was conti-
nued from Mirrrng's Dictionary. Mr. SeEEcurx generally
called it the small White Portugal. It is not so good fla-
voured as the White Muscadine. It was cultivated here
only in a pot and on grafts.

No. XXX. Malmsey Muscadine.

I never could distinguish any difference between this and
the preceding kind but what arose from its stunted growth in

a pot.
No. XXXI. Claret Grape.

Cannot be better described than it is.
No. XXXII. Syrian Grape.
. Is well known and well described. For a late Grape no
moderate collection should be without it.
No. XXXIII. Millers Burgundy, or Meunier Grape.
No. XXXIV. Small Black Cluster, or Auvernat. —
No. XXXV. Large Black Cluster.
Are very common and well known.
No. XXXVI. White Morillon.
Is genuine Tokay. See No. XXII.

By Mr. Josrru THOMPSON. 273

No. XXXVII. Early Black July Grape, or Morillon noir
hátif.

I never saw in a stove or Vinery.

No. XXXVIII. Cat's Grape.

This I never saw but in a pot, and a more worthless
Grape cannot be imagined.

No. XXXIX. Black Raisin Grape.
Is Black Muscadel. See No. VIII.

No. XL. White Raisin.
Is White Hamburgh. See No. XX.

No. XLI. Damson Grape.

This kind is not well described so far as regards its
fruit, which has shortish stiff footstalks, with short stiff
shoulders; the succulent character of its leaves is very re-
markable. This Grape even when well ripened, has an
austere medlar-like flavour, which to some palates may be
agreeable. |

No. XLII. Early White Grape from Teneriffe.

Is White Muscadine. See No. XXVII.

No. XLIII. St. Peter's Grape.

This is well described. I have seen bunches of this kind
sixteen inches long, and almost always with shoulders. Its
constant fault of the berries cracking more than any other

VOL, VII. Nn

274 Review of Fifty kinds of New Grapes.

Grape, makes it unworthy of a place in a stove or Vinery
even in a largish collection,
No. XLIV. Black Grape from Palestine.
Is the same as the St. Peters, No. XLIII.

No. XLV. White Parsley-leaved Grape, or Ciotat.
Is as described.

No. XLVI. Black Lisbon.
Is Black Spanish. See No. XXVI.

No. XLVII. Greek Grape.

This is well described; it is a prolific good Grape, but the
want of fibrous substance in its berries makes it not keep
many days after maturity. It is grown in the counties of
Durham and Northumberland under the name of Green
Chee.

No. XLVIII. White Corinth Grape.
. Is well described. I only have to add, that the want of
pulpy substance in the berries renders it subject to decompo-
sition immediately after maturity, like the Greek Grape. -
No. XLIX. White Muscat of Lunel.

I am sorry that I never saw this Grape in fruit, it was
only cultivated in a pot. ;

No. L. Cornichon.

This remarkably formed Grape isa very worthless kind,
it must be well ripened to be at all eatable ; the best recom-
mendation it has i is its long keeping.

[ 275 ]

XXXI. An Account of the Species of CaLocuortus ; a
Genus of American Plants. By Mr. Davip Dovetas,
A. L.S.

Read February 19, 1828.

We derive our knowledge of this hitherto little known
Genus of Plants from Pursu, who describes it in his Flora
Americe Septentrionalis, vol. i. p. 240, from a solitary speci-
men found by Lewis and CLARKE in their expedition across
the continent, during the years 1804, 5, and 6, in the recesses
ofthe rocky mountains, and west of them, towards the waters
of the Pacific Ocean. For a more copious account of it,
the same author refers to his communication made to the
Linnean Society, and quotes volume xi. of the Transactions ;
but it seems the Paper referred to, never was printed. As,
in the course of my late journey through the districts adjoin-
ing the River Columbia, I was fortunate enough to find the
species already described by Punsn, and two others, not be-
fore observed, I am enabled to give some additional infor-
mation respecting this interesting and highly ornamental
Genus. a sea

The species of Calochortus are bulbous rooted plants, with
striated stems, narrow sheathing leaves, and beautiful purple,
or white flowers, remarkably bearded in the inside. The
original species of Pursu, C. elegans, is so different from the
two others now about to be described, that, without a careful
analysis of the parts of fructification, it might be supposed
that they belong to distinct genera. That this however is

276 An Account of the Species of Calochortus.

not the case, will I hope be apparent from a comparison of
my descriptions, and the drawings that accompany them.

The Genus to which Calochortus is most nearly related, is
Fritillaria, with which it agrees in the obtuse, reflected, 3-lobed
stigma; the structure of the capsule; the horizontal flat-
seeds, and having a solid bulb. It differs from it in the imbri-
cated distinct petals, in which respect it resembles Lilium, in
their filamentose appendages, in the shortness of the stamens,
and in the insertion of the seeds in a single row.

Car ORTUS.

Pursh Flora Americe septentrionalis, vol. 1. page 240.

Gen. Cuar.—Petals 6, spreading, erect or drooping, lying
over each other, the three inner larger, with a filamentose tuft
above the claw. Filaments 6, short, inserted at the base of
the claw; anthers oblong, quadrangular, half the length of
the corolla. Ovarium superior, 3-angular; style very short ;
stigma 3-lobed, reflexed. Capsule variable in form, linear,
or oval, 3-celled, many seeded, splitting at the apex into
3-valves, dehiscing through the dissepiments. Seeds nu-
merous, horizontal, flat, oval, semicircular, or angular, in one
row, with a membranous testa.

Cuar. Ess.—Petala 6, patentia: tribus interioribus majoribus supra unguem
pilis pulvinatis. Capsula 3-angularis, 3-locularis, 3-valvis, septicidó dehiscens.
Semina plana serie simplici inserta.

SPECIES.

1. C. macrocarpus ; caule 3-5-phyllo bifloro, petalis interioribus prater fasci-
culum pilorum glabris, capsulis erectis lineari-oblongis.

Root bulbous, solid. Stem round, erect, smooth, 3-or
5-leaved, eighteen inches to two feet high. Leaves linear,

HORT. TRANS . Vol. VIPI £-

|
pi

p
a
mg

TRANS Vo .VI. PL.

E
S
RS

By Mr. Davi» Dovaras. 277

glaucous, smooth, shorter than the scape, convolute and
strongly nerved. Bractez acuminate, longer than the pe-
duncles, and membranously winged at the base. Flowers
terminal, 2 with unequal peduncles ; one double the length of
the other, and thicker than the stem. Outer petals lance-
olate, acuminate, one ribbed, often irregularly winged, par-
taking of the nature of a calyx, longer than the inner, which .
are obovate-wedge shaped, membranous, rich purple, with a
transverse brown streak above the tuft of hairs, which are
yellow. Anthers deep purple. Ovarium 3-celled, with the
ovules arranged in a double row. Stigmas reddish. Capsule
linear-oblong, acute. Seeds oval, pale yellow, in a single row.

In June 1825, during an excursion to the undulating, dry
barren grounds around the Great Falls of the Columbia river,
and on the summit of the low hills between them and the
Grand Rapids, 200 miles from the ocean, this species came
under my notice, but not commonly. In the summer of
1826, I again observed it, and in abundance, on the banks of
the southern branches of the Columbia, towards theirsources
in the mountains, growing luxuriantly in similar soils.

2. C. nitidus : caule 2-3-phyllo quadrifloro, petalis interioribus prseter pilorum
fasciculum sparsé lanatis, capsulis erectis ovalibus.

Root bulbous, solid. Stem round, erect, smooth and glossy.
Radical leaf long, linear, obtuse, convolute, and strongly
nerved. Bracteæ acuminate, shorter than the peduncle.
Peduncles unequal, two double the size of the others; the
smaller two situated in the centre. Flowers terminal, in-
variably four. Outer petals lanceolate-acuminate, and like the
preceding, ribbed and winged at the'base. - Inner petals obo-
vate-wedge-shaped, covered with very long, loose, entangled,

278 An Account of the Species of Calochortus.

scattered, white hairs. Filaments slender. Anthers white,
oblong, and pointed. Stigma nearly sessile, yellow. Capsule
elliptic, 3-angular. Seeds obliquely cuneate.

I found this in July and August 1825 in mountain vallies ;
itis seldom or ever seen on low grounds. On the chain of the
Blue Mountains, and mountainous district of the Columbia,
from the confluence of the Spokan River upwards, it is by no
means rare. In beauty it rivals the former.

3. C. elegans: caule unifolio 3-5-floro, petalis interioribus preeter pilorum fas-
ciculum sparse lanatis, floribus cernuis, capsulis reflexis ovalibus. ;
Root bulbous, solid, sub-globose. Stem simple, smooth;
round, 2 to 8 inches high, with 3 to 5 flowers. Leaf longer
than the scape, smooth, convolute, and nerved. Bractee
ovate-acuminate, shorter than the pedicels, which are slender.
Flowers drooping, white. Outer petals lanceolate ; inner ovate,
pilose, or hairy on the inner side; tuft of hairs black. An-
thers white. Stigma deeply cleft. Segments linear, yellow.
Capsule oval. Seeds ......

* Found on the sub-alpine regions of the dividing ridge of
the Continent at the same season as the others. It is a
variable little plant ; in the vallies four to eight inches high,
and on the mountains, near the verge of perpetual snow, not
exceeding one or two inches. I had no opportunity of seeing
perfect seeds.

In the hope of future botanists visiting its country, it may
not be improper to state, that a fourth species, a magnificent
plant, may be gleaned on the dry grounds around the Priests
Rapid on the Columbia and upwards, to the confluence of
Oakenagen River. In spring it forms an article of food of

By Mr. Davip Doveras. ` 279

the inland Tribes, and is called in+their tongue Koo-e-oop.
Unfortunately, at the time I found it, it was beyond my power
to preserve it, and I regret to say that the note taken was
also lost. From recollection, it has a stem g to 15 inches
high, terminating with 2-3 large blue flowers; and has one
very long, linear, smooth, glaucous, white, leaf. The root is
roundish, crisp, and juicy, yielding a palatable farina when
'* I also believe that the Fritillaria barbata of M. Kuntu,*
found by Messrs. Hvwsorpr and BoxPrawp, on the moun-
tains of Mexico, is a fifth species.

The drawing of the accompanying figure of Calochortus
macrocarpus was taken from specimens produced in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick, in. August
1827 ; those of C. nitidus and C. elegans, have been made
by Mr. LixprLEx from dried specimens in my collection. The
latter have been added, in order that the account of this very
rare genus may be rendered as perfect as possible under
existing circumstances. -

Explanation of the Plates.

Plate 8. Calochortus macrocarpus.
1. A stamen, much magnified. 2. The back of an anther.
3. A section of the ovarium. with a part of the pe-
duncle. 4. The upper half of the ovarium and the
stigmas. 5. A transverse section of the ovarium. .
6. One of the stigmas opened. 7. A capsule. 8. A

* Synopsis plantarum sequinoctialium orbis novi. Vol. i. p. 292.

280

An Account of the Species of Calochortus.

seed the natural size. 9. The same magnified. 10. A
portion of the testa much magnified. 11. The nucleus
shewing the chalaza. 12. The embryo. 13. A lon-
gitudinal section of the same, shewing the plumule
and radicle.

Plate 9. A. Calochortus nitidus.
1. A petal, shewing the beard.. 2. A ripe capsule.

3. Seeds, the natural size. 4. A seed magnified.

Plate 9. B. Calochortus elegans.

he

A petal, shewing the beard. 2. A stamen. 3. An ova-
rium, after the petals have fallen. 4. A section of the
same, exhibiting the three cells, and the insertion of
the ovula at that stage of its growth. 5. An unripe
capsule. All slightly magnified.

[ 281 ]

XXXII. An Account of some Improvements in the Construc-
tion of Hot Beds. By Tuomas Anprew Kwianr, Esq.
F. R.S. $c. President.

Read July 3, 1827.

I susmrr an account of a small addition which I have made
to the machinery of a common Hot-bed, from the use of
which, I believe, that every gardener who has occasion to
raise cucumbers, and other plants, in winter, or very early in
the spring, will be able to derive very considerable advan-
tages. ‘At these periods of the year, itis not easy to give the
plants a sufficiently high temperature, with proper change of
air, however well the bed may have been constructed, and with
whatever care the material which composes it may have been
prepared; and-the sudden changes of temperature, which
often occur in the climate of England, will frequently sub-
ject the roots of the plants to be injured by excess of heat,
and the mould, when lying upon horsedung, to be what is
called by the gardener burned, that is, I believe, so much
impregnated with ammonia, that the roots of the plants can-
not retain life in it. Another defect of the common hot-bed
is, that whilst its interior part is excessively hot, so little heat
ascends through the mould, that a covering of glass alone
does not afford sufficient protection to any tender plant in
very cold weather, during the night.

By means of the machinery which I shall proceed to de-

VOL. VII. Oo

282 Improvement in the Construction of Hot-beds.

scrihe and to recommend, abundant air may be given at all
times; and so high a temperature preserved, that, with a
hot-bed of a very moderate degree of strength, the most
tender plant will be perfectly protected without any other
covering than that of an ordinary glass light during the
severest frost of our climate, provided the spaces, where the
panes of glass overlap each other, be perfectly closed.

The annexed design will give a sufficiently accurate repre-
sentation of the apparatus which I have above recommended.

A, B, C, D, is a hot-bed, resting upon an inclined plane of
earth. E, the frame. F, G, a pipe, made of a slender oak
pole; and H, I, K, smaller pipes fixed into the larger one,
through which the air which enters the latter at F, ascends into
thehot-bed. The tube ofthe large pipe is one inch and a half,
and that of the smaller three-quarters of an inch diameter.
The smaller tubes have near their upper ends two horizontal
apertures, through which the heated air passes laterally into
the frame. I consider three of the large pipes to be fully

By Tuomas Anprew Knieut, Esq. 283

sufficient to give heated air to a bed twenty feet long; the
heated air entering at all times very rapidly, and consequently
always keeping all within the frame in motion. The larger
pipes might, I conceive, be with advantage made of cast iron.

If the heat of the air be at any time excessive, it may be
lessened by opening the end of the tube at G, where it is
usually kept closed. The hot-bed, in which I have placed the -
above described kind of tubes, is composed almost wholly of
leaves; but the mass of these is great, and the temperature
in consequence high. I immersed a deep pot into the leaves,
and caused the heated air of the tube K, to ascend into it,
having previously shortened the tube, and fitted it accurately
to the aperture of the pot, placing a thermometer, with some
eggs of the common domestie fowl within it, with the view
of ascertaining whether these could be hatched by such means.
I have not yet seen the result; but the temperature of the
ascending current of air, which arises into the pot, and
of course into the frame, appears never to have varied
during fifteen days more than three degrees, the lowest tem-
perature being 101°, and the highest 104°; and it has, of
course, been nicely adapted to both the purposes for which it
was intended.

I have formerly ascertained, that the power of a current
of heated air when made to enter a pit, or chamber of any
kind, was found greatly to exceed the calculation which I had
previously made ; and in the last winter, very contrary to my
expectations, a very feeble current of air, the temperature
of which was below 50" proved sufficient to preserve gera-
niums, which were placed close to the glass, in the severest
frost, from receiving the slightest injury.

The operation of a hot-bed, into which a pipe is introduced

284 Improvement in the Construction of Hot-beds.

in the manner above mentioned, has been observed by me only
during the spring and part of the summer of the present year ;
but the results have been so satisfactory, that I can with the
utmost confidence, recommend the machinery which I have
described, particularly when tender plants of any species are
to be raised in cold seasons of the year.

[ 285 ]

XXXIII. On the Treatment of the Nymphea Rubra. In a
Letter to the Secretary By Mr. Caristie Durr,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society of
London, and Gardener to the EARL Grosvenor, at Eaton
Hall, in Cheshire.

Read December 18, 1827.
Sir,

Tur Nymphza Rubra had been grown in the Pine stove
here for many years, but never produced blossoms, owing, as
I considered, to its being too far from the glass, and the tem-
perature of the Pine-stove being generally too low for the
developement of its flowers. With this impression on my
mind, in December 1826, when its leaves were decayed, I
took up the bulbs, or tubers, out ofthe stone cisterns, in
which they had grown for years, and put them into pots ac-
cording to the size of the tubers, and plunged the pots im
water to within an inch oftheir rims. They remained in this
situation in the Pine-stove, till the plants began to show leaves
in the April and May following. They were then planted in
cisterns, and in glazed earthen-ware pots, in which was the
following soils ;—in the bottom, four inches of strong clay,
made solid, above which was six inches of light mellow loam,
and, at the top,an inch or two of sand, to keep the water
clear. The cisterns, which are made of Yorkshire flags, and
of the following dimensions,—three feet long, one foot eight
inches broad, and one foot four inches deep, were placed

286 On the Treatment of the Nymphaea Rubra.

upon the end flues of Pine-pits where the fire enters and
escapes : and they were elevated with bricks to within eight
and twelve inches of the glass. . The glazed pots were from
fourteen inches, to eighteen inches in breadth and depth, and
were similarly placed, except a few that were plunged in
corners of the Melon-pits. They were kept constantly full
of water, and it frequently was made to run over, in order that
the water might be kept pure. "The temperature of the Pits
was seldom under 80°, and in sun-shine, often above 100? of
FannENHEIT. No air was admitted at the lights immediately
above the plants. As the plants increased in growth, they
put out many runners, which were pinched off close to the
tuber. When the roots reached the clay, the leaves got very
strong, raising themselves on the sides of the cisterns.

The Nymphea Cærulea and N. Odorata, under similar treat-
ment, produced abundance of Flowers. The first flower of
the Rubra opened on the 13th of August ; on the 15th, it was
fully expanded, and measured over the disk five inches and a
quarter: on the 17th, Sir Asranam Hume saw it, and said
it was much larger, and finer than any one he had flowered,
or ever saw.

The same plant sroduped another flower in if epii,
somewhat larger, and with nineteen petals; and many more
buds were formed, but they opened very indifferently tó-
wards the end of September ; in October, the plants began to:
lose their leaves. When this was accomplished, the tubers
were taken out of the cisterns, and put: into sma pots as
before stated. The last was done this day. |

The Nelumbium Speciosum, in a glazed pot, with lur
soil, plunged in leaves in the same pit, has flowered well,

By Mr. Curistiz Durr. 287

and ripened seeds; while a plant in the Pine stove, although
growing freely, has not even showed flower.

I am, Sir,
Your obedient Servant,

CHRISTIE Durr.
Eaton Hail,
December 11, 1827.

[ 288 ]

XXXIV. A simplified Method of marking Numbers on
Tallies. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Sir Groner
StevarRT Macxenzit, Bart. F. H. S.

Read January 1, 1828.
My DEAR Sir,

Ix the second volume of the Horticultural Transactions,
page 347, there is an ingenious scheme by Mr. Seton for
marking Tallies. I beg now tosubmit one which appears to
me more easily retained in the memory ; and, on the whole,
to be more simple than any hitherto in use, as only four
signs are used in combination, to denote numbers up to 1000,
when one more sign carries us on to a million : beyond which,
I scarcely suppose it will ever be necessary to number.

2 8 10 10 10
and & & from from from. 6$ ¢ * $
1 8 1 10 1 T 3 4
A ! Uu VA IN A Yi i A A
i 2z 3 4 5 9 17 8 9 l0 al 12 13 4

10 D- 5 4 5 6 J 8 9
[2 & 4& 6$ y dens tens tens tens tens tens tens tens
5 )

y,
y A
AN

| MAVMÁAMLAXA

D

A

A simplified Method of marking Numbers on. Tallies. 289

On reference to the annexed sketch, you will obserye that
the first three signs, and that for 10, are all that I require:
The number 4 is denoted, by joining 3 and 1; 5, by joining
2 and 3; 6, by joining 5 and 1. To denote 7, instead of con-
triving an arbitrary figure, I use the sign of 3, prefixed to that
of 10, to denote that 3 is subtracted from 10, and 7 remains.
In like manner 2 is subtracted from 10, for 8, and 1 is sub-
tracted for 9.

JI now take the notch standing for 10, and by placing the
signs already made after it, it is denoted that they are to be
added to 10. Then we have two notches for 20.

To denote 30,I use the sign 3, with the ten on the top,
denoting 3 tens, For 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, I use the same
method, but placing the 10 in the openings of the three first.
A hundred I denote by the sign of 1, having a notch on both
ends; and on the same principle I proceed with the hun-
dreds, till I come to a thousand, which requires a new sign,
which, however, is formed of two already in use. For 2000,
I make a notch at the bottom of the sign used for 2; and for
3000, at the bottom of 3. We now proceed arbitrarily, and
a notch on both legs denotes 4000; on the left arm, 5000;
on the right arm, 6000; on both arms, 7000; on both
arms, and one leg, 8000; on both arms, and both legs,
9000. Ten thousand is marked by the notch prefixed ;
100,000 by the 100 mark prefixed; 200,000 by the 200
mark, and so on. To give a few examples of numbers, 440
is denoted by the sign of 400, and a notch in the opening;
also, 550, 660, and 770, 880, 990, by detached notches at the
top. Thus it appears, the system of knife marks on wood, is
carried as far as it seems likely to be necessary, by means

VOL. VII. Ep

290 .4 simplified Method of marking Numbers on Tallies.

of the simple combinations of a very small number of signs,
maintaining, nearly throughout, a fixed relation to each
other; and probably it will not be very easy to reduce it to
greater simplicity. Itis not probable that, in any garden, it
will ever be necessary to carry the marking beyond 1000;
but as far as 3000, no arbitrary sign is used ; and this exceeds
the number of species of any genus of plants likely to be cul-
tivated in ordinary gardens. I have long used irons, on which
the common. figures are cut, for burning the numbers on
wood; and Juniper tallies, with the numbers thus impressed,
last a long time. This material, however, is only to be
found in plenty, in a few places. !

I am, my dear Sir,

—. yours truly,
GEORGE SrEvART MACKENZIE:

Coul, 20th December, 1827.

[ 291 ]

XXXV. Upon pruning and managing Dwarf Standard
Apple and Pear Trees in a Garden. Ina Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. WirrrAM Greensuiecps, F. H. S.

Read February 6, 1827. |
Sir,

Accorpixe to your desire, I send a description of the
method I have pursued in pruning and managing my Dwarf
Standard Apple and Pear Trees, and which I have —
for several years with success.

- The first subjects of the following remarks, from their
appearance, were planted six or seven years previously to the
the commencement of any pruning being given them. In
consequence, they required to be very much thinned out, so as
to get the branches clear of each other. In thinning, I always
bore in mind to cut the old wood off close to the stem, or
branch it was attached to; this prevented young wood spring-
ing afterwards. When the trees were thinned of the old shoots,
as above stated, the young side shoots were what is generally
termed spurred in, that is, they were so shortened, that only
two or three buds were left on them, and the leading top
shoots were shortened to half their length.

The following and every succeeding year, the trees were
treated in the same manner as respects the young wood, till
they had acquired the desired height, when the leading shoots
were shortened, as the side shoots or spurs had been previ-
ously. When the leading shoots shew an inclination to grow.

292 On pruning Dwarf Standard Apple and Pear Trees.

very luxuriantly, which is apt to be the case under this treat-
ment, they should be prevented doing so, by cutting off part
of the old wood, along with the young shoot immediately
above a flower bud. This will prevent the shoot so cut from
increasing in length. The spurs must be treated in a similar
manner, by cutting off a small portion of the old wood along
with the young, where they are getting too long. I have
never found the above treatment prevent the fruit swelling,
or in any way detrimental to it, -— on the contrary, it was
always improved.

Young trees are to be — in the following manner. If
there are more than three shoots on the plant, reduce them
to that number, and shorten each to three, four, or six eyes,
according to their strength. The following season, reduce
the number of leading shoots to six, and shorten them to
three-fourths of their length, and spur in the remaining shoots;
The tree should be managed in every respect in this manner
until it has attained the required size, which of course de-
pends on the convenience or — of the owner, or conductor
of the garden.

I make a point of letting the trees take their natural fond
of growth as far as the system described will permit; for I
consider it of little consequence what shape is given to the
tree, provided my end is attained ; that is, to make every
branch as it were a long spur, with bearing buds, from the
base to the extremity.

. Two or three year's trial Libia mold ana s
bly deter many from a continuance of it, in consequence of
- the quantity of young wood which will be produced yearly at
first, and from the apparent difficulty of getting rid of the

By Mr. WiniiÀM GREENSHIELDS. 293

superfluity. But the inconvenience will be ultimately sur-
mounted, if the foregoing instructions are attended to, and the
consequence will be the possession of both healthy and fruit-
ful trees. To attempt to bring very old trees into this method
of management, would be attended with difficulty, unless they
were cut down short, and allowed to make new heads, which
I should recommend where their produce can be spared for.
atime. In a few years fine healthy heads would be formed,
which will yield fruit superior to any that could be expected
from them, if left in their rude state. But if the trees cannot
be spared to be headed down, they may be very much im-
proved, by thinning out the spray, and cutting away a few old
branches, which will cause them to throw out young shoots,
and these, in a short time, will become bearing wood. The
remainder of the old branches may then be thinned out with.
effect. Evenif this process is only performed once in two or
three years, and the stems and branches well cleared of moss
and dead bark, it will be of great service to the trees, be a
means of keeping them free from insects, and give them a
neat and clean appearance.
I am, Sir,
fena obedient humble Servant,
WiLLIAM GREENSHIELDS.

Englefield, near Reading,
. January Ath, 1827.

[ 294 ]

XXXVI. A Plan for transplanting large Forest Trees in
_ Parks. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Sir CHARLES
Mues LamsBert Mowck, Bart. F. H, 8. ;

Dear Sir,

Disien; I find you of opinion that, the fabatka of our puits
with forest timber, and of our pleasure grounds with exotic
trees are objects within the intention of the Horticultural
Society; I shall proceed to communicate the particulars of a
Method, which I have discovered and VER for those pu
men with success.

"This place is better — with trees of shelves and
ornament, than most in this part of the country: But, they
are very old. Some have died out, and many of those, which
remain, shew signs of declining strength, with which, accord-
ing to my taste, their beauty declines also. Being desirous
to maintain that, which others admired, and invited by the
stature of the trees then standing here, which shewed a soil
capable of bearing them large and- handsome, I began, many
years ago, to plant single trees in my park, after the methods,
which I saw used by my neighbours and others; planting
sometimes small, sometimes large trees, and fencing them
variously; some with thorns, and others with posts and rails.
When their height required it, they were staked and bound:
But, my Success was small; whilst the expences and pains
were great, and the disappointments vexatious. To both
large and small plants of trees the fencing with posts and rails, -
which must be renewed once at least, more often twice or
thrice, before the trees are proof against the assaults of cattle,

A Plan for transplanting large Forest Trees in Parks. 295

is very expensive. Ifthe plants are large and tall, in which
case, one renewal of the fences may be sufficient ; the secur-
ing of them with stakes and bandages, against displacement
by winds, is both expensive and troublesome. If the plants
are small, little stakeing is required : But, then two sets at
least of posts and rails will be necessary. Tired by frequent
disappointments, and by the slow progress even of those,
which succeeded, I considered what new methods might be
tried. "This is a country abounding with stone, and, as my
quarries, out of which I was building a new mansion, afforded
much refuse stone in large lumps, I made a trial by planting
some trees of about eight feet height, and placeing at their
feet two two-horse cart loads of rough lumps of stone, not
built up high, but, packed close by each other, and set on
edge so, as to make a tabular, but, very rugged surface round
the foot of the tree, and extended to the distance of four
feet, as is represented by the figure.

- These trees succeeded well,
and far beyond my expecta-
tion. On considering the
cause of their success, it ap-
peared to me, that the stones
served the three purposes of
fencing, stakeing, and mulch-
ing: The first of which is al-
ways necessary, to defend
them from the assaults of cat-
tle: The second is equally so
ifthe plants are tall, to save
them from being displaced by s isa
winds after they shall have seS LARLL,

296 Plan for transplanting large Forest Trees in Parks,

taken fresh root: And the third also is necessary in case of a
dry summer, the first after the transplantation of the trees, to
protect the soil from over drought, whilst they are striking
fresh root into it. The stones placed, as I haye described
are a sufficient fence against horned cattle, which, having
feet made for going upon soft ground, will not mount the `
rugged surface of the stones. Sheep and deer will scarcely
annoy trees whose bark has acquired roughness: But, they
may be easily repelled by a few thorns bound round the lower
part of the stems. Nor, will common horses go upon the
stones, or endeavour to reach the trees, and tear off the bark.
But, against high bred horses, which are disposed to attack
every thing of wood, the stones are not a sufficient fence,
unless, they are packed with a surface very rugged, and
extended six feet round the tree, Against displacement by
winds, the stones are a better security, than can be provided
by any manner of stakeing and binding; for they are a power
always in action by their weight, and the surface of the soil
is shaded by them from the too great power of the sun,
whilst the rains sink through. and encourage the roots to
sprout afresh and extend themselves rough the soil: Thus
they serve the purpose of mulching.

As a provision for these purposes of stakeing iue rend
I consider the stones more certain and perfect than, for that
offencing. Some horses will always endeavour, and some-
times succeed in reaching and tearing the bark: But, the
weight of the stones, as a security against displacement by
winds, excels any stakeing because it is constantly in action :
Once sufficient, it is always so: But, the bandage, with which
the tree is secured by stakeing often decays and becomes
| loosened, and the tree is displaced. before the failure of the

By Sir CnarLes Mites Lambert Moxcx, Bart. 297

bandage is discovered and repaired. Besides I have ob-
served, upon taking up some young trees, which upon a
former transplantation in the Nursery had been staked, that,
the part of the stakes sunk in the ground had, in their
course of decay, produced a mouldiness in the soil about
them, and the trees had refused to strike fresh roots in that
direction; or if, they had struck any, the mouldiness i in the
soil had caused them to decay.

The best trees, to plant out, are certainly those, whose roots
and heads have been properly trained by pruning and cultiva-
tion in a nursery: Such may be planted out at greater ages
and sizes than trees taken from plantations of a few years
growth, and will both strike fresh root more certainly, and
grow faster: But, these last may be taken up, when from ten
to twenty or twenty five feet high and planted out with full
success; provided the three following particulars are ob-
served: First, to get up as much root as possible: Next, to
reduce the branches down to due proportion with the root,
which has been got up. This very important particular in
the operation was suggested to me by my neighbour and
friend, the Rev. Joun SavıLLE Oee of Kirkley: A great
part of the roots is unavoidably lost in the taking up of the
tree, and it is the most efficient part, being the extreme
fibres: The root has thus lost its natural proportion to the
head, and is now insufficient to supply it with moisture. Trees
planted out in this state, often, after having put forth their
leaves, die suddenly: And others, which continue to live, will
fall into a languid state, and die off gradually, or, recover
their vigour very slowly. Thirdly, in planting the trees
afresh, care must be taken to spread all the roots evenly,

VOL, VII. Qq

298 Plan for transplanting large Forest Trees in Parks.

none being allowed to be curled round or turned up at the
ends. It is not necessary, to preserve and carry any earth
about the roots. Autumn, immediately that, the leaf is
fallen, is the best season for the work ; and by careful prac-
tice, according to the method above described, I have had
perfect suecess in transplanting trees of from eight to twenty
feet high.

It must not be thought that, I take upon me to teach how,
a well trained young tree from a nursery, or, a thriving one
from a young plantation may be transplanted, and made to
grow well in a soil not qualified to. bear fine timber. I only
endeavour to shew to the Society, from my own experience,
how grounds, adapted by nature to the growth of fine timber,
may be more certainly and speedily furnished with it, than,
by the methods, which we have hitherto seen commonly
used.

I have the pleasure to remain, with much regard, yours

CHARLES Mowck.
Belsay, 15th January, 1828.

OF THE

HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY

ADVERTISEMENT.

Ts E Committee appointed by the Horticultural Society to
direct the publication of the Papers read before them, take
this opportunity to inform the Public, that the grounds of their
choice are, and will continue to be, the importance and singu-
larity of the subjects, or the advantageous manner of treating
them, without pretending to answer for the certainty of the
facts, or the propriety of the reasonings contained in the seve-
ral Papers so published, which must still rest on the credit
or judgment of their respective Authors.

It is likewise necessary, on this occasion, to remark, that it
isan established rule of this Society, to which they will always
adhere, never to give their opinion as a body, upon any sub-
ject either of Nature or Art, that comes before them. And
therefore the thanks which are proposed from the Chair, to
be given to the Authors of such Papers as are read at the
General Meetings, or to the Persons who send fruits, or other
vegetable productions, or exhibit Inventions of various kinds
to the Society, are to be considered in no other light than as
a matter of civility, in return for the respect shewn to the
Society by these communications.

VOL. VII. 9

LIST OF PLATES.

10. Meteorological Diagram, - - /-. to face page 347
11. Spring Crocuses, - - - - - - 433
12. Index to Ditto, - - - . E - 433

CONTENTS.

XXXVII. An Account of Scotch Pears. In a Letter to
the Secretary. By Mr. ARCHIBALD GomnmiEg, Corres-
ponding Member of the Horticultural Society, .. p. 299

XXXVIII. An Account of some Varieties of the Apple
which have been found to succeedin a Garden in Rosshire,
Latitude 57° 34’ 54", N. with Descriptions of Five New
Seedling Apples. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Sir
GrorceE Stevart MackzxziE, Bart. F. H. S. 332

XXXIX. On the Cultivation of the Strawberry. In a
Letter to the Secretary. By o GEORGE Srevart Mac-
KENZIE, Bart. F. H. S. 342

XL. Journal of Meteorological Observations made in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick during
the year 1827. By Mr. Wirriaw Beartie DBoorm,
A. L. S. 346

XLI. An Account of the manner of Traini g the Vine upon
Open Walls, at Thomery, near Fontainebleau. In a Letter

to the Secretary. By Mr. Jons Rosertson, F. H. S.
373

XLII. Observations on the Cultivation of Stove Plants.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Sir Epwarp Poore,
Bart. F. H. S. 389

XLIII. Upon a method of obtaining late Flowers of Ranun-
culuses. Ina Letter io ihe Secretary. By Mr. Henry
Groom, £F. H. S. 394

CONTENTS.

XLIV. Upon the proper management of Plants during
their Voyage from China to England. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Joun Damper Parks, F. H.S.
Gardener to the Earl of Arran, F. H.S. at Bognor,
Sussex. 396

XLV. An Account of a Cherry Orchard, at Hylands, near
Chelmsford, the Seat of Perer Casar LABOUCHERE,
Esq. F.H.S. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
Jonn Situ, the Gardener. 400

XLVI. An Account of an easy method of destroying Cater-
pillars on Gooseberry Bushes. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Ricuarp WirLiaws, Gardener to
Tuomas Anprew Kxraur, Esq. F. R. S. $c. diu

XLVII. On the Culture of the Potatoe. By Tuomas
AxpREW Knieut, Esq. F. R. S. &c. President, 405

XLVIII. On the Cultivation of the Pine Apple. By
Tuomas Anprew Kyienrt, tex F. R. S. $c. President.
409

XLIX. Upon a mode of covering the naked branches of
Fruit Trees with New Wood. In a Letter to the Presi-
dent. By S. S. StREET, Esq. of Penryn, Cornwall, 417

E. An Account and Description of the Species and most
- remarkable Varieties of Spring Crocuses, cultivated in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society. By Joszru ee
EN. F. R. S. $c. Secretary. 419

[ 299 ]

XXXVII. An Account of Scotch Pears. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. AncuisALD Gorrie, Corresponding
Member of the Horticultural Society.

Read December 4, 1827.
SIR,
Have forwarded two parcels containing specimens of
Scotch Pears for the Society on the 21st of September and
19th of October, I now, agreeably to my promise, report
the peculiarities of the fruit.

Had I confined my attention to such varieties as were
known certainly to be of Scottish origin, the list would
have been very limited. It now consists of those which, as
I believe, are either cultivated in Scotland exclusively, or
from their excellence have been transferred from Scotland to
England.

During the monkish ages the greater part of our Apples
and Pears were introduced to Scotland from France and the
Netherlands, and cultivated near the abbeys by the eccle-
siastics; and, from the old trees to be met with at such
places, it appears that the Charnock, or Drummond, the
Crawford, the Christie, and the Longueville (a French Pear,)
were favourites with the ghostly fathers. It is also not
improbable that the art of raising fruit trees from seed was at
that period known and practised. This conjecture is strength-
ened by the fact, that in almost every very old orchard one or
two trees are to be met with which are to be found no where

VOL.VII. Rr

300 An Account of Scotch Pears.

else, except where the merit of the fruit has attracted the atten-
tion of nurserymen, by whose means they have been trans-
ferred in later times to other orchards ; for instance, the Red
Pear of Busie, abeautiful, small, and good early Pear, is only
found on young trees, except in the orchard at Busie, about
a mile north of Perth, where the original tree is still stand-
ing, though in a state of much decay. The Benvie is more
extensively cultivated ; the original tree, or rather a part of
its remains, is still alive in a small orchard on a farm of that
name, to the east of Rossie Priory, in the Carse of Gowrie.
Pear Duncan, a beautiful Pear, little known, till very lately
was only to be found at Gourdie Hill, the seat of PATRICK
Maruew, Esq. in the parish of Errol; that gentleman has
given it deserved celebrity ; it takes its name of Duncan from a
former proprietor of Gourdie Hill. The Flower of Monorgan
is found no where but in the extensive orchard of that name.
The Black Pear of Bog Mill is only found in the orchard
there; and the Busked Lady, and Pow Meg, are peculiar to
the orchard of Port Allan, on the north bank of the Tay, oppo-
site to Newburgh. The Z/cho Pear seems to be an acci-
dental seedling, now cultivated at the old castle of Elcho.
And many varieties of inferior value are to be found in almost
every very old orchard, whose qualities have not procured for —
them any culture beyond the precincts of their original habi-
tation. Every orchard of long standing has its own Pear Diel,
and no one Dielis like another; neither does any orchardist
covet the Diel of his neighbour. The Pear Worrys are about
as various, and are deservedly treated with the same neglect.
There are also many sorts which no one has ever thought of
dignifying with names. As these are fast disappearing from

By Mr. AncuiBALD GonniE. 301

the land I did not think of troubling you with specimens,
knowing that I had sent many that had acquired * a local
habitation and a name,” which will in the South be doubtless
consigned to oblivion. The numerous varieties of inferior
quality which I have met with convince me that during the
times of popery, fruit trees were raised from seed ; and if I
am right in this conjecture, then most likely many of the
specimens which I have sent you are genuine Scotch Pears,
if not, some of them may be found in England though
under other names. Where no more correct data exist than
an old tree being found exclusively in a certain orchard, it
would be little short of presumption to fix on that orchard
as the place of its origin. I must therefore beg to be under-
stood as advancing nothing positive on that head, nor do I
think that such antiquarian research could be attended with
much practical utility. I have attended more to obtaining
the local names whereby the different varieties are generally
known in the orchard or market ; and here I had some diffi-
culty to encounter, for amongst orchardmen the synonyms are
endless ; I have therefore adopted the most generally popular
name, and rejected all synonyms as only calculated to mislead.
There is only one original Benvie Pear, viz. the Early Yellow
Benvie, but the Autumn Benvie being something like this
favourite Pear in shape, has obtained the honor to be called
by its name, although no way like the true Benvie in the habit
of the tree or quality of the fruit. Whenever I attempted to
reason with fruit dealers on the absurdity of this nomencla-
ture, they uniformly told me that they passed in the market
for Benvies, and I had no resource left but to put up with
names which usage had sanctioned.

302 An Account of Scotch Pears.

The Gold, or Gowd Knap too, is a very convenient name
for small round gold coloured Pears, and no less than five
varieties are sent under that name, all rare, except the earliest,
which I conceive to be the genuine variety of the name.

In describing the varieties, I have confined my remarks to
the leaf, its pubescence, smoothness, serratures, and shape,
and the length of the footstalk ; and I may notice here, that
I have found smooth leaves for the most part deeply serrated .
on the sides, and the pubescent leaves much less so, parti-
cularly when the leaves are old. At that time, the serratures
which appeared slightly on their unfolding are generally
filled up. In my descriptions, the size and habit of the tree
are generally noticed; the time the fruit is ripe; and in
season, and its colour and quality are mentioned ; for the
size and form of the fruit I refer to a sketch of the outline of
each, which will shew these as well as the length of the foot-
stalk, and the position of the calyx; when a footstalk is men-
tioned in the descriptions it is always that of the leaf that
is meant. I attempted to distinguish between the flowers of
the different varieties, but have not copied my notes so far,
for I found they would only lengthen the descriptions without
producing any useful practical result.

I have added sketches of a few Pear trees, the elegant ap-
pearance of which, I conceive, entitle them to a place in the
lawn, in groups, or solitary, according to the fancy of the pro-
prietor or landscape gardener. The Early Yellow, or Genuine
Benvie, is a towering tree, shewing its waving top far above
its round-headed fellows ; and from its slender and graceful
appearance, it is always known at a distance ; it is found in
every orchard. The sketches of the Pow Meg and Busked

By Mr. ARCHIBALD Gorrie. 303

Lady, are taken from the original trees at Pow of Errol, now
Port Allan; that of the Elcho Pear from a tree near Elcho
Castle ; and that ofthe Genuine Gold Knap from a tree stand-
ing in the orchard at Bog Mill. Nothing can be conceived
more elegantly beautiful than the appearance of this tree,
either in spring, when literally covered with snow-white blos-
soms, or in autumn, when its pendent and healthy looking
branches are loaded with gold-coloured fruit. The tree at
Bog Mill generally yields from thirty to thirty-five bushels of
fruit annually. The Busked Lady, a name importing a lady in
full dress, is also an immense bearer, and its glossy fruit has a
striking appearance in the autumn months. The fruit is ripe
about the same time with the Pow Meg, Elcho Pear, and
Gold Knap. I have made these observations in order that
those who wish to combine beauty with utility, may have it in
their power to introduce such trees into their lawns.

My other avocations prevented me from visiting the orchards
of Clydesdale, but Parrick Marnugw, Esq. of Gourdie
Hill, a most zealous and judicious orchardist, just returned
from a tour through that district, reports to me, that
with the exception of a variety called the Iron Pear, there
is nothing of importance in that quarter which I have not
in my collection. To that gentleman I have been much
indebted, not only for supplying me with many specimens pe-
culiar to his own orchard, but also for assisting me in arriving
at the local names of fruit in other orchards. I am also
obliged to James HuwTER, Esq. of Monorgan, for very
politely assisting me to select several rare varieties from his
extensive orchards; and to my professional brethren, Messrs.
Macray, late at Errol; to Mr. Kixwoxr, at Murie, and to

304 An Account of Scotch Pears.

Mr. Youne, at Pitfour, my acknowledgements are due, for
assisting me in procuring several varieties. The John Monteith
Pear, and Green Pear of Pinkie, are two supposed Scotch
varieties, of which I could not procure specimens, and descrip-
tions of them are consequently wanted.

It should be remarked that all Pears in the present season
are much smaller than ordinary, and hence the specimens and
figures sent are under the usual size.

I have the honor to be,
Sir,
your obedient and humble servant,

Annat Gardens, Perthshire, : ARCHIBALD GoRRIE.
November 18, 1827.

Description of Scotch Pears.

I. Busked Lady Leaves slightly
pubescent, long,very slightly serrated ;
footstalks strait. Fruit ripe in the end
_ of October ; in season in the middle of
November; colour, vermilion tinge
next the sun, glossy white on the
other side. Tree round-headed, lofty,
healthy; branches slightly pendulous. '
Fruit may be sent to table. Merits
attention.

By Mr. ARCHIBALD GORRIE. 305

II. Michaelmas Achan. Leaves
smooth, obovate, serrated ; footstalks
short. Tree lofty. Fruit ripe in middle
of September ; juicy, sweet; does not
keep; ripens very hd RM ; colour
light green.

IHI. Red Pear Diel. An immense
bearer. Tree lofty. Fruit red next the
sun, greenish yellow on the other side;
taste indifferent ; ripe, end of Octo-
ber; keeps a month. It is only useful
to such as wish to impose a bad article
on Pear dealers.

IV. Apple Pear. Leaves almost
round; footstalks short; leaf smooth,
slightly serrated. Tree lofty, round
headed; a shy bearer. Fruit ripe in
the middle of October; keeps about
three weeks; colour, red next the /
sun, glossy, yellowish white on the L
other side ; soft and sweet.

306 Description of Scotch Pears.

V. Elshin Haft, or Wall Pole.
Leaves acute, smooth, serrated ; foot-
stalks moderately long. Tree rather
conical, healthy. Fruit ripe end of
October; taste indifferent; colour,
glossy yellow. Cultivated merely
for its beauty.

VI. Briery Bush. Leaves
large, lanceolate, smooth, ser-
rated ; footstalks long; a great
bearer. Tree round-headed,
not lofty ; branches pendulous.
Fruit ripe middle of October ;
does not keep; may be used |
as a dessert Pear ; colour, dull [|
red next the sun, green on the
other side,

By Mr. ARCHIBALD Gorrie. 307

VII. Grey Good Wife. A west-
country Pear. Leaves round, smooth,
serrated; footstalks short, slender. /
Tree round-headed, dwarfish. Fruit f
ripe beginning of October; sweet- 4
ish but gritty; colour, dark, spotted ; \,
indifferent.

VIII. Lodge Pear. Leaves obovate,
smooth, slightly serrated. Tree mo-
derate size ; bears tolerably. Fruit only /
fit for baking, and rather small for that ff
purpose. Not worth cultivating. |

IX. Early Christie. Leaves
large, semi-cordate, smooth,
: serrated ; footstalks long, slen-
der. Tree rather lofty, strag-
gling. Fruit ripe in the end of
September ; keeps two to three
weeks. A popular market Pear,
but hardly deserves a place in
a private collection. Taste ra-
ther insipid ; colour, dull red
next the sun; greenish yellow
on the other side. A moderate
bearer.

VOL. VII. Ss

308 Description of Scotch Pears.

X. Genuine Gold Knap. Leaves
smooth, serrated; footstalks ra-
ther short. Tree almost cylinder-
shaped, very tall; an immense and
sure bearer. Fruit ripe middle of
October ; does not keep above two
weeks; flesh free, firm, sweet, and
agreeable, but sometimes gritty ;
colour gold.

XI. Scot's Bergamot. A good
bearer; leas t
not serrated when old; branches
erect, stiff. "Tree rather dwarfish,
disposed to canker. Fruit ripe in /
October ; keeps about a week off | |
the tree; colour, light yellow when |
ripe. :

h.oblone. acute
P4 O7 ,

XII. Green Pear of Yair. A well
known Pear, and a sure bearer. Leaves
slightly pubescent, bluntly serrated.
Tree tall, branches straggling. Fruit
ripe in the end of October on standards;
keeps two or three weeks off the tree ;

- colour, pea-green. Is extensively cul-
tivated.

By Mr. ARCHIBALD Gorrie. 309

XIII. Charnock, or Drummond.
Leaves longish, acute, slightly pubes-
cent, minutely serrated. Tree lofty,
branches straggling, pendulous. Fruit
ripe middle of October; eats mealy
when kept a week ; ripens irregularly;
colour, red next the sun, green on the [ j
other side. Is by no means a first rate [| `
Pear, and only a moderate bearer. |

XIV. Munfowl Egg. Leaves
slightly pubescent, when young
slightly: serrated. Tree dwarfish,
round headed ; branches. horizontal.
Fruit ripe in the end of September ;
should be eaten from the tree, does
not keep ; taste sweet, juicy. Should
be sparingly cultivated.

310 | Description of Scotch Pears.

XV. Hazel Pear. The history of this Pear is doubtful ;
some affirm it to be a native of the Netherlands, intro-
duced some fifty years ago, to Meikelour, Perthshire, by
Colonel MERCER, at the same time with the White Beurré.
If so, it must have soon disappeared, for there was no ves-
tige of it at that place twenty-five years ago. Others say itis a
seedling of the Kinnoul nurseries,
and sent in the way of trade to.
Newcastle, about thirty years ago,
under the name of the Grey Beurré,
and the variety at Kinnoul having
been lost, it found its way back there
in the same way, under the name
of the Hazel Pear; at all events
it is certainly by far the best of
our orchard autumn Pears, growing
freely, bearing early, and plentifully ;
it is a fine market Pear, and with
many a favourite dessert Pear; we
have no old trees of the sort. The
leaves are long, acute, very slightly pubescent, when old
not serrated ; footstalks very long. Tree a free. grower.
Branches rendered pendulous by the loads of fruit they
regularly bear. Fruit ripe towards the end of October; keeps
a few weeks; colour, yellowish, strongly freckled. It is
coming fast into most extensive cultivation.

By Mr. ARCHIBALD Gorrie. 311

XVI. Yellow Pear of Bambriech.
Leaves longish, acute, pubescent, not
serrated. Tree when old has a ske-
leton appearance; it seems to have
outlived its time. Fruit ripens irregu-
larly in the end of September ; bears
moderately on young trees; taste sweet-
ish, flesh rather tough; does not keep;
colour, beautiful red and yellow.

XVII. Pease Meal Pock. A Pear
that rots on the tree in September ;
it has not one redeeming quality to
justify me in giving the trouble to -
read the description.

. XVIII. Yellow or Genuine Benvie.
A general favourite. Leaves rather
egg-shaped, smooth, slightly serrated ;
footstalks long, slender. Tree very
tall, slender; branches erect, but pen-
dulous on old trees. Fruit ripe in
September; a fair bearer, and an ex-
cellent table Pear ; keeps a few weeks ;
colour, light yellow when ripe.

312 Description of Scotch Pears.

XIX. Brigton Pear.’ An immense
bearer, one tree often -yielding from
thirty-five to forty bushels. Leaves
large, ovate, pubescent; footstalks
moderately long. Tree lofty; outer
branches pendulous. Fruit ripe early
in September; does not keep; eats
moderately well; colour, dark grey.

XX. Monie Penny (Scoticé for
many pence.) A great bearer. Leaves
oblong, linear, smooth, serrated ; foot-
stalks rather short. Tree not lofty.
Fruit ripe in October ; an indifferently /
tasted Pear, but takes the market /
well; is scarce, and without much M
detriment to the interests of Pomona, |
may continue $0; colour, dark green. \

By Mr. ARCHIBALD GORRIE. 313

XXI. Pippin Pear. Alarge
autumn Pear; a moderate
bearer. Leaves narrow, acute ;
footstalks longish. Tree dwarf-
ish, bushy. Fruit ripe in Sep-
tember; keeps three weeks;
eats mealy; colour, reddish
next the sun; green on the
other side.

XXII. Pear Nuttie. Leaves small,
roundish, slightly pubescent, not ser-
rated. Tree dwarfish, a close bearer.
Fruit ripe early in October; keeps afew
weeks, taste indifferent; colour, light

grey.

XXIII. Crawford Pear. A well known
and extensively cultivated fruit. Leaves
ovate, pubescent, not serrated ; footstalks
moderately long, Tree close, round- :
headed ; a fair bearer.- This and the two
following are our earliest Pears. Ripe, /
often early in August ; keeps about two f
weeks; a tolerably good table Pear;
colour, dull white, when ripe.

314 Description of Scotch Pears.

XXIV. Lammas Pear. A very mo-
derate bearer. Leaves long, lanceo-
' late, smooth. Tree upright, very lofty.
Fruit something like the Crawford,
but fully sweeter ; ripens a week ear-
lier; keeps two weeks ; cream colour.

XXV. Red Pear of Busie. Leaves
smooth, acutely pointed, serrated ;
footstalks long. Tree not lofty, round-
headed. Fruit ripens early in Au-
gust. A good table Pear; does not
keep; colour beautiful, red next the
sun, cream coloured on the other
side.

XXVI. Thrifty. Leaves pubes-
cent, not serrated, ovate ; footstalks
short. Tree not lofty, round-headed,
bushy ; a great bearer. Fruit ripe in
the end of October ; does not keep ;
sweetish; flesh tough; reddish
next the sun, yellow on the other
side.

By Mr. AgcumiBALD Gorrie. 315

XXVII. Monorgan Pheasant.
Leaves pubescent, not serrated, round-
ish ; footstalks long. Tree very large,
wood erect; a middling bearer. Fruit
ripe by the end of October; keeps
nearly a month; eats mealy, sweetish,
not good; colour spotted, brownish- |
red next the sun; green on the other
side.

==
SSS

=

t

XXVIII. Gold Knap of Powgavie.
Leaves small, pubescent, not serrated ;
footstalks short, slender. Fruit ripe
late in October ; keeps till December ;
juicy, middling sweet; spotted red
next the sun, yellowish green on the
other side. Tree lofty. Has little merit.

XXIX. Gold Knap of Gourdie
Hill. Leaves small, obovate, slightly
pubescent; footstalk short, slender.
Tree round-headed,middle-sized. Fruit
ripe in the middle of October; does
not keep long; taste sweet and juicy ;
gold-coloured, smooth; a good des-
sert Pear, and a good bearer. De-
serves attention.

VOL. VII. Te

216 Description of Scotch Pears.

XXX. Newbigging Gold Knap.
Leaves large, long, acutely pointed,
pubescent, not serrated; footstalks
long. Tree round-headed, middle-
sized ; a good bearer ; fruit ripe in the
middle of October; in season within
two weeks after fruiting; taste very
sweet and juicy; gold coloured. The
best of all the Gold Knaps.

XXXI. GoldKnap of Castle Hunt-
ley. Leaves egg-shaped, smooth,
slightly serrated ; footstalks very long.
Fruit ripe towards the end of Octo-
ber; does not keep above two or
three weeks; gold colour. Tree very
dwarfish.

XXXII. Red Pear of the
Leys. Leaves small, round-
ish, smooth, slightly serra-
ted; footstalk slender. Treea
full grower. Fruit ripe late in
October. A shewy market
Pear; it falls in baking, but is
not fit for the table; colour
red next the sun, green on the
other side. .

By Mr. ARCHIBALD GORRIE. 317

XXXIII. Yellow Sugar-loaf.
Leaves round, pubescent, not ser-
rated ; footstalks rather short, slen-
der. Treea free grower, and great
bearer. Fruit ripe in the middle
of October. Sells well from its fine
shape and beautiful yellow colour, /
but is useless in the kitchen, and can [|
never appear at table. tU

XXXIV. Golden Globe. Leaves
pubescent, round, not serrated. Tree
middle-sized, round headed ; a great
bearer. Fruit ripe early in October ;
does not keep, eats mealy, but takes
the market from its fine shape and
beautiful gold colour.

318 Description of Scotch Pears.

XXXV. Beauty of Monorgan. Has
not a single quality except its beautiful
shining vermilion and yellow colour to
recommend it.

XXXVI. Flower of Monorgan.
Leaves pubescent, not serrated ; foot-
stalks long. Tree old and broken
down; scarce.. Fruit ripe near the
end of October. A good table Pear, /
does not keep long; shining red and |
yellow. Deserves attention.

XXXVII. Autumn Benvie. Leaves
slightly pubescent, and slightly ser-
rated; footstalks long and slender.
Tree lofty, round-headed ; a middling
bearer. Fruit ripe in the middle of Oc-
tober; does not keep ; flesh soft, tough,
and insipid; colour green, blotched
with yellow. May be extirpated.
Passes for the true Benvie.

By Mr. ARCHIBALD GorRIE. : 319

XXXVIII. Winter Benvie. Leaves
small, roundish, slightly pubescent ;
footstalks moderately long. Tree not
lofty, round-headed. Fruit ripe to-
wards the end of October ; keeps a few
weeks ; reddish, spotted next the sun,
greenish-yellow on the other side. Not
a good Pear, but sells well. Passes for
: the true Benvie.

Wi yyy.
i

/
//
N

J

XXXIX. Large Muirfowl
Egg. Leaves long, deeply
serrated, smooth ; footstalk
short thick. Tree not lofty, a
moderate bearer. Fruit ripe
in the middle of October;
‘keeps two to three weeks;
colour green, with white
spots. A good dessert Pear.

320 > Description of Scotch Pears.

XL. Pear Duncan. Leaves longish,
acute, slightly pubescent, not serrated.
Tree a free grower, very healthy, and a
very great bearer. Fruit ripe in the
end of October; keeps till January,
tastes sweet, falls in baking, but is not
a table Pear; cream coloured when
ripe. Deserves attention for its vigor-
ous growth and its immense produce.

XLI. Elcho Pear. Leaves round-
ish, dark green, pubescent, not ser-
rated; footstalks long. Tree very tall,
spire-shaped ; bears well. Fruit ripe
near the end of October; sweet and
juicy; colour light green. -

By Mr. ARCHIBALD Gorrie. 321

XLII. Grey Achan. Leaves egg-
shaped, smooth, serrated. > Tree coni-
cal, not lofty. Fruit ripe in the middle
of October; keeps till near the end of
November. A very sweet and juicy
Pear; deserves attention; colour

greyish green.

XLIII. Pear Worry. Leaves
longish, narrow, smooth, ser-
rated ; footstalks long, slender.
Tree a free grower. Falls
in baking; colour brownish
green. Indifferent.

322 Description of Scotch Pears.

XLIV. Rob Rhind. Leaves round-
ish, smooth, slightly serrated. Tree
dwarfish, branches close; bears well.
Früit ripe in the middle of October ;
keeps three weeks, eats mealy ; colour |
light yellow. i

XLV. Pear Diel of Gourdie Hill.
Not good for anything, and undeser-
vee of notice.

By Mr. ARCHIBALD GorRIE. 323

XLVI. Pundie, or Pound
Pear. Leaves long, smooth,
deeply serrated; footstalk
long and thick. Tree open-
headed, not lofty; a great
bearer. Fruit ripe in the
end of October ; keeps about
three weeks; a tolerably
good table Pear, but does not
fall freely in baking ; colour
greyish green. This is a
great favourite in the Cly-
desdale orchards, where it is
known by the name of Win-
ter Bergamot. |

XLVII. Green Cail Cas-
tock. Does not fall freely in
baking, and is of no other use.

VOL. VII. Uu

324 : Description of Scotch Pears.

XLVIII. Black Pear of Bog Mill.
Leaves long, smooth, serrated ; foot-
stalks long, slender. Tree very lofty,
round-headed. Amongst our best or-
chard table Pears. Bears moderately.
Ripe early in October; keeps till
November; very scarce ; colour dull
black. Deserves cultivation.

XLIX. Whorle Pear. Leaves long,
narrow, very slightly pubescent, not
serrated ; footstalks moderately long.
Tree middle sized, round-headed.
Fruit ripe in the middle of October ;
keeps a fortnight to three weeks; sweet, |
juicy, and well flavoured; a good Pear; V.
colour next the sun yellow, freckled
on the other side.

By Mr. ARCHIBALD Gorrie. 325

L. Winter Ricket. Leaves round-
ish, slightly pubescent, not serrated ;
footstalks long, slender. Tree dwarfish,
branches pendulous. Fruit very indif-
ferent ; colour dull reddish grey.

LI. Red Swan Egg. Leaves small,
roundish, slightly pubescent; foot-
stalks very long and slender. Tree
lofty, erect. Fruit ripe in the middle
of October; keeps three weeks or a
month; taste moderately sweet; is a
sure bearer; colour dark spotted,

326 Description of Scotch Pears.

LII. Green Swan Egg. I
do not know that I am justisfied
in attempting to pass this well
known Pear as belonging to
Scotland, I have only met with
it in gardens; it is too well
known to require description.

LIII. Wall Pole. A different
Pear from Elshin Haft, No. 5,
which bears this name also.
Leaves large, smooth, not ser-
rated ; footstalks short, strong.
Tree spire like. Fruit ripe late
in October; keeps till January ;
useless as a kitchen or table
Pear; beautiful yellow when
ripe.

By Mr. ARCHIBALD Gorrie. 327

LIV. Late Christie. Leaves
roundish, undulated, pubes-
cent, not serrated. Tree lofty,
branches straggling, pendulous.
Fruit ripe middle of October ;
keeps two to three weeks ;
taste not excellent, but is a
good large baking Pear; falls
freely.

LV. Kilwinning, or Clydes-
dale Pear. Leaves roundish,
smooth, not serrated when old ;
footstalks not long. Tree mo-
derate size. Fruit ripe in Oc-
tober; keeps three weeks to a
month. A dessert Pear, but
not of the first quality; co-
Jour dark green.

328 Description of Scotch Pears.

LVI. Black Bess of Castle
Menzies. 1 think a healthy
variety of the Black Achan,
wrought on a Pear tree which
bore roundish fruit, as the
shape of the fruit of the Stock
has often a slight effect in as-
similating the fruit of the tree
it supports to its own, in shape.

LVII. Black Achan. This
well known and excellent Pear
requires no description.

By Mr. ARCHIBALD Gorrie. 329

LVIII. Green Achan. Leaves
ovate, undulated, slightly pu-
bescent, not serrated ; footstalk
moderately long. Tree a free
grower, branches pendulous,
and often broken with the
weight of fruit if unsupported.
Fruit ripe in the middle of Oc-
tober; keeps a month. It can
hardly be called a dessert Pear,
but deserves a place in the
orchard.

LXIX. Pear Grannie, or
Green Pear of Hill. Leaves
ovate, smooth, deeply serrated ;
footstalks straight. Tree mo-
derate size. Fruit ripe end of
October; keeps two to three
weeks; taste sweet and juicy,
not excellent, but a sure bearer ;
colour of this and the Green
Achan green, as their names
import. TE

330 Description of Scotch Pears.

LX. Pear Mackray. A seedling
of little merit; scarce deserving any
notice.

LXI. Pow Meg. Leaves oblong,
smooth, very slightly serrated;
footstalk short. Tree lofty, an im-
mense bearer. Fruit ripe end of
October; keeps til January. A
moderately good dessert Pear ;
taste slightly mealy when too long
kept; colour vermilion, finely
spotted next the sun; yellow on the
other side.

LXII. | Galston Muirfowl
Egg. Leavesroundish, smooth,
serrated. 'Tree lofty ; branches
pendulous. Fruit ripe in the
middle of October; keeps two
to three weeks; a moderately
good dessert Pear; colour
light brown next the sun, yel-
lowish green on the other side.
A west country Pear.

By Mr. AncniBALD Gorrie. 331

From the above descriptions it wil appear that the
varieties that come for use in November are too numerous,
while the supply for the winter and spring months is by far
too limited in our orchards. :

l. Early, or Yellow Benvie. 4. Busked Lady.
2. Pow Meg. 5. Genuine Gold Knap,
3, Elcho,

VOL. VII. A.

[ 332 ]

XXXVIII. An Account of somé Varieties of the Apple
which have been found to succeed in a Garden in Rosshire,
Latitude 57° 34' 54", N. with Descriptions of Five New
Seedling Apples. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Sir
GEORGE Steuart Macxenzit, Bart. F. H. S.

Read March 20, 1827.
My Dear Sir,

As you expressed a wish to know which of the many
varieties of the Apple I had tried, had succeeded in this
quarter, I now comply with it, and should have done so
sooner, had I not been anxious to ascertain the length of
time some of the fruit would keep, after having been brought
to a more perfect state of maturity than usual, by the long
duration and intensity of last Summer’s heat. I may premise
. that there are many climates in this county varied by proxi-
mity to the sea, elevations above it, and subsoil. Along the
shores of the Friths the bottom is either gravel or sand, and
gardens placed over these are much earlier than mine, which
has the disadvantage of being on a cold stiff tilly clay, very
retentive and poor, and in being high and exposed, though
surrounded with wood of tolerable growth. I consider all
the disadvantages I have to contend with rather fortunate
than otherwise for experiments, because whatever may suc-
ceed with me is sure to answer well in more favourable
situations.

1. Herefordshire Pearmain. Trained on an espalier, has

An Account of some varieties of the A pple. 333

generally ripened well, was eaten in perfection in February,
when it acquired a greenish yellow colour on one side, and
a russet red on the other. I consider this as a very fine fruit,
and valuable on account of its keeping well. It continues
good till the middle of March, and then loses much of its
flavour.

2. Kirxe’s Golden Reinette. Trained on an espalier, is
in shape like the preceding, but acquires at an earlier period
a bright reddish yellow. It is a very beautiful Apple, but
does not equal the preceding in flavour. It keeps as long,
but is best in January.

3. Wormsley Pippin. Trained as above, has proved
hardy, and attams a very large size. It is a pleasant fruit
and useful in the kitchen during its season, which is No-
vember and December.

4. Kerry Pippin. This is also hardy, it is a pretty fruit, and
an excellent table Apple during its short season. It scarcely
retains its flavour till December,

5. Devonshire Quarenden. Whether it be owing to the
soil or climate, the Apple I have under this name, and which
by sending specimens to the Society has been determined
to be the true variety, has seldom exhibited the flat shape -
of the Apple as delineated by Hooxerr.* It has ripened
perfectly every year since the tree began to bear, but has
never had the peculiarly fine flavour of those I have tasted
from the south.

6. Northern Greening. This is a very useful kitchen
Apple, keeping well till the season for Rhubarb.

7. Norfolk Colman. This is of the same character, and

* Pomona Londinensis, No. 13.

334 An Account of some varieties of the Apple.

keeps much longer. I have had it sound, but destitute of all
taste and flavour, in August. Its season ends in April.

8. The Brown Apple of Burnt Island. I find from the
printed Catalogue of the Society's fruits that this is the same
as the Aromatic Russet, and synonymous to the Spice Apple,
which is considered its proper name. It is an ugly fruit, but
when fully ripe of a rich flavour. It is an excellent Autumn
Apple, and in season for about fortnight or three weeks at
that period. :

9. Peach Apple. Is very early, of a high and peculiar
flavour, relished by some persons and disliked by others. It
soon decays after being removed from the tree. I have it on
a standard. ;

10. Pomme De i This beautiful Canadian fruit
never fails to produce a good crop. Its flavour is delicate,
and to my own taste at least is one of the finest dessert Apples.
It keeps well, retaining its flavour even till the middle of
February.*

11. Blenheim or Woodstock Pippin. This large and
handsome Apple I have found to answer better on an espa-
lier than on the wall. It is hardy and good, but has little
flavour here.

12. Hollandbury, also known as Kinkx's Scarlet Admi-
rable. This large and handsome Apple does not acquire
here the qualities I have seen ascribed to it. It is a good
fruit certainly, but itis excelled a many. It is in season
during November.

| * ‘This Apple does not derive its name from the whiteness of its flesh, but

from that of a village where it is much cultivated. This I state on the autho-
rity of a friend who lived several years in Canada.

By Sir GEORGE Stevart MACKENZIE. 335

13. Scarlet Pearmain. This Apple is greatly and deserv-
edly admired, its good qualities not being exceeded by its
great beauty. When fully ripe it is most delicious; but
though it keeps sound till February, it quickly loses its rich
saccharine flavour. Its bright colour renders it highly
ornamental.

14. Court of Wick. This, from the colour it acquires,
seems to become perfectly ripe in ordinary seasons, but it
does not maintain the high character it has acquired in
England; it is here no more than a good ordinary Apple.
This may be owing to the soil being ill suited to it.

15. Alexander. This very large and beautiful Russian
Apple I find to be hardy, and it comes to perfection in ordi-
nary seasons. Its size, shape, and colour, are however its
best qualities, as it is an indifferent fruit, and does not keep
longer than a few weeks.

16. Loan’s Pearmain. This is an old Apple, and a fine
one, but not often met with. It is not very hardy, but ripens
well in ordinary seasons.

17. Cambusnethan Pippin. This is an Apple from Clydes-
dale; but though there called a seedling, it is not of recent
origin. It is a very handsome large fruit, and a plentiful
bearer. It requires a favourable season to bring it to perfec-
tion, as it is late — remarkably so) in coming into
blossom.

I have several other Apple trees, espaliers and standards,
some very fine, which are hardy, but without names. On the
wall I have the following, among others es uncommon in
this country.

1. Reinette de Canada, which is in some places called

336 An Account of some varieties of the Apple.

the American Newtown Apple. It is however unknown
in Canada, and is probably a French Apple. It acquires
a great size, and is in perfection in January, February and
March. Ido not think it would do without a wall in this
country.

2. Margil. "This is an old Apple, but few can compete
with it in excellence. It is singular it should so seldom be
met with in Scotland. It is superior in my opinion to the
Ribstone Pippin.

3. Beauty of Wilts. This is a large Apple, but not pos-
sessing much merit, except in its appearance, Like the Blen-
heim, it is very firm and dense.

4. Huenes’s Golden Pippin. This is a fruit of great
excellence, but its season is over in January. It is of good
size, and a very desirable table fruit.

It is interesting to observe that so considerable a number
of fine Apples are so hardy as to bear the climate of this
northern region.

I will now proceed to give you a short account of the five -
seedling Apples which I sent last Autumn.

I was anxious, in beginning to raise Apples from seeds, to
obtain some that would ripen in this climate, and keep well.
As the Nonpareil is a great favourite with me, but does not
succeed here except on the wall, and as the Manx Codlin
ripens very early, I selected these two for crossing, but have
forgotten which was the male, and which the female parent
of the kinds I raised from them. The result, however, is
interesting, inasmuch as it proves that, from any two Apples
the probability is that an almost endless variety may be ob-
tained, there being, apparently, cireumstances connected with

*
By Sir GEORGE SrEvAR T MACKENZIE. 337

impregnation, but unknown to us, that tend to variation.
This idea however must be limited ; because, when an expe-
riment of crossing is made, there may be many varieties of
Apples from which an accidental mixture may arise. Not
only may the pollen of several varieties be carried about by
insects and mixed together, and thus be applied to the female
organ selected for experiment, but it is possible that before
the particular pollen to be used is applied, impregnation,
partial or complete, may have taken place. To obtain, there-
fore, an absolute assurance of a simple mixture of two va-
rieties, only the two selected should be in the same garden.
I doubt if any mode of protection could be effected, because
the exclusion of the most minute insect is necessary ; and any
material used for protection so tight as to exclude these,
would exclude air also. It is more than probable we may
obtain abundance of new varieties by simply sowing the
pips of different Apples without artificial impregnation,
and by selecting such plants as bear certain marks that
give the fairest chance of good varieties, and which I will
point out.

From the seeds of a single Apple, impregnated as above
stated, plants sprung, and five were selected, of strong growth,
and having the under side of the leaves more or less covered
with down. These are the most certain marks for selection,
but the down sometimes does not appear till the third year ;
the shape and size of the leaf are also good indications,
where the quantity of down might be considered rather
scanty. The quantity of this on the bark of the young tree
varies much, and I am inclined to reject all plants which have
but little on the shoots and leaves, but none that have much

338 An Account of some varieties of the Apple.

on either or both. The less thorny appearance which the
side shoots have the better, but this appearance may continue
for several years, and diminish as the tree approaches its
bearing age.

Of these five plants, two, the Kinellan Apple and the
Tarvey Codlin, first shewed fruit in 1825.

The tree called the Kinellan Apple, resembles in growth the
Nonpareil, being strong and spreading. The foliage and bark
also resemble that of the Nonpareil, but are rather paler. In
size the Apple resembles the Manx Codlin, and in appearance
and other qualities the Nonpareil. There is also another
strong indication of this being a mixture of the above two
Apples only; that while the juiciness and sharpness of fla-
vour belonging to the Nonpareil are conspicuous, the freeness
and melting of the flesh, as it is called, belongs to the Manx
Codlin. The merits of this Apple are considerable, for while
it is a pleasant table Apple, in season from the beginning of
December till January (keeping till March, though falling off,)
it will stand competition with any kitchen Apple I am ac-
quainted with. Its skin is a clear pale green, very little

dotted, but strongly coloured with yellowish bright red on
_ the exposed side. The eye is rather angular, the stalk downy,
the flesh white, firm, rather juicy and pleasant.

The growth of the Tarvey Codlin is that of the Manx
Codlin, but not quite so upright. The fruit resembles it in
shape, though it is not so large, and it has a larger proportion
of yellow in the ripened colour than the Kinellan. Its fla-
vour is higher, and it is a very good Apple during its season,
in November and part of December. It keeps longer, but
loses its flavour entirely. It may be doubted whether the

By Sir Grorce SrEvART MACKENZIE. 339

seed (though out of the same Apple,) from which this tree
sprang, was fecundated by the pollen of the Nonpareil.
The stalk is short and deeply sunk, the eye shallow, con-
tracted and plaited. The skinis a dull olive green, with an
imperfect mixture of yellow ; on the exposed side it is yel-
lowish red, much spotted with broken rows of large blood
red dots. The flesh is white and juicy, with the taste of an
English codlin.*

A good many years ago, I received from Mr. Kirke of
Brompton, specimens of the Apples growing in his nursery.
I kept the seeds of the best of them, and from these I had
many plants, out of which I selected some, three of which
have produced fruit which I think worthy of notice, and will
now describe.

The first is the Contin Reinette, a variety that has been
highly approved. This tree is of slender and spreading
growth, and seems to be well distinguished by the appear-
ance of the blossom buds, which are, in their early stage,
much elongated, and slenderly set on the spur. They appear
unfortunately, to have some peculiar attraction for Bull-
finches, which last spring destroyed almost the whole promise
of the tree; it was with difficulty, I saved a few specimens
from the later buds. It is a small handsome fruit of a deep

* While this Paper was passing through the press, the following note was
communicated by Sir G. MACKENZIE :

A third of these trees, the Kerkan Apple, produced fruit in 1827 ; and in 1828
it bore plentifully. It isa moderately-sized fruit, green when taken from the tree,
becoming yellowish when over ripe. It is a mild and very pleasant dessert Apple
in November ; but though it keeps till January, it loses flavour. It carries heavy
crops, and is a desirable variety.

VOL. VII. at Xy

340 An Account of some varieties of the Apple.

dull yellow, richly painted with red on the exposed side, and
a little marked with russet about the stalk. The flesh is firm,
rather yellow, not particularly juicy, yet highly flavoured,
with a little agreeable acid. Its season ends with January,
commencing with December, or the end of November.

The Coul Blush Apple is one of the prettiest I have
ever seen. The specimens sent to the Society were of
the first produce; they lead to the expectation of the Apple
being very large. "These qualities, together with those of
the flesh, which are very agreeable, though not first rate,
make me think it probable that this Apple will become a
favourite in the market. I have kept it till the beginning of
February, but it becomes inferior after the first week of
January. The crop, though the first, was very large. The fruit
has the angular figure of the Calvilles. The skin is a clear
waxy yellow with a dull red cheek, which is varied by nu-
merous bright crimson dots and streaks. The stalk is slender
and smooth. The flesh is rather yellow, crisp and juicy, with
a very pleasant brisk taste,

"The Sweet Topaz Apple is handsome, and remarkable for
the total absence of acid in all its stages of growth. It is not
destitute of flavour, and many persons are fond of it. I had
expected it to’ prove valuable for making cider, but I suspect
the juice is not sufficiently abundant; yet it is unusually
saccharine, and may prove useful to be mixed with other
cider Apples. It may improve in the climate of the South
of England.

From the success that has hitherto attended my mode of
selecting seedling plants, I am disposed to think artificial
impregnation unnecessary for procuring new and good vari-

By Sir GronaE SrTEvART MACKENZIE. 241

eties, and this opinion may induce many to seek for new
sorts, whom the trouble and nicety required for the artificial
process might have deterred.

By sowing plenty of pips, the most promising plants being
selected, less room will be occupied, so that a few may be
raised in the smallest garden. It is very probable, that, if the
practice of raising Apple plants from seed becomes more
common, we may obtain fruits of our own, that will leave
even the Newtown Pippin behind.

The seedling Apples above described, particularly the Ki-
nellan and Contin Reinette have the valuable quality of resist-
ing the wind when on the trees..

I am, my dear Sir,
very truly your's,

GEORGE SrTEUART MACKENZIE.

Coul, near Dingwall,
March 12th, 1827.

[ 342 ]

XXXIX. On the Cultivation of the Strawberry. In a Letter
to the Secretary. By Sir GEORGE SrEvART MACKENZIE,
Bart. F. H. S.

Read March 4, 1828.
My Dear Sin,

I nave been somewhat surprized to find that the Downton
Strawberry is not esteemed in many parts of Scotland ; and
when a Nurseryman, who happened to be in my garden last.
year after the first and finest fruit had been gathered, and only
the inferior berries remained, expressed his surprize at the
beauty and quality of the fruit, and at its being the Downton,
I could not help thinking that the true one is not yet known.
I never saw any thing more beautiful than my rows of Down-
tons were last year, many of the first berries of the cocks-
comb shape measuring 54 and 6 inches. I consider this as
the standard Strawberry for it's season ; and that in seeking
new varieties, we have only to look for earlier and later sorts.
The first plants I obtained were from Mr. Knient, and I
have been careful to keep them distinct from all others. But
there is one cause, hitherto overlooked, which produces other
sorts in the rows after two years. Many berries decay, and
are passed over, and inferior ones are not gathered. "The
seeds from these drop, and new sorts come up, and if run-
ners from them are taken, of course they are not the true
sort. The only way to preserve a variety pure, is to have
some stocks in a corner from whence runners are to be taken,

On the Cultivation of the Strawberry, 4c. 343

and in which the fruit scapes are not suffered to remain after
the first ripe berries have been gathered. My mode of plant-
ing Strawberries is this. The ground being well dug over,
trenches are made where the rows are to be planted, about
half a spade deep, and one in breadth. Rotten dung is then
put into the trenches, and dug into the bottom, mixing it
well with the earth. "The trenches (two feet apart) are now
filled up, and the runners planted over them in February,
taken fresh from the stocks, with the roots and leaves un-
touched. A very common and absurd practice is to cut away
the leaves, and to shorten the roots. I take sometimes
three crops, but in general only two, after which the ground
is dug, and trenches made as before. "The year of planting
is not considered that in which a crop is to be obtained, though
when the runners are strong and fresh, they sometimes pro-
duce a tolerable supply.

It has of late been recommended not to dig the earth be-
tween the rows ; and I conceived that hoeing was sufficient.
But there is an objection to this last, which has made me
again resort to digging, which is, that in gathering the runners,
weeds, and stones, the plants are too much denuded, whilst
it appears to me that it is of importance to keep the soil well
up to the plants. I do not remove the dead leaves, nor the
runners till spring.

The recommendation to treat the Alpine Strawberry as an
annual, I have not attended to; because by so treating it you
have your rows planted with good, bad, and indifferent fruit.
The Alpine sports into varieties, less marked indeed than
those of other kinds, but sufficiently distinguishable by size
and flavour. For some years past I have been in the habit

344 On the Cultivation of the Strawberry,

of sowing seeds and selecting plants, in order to obtain vari-
eties. possessing particular qualities. In tasting them, I have
been often disappointed ; and at present I have only two
fine varieties. Some seeds were sent to me last year among
other things from the Society's store, and from the produce
I have selected a considerable number of plants differing
from each other in the size, shape, rugosity, pubescence, ser-
rature and colour of the leaves, out of about twenty selected
plants last year, only three or four yielded tolerable fruit,
and but one a finely flavoured Strawberry. ‘This single plant
has produced so many runners that I have made a consider-
able plantation from it. From my own experience, therefore,
I suspect that to treat the Alpine as an annual is not correct;
and that to manage it in the same manner as other Straw-
berries is better. "That this is the general understanding in
Scotland, appears from the circumstance of the Caledonian
Horticultural Society having offered a prize for an Alpine
Strawberry possessing particular qualities and properties.

The Market of Edinburgh, so long famed for Strawberries,
seems to have fallen off very much; not indeed in the quan-
tity of fruit supplied, but in its quality. The reason is that
the plantations are not often enough renewed. The Surinam,
called in Edinburgh the Hautbois, has lost its character
merely from improper cultivation. It is in reality a rich and
finely flavoured fruit, and preserves whole better than any
other sort I have yet seen tried. It has the quality of pro-
ducing good fruit, without renewal, during a longer period
than any other, and that too on poor ground, the crops being
most abundant.

It appears curious that no new Strawberry has yet been

By Sir GEORGE SrEvART MACKENZIE. 345

produced which is earlier with us than the Old Scarlet. In
my garden the Alpine is the first ripe, as well as the one
that continues latest; and the Duke of Kent is not with me,
as in the neighbourhood of London, earlier than the Old
Scarlet ; a proof, perhaps, that the climate affects the rela-
tive earliness and lateness of fruits.

I am, my dear Sir,
your's sincerely,
GEORGE STEUART MACKENZIE.
Coul, near Dingwall, N. B.
1st March, 1828.

[ 346 ]

XL. Journal of Meteorological Observations made in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick during
the year 1827. By Mr. Wirriaw Beattie Boorn,
A. L. S. | | |

Read February 19, 1828.

I compliance with the resolution of the Garden Committee
of February the twenty-eighth 1825, the following Meteoro-
logical Journal has been kept in the Garden of the Society
during the year 1827.

The same plan has been adopted in recording the obser-
vations, and the same instruments used in making them, as
those already described in the present volume of the Society's
Transactions, page 97. The only alteration that has taken
place, has been the removal of the thermometer for ascertain-
ing the temperature in the sun's rays to a space in the Ar-
boretum in which the other thermometers are situated ; the
former station, as mentioned in vol. vii. page 100, having been
considered objectionable on account of its being too near
a Garden wall, the radiation from which, as well as from
the border on which the thermometer stood, would naturally
cause a greater degree of heat to be indicated, than if it was
exposed under common circumstances. It is now placed
on the grass in the Arboretum about two inches from the
ground, and thus shews the maximum degree of heat to which
vegetation is exposed during the day, whilst the radiating
thermometer exhibits the opposite extreme in the same situa-
tion during the night,

HORT. TRANS, Vot. VH. PL.10.

PEZET ELJ A 5$2222vuv»q 4222uw0WwW 42V] *v22?yu24Wy»4 26»9 wuivy t
N
£831E8 HEEEE V 4 XM WW N W à 3 o aee P
" | "
V
A 1 HTETTTTTPTR
M
=
T S
S J E
2 y A s
pa Z E
= 7 ?
S / N
Bee :
` S AV |. ^
2: 3 k = : `
| E ^ x :
| m E A
> | | Pa i a "€^
E ;: PN : x
È i S R
EY
a ` » / i ; N
: ` : 1 t
N Es ao \ t ; t $
S E ej Pe E <
: % ra {| 2 = m
S ? J; B» A X
* 2D
z | ds ‘a
` R / ; i H | Pi 2
: : : n $ £t
S S 1 VETTER. 8 ~
ral R N E 1% 8
| 8 N i z 1 5 =
V N let Um hd
* a» THY | &
N ane d s
N M è l E £ ig =
N | Es N ek tp OH HH HH
zd ™ 4 Reese ae d 4H id t at
pA EN —— | s a ae oe a
a RNG s L
\ ptt fd ae 7 R OOE ON N O S ee on on iei
pHi jt tt ^ N M i
\ HZ = 4 — *
N d a : * *
; ditt HM is
"EM f; LLLI 114 i 1 - E :
i Š a I- 3 1
EEREERLEEEEEEEEBEE 8S NH NM El udi 4 4 4 X 4 A « ^" M M US :
TAMM OAN etrese 424292wo0omu42yI 29yu24y vy VUE ae

Journal of Meteorological Observations. 347

The results of these two instruments are highly interesting,
particularly those of the radiating thermometer, from which it
appears, that only in one month (July) was the minimum
temperature observed to be above the freezing point; this
is exemplified by the lower line in the middle one of the
three opposite diagrams, which are similar to those appended
to the Journal of 1826, and which are fully explained at page
128 of this volume of the Transactions of the Society. They
exhibit the mean pressure, temperature, and dew point, at
three periods ofthe day during each month in the year, as
well as the extremes of temperature in the sun, and of that
produced by radiation; together with the quantity of rain
which fell in each month, amounting to 22.18 inches in the
course of the year.

The monthly mean results, as well as the average mean for
the year, arranged in a tabular form, similar to one which
Dr. Burney, of Gosport, had the kindness to communicate
to me, will be found at the end of the Journal.

VOL. VII. ZZ

[ 348 ]

JANUARY.
1827. Morning. Noon. Night.
a Barom.| Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. | Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometer, Weather.
M.| 1/30.088| 45 Ln 4 |Fine 29.882| 47 | 45 | 2 |Cloudy 29.789| 34 | 34 | — |ClearandCold
Tu.| 2/29.584| 38 | 35 | 3 |Cold&Cloudy|—.592| 40 | 36 | 4 |Showery —.604| 30 | 30 | — |Frost
W.| 3/—.580] 20 | 14 | 6 |F —.544| 32 | 24| 8 —.596| 21 | 20 | 1 |Hard Frost
Th.| 4—.739| 20 | 13 | 7 |Hard Frost |—.749| 25 | 20 | 5 |Hard Frost |— 940| 31 | 29 | 2 |Frost
>» F.| 5/309.136| 32 | 30 | 2 |Frosty Gai 32 [37 | S 30.379| 26 | 25 |. 1 [Ditto
S.| 6—403| 28 | 25 | 3 |Ditto :399| 36 | 36 | — Slight Rain |—.393| 36 | 36 | — |Wet
$.| 7,—.176| 42 | 42 | — |Slight Rain | —.162| 44 — —.216| 41 | 41 | — |Foggy
M.| 8—.162| 48 | 48 | — |Foggy —.024| 52 | 52 | — |Foggy 29.916| 49 | 49 | — |Ditto
T.| 929.943| 50 | 49 | 1 |Cloudy 29.717| 49 | 45 | 4 |Fine 913} 42 | 39 | 3 |Clear
W. 10— 927 | 45 1 : —.607| 49 | 49 | — |Sto —445|. 45 | 45 | — |Wet
Th. |11,—.376| 46 | 46 | — |Slight Rain —.304| 48 | 48 | — |Litto, Sleet ||—.336| 47 | 47 | — |Showery
F.|12,—.226| 40 | 40 | — |S —.599| 42 | 40 | 2 |Ditto —.932| 32 | 29 | 3 |Frosty
O $S.|13|—.845| 32 | 30 | 2 |Cloudy —.833| 46 | 46 | — |Rainy —.758| 46 | 46 | — |Showery
S. (14 — 448 | 49 | 49 | — |Showery —.375| 52 | 52 | — Ditto —.803 5 | 1 |Fine
M. |15 30.176} 32 | 28 |. 4 30.249| 38 | 30 | 8 |Very Fine 39.336] 38 | 36 | 2 |Ditto
T.|16 —.087| 42 | 42 | — |Cloudy —.051| 44 | 42 | 2 |Showery —.051| 48 | 48 | — |Wet
W./17—.356| 40 | 39 1 |Ditt —.284| 44 | 41 3 (Cloudy —.309 | 37 | 37 | — |Thick Fog
Th. |18 —.282 | 35 | 35 | — |Thick Fog —.306| 42 | 37 | 5 |Ditto —.325 | 31 | 31 | — |Ditto
F.j19— 3t1 | 32 | 32 | — 360! 35 | 32 3 —376| 28 | 28 | — |Foggy
«€ S,\20—.263] 27 | 26 | 1 |Ditto&Foggy||—.282| 34 | 32 | 2 080| 32 | 32 | — Ditto
$.[2129.913| 27 | 27 | — 9.855, 28 | 27 | 1 |Cold & Snowy [129.675 | 25 | 25 | — |Sno
M.|221—573| 29 | 27 | 2 674|.29 | 24 |. 5 |Di —.708| 23 | 21 | 2 |Frosty
T.|23—.672, 27 | 26 | 1 Slight Snow |——.652| 32 | 27 | 5 |Cold &Cloudy —-593| 26 | 25 | 1 |Ditto
W.|24—.621| 29 | 27 | 2 E 648| 36 | 29 | 7 |Fine —.706| 31 | 31 | — (Foggy
Th.|25|—.701| 30 | 29 | 1 |Thick Fog. ||—.697| 32 | 29 | 3 (Cloudy —.746| 27 | 26 | 1 |Ditto
F.|26—.762| 26 | 25 | 1 |Hard Frost |—778| 32 | 30 | 2 -796| 33 | 30 |. 3 |Stormy
@ $35.27539.141| 29 | 26 | 3 tto 30.288| 36 | 25 | 11 |Very Fine 30.341 | 25 | 25 | — |Clear
S.|28| —.183| 27 | 26 I sty —.165| 40 | 34 | 6 —.151| 40 | 40 | — |Foggy
M. |29|29 970| 44 — |Thaw, Cloudy|29.956| 45 | 43 | 2 |Cloudy 29.931| 37 | 37 | — [Ditto
T.|30|—837| 39 | 38 | 1 |Fine 812| 44 | 35 | 9 |Fine —.796| 39 | 38 | 1 |Clear
W. |31|—.758| 38 | 38 | — |Foggy —.759| 45 | 43 | 2 |Cloudy — 808| 45 | 45 | — |Cloudy
29-910} 35 |33-5 1.5 29.897 | 39.6/36.2 | 3-4 29-927 35-1 34-5| -6

[ 349 ]

JANUARY.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Min. Sun Rad. | Direction. Force. In. Pts.

I| 50 33 61 27 NW [Brisk
2 40 20 60 15 N Ditto e commencement of the month a sharp frost set
3 32 |—12 38 — 5 L1 227 r, in, which continued only for a few days, and was suc-
4| 29 28 52 24. —— j|Ditto ceeded ugh unsettled weather until the roth,
$1] 33 24 52 19 — |Little accompanied generally with high winds at night; that
6 36 35 42 32 SW |Ditto .20 of the 14th was very boisterous i paid on the
7| 44 40 45 37 —<- -|Ditto oth and 21st, to the depth of nearly two inches, and
8 |--53 48 53 44. — Ditto wir so ete on the 29th, when the cd ua: aiga more
9 52 38 55 34 WwW Strong season
4 :

i 1 KE e i os m pex d Mean Pressure from the 5 daily observations 29. z: 1 inches.

I2 42 28 47 24 Ww Little .o8 MF IJ Temperature ..... . Ditt e*22952-9* x

13 46 44 46 40 NW itto Dew Point esses... Dite: ^, 5r doll 34- 7

14 | 52 32 52 23 Boisterons .og Degree of Dryness . .Ditto.........- 19.8

15 41 34 56 30 risk — Degree of Moisture. Ditto. en t | "

16 | 46 35 47 32 SW |Little 04 Force of Vapour ...Ditto...... e 0,232 inch

17 | 46 34 50 31 NE [Ditto Least observed degree of Moisture..,.... 685"

18 | 42 26 42 19 Ditto Maximum Temperature in Shade......... 53

19 | 36 22 44 12 E sk M nimum Temperature in ditto... +s... is

20 | 34 19 36 lI Ditto Maximum Temperature in Sun,........ 62°

21] 32 24 32 18 NE Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation. ....... — 5?

23 |] $6 19 32 14 -—- |Ditto

23 | %2 25 45 19 NW Little WiNps.

24 | 36 22 40 16 W [Ditto North..... 5 days. erm $2 days.

25 31 15 32 II NW Ditto N. — a Si Westi.....6

26 | 36 29 44 26 —— (Storm been West... eng

27 | 36 17 54 Io N Little s. cem ews y N West.. 9

28 | 44 36 52 36 SW [Ditto Y J

29 | 45 35 gi 27 —— [Ditto 31 days

30] 45 34 |+62 25 S Ditto : ?

31 46 37 4 34 —— [Ditto Amount of Rain.......-. veonssedat O S7 IRCH.

40.7 |29.2 |47.3 | 24.2 0.57 |

[ 350 ]

FEBRUARY.
| 1827. Morning. Noon. Night.
£ Barom, Hygrometer, Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather, Barom. Hygrometer. Weather.
Th.| 129.793| 38 | 37 | 1 Dull & Cloudy |29.775| 46 | 45 | 1 [Cloudy .9.838| 38 | 38 | — Slight Rain
Ho Rp 27—842| 36 | 33 | 3 |Fine 30.162| 41 | 32 | 9 |Cold 39.143| 34 | 34 | — |Sleet
DS.) 3/30.432| 30 | 27 | 3 |Cold ! i{—:524| 38 | 28 | 1o |Fine —.635| 34 | 32 |< 2 |Fine.
S.) 4—.617|. 30 | 25 | 5 |Ditto&Frosty|——.623| 40 | 30 | 10 |Cold —.597| 33 | 30 | 3 |Clear
M: | si—.569| 32 | 30 | 2 |Ditto —.964| 37 | 26 | 11 |Fine —.473| 32°} 31 1 |Ditto
T.| 6.357) 32 | 30 | 2 |Cloudy —.341| 38.| 36 | 2 |Cloudy —.472| 34.| 32 |. 2 |Ditto
W.|72.592|.3o0 | 29 | r |Ditto —.496| 40 | 31 | 9 |Clear & Cold ||—.500} 3o | 26 | 4 |Ditto
Th.) 8—.527| 31 | 25 | 6 |Frosty & Fine|—.520| 35 | 25 | 10 |Ditto —.585| 30 | 28 | 2 Ditto
F.| 9/—.486| 30 | 24 | 6 |Ditto —.413| 35 | 20 | 15 |Fine —.332| 28 | 26 | 2 |Ditto
S.|10—.235| 30 | 21 | 9 [Ditto —.147| 38. | 30 | 8 |Ditto —.073| 31 | 28 | . 3 IDitto
© S.|1129.897| 30 | 27 3 |Cloudy 29.889| 36 | 30 | 6 |Ditto 29.883| 34 | 34 | — |Cloudy
M. |12\—.931| 35°} 35 | — {Sleet - 30.020] 35 | 24 | 11 |Clear & Cold ||30.038| 33 | 33 | — |Ditto
T.|13/30.187]|:30'| 24 | 6 {Frosty & Cold|—.221| 40 29 | 11 |Ditto —.266| 32 | 28 | 4 |Fine
W.|r4—.r41|-31. | 28 | 3 {Ditto —.089| 41 | 34 | 7 |Cloudy —.020| 32 | 31 1 |Ditto
Th.|15/29.923| 36 | 34 | 2 |Cloudy 29.921| 39 | 29 | 10 |Fine —.073| 28 | 26 | 2 |Ditto
F.|11630.211| 22 | 19 | 3 |Frosty & Fine|30.209| 35 | 20 | 15 |Do. but Cold —.158| 25 | 25 | — |Frosty
S. |17 —.039|: 21: | 19 |. 2 |Ditto 29.989| 30 | 19 | 11 |Di —.049| 24 | 24 | — |Fine
$.(18—.125|:19 | 17 | 2 |Ditto 39.141| 32 | 23 | 9 Ditto —.133| 25 | 23 | 2 |Ditto
€ M.|rg29.993| 29 | 26 | 3 |Ditto 29.928| 36 | 31 | 5 Ditto 29.854| 23 | 20 | 3 |Ditt
T. |20 —:765 | 23 | 5 |Ditto 1—:744| 33 | 24 | 9 |Ditto —.734| 28 | 26 | 2 |Clear & Fine
W.|21—.717|:29 | 27 | 2 |Ditto —.725| 40 | 36 | 4 |Cloudy —.828| 35 | 34 | a |Ditto
Th.|22—.923| 34 | 30 | 4 |Very Fine —.978| 40 | 32 | 8 |Very Fine 30.121| 28 | 25 | 3 |Ditto
F.|2330.185| 27 | 24 | 5 [Ditt 30.109| 40 | 25 | 15 |Di —.055| 34. | 32 | 2 |Ditto
$.124—.018| 35 | 31 4 {Ditto —.014| 45 | 28 | 17 |Ditto —.141| 25 | 25 | — |Cloudy
@ 3S.25—.234| 25 | 23 | 2 |Frosty —.242| 44 | 27 | 17 |D —.130| 34 | 34 | — |Ditto
M.|2629.996| 44 | 44 | — |Slight Rain |29.898| 47 | 47 | — |Slight Rain | |29.753| 46 | 46 | — |Ditto
T.27—.553| $1 | 49 | 2 |Fine —.539| 54 | 53 | 1 |C —.769| 48 | 48 | — |Wet
W. |28 —.718| -41 | 41 | — |Wet —.522| 48 | 48 | — —.459| 48 | 48 | — Ditto
30.104|31.6|28.6 3 30.098 |39.3|30.7 | 8.6 30.115[32.2 |30-9 | 1.3

[.351 ]

F

FEBRUARY.
Temperature. Wind. - Rain.
Remarks.
Min. Sun. | Rad. | Direction. | | Force. Ins Pts,
i 34. 46 31 SE |Little .OI .
2 28 54 zt |: E [Brik The weather during the whole of the month was un-
3 27 45 20 — P008 usually cold, with brisk easterly winds; and it will be
4 28 41 21 ——. [Dita observed that the temperature was considerably below the
5 23 45 14 —— AJLittle average mean, which for this month is allowed to be 38°.
6 30 41 27 SE j|Ditto The days were generally clear, with sunshine.
7 29 53 23 E Ditto : 1
8 29 47 22 —— (Brisk . Mean Pressure from the 3 daily observations. 30.105 inches.
9 27 48 20 —— |Ditto —— Temperature. Dore. s rep si? nic
o 29 50 24 —— Ditto —— Dew Point.. s sssi ons boon dise M
29 36 22 NE Ditto —— Degree of Dryness. .Ditto..... 4°.3
28 42 21 — Ditto —— Degree of Moisture Ditto, s.. ses -> 62°
26 47 17 N [Ditto For Vapour. ..Ditto.......... 0.200 inch
27 52 18 NW [Little Least observed degree of Moisture........ 550*.
17 57 7 N Ditto Maximum Temperature in Shade.....
15 62 6 —— Ditto Minimum Temperature in ditto......... 15°
—15 53 — 4 —— Brisk Maximum Temperature in Sun........ ; 21
20 40 14 NE [Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation. ...... 4?
20 42 15 N JDitto
29 40 23 —— [Ditto
30 42 25 — Ditto Winps.
ae 59 13 —— HO 2 | i ey io boe North. ...0% 8 days, | N: East...... 3 days
20.1. 53.,| 1a | NW Bude m oon i ACIE
4: 477? F9 S. Bita | South... .. «6$ S. West... .. +0
31 62 af: — Ditto West «ovest N; West......2
46 E55. [| AE D on pag 04 \ : J
40 62 36 W [Ditto 40 | 28 days.
48 50 45 —— (Ditto 34
Amount of Rain....... i5. +079 inch,
27.6| 49.9| 20.7 79

T 352 ]

MARCH.
1827. Morning. Noon. Night.
£ Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. | Hygrometer, Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather,
Th.| 1| 29.339] 50 | 50 | — [Cloudy 29.408] 55 | 52 | 3 |Cloudy 29.479 | 40 | 40 | — |Wet
F.| 21 —.343| 51 | 51 | — [Rainy —.:370| 47 | 45 | 2 |Ditto —.555 | 40 | 39 | 1 [Cloudy
S.| 3| —.468| 43 | 43 | — [Cloudy —.403| 47 | 47 | — [Slight Rain ||—.087| 47 | 47 | — [Ditto
S.| 4| 28.881| 48 | 48 | — |Ditto —.200| 50 | 49 | 1 |Ditto —.313| 37 | 37 | — Stormy
D M.| 5|29.756| 32 | 32 | — |Frosty .574| 49 | 46] 3 |Cloudy —.238| 45 | 45 | — |Ditto
Tu.| 6|28.988| 42 | 42 | — |Showery 28.900| 50 | 50 | — |Stormy —173| 47 | 47 | — |Ditto
W.| 7| 29.368) 39 | 38 | 1 {Ditto 29.501| 52 | 49 | 3 |Ditto —.048| 48 | 48 | — |Ditto
Th.| 8| 28.892} 47 | 45 | 2 |Cloudy 28.936| 50 | 32 | 18 |Very Fine —.210| 40 | 40 | — |Cloudy
F.| 9| 29.406) 32 | 32 | — |Frosty 29.468| 41 | 29 | 12 |Ditto —.554| 32 | 31 1 |Fine
S.|10] —.738| 32 | 29 | 3 |Fine —.889| 45 | 35 | 10 |Ditto —.569| 39 | 39 | — |Cloudy
8S.|11| —.579| 51 | 51 | — Cloudy —.613| 56 | 56 | — |Storm —.675| 49 | 49 | — |Wet
M.|12| —.708| 50 | 50 | — |Very Fine .881| 56 | 47 | 9 |Very Fine —.918| 47 | 47 | — |Ditto
O Tu.j113| —.857| 47 | 45 | 2 {Ditto —.912| 55 | 50 | 5 |Ditto —.264| 51 | 51 | — [Ditto
W.|14|—.860| 48 | 45 | 3 |Fine —.914| 55 | 35 | 20 |Ditto —.:994 | 42 | 42 | — |Cloudy
Th.|15| —.652| 44 | 44 | — |Wet — .676| 46 | 42 | 4 |Stormy — 856| 38 | 37 | 1 |Ditto
F.|16| 30.156] 36 | 34 | 2 {Fine 30.182) 50 | 35 | 15 |Very Fine —.967| 43 | 42 | s [Ditto
S.|17| 29-419] 45 | 43 | 2 [Ditto 29.902| 49 | 49 | — |Very Stormy |—.268| 38 | 35 | — Sleet Showers
$.|118| 30.064! 37 | 33 | 4 [Ditto 30.2231 45 | 39 | 6 |Fine 30.393 | 32 | 31 1 |Frosty
M.|19| —.376| 36 | 34 | 2 |Fine —.370| 46 | 46 | — |Showery —.372| 42 | 42 | — [Cloudy
€ Tu. 20| —.291| 47 | 47 | — |Cloudy —275| 51 | 51 | — |Fine - .261| 49 | 49 | — {Ditto
W.21| —.154| 50 | 50 | — jDitto —.120| 55 | 47 | 8 |Very Fine —.148| 49 | 49 | — |Wet
Th.|22| —.107| 47 | 45 | 2 |Fine —.125| 56 | 48 | 8 |Ditto —.133| 48 | 46 | 2 |Very Fine
F. |23| —.127| 50 | 46 | 4 |Very Fine —.119| 60 | 51 | 9 IDitto —.157| 47 | 46 | 1 |Fine
S. |24| —.107| 50 | 47 | 3 |Ditto —.Ogi| 55 | 41 | 14 {Ditto 29.885 | 49 | 49 | — [Cloudy
S. |25| —.009| 47 | 46 | 1 |Fine 29.947| 52 | 40 | 12 |Cloudy 30,037 | 40 | 39 | 1 |Fine
M.|26|— 293| 37 | 33 | 4 |Very Fine 30.279| 48 | 33 | 15 |Very Fine —.243| 41 | 39 | 2 {Cloudy
@ Tu./27|—.026| 42 | 39 | 3 |Ditto 29.949| 59 | 48 | 2 |Ditto 29.789 | 50 | 50 | — |Ditte
W.|28 29.715| 48 | 46 | 2 |Ditto —.542] 55 | 50 | 5 |Fine —.177| 47 | 47 | — |Wet
In —250|.43 | 41 | 2 {Cloudy —.305| 47 | 42 lou 343| 39 | 37 | 2 |Cloudy
F. 30| —.449| 43 | 41 | 2 [Ditto —.591| 50 | 38 | 12 |Hail Showers ||— 696| 42 | 39 | 3 |Fine
S. g 30.134| 42 | 36 | 6 |Very Fine 30.180] 50 | 39 | 11 [Cold & Cloudy||30.563| 44 | 40 | 4 [Ditto
| 29.726 43-7 B Ij 6| 29.769|50-9 |43-9| 7- 29.750 |43.2 42.6 | .6

[ 353 ]

MARCH.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max Min. Suu Rad. | Direction. | Force. In. Pts.
1 56 46 61 41 SW _ |Strong 62
2 49 36 56 31 W Ditto
2] za o $0 Ditto °5 | Although the e cnin of this month was somewhat
RE - 32 óz “y SW {Ditto '9? labove the average mean, yet the weather upon the whole
l| RT 65 39 — o was very unseaso caf e and wet, with Strong gales of wind
6| 51 36 57 33 — stormy 25 lat night, € ^ ko 17th and 28th were very boisterous.
DT I T 67 38 S Ditto 94 |The e barometer on ne DON 6th, and
8 | ‘ge 28 57 = — Little 8th, and cm rise on n d 31st is remarka
9 42 28 54 21 NW Ditto
I9. M 36 62 33 SW {Ditto :?! | Mean Pressure foie the 3 daily observations 29. 748 inches.
11 | $77 F 456 0964-1 142 W [Strong T Temperature .....Ditto........-
12 | 56 | 49 |5675]- 35-1- — Lii :92 |____ Dew Point . sere Ditto escenas "
13.]- 39 44 Zz 38 NW. Ditto mb iene of Dryness. Ditto... eetis.
14 | 56 44 62 41 —— [Strong —— Degree of Moisture Ditto...... b» 4: 894^
I$-HF A9 I= 59 26 W [Ditto 95 |. —. Force of Vapor = Di ore 0i 0.304 inch.
16 | 50 40 66 38 — [Ditto 25 |Leastobserved degree of Moisture ...... 504°
17 50 33 53 28 NW Stormy 04 | Maximum Temperature in Shade. ...... bao
Bi Re aes 57 tg 9 —— pute Minimum Temperature in ditto... ....
19 | 47 42 56 36 W Ditto = imum Temperature in the Sun... . 76°
zo | 54 47 57 45 —— Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation...... — 17?
21 56 46 59 42 SW Ditto
22 | 57 44 79 38 W [Brisk Winps.
23 |-+60 41 72 36 — Little
24 | $7 43 69 39 — Ditto North.......2 days. | N. Kan. -— - days.
25 | 62 2 66 20 | —— [Ditto Eest... «04 50 S. eA
26 1! 30 |+76 21 —— Ditto South <1 es. s [€ NE ...6
27 50 39 54 37 — | a isk West .....914 N. West... ...7
28 55 37 64 33 NW {Boisterous +34 s y
a) ey SS RT o M i 31 days.
O I 6 2 ? itto . : :
z $2 $ 6t ed Ditto Amount of Rain...see+e++eeeeeee0 2,50 inches.
519] 37 62.6| 32.8 2.50

[ 354

APRIL.
1827. | Morning. Noon. Night.
£ Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom., Hygrometer. Weather. Barom, Hygrometer, Weather,
S.| 1130.221 | 44 | 44. | — |Showery 30.207 | 48 | 46 | 2 aa ioniy 30.213 | 46 | 46 | — |Fine-
M.| 2——.143| 48 | 48 | — |Foggy —.139| 60 | 55 | 5 |Ditt —.135| 52 | 51 1 |Ditto
Tu. |, 3\—-123.|. 50 |; 50 | — |Ditto —.127 | 561-53 | 3 ieee -113| 51 | 50 | 1 |Cloudy
D W.|4—4141|.51.| 49 | 2 |Fine —.139| 59 | 51 | 8 |Very Fine —.135| 461.44 | .2 |Fine
Th. |- $[—127| 50 | 47 |. 3 |Ditto .I21| 64 | 54 | 10 |Ditto .181| 48 | 45 | 3 |Ditto
F.|.6129.970 | 54 | 50 | 4 |Very Fine 29.976| 69 |-54 | 15 |Ditto —.054| 56 |.56 | — |Wet
S.| 7/30.150|.52. | 47 |. 5 |Ditto 0.142| 61 |. 45 | 16 |Ditto —.166| 55 |. 53 | 2 |Very Fine
S.| 8, —5386|. 53 | 47. | 6 |Ditto —.352| 60 | 45 | 15 |Ditto :375| 49 | 49 | — |Cloud
M.| 9,—142| 54 | 48 | 6 |Ditto .048| 62 | 48 | 14 {Ditto 29972| 49 | 47 | 2 |Clear
Tu.|10/29.900| 48 | 46: |. 2 |Cloudy 29.904| 59: || 57 | 2 |Showery —.920| 51 | 51 | — |Foggy
© W. [11.—3912| 51 | 51 | — |Foggy -918| 54. 4:52 | 2 Ditto —.912| 50 | 49 | 1 |Cloudy
Th.|12,—819| 52 | 52 |, — {Cloudy 924.| 53 |-53 | — Ditto .950| 48 | 48 | — |Ditto
F. [13/30.107 | 44 | 42 |. 2 |Very Fine 30 143| 58 |:42 | 16 |Very Fine 30.224 | 49 |-47 | .2 |Fine
S [14—244] 42 | 38 |. 4 |Ditto 208| 58 | 37 | 21 |Ditto —.155| 47 | 47 | — |Ditto
S |x5j—.101| 50 | 50 | — {Ditto —.105| 62 | 6o | 2 |Ditto —.0og1| 49 |-49 | — |Cloudy
M. |16—.093| 51 | 48 |. 3 |Ditto —.099| 55 |:40 | 15 |Cloudy —.103| 47 | 45 | 2 |Ditto
Tu. |17-—.071 | 50 | 48 |. 2 |Cloudy 101} 55.1947 | 8 {Ditto —.045 | 46 |-46 | — | Wet
q W. 118 29.962 .43. 4| — Dull & Cloudy 29 922 53 53 SES Vet ss 29.839 45 45 de Foggy
Th.|19—815| 49. | 47 | 2 |Ditto —.268| 58 |-50 | -8 |Fine —.719| 43 | 41 | 2 |Clear
F.|20,1—.687 | 42 | 42 | — Thick T —.671| 55 | 5o | 5 |Ditto .603| 45 |-44 | .1 |Cloudy
S. |211—.540| 46 | 46 | — |Rainy —.569| 49 | 48 | 1 ede ied 626| 48 | 48 | — |Wet
S. |22 —.773 | 44 | 43 |. T Clon udy —.797| 46 | 46 | — —846| 40| 40 | — oy
M.|23—773| 40 | 36 | 4 |Cold sent — 723| 45 | 38 | 7 Cold & Cloudy —.690| 36 | 35 | 1 |Ditt
Tu.|24—561|.42 | 41 |. 2 {Ditt —.603| 47 | 44 | 3 |Do. with Hail —707| 35 | 33 | 2 Clear & Cold
W.|25—886| 40.137 | 3 Fine. | .907| 52 | 36 | 16 |Very Fine 30.023 | 36 | 35 | t |Ditto
@ Th.|26/3o-160| 40.| 34 | 6 |Very Fine 30.221| 50 | 29 | 21 |Ditto —.336| 43 | 41 | 2 [Ditto
F.|27—359| 47 | 40 | 7 |Ditto —.325| 60 | 35 | 25 |Ditto —.268| 45 |. 42 | 3 |Very Fine
$.|28—.171]:.52-| 47 | -5 |Ditto —.o65| 65 |:50 | 15 |Ditto —.057| 52 | 50 | -z |Ditto
$.[29/29.979| 55 | 53 | 2 |Ditto —.o66| 72 | 55 | 17 |Ditto |098 55 1.52 | 3 |Ditto
M; |30/30.074| 60 | 56 | 4 |Ditto —.060| 75 | 60 | 15 |Ditto —.50| 66 | 63 | 3 Ditto
30.013 |48.1 45.7 | 2.4. 30-011 | 57.31 47-8| 9.5 30.016 47.6 46.4 | 1.2

[ 355 J

VOL. VII.

APRIL.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Remarks.
Days,
x Max. | Min. Sun. Rad. | Direction. | Force. In. Pt
Ee 50 49 22.1. 38 SW Little
2. hd 45 66 | 41 — 4 Ho The quantity of rain which fell during EA month
3. | d 44 74.| 38 W į Ditto is considerably below the average mean. weather
4 | O1 41 707] ^33 S Ditto generally was clear cold, attended with Fouk
5| 65 42 81| 34 SE Ditto night; that during the nights of the agih 25th, and 26th,
6| 70 45 83 | 43 S Ditto 95 | was even far more severe than the z9th of April, 1826,
7| 62 48 81 | 44 SW Ditto ut was not attended with such A Cgnsequeners,
2 2 $3 + a NW Ditto vegetation being upon the whole much later.
t9 I2 49 7521. 25 SE | Brisk ‘°7 || Mean Pressure from the 3 « laily observations 30.0 i3 inches.
oe 42 62, 45 Ditto e Temperature. .. .. Ditto... ......« 54°
2 | 3&sL 24 Jep Bey USE oo PERME I LT Re Point... Ditto, .. «sene. 46°.6
13 | 60 35 81 25 Ditto —— Depr Dryness Ditto.......... 42.4.
ur 1 42 53 36 NW M —— Dopa oF Moisture Ditto.......... 850°
2 2 44 7 x NE Ditto —— Force of Vapour. Ditto... ...... 0.352 inch.
16 22 34 79 x Ditto Least observed degree of Moisture ...... 4289
271-33 44 75 s NE Di i ae tot Maximum ‘Temperature in Shade ....... 789
18 34 49 59 3 SIA '9? | Minimum ld itd... 532. 259
19 | 60 34 t ^ Be M peratur eun, 3 ide 1059
20 | 55 42 3 o I ris um nor anh
zr] io 41 51 | 4o — | Ditto <04 Minimum ET Terrestrial Radiation. 17
22 | 46 36 $3.1 33 wes LED 5 WiNDs,
23 | 46 31 54 | 23 S Ditto .07 6 4
24 | 49 29 67 | 25 SW | Little 03 m ees : days. x East......6 days.
25| 53 |—25 69 |—17 HS |o Do BSUbnwe : P UU k
26] 32 28 82 | 19 SE Ditto Son: XY ‘6 EUNDO -oas
27 | 61 37 79 | 31 —— | Ditto West.......2 N; West..... j3
28 | 68 39 83 | 32 — itto M
39123 40 95 | 35 S Ditto 30 | days.
3o |+78 $5 7 TS 45 = Ae Amount of Rain; 2.1 545604500. 46°6.71 Mich.
58.5 39 | 73-21 34 Sit i
3A

[ 356 ]

MAY.
Noon. Night.
-)
'& | Barom, Weather. Barom. Hygrometer, Weather, Barom, Hygrometer, Weather.
T. | 1130.074 6 |Very Fine 30.054| 71 | 61 | 10 |Very Fine 29.934. 62 | — [Slight Rain
W.| 2,—.oo 1 |Foggy —.o6o| 66 | 6o | 6 |Hazy 0.080 55 | — |Thick
Th. | 3—.062 6 |Very Fine 29.953| 71 | 56 | 15 |Very Fine 29.910 55 | 2 |Very Fine
D F.| 429.910 3 [Cloudy .86 8 | 52 | 16 |Ditto -819 52 1 |Cloudy
S. | 5 —.692 1 Ditto -566| 58 | 58 | — (Slight Rain ||—.508 55 | — |Rainy
S. | 6, —.321 — |Wet —.212| 60 | 60 | — |Heavy Rain ||—.404| 46 | 46 | — |Ditto
M.| 7[—.655 4 |Very Fin 696| 55 | 47 | 8 |Cloudy 625 43 | 1 |Cloudy
T.| 8—.983 4 Cold &Cloudy||—.912| 51 | 38 | 13 |Ditto —.920 45 | — |Ditto
W.| 9 —.847 5 |Ditto —.835| 52 | 45 | 7 |Ditto —.831 45 | 1 |Fine
Th. |10—.811 4 iVery Fine —.815| 61 | 51 | 10 |Very Fine 813 44 | 2 |Ditto
O F.j11—.8o 8 |Ditto .871| 62 | 56 | 6 |Slight Showers||30.025 49 | — Hazy
S. |12/30.069 4 |Fine 30.159|.58 | 46 | 12 |Very Fine —.147 43 | 2 |Fine
S. |13|—. 6 |Ditto 29.926| 60 | 40 | 20 |Ditto 9.881 42 | 2 |Ditto
M. |14/29.875 2 Cloudy —.857| 58 | 55 | 3 |Cloudy —.841 47 | = |Wet
T. |15 —.829 3 |Verv Fine —.807| 66 | 6o | 6 |Very Fine —.752 49 | 2 |Fine
W. |16\—.599 6 Ditto —.595| 67 | 6o | 7 |Ditto —.4431 55 | — |Wet
€ Th. |17|\—.607 4 Ditto —.635| 70 | 55 | 15 Ditto, Sultry |—.647 55 | — [Ditto
F. |18—.944 2 |Ditto —.735| 65 | 57 ery Fine 804. 56 | — (Cloud
S. (19. —.903 3 Ditto —.981| 67 | 51 | 16 |Ditt 30.097 57 | 2 |Very Fine
S. |20]30.079 3 Ditto 30.073| 79 | 59 | 21 |Ditto —.135 53 | 2 {Ditto
M. .128 5 |Ditto .142| 74 | 53 | z1 Ditto —.193 57 | 2 |Ditto
T. |22—.123 .3 Cloudy —.109| 71 | 65 | 6 |Showery —.o8 55 | — |Fine
W. 3 —.025 2 |Ditto 29.905| 64 | 60 | 4 |Very Fine 29.670 $$. | —= |Wet
Th. |24/29.464 2 |D ito —.404| 60 | 50 | 10 |Cloudy —.400 50 | — |Ditto
e F. 25 —.581 — |Wet -375| 61 | 61 | — |Wet —.428 51 | — (Cloudy
S. |26|—.451 4 |Very Fine —.492| 66 | 61 | 5 Showe —.554 52 | — |Ditto
S. 27,—.833 7 Ditto .708| 68 | 56 | 12 |Very Fine —.696 56 | — |Wet
M. |28 —.697 2 |Cloudy —.796| 67 | 60 | 7 |Fine —.936 65 | — |Cloudy
T. 29,—.792 3 |Ditto -800] 64 | 62 | 2 |Cloudy —.840 53 | 1 |Fine
W. |30,—.889 4 |Ditto -899| 70 | 54 | 16 |Very Fine — 810 58 | 3 |Very Fine
Th. |31.—.707 6 |Very Fine —.729| 68 | 52 | 16 |Ditto —.834 51 | 2 Dito
29.826 3.6 29.805 |64.4| 54-8| 9.6 29.808 51.9|0.8

_ MAY.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max Min. Sun. | Rad Direction. | Force. | In. Pts.
à to nd = z Ew ir The weather during the greater part of this month
3 I = -x = | Ditto was very changeable, and particularly chilly for the ad-
2n s 26 4 Ditt vanced period of the year. hunder accompanied the
: n 68 e Gc Ditto "TO rain on the evening of the 17th. 'Towards the latter end
6 er - 6 E SE Brisk : of the month some heavy gales of wind were experienced,
7| ss Mie Rd E 3 Ditto ‘23 | chiefly from the south-west.
< 2 45 35d. 4 NE Bart Mean Pressure from the 3 daily observations 29.813 inches.
91 181.35 1 n e B am perature. . ... itio. AS AC 572.6
10 | 62 33 93 ] ?5 —— | Ditto —— Dew Point... sss Ditto iie ere 52?9
II 6 28 —— | Ditto iu : ce
3 35 97 : —— Degree of Dryness. Ditto ....+-+++ 4 7
12 | 62 | 37 «ds dp TDI Is of Moisture Ditto ........- 842?
13 | 6t vel GPR — | D — — Force of Vapour . .Ditto ......-.- 0.428 inch
14 | 60 45 55 es Sw | Ditto 10 |T east observed degree of Moisture.....-- 508°
15 | 68 45 83 | 36 S D ak Maximum Temperature in Shade......-- 81°
16 | 67 nd 93 | 45 — [ms 7 |Minimum Temperature in ditto......--- 32?
17 72 52 85 | 49 SW Ditto 58 Maximum Temperature in the Sun. ..... 113°
18 | 67 53 go | 48 pu. dream Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation....... 23^
19 | 73 54. 103 | 48 l 2 itto
361.7 iot 1. 3 SE itto
21 45 ib +113 i ion d LAN WINDS.
22 | 72 | 50 84 | 45 | —— | Ditto 10 North...... o days. | N. East.... 1 days.
E. 87 | 59 83 | 48 S | Ditto “15 Est... S. East. .....5
24| 62 42 81| 35 —— | Ditto +13 Sowth ...3.- 6 S. West ....13
ae | 63 45 83| 37 SW | Ditto :23 "e. ios 'N. West o
26 | 67 46 89 | 39 —— | Brisk 03 es
27 | 68 52 84 49 — ous 102 31 days.
28 6 8 —— itto z
29 66 zi 82 48 W Strong Amount of Rain sessesssssesseeese 224 inches.
30 | 7I 56 94} 50° SW | Little
31| 68 48 82 | 42 S Strong
66 |46.6 85 |40.5 2.24 uev ae eo

[ 358 ]

JUNE.
1827 Morning. Noon. Night.
E Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom, Hygrometer. Weather.
=
F. | 1/29.740| 56 | 56 | — | Wet 29.726| 63 | 56 | 7 |Showery 29.949| 55 | 51 | 4 | Very Fine
D S.} 2,2—888| 53 | 53 | — |Ditto —.617| 59 | 59 | — [Ditto —.621| 52 | 48 | 4 |Ditto
S. | 3.—.385| 60 | 51 | 9 |VeryFine —.900| 66 | 44 | 22 |Very Fine —.928| 56 | so | 6 |Ditto
M. | 4—.936| 55 | 52 | 5 Ditto —.940| 65 | 52 | 13 |Di 30.005 | 53 | 51 2 |Ditto
T.| 5\—.887| 60| 56 | 4 [Ditto —734| 55 |. 55 | — .647 | 53 | 53 | — |Showery
W.| 6—.671| 53 | 50 | 3 |Cloudy —.698| 57 | 54 | 3 |Hail Showers |—912| 52 | 5o | 2 |Fine
Th.| 7.—994| 54 | 49 | 5 |Ditto 30.038| 65 | 51 | 14 |Very Fine 0.130| 60 | 56 | 4 |Very Fine
F.| 830.2251 55 | 50. | 5 |Very Fine —.261| 67 | 47 | 20 |Ditto .352| $5 | 5o | 5 |Ditto
O S| 9—354/ 59 | 54 | 5 {Ditto —.329| 70 | 62 | 8 Sultry —.443| 60| 54 | 6 |Ditto
S. 10 —.323 62 | 59 | 3 [Ditto —.301| 71 | 61 | 10 Cloud .266| 60 | 54 | 6 |Ditto
M.j|11—.222| 60 | 53 | 7 [Ditto —.204| 71 | 58 | 15 |Very Fine —,198| 59 | 54 | 5 |Ditto
Tu.|12—.151| 62 | 58 | 4 |Ditto —.149| 75 | 56 | 19 Ditto .189| 58 | 55 | 3 |Ditto
W.|13.—.142| 60 | 53 | 7 jDitto —.130| 73 | 53 | 20 Ditto —.076| 65 | 60 | 5 |Ditto
Th. [1429.964] 62 | 59 | 3 |Ditto 29.885 | 75 | 62 | 13 Ditto 29.816 | 65 | 60} 5 |Ditto
F.|15—.767| 62 | 60 | 2 ‘Hazy —.756| 70 | 61 | 9 |Fine .751| 62 | 60 | 2 |Ditto
€ S.|16—.743| 62 | 60 | z (Cloudy —.747| 64 | 62 | 2 Showery —.784| 60| 57 | 3 |Fine
S. |17 —.818| 65 | 61 | 4 |Very Fine —.842| 76 | 64 | 12 Cloudy —.939| 63 | 60 | 3 |Very Fine
M.|18—.998| 62 | 56 | 6 |Ditto —996| 72 | 60 | 12 |Very Fine —.976| 65 | 61 | 4 |Ditto
T. |19—.968| 62 | 57 | 5 [Ditto —.940| 67 | 57 | 10 Cloudy 844 | 60| 56 | 4 |Cloudy
W. |20—.860| 61 | 57 | 4 Ditto —.895 | 65 | 54 | 11 |Very Fine —.920| 56 | 53 | 3 Fine.
Th. |21/|—.918| 57 | 54 |: 3 Ditto —.925| 67 | 45 | 22 Ditto —.990| 54 | 52 | 2 |Ditto
t 22/50.036| 56 | $2 | 4 |Ditto 30.057| 65 | 52 | 13 Ditto 30.115| 57 | 51 | 6 |Ditto
.|23| *
$.|24/30.117| 61 | §4 | 7 |Very Fine 30.121| 78 | 54. | 24 |Very Fine 30.135| 59 | 55 | 4 |Very Fine
@ M.|25—.137| 59 | 51 8 Ditto —.129| 77 | 55 |. 22 Ditto 107| 58 | 53 | 5 |Ditto
T. [26—081 | 62 | 55 | 7 |Ditto —.073| 76 | 49 | 27 Ditto .063| 64 | 55 | 9 |Ditto
W. |27/29.981| 60 | 59 | 1 |Cloudy 29.877 | 70 | 60 | 10 Cloudy 29.828| 60 | 58 | 2 |Cloudy
Th. |28\—.673 | 60 | 60 | — |Wet 683 | 63 | 63 | — |Wet .715 | 60 | 60 | — |Ditto
F.|29.—.652| 62 | 62 | — |Ditto .214| 67 | 61 | 6 Cloudy —.757 | 63 | 56 | 7 |Ditto
S. |30 —.804 | 62 | 6o | 2 (Cloudy — 836| 70 | 55 | 15 |Very Fine —.920| 6o | 54 | 6 |Ditto
29.963| 59| 55| 4 29.948 68.2 |55.9]|12.3 29.978| 58 | 54} 4

The Means are calculated for 29 days only, as no observations were made upon the 23rd.

JUNE.
|
Temperature. Wind. | Rain,
= Remarks,
Max. | Min. Sun, | Rad. | Direction. | Force. | In. Pts.
E 66 48 87 |- 38 S Strong 19 | Theweather at thebeginni i imilar to
: ginning of this was similar to that of
^ e 43 86 = Zw ms '94 | the preceding month, but as it advanced it became warmer
3 pe d sp ce and more seasonable. The temperature at night during
4 6 4 E 39 - Dit the whole month was unusually low, and particularly so
3 — M19 E Es NW ue ‘IT | on the 7th, 8th, and zoth. Some Thunder showers fell
59 45 $1 | 3 mO :99 | on the zoth and 21st; that of the 21st was very heavy,
7] 65 |—38 87 |—30 — | Ditto i ^ ;
3 5 3 7 : accompanied with hail.
72 41 33 i ee
eee, 1 roz i dee pene Mean Pressure from the 3 daily observations 29.963 inches.
| pop E 9 41 NE | Strong Temperature..... 1 ) tio sion se $3
BICI 48 wl —— | Brisk Dew Point. ees se Ditfp. c.i. ve tae $152
I] 790 99 | 43 uL —— Degree of Dryness. Ditto. ......... .8
13 73 50 96 46 E Ditto dines Degree of Moisture Ditto.........- 97?
ni 77 55 roz | 51 — | Die —— Force of Vapour.. Ditto.......... 0.460 inch
E ort 55 go pes NW | Ditto Least observed degree of Moisture. ....... 414°
16 | 70 57 91 | 54 us Little Maximum Temperature in Shade. ....... EM v
SI 29 54 100 | 48 Ditto Minimum Temperature in ditto .......+ M s
P 3 51 102 | 46 Ditto im: emperature in the Sun ...... 105°
19 | 68 54 89 | 48 SW | Brisk 92 | Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation ....... o?
20 67 42 go 33 c debes fe)
21| 67 93 | 36 ——— itto A
22 | 68 102 | 40 W Little Wraps;
23 = North. ..... .o days | N. East. .....5 days
24 4-79 46 100 | 38 E Little Bt: s á S, Et... ovid
25 | 77 | 44 35 NE mà South ......«5 S. West......
26 | 78 52 195 | 47 —— TURNO WER i eer E. 3
27 72 56 48 SW Ditto ; .
28 | 64 57 66 | 55 S Ditto 30 29 days.
a> | vous uices | i
391.33 55 98 | 51 — | Ditto Amount of Rain,....+..++..+.0.82 inch. |
70.2| 49 92.2| 42 o.82 ; |
p Iebiuh: cool oo CEU RSEN DN
* The Means are calculated for 29 days only, as no observations were made upon the 23rd.

JULY.
1827. Morning. Noon. | Night.
E Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather, Barom. Hygrometer, Weather.
S.| 1{29.739| 67 | 62 | 5 |Cloudy 29.763|. 71 | 63 | 8 |Showery 29.917 | 6o | 59 | 1 |Cloudy
D M.| 2|1—840| 60 | 6o | — |Wet .816| 68 | 64 | 4 |Cloudy —.832| 58 | 57 1 |Ditto
Tu.| 3|—.866| 62 | 60 | 2 |Cloudy -934| 69 | 51 | 18 |Very Fine 30.067 | 62 | 53 | 9 |Fine
W.| 4130-234| 63 | 58 | 5 |Very Fine. 30.212| 71 | 55 | 16 |Ditto —.163| 62 | 62 | — |Wet
Th.| g|—.227| 62 | 60 | 2 |Cloudy —.332| 72 | 58 | 14 |Ditto —.447| 58 | 54 | 4 |Very Fine
F,| 6|—475| 62 | 58 | 4 |Thick Fog |—.466| 77 | 55 | 22 |Ditto —.452| 6o | 54 | 6 |Ditto
S.| 7|—434| 63 | 59 | 4 |Very Fine —.362| 77 | 61 | 16 |Ditto —.416| 70 | 61 | 9 Ditto
© S.| $[—424| 68 | 59 | 9 |Ditto —.426 | 81 | 60 | 21 |Ditto —.390| 70 | 59 | 11 |Ditto
M.| 9|—335, 79 | 65 |. 5 |Ditto —.243| 79 | 57 | 22 |Ditto —.228| 69 | 59 | 10 |Ditto
Tu.|10|—195| 66 | 58 | 8 |Ditto —.138| 76 | 59 | 17 |Ditto —.046| 62| 55 | 7 |Ditto
W.i1j[-950| 64 | 61 | 3 (Cloudy —.224| 77 | 55 | 22 |Ditto —.134| 67 | 53 | 14 |Ditto
Th.|[12j—161| 60 | 51 | 9 |Very Fine —.205 | 73 | 50 | 23 |Ditto —251| 65 | 53 | 12 |Ditto
F./13)-—.225| 65 | 57 | 8 |Ditto —.223 | 80 | 55 | 25 |Ditto —.214| 68 | 53 | 15 |Ditto
S.|14j—201| 62 | 50 | 12 |Ditto —.175| 76 | 53 | 23 |Ditto —.114| 64 | 55 | 9 |Ditto
€ 3 S.[15|[—064| 65 | 59 | 6 jDitto —.062| 72 | 52 | 20 |Ditto —.078| 65 | 54 | 11 |Ditto
M. |16j[—.165| 62 | 53 | 9 |Ditto —.112| 77 | 53 | 24 |Ditto —.072; 64 | 54 | 10 |Ditto
Tu.j17|—084| 63 t 53 | 10 |Ditto —.052| 81 | 54 | 27 |Ditto —.o50| 67 | 6o | 7 |Ditto
W.|18j—014| 65 | 63 | 2 |Cloudy —.016| 77 | 55 | 22 |Ditto -056| 63 | 59 | 4 |Ditto
Th |1g}—-042| 62 | 60 | 2 |Ditto 29.978| 67 | 60 | 7 |Cloud 29.886| 64 | 64 | — |Heavy Rain
F.|20|29.755| 60 | 59 | 1 |Ditto .288| 71 | 57. | 14 |Very Fine —.840| 63 | 6o | 3 |Very Fine
$.1211—943| 59 | 52 | 7 |Fine —.972| 69 | 55 | 14 |Ditto 30.034| 63 | 57 | 6 |Ditt
$.122/30.058| 65 | 62 | 3 |Cloudy—Wet/3o.024| 67 | 67 | — |Wet 29.980, 62 | 62 | — |Wet
M.|23|—044| 64 | 63 | 1 [Sultry —.050/ 75 | 70 | 5 |Cloudy 30.098| 70 | 68 | , 2 |Fine
@ Tu.24|]—.110| 66 | 63 | 3 |Cloudy —.100| 76 | 66 | 10 |Ditto .076 | 72 | 65 7 |Very Fine
W.|25|29.988| 66 | 63 | 3 |Ditto —.16| 73 | 70 | 3 |Showery —.046| 65 | 57 | 8 |Ditto
TTh.|26|30.157| 62 | 55 | 7 |Very Fine —.112| 70 | 50 | 20 |Very Fine 29.899 | 62 | 62 | — |Heavy Rain
F.|27|— cone 62 | 57 | 5 |Ditto —.192| 72 | 62 | 10 |Ditto 30.179| 69 | 67 | 2 |Cloudy
$./28[—.225| 71 | 67 | 4 |Cloudy —.220| 77 | 65 | 12 |Ditto —.236| 70 | 65 | 5 {Very Fine
S.|29|.—.212| 69 | 65 | 4 |Very Fine —.145| 83 | 65 | 18 |Ditto —.009| 73 | 62 | 11 Sultry
M. [30[29.798| 75 | 71 | 4 peg nag 29.946| 75 | 54 | 21 |Ditto —098| 66 | 57 | 9 {Ditto
D T./31/30.260/ 63 | 58 | 5 |Very F 30.383 | 75 | 49 | 26 |Ditto —275| 64 | 58 | 6 [Very Fine |
30.111 [64.2 |59.3| 4-9 30.118] 74. | 58 | 16 30.116 | 65 [58.6 |6.4

[ 361 ]

JULY.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max Min. Sun Rad, | Directiou. | Force. In. . Pts.
I 72 54 gI 52 W Brisk .38]
"T. 4! 52 93 | 48 SW | Ditto The weather during the whole of this month was re-
si J2 56 posi Strong markably fine and pleasant. The rain which fell upon
4 75 58 99 55 guten risk :95 | the ist, 19th, 22nd, and 26th, was very beneficial; but
5 ja 44 101 | -37 ees DIU the total amount for the month is elow the aver-
6 82 51 109 44 NW Ditto age mean. Some thunder was heard on the 19th, 25th,
7| 84 55 112 | 48 SE Ditto and 29th; during the night of x latter the lightning
8| 82 57 107 | -49 NW | Ditto was particularly vivid id frequent
9| 84 54. 112 | 47 —— | Ditto : f
10 79 55 110 50 SW Brisk Mean Pressure from the 3. uy observations 30.115 inches.
II 81 45 II 5 NW | Little Temperature... tto. . SUPE cr dt d
12 86 49 |4118 41 Ditto —— POU. anu. On va vous (5-98
13 82 50 117 | 41 E Ditto —— Degree of Dryness.Ditto.......... g?.1
14 76. 46 98 39 Gau. | MM —— Ere of MDC DIES Cog giga eta 752? i
15 78 51 104 | 45 —— | Ditto f Msi Ditto.......... 0.526 inch.
16 79 |—44 11I |—34 NE Ditto Lo sheeted degree oF Moisture ....... 420°
17 85 50 118 43 SE Ditto aximum Temperature in Shade....... 89?
18 79 52 105 45 S Brisk Minimum Temperature in ditto, ...» ; 449
19 68 60 72 59 cade 4 Lies 42 |Maximum Temperature in the Sun ..... 1189
20 72 52 108 | 45 SW Brisk Minimum of Terrestrial Kaon c5: A
21 | 69 44 gz | 36 —— ed
221.0 * 56 70 S itto .20
23| 75. | 6x | $7] $s | SW. | Ditto reda
24| 76 63 934 S xu d North...... o days. | N. East ....1 m
251.7 3 30 ph; 991 0 P" 1 o5 Bt eus 9 |SEast......
26-21] 60.|- 99] SF n 21 South .. 67613 E WAE. -o
27| 79 61 94 | 57 SW | Ditto West 26458 N, West....5
28 | 81 52 9g1| 47 —— | Brisk "doge 4 2
29 |+89 65 Hed. S. — LN 31 days.
30 79 51 102 43 Ww Stormy er
$4.4: 77 50 int ME —— | Brisk Amount of Rain’ isse.. ti OE. 68s 1.31 inch.
77.5| 53 100 | 47 na

[ 362 ]

AUGUST.
1826. Morning. Noon. Night.
H Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom, | Hygromete Weather.
W. 63155 | 8 |Very Fine 20.106] 75 | 55 | 20 {Very Fine 30.060| 68 | 57 | 11 {Very Fine
Th. 62) 55 | 7 |Ditto 29.894} 85 | 59 | 26 [Ditto 29.862| 67 | 59 | 8 [Ditto
F. 3 | 54 | 9 |Ditto —.864| 74 | 57 | 17 [Ditto —.666| 65 | 60 | 5 |Ditto
S. 51.62, 3 |Cloudy —.782| 74 | 61 | 13 |Ditto —.899| 66 | 60 | 6 |Ditto
S. 64157 | 7 |Very Fine 30.120| 75 | 51 | 24 |Ditto 30.148] 68 | 64 | 4 |Cloudy
M.: 63161 | 2 |Cloudy —.322| 67 | 59 | 8 |Cloudy —.317| 59 | 52 | 7 |Very Fine
C) oii 58.] 54 | 4 |Very Fine —.:301| 73 | 60 | 13 |Fine —.228| 63 | 59 | 4 |Ditto
W. $9. | 52 | 7 |Ditto —.172| 72 | 51 | 21 |Ditto —.112| 57 | 52 | 5 |Ditto
Th. 61 | 58 | 3 |Ditto —.027| 73 | 50 | 23 |Very Fine 29.956! 65 | 57 | 8 {Ditto
F. 65 | 62; 3 |Sultry 29.679| 76 | 55 | 21 {Ditto —652| 60 | 54 | 6 |Fine
S. 60°} 55 | 5 |Very Fine —.612| 65 | 59 | 6 |ThunderSho" —.645 | 57 | 56 | 1 jDitto
S. 61°} 57 | 4 {Ditto —.752| 66 | 47 | 19 |Very Fine —.903| 57 | 50 | 7 |Ditto
M. 57} 51 | 6 {Ditto —.943| 69 | 57 | 12 |Cloudy 814, 60 | 60 | — |Wet
€ r. 65 | 65 | — |Cloudy —.673| 68 | 64 | 4 |Ditto —.570| 66 | 65 | 1 |Cloudy
W. 65.| 64 | 1 |Showery —.420| 71 | 60 | 11 |Fine —.463| 66 | 62 | 4 |Fine
Th. 62. | 61 | 1 {Foggy —.633| 61 | 61 et —.566| 60 | 60 | — Wet
F. 62} 61 | 1 {Dit —.846| 68 | 58 | 10 |Showery —.879| 61 | 61 | — |Ditto
S. 65. 63 | 2 |Cloudy 30.033| 73 | 60 | 13 |Fine 30.041 | 60 | 59 | 1 |Cloudy
S. gS eg 5 IF —.oz1| 68 | 53 | 15 |Ditto —.109| 59 | 57 | 2 |Very Fine
M. 57|55 | 2 |Very Fine |—.o79| 64 | 58 | 6 |Cloudy —.075| 60| 59 | 1 |Fine
E 58 | 54 | 4 |Ditto —.073| 64 | 64 | — |ThunderSho"*|—.112| 62 | 6o | 2 |Cloudy
o V. 57| 54 | 3 |Cloudy —.205| 62| 5 8 |Clou —.280| 57 | 52 | 5 jDitto
Th. 57| 54 | 3 Ditt —.367| 67 | 53 | 14 {Very Fine = |—.359| 64 | 62 | 2 |Very Fine
F. 60 | 58 | 2 |Very Fine —.268| 65 | 60 | 5 |Ditto —.128| 58 | 55 | 3 |Ditto
S. On. Git: 10 —.178| 62 | 50 | 12 |Stormy —.190| 55 | 50 | 5 |Cloudy
S. 56|48 | 8 ICI —.214| 61 | 61 | — —.230| 56 | 54 | 2 |Ditto
M. 55|52]| 3 |Very Fine |—.33o| 75 | 58 | 17 {Very Fine |—.322| 61 | 57 | 4 |Very Fine
T. 61 | 56; s Di —.313| 68 | 54 | 14 |Ditt —.427 | 57 | 55 | 2 |Ditto
D W. 56 | 48 |. 8 |Ditto —.426| 67 | 50 | 17 |Ditt —.405| 57 | 55 | 2 |Ditto
Th. 54| 52]| 2 |Cloudy —.236| 64 | 60 | 4 |Dull & Cloudy,—.208 | 62 | 61 | + |Cloudy.
F. 58 | 54 | 4 |Very fine. |—.345| 68 | 51 | 17 |Very Fine ~|—.371| 57 | 53 | 4 |Very Fine
i | 60 | 56 | 2.6 | - 130,040] 69 156.4 |12.6 30.033 160.9 [57.3 | 3-6

[ 363 ]

Days.

O o0 OW» OO No

. AUGUST.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Remarks.
Max Min. Sun Rad. | Direction. | Force In. Pts.
84 | 45 |+112| 35 W |Little
Mec o TP T S 4 E mean temperature of this month was consi-
3 5 4 XI s risk :05 dics below that of last year. At the commence-
7 2 T SW | Ditto ment the weather was generally clear and fine in the
A4 4 104) 37 S Little 23 | day time, but unusually cold at nights. Some heavy
47 92 | 37 SE Ditto thunder accom paid the rain on the 16th, 17th, and
7 OP api pe se S Ditto 21st. Towards the latter part of the month the
t a T : ; ux D 4 weather was more favourable and the Barometer high.
7 50 101 | 43 SW | Brisk .os | Mean Pressure from the 3 mda sonos 39.034 inches.
69 51 9031. 37 MA Ditto ai | — aea e exe cud es ee 639.3
70 45 98 | 38 — | Ditto —— Dew Poin tio. e s 567.6
69 55 9° | 53 —— | Ditto .04 |—— Degree of Drs. DEN rar
69 60 784 $? — | Ditto —— Degree of Moisture Ditto...... fsi p
71 53 86 | 46 S Ditto d Force of Vapour. .Ditto.......... 0.492 inch
64 52 84 | 48 SW | Ditto .31 | Least observed degree of Moisture. ....... 440?
73 54 9! | 49 S Little .i2 | Maximum Temperature in Shade ......... 86°
73 51 96 | 46 SE Ditto Minimum Temperature in ditto. ......... 42°
69 49 go | 41i —— | Ditto Maximum Temperature in the Sun ........ I 129
66 46 110 | 40 E Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation... ..... 32
65 52 gt | 50 NE | Brisk 62 wW ;
63 $1 68 | 46 — | Ditto ver
69 | 51 109 | 44 W | Little North.,.....1 days. | N- East..... 3 days
67 48 79 | 41 NW | Brisk Fist ced TSE.. -3
62 49 76 | 40 N Ditto South........8 S. West. ....3
63 42 79 | 34 NW | Strong Wet. 25055. 6 N. West ....6
75 52 106 | 46 — | Brisk E J
7 | 45 951 901 1 i DEP 31 days.
70 45 105 | 37 —— | Little
65 50 72] 4$ | —— | Ditto Xmdunt o£ Ra .3:. | NP
68 52 79 | 46 NE | Ditto
7 {50.7 93 | 44 1.66
35

VOL. VII.

C 364 J

SEPTEMBER.
1827. Morning. Noon. Night.
E Barom. Hygrometer, Weather. Barom. Hygrometer, Weather. Barom. | Bygrometer. Weather. .
S. | 1/30.394| 60 | 56 | 4 |Very Fine 30.365 | 71 | 55 | 16 |Very Fine 30.369| 57 | 55 | 2 |Very Fine
S.| 21—.358| 61 | 59 | 2 |Ditto —.350| 71 | 58 | 13 |Ditto —.298| 60 | 56 | 4 jDitto
M. f 3\—.306! 55 | 53 | 2 |Ditto -326| 68 | 51 | 17 |Ditto —.347| 61| 56 |. 5 Ditto
Tu. | 4|1—.357| 57 | 52 | 5 |Cloudy —.319| 64 | 54 | 10 |Cloudy —.297 | 56 | 53 | 3 |Cloud
O W.|5|—258| 56 | 52 | 4 |Ditto —.262| 68 | 60 | 8 |Fine —279| 55 | 53 | 2 |Very Fine
Th.| 6|.—.281| 52 | 50 | 2 |Ditto —.309| 69 | 53 | 16 |Very Fine —.339 | 55 | 52 | 3 |Ditto
F. | 7|—.320| 50 | 46 |. 4 |Ditto —.301| 65 | 54 | 11 |Cloudy —.281| 58 | 55 | 3 |Cloudy
S. | 8[—279| 52 | 49 | 3 [Ditto —.281| 64 | 50 | 14 |Hazy —.200; 58 | 55 | 3 Ditto
S.| 9|—.025| 64 | 59 | 5 |Ditto —.003| 68 | 68 | — |Wet 29.937| 59 | 59 | — |Wet
M. |10/29.909} 59 | 59 | — |Rainy 29.911| 66 | 66 | — |Ditto —.917| 66 | 66 | — |Cloudy
Tu. |11|—.86 4 | 62 | .2 |Cloudy —792| 70 | 65 | 5 |Very Fine —.753| 60 | 60 | — |Wet
W.12|—.729| 58 | 58 | — |Showe —774| 62 | 62 | — |Showery —.800| 55 | 54 | 1 |Cloudy
€ Th.[15|—.997| 55 | 53 |. 2 |Fine 30.042] 65 | 60 | 5 |Ditto 30.174| 53 | 52 | 1 (Fine
F.|14/30.208] 52 | 48 | 4 |Very Fine —.224| 66 | 58 | 8 |Very Fine —.222| 60| 59 | 1 |Cloudy
S. |15|—266| 56 | 53 | -3 |Ditto —.301| 67 | 61 | 6 |Ditto —.314| 65 | 63 | 2 |Ditto
S. (16, —.336| 65 | 63 2 |Cloudy —.338| 69 | 61 8 |Cloudy —.331| 64 | 62 2 |Ditto
M. |17|—.340] 64 | 59. |..3 |Very Fine —336| 70 | 64 | 6 |Very Fine |—.314| 60 | 59 | 1 |Ditto
Tu.|18)—.287 | 62 | 60 | 2 |Ditto —.220| 68 | 62 | 6 |Fine —.246| 56 | 56 | — Ditto
W.|19|—.19o0]| 51 | 46 | 5 |Fine —.224| 60 | 42 | 18 |Ditto —.189| 51 | 45 | 6 |Ditt
Th. |20/29.816| 47 | 47 | — |Rainy 29.844| 57 | 52 | 5 |Cloudy 29°947| 51 | 50 | 1 |Ditto
@ F.21,—848| 53 | 51 | 2 |Very Fine —.828| 63 | 60 | 3 |Showery —.654| 58 | 58 | — |Wet
S. 22|- —.543 | 55 | 54 | r |Fine —.513| 64 | 61 3 |Ditto —.543 | 50 | 49 | 1 |Clear
S. |23\—.557| 58.| 58 | — |Showery —.590} 62 | 6o | 2 |Ditto —.650| 50 | 49 | 1 |Ditto
M. |24|—.691 | 50 | 50 | — |Ditto —.695| 63 | 6o | 3 |Ditto —.707 | 52 | 52 | _— |Cloudy
Tu. |25|\—.717| 53.| 51 | 2 |Fine —.695| 64 | 58 | 6 |Cloudy —.670! 57 | 55 2 |Fine ;
- |26|—.628 | 56 | 56 | — |Very Fine .594| 71 | 64 | 7 |Fine —.628| 60 | 60 | — |Heavy Rain
Th. [27|—.642 | 62 | 62 | — |Cloudy —.687| 70 | 64 | 6 [Ditto —.255| 57 | 57 | — |Hazy
D F.|28[—.747| 57 | 56 | 1 |Fine —.743| 66 | 62 | 4 |Fine —.729| 57 | 56 | 1 |Fine
S. |29|—.660| 56 | 56 | — |Showery —.652| 62 | 62 | — |Wet —.820| 57 | 57 | — |Cloudy
S. |30}—.798] 61 | 59 | 2 y —.796| 67 | 58 | 9 |Very Fine —.800| 55 | 54 | 1 |Fne
20 008 lce6.^
30.008 [56.7 154.6) 2.1 | 30.010 | 66 pee 7.2 30.017 | 57 |55-5| 1-5

[ 365 ]

SEPTEMBER.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days, Remarks.
ax. Min. Sun. Rad. | Direction. | Force. In, Pts.
eor 292 51 94-| 43 NE Little
2 72 59 98 46 —— | Ditto
3 71 $3 |4100] 47 —— Ditto eneral character of this period may be consi-
"EET 52 76 | 48 N Brisk dered as having been more unseasonable ra wet m
5| 69 48 go | 38 EU age. ped A that of former years. 'The winds were for the
6 | 7o 40 gt |—32 NE Ditto part Northerly. The quantity of rain which d is I oof
7 68 52 86 | 46 ndn Pe A an inch more than the average mean of the m
8 | 65 52 22 | 44 —— | Ditto : :
9| 68 55 Aal. gS S Ditto 1.09 | Mean Pressure from the 3 daily observations 30.011 inches.
1o | 67 55 67.| 54 -—— L Ditto a2 |--—— Temperature... itto... eese : 9?.9
II 72 55 85 52 SW Ditto .08.-1—— D t... Ditto.. beseseeo 569.5
12 | 63 54 65.| 51 ine itto .38 |— Degree of Dryness.Ditto......... 376
13 | 67 |—41 90 | 34 NW | Ditto —— Degree of Moisture Ditto...... Se... Soo
14 | 66 54 87.| 51 Ww itto Force of Vapour. ..Ditto’.......... 0.492 inch.
15 70 59 96:| -55 NW | Ditto .03 Least observed de. of Moisture. ........ 439°
16 | 7o 58 84-| 54 N Ditto Maximum Temperature in Shade .......... 2
17 |472 54 98.| 47 NW | Ditto Minimum Temperature in ditto ....... NEU LS sid
18 | : 7o 43 99 | 35 Ww Ditto ximum Temperature in the Sun....... 100?
19 | 61 45 89 | 40 NW- | Brisk .36 Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation ........ 193»
20 |- 60 43 76:| 35 Ww itt
21 | 65 | 52 77 | 49 NW | Little 10 Wn bs.
22 | 64 43 o | 36 —— | Brisk .20
23 gd. 49 80 | 35 Ww | Little "38 ds DFE Gays "t i. 2 $ days.
24 64 48 89 42 SW Ditto .07 South e?" $.W is eer :
25 | 65 48 78 | 41 c TS —— bil me e ER i
26 | 72 | 55 9o | 53 SE iym 43 ns eus
ay Toe 54 91| 5o —— itto > days
28 | 67 51 80 | 46 —— | Ditto ag 7
46] sd Smi goc] — |a 13 CHGRONUANSET o Ronan
30 en i 85.1 cab S Ditto Amount of Rain e 3:37 inches
67.7 50.6} 84.8| 45. 3-37

[ 366 ]

OCTOBER.
1827. Morning Noon. Night.
£ Barom, Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. | Hygrometer. Weather, Barom. Hygrometer, Weather,
M. | 129.806| 55 | 55 | — |Foggy 29.804 | 60 | Go | — |Heavy Rain |29.848| 57 | 57 | — |Dense Fog
Tu.| 2—.915| 56 | 56 | — |Dense Fog —.946| 65 | 6o 5 |Very Fine 30.075 | 52 | 51 1 |Foggy
W.| 3/30.231| 53 | 52 | 1 |Fine 30.269| 62 | 58 | 4 |Ditto —.350| 49 | 49 | — |Slight Fog
T.| 4—.405 48 1 [Cloudy —.411| 64 | 57 | 7 |Ditto —.$49| 50 | 49 1 |Very Fine
O F.|5—417153| 52 I |Ditto —.348| 64 | 59 | 5 |Ditto —.336| 54 | 53 I |Ditto
S. 6—.191| 49 | 49 | — |Heavy Fog |—978| 63 | 57 | 6 |Ditto —.052| 48 | 46 | 2 |Ditto
S. | 7129.985 | 48 | 48 | — |Ditto 29.902| 62 | 54 | 8 |Ditto 29.841| 47 | 47 | — |Thick Fog
M.| 8—.704| 48 | 46 | 2 |Very Fine —.605 | 63 | 58 | 5 {Cloudy —.438| 52 | 52 | — |Showe
Tu. | 9,—297 | 56 | 56 | — |Showery —.274| 62 | 6o | 2 |Showery —.313| 56 | 56 | — |Wet
W.|10,—.377| 54 | 54 | — |Ditto —-371| 56 | 56 | — |Rainy —.o22| 49 | 49 | — |Heavy Rain
T. 11 —.264| 48 | 48 | — [Wet —.280| $5 | 49 6 |Showery —.288| 48 | 46 2 ar
F.|12—.381| 51 | 47 | 4 II —469| 57 | 51 | 6 {Cloudy —.559| 45 | 42 | 3 |Ditto
€. S. |13 —559| 36 | 36 | — |Dense Fog |—487| 53 | 45 | 8 |Very Fine —.534| 42 | 40 | 2 [Ditto & Cold
S. 14.—.766| 48 | 46 | 2 |Cloudy —791|57 | 48 | 9g |Fine —.869| 47 | 47 | — |Cloudy
M. |1§—.912| 49 | 47 | 2 |Fine —.959| 65 | 60 | 5 |Very Fine —.963| 55 | 55 | — |Ditto
Tu.|16—.992| 60 | 59 | 1 |Cloudy —.986| 63 | 61 | 2 |Ditto —.938| 50 | 49 | 1 |Fine
W. |17 —.902 | §2 | 51 1 |Fine —.873| 61 | 54 | 7 |Ditto —.949| 46 | 45 | 1 |Clear
T. |18—.793| 50 | 50 | — |Foggy —.768| 64 | 60 | 4 |Ditto —.758| 56 | 56 | — |Fog;
F. 19—.758| 52 | 52 | — |Wet —.799| 63 | 57 | 6 |Showery —.807 | 57 | 57 | — |Wet
@ S.|20—.769| 54 | 54 | — |Showery —.733| 63 | 6o | 3 |Ditto —.695| 57 | 56 | 1 [Cloudy
S. [211—596] 58 | 57 |- 1 |Fine —.580| 63 | 57 | 6 |Fine —.529| 56 | 56 | — |Ditto
M. |22—355| 55 | 55 | — |Showery —.285| 61|58 | 3 |Ditto —.125| 55 | 55 | — |Ditto
Tu. |23—179| 55 | 55 | — |Wet —.256| 62 | 6o | 2 |Showery —.363| 52 | 52 | — |Showery
W.|24—635| 51 | 51 | — |Foggy —.768| 6o | 57 | 3 (Cloudy —.981| 51 | 51 | — |Wet
T. |25|30.090| 55 | 55 | — |Wet 30.094 | 59 | 59 | — [Wet 30:140 | 57 | 57 | — |Ditto
F.|26——.128| 54 | 53 | 1 [Cloudy —.102| 62 | 56 | 6 |Fine 29.977| 53 | 52 | 1 |Cloudy
» 5» 27 129.758 $2 | 51 | 1 |Fine 699| 62 | 60 | 2 |Cloudy —.528| 56 | 56 | — |Wet
S. 28— 514| 45 | 45 | — |Heavy Rain ||—641| 46 | 46 | — |Heavy Rain |—.910o| go | 40 | — |Ditto
«M. [29 mec 36 | 35 1 |Clear & Coldi|—.982| 50 | 45 | 5 |Fine 0.055| 40 | 39 | 1 jClear & Cold
Tu. |30|\—.968 | 36 | 36 | — |Thick Fog |—.922| 50 | 48 | 2 |Cloudy 29.772| 48 | 47 | 1 |Ditto
W.|311—.756| 46 | 45 | 1 |Fine —.754| 52 | 46 | 6 |Fine 29.851| 45 | 38 | 7 |Ditto
20.208 [o^ e 6 29.781) 59.6) 55-3] 4-3 29.755 50-6 49.8] «8

[ 367 ]

OCTOBER.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max | Min. Sun. Rad. | Direction. Force. In. Pts.
I 61 53 71 48 SE Little 45
2| 67 54 |+93 47 S |Ditto During the whole of this month the weather was par-
31 93 44 75 37 — |Ditto ticularly mild, but cloudy and wet, excepting a few days
4| 65 4 go 36 E Ditto n the beginning and towards the middle of the month,
5 |+67 42 87 34 SE [Ditto ich wer leas eavy thunder storm
6 | 64 4o 83 32 — |Dittó passed over the metropolis on v night of the roth, or
7| 63 42 82 36 E Ditto rather on the morning of the 11th, which in some De
8| 63 48 75 40 SE . Ditto :20 | to the eastward of London did Mende dama
9| 63 52 71 48 E Brisk l4
1° + 49 46 62 41 S Boisterous -68 |Mean Pressure from the 3 ao observations 29. 772 inches
" 6 45 58 40 SW |Brisk .08 |— Tempera ves Pd DEI. bred
12 | 58 31 70 25 W |Ditto 22i=-Dew Poitit :2.. =< itte dva yi
13 | 541 e 81 31 —— Ditto — Due of Dryness. Dio. . d nice TS
| $8 45 87 40 —— |Little ic De DEO $i..427.-- 932"
15 | 65 53 78 46 —— Ditto — Fons. of Vapour. ..Ditto.,........ 0.414. inch.
16 | 64 48 72 42 SW |Ditto Least observed déptee of Moisture....... 774?
17 | 63 40 87 32 W |jDitto Maximum Temperature in Shade ........ 67?
18 | 66 49 89 45 — TURN Minimum Temperature in ditto ...... 3i”
19 |» 65 50 88 50 SE [Ditto 60 |Maximum Temperature in the Sun....... 93°
zo | 64 52 80 49 —— |Brisk Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation ....... 249
21 64 51 81 47 —— (Ditto
22 | Ói 51 74 50 E Little 47 WInps
23 | 62 49 74 41 SE |Ditto ;
24 | 61 48 70 42 S Ditto .06 North ..«v5« 1 days. | N. East..... 2 days
25 60 46 62 42 SE tto 14 East. «ovt : «4 esv BO
26 | 63 48 ri: 43 — |Ditto South ....... 4 S Wet.... 2
2y 62 44 70 40 E Brisk .18 West. eves 6 N. West .. I
28 | 46 32 46 25 NE itto 1.06 Nip, Y d
29 | 5o |—31 | 73 |—74 |] —— € 31 days.
o 2 68 o N itto : :
$: a " 68 35 NW |Brisk Amount of Rain ....... ceccesseccss s POO inches,
6o5.72| 45 | 754| 39:3 4.06

[ 368 |

NOVEMBER.
| 1827. Morning. Noon. Night.
£ Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom., Hygrometer. Weather.
Th. | 1/30.046| 38 | 32 | 6 |ClearandCold|3o.086| 50 | 42 | 8 |Fine 29.985 | 42 | 38 | -4 |Clear
F. | 2/29,982| 42. | 40 | 2 |Di 10 |Ditto 30.127| 42 | 38 | 4 |Ditto
O $.|3/30.180| 39 | 39 | — 4 |Cloudy —.174| 49 | 48 | 1 |Fine
$.| 4/i—.189| 48.| 47 | 1 3 |Ditto —.264| 50 | 49 | 1 |Ditto
M. | 5$,—393| 48 | 48 | — 6 |Fine —.391| 42 | 41 |. 1 |Clear & Cold
T.| 6—375| 50 | 50 | — 4 |Ditto —.248| 50 | 5o | — (Cloudy
W.|7—221| 51 | 51 | — — Wet —.2 48 | 48 | — |Ditto
Th. |} 8——.143| 46 | 46 | — — {Cloudy 29.910| 49 | 49 | — |Ditto
F.| 9\29.926| 50 | 50 | — 1 |Ditto —.946| 48 | 48 | — |Ditto
$.10— 841] 48 | 48 | — 2 |Ditto —.948| 49 | 49 | — |Ditto
« $3S$./|11/50.043| 49 | 48 | 1 4 |Fine 0.073| 45 | 43 |. 2 |Clear & Cold
M. |12\—.047| 40 | 49 | — 7 |Very Fine —.208| 46 | 46 | — |Cloudy
T. (13 —.193| 50 | 50 | — 2 |Cloudy —.150| 56 | 56 | — |Wet
W. |14—.118| 46 | 46 | — 11 |Clear & Fine |29.994| 38 | 37 | 1 |Fine
Th. 15/29.811] 45 | 45 | — 4 Cold & Cloudy|—597 | 40 | 40 | — |Dense Fog
F. 16 —.467 46 | — — |Wet —.687 | 46 | 46 | — Ditto
S. 17/.—779| 47.| 47 | — 2 |Cloudy —.932| 42 | 42 | — |Ditto
8./18/30.106| 45 | 45 | — — |Dense Fog - ||—995| 47 | 47 | — |Wet
€ M.19—281| 50 | 50 | — — |Foggy 30.269 | 49 | 49 | — |Cloudy
T. zo —.196| 45 | 45 | — 1 |Hazy .126 | 46 | 46 | — |Ditto
W. 21|[—.263| 42 | 38 | 4 3 |Fine —.054| 32 | 29 | 3 |Clear & Cold
Th.|22/29.964| 25 | 19 | 6 4 |Ditto 29.827 | 29 | 28 | «1 |Ditto
F. (23 —.758| 24 | 20| 4 2 |Cloudy —.693| 34 | 33 | 1 |Ditto
8./24,1—7538| 38 | 26 | 2 4 |Fine 30.075| 27 | 25 | 2 |Ditto
D S$.125/30020| 36 | 36 | — — |Foggy —.193| 36 | 36 | — |Foggy
M. 26—355 | 37 | 37 | — 1 [Ditto —435| 41 | 41 | — {Ditto
T.|27——376| 40 | 40 | — 3 |Fine —.267| 37 | 36 | .1. [Clear
W. 28—114] 34 | 33 | 1 — [Cloudy 29.741 | 45 | 45 | — |Cloudy
Th. |29 29.401 44 | — 3 |Fine FSS 431 49 pee
F.[30—538| 46 | 46 | — 2 |Cloudy —.386 | 46 | 46 | — |Showery
30.028 42.6 41.7 | 0.9 3. 30.015 143-1 |42.4. | 0.7
oscura.

[ 369 ]

NOVEMBER.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Daya Remarks.
Max Min. | ‘Sun. Rad. | Direction. | Force. In. Pts.
I 51 38 70 32 NW (Brisk The mildness of the weather during this month was
2 50 30 69 24 c ot eel remarkable until the 21st, when the thermometer sunk
3 52 46 56 40 Ww Little to 7° below freezing, and on the 22nd to 12° below the
4 56 42 72 38 SW [Ditto same point. During the night of the 22d, and on the
$T 99 49 69 44 < {Ditto morning of the 25th some snow fell to the depth of about
6 56 45 |+73 40 S Ditto an inch, but vanished in the course of the suc-
7 52 46 52 44 EBENE UE .o8 | ceeding days. Fogs were frequent; those on the 15th,
8 51 42 58 34. SE IDitto 16th, 17th and 18th, were remarkably dense.
9| 5a 45 60 40 S Ditto
Io T a 45 $1 42 SW Ditto Mean Pressure from the 3 daily observations 30. .029 inches.
II 59 34 65 29 W - {Ditto Temperature ......Ditto.......... 447.8
Él x 45 72 41 —— |Ditto Dew Point. . ... .. Ditto... ....-.. 437.3
13 |+60 45 62 43 NE |Ditto Io Degree of Dryness. . Ditto... ....... 19.5
141 Se 34 59 30 SE {Brisk .22.| —— Force of Vapour.. .Ditto.......... 0.316 inch.
tè] 3A 32 58 29 -| —— |Little .06 | —— Degree of Moisture Ditto.......... 963?
16 | 49 44 49 43 —— {Ditto .12 | Least observed degree of Moisture. ...... 680°
17 |.551 40 55 40 S Ditto Maximum Temperature in Shade ........ 60°
18 | si 46 52 44 E Ditto 04. | Minimum Temperature in ditto ........ 20°
19 | 52 44. 52 43 — IDitto Maximum Temperature in theSun ..... 239
20 | 50 40 53 35 NW [Ditto Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation a dae gli ane
21 | 42 25 54 15 — (Brisk
22 | 34 |—zo 40. |—11 N jLittle
23 | 34 28 40..| 20.| —— |Brisk Winps.
24 | i ea 45 sd NW [Ditto North.....+..2 days | N. East. .....1 days
25 | 3594 OF) 14395 | 9 W jkittle Rast ...... 208 EE T
26 | 45 29 57 25 Sw Itto Soüfh .. 2:4 S. os
27 |. 46 27 6o 22 v— M West oes N. West 5
28 | 46 38 61 24 S Brisk .32 3 ad
29 | 51 40 63 38 | —— Little t 30 » days.
jo 1^9 44 58 40 W |Bris 12
Amount of Rain, eisses. dts sts 1.06 inch,
49.3| 38. | 574| 33-4 1.06

[ 370 ]

DECEMBER.
1827. Morning. Noon. Night,
x Barom.| Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. Hygrometer. Weather. Barom. | - Hygrometer. | Weather
| S.| 1|29.104| 47 | 47 | — |Cloudy 29.056| 52 | 49 | 3 |Cloudy 29.042| 49 | 49 | — |Showery
S.| 2 —.192 | 44 4 — |Showery —.297| 50 | 50 | — |Showery —.484| 44 | 43 | 1 |Clear
IO M.| 3—.728| 46 | 46 | — |Cloudy —.807 | 50 | 46 | 4 |Fine —.845| 44 | 44 | — |Cloudy
Tu.| 4—.832| 48 | 48 | — |Showery —.861| 53 | 50 | 3 Clear -994| 48 | 48 | — |Ditto
W.| $—.974| 52 | 50 | 2 |Clear 30.005| 56 | 5o | 6 |Ditto & Fine ||—.948 | 46 | 46 | — | Wet
T.| 6—.891,| 43 | 40 | 3 |Fine —.091| 46 | 38 | 8 |Ditto 0.224| 39 | 35 | 4 |Clear & Cold
F.| 7/30.246| 34 | 32 | 2 |Frosty —.252| 50 | 46 | 4 |Ditto «O11 | 46 | 46 | — |Cloudy
S. 829.908 44 | 43 | 1 |Fine 29.958| 50 | 44 | 6 |Very Fine 29.946| 39 | 37 | 2 |Clear
S. | 9—.940 | 28 | 27 | 1 |Ditto .817| 46 | 46 | — Cloudy 742 | 46 | 46 | — | Wet
M. |10\—.639| 51 | 51 | — [Wet —.542| 54 | 54 | — |Wet —420, 52 | 52 | — |Difto
€ Tu. |[11,—534| 45 | 45 | — |Fine —.418 | 53 | 53 | — |Showery —.430 | 47 | 47 | — |Ditto
W.|12,— 408| 44 | 44 | — |Foggy —.359| 47 | 47 | — |Dense Fog —.343 | 47 | 47 | — |Ditto
T./13—.518| 38 | 37 1 |Clear & Fine |—.600| 44 | 40 | 4 |Fine —.677| 39 | 39 | — |Stormy
F. |14|—.396| 45 | 45 | — | Wet —.371| 46 | 46 | — |Wet &Stormy|—.538 | 40 | 40 | — | Wet
S. |15|—.730| 47 | 46 1 |Cloudy —.667| 53 | 53 | — |Showery —.628, 52 | 52 | — |Ditto
S. |16|—.669| 48 | 46 | 2 |Fine .898| 50 |. 50 | — |Ditto —.970| 42 | 42 | — |Ditto
M. |17/30.245 | 36 | 35 1 |Ditto 30.176| 51 | 45 | 6 |Very Fine 30.082| 48 | 47 | 1 |Cloudy
@ Tu.|1829.833| 51 | 51 | — |Wet .825| 53 | 53 | — Stormy Rain |29.698| 52 | 52 | — |Stormy Rain
W./19—.619| 54 | 54 | — |Ditto&Stormy|—.597| 54 | 54 | — |Ditto —5$93/ 5r | 51 | — |Dit
T.|20——.597| 46 | 45 | 1 |Fine .615| 48 | 46 | 2 Eme —-578 | 42 | 42 | — |Ditto
F. |21.—.724| 40 | 39 | 1 |Ditto —.694| 45 | 41 | 4 |Ditto 419 44 | 44 | — |Cloudy
S. [221.479 | 45 | 45 | — |Showery —.486| 50 | 48 | 2 |Cloudy —.530 | 50 | 50 | — | Wet
S. |23,——.803| 45 | 45 | — [Ditto —.998| 47 | 41 | 6 [Fine 30.067 | 42 | 42 | — |Ditto
M. |24/|—.863| 50 | 5° | — Ditto —.910| 57 | 49 | 8 |Ditto "029 | 42 | 41 I Cloudy
D Tu. |25|30.421 | 42 | 40 | 2 |Fine 30.441, 58 | $1 | 7 [Ditto 464! 45 | 44 | 1 ine
W.|26—.516| 47 | 46 | 1 |Cloudy —.520| 50 | 50 | — |Showery —.$68| 49 | 48 | 1 |Ditto
T.|27.—.578| 42 | 42 | — [Ditto —.594| 5! | 49 | 2 |Fine 661| 38 | 38 | — |Cloudy
F. |28 —.722 | 32 | 32 | — |Foggy —.729| 37 | 36 | 1 Hazy —.664 35 | 35 | — |Dense Fog
: 29,—.604| 32 | 32 | — |Dense Fog ||——541| 36 | 36 | — Lec Fog |—.479, 31 | 31 | — E
-|30|1—.4c90| 37 | 37 | — |Fo =. 3 42 | 38 | 4 |Fine —.287| 34 | 33 | 1 |Fine
M. }31/29.963| 35 | 34 |. 1 Slight Fog da Boe 42 | 42 | — |Cloudy 29.765 | 46 46 | — |Stormy
29.873'43-1 |42.5 | 0.6 29.880| 49 dm 2.6 29.873 Mets 7| 4

[5891 ]

DECEMBER.
Temperature. Wind. Rain.
Days. Remarks.
Max Min. Sun. Rad. | Direction, Force, | 1n, Pis.
I 53 42 62 40 W Strong
E ES 44 54 41 NW | Little E Weather mild, but extremely wet during the whole of
3| 5! = 62 39 rd Ditto :14 | the month, and the quantity of rain which fell was about
ne tot 48 60 45 —— | Brisk :9? | an inch more than usual. The wind on the night of the
à 56 45 62 49 | NW | Ditto '94 | 7th, roth, and 18th, was very boisterons, and the fog on
46 3 52 en W Strong the 12th, and 29th, during the day-time particularly
7|. 5o 44 61 49 —— | Ditto 02 | dense. The Barometer on the 28th was higher than it
8|. 50. —27 DO P949 | — n] Little had been at any period during the year.
951 3 44 52 43 —— | Brisk 08
19 |: $5 45 61 40 SW | Ditto
II 53 40 53 40 S Stormy 62 |Mean Pressure from the 3 daily observations 29.875 inches.
I2 | 48 35 48 30 W Ditto 5 Jimmie ss. es soc hoo 459.4.
13 | 44 35 52 25 SW | Ditto .06 |—— Dew Point ........ Ditto Pes. Cá e
14 | 46 37 46 32 S Ditto .32 | —— Degree o Dryness.Ditto.......... — 19.2
I$ | ¢ 40 53 34. — | Brisk .26 | —— Degree of Moisture Ditto y« ar
16.| i 35 60 28 W Ditto : —— Force of Vapour tto,..... «+++ 0.328 inch.
i7] 3 48 57 41 SW | Stormy 12 |Least observed degree of Moisture... ..... 63°
i8 | $4 50 54 48 | —— | Ditto .20 |Maxi Temperature in Shade. ....... 589
19 | 54 45 54 40 —— | Ditto -25 |Minimum Temperature inditto.......... a7
20 | 48 38 50 32 —— | Brisk .02 |Maximum Temperature in the Sun....... 65°
31 L 45 42 5I 38 S Ditto .o6 |Minimum of Terrestrial Radiation ....... 19?
22 50 42 53 40 N Ditto 36
23 | 50 36 61 30 N W | Ditto 03 WInps.
2 Oo 6 8 — | Ditto IO
i E A a "d : Panne eg wee oe North...... 1 days , N. East.. o days.
26 | sr 45 51 41 Sw itto .02 East........ O . East .....
27 52 32 +65 25 S Ditto South c * 5 S. West .... 9
28 38 31 39 26 S E | Ditto West ...... 10 West...
29 | 36 28 37 28 Ww Ditto o1 go
30 | 42 33 42 25 SW | Ditto 31 days.
31 | 46 45 46 43 Strong Amount of Rai... 5 osse sene suess vues) 0D inches,
49.6 |397 | 544 | 35-1 | 3.09 [
VOL. VII. 9c

[ 372 ]

Monthly Mean Pressure, Temperature, and Dew Point, &c. of 1827 ; deduced from the Observations
recorded in the preceding Journal.

Pressure. ‘Temperature.

1827. oY =
n Sun’s errestria

Mean of|| In the Shade. Mean at Mean, : aue Med.

Range o eerie the three a me s ‘_| of the Erra ees! Snes pe

i g ses Observa-|| 5 three | # an
Months. Max. Min. | Med. | Barom, Morn. | Noon. | Night. | tions. E. Min. | Med. |Morn.|Noon,|Night|Observ® E Min. | Max:| Min. |Rad».
Jan 30. 403/29 22620 814 1.777 |29.910/29.89712 2729.911 12.|32.5|35- 39.6 35.1 36.5 62/32 44 5 135:7-

=
4

13|130.105
3|J2 2

March |30.563/28.881/29.722| 1.682 29.726/29.769/29.750/29. 748

36 45 |4 |39-0
$3 45 7 [47-7
0.846 30.0153/30.011|30 O16 30.013 78 25 51.5 48.1/57.3|47.6 51. FO5|51 45 17 54.5
0.981 29.826/29.80529.808/29.81381| 32 156.5/55-7/64.4/52.7| 57.6 |113,55 |50 23 (60.2
617 29 985 0.737 29 :963 29 948 20.078 29 963 70 38 58.5 59. 68.2 58. 61.7 105 62 55 30 63.
o

QV wi Mw
Oo y U
N E
N v
Ww
& S
vi
> Ww
Ww Ll
^ ON
ue v
Oo NO
O u
mr
w N
S] N
Q
oni
oO Ww
"E ^
QN -

. 3 5/29
*
June . 30 354 29 T ue dà d
July . 130.475 29.755 39.115 t
o
9 7

.720 |30. 111/30. 118|30. 116|30.115||89| 44 66.564.274. (65. |67.7|11872 |59 134 79-7
6

Dec... 30.729|29.042 29 885 1.687 29.873 29 880|29 873 29 875 c8 27 42.5143-1149. 44.11 45-4 65 37 48 19 42.2

Aver. 30.464129 33629 .900| 1.128 29.947 29-950 29-959 29-949 70/29 - 5.497 49 157-1 49-1| $1.8 | 91/51. 2/49-7|20-6,53- 1
* In June the Means are calculated from 29 days only.
Hygrometer indicating Dew Point. Scale of the Winds. Rain.
1827. :
| Mean Dew Point at Mean | Mean | Mean | Mean Least
— Rad à; Point, [Vapour. [Dimes Mastac. | Mate. | x. |N. EJ E. S. E. | S]. W.| W. |N.W.| Days. | In Pes
Morn. . Noon. Night. . apour, v doge: oisture. oisture
Jan. -.| 33.5 | 36-2 | 34-5 | 34-7 | 0-232) 1.8 935° | 685° || os | 4 kak ofa. 6] 3| 9] 31 acd
Feb. ..| 28.6 | 30.7 | 30.9 30. | 0.200) 4.3 862 550 RL siti. 21h oF si 2. « 0:79
March | 42.1 | 43.9 | 42.6 | 42.9 | 0.304. 3 894 504 ex: 0re-o|zz.6|»| 7j 31! 249
April .| 45.7 | 47.8 | 46.4 | 46.6 0.352| 4-4 850 428 i| BINH 61S Gl <3) S wee
May..| 52.1 | 54.8 | 51.9 | 52.9 | 0.428| 4.7 842 508 o EIS 5 |63 I o 3t —
June*.| 55. | 55-9 | 54- | 54-9 | 0.460) 6.8 797 gO) $iH tLA TI AL SI v der
July .| 59.3 | 58 58.6 | 58.6 | 0.526| 9.1 752 420 o tJ 3 3 9] 5| 5 g1 PP
Aug. .| 56. 56.4 | 57-3 | 56.6 | 0.492| 6.7 800 440 I sii] $198 31 9] 9] 31 1.66
Sept...| 54-5 | 58.8 | 55-5 | 56.3 | 0.492] 3.6 906 439 31 610 41s 47-47 y 3:37
Oct. ..| 49.8 | 55.3 | 49.8 | 51.6 | 0.414] 1.9 932 774 £f St erg es) 6| 1| 4.06
Nov. .| 41.7 | 45.8 | 42-4 | 43.3 | 0.316] 1.5 963 680 sl Fra gilo si 5] 5i 39 1.06
-| 42-5 | 46.4. | 43-7 | 44.2 | 0.328] 1.2 964 763 Froid fie 91 tL 5] M $:99
Aver. | 46.7 | 49.1 | 47.3 | 47-7 | 0-378] 4. 874 414 || 24 | 32 |30| 38 |53| 71 | 65 | 51 | 364 | 73 18

* [n June the Means are calculated from zg days only.

[ 873 ]

XLI. An Account of the manner of Training the Vine upon
Open Walls, at Thomery, near Fontainebleau. In a Letter
to the Secretary. By Mr. Joun Roserrson, F. HS.

Read March 4, 1828.

Dear Sir,

HE Vine culture of Fontainebleau is, I believe, but little
known or understood in this country, although as applicable
to the open wall, it has much to recommend its adoption ;
in theory it appears rational, and in practice it has proved
successful.

Under this impression, having drawn up such information,
any way essential, as I could collect from the best French
authorities on the subject,* I beg to lay it before the Horti-
cultural Society, that it may be the better enabled to judge
whether that practice be such as to merit attention in the
Gardens of Great Britain. :

The Grapes of Fontainebleau have long been proverbial for
their excellence, and continue to maintain a decided supe-
riority over all others in the markets of Paris.

For this superiority, Fontainebleau, or rather the village of

Thomery, where these Grapes are chiefly produced, is not
indebted to the natural advantages of soil or situation, for the
soil is a poor strong clay, hard to work, and the situation a
northern aspect, sloping to the Seine, but itis to the judicious
culture of its Vignerons, grounded on long experience and

* Chiefly from the Pomone Françoise of Comte LertEvn, and the Bon J ardinier
for 1827.

374 On a manner of training the Vine upon open Walls.

deliberate observation, minutely and sedulously attended to,
that it alone owes its well earned reputation.

The village of 'Thomery is situated in the Forest of Fon-
tainebleau, about a league from the palace, on the side of a
hill facing north and east, and washed at its foot by the River
Seine. The quality of its soil is inferior, in many parts
sterile; it was formerly occupied by Vineyards, producing a
poor Vin de Pays, and has not been enclosed for the cultiva-
tion of table fruit until within these last forty years. At pre-
sent about six hundred acres are walled in for the purpose, in
numerous small properties and divisions,

WALLS AND TREILLAGE.

The walls with which the Vignerons or Vine gardeners of
Thomery form their enclosures are generally about eight feet
high, built of clay, plastered on the outside with a cement
of lime and sand, and covered by a chaperon or coping pro-
jecting nine or ten inches on each side. To this coping they
attribute the good effects of protecting the wood and bloom
of the Vine from the late spring frosts and heavy rains, shel-
tering the Grape, accelerating its ripening and moderating
the luxuriance of the Vine. It in some degree shades the
shoots of the upper cordon or tier, but for that it fully com-
pensates by the protection it affords its fruit late in the
season, often preserving it in good condition on the wall until
after Christmas. .——

The southern, western, and eastern exposures of these walls
when raised to that heighth, are in general furnished with five
tiers or cordons of Vines; in very poor situations, where the

By Mr. Joun ROBERTSON. 375

Vines are planted at greater distances than ordinary, and the
number diminished, the vacancies are supplied by planting
others on the back or contrary side of the wall, and intro-
ducing them to the front through apertures. The plan is
exemplified in the following Figure.

UUN HUL
LU UTuu t!
" |

——

wuu p
A
j

b 4 » x

The treillage against the walls is formed of upright rails,
placed at the distance of eighteen or twenty inches apart ;
to these are attached horizontal bars, nine inches from each
other; the lowest bar being six inches from the ground. Each
Vine occupying no more than one cordon, and the most
suitable distance between each cordon being found to be
eighteen inches, a wall of eight feet high will contain five
cordons; and the five Vines planted for the purpose will,
at twenty inches apart, cover a space of the wall about eight

feet in length.

DETTA

JEN
S.

——M 4 ew

AULA

DURAN

376 On a manner of training the Vine upon open Walls.

PREPARATION OF THE BORDERS.

In preparing the borders for the reception of the Vines, the
Vignerons, trench them the depth of the upper stratum
which extends about eighteen inches, and six feet wide. Where
the soilis strong, they give the surface of the border a fall,
sufficient to throw offheavy rains; this, with the addition of a
good dressing of manure, they consider a sufficient preparation
for planting.

SELECTION oF CuTTINGS AND PLANTING.

Although the Vignerons of Thomery occasionally propa-
gate the Vine by laying and grafting, yet for their own plant-
ing, they always prefer cuttings ; and maintain that they thus
not only preserve the kinds from degenerating, but that they
actually improve them, in consequence of the attention which
is paid in procuring the cuttings from such branches only
as bear fruit distinguished by some superior quality, as size,
ripening early, setting sure, or any other property it is wished
to perpetuate.

The Vine, by happy accident, is oft found to sport into
improved varieties of fruit; the shoots producing these the
Vignerons prefer for propagation, and by such means render
them permanent, and each is anxious to excel his neigh-
bours in possessing a superior variety. In this practice we
may copy the French with advantage ; we have been already
most successful in acquiring many valuable varieties of form,
flower, and foliage in ornamental plants; and with equal
attention we have every reason to conclude that we may be
as fortunate in fixing those improved sporting varieties of >
fruits which are so frequently met with.

By Mr. Jonn RoBERTSON. 377

The cuttings the Vignerons use for planting, are about two
feet in length, and from being taken with a piece of the old
wood attached to the heel, are called Crossettes; but this
practice may be dispensed with, as a Vine cutting will strike
roots along its entire length, though the roots that push from
the base of the eyes are always the most vigorous, and of the
greatest value, but the goodness of the eyes that are to be
left above ground must be especially attended to.

The ground and cuttings being prepared in the month of
March, a trench eighteen inches wide, and ten or twelve
inches deep, is opened parallel to the wall, and about four
feet distance from it; along the trench, and twenty inches from
each other, the cuttings are laid slanting with three eyes
above ground, in a direction towards the wall, and rising
gently from the soil. The young shoots from the cuttings
will, under such circumstances, naturally push towards the
wall,and run no risk of breaking off when afterwards bent
down. After the cuttings are laid in, the trench is filled two-
thirds with earth, the heel of each cutting is trod firm, and
a coat of mulch is laid over it to retain the moisture, and pro-
mote its striking root, which it rarely fails to do. When
the young shoots made by the cuttings are of sufficient length,
they are staked to secure them from accidents. The ensuing
spring all the shoots are taken off except the strongest; a
trench ten or eleven inches deep is then formed, in a direc-
tion towards the wall, into which, after the reserved shoot
has been shortened to three eyes, the whole plant is laid,
except that part of the new shoot which remains after being
shortened, and this is kept above ground. From these three
eyes, shoots are produced, and these, with the rest of the

378 On a manner of training the Vine upon open Walls.

plant, are treated similarly in the following spring ; the same
operation being continued in each year until the Vine has
reached the foot of the wall, which it generally does the
third year after planting, the whole length of the plant
becomes thus buried under ground.

The sort most in repute with the Vignerons is the Chas-
selas de Fontainebleau, or Royal Muscadine ; when other va-
rieties are planted, the latest kinds are always trained to the
lower bar, as they are there found to ripen earliest.

This method of planting followed at Thomery, differs mate-
rially from the practice of other places; in general the Vines
are planted at once to the wall, in borders levelled and pre-
pared for other purposes, and at considerable distances. They
in consequence absorb an immoderate degree of nourishment,
which gives rise to a rank and late vegetation, and retards the
ripening of the fruit. At Thomery, the Vines being planted
closer, have a more limited range for food, and the numerous
roots produced by the frequent laying in of the stems, occupy
the border so fully as to prevent any redundancy of moisture
or excess of nutriment ; and instead ofa rank luxuriant growth,
they are furnished with short well ripened shoots, closely set
with bearing eyes, which, when the ground is well manured,
seldom fail to afford abundant crops.

TRAINING AND WINTER PRUNING.

The Vines having gained the foot of the wall should,
the first season, be cut back as near the level of the lowest
bar as the neighbourhood of two or three good eyes will
admit. Two of the best circumstanced shoots from these on
the Vine A, designed to furnish that bar, should be trained,
one to the right and the other to the left, to form the arms of

By Mr. Jons ROBERTSON. 379

the cordon. They should this season be fastened only
obliquely to the treillage, as they cannot with safety be laid
in a horizontal position until the next; they are then to be
shortened to three eyes each, the extreme eye to form a
continuation of the cordon, and the two others to form spurs.
The season following, these spurs must be cut down to two
eyes, and the terminal shoot shortened to three, two of which
are to produce bearing spurs as in the previous year, and that
at the extremity is to prolong the cordon; every succeeding
year the same practice is followed, until each arm has acquired
the length of four feet, when the terminal shoot is also to be
reduced to a spur, but of the greater length of three or four
eyes.

The remaining Vines, B, C, D, and E, being each in suc-
cession to form cordons, one above the other, should, when
they reach their appointed stations or bars, be also headed
down to the three eyes next the levels of those bars; two
of these are to be reserved to form arms right and left, as
at the lowest bar, and the third, being useless, is displaced ;
these arms are in every respect to be treated as already di-
rected for the cordon of that bar, until each arm has attained
the same length of four feet. Such shoots as in the mean
time are produced on the stems below the arms are to be
spurred for fruit, but as soon as the cordons are perfectly
formed, these should be cleared off and the stems left bare.

During the formation of the cordons, the spurs on their
arms will successively come into bearing, and each when
pruned down at the season to two or three eyes, will produce
as many shoots with fruit. Of these, at the next winter's
pruning, only the lowest shoot is to be suffered to remain,

VOL. VII. 3D

980 On a manner of training the Vine upon open Walls.

and that at the same time is to be cut back to one, two, or
three eyes, according to its strength. The eyes at the bottom
of the spurs are very small and much crowded, there are at
least six within the space of two lines ;* when the spurs are cut
to the length of one or two inches, these small eyes are robbed
by those above them ; but when the spurs are cut short, im-
mediately above these eyes, they then break, develope them-
selves, and produce good bunches. Of this the Vignerons of
Thomery are well aware; they never leave their spurs more
than one line long, and sometimes less ; by which means they
always keep the bearing wood at home ; and, extraordinary
as it may appear, spurs that have borne for twenty years are
no more than one inch long. Should more than two shoots
break from a spur, all above that number are suppressed, and
not more than two bunches are left on each of these, for a
moderate crop of good Grapes proves of greater value than a
more abundant crop of inferior quality. When the space of
walling allotted to the five cordons is completely occupied,
about eight feet square, or sixty-four square feet are filled, and
the produce calculated on is three hundred and twenty
bunches; for each arm being four feet long, and furnished
with spurs six inches apart, the two arms will carry sixteen
‘spurs of two eyes each; and allowing two bunches to every
eye, each tier or cordon should bear sixty-four bunches, the
number on five cordons will consequently amount to three
hundred and twenty.

This precise length of four feet to each arm has been
determined by experience to be the fittest; the Vignerons
found that when the arms were left of a greater length, the

* A French line is one-twelfth part of an inch.

By Mr. Joun ROBERTSON. 381

spurs in the centre gradually declined, and good bunches
were produced only at the extremities of the cordon; but
when reduced to four feet, the spurs’ on the whole length
were perfect, their eyes well filled, and the bunches of fruit
fine and well swelled.

Training in cordons after this manner affords these ad-
ditional advantages; evéry portion of the wall is equally
furnished with bearing wood, and when once the cordons
are completed, the pruning and training becomes so uni-
form and simple, that it may be entrusted to any intelligent
workman. But what renders this practice of still greater
value in this country is, that the fruit on these small spurs
always rypens earlier than on the stronger wood.

When Vines are trained with more than one cordon, it
is evident from what has already been said, that the lower
tiers will eventually become enfeebled by the more powerful
vegetation and shade of those above them; but when the
Vine is limited.to one cordon, it maintains that one in vigour
under any such circumstances of privation.

Might not training on these principles, if accommodated
to their peculiar natures, be applied. with advantage to our
Pear trees on walls, and Apple trees on espaliers; it would
probably counteract their tendency to run naked at the lower
parts and centre, and bear only at the extremities.

When pruning their Vines, the Vignerons avoid cutting
close to the eyes, lest they might be injured by the wood
dying down to them ; the wood of the Vine, from its spongy
nature, and the peculiarity of its alburnum, not healing rea-
dily, and being liable to decay at a wound. To guard against
this, they always cut midway between the eyes, sloping the

882 On a manner of training the Vine upon open Walls.

eut to the opposite side of the shoot, so that the eye may not
be damaged by its bleeding. They are also careful to inflict
no wounds unnecessarily, and those they do make, they finish
off in the neatest manner.

The season they generally prefer for the winter pruning is
from the beginning of February to the beginning of March,
before the first movement of the sap takes place. The ear-
liest pruned Vines are found to break first.

SUMMER PRUNING OR TRAINING.

The summer pruning commences with the growth of the
the young wood, and consists in cutting out all dwindled and
weak shoots that may not be necessary to replace failures in
the spurs ; also such as are double and triple, as well as bearing
shoots, which have not sufficient strength to bring their fruit
to perfection ; in general, preserving upon each spur, but one
or two shoots in bearing. All others are retrenched which -
cannot be well laid in, or which are not destined to serve some
present or future purpose. But as premature summer pruning -
is productive of the same bad effects as follow late summer
training, in occasioning wasteful bursts of sap, it is considered
prudent, before the stronger shoots are cleared off, to wait
until the wood has acquired some consistence, and until new
channels are prepared for the expenditure of the sap by the
expansion of the leaves.

Summer pruning is of the highest importance to the Vine,
and should be repeated as often in the season as may be
necessary ; but care must be taken in this operation, for
stripping a plant of its leaves and shoots suddenly, always
gives a shock to its vegetation, which is the more or less

By Mr. Jons RoBERTSON. 383

prolonged, in proportion to the degree in which it is inflicted,
on which account, until the Grapes are well set, it should
be done gradually.

The collateral shoots which break near the eyes or on the |
young wood, should be carefully suppressed, and the tendrils
pinched off while young, but never torn away, as that might
cause a serious injury to the shoot.

PINcHING oR STOPPING THE YounG Woop.

Stopping the young shoots by pinching off their tops at
certain periods of their growth is useful to fruit trees in general,
but especially to the Vine. The Vignerons of Thomery
practise it with much intelligence and success. It has the
effect of momentarily suspending the flow of sap in these
shoots, and by that means it accelerates their maturity, and
renders them more ligneous. It promotes the growth of the
eyes, and is indispensable for the purpose of filling the lower
eyes of the spurs on which cultivators rely for next year's
crop; pinching or stopping the wood either prematurely
or tardily is.alike productive of bad consequences. At
Thomery, the young wood is pinched after the bloom is
set, as soon as it reaches the cordon next above it, that is
at about the eighth or ninth eye; weak shoots are pinched
sooner in proportion to their strength, but none are per-
mitted on any account to push beyond the cordon. Should
it appear that the shoots of the extremities impoverish those
of the centre, the former are pinched repeatedly until the
equilibrium is restored.

When the Vignerons of Thomery, before the adoption of
the present system, during a period of thirty years, made

984 Ona manner of training the Vine upon open Walls.

a practice of planting their Vines far apart, their growth
was so luxuriant that they were under the necessity of
leaving a distance of two feet between each cordon, and
even that was found insufficient as they shot beyond it, and
could only be kept within bounds by repeatedly cutting in
the young wood, though in an advanced state; but since
they have adopted the practice of close planting, and by a
judicious selection, have procured varieties which grow more
kindly, pinching alone is found —À—À to keep the plants
in order.

As soon as. the young shoots of the Vine have grown to a
sufficient length, they are attached to the treillage, the stronger
ones first, but loosely, until they have acquired. sufficient
elasticity.

CARE or THE FRUIT.

Some time after the first tying in of the young wood, the
bunches of fruit should be looked over, and the extremities
of such as are very long cut off, for they generally ripen late,
and imperfectly. Not more than two bunches are permitted
to remain on a shoot; where a third appears, the upper one
is taken off; should the plant be weak, even the second is
displaced. Close bunches also, such as the Frontignans, should
have their berries thinned out. The time for these operations
is when the berries are about the size of peppercorns: this
work should be accompanied by searching the bunches for the
Larva, or Caterpillar of a Sphynx, or species of Moth, which
chooses these close clusters as a retreat, and there envelope
themselves in a silky web, which retains the moisture in rainy
seasons and rots the bunches.

Disleafing the Vines, to give colour to the Grapes, and

By Mr, Jous ROBERTSON. 385

promote their ripening, is attended to, as soon as the bunch
gets three-fourths ripe; in doing this, the leaf is torn off at
the extremity of the footstalk, which is left behind to attract
the sap, and nourish the bud at its base.

Bagging the bunches, to protect them from birds and in-
sects, and preserve them late, is done before they acquire
perfect maturity, and always on a dry day. Hair bags are
preferred to those of any other material. But the practice
of bagging is not general. The Vignerons often preserve
Grapes on their treillages until Christmas by screening them
from the frost with cloths, matting, or fern. None but the
driest weather is chosen for gathering in the crop, it would
quickly spoil if stored moist. The bunches are handled with
nicety, and only by the stalk, to preserve the bloom; those
intended for keeping are cut before they are quite ripe. Some
are spread on beds of fern, others are hung up on hair lines in
reverse, with the shoulders down, as that position prevents the
berries from lying so close as to rot.

TILLAGE AND MANURING.

In tillage the Vignerons use no other tool than their hoe;
they stir the ground but lightly, lest they should injure or
disturb the roots; this is done twice in the year, first after
the summer training, which generally takes place about the
end of May; and again when the leaves fall; the ground is
besides, always kept perfectly clean and loose on the surface,
to admit the air and dews.

It is contrary to general practice, to give Vines any
other manure than such as they may casually receive when
spread for other crops on the borders; it is not so with the

386 On a manner of training the Vine upon open Walls.

Vignerons of Thomery, they manure theirs every three years,
and the result justifies them in the practice, for their Grapes
are always superior both in size and delicacy of flavour to any
others to be met with either at Paris or elsewhere. Old
manure nearly consumed, and of a light warm nature, is
always preferred.

Such is the culture of Thomery ; but it is to the following
peculiarities of practice that its superiority must principally
be attributed.

Ist. To the judicious choice of cuttings. The Vignerons
never making use of any but such as have borne the best
and finest fruit.

2nd. By planting the Vines at a distance from the wall,
and by frequently laying the shoots until they reach the
wall, the Vines acquire abundance of roots upon the sur-
face. Also by the close planting, from which all undue luxu-
riance is restrained; by this means the branches complete
their growth within the bounds prescribed, and ripen their
wood early. |

3rd. By limiting each plant to only one cordon, with two
arms, right and left, the entire extent of both not exceeding
eight feet. The energies of the roots confined to so small
a space, nourish the bearing wood more effectually and more
equally, and bring the fruit to greater perfection.

4th. To the projecting coping, which protects the Vine and
fruit from frosts and heavy rains, and intercepts and retains
the heat radiating from the surface of the soil.

5th. The sloping disposition of the ground also contributes
to their success, as it prevents any accumulation of moisture
at the roots of the Vines, and preserves them sound and
healthy.

By Mr. Jonn RonEnrTsox. 387

It has often been a subject of remark, that Vines planted
against buildings with pavement round them, which prevents
the ground from being either worked or manured, produce not
only more abundant and finer crops, but are longer lived, and
grow to a greater size than others. A case cited by the Comte
Lrrikum confirms the observation, and serves to explain the
cause. At Thomery, the Grapes on the lower cordon of a
Vine planted to a wall of about fifteen feet high, having been
injured by the drip of its eaves dashing the earth of the
border against them, the owner paved it for a breadth of
about two feet from the wall. The good effects of this re-
medy were soon apparent, not only in the preservation of the
fruit from injury, but in the improvement of its size and
flavour; the reflection of the sun’s heat from the pavement
augmenting both, and hastening its maturity. The growth
of the Vine also became more moderate and regular, being
no longer influenced by the capricious extremes of drought
and moisture, as its roots under the protection of the pave-
ment rose to the surface of the border, and there enjoyed
an equable degree of both, and a superior warmth.

How far this practice of paving round their roots, can be
applied to the Vines of this country in the open air, may be
a question; but I apprehend that there can be no doubt, as to
the advantage of covering the borders of such, as are planted
in stoves or vineries, with a slight coat of gravel, not only
for the reasons above-mentioned, but to prevent the pos-
sibility of any other crop being raised on them, as is generally
the case, to the injury or even destruction of their roots
on the upper surface.

We too frequently err, in making our borders for Vines

VOL, VII. 3 E

388 On a manner of training Vines upon open Walls.

or Peaches deeper than the influence of the sun and air
can reach. Their depth should always be regulated by the
temperature of the climate. In such a climate as that
of France, where the summer heat is powerful, and pene-
trates deeply, if three or four feet be necessary, in Great
Britain or Ireland, where it is comparatively feeble, one
half the depth may be sufficient, and a greater would prove
pernicious; but of all situations, that of a sunny sloping bank
is most congenial to the nature of the Vine ; this the expe-
rience of all ages has confirmed —

denique apertos
Bacchus amat colles ———

I remain, dear Sir,
your's, very truly,

Kilkenny, JoHN ROBERTSON.
February 25, 1828.

Note by order of the Council.

The Council in directing this Paper to be published,
are desirous to explain that, although in doing so they
depart from their usual practice of inserting nothing in these
Transactions which they are aware is not original, yet they
trust that the useful nature of this Communication, and the
importance of it to the interests of Horticulture in Great
Britain, will form a sufficient justification of their thus laying
it before the Public.

[ 889 ]

No. XLII. Observations on the Cultivation of Stove Plants.
In a Letter to the Secretary.” By Sir Epwarp Poors,
Bart. F. H. 8.

Read July 17, 1828.
SiR,

Have always been very much dissatisfied with the appear-
ance those plants commonly called Stove Plants usually
present when grown in pots, I determmed to try the expe-
riment of forming a Conservatory in which they might be
turned out to grow at liberty, and where I might hope to see
finer and more luxuriant specimens of my favourites, than I
had hitherto been able to produce. For this purpose I built
a Plant-House 32 feet in length, 20 in width, and ^13 feet
6 inches high, with a span roof. A pit occupies the whole of
the house, excepting a front and back walk, and the space
necessary for the flues, of which there are two; there is also
a cistern at one end. "The pit was made about four feet
deep, well drained and filled with a compost of fresh turf and
loam, peat earth, sand and a stratum of leaves at the bottom ;
these were all used in their recent state and merely roughly
chopped up, and mixed together; I found the leaves heat
pretty strongly through the mass at first, but this after a time
ceased. Having completed this, in January last, I proceeded
to turn out nearly all‘my Stove Plants, and I will now detail
the progress they have since made. —

Ficus elastica, was when turned out about six feet high, it is

390 On the Cultivation of Stove Plants.

now nearly eleven, has made a side shoot six feet long, is
stout in proportion, and the leaves are in general one foot
five inches long, and from five to six inches broad.

Carolinea insignis, turned out in March, was then seven
feet high, has since made shoots two feet three inches long,
and the leaves are much larger than usual.

Jacaranda Mimosefolia, when planted out was one foot six
inches high, and has made a most astonishing growth, being
now nine feet high, and the compound leaves two feet six
inches long, and one foot two inches wide.

Averrhoa Carambola, is now more than seven feet high,
has formed side branches extending six feet eight inches
wide, and strong in proportion. This plant bears cutting as
well as a hardy plant. I have been obliged, from its great
luxuriancy, to cut it very close back, but it is making very
strong shoots again.

Coccoloba pubescens, is about six feet high, was planted out
in March, has three branches, has formed a new shoot and
leaf, upon each of the side branches, and the centre one has
made two leaves, and has grown one foot at two starts. The
stem shoots about six inches, carrying up the embracing leaf
folded up, which then gradually but rapidly unfolds ; it has
at first a dull flesh colour, is most beautifully veined, and
its appearance, when looking through it against the light, is
exactly that of a surgical preparation, the veins of which are
injected with red wax; this quickly goes off, and the leaf
assumes its usual hard, stifftexture. The leaf when expanded
is two feet eight inches across, and two feet long.

Astrapea Wallichii, was when put in, in March, about.
three feet six inches high, it has made side shoots two feet

By Sir EnwaARD Poore. 391

long, the branches extend more than six feet, and the leaves
one foot two inches by one foot six inches.

Hernandia sonora, turned out in March, has shot two feet,
the leaves are one foot four inches long by one foot across ;
the leaf stalk one foot long, and the red centre of the disk
very vivid, contrasting beautifully with the rich green of the
rest of the leaf.

Crinum amabile, a last year’s sucker, the leaves are now
four feet two inches long, and five inches in width.

Canna Nepalensis, five feet eight inches high, flowered
continually until I cut it away to make room for other plants.
It had thrown up numerous suckers, all flowering.

Caladium odorum, planted out in March, in a dormant
state, has its leafstalks three feet ten inches high, the leaves
being one foot five inches long and the same across.

Barringtonia speciosa, was sent me last autumn in a dor-
mant state, it was kept in a Pine stove, but I ventured to
turn it out, seeing how well every plant succeeded; it
has made fresh leaves, looks very healthy, and is pushing
vigorously.

Stachytarpheta mutabilis, was put out a mere stake, about
two feet six inches high, it has made shoots five feet long,
from which proceed side shoots, every one terminated by a
spike of flowers, from one foot seven inches long to about a
foot.

Clerodendrum infortunatum, is quite a weed, throwing up
suckers all over the bed, it has been cut down, and has again
'sent up shoots three feet six inches high ; theleaves one foot
two inches long, and a foot wide, it is now shewing flower.
Will prove a troublesome plant, and must be eradicated.

392 On the Cultivation of Stove Plants.

The following climbers planted in March, have covered
pillars eleven feet high, and hang over in rich festoons, flow-
ering in the most luxuriant manner.

Pergularia odoratissima.
Solanum Seaforthianum.
Bignonia venusta.
Ipomea insignis.
Jalapa.
Passiflora lanata.
serratifolia.
edulis.
— alata.
Xylophylla latifolia, has been in flower.since March, as
has also |

Pleroma heteromalla, which has made strong shoots.

I have only mentioned the plants I thought most deserv-
ing notice, but the whole -collection is healthy and thriving
beyond my most sanguine expectations, not a single plant
being etiolated, but all in vigorous growth. : I have constantly
managed this house myself, the heat has been kept up to an
average of /5 in the shade, falling at night sometimes as low as
50°; the atmosphere has been saturated with moisture by
keeping the walks and flues flooded with water ; steaming was
employed as long as fires were used, and syringing at all times.

By constant attention I am very little annoyed with insects
of any kind; the mealy insect is the most troublesome. I have
been in the habit of using as an efficacious and cleanly pre-
paration for destroying all kinds of insects, a strong infusion
of common soap in warm water to which I add the propor-
tion of two fluid ounces of camphorated ‘spirits of wine to

By Sir Enwarp Poonzr. 393

every pint of the liquid. When I use this, I put a piece of
common soap in a large gallipot, pour a small quantity of the
liquid upon it, and with a large soft camel's hair brush make
a thick lather, with which I cover the insects, they then die
almost instantly.

I trust the success of this experiment may induce others
to try on a larger scale to produce still grander effects ; when
we may hope to see some of the magnificent productions of
the Tropics flourishing in all their native luxuriance.

I have the honor to remain,
your's very obediently,

Epwarp POORE.
Rushall, Wilts.
July 10, 1828.

[ 394 ]

No. XLIII. Upon a method of obtaining late Flowers of
Ranunculuses. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
Henry Groom, F. H. S.

Read September 16, 1828.

SIR,
Ix compliance with your wish, I have sent a few remarks
relative to the culture of Ranunculuses for a late bloom.

The bed is prepared the same as for spring planting, with
the exception of being quite level with the path ; this I find
necessary to preserve the fibres moist. In planting instead of
cutting out drills, and placing the roots at the bottom, I pre-
fer having the surface of the bed sufficiently fine to allow me to
dibble them in; I afterwards fill the holes by covering the bed
with a small portion of fine mould, which with the depth the
roots are planted, places them about one inch below the sur-
face. As soon as the bed is thus finished it should be well
watered ; I use lime water at this time, to prevent the worms
drawing the roots from their places. The bed must afterwards
be kept well watered with clear cow-dung water (I do not like
horse-dung for Ranunculuses,) until the foliage makes its ap-
pearance ; I then have the iron rods used for the Tulip bed
put over the bed, and keep it well shaded, never allowing the
direct rays of the sun to come to it from nine in the morning
till five or six in the evening, as I find that during the
summer the sun acts too powerfully on the soil for Ranun-
culuses. It appears to me that when the sun is permitted to
come full on the bed, the earth is so much heated that the

On a method of obtaining late Flowers of Ranunculuses. 395

moisture which is necessary for the growth of the plants
is not only evaporated too quickly, but also raised to a
temperature so high that the fibres near the surface are
scalded, and if not destroyed certainly very much injured.
The watering must be continued when necessary, still using
cow-dung water; I have found the most beneficial effects
to Ranunculuses from the use of this fluid; it increases the
foliage and bloom very considerably.

The time of planting the roots must depend on when the
blooms are wanted ; for a bloom in September or October, I
generally plant about the middle of July, but I recommend
planting every fortnight or three weeks, commencing in
February, which will keep up a fine succession. I have this
day planted some in a frame, which I expect will bloom
about January or February.

I have the honour to be, Sir,
your most obedient Servant,

Henry Groom.
Walworth,
September 14, 1828.

VOL. VII. 3 F

[ 396 ]

XLIV. Upon the proper management of Plants during
their Voyage from China to England. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Jous Damper Parks, F.H. S.
Gardener to the Earl of Arran, F. H. S. at Bognor,
Sussex.

Read February 5, 1828.
Sir, 3

I sze leave to lay before the Society the result of the ex-

perience I acquired in managing living plants on ship-board

during my voyage to China, in the service of the Society, in
the spring of 1823. The kind of case which I found most con-
venient was an oblong square box with a span glass roof,
such as is recommended by Mr. Linpuey in the fifth volume
of the Transactions, page 192,to the representation of which in
that place I refer. Its width inside should be about eighteen
inches, so as to receive two rows of square wooden pots made
to fit in accurately. The glazed sides of the roof should be
moveable, and hinged to the case by their lower edge; and,
if possible, they should be fitted with transparent oyster shells,
such as can readily be procured at Macao, instead of glass.
Hooks should be adapted to the ends, for the purpose of keep-
ing the glazed sides open infine weather. The bottom of the
case should be double, with a cavity of half an inch, to allow
for the running off of salt water in case it gets in when the
decks are washed. The whole should be covered by a water-
tight tarpauling, without which it would be impossible to
keep the cases on deck, which is much the best place.
When the plants are put into the box the whole of the

On managing Plants during their Voyage from China. 397

mould should be covered with moss, to prevent its being
shaken out of its place, and likewise to keep it moist. After
this it should be crossed with laths, nailed tightly down.

The best situation for plants on board ship is where they
get plenty of sun and light, the poop being the best of all, as it
is the least shaded by sails, &c. If it should be found that the
plants are receiving too much sun, it is easy to shade them by
closing one shutter, or by using the tarpauling as a shade.
Exposure to the sun is however indispensable, in order that
the wood as it grows may become hard, and endure the
vicissitude of climate the better. To mature a plant for a
change of latitude and climate is of the greatest importance
in point of success. In securing the plants at night, who-
ever has the care of them should effect this by shutting
the glazed sides and unrolling the tarpauling as late in the
evening as possible. In a hot climate, opening the boxes
again as early in the morning as possible, is also requisite.

Watering the plants should be done sparingly, so long as
they are seen not to droop and remain in good health ; they
do best when not much watered; with much water they
grow too luxuriantly, which is a disadvantage with reference
to the changes they may have to undergo. This is the
great point which ought to be borne in mind in transferring
plants from a tropical to a colder latitude, which will destroy
them if not properly prepared for it.

` Before I went to China, I had formed an opinion that some
plants which it has at present been found impossible to bring
alive to England, might be safely transported in the form
ef cuttings under bell glasses; such, for example, as the
Double Redand Single Striped Azalea Indica. In this opinion

398 On managing Plants during their Voyage from China.

my subsequent experience completely confirmed me. I be-
lieve their death is entirely caused by the salt atmosphere,
which they cannot endure; and it is obvious that if under
glass, they would be secured from this.

Much depends upon the season of the year when plants
are brought from China. The period of leaving China should,
if possible, be January or February, as the sun at that time is
not far distant in point of latitude from the ship's course, at
least not so much so as at some other parts of the year. As
the ship bears to the North of the Line the sun will be doing
the same. Another great object is to arrive in England as late
in the spring as possible, after the cold weather is past ; many
plants are often lost after coming into the English channel.

I adduce the following circumstances in support of the
foregoing observations. When I was outward bound to China,
with fruit trees, esculent vegetables, &c. under my charge,
my plants were placed in the long boat, between the side of
the long boat and another boat within it; one portion was
exposed to the sun and light, and these, generally speaking,
did well; the remainder were so placed that they got little
or no sun, and nearly the whole died while they were passing
the Cape of Good Hope, the plants being tender and full of
sap, the climate cold, and the ship sailing to nearly 40* south
latitude, at our Midsummer, that is in the Midwinter there.
When homeward bound, I had four boxes filled with Camel-
lias, each box containing ten plants ; two of these. were placed
on the poop (as most of my plants were,) these had not a sick
ordead plant in them when they arrived in England; the
two others were placed under the poop projection, which
together with the deck for many feet was covered with an

By Mr. Jonn Damrer Parks. 399

awning during the whole of the day, for the comfort of the
officers ; this totally excluded the sun, and in a great mea-
sure the light, and in each of these two boxes the plants
were half dead.

The Commander, Captain Baxer, had plants of the large
Yellow China Rose, placed in the after cabin, which died
in three weeks after we left Canton. I lost during the whole
voyage only one out of four of this sort of Rose which were
placed on deck.

I am, Sir,
your most obedient Servant,

Jonn DAMPER Parks.
Arran Lodge,

January 28, 1828.

[ 400 ]

XLV. An Account of a Cherry Orchard, at Hylands, near
Chelmsford, the Seat of PETER Cæsar LABOUCHERE,
Esq. F. H. S. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
Joun Surru, the Gardener.

- Read March 4, 1828.

A ererasty to your request, I have sent you a Sketch of

the Cherry Garden at this place. Gardens of the same kind

I understand, are not uncommon on the Continent, but this

is the only one I have ever seen or heard of in Great Britain.

The intention of these Gardens is to preserve the fruit on

standard trees perfect till a late period, and secure from the

attacks of birds. They also form an agreeable resort for the
family. Not only Cherries are grown in them, but other
fruits, such as Gooseberries, Red, White, and Black Currants,

Raspberries, and Strawberries.

Every person connected with Horticulture is aware of the
unprofitableness of Standard Cherries, in consequence of their
being so liable to the attacks of birds ; or if they are protected
by nets, of the labour of undoing and again securing them
every time a gathering is wanted. Here that difficulty is en-
tirely done away with, for after the net is once on, there is
no further trouble till the crop is used.

The space of ground taken up in this garden is about
one rood and twelve perches (see Plan at the end); it is
surrounded by a wire fence A, nearly nine feet high ; this
fence consists of iron bars, two inches by a quarter of an
inch, fixed into oak posts, B, about four feet apart; the
space between these is filled up with wire-work, so close as
to exclude the smallest birds ; at the bottom is a plank of oak,
one foot wide, and two inches thick, stretching from post to

An Account of a Cherry Orchard. 401

post, half under and half above the ground; to the bottom
edge of this are nailed slates, eighteen inches long, to ex-
clude moles and other vermin. At the top of this fence are
fastened hooks on an iron rod; on these is fixed the rope
which is passed through the edge ofthe net, the meshes of
which are about an inch and a half wide; the net is in three
pieces, one of which is secured to one end of the garden, and
carried over the tops of the posts, C, the second or middle
piece is netted to it, and the third is attached in the same
manner as the first. The net is then tied all round with
twine to the top rail, thus forming a covering of one united
piece of net work. Previously to the putting on of the net, two
sides of the garden are secured with stout rails, as at D ; these
are to keep the net from pulling in the ends ofthe upright
fence, which it would otherwise do during rain or damp
evenings, at which times the net becomes quite tight ; the other
sides, lying in the elastic line of the net, do not require any
support. The posts, C, are only in use during the fruit season,
after which they and the netting are put by till again wanted.
The former fit into sockets upon which caps are placed
when they are notin use. The posts have also circular caps at
the top, in order that the net may slide smoothly on them, and
likewise to prevent its weight from forcing them through it,
which sometimes happens notwithstanding this precaution.
'The garden contains ninety-eight Cherry Trees, of various
sorts. The greatest part of them are May Dukes, and these
have borne good crops; some ofthe other sorts as yet have
borne but sparingly. "The whole is surrounded by an open
ditch, E, with green sloping banks; this keeps the garden
dry. The soil is hazel loam, rather inclining to clay at
bottom, but it has had a considerable quantity of old lime
rubbish laid on the surface, and the trees grow luxuriantly.

402 An Account of a Cherry Orchard.

The garden was constructed in 1821, by Mr. ee
from designs which Mr. LABOUCHERE had brought om ri
Continent. The plan I pursue in pranimin trees in e
Orchard I shall take a future opportunity of a x
The branches are brought to a horizontal Fr A zs
of rough stakes, F, having as many hooks as pen e le
them, which save the trouble and expence of tying.

I remain, Sir,
your most obedient humble Servant,

Jonn SMITH.
Hylands,

February 20, 1828,

interest t tS Tt ji EST
SOOT LLATL LLALI

TAT Tee MMT
LTT LMT
È; P no

A
QE ES
u

SN
"
b,
HUMU E
DEED Eu
a Ad
i» 150 feet
ae ee | 1
» - i +
pem * [

[ 403 ]

XLVI. An Account of an easy method of destroying
Caterpillars on Gooseberry Bushes. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Ricuarp WiLLiams, Gardener to
Tuomas Anprew Kwyient, Esq. F. R.S. $c. $c. President.

Read June 3, 1828.
Sir, -
I save taken the liberty to send you the following account
of an easy method of destroying Caterpillars upon Goose-
berry Bushes, which is not known, I suppose, to gardeners,
as I frequently see great damage done by these insects.
Whilst my master was absent in London in the spring
of last year, a very large number of Caterpillars appeared
upon almost every Gooseberry Bush in the garden here.
Their number was so great that I thought it useless to at-
tempt to destroy them by picking them off, or by any other
means which I had employed in former seasons ; but having
some quick lime fresh from the kiln ready for other pur-
poses, I sprinkled some of it upon the Caterpillars, and I
saw that as soon as it touched them they dropped from the
Bushes. I then proceeded immediately to sprinkle every Bush
in the garden, taking up the lime in my hands at first, and af-
terwards in a small wooden spoon, standing on the side from
which the wind blew, and dashing it in among the leaves of each
Bush. As soon as all the Caterpillars had fallen off, I placed
with my hands round the bottom of the stem of every Bush
about half a pint of lime, to prevent the Caterpillars climbing
up, and I saw no more of them. But in about a month after-
VOL. VII. 3G

404 Account of an easy method of destroying Caterpillars, $c.

wards, a second hatch appeared upon some of the Bushes,when
I again used the quick lime with the same effect. What be-
came of the Caterpillars I do not know; I saw a good many
alive upon the ground, under some of the Bushes the day after
they had dropped off, but I suppose they all perished, for
not a single one has been seen in the garden this year, though
in every preceding year they gave me a great deal of trouble.
I am Sir,
` your very obedient Servant,
RicuanD WILLIAMS.

Downton, near Ludlow,
May 28th, 1828.

[ 405 ]

XLVII. On the Culture of the Potatoe. By Tuomas
Anprew Knieut, Esg. F. R. S. $c. President.

Read July 1, 1828.

Was TEVER may have been the amount of the advantages,
or injury, which the British Empire has sustained by the very
widely extended culture of the Potatoe, it is obvious that
under present existing circumstances it must continue to be
very extensively cultivated ; for though it is a calamity to have
a numerous population who are compelled by poverty to live
chiefly upon Potatoes, it would certainly be a much greater
calamity to have the same population without their having
Potatoes to eat.

. Under this view of the subject, I have been led to endeavour
to ascertain, by a course of experiments, the mode of culture
by which the largest and most regular produce of Potatoes,
and of the best quality, may be obtained from the least extent
and value of ground ; and having succeeded best by deviating
rather widely from the ordinary rules of culture, I send the
following account of the results of my experiments. These
were made upon different varieties of Potatoes; but as the
results were in all cases nearly the same, I think that I shall
most readily cause the practice I recommend to be understood
by describing minutely the treatment of a single variety only,
which I received from the Horticultural Society, under the
name of LaAanKMAN’s Potatoe,

406 On the Culture of the Potatoe.

The soil in which I proposed to plant being very shallow,
and lying upon a rock, I collected it with a plough into high
ridges of four feet wide, to give it an artificial depth. A deep
furrow was then made along the centre and highest part of
each ridge; and in the bottom of this, whole Potatoes, the
lightest of which did not weigh less than four ounces, were
deposited, at only six inches distance from the centre of one to
the centre of another. Manure, in the ordinary quantity,
was then introduced, and mould was added, sufficient to cover
the Potatoes rather more deeply than is generally done.

The stems of Potatoes, as of other plants, rise perpendi-
cularly under the influence of their unerring guide, gravitation,
solong as they continue to be concealed beneath the soil;
but as soon as they rise above it, they are, to a considerable
extent, under the controul of another agent, light. Each in-
clines in whatever direction it receives the greatest quantity
of that fluid, and consequently each avoids, and appears to
shun, the shade of every contiguous plant. The old tubers
being large and under the mode of culture recommended
rather deeply buried in the ground, the young plants in the
early part of the summer never suffer from want of moisture ;
and being abundantly nourished they soon extend themselves
in every direction till they meet those of the contiguous rows,
which they do not over-shadow on account of the width: of
the intervals. -

The stems being abundantly fed, owing to the size of the
. old tubers, rise from the ground with great strength and lux-
uriance, support well their foliage, and a larger, breadth of
this is thus, I think, exposed to the light during the whole

By Tuomas Anprew Kurianr, Esq. 407

season, than under any other mode of culture which I have
seen; and as the plants acquire a very large size early in the
summer, the tubers, of even very late varieties, arrive at a state
of perfect maturity early in the autumn. |

Having found my crops of Potatoes to be in the last three
years, during which alone I have accurately adopted the
mode of culture above described, much greater than they had
ever previously been, as well as of excellent quality, I was
led to ascertain the amount in weight which an aere of ground,
such as I have described, the soil of which was naturally poor
and shallow, would produce. A colony of Rabbits had, how-
ever, in the last year, done a good deal of damage, and
Pheasants had eaten many of the tubers which the Rabbits
had exposed to view ; but the remaining produce per acre
exceeded five hundred and thirty-nime bushels of eighty-
two pounds each, two pounds being allowed in every bushel
on aecount of a very small quantity of earth which adhered to
them. | |

The preceding experiments were made with a large and
productive variety of Potatoe only ; but I am much inclined
to think that I have raised, and shall raise in the present year,
1828, nearly as large a produce per acre of a very well known
small early variety, the Ashleaved Kidney Potatoe. Of this
variety I selected in the present spring the largest tubers which
I could cause to be produced in the last year; and I have
planted them nearly in contact with each other in the rows,
and with intervals, on account of the shortness of their stems,
of only two feet between the rows. The plants at present
display an unusual degree of strength and vigour of growth,
arising from the very large size (for that variety,) of the

408 On the Culture of the Potatoe.

planted tubers; and as large a breadth of foliage is exposed
to the light by the small, as could be exposed by a large,
variety ; and as I have always found the amount ofthe produce,
under any given external circumstance, to be regulated by the
extent of foliage which was exposed to light ; I think it pro-
bable that I shall obtain as large, or very nearly as large, a
crop from the small variety in the present year as I obtained
from the large variety in the last. I have uniformly found,
that to obtain crops of Potatoes of great weight and excel-
lence, the period of planting should never be later than
the beginning of March.

Postscript.

March 23, 1829. Somewhat contrary to my expectations,
the produce of the small early Potatoe exceeded very consi-
derably that of the large one above mentioned ; being per acre
665 bushels of 82 pounds. It is usually calculated by farmers
that eighty pounds of Potatoes, though eaten raw, after they
have begun to germinate, will afford two pounds of Pork ; and
I doubt much if the haulm, and the whole of the manure
made by the hogs, were restored to the ground, whether it
would be in any degree impoverished. I am not satisfied that
it would not be enriched, —an important subject for consider-
ation in a country of which the produce is at present unequal
to support its. inhabitants, and which produce is I confidently
believe and fear growing gradually less, whilst the number of
its inhabitants is rapidly increasing.

[ 409 |

XLVIII. On the Cultivation of the Pine Apple. By
Tuomas Anprew Kxranr, Esq. F. R.S. $c. President.

Read August 19, 1828.

T wave now completed a long course of experiments upon
the culture of the Pine Apple inthe Dry Stove, the object of
which has been to ascertain the means by which that species
of fruit might be most advantageously grown, and particu-
larly at those periods of the year, when the scarcity of other
fruits gives it an additional value. In these experiments I have
endeavoured to ascertain the effects of excess of drought, and
of moisture; and of very high, and of very low, temperature.
I have of course, sacrificed manyplants in experiments, which
I neither found, nor expected to find, successful; but from
these I have derived information, which I believe will prove
useful to the cultivators, and advantageous to the consumers,
of that species of fruit.*

* I have, in a communication last year to the Horticultural Society, (p. 255 of
this Volume) shewn that the mould in pots circumstanced as those which contain
my Pine Apple plants are, acquires a temperature very nearly equal to that of the
aggregate temperature of the air in the house, but not subject to such extensive
variations. Thus, if the highest temperature of the air within the house during
the day be 90° and the lowest during the night be 70°, the temperature of the mould
in the pots will nearly approximate the arithmetical mean 80°: and surely the
intelligent gardeners of the present day must be fully sensible that mould at
eighty degrees is warm enough without the aid of the irregular and ungovernable
heat of a bark bed, whatever their ignorant predecessors, who first introduced
the bark bed into the Pine stove, may have thought.

410 On the Cultivation of the Pine Apple.

'The effects of a very dry atmosphere necessarily were an

inspissated state of the sap of the plant, and this, as it does
in all other similar cases, led to the formation of blossom
buds and of fruit; and it thus operated upon some Pine
Apple Plants to such an extent as to cause even the scions
from their roots to rise from the soil with an embryo Pine
Apple upon the head of each, and every plant to shew fruit,
in a very short time, whatever were its state and age.
- Very low temperature, under the influence of much light,
by retarding and diminishing the expenditure of sap in the
growth of the plants, comparatively with its creation, pro-
duced nearly similar effects, and caused an injuriously early
appearance of fruit. -

Very high temperature if accompanied with a sufficiently
humid state of the atmosphere, I found beneficial at all sea-
sons ofthe year under a curvilinear iron roofed house, for this
admitted as much light even in the middle of winter, as the
Pine Apple Plants appeared to require.

Many months previous to the publication of Mr. DANIELS
very excellent communication in the Transactions of this
Society, (Vol. vr, page 1,) and without being inany degree
acquainted with his opinions, I had placed unglazed shallow
earthen pans upon the flues of my curvilinear-roofed stove,
such as he has recommended, nearly in contact with each
other; and I had increased the dampness of the air within the
house by keeping the ground, which is not paved, constantly
very wet. The effects of excess of humidity in the air of the
house were, as might have been anticipated, diametrically
opposite to those which had resulted from drought ; and the
plants grew so rapidly as to become soon too large for the

By Tuomas ANDREW Kuraonr, Esq. 411

spaces allotted to them without indicating at any season of
the year a disposition to shew fruit. By subjecting these
plants to the influences of the drier atmosphere their exuber-
ance of growth was soon checked ; and the production of fruit
immediately followed in every season of the year, provided
that a sufficiently high temperature was given.

I have never cultivated the White Providence Pine
Apple, because I never thought it worth culture; nor any
ofthe large varieties, excepting a very few of the Enville ;
and I have scarcely ever had a plant which has not fruited
within less than twenty months of the period at which the
sucker was taken from the parent plant; and the suckers
were invariably taken off at the same time with the fruit.
The utmost horizontal space which I have ever allowed to
any plant has not exceeded twenty-three by twenty-four
inches during the latter half of its life, and less than half
that space during the preceding part of it, and I, in conse-
quence, have never had a Pine Apple which has weighed
quite four pounds.* But I possess at the present moment
suecession plants of the greatest excellence, and such as T
could cause to bear fruit of very great weight, if I chose to
give them age and space; for comparatively with the age,
and spaces allotted to the plants in my fruiting house, the
fruit of my older plants is of very large size, and in every re-
spect exceedingly perfect. I also obtain a regular succession
of produce without having ever many Pine Apples ripe at
the same period of the year; and I can venture confidently to

* Since the above was written, I sent a black Jamaica Pine Apple to the Hor-
ticultural Society, the produce of a plant which was some months less than two
years old, and which was confined to the space above mentioned, which exceeded
4} pounds in weight; but I have had no other quite so heavy.

VOL. VII. 3H

412 On the Cultivation of the Pine Apple.

assert that I could without difficulty, in properly constructed
stoves, cause crops of Pine Apples to ripen regularly, and
without failure, at any appointed period of the year. Some
varieties of the Pine Apple appear to me to be capable
of acquiring a very high state of perfection under a curvi-
linear iron roof in the most unfavourable seasons of the year,
and the most excellent fruit of the species in my estimation,
which I have ever seen, has been that of the St. Vincent's or
Green Olive, in the middle of winter; and my guests have,
in more than one instance, unanimously coincided with me
in opinion.

I have raised as many succession plants as I have wanted
(and I have used a very large number comparatively with the
extent of my stoves) by placing my suckers and young plants
to take root and grow over the flues between the larger
plants; but crowns and suckers never emit roots more freely,
nor afford better plants, than they do when placed in a
common hot-bed.

I often plant suckers without detaching them from the
roots and stems of the parent plants, and for the purpose of
receiving such roots and long stems, I employ pots which
vary in depth from eighteen to twenty-two inches with a cy-
lindrical diameter of eleven inches only. Much time is thus
gained, for plants thus raised, if properly managed, will afford
good fruit at a year old ; and they are capable whilst young
of being very closely packed together.

Under a curvilinear iron roof, it will be necessary to shade
the Pine Apple Plants during the first bright days of the
spring, or the healthful verdant colour of their leaves will be
tarnished ; and also to shade the plants during the long and

By Tuomas Anprew Kxromnr, Esq. 413

bright days of summer from ten o'clock in the morning to
three in the afternoon, or the fruit will ripen with injurious
rapidity at that season. For this purpose I employ a net, of
the kind I use to cover Cherry trees, doubled.

The gardener, who has never cultivated Pine Apples in a
dry stove, should bear in mind that in giving water he should
put as much at once into each pot as will moisten the mould
to the bottom of it, and avoid watering very frequently.

There are in different parts of England enormous heaps of
coal dust lying at the tops of the pits of no value whatever,
and in situations where Pine Apples might be conveyed
within three days to London by water carriage, and I am
perfectly confident that. these may be raised by the mode of
culture recommended in this, and former communications, at
less than half the expence now incurred ; and I do not enter-
tain the slightest doubt, that as large, and even larger Pine
Apples, may be raised without, than with a hot-bed of any
kind. Nothing can be more easy than the act of giving a
more regular and uniform warmth to the roots than that
which can be given by the ever varying heat of a bark bed;
and a sufficiently humid state in the atmosphere of the house
may be regularly produced by many different means.*

Some gardeners however, have, as I have been informed
wholly failed in attempts to cultivate Pine Apples without
the aid of a bark bed; and one case of this kind has come
within my own observation. In this (and probably in all
others) the failure obviously arose from want of sufficient

* Any person who may be disposed to profit by the foregoing suggestion is at
full liberty to inspect my Pine stoves, and shall receive any information, which I
can give: and I can with perfect confidence promise him success.

414 On the Cultivation of the Pine Apple.

humidity in the atmosphere of the house ; for the plants not
only grow best, but the fruit acquires, I think, its highest state
of perfection when ripened in damp air, provided that there
be a sufficient change of it, and that too much water be not
given to the roots of the plants. A very dry state of the air
in the stove is noxious, I believe, to almost every species of
plant, and particularly to the Pine Apple.*

Whenever it is wished that Pine Apples should be pro-
duced of very large size, it will obviously be necessary to re-
strain the plants from bearing fruit till they have acquired a
greater age than mine have ever been permitted to acquire ;
and in such case it will be beneficial to remove the plants
annually into larger pots. "This, when the pots, as well as
the plants, are large, will not very easily be done without
danger of injury to the roots. It has been my custom to re-
move Melon plants of large size ; and to preserve the roots of
these from injury in transplanting, I have had baskets, of loose
texture and coarse workmanship, and consequently of very
low price, made to fit the pots from which the Melon plants
were to be removed ; if such baskets were to be introduced
into the pots in which the Pine Apple plants were placed in
the autumn of one year, they would remain sufficiently sound
till the following autumn to enable the gardener to remove
plants ofthe largest size without any danger of injury to their
roots. It will also be necessary when fruit of the largest size
is required, to place the plants, at all periods of their growth,

* Very dry air appears to me to be particularly injurious, when it is made to
come into contact with the roots through the sides of a porous and unglazed
earthern pot: Isuspect, owing to causes pointed out by M. DuTRocHET; see

L'agent immediat du Mouvement vital; and Nouvelles recherches sur 0 Endos-
mose et l Exosmose.

By Tuomas Anprew Knieut, Esq. 415

at considerable distances from each other, because the leaves
of the Pine Apple plants act less efficiently in the generation
of sap, in proportion as they are made to take a perpendi-
cular direction; and this direction they are compelled to
take when they are laterally much shaded; for the leaves
of this plant, like the stems of Potatoe plants, as I have re-
marked in the last Communication* which I had the honour
to address to this Society, are subject to the conflicting in-
fluence of gravitation +} and of light, the one labouring to give
a perpendicular, the other a horizontal direction to the leaves ;
and the comparative power of one agent encreasing as that
of the other decreases.

I shall conclude the present Communication with an ac-
count of a very simple and efficient method of destroying the
different species of insect that infest the Pine Apple Plant,
which I have practised during the last two years with per-
fect suecess. -Pine Apple Plants are not at all injured by
having water at the temperature of 150° of Fahrenheit's
scale thrown upon and into them, with a syringe. The
Mealy Bug does not appear to be injured by a single wash-
ing, or immersion for a short time in water of the above-
mentioned temperature ; but if the application be repeated
three or four times on as many successive days, it wholly

* See page 406 of this Volume.

+ The influence of gravitation upon the forms of plants is still greater than I
have inferred in my Paper in the Philosophical Transactions upon that subject.
M. DvrzocHET having used very superior machinery to that employed by me,
discovered, that if a seed be made to revolve upon its own axis, and its axis of
rotation made to dip only a degree and a half below the horizontal line, the
roots will always take the descending, and the germs the ascending line, of
that axis.

416 On the Cultivation of the Pine Apple.

disappears. My Gardener has, I have reason to believe,
used water of higher temperature than 150° without any
injury to the plants; but as hot water, when applied in the
way above-mentioned, will operate according to the com-
pound ratio of its quantity and temperature, I would recom-
mend the Gardener, when he first uses it, to apply it to a
worthless plant, and not to use water of quite so high a
temperature as 150°.

Having some Red Spiders upon the leaves of a Fig tree
in the stove, I endeavoured to ascertain the effects of hot
water upon these. The first application of it appeared only
to render them more alert and active; a second appeared
to have diminished their numbers very considerably, and
after a third application I could not discern any. Whether
they had died, or marched off only, I am ignorant ; and the
period at which I remove my Fig trees into the open air
having arrived, I had no further opportunity of trying the
experiment. I applied the water to the mature and some-
what old leaves only of the Fig trees.

Note by the Secretary.

March 30, 1829. During the last season, several specimens
of the fruit of the Pine Apple, managed as above described,
were sent to the Society by Mr. Knicur. They were all,
without exception, of the very best quality in point of flavour ;
they were universally destitute of fibre, and in every respect
as perfectly grown as any I ever saw of the same size.

[ 417 ]

XLIX. Upon a mode of covering the naked branches of
Fruit Trees with New Wood. Ina Letter to the Presi-
dent. By SawvEL Spyver SrnEET, Esq. of Penryn,

. Cornwall.
Read December 2, 1828.
SIR,

Presume that any experiment relative to the improve-

ment of Horticulture may be acceptable to the Society, I am

induced to send you the result of one which I tried this

Spring.

It 1s a fact well known to Horticulturists, that the branches
of fruit trees trained against walls, and espaliers, after eight
or ten years become naked for about a foot or two nearest
the stem, which gives an unsightly appearance to the tree,
especially when the branches are trained horizontally; and it
is in general difficult to procure blossom spurs, or even wood
shoots, in those situations, unless by training a new shoot from
the main stem, which cannot always be procured. The idea
struck me, that, if I interrupted the sap at a distance from
the main stem by ringing the branches, shoots might be
produced between the ring and the stem, and the result has
proved that my idea was correct. "This spring, when the
blossom buds were about to burst, I made a ring to the
extent of one-fifth of an inch, in the usual way, at the
distance of two feet from the main stem, round a branch of a
Jargonelle Pear Tree, trained horizontally, which branch had
for several years been entirely bare both of fruit spurs and
wood shoots; nor was there the smallest appearance of an

418 On a mode of covering the naked branches of Fruit Trees.

embryo bud at the time of ringing. I soon found that a space
to the extent of seven inches nearest the ring began to break
into buds ; at this time (July), there are six fine buds broken
and two embryo buds are visible, which I have no doubt will
break next spring. The part of the branch nearest the stem,
about seventeen inches, is still without a bud; I therefore
concluded that six or eight inches should be substituted in
future ringings instead of two feet. Another experiment has
confirmed this opinion. About the same time I made that on
the Jargonelle, I also ringed a branch of a Bergamot Pear
Tree, at six inches from the stem, which has at this time six
buds broken and four embryos very prominent.
The space which formed the ring is grown over in both
branches.
I am, Sir,
your most obedient Servant,
SAMUEL SPYVEE STREET.

Penryn, Cornwall,
July 21, 1828.

[ 419 ]

L. An Account and Description of the Species and most
remarkable Varieties of Spring Crocuses, cultivated in
the Garden of the Horticultural Society. By Josrru
SABINE, Esq. F. R. S. $c. $c. Secretary.

Read January 6, 1829.

Harpy bulbous plants have always been a particular object
of my attention; nearly thirty years ago I began to form that
Collection of them, which on the establishment of the late
Nursery Garden of the Horticultural Society at Kensington
in 1818, I had the pleasure of presenting to the Society entire.
Part of it consisted of a very extensive assortment of Spring
Crocuses ; these I had obtained from various quarters, many
from Holland, several from seed, others from the public Nur-
series and private Gardens in the neighbourhood of London,
and for some of the most interesting, I was indebted to my
late valued and lamented friend Mr. GEORGE ANDERSON,
whose rich collection in his garden at East Ham, in Essex,
was a never-failing source of liberal supply to every curious
Collector. From Mr. Ricuagnp WirnLrAws, of Turnham-
Green, I received also several of much excellence; he has
long been a diligent cultivator of Crocuses, and has been
fortunate in obtaining from seed, some of the most beautiful
ofthe varieties of C. vernus which exist.

. Both before and since the transfer of the plants of the Hor-
ticultural Society from Kensington to the Garden at Chiswick,
some additions have been made to the collection of Crocuses.

YOL. VII. 3I

490 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, 4c.

The whole have blossomed in much splendour in the spring
months of each year since their removal, and at those times
I made such notes and descriptions of them, as with the
corrections of the past season have enabled me to lay this
communication before the Society.

The different species of Crocus appear not to have at-
tracted the attention of scientific Botanists until a very recent
period; Linn xvs, in his Hortus Cliffortianus (page 18) pub-
lished in 1737, separated the Autumnal and Spring Crocuses,
.but both in the first (1753) and in the last (1762) editions of
his Species Plantarum* he made the Autumnal or Saffron
Crocus, and the Spring Crocus, varieties (under the names of
C. Officinalis and C. Vernus) of his sole species the C. Sativus.
To the latter variety he referred all the Spring Crocuses
with broad leaves, including the yellow flowering ones, enu-
merated + by Caspar Bauurn in the two first classes of Spring
Crocuses of his Pinax, and as he could not have been ignorant
of the different kinds which were cultivated in gardens, and in
those of Holland especially, there can be no doubt that it was
his intention to consider them all as belonging to his C. Ver-
nus. It is singular, however, that LrxN;Evs makes no refer-
ence to Caspar Baunurw's third class of Spring Crocuses, viz.
those with narrow leaves.

The only alteration made by WirrpENow, in his edition
(1797) of the Species Plantarum, in the previous arrange-
ment of Linnaus, was the separation of the two varieties
above named into distinct species, the Autumnal one being

* LINN, Species Plantarum, Edit. 1. vol. i. page 36 ; Edit. 2. vol. i. page 50,

+ Bavury, Pinax, page 65, et seq.
t WILLD, Species Plantarum, vol. i. page 194.

By JosEPH SABINE, Esq. 421

called C. Sativus, and the Spring one C. Vernus. It is evi-
dent from the Works quoted by WirrpENow, that he con-
curred with Linnavus in considering all the Spring kinds as
referable to this last Species.

The researches of Botanical travellers in the southern parts
of Europe and in the temperate regions of Asia* have
proved the existence of many kinds of Crocus in a wild state,
which were not known at the time of WirrpENow's publi-
cation. The list of ascertained uncultivated species is now
extensive, and a well executed Monograph of the Genus would
be a very acceptable acquisition both to the Botanist and
Horticulturist.

A paper of this description was published by Dr. GoLDBACH,
in 1817 in the 5th Volume of the Memoirs of the Imperial
Society of Naturalists of Moscow, but the want of full infor-
mation in some parts in it, as well as subsequent discoveries,
make it now unsatisfactory as a whole.

A similar attempt was made in 1826, by Mr. Bovcue, in an
account of the Genus Crocus, in the 5th Volume of the Lin-
nea (page 227). He terminates his paper with an announce-
ment of his want of knowledge of nine species of the Genus,
it is therefore quite as imperfect as that of Dr. GOLDBACH.

Mr. Gay, of Paris, it is understood has been long engaged
in preparing a Monograph of the Genus, for which no one is
better qualified, not only on account of his general science,
but from his partieular acquaintance with the subject, he
having long cultivated the different species of authors, obtained
from their native countries, under his own eye in the Garden
of the Luxembourg.

* The habitats of the different species of wild Crocus are confined to these two
quarters of the Globe.

492 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, 4c.

In 1826, two publications appeared on the Crocuses of Italy,
by Italian Botanists; the first entitled, “ Descrizione de’ Zaf-
ferani Italiani,” by Dr. Berrotont, Professor of Botany at
Bologna, was printed in a collection of scientific Italian tracts ;
the second, by Dr. TExonz, Professor of Botany at Naples,
appeared as a separate work in 4to. at Naples, with the Title of
* Memoria sulle specie e varietà di Crochi della Flora Napoli-
tana." These were examined and criticised by Mr. Gay in
the Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles for July, 1827 (page
346), where the contents of both these Memoirs are very fully
set forth, and much information may be derived from the
whole.

What I now propose to communicate will not at all I be-
lieve interfere with, or destroy the interest in M. Gay’s pro-
jected Monograph. It is not my design to take any notice
here of the Autumnal Crocuses which we have in our Gardens;
these are all originally wild, and consequently natural species;
whilst those Spring plants, of which I do propose to give an
account, may all, with the exception of Crocus pusillus and of
the native British C. Vernus, be considered as Garden produc-
tions; or if not originally so, they have been so long in culti-
vation as to have very much deviated from their native types ;
and the characters of the species, I shall have to observe on,
having all, except those of C. pusillus and C. Vernus, been
deduced from Garden plants, they will probably be found to
differ much from those which belong to any one of the truly
wild species. : 3

Those I propose to describe, and under which the vari-
eties in the Garden of the Horticultural Society have been
arranged, are C. Susianus, C. sulphureus, C. stellaris, C. lage-

By Joscen SABINE, Esq. 423

neeflorus, C. luteus, C. lacteus, C. biflorus, C. argenteus, C.
pusillus, C. versicolor and C. vernus—all, without doubt, with
the exceptions above stated, ancient occupiers of the flower
border, but only recently distinguished and separated from
each other.

Parxinson in his Paradisus,* first published in 1629,
describes twenty-seven kinds of Spring Crocus or Saffron
(exclusive of a few sub-varieties to some of his kinds) the
whole of which were then known in the Gardens; some of
these are now referable to plants I shall have to notice, but it
is probable that others are lost, and that several, though still
in existence, cannot, from the imperfection of the descriptions,
be now properly placed with certainty, under their Garden
appellations. These difficulties occur with, and the observa-
tions are equally applicable to, the kinds mentioned by Mir-
LER, in the first edition of his Gardener's Dictionary printed
in 1731. He there gave the names, and short characters of
twenty Spring Crocuses, but in the seventh and eighth editions
of the work, the former printed in 1759, the latter in 1768, he
altered this arrangement, dividing them into two species and
twelve varieties only. Parkinson and MILLER must be con-
sidered the authorities for the Garden Crocuses of their times,
in Great Britain.

The Spring Crocuses which had bot seen, deseribadi or
figured, by the older Botanists, viz. Bester, CAMERARIUS,
Crusrus, Datecuamp, Doporens, LosEer, Swertius and
others, previous to, and at the commencement of, the Seven- .
teenth century, were collected together by Caspar Bavuurn in
his Pinax (page 65, &c.), in 1623, and formed into three Classes,

* PankrINsoN's Paradisus, &c. p. 160.

424 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, 4c.

containing altogether twenty three distinct sorts with sub-
varieties to some of the sorts. Several of these are referable
without difficulty to our cultivated plants, some are doubtless
native plants, which though thus early known have not been
distinguished again till lately, others are lost, and some can-
not be well made out, or at least not sufficiently so to enable
them to be determined.

From the materials thus supplied by Caspar Baumin, with
the aid of the works of Joun BaAvurx, and the collection of
Plants in the Royal Garden at Paris, TourNEFort* in 1719,
formed his List-of the Genus Crocus and enumerated thirty-
four kinds. These Lists of Caspar Bauurx and TOURNEFORT,
with those of Parkinson and MILLER before noticed, with
references to the authorities quoted by them, will supply the
whole information that can be had of the kinds of Crocuses
known or cultivated in the earlier times.

With the assistance of TourNEFor’’s work, Wrsrox't in
1771, compiled a list of the Genus Crocus, forty of which were
Spring flowering ones; several of these were however assu-
redly not in existence at the period of the publication, and
the work cannot be considered as of much authority; it is
however proper to mention it when all the writers on the
subject are enumerated.

Of the species I propose to notice, C. argenteus and C. lac-
teus are new, and C. pusillus and C. vernus are the only natural
species. The latter, though only noted by Linnaus as a
. variety must be considered as founded by him. C. pusillus
was established by TExonz, C. biflorus by Mrrrzm, and C.

* See Institutiones Rei Herbariz, Vol, 1. page 350, &c.
T Universal Botanist, Vol. 2. page 237.

By JosrPu SABINE, Esq. 425

luteus by Lamarx. The remaining species of this paper,
C. Susianus, C. sulphureus, C. lagenzeflorus, and C. versicolor,
have all been formed, and first distinguished in the different
periodical Botanical works, which have in later times been
published in this country.

The varieties of Crocus in the lists of the modern Dutch
Gardeners, vary from twenty to perhaps double that number,
but they have only florists names, they are without descriptions,
and are not arranged in any systematic manner, so that those
belonging to different Classes or Species are not distinguishable
from each other. The names given to Crocuses also, by the
Dutch Florists do not seem to be affixed by general consent,
since their different catalogues frequently give different names
to the same kinds. It is, however, from the Dutch collections
that several of our best varieties, especially of those belonging
to C. vernus, have been procured. |

New kinds from seed are frequently raised both in England
and in Holland; possibly by more attention than has hitherto
been paid to this part of their cultivation much improvement
in the beauty of these flowers may result. It will be seen
that some very excellent varieties of the collection which is
now to be described, have been so obtained. Crocus vernus
sports more extensively, and produces more varieties than any
other, but hitherto as far as my observation has extended, a
very large proportion of its seedlings are destitute of peculiar
merit, and those which can be considered worthy of selection
and description are of rare occurrence.

In the year 1809, Mr. Hawonzz published in the Trans-
actions* of this Society, a paper on the cultivation of

* See Horticultural 'Transactions, Vol. 1. page 122.

496 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

Crocuses, with a brief notice of some species and varieties,
all garden plants, altogether amounting to thirteen kinds. It
is much to be lamented that his description was not extended
to all with which he was acquainted, and that he never com-
municated subsequently an account. of the different kinds he
.knew. No one was at that time, so well qualified as he was,
to give a complete account of the whole genus. His paper,
in addition to the scientific descriptions, contains very useful
instructions for the raising of seedling Crocuses in boxes, a
practice in which he had acquired much experience. Mr.
Hawonrz describes nine species ; to all of these I have refer-
red, considering eight as distinct, and have placed the other
species, C. obovatus, among the varieties of C. vernus, to which
it appears to me strictly to belong.

The cultivation and management of Crocuses is not a matter
of difficulty ; they succeed best in a light dry soil, but do not
like frequent removals. Many ofthe kinds increase rapidly by
reproduction of their bulbs, but these blossom well notwith-
standing their being left very thick together. The new bulbs
are formed above and on the old one, which is only annual,
perishing after the production of its progeny. Each old bulb,
produces one or more fasciculi or bunches of leaves, and a
new bulb is formed at the base of each fasciculus; so that
where only one fasciculus is produced, one new bulb only is
formed, and the increase of the number of bulbs in each season,
depends on the number of the fasciculi of leaves. When they
have been taken up, the bulbs should be kept out of the
ground as little time as possible ;. the longer the planting of
them is delayed, the more defective will be their appearance
in the succeeding season. They may be planted either in

By Joszen SABINE, Esq. 427

circular patches in the borders, or in rows across narrow
beds, and arranged according to their colours, their classifi-
cations, or periods of their flowering, as the fancy of the Cul-
tivator may direct. When planted in rows, the roots should
be placed in double lines, the two lines being contiguous to
each other; the effect to the eye by this is far superior to that
produced by single lines. A collection looks best when
planted in considerable quantity, and is particularly splendid
when several beds are near to each other. A very good
appearance is produced by planting a compartment thickly
with various kinds, so as to cover the whole bed, in any pat-
tern that may be devised. The disposition of the kinds
should be in broad, not narrow stripes, and the colours of the
kinds placed next to each other should be well contrasted.
When the plants are all in flower the whole resembles a
richly coloured carpet.

The earliest kinds shew their flowers in the end of January
or beginning of February, sooner or later according to the sea-
son; theblossoms ofthe general mass of the collection are in
perfection through March, and the later flowering varieties of
C. vernus continue in beauty during the best part of April.
< Crocuses require no protection in winter except from mice,
which attack them voraciously, frequently destroying the
whole of the roots, if they are suffered to continue their de-
predations unmolested. Rabbits also will eat both the leaves
and the flowers of several of the kinds; they are particularly
fond of the varieties of C. biflorus. The common House
Sparrows, as has been noticed by Curtis, (Botanical Maga-
zine, folio 45) are so fond of pecking the blossoms, especially
of the Large Yellow Crocus, that they will soon destroy the

VOL. VII. 3K

428 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

beauty of a collection if they are not kept away; and on this
account, a plantation of the roots is best, when situated at
a distance from hedges, bushes, or buildings, which may afford
shelter to these birds.

The leaves of all the Crocuses are at first short ; when the
bulbs are in blossom they usually appear shorter than the
flowers, but they subsequently elongate much, and many grow
to a considerable length before they decay. The practice of
cutting away the leaves after the roots have done flowering
is improper, this should never be done; they will readily
separate from the bulbs at the proper season, and the removing
them earlier will materially injure the growth of the bulbs in
the present, and the blossoms in the next season. The seed
vessels rise above the ground, and the seeds ripen much about
the same time that the leaves are in a proper state for removal.
At that period the seeds may be gathered, and they should
be sown immediately. If the raising the seedlings in boxes,
as directed by Mr. Haworvun, and the subsequent taking up
and planting the roots, be thought too troublesome, they may
be at once sown in a dry and warm border in which the young
plants may remain till they blossom ; and the selection ofthe
sorts to be kept, can thus be made from the original seed bed.
Such has been my own practice.

For the better understanding the descriptions of the flowers
of the different species, hereafter to be noticed, it is requisite
that the nature or mode of the inflorescence of the Genus
should be well understood. This has been in part explained
both by Mr. Satispury and Mr. BELLENDEN Ker, in the
Annals of Botany,* but as these Volumes are now of rare dë-

* See Annals of Botany, Vol. 1. pages 120 and 221.

By Josken Sarine, Esq. 429

currence, and as some additions to the circumstances noticed
in them will be useful, I shall endeavour to explain the sub-
ject entirely.

The bulbs produce one or more buds, according to their
strength, and every one of these buds forms a fasciculus, as
before observed, which, if sufficiently strong to be floriferous,*
produces one or more flowers, accompanied by a certain
quantity of leaves, the whole being sheathed or enveloped in
external membranous coverings, which are always present, in
greater or less number, and are of different lengths, the outer
ones being always the shortest.

Each separate flower is supported by an underground
three-sided scape. Certain species which are here treated on,
viz. C. vernus and C. versicolor, have a membranous sheath,
which has been erroneously called a spathe, situated at the
base of the scape, which sheath extends a little above the
summit of the scape, or about ona level with the germen. If
the bulb be strong, this sheath envelopes or encloses two
complete inflorescences, but it is present if only a single
inflorescence is produced. Each flower in all the species
has at the base of its germen either one or two bracts, which
enclose the flower before it rises and expands. Two of the
species herein described, C. vernus and C. lacteus, have only
a single bract of this description, whilst the other species
have uniformly two. Where two of these bracts exist, one is
always included within and opposite to the other. In those
species where two inflorescences are included within the
membranous. sheath above mentioned, each separate flower
has, notwithstanding, its own peculiar bract or bracts at the
base of the germen.

* The weak buds produce leaves only.

430 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

The germen at the time of the flower being produced is
situated at a small distance from the bulb, with which it is
connected by the scape before mentioned, and it is surmounted
by an elongated slender tube, which encloses the style; the
stamens are attached to the mouth of the tube, which is en-
larged towards the top. The mouth of the tube is hairy in
C. vernus; it is smooth in the other species here described.
The tube is divided at its top into six segments or petals,
which are ranged in two series, one external and the other
internal, and. each of these series has in all cases distinct and
peculiar markings, as well as often differences in colour from
the other series ; but all the three petals of each series accord
with each other. The relation, as to length, of styles and
stamens is very variable even in the same species, the latter
are either elevated above, equal to, or below the latter in their
positions in the flower. The filaments are smooth in some
species, pubescent in others. When the blossom has per-
formed its functions, the scape which supports the germen
gradually elongates, and ultimately raises it (after it has
attained its state of a membranous capsule containing the
ripe seeds) to the level, or above the surface, of the ground.

As the circumstances above stated respecting the scapes,
sheaths and bracts of the flowers, as well as the pubescence
or smoothness of the filaments, are of essential importance in
distinguishing the species; and as it is necessary that their
characters should be well understood to enable the Cultivator
to place any new variety he may obtain in its proper station, I
have added a synoptical table of the species, arranged we
ing to their characters in these and other points.

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 431

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES.

* Flowers with a membranous sheath at the base of
the scape or scapes, usually enclosing two
complete flowers.
Each flower having two bracts, the external one
contracted ; the internal one narrow; scape
rather long; filaments smooth ; orifice of the
tube without hairs. cei te i E rap versicolor . .10
Each flower having one bract only; scape short ;
filaments smooth ; orifice of the tube hairy. ^ vernus.... 11

** Flowers having the sheath at the base of the
scape obsolete. :

+ Coats of the Root coarsely reticulated.
Each flower with two bracts of moderate size,
nearly equal; scape short; filaments slightly

SE ee eee

++ Coats of the Roots divided horizontally.
Each flower with two bracts, the internal one
less ; scape short ; filaments pubescent ; petals

of equal.]ength. 0, sdr. maszk awt diie s
Each flower with two bracts, nearly equal, the
internal one rather less ; scapes long; filaments
smooth; petals of equal length. . . , , . argenteus..8

Susianus... 1

biflorus ....7

432 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, éc.

Each flower with two bracts, the internal ine much
narrower; scape short; filaments smooth ;

inner petals shorter than the outer. . . . . pusillus ...

ttt Coats of the Roots neither coarsely reticulated
nor divided horizontally.
i Each flower with one bract.

Each flower with one bract ; filaments pubescent ;
roots large. teu.

t Each flower with two bracts.

Each flower with two bracts, the external one
somewhat ventricose, the internal one nar-
rower; scape long; filaments very short,

pubescent; petals upright, of equal length... . sulphureus.. 2

Each flower with two bracts, the external one
somewhat ventricose, the internal one nar-
rower; scape long; filaments of moderate
length, slightly pubescent ; petals expanding,

the inner ones shorter; roots small. . . . . stellaris...

Each flower with two bracts, the external of a
moderate size, not ventricose, the internal
narrow; scape jum filaments pubescent ;
roots large. . . . a Te

Each flower with two = the external one
large and ventricose, the internal one narrow ;

« + 5 « « lagenzeflorus 4

scape long; filaments pubescent; roots large. luteus.....5

*

Reference to the Plate.

The following are the names. of the Crocuses represented
in the accompanying Plate; the numbers are indicated in
Plate XII. which is an index to the coloured figures.

1. Sulphureus concolor.

.. Lageneeflorus.

. Lacteus penicillatus.

. Biflorus Parkinsonii.

. Árgenteus praecox.

. Versicolor purpureus.

plumosus.

elegans.
urbanus.
. Vernus plumbeus.

cO dO oO - C OU r$

p

11. albus major.
12. —— leuchorhyncus.
13. —— inflatus.

14. —— fucatus.

15. —— pictus.

16. ——— Andersonii.
17. —— — Sabini.

18. —— Gloriana,

19. ——— pulchellus.

Note.

The remainder of this Paper, consisting of detailed de-
scriptions of the Species and Varieties, will form the com-
mencement of the next Part of the Transactions, which is
now in the Press.

List of Mepaus, presented by OnpER of the Couwcin of the
HORTICULTURAL Society of London, from May 1, 1827,
to May 1, 1828.

To Captain Henry Drummonp, the Large Silver Medal, for his
successful exertions in bringing home from the East, Plants
of the Mangosteen.

To Mr. AncuigALD Gorrie, C. M. H.S. of Annatt, Perthshire,
the Large Silver Medal, for his Paper containing * An
Account of Scotch Pears," which has been printed in the
Transactions of the Society.

To' Ricuarp PankiNsoN, Esq. of Hereford, the Large Silver
Medal, for an extensive Collection of specimens of Hereford-
shire Apples, transmitted by him to the Society in the
autumn of 1827.

To Mr. Davi» Dovcras, Gardener to the Lady GRANTHAM, of

' Putney Hill, Surrey, the Large Silver Medal, for his exhibi-
tion on the 18th September, 1827, of Double Dahlias, all of
which without exception were flowers highly deserving cul-
tivation, and which were particularly excellent in the dark
coloured varieties.

To Mr. Tuomas We tts, Gardener to Jon WELLS, Esq. M. P. of
Bickley in Kent, the Large Silver Medal, for his exhibition
on the 18th September, 1827, of Double Dahlias, which was
very extensive and well selected, the greater part being
seedlings raised by himself.

To Mr. Joseren We ts, Gardener to WiLLiAM Weuts, Esq. of
Redleat in Kent, the Large Silver Medal, for his exhibition
on the 18th September, 1827, of Double Dahlias, the parti-
cular excellence of which consisted in the superiority of his
scarlet flowers, and dark varieties.

To Sir Henry Cuamseruaine, Bart. late His Majesty’s Consul
General at Rio Janeiro, the Large Silver Medal, for his trans-
mission of several new and splendid Plants to the Garden of
the Society in the last and previous years.

To Parricx Matuew, Esq. of Gourdie Hill in Perthshire, the
Large Silver Medal, for a fine and extensive Collection of
Apples from the Carse of Gourie, sent to the Society for
exhibition and examination in the winter of 1827.

List of Persons to whom the BANKsIAN MEDAL has been presented,
by Onpzn of the CouNcin of the Horticutturat Society of
Lonpon, for ExuiBrTIOoNs at General Meetings of the Society,

Jfrom May 1, 1827, to May 1, 1828.

To Her Royal Highness the Duchess of GrovcEsrEn, for Flowers
of Rosa Sinica, exhibited on the 8th of May, 1827.

To WinuraM Harpine Reap, Esq. for his Collection of Oranges,
exhibited on the 8th of May, 1827. !

To Mr. Winu1AM Gray, Gardener to Sir Coartes Mowck, Bart.
for his Lemons, exhibited on the 5th of June, 1827.

To Mrs. Everyn, for Flowers of different sorts of Roses, produced
on budded trees, exhibited on the 19th of June, 1827.

To Rosert Bancray, Esq. of Bury Hill in Surrey, for his Wash-
ington Plums, exhibited on the 4th of September, 1827.

To Mr. Tuomas Grisss of Brompton, for his Apples, Pears and
Peaches, exhibited on the 4th of September, 1827.

To Mr. WILLIAM GREENSHIELDS, Gardener to RicHanDp BENYON
DE Beauvorr, Esq. of Englefield House in Berkshire, for his
Grapes and other Fruits, exhibited on the 4th of September,
1827.

To Mr. Jonn Brownsea, of Jersey, for his White Spanish Onions,
exhibited on the 18th of September, 1827.

To Cuarves Horronp, Esq. for his Grapes, exhibited on the
18th of September, 1827.

To Mr. James Youne, of Epsom, for his Collection of Dahlias,
exhibited on the 18th of September, 1827.

To Mr. JosePH INwoop, Gardener to the Countess De Grey, of
Putney Hill, for Double Dahlias, exhibited on the 18th of
September, 1827,

To Mr. Jonn Stann Bunazss, Gardener to RICHARD SANDERSON,
Esq. of Brightlinsea near Colchester, for his Collection of
Double Dahlias, exhibited on the 18th of September, 1827.

To Mr. Rosert Buck, of Blackheath, for his Grapes growing on
plants in Pots, exhibited on the 18th of September, 1827.

To Mr. Joun Georce FuLLER, of Streatham, Surrey, for his
Pears and Apples, exhibited on the 18th of September, 1827.

To Mr. JosePH Kirke, of Brompton, for his Collection of Apples,
exhibited on the 18th of September, 1827.

To the Right Honourable Jonn Forster, for his Specimens of
the Mal Carle, exhibited on the 18th of December, 1827.

To Jesse Buen, Esq. of Albany in the province of New York, for
his American Apples, exhibited on the 5th of February, 1828.

To Sapı Ounank Bensey, of Lambeth, for his King Dates, exhi-
bited on the 19th of February, 1828. :

To Mr. Jonn Rutuerrorp, Gardener to the Earl of Dicey at
Sherborne Castle, Dorsetshire, for his Pears, exhibited on the
4th of March, 1828.

To Mr. Hues RoNarps, of Brentford, for his Apples, exhibited
on the 1st of April, 1828.

List of Persons to whom the CERTIFICATE, in lieu of the BANKSIAN
Mepat, has been presented, by OnpER of the Couwcin of the
HORTICULTURAL Society of LoN pow, for Exhibitions at General
Meetings of the Society, from May 1, 1827, to May 1, 1828.

To Mr. Tuomas Grsss, of Brompton, for his Apples, exhibited on
the 20th of November, 1827.

To Mr. James Youna, of Epsom, for his Apples, exhibited on the
20th of November, 1827.

To Mr. JosEPH Krnkz, of Brompton, for his Apples, exhibited on
the 5th of February, 1828.

List of Mepaus awarded at the ANNivERsARY MEETING of the
HORTICULTURAL Society of LONDON
in the year 1827.

In order to encourage the exhibition of forced Fruits at the
Society's Anniversary Meetings at the Garden, it has been deter-
mined by the Council that a certain number of Medals shall be
awarded upon each such occasion by judges specially appointed
for the purpose.

In 1827 the exhibition took place on the 23d of June; the
judges being
Mr. WiLLiAM Marcom, Mr. Hues RoNaLps,
Mr. SAMUEL KNEvETT, Mr. WILLIAM GREENSHIELDS ;
when the following Medals were distributed.

THE LARGE SILVER MEDAL

To Mr. James Brown, Gardener to the Duke of BuckiNGHAM
at Stowe in Buckinghamshire, for the best Fruits, consisting
of Pines and Grapes.

THE BANKSIAN MEDALS

To Mr. Witt1am M* MunrRIE, Gardener to the Lord Anson
at Shuckburgh in Staffordshire, for Pine Apples and Melons.

To Mr. Curistize Durr, Gardener to the Earl Grosvenor at
Eaton Hall in Cheshire, for various Fruits.

To Mr. Jonn Bowers, Gardener to the Lord SEgrsEv at West

Dean House in Sussex, for Grapes, Nectarines, and a

Melon.

CHARLES Gomonp Cooke, Esq. of Upper Poole House in

Herefordshire, for a Providence Pine Apple.

T

o

To Mr. Tuomas Tyer, Gardener to the Lord ELLENBoROUGH at
Roehampton in Surrey, for Strawberries.

To the Right Honourable Recinatp Pore Carew, for Citrons
grown in the open air in his Garden at Anthony House in
Devonshire.

Medals presented to Locat HORTICULTURAL SOCIETIES
within the United Kingdom,
For the Year 1827.

Tux Regulations under which these Medals are distributed having
been already printed, and annexed to the present Volume of the
Transactions, a repetition of them here is unnecessary.

The Council have much gratification in observing, that the plan
acted upon for the first time in 1826, of placing one of their Large
Silver Medals annually at the disposal of each of the Provincial
Horticultural Societies within the United Kingdom with which
they are in communication, has been attended with very beneficial
effects. In this their chief object was to encourage merit and talent,
which from circumstances was not likely to come within their
knowledge by other means; and it cannot be doubted, that if the
principle of conferring these Medals in all cases upon Practical
Men within the district of each Local Society, and not upon
Amateurs, or Persons of Fortune, who have ready access to the
Horticultural Society of London, is as steadily pursued as it has
hitherto been, the most beneficial results to Horticulture will arise.

The following i isa “fat of the Medals which have been awarded
by the Provincial Horticultural Societies for the year 1827.

By the CALEDONIAN HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY to
Mr. ARCHIBALD Reip, Gardener to the Hon. RoBERT Linpsay, of
Balcarres, in Fifeshire, for his Paper printed in their Transactions,
entitled, “ Account of a new mode of Planting and Cultivating
Fruit Trees, with a view to prevent Canker, and to procure well
ripened Fruit.”

By the HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF DURHAM,
NORTHUMBERLAND, AND NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE to
Mr. Tuomas Cooxe, Gardener to Taomas WENTWORTH BEAUMONT,
Esq. of Bradley Hall, Durham, for having gained the greatest
number of Prize Medals during the past season, and also for the
great beauty and excellence of all his exhibitions during that
time.

By the DUMFRIES AND GALLOWAY HORTICULTURAL
SOCIETY to Mr. WinLiAM Morrat, Gardener to Mrs. HUNTER
ARUNDEL, of Barjary Tower, in the County of Dumfries, for having
obtained the greatest number of Prizes for the most useful Articles
exhibited to the Society in the year 1827.

By the CAMBRIDGESHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY
to Mr. Witu1am Grimson, Nurseryman, at Linton, in Cambridge-
shire, for the general excellence of his several Productions within
the year 1827, which consisted principally of Fruits, Flowers, and
Seedling Roses,

By the WINCHESTER HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY to
Mr. Tuomas Harpine, Gardener to the Rev. FREDERICK BEADON,
of North Stoneham, near Southampton, for his various exhibitions
of Flowers in the year 1827, perticuiasiy those cultivated in a
Stove.

By the ABERDEENSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY
to Mr. ALEXANDER Diack, of Mile End, near Aberdeen, on account
of the merit of his Communications to the Society during the year
1827; the number of Medals and Premiums which he has gained
in the course of the same period ; the success which has attended
many of his experiments ; the perfection to which he has brought a
variety of articles from the seed, particularly Strawberries; and his
unwearied zeal in promoting the science of Horticulture.

By the GLASGOW HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. to Mr.
WiLLiAM SrEWART, Gardener to AncHiBALD BocLE, Esq. of Gil-
more Hill, near Glasgow, for his various exhibitions of Fruits, Vege-
tables, and Flowers, made to the Society in the year 1827, |

By the ROSS HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY to Mr. Tuomas
BREESE, Gardener to Mrs. WesTFALING, of Rudhall, near Ross, for
his excellence in training Wall Fruit Trees, for his various fine
specimens of Fruit and other Horticultural Productions exhibited
by him at the Meetings of the Society, and for his general merit
and industry.

By the YORKSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY to Mr.
James Brown, Gardener to Jonn HEBBLETHWAITE, Esq. of Wood-
house, near Leeds, for his success as a Cultivator of Early Grapes,
of rare Exotics, and of Culinary Vegetables.

LIST OF BOOKS AND OTHER ARTICLES,
PRESENTED TO THE
LIBRARY OF THE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,

FROM MAY 1, 1827, TO MAY 1, 1828,

WITH THE NAMES OF THE DONORS.

HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF THE NETHERLANDS,
F. H. S.

Flora Batava. Nos. 73 to 76 inclusive 4to..
HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF DENMARR, F. H. S.

Flora Danica. Vol. 1 to 10 inclusive and Parts 31 and 32 of
Vol. 11. fol. Hafniæ, 1766-1827. ©

L'ACADÉMIE ROYALE DES SCIENCES DE L'INSTITUT
DE FRANCE.

Memoires de l'Academie. Vol. 6. 4to. Paris, 1827.
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Eulogium on Thomas Jefferson delivered before the American
Philosophical Society on the 11th teh 1827, by Nicholas
Biddle. 8vo.

Eulogium on Dr. William Tilghman delivered before the American
Philosophical Society on the 11th October 1827, by Dr. Du
Ponceau. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1827.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society held at Phi-
ladelphia. Vol.3. No. 2. 4to. Philadelphia, 1827.
SOCIETY OF ARTS.
Transactions of the Society of Arts. Vol, 45. 8vo. London, 1827.

THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. :
Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and
Ireland. Vol. 1. Part 3. 4to, London, 1827.
MR. ROBERT AUSTEN, C. M. H. S.
Forty five drawings of various Double Scotch Roses.
MESSRS. BACKHOUSE, or York.
Catalogue of their Fruit Trees, &c. 12mo. Fork, 1826.
MESSRS BAUMANN AND SONS, or BOLLWILLER.
Le Bon Jardinier in German (Taschenbuch des Gáürtners). Svo.
Stuttgard, 1824.
EDWARD BEVAN, M. D.
The Honey Bee, its Natural History, Physiology,and Management.
12mo. London, 1827.
MR. WILLIAM BLAND, Jux.
The Principles of Agriculture. 8vo. London, 1827.
THE BRISTOL INSTITUTION.
Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Bristol Institution in
1827. 8vo. Bristol, 1827.
THE MARQUESS OF BRISTOL, F. H.S.
Gallesio' Pomona Italiana. Nos. 1 to 20 inclusive. fol. Pisa,
1817-1827. .
WILLIAM BULLOCK, Esq.

Journey from New Orleans to New York, with an account of the
city of Cincinnati, by William Bullock. Svo. London, 1827.

THE CALEDONIAN HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.
Memoirs of the Society. Vol. 6. Part 1l. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1827.

THE CAMBRIDGESHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.
The third Report of the Cambridgeshire Horticultural Society.
8vo. Cambridge, 1827.
MR. GEORGE VON CARLOWITZ, C. M. H. S.
Verzeichniss der Obst-Sorten iu der systematischen Obstbaum-
schule im Kónigl. Sachs. Grossen Garten bei Dresden. 8vo.
Dresden, 1819.

MESSRS. DICKSON AND CO.

Catalogue of Plants growing in the Nurseries of Messrs. Dickson
and Co. at Edinburgh. Svo. Edinburgh, 1827.

JOHN FROST, Esq. F. H. S.

Some account of the Science of Botany, being the substance of an
introductory Lecture to a course of Botany delivered at the
Royal Institution of Great Britain. 4to. London, 1827.

Observations on the properties and effects of the expressed oil of
the seed of Croton Tiglium. 8vo. London, 1827.

Remarks on the Mustard Tree of the New Testament. Svo. Lon-
don, 1897.

An Oration delivered before the Medico-Botanical Society of
London on the 12th October, 1827, by John Frost. 8vo.
London, 1897.

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Transactions of the Geological Society of London. Vol 2. No. 2
4to. London, 1827.

SIGNOR GIOVANNI GUSSONI, C. M. H. S.

Selectus Seminum ex collectione anni 1825, que in Horto Bota-
nico Regie Universitatis Panormitane pro mutuâ commu-
tatione offeruntur. 4to.

Index Seminum anni 1825, quc in Horto Regio in Boccadifalco
pro mutuá commutatione exhibentur. 4to.

MR. ANDREAS HARTWEG, C. M. H. S.
Hortus Carlsruhanus. 8vo. Carlsruhe, 1825.

DAVID HOSACK, M. D. F. M. H. S.

An inaugural Discourse delivered before the New-York Horticul-
tural Society at their anniversary Meeting on the 3lst of
August, 1824, by Dr. Hosack. 8vo. New Fork, 1824.

An inaugural Discourse delivered at the opening of Rutger's Me-
dical College in the city of New York, on Nov. 6, 1826, by
Dr. Hosack. Svo. New York, 1826. |

Observations on the Medical Character, addressed.to the Gradu-
ates of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of New York
at the commencement held on the 4th of April, 1826, by Dr.
Hosack. 8vo. New Fork, 1826.

The Practical American Gardener. 12mo. Baltimore, 1819.

Address read before the New York Horticultural Society at the
Anniversary celebration of the 28th August, 1827, by N. H.
Carter. 8vo.

The American Vine Dresser's Guide, by Alphonse Loubat. 12mo.
New Fork, 1827.

The American Farmer. Vols. 5 and 7. 4to. Baltimore, 1893-25.

Outline of the Linnean System, arranged for the use of the Stu-
dents of Rutger's Medical College. (Sheet).

MR. CUTHBERT WILLIAM JOHNSON.
Observations on the employment of Salt in Agriculture and Hor-
ticulture. $vo. London, 1827.
DR. KREYSIG.
A Catalogue of Plants growing in the Medical Botanical Garden
.at Dresden. Svo. Dresden, 1827.
MR. PETER LINDEGAARD, F. H. S.
Two oil Paintings, on canvas, of Figs.

MR. JOHN LINGARD.
A philosophical and practical enquiry into tlie nature and con-
stitution of Timber, &c. 8vo. Lond. 1827.
LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. Vol. 15. Part 2.
4to. London, 1827.
Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society of London: 8vo.
London, 1827.
HENRY FREDERICK LINK, M. D. F. M. H.S.
Elementa Philosophiae Botanicae auctore Hen. Frid. Link. 8vo.
Berolini, 1824.
Hortus Regius Botanicus Berolinensis descriptus ab Henrico Fri-
derico Link. S8vo. Berolini, 1827.
MESSRS. LODDIGES.
The Botanical Cabinet, Parts 121 to 132 inclusive. 4to. London,
27-8. :
JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON, Esq. F. H. S.
The Gardener’s Magazine, Nos. 7 to 13 inclusive. 8vo. London,
1827-8.
THE MEDICO-BOTANICAL SOCIETY.
Bye Laws of the Medico-Botanical Society of London. 8yo.
London, 1828.
. PATRICK NEILL, Esa. C. M. H.S.
Considerations relative to Nuisance in Coal Gas Works. 8vo.
Edinburgh, 1828.
List of Prizes proposed by the Caledonian Horticultural Society
for 1828. 8vo. Edinburgh.
M. LOUIS CLAUDE NOISETTE, c. M. H. s.
Manuel Complet du Jardinier. Vol. 4. Part 2. 8vo. Paris, 1897.
A Drawing of a Double White Camellia. |

LA SOCIÉTÉ D'HORTICULTURE DE PARIS.

Annales de la Société d'Horticulture de Paris. Vol. 1. Part 1.
8vo. Paris, 1827.

PHILADELPHIA AGRICULTURAL SOCIETY.

Memoirs of the Philadelphia Agricultural Society. Vols. 1 to 5.
8vo. Philadelphia, 1808-1826.

Address delivered before the Philadelphia Society for promoting
Agriculture at its annual Meetings, in January, 1822, and
January, 1823. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1822-23.

MESSRS. POPE AND SONS.

A Drawing ofa Tulip grown at Handsworth Nursery by Messrs.
Pope and Sons. |

A Drawing of a Seedling Azalea raised by the Same.

THE ROYAL PRUSSIAN ECONOMICAL SOCIETY OF

POTSDAM.

Monthly Journal of the Royal Prussian Economical Society of

Potsdam for the years 1826 and 1827. 2 vol. 8vo.
MESSRS. RIDGWAY AND SONS.

The Pomological Magazine, Nos. 1 to 6 inclusive. 8vo. London.
THE MANAGERS OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTION.
The Journal of Science and the Arts. New Series 1 to 5 in-
clusive. 8vo. London, 1827-8. :

THE ROYAL SOCIETY.

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Parts

1, 2, 3, 4, for the year 1826, and Part 1 for the year 1827. 4to.
THE ROYAL HUMANE SOCIETY.
The Annual Report of the Society for 1827. 8vo. London, 1827.

SIR JAMES EDWARD SMITH, Honorary MEMBER.
The English Flora. Vol.4. 8vo. London, 1828.

RICHARD TAYLOR, Esq.

The Philosophical Magazine and Annals of Philosophy. New
Series 5 to 16 inclusive. 8vo. London, 1827-8.

M. LE CHEV. MICHELE TENORE, M. D. F. M. H. 5.

Flora Napolitana, Nos. 1 to 24. Large folio. Napoli, 1811-1825.

Memoria sulle specie e varieta di Crochi della Flora Napolitana.
4to. 1826.

Ad Floræ Neapolitane prodromum Appendix quinta. 4to. Wea-
poli, 1826.

Catalogo degli Alberi ed Arbusti, &c. del Real orto Botanico di
Napoli. 8vo. Napoli, 1827.

Catalogus Plantarum Horti Regii Neapolitani ad annum 1813.
4to. Napoli, 1813.

Semina anno 1826 collecta, quee Hortus Botanicus ba ae oe
pro mutuá commutatione offert. fol.

Flora Medica Universale e Flora Particolare della provincia di
Napoli. 8vo. Napoli, 1823.

Corso delle Botaniche del Cav. Tenore. Vol. 4, Part 1, sect. 2. 8vo.

J. C. TREVELYAN, Esq.

Essai sur la taille des Arbres Fruitiers. Par une Société d'Ama-
teurs. 12mo. 1773.

G. Gmelin de Novorum Vegetabilium post creationem Divinam
Exortu. 12mo. Tubinge,1749. Inthe same Volume,

R. J. Camerarii de Sexu Plantarum Epistola. Tubinge, 1749.

MONS. J. P. VIBERT.

Observations sur la Nomenclature et le Classement des Roses.
8vo. Paris, 1826.
Essai sur les Roses. Par J. P. Vibert. Svo. Paris, 1826.

M. VILMORIN, C. M. H. S.
Le Bon Jardinier. Almanach pour l'an 1828. 12mo. Paris, 1828,

. MR. WILLIAM WILKINS, C. M. H. S.

Bradley's Experimental Husbandman and Gardenin, Second edi-
tion. 4to. London, 1726.

MR. JOHN HERMANN ZIGRA, C. M. H. S.
Der Nordischer Blumenfreund. 8vo. Riga, 1826.

List of Subscribers to the Formation of the Garden of the Horticultural
Society, at Chiswick, from May 1, 1827, to May 1, 1828.

Amount of Subscriptions already announced to May 1, 1827,

- Rev. John Austen
Rev. William Harry Edward Bentinck

Henry Berens, Esq. ............- ove
Joseph Henry Hutterworth; rene
Earl of Cassillis (2nd Subscription) ....
Rev. William Chafy, D. D

eereerer 9599049» *À£ 297419

Charles Thomas Ellis, Esq.............
Charles Francis, Esq. .... 2e eer
Mr: Thomas Gibbs issn 2o. ee eere
Rev. Joseph Gould ..................
Thomas Hallifax, Esq. .......... ey ey
Peter Hesketh, Esq. ............. nes
Thomas Johnson, Esq. ... seoeeseess
Duke of Leinster ....
Sir George Steuart Siaki, Bart. (rd
Subscription) eese

£7211 12s.

Henry Seymour Matthews, Esq. ......
Charles Nicholas Pallmer, Esq.. . oe
John Poole, Esq. (9nd Subscription) . esse
Rev. William Henry Roberts ......
Jens HOW, Ej. eoceseevecvec eee
End of Shannon... 0.4525. ———
Wiiuum Serna, Esq. oe es vee oss ores
Earl of Shrewsbury sé. cece wes ieee
George G. Sigmond, M.D. ...........
Earl Stanhope (2nd Subscription) ......
William Pyle Taunton, Esq...........
Jo WU, E seeks
William Whitbread, Esq. .
Georpe Wilsob, ESQ. ioe vn er rrr
Lord Bishop of Winchester ...........
Jeffery Wyatville, Esg. ses eiss coris
Mr. James Young

eee ere ose 329559999» *9*99

-—

ooccococcccccoocoóocooQo»^?

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

e (^
[^
^d

í

i
d
i
Jm
if
|

|

Ae
d
4

HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY .

ADVERTISEMENT.

Tux Committee appointed by the Horticultural Society to
direct the publication of the Papers read before them, take
this opportunity to inform the Public, that the grounds of their
choice are, and will continue to be, the importance and singu-
larity of the subjects, or the advantageous manner of treating
them, without pretending to answer for the certainty of the
facts, or the propriety of the reasonings contained in the seve-
ral Papers so published, which must still rest on the credit
or judgment of their respective Authors.

It is likewise necessary, on this occasion, to remark, that it
is an established rule of this Society, to which they will always
adhere, never to give their opinion, as a body, upon any sub-
ject either of Nature or Art, that comes before them. And
therefore the thanks which are proposed from the Chair, to
be given to the Authors of such Papers as are read at the
General Meetings, or to the Persons who send fruits, or other
vegetable productions, or exhibit Inventions of various kinds
to the Society, are to be considered in no other light than as
a matter of civility, in return for the respect shewn to the
Society by these communications.

VOL. VII. 4

CONTENTS.

L. An Account and Description of the Species and most
remarkable Varieties of Spring Crocuses, cultivated in
the Garden of the Horticultural Society. By Joseru
SABINE, Esq. F. R.S. $c. $c. Continued from Part III.

p. 433

LI. On the Cultivation of Air Plants in Stoves. In a
Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Tuomas FAIRBAIRN,
F. H. S: p. 499

LII. Upon the Cultwation of the Bouvardia triphylla. In a
Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Jous Mearns, F. H. S.

p. 501

LIII. On the probable cause of the Russet in Apples. In a

. Letter to the Secretary. By Joun Wirrraws, Esg.
C. M. H. 8. p. 505

LIV. An Account of some new, and little known TE of

the Genus Ribes. By Mr. Davi» Doveras, F. L.S
p. 508

LV. History and Description of the Species of Camellia
and Thea ; and of the Varieties of the Camellia Japonica
that have been imported from China. By Mr. WILLIAM
Beattie Dooru, A. L. S. Garden Clerk. p. 519

LVI. Upon the supposed Changes of the Climate of E ngland.
rid Tuomas Anprew Knicut, Esg. President, F. R. S.

p. 563

LVII. Upon the Application of Hot Water in Heating
Hot-houses. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
Tuomas TREDGOLD. p. 568

LVIII. On the Degeneracy of the larger and finer Varieties
of Persian Melons, in the Climate of England. By
Tuomas Anprew Knieut, Esq. F. R. S. $c. President.

p. 584

By Josceu SABINE, Esq. 433

The Crocuses represented in the accompanying Plate, are
some of those hereafter described. The numbers in the
Index Plate correspond with the following enumeration of
the species and varieties figured.

1. C. sulphureus concolor. 11. C. vernus albus major.
2. C. lagenzeflorus. 12. C leucorhyneus.
3. C. lacteus penicillatus. 13. C. — —— inflatus.

4. C. biflorus Parkinsonii. 14. € fucatus.

5. C. argenteus praecox. 15. C. pictus.

6. C. versicolor purpureus. | 16. C. ——— Andersonii.
4. C. plumosus. | 17. C Sabini.

8. C. elegans. 18. C. —— Gloriana.

9. c urbanus. 19. C. —— pulchellus.
10. C. vernus plumbeus. |

The Sprine Cnocusrs about to be described are divisi-
ble into three Classes, thus distinguished from each other.

1st. Spring Crocuses with yellow flowers.

2nd. Spring Crocuses with various-coloured flowers, (not
yellow) having the mouths of the flower-tubes without hairs.

3rd. Spring Crocuses with various-coloured flowers, (not
yellow) having the mouths of the flower-tubes hairy.

CLASS I.

SPRING CrocusEs WITH YELLOW FLOWERS.

In this division are included all the Species of Crocus —

which either produce yellow, or cream-coloured flowers,

with their varieties. "They are, more or less, early, being

nearly all in full blossom before the principal varieties of E

Crocus vernus shew themselves. The species to be described
VOL. VII. 3L

434 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, §c.

are C. Susianus, C. sulphureus, C. stellaris, C. lagenzeflorus,
C. luteus, and C. lacteus.

1. Crocus Sustanus. Crormu or Gorp Crocus.

1. C. Susianus vulgaris.

2. C. minor.

This has been called the earliest of the Crocuses; but
though a few of its blossoms may appear first, yet C. biflorus
precedes it, a few days, in the general production of blossoms.
It is, however, soonest entirely out of flower, much before any
other kind. I have to particularize two varieties; the first
being the most common, and indeed the only one generally
known. Neither of them produce flowers very abundantly.

1. C. Susianus vulgaris. The leaves are short, narrow,
and spread wide on the ground, becoming at length nearly
reclinate; they decay earlier than those of any other species.
The flowers are very little elevated from the ground, when
they expand. The germen is striped with purple, and often,
after a time, becomes entirely purple. The tube of the flower
is marked at the top with brownish purple stripes. The
petals are deep yellow, lanceolate, obtuse, and nearly equal.
The outer are per tly revolute, with a brownish purple
stripe, or band, occupying the greater part of their back,
and finely, but not deeply, feathered at the edges, towards
thetop. In the first flowers that shew themselves, this stripe
is usually entire; but subsequently it appears more divided,
" and, in some of the latter flowers, these markings aré broken

into stripes, or feathers. This change has often given rise to
an erroneous separation of this into two varieties. The inner
petals are marked with a small greenish-purple feathered spot
at the base. The anthers are yellow, and are placed low in

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. |. 435

the flower; the stigmas are deep yellow, spreading, and
about even with the anthers. The bulbs are of tolerable
size, rather flattened; they are covered with a netted coat,
the reticulations of which are filled up by a membrane, when
they are in a state of vegetation. This Crocus produces only
a small quantity of seed.

In the Transactions of the Horticultural Society, volume I.
page 136, Mr. Haworru, in describing this species in 1809,
has called it C.revolutus: but the: name of Susianus had
been applied to it some years (1803) before in the Botanical
Magazine, folio 652, by Mr. BELLENDEN Ker. In the figure
given of it in that Work, the dark markings are too much
divided, and the flower too much elevated ; the stigma also is
made pale instead of deep yellow.

In the fourth Edition of the Hortus Cantabrigiensis, pub-
lished in 1807, Down called this species C. reflexus ; but, as he
also in his List added C. Susianus, it has been supposed that
he had two distinct plants in his view ; I am inclined, however,
to think it was otherwise, and that the mistake thus made,
was an oversight of that usually accurate and intelligent Bo-
tanist. In the Hortus Eystettensis,* (published in 1613) is a
very good figure of C. Susianus, under the description of
“ Crocus vernus aureus variegatus." It is also figured by
RepovrE£ in the Plantes Liliacées, Plate 293. The represen-
tation there is very indifferent ; the flower is too small; the
marks on the backs of the petals are not properly distinct,
and the root is not netted; yet notwithstanding these differ-
ences, I have no doubt, that it was the Artist's intention to
give a figure of this variety.

* Plante Hyemales, folio 2, Fig. 3.

436 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, &c.

2. C. Susianus minor. For the knowledge of this hitherto
little known kind, I am indebted to Mr. LixprEv, who had
observed it several years since at Norwich ; some roots of it
were obligingly sent by Mrs. Macxre from her Nursery there,
to be added to the Society's collection. The leaves resem-
ble those of the other sort, but are narrower, and more up-
right in growth at first, but after become equally reclinate.
The blossoms appear somewhat earlier. The roots correspond.
The plant is however smaller and shorter in all its parts;
the outer petals have a little less tendency to be revolute,
and their yellow is a shade paler; the marks on the backs of
the external petals are subject to the same variations; but its
flower may be particularly distinguished from the other, by
the spot at the base of the inner petals, which in this is smaller,
léss conspicuous, not so much feathered, and paler.

There may be other varieties of C. Susianus now to be
found, for such have doubtless existed ; Parxrnson in his
Paradisus* mentions four, all of them having netted roots.
The first he calls ** The best cloth of Gold Crocus:" this is
described and represented with stripes on the back of the
petals ; Fig. 11. page 163. The next is * The second cloth
of Gold, or the Duke Crocus," with the colour entire on the
backs of the petals. The third is “ The pale cloth of Gold
Crocus," ¢ having flowers with pale yellow petals, and fainter

* Parxiyson’s Paradisus, pages 166, 167 ; Nos. 24, 25, 26, and 27.

+ Had I not great reliance on the accuracy of Parxrnsoy, I should be inclined
to suspect these two varieties as referable to my C, Susianus vulgaris in the dif-
ferent states I have described.

t This has been referred by Mr. Hawonz to C. stellaris, but I cannot agree
to the propriety of the reference.

Dy Josrern Sasine, Esq. 437

stripes than the first. The fourth is * The cloth of Silver
Crocus” which is described as a pale yellowish white, more
white than yellow, with pale purple-blue on the tube and
bottom of the flower, and haying the outer petals striped.
Nothing, I believe, resembling this description has been
seen, or heard of by cultivators in modern times. If it exists
any where in obscurity, its discovery would be most welcome.
It possibly would prove a distinct species. I must necessa-
rily refer my first variety to the second of PAnk1NSsoN's kinds ;
but Mrrrrm,in the first Edition of his Dictionary, quotes
PanKrINSON'Ss first, as the sort then (1731) cultivated. MILLER,
in the same Edition of his Dictionary, mentions only the first
plant of Parxinson’s above referred to; but gives besides,
on the authority of Crvusivs, * The double cloth of Gold
Crocus.” In the seventh Edition of the Dictionary, he con-
siders this as arising from some arrangement of the petals of
the single flower; but I am satisfied that the double flowering
bulb has existed. It is one of the kinds mentioned by Baunrs,
page 66, in his Pinax.

The Cloth of Gold Crocus is given * in the seventh Edition
of MıLLER’s Dictionary; the sort there described is said to
have three stripes on the petals, and cannot consequently be
applied to either of the varieties above given, but must be
considered as referable to PARK1Nson’s first kind, which is at
present a desideratum in our gardens. It is only referred to by
WirLpENow in his Species Plantarum,t as belonging to
Crocus vernus. MıLLER says it is commonly called the Bishop's

* Crocus (vernus) spathá bivalvi radicali, floribus sessilibus.
T WinLpENow Sp. Plant. vol. i. page 195.

438 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, &c.

Crocus; but I think him wrong in this, for the one described
by Parkinson with that name is a variety of C. vernus.

In the English Flora of my late valued and respected
friend Sir James Epwarp Swrrnu,* the Crocus Susianus,
under MARSCHALL a BresEnsTEINS's name of Crocus reticula-
tus is stated to be a native of Great Britain, on the authority
of Mr. Dawson TurNnER, as having been found wild in the Park
of Sir Henry Buxsuny, at Barton, in Suffolk. Mr. Hopson
of Bury St. Edmonds, obligingly sent me roots and blossoms
of two Crocuses which were taken up from the above place.
These proved to be C. lagenzeflorus and C. argenteus of this
paper; C. Susianus may perhaps also be found in the same
spot, and I have heard that C. luteus likewise grows there.
The place where the specimens I received were taken from, is
a small spot at no great distance from the Hall, and not above
two hundred yards from the present garden. This locality, as
well as the diversity of the plants growing on it, may fairly
justify the supposition that the whole have been placed there
either by design or accident, and that they are not original
inhabitants.

2. Crocus SULPHUREUS. PALE YELLOW EM
1. C. Sulphureus striatus,

2. striatellus,
$. isabellinus.
4. concolor.
5. albidus.

This species was established by Mr. BELLENDEN Ker in
the Botanical Magazine, (folio 938) in the year 1806; only
one variety is mentioned by PARKINSON ; MILLER recognizes

* See English Flora, vol. iv. page 262.

By JosErH SABINE, Esg. 439

two in the first, and three in the seventh Edition of his Dic-
tionary. These varieties all come into blossom nearly at the
same time, after those of C. versicolor have opened, but before
any of the kinds of C. vernus are out. Their flowering is
soon passed. Their antheræ are nearly without pollen, the
'leaves of all the varieties much resemble each other, and
the description given of the first, excepting as to what relates
to the markings and colours of the flowers, is applicable to the
whole species which affords scarce any other variation. They
all increase rapidly by the bulbs, but do not produce seeds.
1. C. Sulphureus striatus. The leaves are narrow, they
are upright, dark green, and are about the height of
the flower when the blossoms appear, afterwards they grow
very long, still keeping their upright character; they do not
decay early. The flowers are numerous, they do not expand
much. The germen is cream-coloured, and the top of the
tube has a brownish purple tinge divided by white lines.
The petals are small, pale yellow, lanceolate, concave and
narrow. The three outer petals are marked with three
brown very neat feathered stripes, the middle one of which
is broadest. The three inner petals are a little broader than
the outer, and are marked at the base with a brown, slightly
feathered spot, terminated by a line running a short way up
the petal. At the lower part of the petal within side, the
colour is rather darker, giving the appearance of a yellow
cup at the bottom of the flower; this is only perceptible when
the flower is opened. The anthers are very pale, spreading
outwards and pointed; the stigmas are pale yellow, standing
much higher than the anthers. The bulbs are small, and are
covered with a brown silky coat without any appearance of

440 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, óc.

being netted, the sheaths of the leaves remain permanent,
and form long necks to the roots when dried.

The figure of this variety, published in the Botanical Maga-
zine* in 1806, is very correct; it is there called the “ Worst
Yellow, or Old Cloth of Gold Crocus.” Crocus flavus z, of
of Mr. HawonrHTt applies equally to this, and to the three
succeeding varieties. This is the “ Crocus vernus latifolius
flavo varius" of C. Baunin; the “ Crocus vernus flavus
striatus” of PARKINSON ; { the “ Spring Crocus, with yellow
variable flowers” of Mirrrn,$ when he first wrote, and the
* Broad-leaved Spring Crocus, with smaller yellow flowers,
striped with black,’@ of the same author, at a subsequent
period. The late Mr. Donn, I believe, intended to desig-
nate this variety in the fourth and subsequent editions of his
Hortus Cantabrigiensis, under the name of C. flavus, or Dark
Scotch Crocus. I have heard it called C. stellaris pallidus.

2. C. Sulphureus striatellus. 1s similar to the preceding,
except that it is very indistinctly striped; the brown mark-
ings on the tube and petals are not conspicuous ; and the
feathery stripes on the outer petals are much less perfect.
This variety was selected from the preceding by myself, and
has not been noticed in any other collection. It appears to
be weak, and has but little merit.

3. C. Sulphureus isabellinus. In this, the yellow colour
is nearly quite free from markings, which are only perceptible

* Botanical Magazine, tab. 938.

+ See Horticultural Transactions, vol. 1. page 135.

į} PankxiINSON's Paradisus, No. 23, page 166, and Fig. 10, plate 163.
$ Gardener's Dictionary, 1st Edition, No, 8.

«| Gardener's Dictionary, 7th Edition, No, 10.

By Josery Sasine, Esq. 441

at the top of the tube, very imperfectly so, but sufficiently to
prevent its being described as entirely yellow. The roots
were purchased some years.since at Messrs. WHITLEY and
&nd Co.'s Nursery at Fulham, under the name of Isabella-
Yellow Crocus. It flowers rather later than the other vari-
eties, and is weak like the preceding.

4. C. sulphureus concolor. (See Plate 11. Fig. 1.) In
this every appearance of the brown colour is obliterated, and
the uniformity of the yellow is not disturbed by any markings
on any part of the flower above the tube, which is white ;
with this exception, it corresponds with the three preceding.
It was figured in the Botanical Magazine,* in 1811, having
been previously noticed -with the first variety, when that was
published in the same work. _ The representation is good,
except that it has the appearance of yellow featherings on the
petals, which is not correct; and the stigmas are yellow, not
white. It is the “ Spring Crocus, with small pale yellow
flowers,” N°. 7 of the first Edition (quoting C. BAvniw's
“ Crocus vernus latifolius flavus, flore minore et pallidiore"
as a synonym), and * the broad-leaved Spring Crocus, with a
smaller, and paler yellow flower," N*. 9 of the 7th Edition of
Mitter’s Dictionary. -

The petals of this variety, as well as those of the first, from
luxuriance, are occasionally divided, and so assume the appear-
ance of being more than six; but this circumstance is not
constant, nor is it at all times observable even among a large
number of blossoms. I have marked the-roots which pro-
duced these apparently luxuriant blossoms, and planted them
separate from the others, in hopes of obtaining the variety

* Botanical Magazine, tab. 1384.

VOL. VII. s M

442 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

distinct, but without success ; for, in the succeding year, the
roots so selected produced flowers of the usual character.

5. C. sulphureus albidus.. Is paler than the preceding,
and is also without any brown marks; the flower has the
appearance of having had the yellow colour discharged from
the upper part ofthe petals, which usually seem as if blighted
or damaged by weather. The anthers, in this variety, stand
somewhat higher, and the stigmas lower in the flower, than in
any ofthe others. Its period of blossoming isa little later than
that of the others before described. This is the Crocus flavus
B. of Mr. Hawortu,* and the “ Narrow-leaved Crocus, with a
smaller brimstone-coloured flower” of Mitter.} It is also
the Crocus pallidus of the fourth, and subsequent Editions of
the Hortus Cantabrigiensis. =

3. Crocus STELLARIS.

We are indebted to Mr. Haworrtu for the best published
account of this pretty Crocus; it was not noticed by any
writer before he described it, for I do not consider his reference `
of it to Parxrnson’s Crocus, N°. 26, “ The Pale Cloth of.
Gold Crocus,” can be maintained. This account is in the
Paper in the Transactions of the Horticultural Society, which
has been already mentioned, where it is accompanied by an -
excellent figure. It has been considered a distinct species,
and as such I have retained it; but I must confess that, on
comparison of all its essential characters with those of C. sul-
phureus, I find them so to correspond, that I conceive they
will not remain separated. The chief obvious differences

* See Horticultural Transactions, volume 1, page 135.
T See Gardener's Dictionary, 7th Edition, No. 11.

By JosrPn Sasine, Esq. 443

consist in the deep colour of the flower of C. stellaris, in the |
markings of its petals, and in the disposition of its flowers to

expand themselves more freely. Some other minute differ-

ences are noticed in the Synoptical Table of the species. Of
its origin we are not informed ; it might be taken for a seed-

ling from the striped variety of C. sulphureus, if that kind

ever produced seeds; or it may havé been a mixed production,

between C. sulphureus, and C. Susianus; the latter, being -
seminiferous, may have been impregnated by pollen of the
former, and have thus yielded an offspring resembling its male
parent in all points, except the brilliancy of its colour, its
markings, and its disposition to expand its blossoms ; these it
would have derived from the female. The Crocus stellaris
comes into flower early, soon after C. Susianus, and produces
plenty of blossoms, closely set together. The leaves are
narrow, numerous, and upright, rising only to the base
of the flowers at their first blossoming; they grow long
afterwards, and continue green till a later period than those
of other sorts. The germen is white, slightly striped. The
tube of the flower has six brownish stripes at the top. The
petals are a bright rich deep yellow, lanceolate, obtuse, entire,
concave, they are never revolute, and do not open much, but
are somewhat stellate under bright sunshine. The outer
| petals have on their backs five brownish purple stripes, the two
` external stripes being less distinct, and more feathered; the
inner petals are broader than the outer, and have an abbrevi-
ated, green feathered stripe at their base. "The stigmas are
very pale yellow, equal, broadish, growing nearly even with
the anthers, which are pale yellow,-short, and of moderate
size. The bulbs are small and multiply rapidly; they are

444 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

eovered with a shining silky skin, the inner coat being finely
netted. I have never observed ripe seeds produced by this
kind.

4. Crocus LAGENJEFLORUS. FLASK-SHAPED Crocus.

Has been usually considered as identical with the Crocus
aureus* of the Flora Graeca, but on comparison with the speci-
men of that species in the Banksian Herbarium, the differences
appear so striking that I cannot think them the same, and
have consequently adopted the name given by Mr. SALISBURY
in the Paradisus Londinensis, to the one now under notice.
The Wild Grecian Crocus aureus has a smallerflower, with
petals more pointed, neither concave nor obtuse, and at the
time of blossoming the leaves are very much longer than the
flower, which is not the case with this Garden plant. Inthe
Botanical Magazine, folio 1111, this was considered and de-
scribed by Mr. BELLENDEN Kenr as specifically the same with
C. luteus, the Common Yellow Crocus. C. .lagenzeflorus
(See Plate 11. Fig. 2,) comes into blossom early, at the
same time with some of the most forward varieties of C. ver-
sicolor, soon after C. Susianus, and before any other of the
yellow kind. "The leaf sheaths are dingy-brown and large.
The leaves are few, rigid and upright, broad, scarcely appear-
ing when the blossoms expand, after the flowering they grow
long and they remain greenlate. The flowers are numerous,
small and turbinate. The germen is whitish, The tube long
and white, but pale yellow at top. The petals deep yellow,
short, obtuse, very concave, and much imbricated, expanding

* Prodromus Flore Grec, page 24, No. 85. Flora Greca, vol. i. page 25,
Plate 35. -

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. | 445

in the sun; the outer narrowest. The anthers are placed
low in the flower, they are the same colour as the petals,
long, pointed at the top, and spreading wide; the stigmas
are yellow, much shorter than the anthers. I have not ob-
served this variety to produce seed.. The roots are rather
large, even, not angular, their skin resembling that of C.
luteus, but less striated.

This was figured in 1808, in the Paradisus Londinensis,
tab. 106, with the name of C. lagenzflorus, but it was there
made the variety y. of the species, whilst the plant which is
described hereafter as C. lacteus, is taken as the type of the
‘species. Mr. Haworrn in the succeeding year described *
itas C. lagenzflorus æ. The figure in the Paradisus Lon-
dinensis is very good, except that the anthers are too dark,
and the flower not sufficiently high coloured.

I believe that this is a very old inhabitant of our Gardens ;
it is difficult to preserve and is consequently rare. "There is
a difference in the hardiness and consequent time of flowering
in some roots which I have possessed, but not of sufficient
importance to distinguish them as varieties. Those that flower

freely should be selected for cultivation.

5. Crocus LUTEUS. Common YELLOW Crocus. |
_ This is the most common Crocus cultivated, and is generally
known by the name of the Dutch Yellow Crocus, it has been
many years in cultivation, but I doubt whether it is described
by any of the older writers, and consequently conjecture that
it must have been introduced since their time. The Yellow
Crocuses of the ancient Botanists, whose synonyms have been

* Horticultural Transactions, vol, 1, page 134.

*

446 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

applied to this species, belong as Í apprehend to Crocus lage-
naeflorus ; in the descriptions of these no mention is made of
any coloured markings on the petals, from whence I infer,
that our Common Yellow Crocus is not the kind they
allude to. Nothing the least resembling it has been found
wild * in any country, it may therefore be concluded to be a
garden production. It received its specific name from La-
MARCK,T who distinguished it from Crocus vernus, under
which name it is found in the Botanical Magazine, folio 45.
It was called f C. floribundus by Mr. HAwon rn. Being without
any account of its origin, we- are left to conjecture from what
it could have sported. In all the essential characters it so”
entirely agrees with C. lagenzflorus that I believe we must
consider it to have been derived from that species, and if
this be admitted it ought to lose its distinction as a separate
species. It may probably have been an hybrid production
between C. lagenzeflorus and C. sulphureus. It very rarely
produces seed, but increases most abundantly by its bulbs.
It comes into flower with the earliest of the varieties of C.
vernus, soon after C. sulphureus, and continues to produce a
succession of blossoms profusely for a considerable time.
The leaves are numerous, dark green, broad and flat, with a
decided white line in the middle, the edges very revolute and
with a deep keel, they hardly extend to the top of the flower .
at first, but grow to a considerable length afterwards, and

* In the Synopsis of the Genus by M. Decaxporrz in Repovre’s Liliacées,
(under Crocus biflorus, vol. v. folio 294) it is stated that it originated in the en-
virons of Belgrade; and Lawancx, in his Illustrations, gives the Swiss moun-
tains for its native habitat.

+ Lamarcx Illustr. vol. 1, page 106, No. 443.

} Horticultural Transactions, vol. 1, page 133. _

By JosrPu SABINE, Esq. 447

are then spreading; as they elongate they are waved near

their end ; this appearance is caused by the compression of
their tops by the leaf sheaths soon after their points emerge.

The germen is cream coloured, sometimes marked at the top

with six dark coloured spots; the tube is white, becoming

brown at the top, and is there marked with six lines which

run into the petals.. The petals are large, obovate, nearly

equal, bright yellow, opening, but not so much so as to be-

come stellate. They form a fine and shewy flower. The outer

petals are marked on the back with feathered olive green

lines, the centre one most conspicuous, and extending to the

top of the petals, the two next run considerably up the petal,

but are very feint and broken, and sometimes do not appear

at all; the others being two to three on each side are short,’
pale and narrow, the mark at the base of the inner petals

may be described as one short feather, the centre part of
which extends along the petal.

The anthers are pale yellow, and small, producing but
little pollen ; the stigmas are also pale yellow, and very short.
- The bulb is large, depressed, slightly angular, and is covered
over with a light brown striated skin. |

6. Crocus LACTEUS. CREAM COLOURED Crocus.
oe L-G, lacteus concolor,

" 2. ———— penicillatus,

The two varieties of this species are the least common of
any of the cultivated Crocuses ; some few years ago they were
very rare indeed, and are now only to be found in the gardens
of Collectors of curious bulbs. They have hitherto been consi-
dered as varieties of Crocus lagenzeflorus, but the circumstance
of their having only a single bract, as noticed in the Synoptical

448 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

Table, will perhaps be henceforward considered a sufficient
specific distinction.

C. lacteus concolor. 'This was first noticed in modern
times by Mr. SALISBURY, in the Paradisus Londinensis,* in
1808, when he described it as the variety Q. of his C. lage-
nzfílorus; in the succeeding year it was also introduced as
the same by Mr. Haworru in his Paper,T in the Transac-
tions of the Horticultural Society. It was likewise published
in 1808 by Mr. BELLENDEN Ker, with a Figure in the Bota-
nical Magazine, Tab. 1111, as C. Mzsiacus, f. or Cream co-
loured Crocus, the Croeus luteus of this Paper being then
considered as the C. Mesiacus æ. A singular instance of want
of observation in a writer usually most acute and careful.
"The Figure in the Botanical Magazine is good; though the
flower never expands as is there represented. This Crocus
was received into the Garden of the Society from the Botanic
Garden at Cambridge as Crocus coriaceus, which name I am
informed by Mr. LixpLEY was applied by him to it formerly,
though never published. I should have adopted this name
which has reference to the leathery thickness of the petals
but that I recollect that many years since, Mr. Haworru,
when he shewed me this plant in his garden at Little Chelsea,
though he had published it only as a variety of C. lagenæ-
florus, then called it C. lacteus, which appellation is certainly
appropriate, and has the claim of priority.

This Crocus flowers tolerably freely ; it blossoms soon after
‘C. lagenzeflorus, and continues to produce flowers till nearly
every other kind, except the late varieties of C. vernus have

. * Crocus lagenzeflorus, B. Paradisus Londinensis, page 106.
e i Horticultural 'Uransactions, vol. 1, page 134.

By J OsEPH SABINE, Esq. 449

ceased to blow. The leaves are narrow, short at first, they
grow rigidly upright, then become long, remaining green
late. The germen, and every part of the flower are cream-
coloured, except the mouth of the tube, which is tinged with
` dull pale yellow, verifying the observation (of Mr. Haworrtu
I believe) that every one of the Garden Crocuses, except
those referable to C. vernus, has more or less of yellow in
the lower parts of the petals. The tube is long, and conse- —
quently elevates the flower, which is fusiform, before it
expands ; the petals are somewhat concave ; the inner ones
are shorter than the outer. "The stigmas are upright, small,
and are much shorter than the anthers, which are long, thin,
pale yellow, and spreading. It produces good seeds. The
roots have a strong similarity to those of C. lagenzeflorus.

2. C. Jacteus penicillatus. (See Plate XI. Fig. 3.) This
is perhaps the most interesting of the Crocuses which are
cultivated, differing from the other variety of the species, by
the elegant stripes on the base of the outer petals. It is the
Crocus lagenzeflorus «.* of Mr. Satisspury and the C. lagenz-
florus y. of Mr. HAwonrn. The leaves are like the preced-
ing, but somewhat more numerous. The leaf-sheaths are
long. It produces its blossoms nearly as early, though after
the preceding, and continues in flower as late; the tube is
less elongated, and consequently the blossoms are not so
elevated. The germen has six small spots on its top, and the
upper part of the tube is marked with six faint bluish-green
lines ; three of these correspond with the centre of the outer

* Paradisus Londinensis, page 106.
t Horticultural Society's "Transactions, vol. 1. page 134.
VOL. VIL, | 3 N ^

450 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

petals, extend up them, and form the middle one of a set
of blue-feathered lines ; this middle one is the longest, and
reaches two-thirds,up the petals; the two next are half as
long, and smaller; the two outer ones are very faint. The
petals are longer than those of the preceding, and though of -
the same colour, have not quite the same thickness of sub-

stance; the inner petals are broader. The stigmas are as in
| the other variety, shorter than the anthers, which are yellow
and broad. It produces plenty of seed. The roots are like
those ofthe other kind. A good figure of this variety was
published by Dr. Stas in 1825 in the Botanical Magazine,
Tab. 2655, under the name given to it by Mr. Haworru and
Mr. SALISBURY.

CLASS II.

SPRING CROCUSES WITH VARIOUS COLOURED FLOWERS (NOT
YELLOW) HAVING THE MOUTHS OF THE FLOWER TUBES
WITHOUT HAIRS.

To this division belong the plants ranged under the two
older species of our gardens, C. biflorus and C. versicolor,
and the two more recent species C. argenteus and C. pusillus.
They come early into flower, and may be said generally to
precede in blossoming the varieties of C. vernus. They have
all a more or less agreeable fragrance, stronger in C. versi-
color than in the others, and besides their accordance in the
character of the mouth of the tube above noticed, as distin-
guishing them from C. vernus and its varieties, have feathered
stripes or markings in their external petals.

By Je OSEPH — Esq. 451

7, novos BIFLORUS. Scorcn Crocus.
1. C. Biflorus communis.
3. C. ——-— stigmatosus.

I have not been able to discover the reason why this has
been called the Scotch Crocus. The apparent authority for
the appellation is MıLLER, who in the first Edition of his
Dictionary in 1731, says it is commonly called “ The Scots
Crocus." The specific name biflorus has been also derived
from MILLER ; in the seventh Edition of the Gardener's Dic-
tionary, published in 1759, this is placed as a species with
the Suri character, “ spatha bż¿flora corollæ tubo tenuis-
simo,” which is further explained by the statement that it
“ rises with a few very narrow leaves, which are together
with the flower buds closely wrapped round with a spathe or
sheath, out of which arise two flowers.” When the plant
was published in the Botanist's Repository, it was called C.
. biflorus, certainly without much examination, for, if MILLER’s
description be taken strictly, what he calls the spathes are
the leaf-sheaths, which in all the species of Crocus, when
in à healthy state, envelope more than one flower, and there-
fore could not be peculiar to this; and if the term spathe
had ‘been applied by the author of the Repository to the
sheath at the base of the scape, then the description would
not have been referable to this species, in which this sheath.
is obsolete.

MirrER makes no mention of the siopulériy circular hori-
zontal division of the covering of the root, noris it noticed
either in the description or figure of the Botanist’s Repo-
sitory, though it is well described by Panxiwsow. This

452 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, óc.

character induced Mr. Haworru in the Transactions of the
Horticultural Society * in 1809, to call it C. circumcissus, a
name most assuredly very apposite, though the first on
account of its priority; notwithstanding its erroneous foun-
dation is retained. Of its being distinct from C. vernus,
there can be no doubt, though in the new Edition of Mir-
LER's Gardeners Dictionary, Professor Martyn makes it
only a variety of that species.

The varieties of Crocus biflorus are the first to appear in
the Spring, their blossoms preceding those of C. Susianus,
the earliest have some flowers open in the end of January if
the season is mild, and all are in full flower in February ;
they have an agreeable but not powerful scent, and the fol-
lowing common characters,—the outer coats of the roots are
cireularly divided, as already mentioned; their leaves are
narrow, spreading and long; the petals white or nearly so,
with brown or purple featherings on their external ones ; the
insides of the flower white, except the bottom which is tinged .
with yellow ; the anthers pale yellow, and of moderate size ;
the stigmas deep orange and conspicuous.

1. C. biflorus communis. Scotch Crocus with brown leaf-
-sheaths. This is the most common in our gardens. It
comes into flower later than the other varieties of the spe-
‘cies. The leaf-sheaths are much swollen, they are brownish

* Volume 1, page 137.

+ Mr. Haworru in the Paper referred to, has given new names to several of
the species he described, but, though these are certainly all equally as good as,
and in some cases preferable from their fitness to those formerly established, it
is impossible that they can be adopted without violating the rule adhered to by

all Botanists of good authority, of retaining the name given to any species by its
first describer.

By Joseru SanixE, Esq. |. 458

yellow, especially at their tops. The leaves at the time of .
inflorescence are longer than the flowers, they are not
numerous, they are at first upright, but after a time when
they become elongated they spread over the ground ; they
decay early. The germen is white, and the tube of the
flower is pale lilac on the top. The petals are pure white,
oblong, concave and obtuse, in decay assuming a bluish tinge,
the outer are emarginate, (which is not the case in the other
varieties) at first cream-coloured, with five distinct purple
feathered stripes extending their whole length, with two
narrow short stripes besides on each side; the inner petals
are broadest, and have at the base a dull greenish purple
spot, feathered and pointed atits apex ; the yellow colouring
at the bottom of the flower within, is also seen externally.
The stigmas are nearly entire, and extend a little above
the tops of the anthers. It produces seeds freely. The
bulbs are-of moderate size, roundish; the outer coat is pale
chesnut, the inner a shining paler brown? The bud on the
root is yellow. The “ Crocus vernus striatus vulgaris, or, The
- ordinary striped Crocus" of PAnKiNsowN's Paradisus, N°. 10,
page 162, and of the first Edition of MıLLER’s Gardener's
Dictionary, has been usually referred to this, but as it is re-
presented to have only three stripes on the back of the
outer petals, it more properly belongs as a synonym to the
next variety. This was first figured (in 1804) in the Dóta-
nist’s Repository, tab. 362, but the stripes of the petals are
there very irregularly represented. The figure in the Bo-
tanical Magazine, tab. 845, published in 1805, is good. C.
biflorus is figured by Repovre in his Plantes Liliacées, Plate
294, but with so little attention to correctness that it is not

-

454 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, óc.

. possible even with the assistance of the description, to ascer-
tain which variety is intended to be represented.

2. C. biflorus Parkinson. (See Plate XI. fig. 4.) Scotch
Crocus with white leaf-sheaths, is the variety mentioned
in the Botanical Magazine, fol. 845, as known to Mr. Sarrs-
BURY, it comes the earliest into flower of the three varieties,
and blossoms more freely than the first. "This, as I have
noticed above, is the * Ordinary striped Crocus" of PARKIN-
' son and MILLER. The leaf sheaths are white. The leaves
are narrower than those of the preceding, and are rather
more numerous. 'The petals are white, but not so pure as in
the preceding, they having sometimes a slight lilac tinge; the
three outer are much more cream-coloured, and have only
three purple stripes, of which the middle one is but slightly,
whilst the two outer are very much, feathered on their outer
side, the spots at the base of the inner petals are narrower,
extending higher in the middle part of the petal, and are
more uniformly féathered, the stigmas are more elevated,
more divided, and of a deeper colour. It produces seeds
freely. .

3. C. biflorus stigmatosus. Scotch Crocus, with elongated
stigmas. This is similar to the first variety with the follow-
ing differences. It flowers more freely and earlier. The
leaves are at first longer, more diffuse, and they are the
broadest of the three varieties: The petals are larger,
subject to be somewhat deformed and then appear emargi-
nate; the .stripes on the backs of the outer petals are not like
those on either of the others, they are five, the two outer
being rather undefined, and more feathered. The stigmas are
visible-at the top of the flower before it expands, and are

*

By Jósgeu SABINE, Esq. 455

nearly or quite as long as the petals, extending much above
the anthers ; they are very deep orange, large, and are some-
times four in number, with a corresponding multiplication
.of the petals into eight, viz. four outer and four inner. It
seldom produces seed. :

8. Crocus ARGENTEUS. SILVERY Crocus.
l. C. argenteus Batavicus. e

. 2. C.

praecox.

C. argenteus Batavicus, was received by me some years
since from Holland as Crocus argenteus variegatus. It is dis-
tinguishable from C. biflorus by the length of its flower
scapes, and by its filaments being destitute of pubescence, and
generally by the flower being of smaller size. It has much
resemblance to the C. pusillus of Italy, and may probably have
been derived from it, or may be a native of some other
country sufficiently remote to account for the difference be-
tween the two. It certainly has more the appearance of a
wild natural species than any of the garden kinds which I
have had under my notice.. I have however made it distinct,
leaving it to future enquirers to unite it with C. pusillus, if it
shall appear proper to do so. The leaves are very narrow and
spreading, short at first, but subsequently extend widely
on the ground. The flowers are small, and are produced
abundantly and early. The tube of the flower is rather more
purple at the top, and there is less of yellow at its mouth
than in any of the varieties of C. biflorus. The petals are
within of a delicate diluted lilac colour, the outer are nar-
rower than the inner, and have three feathered stfipes. The
stigmas are orange, elevated above the anthers. It produces

456 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

only a few seeds. The bulbs resemble those of C. biflorus,
but are smaller.

2. C. argenteus precoz. (See Plate 11. Fig. 5.) This
beautiful and valuable variety was a seedling raised by my-
self from the last; it agrees with it in most points, but the
petals are a little narrower, and have more of the lilac tinge.
Its leaves spread rather more over the ground, and it yields
seed plentifülly. Its peculiar merit is that of producing its
blossoms the first of all the Crocuses, the flowers aré in per-
fection when those of every other variety have scarcely risen
from the ground. .

9. Crocus PusiLLus. Smarty Crocus.

This pretty little Crocus is a native of Italy, from whence
it was sent to the garden of the Society by Professor TENORE,
of Naples, who first described * and named it. It was received
from him in September 1824, and flowered in the Spring fol-
lowing. Ithas a strong affinity to C. biflorus, and it is not
unlikely that the varieties of that may be garden derivations
from it, and probably all may be reducible to one species.
There are however differences which appear in the Synoptical
Table, which have induced me for the present to keep C.
biflorus, C. argenteus, and C. pusillus separate. C. pusillus
produces a moderate quantity of flowers early in the season,
at the same time as C. biflorus, but later than C. argenteus.
The leaves are very narrow, rather spreading, and are longer
than the flower when it opens. The whole flower is very.
small; the tube is faintly marked with lilac lines; the petals are
concave, the three outer white, marked with three lines, the

* Tenore Cat. Hort, Neap. 1813, page 31. :

By Josrryu Sasine, Esq. 457

middle one narrow, without featherings, the outer ones broader,
and neatly feathered towards the outer edges of the petals;
the inner petals are ovate, and pure white; the bottoms of
the petals within are yellow. The stigmas are pale orange,
longer than the anthers, which are yellow. The roots re-
semble those of C.argenteus. A figure of C. pusillus has
been published in Sweers British Flower Garden, tab. 106;
from bulbs also derived from Professor Tenors. It will be
observed on reference to this figure, that the above descrip-
tions of the markings of the petals do not agree with the
representation given.

10. Crocus VERSICOLOR. PARTY-COLOURED Crocws.

This was first brought into notice as a species by Mr.
BELLENDEN Ker (then Mr. Gawter,) in the Botanical Ma-
gazine,* in 1808; I have attached his name to the variety
there figured, which was of course his type, and have there-
fore placed it at the head of my arrangement. Mr. Hawortu
subsequently, in the Transactions of the Horticultural
Society, called the species Crocus fragrans. The scent
of all the species is very pleasant, but I think it more resem-
bles that of the Cowslip than of the Violet, with which
it has been compared by Mr. Ker. The blossoms of this
species have occasionally, though very seldom, eight petals,
and four stamina; but that anomaly is not confined to any
particular variety.

The specific name of versicolor was adopted from Par-
KINSON, who, in common with the Botanical writers who
preceded him, applied the term to designate the stripings at

* Botanical Magazine, tab. 1110.
+ Horticultural Transactions, Vol. 1 page 136.

VOL. VII. 30

458 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, §c.

the back of the outer petals ; his ‘‘ Crocus vernus albus poly-
anthos versicolor," No. 7, page 162, and Fig. 4, page 163, and
his * Crocus vernus albus versicolor,’ No. 8, have been both
considered to be referable to some varieties of C. versicolor.
There were two varieties known to Mirrxn in 1731, which
in the first edition of his Dictionary are thus designated,
No. 11. * The Party-coloured Crocus, with many flowers,"
which is the same as the first of Parxinson’s, mentioned
above; and No. 18. “ The Broad-leaved Spring Crocus,
with a small flower ofa pale colour on the outside, with
purple stripes, and the inside of a pale blue colour.” "These
ancient plants belong to C. versicolor; but it is impossible
with the imperfect description we have of them to refer
them to any of our varieties. |

The seedlings of this species are much disposed to vary in
the colour and markings of the blossoms, and it is probable
if they are much attended to hereafter, that superior varieties
will be very extensively obtained. I have arranged those
which I propose to describe in four sections, under one of
which possibly all future productions belonging to the species
may be referred. The general external characters of the
species are as follow ;—the leaves spread widely and are not
very strong, some are however more upright than others.
The blossoms are small and appear early, they are more or
less sweet-scented, with a tinge of yellow at the mouth of the
tube; the petals varying in colour, but the external ones are
more or less striped and feathered. The germen is striped
with six purple lines; the anthers are yellow, strong, large,
and stand high; the stigmas are bright coloured and con-
spicuous. Most ofthe varieties produce seeds tolerably freely.

By Joseen SABINE, Esq. 459

The roots are rather large, ovate, and covered with a coarse
ragged pale-brown skin. The kinds described must be con-
sidered to possess the above characters unless their differ-
ences are particularly noted.

Section I.

The varieties in this have much resemblance to each other,
their blossoms having a pale ground colour, which may. be
almost considered as grey, and the markings or lines are
tolerably distinct.

1. C. Versicolor Gawleri.
2.
3, ——_-——-— neglectus.

1. C. versicolor Gawlert. This is the kind figured as
the type of the species in the Botanical Magazine, as above
referred to; for the notice of it we are indebted, as I have
stated, to Mr. BELLENDEN Ker. It flowers sparingly, rather
late, and does not open its petals freely. The leaves are
few, narrow, short at first, but spread afterwards. The tube
of the flowers has six faint lilac lines. The outer petals
have a dull white ground, with three fine irregularly shaped
purple feathered stripes, the middle one the broadest and
darkest, the two exterior, and top of the middle ones,
feathered ; the inner petals have three narrow dark lines
accompanied with featherings, indistinctly marked on a white
ground, the markings becoming pale purple at the top; the
insides of the petals are finely lined, feathered, and tinged
with lilac ; the markings, on the outer petals especially, are
subject to variation, being dissimilar in different flowers ; the
featherings are in some cases coarser than usual, and the upper
parts of the middle marks are sometimes particularly broad.

- similis.

460 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

The stigmas are unequal, deep orange, and shorter than the
anthers.

2. C. versicolor similis. The blossoms are smaller and
later than the preceding, and produced less freely, they also
expand less. The foliage is narrow, continuing green long.
The markings on the outer petals are irregular, the middle
ones longest, sometimes feathered at the top, sometimes
not; the two side stripes or marks are short, and slightly
feathered on their outer edges; the ground is nearly white;
the inner petals are marked at the back like the preceding,
but have a lighter ground; the inside of the petals is nearly
similar but paler. The stigmas and anthers are also similar.

3. C. versicolor neglectus. This is perhaps the best variety
of those belonging to this Section. The leaves are strong,
long, and grow upright, they remain green late. The
flowers are larger, with more distinct markings on the outer
petals, of these the middle mark is broader and more
conspicuously feathered ; the ground of the petals is also a
clearer white; the inner petals are not so much’ stained or
run with colour, and have three very fine purple lines on
them, the outside ones having long obscure featherings; the
inside of the whole shew the markings through. The
stigmas are orange, and shorter than the anthers. -

SECTION IE

Contains those varieties whose blossoms are very pene
marked with dark stripes or featherings. "The most beautiful.
of VS Sauces will be found amongst these :

4. C. versicolor purpureus.

plumosus.
venustus,
7. ———-—— elegans. :

6. ——

By Josernu SABINE, Esq. 461

4. C. versicolor purpureus. (See Plate 11, Fig. 6.) Is very
early in the production of its flowers, which are particularly
beautiful. 'The leaves are abundant, rather broad, rigid,
spreading, and continue green late. The tube of the flower
is indistinctly striped with lilac at the top. The petals are
short, small, equal, concave, and obovate ; the backs of the
outer almost entirely covered with a broad dark purple fea-
ther, having two whitish stripes dividing it longitudinally in .
the middle; the inner petals are pale purple at the top, and
white below, with three short feathered stripes, the middle
one darkest and longest ; the insides of the six petals are lilac,
paler towards the bottom; the outer are darker, all showing
the internal markings transparently through. The stigmas are
deep orange, usually nearly equal to, but sometimes shorter
than the anthers. The stigmas are occasionally not pro-
duced at all, and the anthers are also frequently abortive.
This variety does not produce seed.

5. C. versicolor plumosus. (see Plate 11, Fig. 7.) was
raised from seed in my garden at North Mimms; it is by far
the most beautiful variety of the species which I am acquainted
with. It blossoms late. The leaves are at first short, becom-
ing afterwards long, they are broad, grow upright, and remain
green late. The tube of the flowers is marked at the top with
purple lines; the outer petals have one broad deep purple
stripe, divided by two white lines; the stripe is very deeply
and distinctly feathered, extending itself quite to the edges ;
the inner petals are shorter than the outer, with three paler
feathered marks spreading over a pale ground, and are whitish
at the bottom. The insides of the petals are very beautiful,
for though the featherings on them are not bright, nor dis-

-=

462 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, óc.

tinctly defined, yet as they extend over the whole of each, they
are peculiarly striking. The stigmas are à deep saffron colour,
and broad, shorter than the arithers.

6. C. versicolor venustus. Roots of this variety were pre-
sented to the Society by Mrs. Mackie of Norwich, with the
name of C. fragrans reflexus, which name was probably de-
rived from the Botanie Garden at Cambridge. The flowers
are produced early. The leaves are broad, upright, rather long
and spreading. The tube is marked with dark purple lines,
which are continuations of the markings on the petals. The
outer petals have three distinct purple lines on a pale lilac
ground, the middle one is broadest, and but little feathered,
itis the darkest. The inner petals are marked also with
three lines, having lilac featherings extending to the edges of
the petals, the space between the lines being the only part
not occupied with the featherings. The insides of the petals
are marked with three lines with extending featherings, those
on the inner series of petals are a little paler. The stigmas
are deep orange, and are shorter than the anthers. Does not
produce seeds. |

7. C. versicolor elegans. (See Plate XI. Fig. 8.) Comes
rather late into flower, but earlier than the preceeding. The
leaves are spreading, narrow and numerous, continue green
late. The flowers stand high in consequence of their tubes
being long, they are not abundant, but when blown are very
perfect. They are larger and remain later in bloom, than
those of any other variety of C. versicolor. The tube of the
flower is very faintly marked with narrow lines. The petals
are large, the outer with three broad feathered purple stripes
on a pale ground, the middle one darkest, the inner with

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 463

three smaller stripes less strongly marked; the upper part
of the petals especially of the inner ones is tinged with lilac;
the insides of the petals shewing the featherings very beau-
tifully. The stigmas are deeply divided, and of the same
length as the anthers. This kind produces abundance of
seed.

Section III.

Contains those varieties which have the ground colour

tinged with lilac or pale purple, and are besides striped.
8. C. versicolor violaceus.
9. Haworthii.
10. —— lineatus.

8. C. versicolor violaceus. This comes very early into
blossom immediately after the variety called purpureus, and
produces abundance of flowers. It was received under the
name of C. versicolor floribundus, from the Nursery of Mrs.
Mackie of Norwich, but that name had been before fixed
to another variety. The leaves are decumbent, of moderate
breadth, and decay early, at the time of flowering they are
rather longer than the flower. The top of the tube of the
flower is marked with pale purple lines, and the lower part of
the flower above the tube externally is more tinged with pale
yellow, the effect of the internal colour, than in any other
variety. The petals are somewhat concave, they are nearly
alike, being all on both sides tinged with lilac or violet colour,
having featherings not very distinctly marked, the whole ap-
pearing as if the colour had run; but at the lower parts of
the petals the markings on the back are darker and more dis-
tinctly defined. The stigmas are deep orange, small, shorter
than the anthers. Does not produce seeds.

464 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

9. C. versicolor Haworth. Comes into flower about a
week after the preceding, and it is very productive of flowers.
The leaves spread wide, but are not decumbent, they are
broader and less numerous than in the preceding, and remain
green late. The flowers are very abundant and overtop the
leaves; which is not the case in any other variety of C. versico-
lor. The tube ofthe flower is marked at the top with faint dull
purplish lines. The flower is large, obovate, or egg shaped; the
bottom parts being much tinged with yellow. The petals are
paler than in the variety called violaceus, the three feathered
stripes on each petal are narrower, and less distinct, particu-
larly so on the lower parts of the petals which are white, in
the upper parts which are purplish, the featherings become
mixed or run; the inner petals have nearly the same markings
as the outer; the inside of the whole is very beautiful, but
less feathered than in the preceding. The stigmas are deep
orange, unequal, broad at the top, shorter than the anthers.
Abundance of seeds is produced by this variety. It agrees
perfectly well with the description by Mr. Haworrtn of the -
C. fragrans, given by him in the Horticultural Society's
Transactions, Volume 1, page 137; itis therefore named after
him; no one deserves such a compliment more richly.

10. C. versicolor lineatus. Is very abundant as well as
early in flowering. The leaves at first are long, and after-
wards spread much. The top of the tube is marked with
twelve brownish purple lines. The general colour of the
petals is neither vivid nor distinct. On the outside of the
three outer petals are three narrow purple lines, the middle
one of which runs to the top of the petal, the side ones ex-
tending only half way up it. The middle one is not much

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. * ie

feathered, the two side ones are rather the broadest and are
feathered towards the outer margin. The insides of the
petals are pale lilac, and finely marked with purplish veins.
The stigmas are orange, shorter than the anthers. It pro-
duces seeds, but not abundantly.

Section IV.

Contains those varieties, the ground of whose petals is
white, the outer petals having more or less of stripes and

featherings.
11. C. versicolor floribundus.

12. — ——— ——— pectinatus.
13. ——— -——- Morleon.

14, ——— ———— inconspicuus.
15. ——— — — stellatus.

16. —— — ———— propinquus.

17. —— —— —— affinis.
j 18. ————— —- urbanus.

11. C. versicolor floribundus. Was received in the year
1823 from Holland, in a small collection sent by Mr. ARIE
Cornetis Van Epen to the Horticultural Society. The
name of Morleon came with it, but this is not the kind to
which I believe that appellation properly belongs. This
comes into flower between the earliest and latest, and pro-
duces abundance of blossoms, it is a very superior variety,
by far the finest of all. The flowers stand high, are of con-
siderable size and very fragrant. The leaves are at first,
more erect than usual, they differ much in appearance from
the rest of the species, they subsequently become long, and
spreading. The tube of the flower is very thick, the upper
part marked with six purple lines extending some way down
the tube, and with shorter intermediate lines, The outer

VOL. VII. 3 P

466 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

petals have a white ground with three broad feathered stripes,
the middle one is narrow below and widening to the top, the
side stripes are broad and feathered towards their outsides ;
the white space between the feathered marks is narrow.
The three inner petals are broader and shorter, white with a
feathered line, running along the whole centre nearly to the
top, and with two short feathered lines, paler than the middle
one, on each side; the inside of the petals is white, shewing
the markings through, as if transparent. The stigmas are
deep orange, unequal, broad at the top, larger than the
anthers. It produces seeds sparingly.

12. C. versicolor pectinatus, was raised from seed in my
Garden at North Mimms. It flowers about a week after the
earliest, not abundantly.“ The spathes are very long, rising
above the tube of the flower. ‘The leaves are broad, not
very long or numerous, spread much and decay early. The
flower is lightly marked with six faint purple lines. The
tube ofthe petals are narrow, concave, obtuse, and nearly
equal, the ground being white, and the lower parts tinged with
yellow, deeper than usual, the outer petals are marked with
three narrow dark purple lines, from the exterior edges of
the outer, and the tops of the middle short featherings of the
same colour diverge ; the inner petals are marked with three
faint lines, the inside of both is white, shewing the markings
through. The stigmas are orange, unequal, longer than the
anthers, which are of small size. It seeds freely.

13. C. versicolor Morleon. Came to me from Holland
many years since, with the name now attached to it; but
that seems to be applied without much attention to accuracy,
for the variety which I have called floribundus had it also.

. By Josipu SABINE, Esq. 467

It blossoms after the first period of flowering, and rather abun-
dantly, but not so much so as some others of the species. The
leaves are narrow, rather long, numerous, spreading but not
decumbent, and decay early. The tube of the flower is marked
with pale lines. The ground of the petals is white, the
three outer being marked with three purple stripes, of which
the middle one is the longest, running to the top of the
petal, the featherings on them are slight and do not extend
to the margins; the inner petals are also marked with three
faint lines, less conspicuous than those on the outer petals,
and which extend only as far as the middle of the petal ; the .
insides, with the exception of the yellow at bottom of the
whole are white, and transparent, shewing the featherings on
their outside. The stigmas are pale orange, longer than the
anthers. It produces abundance of seed. This is the kind
described by Mr. Haworru in the Transactions of the Hor-
ticultural Society, Vol. 1, page 137, as his Crocus fragrans f.
It came in one collection from Holland, with the name of
Cloth of Silver Crocus, but the Crocus to which that name
truly belongs has a netted root, and cannot therefore belong
to this specics. i
14. C. versicolor inconspicuus. Was also a seedling raised
in my garden at North Mimms, probably from the Morleon.
The leaves are few, broadish, not long, very decumbent, and
decay early. It comes into flower rather earlier than the
Morleon, which it much resembles, except that the flowers
are larger, and the stripes altogether paler and less feathered.
The petals are obovate and concave; the centre line on the
back of the outer petals is the darkest, the two side ones are
fainter, and there are obscure rudiments of two other lines
outside of those, making an appearance of five linesin all. The

468 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, &c.

yellow at the base of the petals is deep coloured. The
stigmas are unequal, and stand above the anthers. It seeds
freely.

15. C. versicolor stellatus. Was sent to the Society's garden
from the Nursery of Mrs. Mackie, at Norwich. It flowers
rather late. The leaves are numerous and long, spreading, but
not decumbent, pale, and keep green late. The blossoms are
small. The tube slightly marked with pale purple lines. The
petals lanceolate, and when expanded have a very starry
‘appearance. The inner petals are the same length as the
outer; the backs of the three outer petals are marked with
three purple lines, the middle one being very narrow, darker,
and not feathered; the outer ones are paler, and feathered on
their outer edges; the inner petals have three very narrow
faint lines, the centre one the longest. The stigmas are
orange, thick, and stand higher than the anthers. Produces
seeds freely.

16. C. versicolor propinquus. Is a seedling, raised by my-
self from Morleon, which it much resembles, except that it is
later in flowering, and that the markings on the petals are not
so decided, nor so much feathered. The leaves are few, not
long, broadish, spreading, but are not decumbent. It is not
very productive of flowers. Produces plenty of seeds.

17. C. versicolor affinis. Resembles Morleon, except that
the stripes on the outer petals are much more faint, and not
so distinct, but broader and more feathered; it is a little
later coming into flower. The leaves are numerous, long, and
spreading. The blossoms are larger than those of the Morleon;
on the external petals is an appearance of five pale stripes all
feathered, and seeming as if their colours had run. The inner
petals are smaller, with very faint lines. The inside ofthe

By JosrPn SABINE, Esq. 469

petals is white, with the yellow stain appearing at the bottom.
The stigmas are orange, and shorter than the anthers. It does
not produce many seeds.

18. C. versicolor urbanus. (See Plate 11, Fig. 9.) This
is the nearest to white of the whole collection, it is the
Urbanus, or Cream-coloured Crocus of the Dutch. It comes
into blossom early. The leaves are numerous, narrow, spread-
ing, and decay early. "There are three stripes on the outer
petals, which are narrow and very faint; the inner petals
have three very obscure lines on the back ; the inside of the
flower is white. The stigmas are deep orange, spreading,
equal in height to the anthers. It produces seeds, but not
very abundantly.

The series of varieties of this species would be complete
ifit was terminated by one entirely white; this desideratum
is most likely to be obtained from the seed of the kind last
described.

CLASS III.

SPRING CROCUSES, WITH VARIOUS-COLOURED FLOWERS (Nor
YELLOW) HAVING THE Movurus or THE FLOWER-TUBES
Hairy.

In this Class there is only one species, but it possesses so
many varieties, that it is more extensive in number of plants
than either of the preceding Classes.

11. Crocus VERNUS. Common SPRING Crocus.
The common Vernal Crocus has had several natural
habitats assigned to it in various parts of Europe; some of
them probably erroneously, from the discoverers not being

470 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

sufficiently aequainted with the distinctions which separate
it from other wild species. The only natural plant which
I shall notice is that which grows in the large extended
meadow on the side of the River Trent, south of the town
of Nottingham, where it was first described to exist by
DEERING.

I originally received roots of this wild plant from Mr.
GEORGE ANDERSON, who took them up on the spot ; subse-
quently I have examined blossoms of bulbs sent up in 1824
to the garden of the Society, at my request, by Mr. Joun
Pransow, of Chilwell, near Nottingham. Last year a fresh
supply of bulbs, and much additional information on the sub-
ject were supplied by Mr. Hayrnorn, Gardener to the Lord
Mippteron, at Wollaton Hall, near Nottingham. From these
different collections which have flowered in the garden of
the Society, the following descriptions of these wild plants
are formed.

The blossoms are produced early before those of most of
the garden varieties of the species. The leaves are not nu-
merous at the time of flowering, they are then short, rigid,
nearly upright, and do not rise above the tube of the flower ;
they after become spreading, but are of moderate length ;
they are broad, and exhibit the white lines in their middle con-
spicuously. The leaf sheaths are white. The flowers are of
good size. The germen is cream-coloured, the tube white,
slightly stained at top with lilac; the petals are narrow, lan-
ceolate, and long; the mouth of the tube is hairy, the
ground of the petals at their bases is whitish. The flowers
of some are without any dark marks or spots at the base of
the outer part of the petals, the whole being a uniform pale

By JosEPH SABINE, Esq. 471

purple, except that their tops are somewhat darker, and a
little feathered, and the inner petals are slightly feathered.
Others are a darker purple, and have dark purple pointed
spots on the outside of the base of the petals, and are also
darker at their tops; the inner petals of these are neatly
feathered, and have whitish edges. The stigmas are small,
equal, bifid, and are elevated above the anthers. The roots
are small, flattened, covered with a coarse thin pale brown
striated coat, and do not increase very much. The preceding
description will apply to most of the blossoms, but very great
variation occurs in them; in some the petals are broader,
shorter, concave, forming obovate flowers ; some flowers are
very pale lilac, others dark purple, and the featherings vary
much, some being more marked than others ; some are even
nearly white; the stigmas are also occasionally very pale
yellow. I have also seen àn instance where eight petals and
four stigmas were produced by one flower. "The figure of the
Nottingham plant in English Botany, tab. 344, is good and
correct, it is without the dark markings at the base of the
petals.

I believe that the Nottingham. meadow is the only cer-
tainly wild station of the Crocus. vernus in England. Like
others of our hardy bulbous plants, it will however remain
and increase where it was originally a garden plant, long after
every vestige of cultivation has disappeared, if the place
where it was left be undisturbed. Several such neutralized
habitats, if they may be so called, are known to English
Botanists. I have for many years been acquainted with
a spot of this description in the Park at Brookmans, in
Hertfordshire, where a considerable extent, perhaps near
half an acre, is enlivened with the blossoms of Crocus vernus

472 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, §c.

every Spring. Since I have known the place, the plants have
extended themselves considerably, evidently increasing from
seed, and in a few instances varying to white, though most of
the blossoms are purple ; and generally, though with excep-
tions, similar. They come into flower rather later, and the
flowers are also smaller than those of the Nottinghamshire
wild plant; the top of the tube and base of the petals on the
outer side are marked with dark purple, the petals are lan-
ceolate, rather concave, forming a fusiform flower; the outer
petals are darker at the top but not spotted, the inner petals
are paler, with slight indications of feathering. The stigmas
are pale orange, broad at top, and elevated above the anthers.
The leaves are broad, upright, and not numerous. Several
trees of considerable size and age are growing in the place
where these Crocuses are to be seen; it has been under
grass beyond the recollection of any person, and no record
remains of the existence of a garden there; it is however
within a small distance of the mansion house.

The varieties described in the following pages have been
selected from a much larger collection, none but those having
some merit or peculiarity have been retained, being the result
of many years attention. As this species freely reproduces
itself from seed, and as the seedlings are subject to much
variation, the extent of a collection may be rapidly enlarged,
though perhaps few individuals will be obtained which may
be thought deserving of comparison with those which have
been taken to form the following arrangement.

"The varieties have been divided into six sections, founded
on the prevailing colour, or peculiar markings, of each
division. To those a seventh section has been added,
consisting of those which flower so late, that they do not

By JosrPu SABINE, Esq. 473

produce their blossoms till the exhibition of all the others
has terminated.

The bulbs of the different varieties vary in size, they are
however generally small, and resemble those of the wild Not-
tingham plant which have been described. They all produce
more or less seed.

SECTION I,

PurrLe VERNAL Crocvuses, having blossoms, the outer
petals of which are nearly of one colour, from dark purple to
pale lilac inclusive, being sometimes blotched, and without
any or with very little white; the inner petals being either of
a uniform colour paler than the outer, or feathered. These
are arranged, beginning with the darkest, and proceeding to
the palest of the Section.

J. C. vernus puniceus. 14. —— pruinosus.

- purpureus. 15. —— fusiformis.

3. —— marginatus. 16. —— stylosus.

4. —— Sabini. 17. —— plumbeus.

5. ——— grandis. 18. —— inflatus.

6. ——- obovatus. 19. —— tulipaceus.

7. —— concinnus. 20. —— pallens.

8. —— Phaeton. 921. — — mimutus.

9. .—— maculosus. 22. — — pallidus.
10. —— turbinatus. 23. —— Neapolitanus
11. —— clavatus. præcox.
12. — violaceus. 24. —— lilacinus præcox.
13. —— dubius.

1. C. vernus puniceus. Comes late into and remains long
in flower, producing a moderate quantity of blossoms. The
leaves are broad and rather spreading. The spathe is large,

VOL. VII. 3Q

474 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, &c.

swollen, and rises above the tube; the flower is obovate,
of moderate size, but has a very rich appearance; the tube
is very dark purple at top, ending downwards in dark
lines, and upwards in very dark spots on the petals; the
petals are broad, obovate, concave, the outer generally
notched at their tops, dark purple on the outside, marked
within at the base with white featherings ; the inner petals at
the back are purple with dark spots on their lower part,
and are very beautifully marked within with white, and pur-
ple feathered lines, on lilac ground. The stigmas are large,
orange, a little shorter than the anthers. |

2. C. vernus purpureus. Is in flower rather early in the
middle season, producing a tolerable quantity of blossoms.
The leaves are broad and short. The spathe is much inflated
and conspicuous; the flower stands high, is large, obovate
and grand; the tube is thick, coloured from some length at
the top with purple; the petals are large, obovate, generally
crumpled, concave; the whole on both sides a uniform dark
purple, the spots at the base being slightly distinguishable ;
the outer petals frequently appear blotched, as if damaged by
the weather. The stigmas are large, pale orange, of the same
height as the anthers.

3. C. vernus marginatus. Produces its blossoms not very
abundantly and after the middle season. The leaves are short
and broad. The spathe is swollen and rises above the tube ;
the flowers are large and obovate; the tube is thick, dark
purple at the top; the outer petals are dark purple, with a
large obscure spot, blotched a little with white, and edged
with white, within rather paler; the inner petals are feathered
with purple, and have their edges marked with white, within
they are very beautifully and distinctly feathered with purple

By Josepa Sasine, Esq. 475

on whitish ground. The stigmas are orange, nearly equal in
height to the anthers.

4. C. vernus Sabini. (See Plate XI. Fig. 17.) Was so
named by the late Mr. GEORGE ANpEnsow. It flowers tole-
rably freely and early, but not among the first. The leaves
are broad, rather long and spreading. The flowers are
obovate, standing high, opening well, and when expanded
are magnificent, they are larger than any Crocus with
which I am acquainted; the top of the tube and bases
of the petals are purple, the mark at the base of the petals
being less conspicuous than in some other varieties; the
petals are large, obovate, concave, the outer purple, darker
at the upper part, paler below towards the spot at the base ;
the inner petals are pale, shorter than the outer, very prettily
feathered within side, and whitish at the lower part within,
and on the edges. The stigmas are of moderate size, orange,
standing above the anthers.

5. C.vernus grandis. Flowers rather abundantly and early.
The leaves are broad and strong. The flowers are large, club
- shaped, standing high, and grand; the tube is thick, purple
at the top; the petals are long and large, obovate, some-
times appearing crumpled; the outer dark purple, blotched
a little with white, the dark spots at the base large and con-
spicuous; the inner petals are paler, striped and feathered
within àt their lower parts, and feathered with white on their
edges. The stigmas are orange, spreading, somewhat longer
than the anthers. ——

6. C. vernus obovatus. Is not very productive of flowers,
which appear rather late. This is the variety figured in the
Botanical Magazine, tab. 2240, as the C. obovatus of Mr.

476 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

Hawortu,* of which it is a very good and correct represen-
tation, though Dr. Stms does not view it otherwise than a
variety, and very judiciously doubts the correctness of consi-
dering the length of the stigmas, and their elevation relative
to that of the anthers, as a sufficient specific distinction. It
was called C. vaginalis in the collection of Mr. GEORGE
AnpeErson. The leaves are short, broad and upright. Flowers
large and very handsome, perfectly obovate, the top of the
blossom appearing almost truncated ; the spathe rises above
the tube, which is very thick and purple at the top; the
petals are concave, large, very broad and obovate ; the outer
have a small obscure purple spot at their base; both outer
and inner are a rich uniform purple, the, latter being paler
and shorter. The stigmas are deep saffron colour, broad
at top, and situated below the anthers.

7. C. vernus concinnus. Is in flower late in the middle
season, and its blossoms are tolerably numerous. Leaves short
and upright. Flowers of moderate size, rather elongated ;
tube at top, deep purple; the blotches at the base of the
petals are deep purple, those of the inner being divided
by two whitish lines; the petals are broadish, concave and
obtuse; both outer and inner petals are a uniform purple,
but the former are the darkest. The stigmas are orange,
small, varying in length in different flowers, some being higher,
others lower than the anthers.

8. C. vernus Pháeton. Flowers freely and early in the
middle season. The leaves are few and grow upright. The
flowers are rather small ; the top of the tube is purple; the
three outer petals are purple, with the mark at the baee

:* See Horticultural Transactions, vol. 1: page 123.

By JosEPH SABINE, Esq. 477

darker; the petals are narrow at the top, and slightly concave;
the inner petals are beautifully feathered with lilae and white,
their edges neatly pencilled with white. The stigmas are
small, yellow, equal to the anthers. This is the variety
figured as the Crocus Neapolitanus in the Botanical Magazine,
tab. 860, where it is well represented, though there seems to
be no good authority for considering that name as belonging
toit. Itis called Phàeton by some of the Dutch gardeners.

9. C. vernus maculosus. The flowers are not very abundant,
they come late, and remain some time. The leaves are short
and broad. The flowers are large and obovate; the spathe
rises to the top of the tube, which is thick, and slightly marked
with purple; the petals are large, broadly obovate, and con-
cave; the spots at the base are pale, small, feathered, and
divided by two white lines; the upper parts of both inner
and outer petals are blotched with purple on a lilac ground,
the edges of the inner petals are marked with white. The
stigmas are large, orange, and equal to the anthers.

10. C. vernus turbinatus. Flowers tolerably freely and early
in the middle season. The leaves are short and broad. The
flowers stand high, are large, very truncated at top; tube
purple at top; the outer petals marked with large dark purple
spots, joined with the colour of the tube, and terminated with
very short feathered rays; the rest of their backs and their
inner side are bright purple, paler towards the lower parts ;
the inner petals paler purple, and slightly feathered with
white on their edges; all the petals at the bottom within side
are marked with short purple lines; the spot at the base
of the inner petals is paler and smaller; the petals rather
broad, but short, concave, and obtuse. Stigmas dilated, much

478 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

elevated, pale orange. This variety has a great disposition
to produce eight petals and four anthers; I have also seen it
with ten petals, looking like a double flower.

11. C. vernus clavatus. Flowers tolerably abundant and
early. Leaves very broad and short. It has a large tall
club-shaped lilac flower; the tube long, pale purple, or
lilac; with faint lines; the petals particularly wide at top,
and marked at top with dark purple feathered spots, they
are paler on the middle and lower parts, the spots at the
base are not very conspicuous, and are divided by two white
lines; the inner petals are indistinctly feathered, and are
pale at the bottom. The stigmas very large, orange, and
elevated above the anthers. ‘The flowers of this are the
largest of all next to the variety called Sabini.

12. C. vernus violaceus. Produces flowers abundantly and
early. The leaves are moderately broad, rather numerous.
The whole flower externally a rich lilac, with dark purple fea-
thered spots at the base; internally at the bottom pale, with
slight featherings; it is rather fusiform than obovate; the
tube at top purple ; the petals concave, obtuse at the top;
the inner petals paler and feathered at the edges with white ;
the spots at the back of the outer petals are not very different
from the colour of the other parts. The stigmas pale orange,
not large, elevated above the anthers.

13. C. vernus dubius. Flowers tolerably abundantly, and
remains in blossom into April. The leaves are numerous,
narrow, andlong. The flowers are tall, fusiform, and hand-
some; the tube slightly purplish at top, running down-
wards with fine lines, and rising upwards in undefined spots
into the petals; the outer petals are long and lanceolate,

By JosePn SABINE, Esq. 479

striped, or rather blotched, with lilac within and without ;
the inner petals shorter and paler, marked in a similar
manner. ‘The stigmas are pale orange, small, longer than the
anthers. From the lateness of the period to which the
blossoms remain, this might be considered as belonging to the
last Section. This variety has in some collections been called
Crocus Neapolitanus.

14. C. vernus pruinosus. Is tolerably abundant in flowers,
it comes late into, and remains late in blossom. The leaves,
which scarcely appear with the flower, are broad and upright.
The tube is bright purple at the top, but the colour does not
continue low down; the purple spots on the outer petals are
finely feathered into the petal, and divided by white lines,
which do not extend to the edge of the spot; the upper part
of the outer petals dark and minutely feathered on the edges
within, pale below, and dark at the top ; the inner petals
deeply and beautifully feathered over the whole surface within
and without. "The stigmas yellow, equal to the anthers.

15. C. vernus fusiformis. Flowers freely, but rather late.
The leaves numerous, narrow, short at the time of flowering,
and spreading afterwards. The flowers are very slender and
smaller than most others; the tube much elongated, lilac at
top, and running with an extended narrow pale spot into the
petals, which are paler next the spot, darker lilae at the top ;
petals lanceolate and narrow; the inner petals shorter than
the outer, a little feathered at the — The stigmas small,
orange, above the anthers.

16. C. vernus stylosus. Flowers very early and abundantly.
Leaves rather numerous, broad, and spreading. "The flower
elevated, with a long tube; thetube purple at top, running

480 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

into spots on the petals; the petals narrow and long, the
outer ones concave, pale purple, and very pale on the sides
of the spots at the base; the inner petals light purple,
beautifully feathered and veined with white. The stigmas
deeply divided, pale orange, long, and aeria: themselves at
the top of the flower when it is closed.

17. C. vernus plumbeus. (See Plate XI. Fig. 10.) This
flowers not very abundantly, but early in the middle season.
"The leaves rather numerous, become long and grow upright.
The flowers fusiform and contracted at the base ; the tube
is marked with purple at the top; the petals narrow, long,
and rather concave ; the base of the petals purple, but not
in spots; the outer petals a bluish lilac, the spots at the base
diluted into and mixed with the colour of the petals, and
divided at bottom by white lines; the inner petals within
and without feathered with white on lilac. The stigmas pale
orange, small, a little longer than the anthers.

18. C. vernus inflatus. (See Plate XI. Fig. 13.) Flowers
tolerably abundantly, early in the middle season. Leaves
few, rather broad and grow long. The flowers large, much
swollen out; the tube very thick, marked with purple at the
top; the petals very large, obovate, concave, and forming a
perfect obovate flower, they are pale at the bottom, with a
dark spot more feathered than usual, having a pair of white
lines in the middle separated by a narrow purple line, the
inside of the petals whitish at bottom, feathered and running
into the lilac colour of the upper parts. The stigmas yellow,
they are situated near to the tap of the flower, and stand
above the anthers.

19. C. vernus tulipaceus. It flowers abundantly and E

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 481

and is a singular and beautiful variety. Leaves rather nu-
merous, short at first, spreading after. Flowers large, some:
what obovate; the spathe rising to the top of the tube;
the tube thick, and pale purple; the petals broad and obtuse,
concave; the inner ones like the outer, but a little paler; the
whole pale lilac, externally and internally striped irregularly
and curiously with dark purple in the manner of a tulip, and
not in featherings, as in most other Crocuses. The stigmas
pale orange, high above the anthers.

20. C. vernus pallens. Flowers not very abundantly, but
early in the middle season. Leaves numerous, become long
and grow upright. The flowers are long and fusiform; the
tube particularly long, elevating the flower considerably;
the top of the tube, and the spots on the lower parts of
the petals bluish purple, the remainder pale, blotched with
darker purple towards the top; the petals narrow, slightly
coneave, and long ; inside of the petals pale, and white at bot-
tom. The stigmas orange, elevated above the anthers. It
was the C. purpureus pallens of Mr. GEORGE ANDERSON’S
Collection.

21. C. vernus minutus. Flowers rather abundantly, is late
and continues one of the longest. Leaves numerous and
become long. The top of the tube dark lilac, with oblong
lilac spots at the base of the petals; the other parts of the
petals pale lilac, paler next the spot; the petals are narrow,
short and lanceolate ; the inner petals are paler and a little
feathered. Stigmas fine, small, pale yellow, equal to the
anthers.

29. C. vernus pallidus. Flowers late in the middle sea-
son, not abundantly. The leaves are not numerous, they are

VOL. VII. SR

482 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, &c.

longer than the flowers in the blooming season. The flowers
fusiform tapering at the bottom, and widening upwards;
the tube slender, dark purple at top, running into dark pur-
ple narrow spots on the petals; the outer petals are lance-
olate, long and pointed, pale lilae, palest round the spot;
the inner petals very pale, and slightly feathered. The stigmas
slender, orange, and above the anthers.

23. C. vernus Neapolitanus precoz. Produces flowers
abundantly and very early. It has not much merit otherwise.
The leaves are narrow, grow long and spreading. The flowers
are sharp pointed and thin in texture; the top of the tube
and base of the petals lilae, the spot not defined ; the petals
lanceolate, flat, pale lilac, somewhat stained and blotched ;
the inner petals paler and less stained. Stigmas small, yellow,
and above the anthers.

24. C. vernus lilacinus precox. Flowers freely and very
early. It is the earliest variety of C. vernus in flower. The
leaves are not abundant, they grow upright and become long.
The blossoms are long and fusiform; the top of the tube
purple ; the petals pale lilac, lanceolate, the inner rather wider
than the outer, narrow, upright, and flat; the base of the
petals with long narrow purple spots; the petals strongly
striped with darker purple markings; the inner petals paler.
The stigmas straw coloured, small and much above the
anthers. |

Secrion II.

VARIEGATED VERNAL CROCUSES, having blossoms, the
bottoms of the petals of which are distinctly spotted with

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 483

purple, and the other parts of the petals marked with dark
irregular featherings on a pale ground.

25. C. vernus pictus.

26. C. — fucatus.

25. C. vernus pictus. (See Plate XI. Fig. 15.) Flowers early
in the middle season, but not very freely. The leaves few,
broad, and rather spreading. The tube and bases of the
petals a shining rich dark purple; the petals large, broad,
and obovate, forming an obovate flower, though not a very
perfect one; the outer petals at back are most beautifully
marked; from the spots at the base, at even distances
from each other, rise from five to seven purple lines on a
whitish ground ; the lines towards the middle of the petals
become feathered and gradually widen till they are united in
broad feathered patches of purple on the top; the backs
of the inner petals are covered with large broad purple
feathers on white ground, the inside of the outer petals are
like the outside of the inner petals ; the inside of the inner
petals are beautifully feathered with purple and white. Stig-
mas deep yellow, very large, standing above the anthers.

26. C. vernus fucatus. (See Plate Xl. Fig. 14.) - Raised
by Mr. Wirriaws of Turnham Green. It first flowered in
the year 1809, and was then named Mrs. CLARKE. Flowers
rather late in the middle season. The leaves are few, and
grow upright. It produces but few blossoms, they are not well
shaped, but are long, wide at the top, and contraeted at bot-
tom; the top of the tube and lower part of the petals are
a peculiarly rich purple ; the petals are long, pointed, concave,
rather irregular, the whole middle part of the petals within
and without is a rich mottled purple ending in featherings,

*

484 Account and Description of Spring -Crocuses, $c.

which run towards the margins, and these are white ; the inner
petals are like the outer, but paler; there is great variation
in the size and disposition of the markings. The stigmas a
‘little longer than the anthers, of an orange colour, broad, and
much dilated. |

Section III.

SPorrED VERNAL Cnocusrs, having blossoms, the outer
petals of which are blotched or spotted with dark purple, and
the other parts of the same marked with white; the inner
petals having something of the same character.

27. C. vernus dorsalis.

28. C. Unguis.
29. C. Unguis major.
30. C. leucorhyncus. *

27. C. vernus dorsalis. Opens its flowers the end of
March, and is in full perfection the beginning of April.
Leaves short and grow upright. The flowers are tolerably
abundant, very beautiful, obovate, but not large; the tube
short, thick, striped at top with purple; the spathe grow-
ing above the tube; the outer petals broad, obovate and
concave, marked on the. base at the outside with an obscure
purple feathered spot, divided in the middle by two longish
broad white stripes, rising high up the petals, with a dark
purple line between them; the rest of the petals purple, with
a dark blotch near the top, but terminated by a paler mar-
gin, paler within, white at the base; the inner petals a little
smaller and paler, feathered within and without with lilac
on a paler ground. The stigmas orange, thick, short, about
equal with the anthers, which are also short. The lateness of

By Josern Sagne, Esq. 485

the period of which this variety flowers would almost justify
its being tranferred to the last section.

28. C. vernus Unguis. Flowers not very freely, but early in
the middle season; the blossoms go off soon. Leaves few,
broad and spreading. The flowers inclining to be obovate,
and of moderate size, of a beautiful lilac, with white tips;
spathe long; the tube purplish, as well as the base of the
outer petals ; all the petals marked at their tops with white ;
the inner petals are feathered within and pale without, with
white tops; the part of the petals next the spot is pale, gra-
dually darkening towards the top, and abruptly terminating
inthe white top. "The stigmas orange, equal to the anthers.

29. C. vernus Unguis major. Does not produce many flowers;
they open early in the middle season, and go off soon. Re-
sembles the last, but is larger, and the colour of the whole of
the petals is paler in all the parts. The stigmas deep orange.
and shorter than the anthers. — .

30. C. vernus leucorhyncus. (See Plate 11, Fig. 12.)
Pheasant's Feather Crocus, so called by Mr. Wirrraws,
of Turnham Green, who raised the variety. Shows its head
very early, but proceeds slowly to opening, and is in blossom
in the latter season, but not late; does not produce many
flowers. Leaves not abundant, of moderate breadth, and
upright. The flowers are small and short, and most con-
spicuous as they rise ; the top of the tube is white; the petals
small and concave, the inner ones shorter than the outer; the
whole of the petals pale except the tops, which have a small
purple spot, surmounted with a patch of pure white, occu-
pying the whole top of the petals; the inner petals are
tipped with white, but have not so much of the dark colour

486 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

below, but only a tinge of purple. The stigmas orange, and
shorter than the anthers.

Section IV...

STRIPED VERNAL Crocuses, having blossoms,in which both

the inner and outer petals are regularly striped or feathered.
31. C. vernus pulchellus.
32. C.
33. C. — —— striatus.

31. C.vernus pulchellus. (See Plate 11, Fig. 19.) A seed-
ling of my own raising. Flowers early in the middle season.
Leaves not abundant, of a moderate breadth, being rather
long, and grow upright. The flowers stand very high (the
highest of any) on the tube, and are not produced in great
numbers, they are fusiform ; the tube very long, marked with
six faint lines running into the centre of the petals; the
petals lanceolate, narrow, folding in on the sides, contracted
at the top, of a very delicate lilae, at the bottom paler or
nearly white ; the whole neatly marked at the bottom with
lines oflilae, and above by pale featherings extending over the
whole surface; the backs of the outer petals are more con-
spicuously marked than the others; the inside of all the
petals lightly feathered. The stigmas orange, standing a little
above the anthers.

32. C. vernus lineatus. Flowers early in the middle season,
not plentifully. The leaves are rather spreading and narrow.
Flowers middle sized ; the whole of them including the tube
beautifully striped and feathered with pale lilac on a paler
ground; the stripings on the tube, and just above it, darkest ;
the petals oblong, slightly concave and long; at the bases of

lineatus.

By Josgrn SABINE, Esq. 487

the outer petals, the stripes are in three broadish lines. The
anthers are a little longer than the stigmas, which are orange
and not large. .
33. C. vernus striatus. This is the kind usually sold as |
the Striped Crocus. Flowers abundantly, early, and is very
beautiful. Leaves very numerous, rather narrow, short at
first, and spreading afterwards. It produces a sharp pointed
fusiform flower, not opening well; tube white; the petals
long, lanceolate, narrow and flat, blotched at the base with
small irregular purple spots and lines, those on the outer
being spots, on the inner they are lines; the backs of the
outer petals very faintly tinged with lilac, having one faint pur-
plish line along the centre; the outer petals are marked
within with a large lilac spot, feathered to the edges, which
are white ; the inner petals shorter, marked within and without
with fine feathered lilac lines on a white ground, the edges
being white. The stigmas small, shorter than the anthers.

Section V.

Gray VERNAL Cnocusrs, having blossoms, with the ex-
ternal parts of the outer petals a dingy white or gray colour,
the internal parts of the same colour and the inner petals
being much feathered or striped; coloured at the top of the
tube generally, but not in all cases.

34. C. vernus Glorianella.

35. C. Gloriana.
36. C. variegatus.
37. C. ——— propinquus.
88. C. dentosus.
39. C. ——— bicolor.

40. C. reticulatus.

488 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

4]. C. griseus.
42, C. —2—— pectinatus.
43. C. incurvus.
44, C. lineellus.
45.- C. obesus.

34. C. vernus Glorianella. Flowers rather plentifully but
late. Leaves numerous, narrow, upright, and grow long.
The flowers are small, fusiform, and very beautiful ; the tube
is a deep lilac colour which runs up into the petals in spots ;
the petals narrow, lanceolate, slightly concave; the outer ones
with lilac spots at the base, terminated by three short sharp
points; the rest of the back gray, with an obscure feathering
at the top ; inside in the middle is a uniform lilac spot, fea-
thered to the edge, darker at the top; the inner petals on
both sides with broad lilac featherings on a white ground ;
the featherings do not extend to the edges. The stigmas
small, yellow, extending a little above the anthers.

35. C. vernus Gloriana. (See Plate 11, Fig. 18.) Flowers
in moderate quantity, and. early in the middle season.
Leaves of moderate breadth and spreading. The flowers in-
cline to an obovate shape ; tube faintly marked with purple
at the top ; the petals are elongated, narrow at bottom, and
widening much upwards; on the outer petals at bottom is
a broad line of purple, terminating upwards in three elon-
gated points; the rest of the back is gray, marked within
with a broad feathered spot; the inner petals within and
without are marked with broad purple feathered lines on
white ground. The stigmas orange, longer than the anthers.

36. C. vernus variegatus. Does not produce many flowers,
these open in the middle season, and are very fine and
beautiful. Leaves rather numerous, grow long and spreading.

By Josrru SABINE, Esq. 489

Flowers tall, large, and club-shaped; the tube very much
elongated and purple for some length at its top; the petals
large, long, irregularly concave, the outer ones marked at
bottom with a bright lilac spot, terminating upwards with
sharp pointed rays; the rest of the petals a dingy white
or gray ; the inner petals on their outsides having the greater
part of the centre occupied with a broad patch of lilac, which is
deeply feathered at the top and sides, the edges of the petals
being a dingy white; sometimes the outer petals towards the
top shew a stain of purple through from the inner part ; the
insides of all the petals are marked with purple, and feathered
like the outsides of the inner petals, with less colour in the
inner than in the outer petals. The stigmas are orange,
and large, elevated above the anthers.

37. C. vernus propinquus. A variety of the preceding;
differs in the backs of the inner petals having the lines
broader, with the appearance of being blotched; in other
respects similar, except that the leaves are shorter.

38. C. vernus dentosus. Approaches to C. vernus variegatus.
Flowers not abundantly and rather late. Leaves very nume-
rous, long, and spreading. The flowers are large, and some-
what obovate; tube purple, which colour runs into the spots
on the petals; the petals broad, obtuse, concave; the outer
ones marked with purple spots, the tops terminated by short
points, the remainder being gray ; the inside of the outer petals
beautifully feathered with purple on white ground ; the inner
petals with fine featherings running from the spots towards the
edges of the petals, but not reaching the margins, being wider
at top, with the margin white; the inside of the inner petals

VOL. VII. 38

490 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, &c.

feathered as the inside of the outer, the bottom being white.
The stigmas deep orange, not large, much shorter than the
anthers.

39. C. vernus bicolor. Flowers tolerably freely, and in
the middle season. Leaves numerous, narrow, long, and
grow upright. The flowers are oblong; the petals lanceolate,
narrow, and long; the top of the tube and lower parts of the
petals purple; the rest of the backs of the outer petals gray,
tinged and feathered at the top with very pale lilac marks ;
the spots at the base of the outer petals pointed with three
rays; the insides of these feathered with pale lilac ; the inner
petals, both within and without marked with pale lilac fea-
thered stains on white ground. The stigmas unequal, much
divided, and reaching to near the top of the flower, and high
above the anthers.

40. C. vernus reticulatus. Blossoms late, producing few
flowers. Leaves few, short, and spreading. The tube purple,
ending below in lines, which run into the petals in spots, and
these are terminated by three feathered points; the spots on
the inner petals paler ; the backs of the outer petals grayish
white, the insides of the outer petals, and both sides of the
inner, uniformly marked by lilac feathered stripes on white
ground. The stigmas pale orange, not large, standing nearly
equal to the anthers.

41. C. vernus griseus. Flowers early in the middle season.
Leaves not numerous, broad, and short. The flowers are few,
short, and thick ; tube purple at top; the petals broad, short,
concave, and obovate ; the outer ones with a broadish purple
spot at their base, ending obscurely in three points, and run-

By JosgPn SABINE, Esq. 491

ning below into the tube ; the rest gray, with faint featherings
of purple ; the inner petals with a large purple feather over
the whole, rising from a purple spot; the inside of all with
pale purple feathers on white ground. Stigmas deep orange,
rather large, shorter than the anthers, which are very large.

42. C. vernus pectinatus. Flowers late and in good quan-
tity. Leaves numerous, narrow, become long, and grow up-
right. The flowers approaching to obovate; the top of the
tube, and the whole lower part of the flower white both within
and without ; the backs of the outer petals white, showing the
internal featherings transparently through, and occasionally
marked with broadish or narrow purple stripes, variously
disposed ; the inside of the outer petals and both sides of the
inner petals marked with lilac stripes and featherings on a
white ground, the lines not extending to the margin. Stigmas
pale orange, large, shorter than the anthers.

48. C. vernus incurvus, Flowers freely and abundantly
early in the second season. Leaves few and broad, grow long
and spreading. The flowers well shaped ; tube at top deep
purple, which, running into rich purple spots on the petals,
end in the outer in three lines, terminated by points ; the
petals large, concave, forming an obovate flower; the back of
the outer petals gray, showing the marks through; in the
inner petals the lines from the tube, instead of terminating
in points, run to the top in conspicuous lines, feathered on
the top on a white ground ; the insides of all the petals are
marked with purple widely feathered lines. The stigmas
rise above the anthers, and are small and orange.

44. C.vernus lineellus. Flowers tolerably freely and early
in the middle season. Leaves numerous, and grow very long

492 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

and spreading. The flowers of moderate size ; the top of the
tube deep purple, as well as the bottom of the petals; the
spots at the bottom of the petals ending in points; petals
lanceolate, upright, scarcely concave ; the backs of the outer
petals dullish white, obscurely feathered ; their inside, as well
as both sides of the inner petals, elegantly striped with pale
lilac lines on white ground. Stigmas orange, very short, much
below the anthers.

45. C. vernus obesus. Flowers freely and late in the middle
season. Leaves numerous, grow long, and spread wide.
Spathe reaching high up the tube; the tube of the flower
thick, and stained with rich purple, which colouring is united
with the purple spots of the petals; the petals are short,
blunt, and concave, thin in texture, the outer larger than the
inner; the bases of the petals are marked with large purple
spots, which in the outer petals are terminated by points or
rays ; the rest of the petals being grayish white; on the backs
of the inner petals the spots are terminated by lines which
extend up the petals ; the inside of all the petals are marked
by narrow light purple lines, extending over them to nearly
their tops and edges. The stigmas orange, a little shorter
than the anthers.

Section VI.

Wurte Verna Crocusgs, having blossoms with the ex-
ternal parts of the outer petals white (except the base,
which in some is marked with purple,) the internal parts of
the same, and the inner petals, being either striped with
narrow stripes on white ground, or white.

46. C. vernus crassus.
ATs: C; Andersonii.

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 493

48. C. ——— parvulus.

49. C trilineatus.
50. C. obsoletus.
St G: albus major.
52. €. albus minor.

46. C. vernus crassus. Flowers moderate in number and
come late in the middle season. Leaves abundant, broad,
grow very long and upright. The flowers large and obovate ;
the spathe higher than the tube; tube short, dark purple
running into the petals; the outer petals white, with a short
purple spot at the base terminated with points; the rest of
the outer petals white, with faint lines inside; the inner
petals have a large spot on the base at their outside, from
which lines run up the petal, the same is less conspicuously
marked on their inside; the petals broad, obtuse, of thin sub-
stance, concave. The stigmas bright orange, very large, much
shorter than the anthers. |

47. C.vernus Andersonu. (See Plate XI. Fig. 16.) The
C. vernus giganteus of Mr. GEonaE AwpEnsow. Flowers
abundantly in the middle season, but not early. Leaves
numerous, narrow and short. The flowers are obovate, very
grand, standing well above the ground; the top of the tube
purple, with white intervals ; the purple running up into, and
forming large pointed spots at the base of the petals; which
are otherwise all white, obovate, and concave. The stigmas
are elevated above the anthers, and are large and yellow.

48. C. vernus parvulus. Produces its flowers rather late.
Leaves few, broadish, short and spreading. The flowers are
fusiform, small, and not very numerous ; the tube striped with
lilac lines which rise into the base of the petals. The outer
petals at their base marked with three lilac lines; the rest

494 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, &c.

white, within in the middle of the petals are five lilac narrow
feathered lines; the inner petals have similar lilac lines at
their base, and faint feathers above on the outside, within they
are feathered rather more than the insides of the outer petals.
'The stigmas orange, longer than the anthers.

49. C. vernus trilineatus. Produces a tolerable number of
flowers but late. Leaves rather broad, short and spreading.
The flowers are of moderate size; the spathe grows high ;
the tube of the flower thick, marked with short purple lines,
mostly, but not in all cases, united to the lines on the petals ;
on the bases of the three outer petals are three purple short
lines parallel to each other; three similar lines are on the base
ofthe inner petals, but these, especially the middle one, some-
times run higher up the petals; the remaining parts of the petals
are pure white, except that there are occasionally three faint
narrow lines on the inside of the inner petals. The stigmas
pale orange, very short, much below the tops of the anthers.

50. C. vernus obsoletus. Blossoms moderately in the
middle season. Leaves of moderate breadth, short, and
grow very erect. The flowers are not of a good shape;
they are perfectly white except at the base of the petals; on
each of the three outer petals is a single short line of purple
running into the tube; the three inner petals have at their
base three purple lines, the centre of which only runs into the
tube, varying however, and being in some cases broader than
in others. The stigmas are orange, and very short, much
below the anthers.

51. C. vernus albus major. (See Plate XI. Fig. 11. The
flowers are produced early in the middle ‘season. The
leaves are few; of moderate breadth, grow long and. erect.

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 495

The flowers are largish, rather numerous, they do not grow
high and are nearly obovate ; the petals are short, very trans-
parent, broad and obovate; the whole flower pure white,
without any colour. Stigmas bright orange, not small, shorter
than the anthers which are pale yellow.

52. C. vernus albus minor. Blossoms rather abundantly
and late in the middle season. Leaves very abundant,
narrow, and grow upright. The flowers are small and club
shaped. The petals are pure white, free from any sort of
colour, narrow and lanceolate, forming a small flower. The
stigmas are orange, a little shorter than the anthers, which are
very pale.

Section VII.

Late VERNAL Cnocusrs. The only distinguishing charac-
ter of this Section is the lateness of their flowering, and though
the varieties at present belonging to it are all dark coloured,
and would, were it not for the time when their blossoms are
produced, have been classed with the Purples; yet as it is
possible that seedlings may be obtained hereafter, possessing
the same property of late flowering, with all the variations of
colouring belonging to the other Sections, it seems best to

separate them.
; 53. C. vernus delectus.

54, Neapolitanus.
55. alpinus,

56. ——— Aprilis.

57. — —— tardiflorus.

53. C. vernus delectus. Flowers tolerably abundantly.
Opens its blossoms the end of March, when all the preceding
varieties with the exception of a few only oftheir late flowers
are quite over. It is in perfection the beginning of April. The

496 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, $c.

leaves are short and broad, growing upright. The blossoms
are very beautiful, obovate, but not large ; the tube is short,
thick, and striped at top with purple; the outer petals are
broad, obovate, and concave, marked at the base on the out-
side with an obscure purple feathered spot, divided in the
middle by two broad white stripes running through it up the
petals, with a dark purple line feathered at the top, between
them ; the remainder of these petals are purple, with a dark
blotch near the top, but are terminated by a paler margin ;
within they are paler, and white at the base; the inner petals
are somewhat smaller and paler, feathered within and with-
out with lilac on a lighter ground. The stigmas are orange,
thick and short, about equal with the anthers, which are
yellow. This is a Crocus of much excellence, its time of
flowering, its fine colour, and beautiful markings, combine to
render it of great value.

54. C. vernus Neapolitanus. Flowers tolerably abun-
dantly, and remains perfectly in blossom into April The
leaves are narrow, rather long and upright. The flowers are
tall, fusiform, and handsome; the tube slightly purple at
top, which colour runs downwards with fine lines, and rises
upwards into undefined spots on the petals ; the outer petals
are rather long, and lanceolate, striped or rather blotched
with lilac within and without; the inner petals are shorter
and paler, marked in a similar manner. The stigmas are pale
orange, small, rather longer than the anthers. I consider
this variety to be the one to which the name of Neapolitanus
properly belongs ; it is probably of Italian origin.

55. C. vernus alpinus. A free flowering kind, opening
its blossoms the end of March, and continuing perfect far into

By Josgen SABINE, Esq. 497

April. Leaves few and upright. Flowers small and fusiform ;
the top of the tube pale purple, running into a pale undefined
spot at the base of the outer petals; the remainder of these
petals are pale purple, paler near the spot, and darker to-
wards the top; the inner petals are pale and obscurely
feathered, shorter than the outer. Stigmas small, pale
orange, shorter than the anthers, which are yellow. This was
called C. Alpinus by Mr. GEoRGE ANDERSON, he understood
that it came from Switzerland, and thought it distinct from
C. vernus ; I cannot however separate it.

56. C. vernus Aprilis. Is not in full flower till the begin-
ning of April, and produces its blossoms very abundantly till
the middle of the month. The leaves are not numerous, short,
narrow and upright. The flowers are small and fusiform;
the top of the tube is dark purple, running into dark purple
feathered spots at the base of the petals, those on the inner
petals are smaller than those on the outer; the petals are
lanceolate, pointed, somewhat concave, purple within and
without, palish next the spots at the base ; on the tops of the
inner petals are slight featherings. The stigmas are very
small, orange, standing above the anthers which are yellow.
Too much cannot be said in commendation of this variety ;
during the whole of the first part of April, it renders the
garden gay with its richly coloured and numerous blossoms.

57. C. vernus tardiflorus. Is the last to appear, coming
out in April and is in perfection in the middle of the
month. Is tolerable freein flowering. Leaves short, few and
upright. Flowers short, small and fusiform, more resem-
bling those of C. Alpinus, than those of C. Aprilis; top of
the tube purple, ending below in purple lines, and above in

VOL. VII. "rz

498 Account and Description of Spring Crocuses, §c.

a dark undefined feathered spot; petals of equal length, the

outer ones purple, the inner ones prettily feathered. Stigmas
large, orange, much longer than the anthers which are pale
yellow. -This is a very fine variety, but neither so rich nor
prolific in flowers as the preceding, but it has the merit of
being something later in blossoming.

Postscript.

Whilst this Paper has been in the press, the two Crocuses mentioned at p. 438,
as having been found growing in the Park of Sir Henry Bunavury in Suffolk,
have been published in the Botanical Magazine and in the Supplement to English
Botany, from specimens sent from the same place. The species which I have de-
scribed as Crocus lagenseflorus is called in both these works (Bot. Mag. fol. 2986
and Eng. Bot. Sup. fol. 2646) Crocus aureus, I have given my reasons, at page
444, for considering the Crocus aureus of Flora Greca distinct from Crocus
lagenzeflorus, and I still retain this opinion. The other species, my Crocus argen-
teus, is called in the latter work (Eng. Bot. Sup. fol. 2645) Crocus praecox; but
though C. argenteus is quoted as a synonym, no reason is assigned for the adop-
tion of this new name. It is identified in the other work (Bot. Mag. fol. 2991)
with the. Crocus minimus (Red. Lil. vol. 2, tab. 81) of Repouré ; this is cer-
tainly a very happy conjecture of my valued friend Dr. Hooxer, and I should
be disposed to agree with him so far, as to consider C. minimus to be the form
assumed by C. pusillus (to which I have stated, page 455, my C. argenteus to
be nearly alhed) in Corsica, the habitat of C. minimus, had not the represen-
tation of the root by Repouré been such as to make it impossible, unless an
error in the figure is admitted, for the bulb is drawn without the characteristic
circular division of its coat; a mistake into which the artist in English Botany
has also fallen.. The bulbs of C. argenteus found at Barton have that character.
—The further investigation respecting these Suffolk Crocuses made in these works
almost satisfies me that Sir James SwrrH was wrong in supposing the C. Meesia-
cus (called by him C. reticulatus} to be one of the species growing in Sir HENRY
BuxsunY's Park.—On the Plate of the Supplement to English Botany on which
the C. lagenzeflorus is figured, is represented a flower of a Yellow Crocus with
stripes on the bases of ‘its petals, and which I am informed was taken from a
specimen received with the others ; this is doubtless the plant which was mentioned
to me (see page 438) as C. luteus ; it.may be that species, or if not, it is a distinct
variety of C. aureus ; if the latter, it will be new to our gardens.

[ 499 ]

LI. On the Cultivation of Air Plants in Stoves. Ina
Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Tuomas FAIRBAIRN,.
F. H. S.

Read September 2, 1828.
Sir,

Ix the Summer of 1813, I flowered the Air Plant, or Aerides
odoratum, very finely ; it was one complete basket of flowers,
and is in the recollection of many Gentlemen who were in
the habit of going to see Sir Josera Banks, at his library
in Soho Square ; the plant was kept there for some weeks.
The treatment was as follows:—I put the plant when first
received, into a basket with old tan and moss, and hung it
up in the Pine House, wheré it was exposed to the summer
sun and to the fire heat in winter; a tub of water was placed
near it, so that I could take down and plunge the basket six
or seven times a day, or as often as I passed it.

The Air Plant that I have flowered so successfully lately at
Claremont is Renanthera coccinea ; it was brought from China
by Captain Mircuet, in 1824. Its treatment has been nearly
the same as that above described, with some variation how-
ever, which cultivators may find an improvement :—first, some
old rotten roots of fern and moss were collected, and put
into the bottom of a china jar, in which the plant was placed,
it was then covered nearly over with the same materials, and
as roots were made, they were covered with more moss; it .
was then suspended over the flue where the fire comes into
the house, and a large water-pot, with a syringe was always

500 On the Cultivation of Air Plants.

ready to give the plant a plentiful supply of water at every
opportunity, by which means that part of the house was kept
moist.

I should add, that the young roots in winter time ought to
be well covered from strong fire heat, or they may dry up too
quickly. The east end of the house is-to be preferred for
suspending the baskets, boxes, or pots, in which the plants are
grown; the water can be applied to them there both in the
morning and in the afternoon, and they can be kept more
moist there than if they were on the west side. The plants
may be also placed on the flues, but in all cases it is necessary
to keep them damp; and care must be taken to surround
them with sufficient moss to retain the moisture. É

My success has been such with the above treatment as to
produce six spikes of flowers on a single plant.

I am, Sir,
your most obedient humble Servant,

Tuomas FAIRBAIRN.
Claremont Gardens,

August 25, 1828.

[ 501 ]

LII. Upon the Cultivation of the Bouvardia triphylla. In
a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Jons Mearns, F. H.S.

Read April 21, 1829.
SIR,

Iss down to communicate to you my method of cultivating,
in a wholesale sort of way, that charming old plant, the Bou-
vardia triphylla. I have at this time 100 plants of it, which
will blossom strong this summer in the flower garden here,
50 of which are only from roots of last year's propagation ;
and many of these flowered the same season, although not
planted till April. This year they will become strong flower-
ing plants towards the autumn, after the first bloom is over.
My method of treating them is as follows :—ahout the
middle of April I collect all my Bouvardias together, from
the places where they have been kept through the dormant
season, some among my Orange Tubs, others in cold frames,
and others under the stage of the Green House. I tum
them all out of their pots, shaking the soil completely from
their roots; I trim off most of the large roots, yet retain as
many of the fine fibrous ones as possible; I likewise at the
same time cut down all the former year's shoots, retaining only
two, three, or four eyes on each, according to the strength
and age of the plant. I then plant them in pots suitable to
the size of the plants, taking care neither to overpot them,
nor to cramp the roots by confinement. "When I have got
all potted, and watered to settle the earth about their roots,
I place them in a cold frame, which I cover with hay and

502 Upon the Cultivation of the Bouvardia triphylla.

mats at night; I keep the lights close during the night, and
even in the day unless the sun is very strong upon them, till
they begin to grow, when I give them portions of air, ac-
cording to the day, and their advance in growth. Subse-
quently I leave the lights off through the day, and lastly do
not put them on at night. In about a week after they have
been thus exposed, I plant them finally out for the season,
either in clumps by themselves, or distributed among other
plants, when they are soon in fine bloom, and continue to
flower till Christmas. By the autumn some of the year's
shoots will have attained nearly a yard in length, and will
be crowned with fine luxuriant clusters of their splendid
trumpet-like flowers.

The beauty of the plants thus treated, has been the admi-
ration of those who have long known the plant, but have only
seen it managed in the usual way ; under which one or two of
them are kept stinted in pots, in which its flowering season :
soon terminates, and its blossoms are not so attractive as
those of the Scarlet Trumpet Honeysuckle.

As soon as I apprehend frost, I take up the plants with
balls of earth attached to the roots, disturbing the young
growing fibres as little as I can help, and place them care-
fully in pots that will admit of a little good mellow soil under
the ball and around it. When they are thus replaced in pots
and watered, so as to settle the mould, those which are in
luxuriant blossom I mix among my Green-house Plants,
where they make a- splendid appearance till January. When
the plants begin to shed their leaves, and the flowers are
nearly gone, I then put them out of P as mentioned
above, until April.

By Mr. Jonn Mearns. 503

I continue the treatment of them as before stated, and it
may be continued for many years, for the application of fresh
soil, the trimming the old roots, the great luxuriance gained
by growing without confinement of their roots in congenial
soil in summer, renovate the plauts, which could not be done
by any other means of culture.

I propagate the Bouvardia by cuttings of the roots, which
I manage as follows:—I fill some large fruiting Pine pots
with good fresh mellow loam, well blended with either tho-
roughly rotten dung, or vegetable mould; I plant my roots
all over the pot, beginning in a circle round the outside, open-
ing the soil, and planting them with my middle finger, and
continue filling up one circle within another till I finish in
the centre of the pot or pots, leaving no more of the roots
visible above the surface than just the top. I then water and
place them in a Hot-house, where the night temperature is
between 60° and 70°. As soon as the shoots get to between
four and five inches high, I transfer the plants singly into
pots of a small size, and by degrees harden them, after they
have been established ; whenthey have made some progress,
after this transplanting, I plant them out into a bed four feet
wide, eight inches between the rows, and four inches in the
row ; where, if the soil is good, many will soon be in flower.
I pot them again before frost, and treat them as I described
for my older plants.

I ought to remark, that the first shoots of the Bouvardia
do not grow very luxuriant, but when the first blossoms are
going off, and the plants begin to feel the fresh soil with
freedom to their roots, in a congenial climate, they throw up

504 Upon the Cultivation of the Bouvardia triphylla.

very luxuriant shoots from the bottom, terminated with strong
blossoms, in the manner of the China Roses in Autumn, and
these make a splendid show.

I have the honour to be, Sir,
your most obedient humble Servant,
JoHN MEARNS.

Shobden Court, Herefordshire,
13th April, 1829.

[ 505 ]

LIII. On the probable cause of the Russet in Apples. Ina
Letter to the Secretary. By Jous Wirrraws, Esg.
C. M. H. S,

Read October 7, 1828.

My DEAR Sir,

I er desirous of drawing your attention to the different
appearance Apples and Pears assume in different seasons.
Apples usually coated with russet, and subject to have their
skins cracked, are often smooth and free from cracks in dry
summers. -They were much cracked and russetted in the
wet years of 1816 and 1817. A great drought set in after
the middle of May in the year 1818, and we had scarcely a
shower till the Apples were ripe in the autumn. The fruit
was then free from russet, large, but not good flavoured, and
I particularly remarked the Apple called * Sam Young,"
which is usually much cracked and coated with russet, had
lost its usual character, was of a smooth yellow colour, en-
larged in size, but not good. The alternating temperature,
light, shade, dryness, and moisture, which occur many times
in the course of a day, when July and August are showery,
are, I am inclined to think, from long continued observations
on the effects of different seasons, the causes of Apples becom-
ing bronzed with russet. Continued rain preceded and fol-
lowed by a cloudy sky, does not seem to produce the same
effect ; but the sudden intense light which commonly suc-
VOL. VII. 3 U

506 On the probable cause of the Russet in Apples.

ceeds a shower at the time the fruit is wet, injures the skin,
occasions small cracks, which when viewed through a magni-
fying glass, resemble the cracked surface called the network
ofa melon. Ifthe injury is greater, the surface turns nearly
black in spots or patches. A further injury occasions the
crack to become deeper, and enters the solid flesh of the
Apple; but if this happens in an early stage of growth, the
surface of the crack becomes dry and hard, and if the injury
is done when the fruit is nearly ripe, it rots. These accidental
injuries of the skin in the early part of the growth of the
fruit, nature patches up in the way we see, but this new sur-
face is never like the original skin, it allows the aqueous por-
tion of the pulp of the fruit to escape more freely by evapo-
ration, hence there is a httle shrinking in the part where it
happens, and the juices become richer by a kind of inspissa-
tion. Cider and Perry made from small cracked and spotted
fruit, if a fine autumn succeeds a cool showery Summer, is
always of better quality than after a hot Summer when the
fruit is larger, and as regards appearance, better ripened.
I was much inclined io make these remarks to you when I
read the paper, page 63 in the Fifth Volume of the Horti-
cultural Transactions, as I imagine the different characters
Apples assume in different seasons may be owing perhaps to
their being more or less russetted. At least I have in no in-
stance, after artificial impregnation of Apple blossoms with
the pollen of others, ever obtained any resemblance in form
or colour to the Apple I took the pollen from, and I have on
the average of the last 16 years, artificially impregnated
20 to 30 blossoms each year. I have given the pollen of the

By JonsWirrraAws, Esq. 507

Alexander Apple to Golden Pippin flowers and Siberian
Apples, and vice versa, but in no instance did the Golden
Pippin or Siberian fruit become enlarged, or the Alexander
Apple from the reverse process become diminished in size.

I remain, my dear Sir,
yours truly,

Joux WILLIAMS.
Pitmaston, Worcester,
24th September, 1828.

[ 508 ]

LIV. An Account of some new, and little known Species of
the Genus Ribes. By Mr. Davip Dovetas, F. L. S.

Read April 21, 1829.

Ix is well known that of Ribes, the genus to which the goose-
berry and currant belong, many species indigenous to both
Northern and Southern America, do, in their native soil, pro-
duce excellent fruit ; while the same species when transported
to an English climate, seldom bear any, or when they do, the
flavour is either almost insipid, or in no small degree astrin-
gent. A few exceptions, however, occur.

Among the numerous species lately introduced, and chiefly
natives of America, few possess greater claims on our atten-
tion as ornamental shrubs, than R. sanguineum, Plate XIII.
This plant, in its natural state, produces abundance of fruit,
but of so musky and unpleasant a flavour, that the berries
continue to hang on the bushes throughout the winter, even
the birds refusing to make them a part of their food. It can
hardly be expected to improve materially by culture ; certainly
never to such a degree as may entitle it to the rank of an
edible fruit ; but as it possesses considerable recommendations
of another kind, I have selected it, together with six others, all
growing in the Horticultural Society's Garden at Chiswick; to
form the subject of the following notices.

HORT. TRANS. Ved UZIZ

f A :
AA AL uy ALLY MMM Me f-

£

J Clark (cul

Account of some new Species of the Genus Ribes: 509

1. R. sanguineum : inerme, folis cordatis sub-quinquelobis serratis venosis
suprà glabriusculis subtüs villoso-tomentosis, racemis laxis pubescentibus foliis
dupló longioribus, calycibus tubulato-campanulatis: lacinüs linearibus obtusis
patentibus - petala integerrima excedentibus, bracteis obovato-spatulatis, baccis
turbinatis hirsutis.

R. sanguineum. Pursh. Fl. Am. Sep. 1, p. 164.

This forms an erect branching bush, exceeding six feet in
height, with red smooth branches, the younger twigs covered
with short, brown, bristly hairs, which fall away along with
the thin deciduous bark of the first year. The leaves are
heart-shaped, more than two inches long, one and a half
broad, dark green above, hoary and downy beneath, on foot-
stalks of equal length with the leaves, which are more or less
pubescent and glandular, having conspicuous ciliated or
slightly fringed stipules. Flower-stalks about four inches
long, lax, more pubescent than the leaves. Calyx half an
inch long, the tube nearly bell-shaped, short in proportion to
the spreading segments, pink or crimson. Petals obovate,
one third shorter than the limb, white, becoming of the same
colour as the calyx after they have been some days expanded.
Stamens of the same length as the petals. Anthers white.
Style slightly cloven. Berry turbinate, three-eighths of an
inch long, brownish black, hairy, having a tough, leathery
thick skin, with numerous, small, angular seeds, adhering toge-
ther by a small portion of limpid viscid mucus, and completely
destitute of the pulpy substance peculiar to most species of
this tribe.

So long ago as the year 1787, my esteemed friend Arcut-
BALD Menzies, Esa. during his first voyage round the world,
discovered this species near Nootka Sound, and, subsequently

510 Account of some new Species of the Genus Ribes.

on his second voyage with the celebrated Vancouver, in 1792,
found it again on various points of the coast of North West
America. From that period to 1814, it lay unnoticed in our
Herbaria ; when the above-quoted author described it, partly
from specimens collected in 1805, by the enterprizing Ame-
rican Travellers Lewis and Crank, during their memorable
journey ; and partly from specimens deposited by Mm.
Menzies, in the Herbarium of the late Sır Joseren Banxs,
and that of the British Museum. The species indeed inha-
bits a great range of country, but it is always confined to the
mountainous districts of the coast, never extending beyond
the influence of the sea breeze, having been found from Point
Bodago in 38°. to the Straits of Juan de Fuca in 49°. abun-
dantly; and, but more sparingly, even as high as 52’. N.
Latitude. It usually grows on rocky situations or on the
shingly shores of streams, in partially shaded places. It is
the most common of its tribe at “ Point George," near the
confluence of the River Columbia. Whether we consider
the delicate tints of its blossoms which appear in March and
April, the elegance of its foliage, the facility with which it is
increased and cultivated, or its capability of enduring the
severest of our winters without the least protection, it may be
regarded as one of the finest and most interesting additions
that have been made to our shrubberies for many years. If
the bushes were planted in soil having a portion of lime-
rubbish mixed with it, the blossoms would certainly be more
profuse and probably also of a deeper tint; a circumstance
which I have observed to be the case in the limestone districts
of its native woods.

By Mr. Davi» Dovetas. 511

The Society received seeds of this plant from me in October
1826, which I forwarded across the continent of America.
The bushes were planted in open borders in the spring of
1828, and last April they blossomed in great profusion, though
scarcely two years old.

2. R. viscosissimum: inerme, pilis viscidis tectum, foliis cordatis obtuse trilobis
serratis rugosis, racemis laxis folio longioribus, calycibus tubulato-ventricosis :
laciniis lanceolatis patentibus undulatis, petalis ovatis integerrimis, bracteis persis-
tentibus lineari-spatulatis pedicello dupló longioribus, baccis turbinatis hirsutis.

R, viscosissimum. Pursh. Fl. Am, Sep. 1, p. 163.

This is a large branching bush, six to eight feet high, with
perfectly smooth dark-red bark; the viscid glandular pu-
bescence which clothes the young shoots, like the preceding,
(R. sanguineum), disappears with the white, thin, deciduous
bark in spring. The /eaves are heartshaped, three-lobed, ser-
rated on the edges, rugose and veiny, three and a half inches
in length, two and a half in breadth, on footstalks of nearly
equal length, every where clothed with a copious, clammy
glandular pubescence, which emits, when touched, a peculiar
scent, like that of old apples. The flowerstalks are lax,
nearly double the length of the leaves, equally pubescent and
glutinous. The calyx is tubular, short, swollen or ventricose
in the middle, with lanceolate, spreading, and somewhat
waved segments, of a faint yellow colour, fragrant. The petals
are ovate, white, one third shorter than the limb of the calyx
and of the same length with the stamens. Style slightly
cloven. The berry is turbinate, the fourth of an inch long,
hairy, dark brown or black, with a thick tough skin. Like
R. sanguineum, the seeds are small, very numerous, adhering
together by a small quantity of colourless slimy fluid, having

512 Account of some new Species of the Genus Ribes.

no true pulp. The flavour of the berries is musky or mawkish,
and so disagreeable that two or three are sufficient to produce
vomiting. No animal, as far as I know, touches it, excepting
a species of Myoxus, which feeds on the leaves and berries in
summer, and on the bark during the winter months

It is an inhabitant only of the subalpine range of the highest
mountains, abounding in dry fissures of limestone rocks,
flowering in May, and ripening its fruit in August. On the
hills around the Kettle Falls on the Colombia River, in 48°
37° 40" N. Latitude, 118° W. Longitude, at an elevation of
8000 feet above the level of the sea, it forms a principal part
of the brush-wood, and is equally plentiful on the western
declivities of the rocky mountains, between the parallels of
46° and 52’ N. Latitude.

This magnificent species ought to have a. place in the
gardens of the curious, were it only on account of its dissimi-
larity to any of the genus.

I brought seeds of this species to England in October 1827.
The plants flowered last April, in the Garden of the Society,
but rather weakly, being only one year old.*

3. R. cereum; inerme, folis subrotundis obtusé trilobis crenatis viscidis,
racemis 3-5-floris pendulis pubescentibus longitudine foliorum, calycibus tubu-
latis laciniis ovatis reflexis: petala subreniformia dupló excedentibus, bracteis
cuneiformibus apice dentatis, baccis rubris glabris.

This bush is of more humble stature and slender habit than
the one last mentioned, growing erect, about five or six feet

high, with white smooth bark on the old branches. The
young shoots which are curved and flexible, are covered with

* This species is now nearly lost to the Garden.

By Mr. Davip Dovaras. 513

a brown viscid scentless glutinous substance, which when
exposed to the sun, acquires a rough, hardened, waxy, warty
appearance. The eaves are nearly round, bluntly three-
lobed, crenate, scarcely an inch long, of a leathery texture
and almost veinless, clothed on the upper surface with white
and (in dry weather) hardened waxy minute granulations,
quite smooth below; footstalks somewhat longer than the
leaves. The clusters are dense, of the same length as the
leaves, three or five-flowered, slightly pubescent, hanging in
great profusion below the branches, with scarcely any partial
footstalks ; bracteas wedge-shaped, glandular and toothed at
the apex. The ca/yz is tubular, imperfectly four-sided, white,
pink at the base, three-fourths of an inch long, with rounded,
short, reflected segments double the length of the minute
somewhat kidney shaped petals. Filaments, same length as
the petals; style slightly cloven. Berry spherical, small,
red and glossy, thin-skinned, rarely containing more than
three large seeds and a great quantity of insipid, viscid,
red juice.

This species in point of beauty cannot be compared to the
fragrant flowered R. aureum, and its varieties, nor can it vie
with the gaudy inflorescence of R. sanguineum. It blossoms
at the same season and with equal profusion, is equally hardy
and as readily cultivated.

On dry exposed decayed granite rocks or schist, throughout
the chain of the river Columbia from the Great Falls 45° 46°
17” N. Lat. to the source of that stream in the Rocky Moun-
tains, 52° 07’ 09” this is a common shrub, flowering in March
and April, and ripening its fruit in June.

Seeds were received in October 1826, and, under the

VOL. VII. 3 X

914 Account of some new Species of the Genus Ribes.

same treatment as the former, it flowered profusely in the
Society's Garden, last April.

4, R. petiolare: inerme, foliis cordato-trilobis serratis utrinque punctato-glan-
dulosis, petiolis longissimis, racemis erectis elongatis, calycibus planiusculis: laciniis
linearibus petala integerrima cuneiformia tripló excedentibus, baccis glabris.

Bush erect and branching, from four to six feet high, with
white bark; the young branches sprinkled with yellow small
glandular dots. The leaves are on very long footstalks, heart-
shaped, three-or imperfectly five-lobed, coarsely serrated,
smooth and glaucous on both sides, veiny, covered with
minute crowded drops of a golden-colored exudation, which
diffuses a powerful aromatic odour, like that of R. nigrum.
The flower-stalks are erect, long, but somewhat shorter than
the leaves, many flowered, white, and fragrant, with minute,
deciduous bractee. Calyx flattish, with spreading lanceolate
segments. Petals ovate, three times shorter than the limb.
Berries spherical, black and glossy, juicy, slightly astringent,
but not unpleasant.

- This species, has in many respects, a considerable affinity
to R. nigrum, particularly in its fruit : and is still more nearly
related to R. fragrans of Parras in its general habit, in the
leaves and in the form and colour of the flower. "That spe-
cies is however of more humble growth, with red berries of
greater size, and extremely sweet and pleasant to the taste.
R. Hudsonianum, a new species, abounding near the banks of
streams that flow into Hudson's Bay, is also akin to it, but
is diminutive, with pubescent racemes, and villous calyxes.
In deposits of decayed vegetable soil, washed down by the

R1

..By Mr. Davin Dovaras. |o

torrents from higher altitudes of the mountains, among cop-
pice wood on the western base of the Rocky Mountains, from
the 48' to the 52° N. Lat. this species is frequently met with,
and it is equally common on similar altitudes and situations
in the high mountains of North-West America.

I brought seeds of this species to England in October 1827.
The bushes grow luxuriantly in the Society's Garden, but
they have not flowered as yet.

5. R. divaricatum: ramis divaricatis setosis, aculeis 1-3 axillaribus deflexis,
foliis subrotundis 3-lobis inciso-dentatis nervosis glabris, pedunculis 3-floris nutan-
tibus, calyce campanulato : laciniis linearibus reflexis tubo dupló longioribus, stylo
staminibusque exsertis, baccis glabris.

A robust bush, of erect habit, six or eight feet high, with
divaricated branches, the younger ones sparingly and une-
qually clothed with minute, bristle-shaped prickles, and hav-
ing one or three large, strong, deflexed prickles, under each
bud. The eaves are rounded, three-lobed, coarsely cut,
toothed, smooth and veiny, about an inch long; the footstalks
somewhat shorter, with a few scattered hairs near their base.
The clusters droop below the branches, are three or five-
flowered, shorter than the leaves, slender and smooth, with
rounded subamplexicaul bractee. The calyx is bell-shaped,
yellowish-green, with linear brownish-red, reflected segments,
which are double the length of the tube. Petals wedge-
shaped, white, half the length of the limb. The stamens are
exserted beyond the calyx, half an inch long. Style conside-
rably longer than the stamens, semi-bifid, spreading, villous.
Berry spherical, smooth, one third of an inch in diameter,
black, pleasant to the taste.

516 Account of some new Species of the Genus Ribes.

A common bush on the banks of streams near Indian vil-
lages, on the North West Coast of America, from the 45' to
the 52° N. Lat.

This species flowered last April in the Horticultural So-
cietys Garden. It ranks systematically next the R. triflo-
rum of WiQiLLDENOW.

6. R. irriguum ; aculeis axillaribus ternis, foliis cordatis sub-5-lobis dentatis
ciliatis utrinque pilosis nervosis, pedunculis 3-floris glanduloso-pilosis, calycibus
campanulatis: laciniis linearibus tubum zequantibus, baccis glabris.

A tall strong species, sometimes ten feet high, branching,
nearly smooth, except having three small sharp, ascending
short prickles below each bud; bark white. The leaves are
deeply cordate, three or imperfectly five-lobed, coarsely
toothed, pubescent on both sides and ciliated on the margins,
veiny, about an inch and a half long, somewhat shorter than
the footstalks. The flowers are bell-shaped, in clusters of
three, which are shorter than the leaves, its calyx having
linear segments which equal the tube in length, and oblong
petals, half as long as the limb. The berries are spherical,
half an inch in diameter, smooth, juicy, with a very pleasant
flavour.

A constant inhabitant of moist mountain rocks, near springs
and streams, flowering in May and ripening its fruit in July.
On the Blue Mountains in 46° 33’ it is very common ; also
on hills on the banks of Spokan River.
= Of all the species which came under my observation during
my journies in America this is the finest in the flavour of its
berries, as well as in their size. It has not yet flowered in
the Society's Garden.

By Mr. D. Dovaras. 517

7. R. echinatum: aculeis quinis axillaribus, ramis omninó reclinatis hispidulis,
foliis 5-lobis glabris, racemis nutantibus multifloris folio, longioribus, pedicellis
germinibusque piloso-glandulosis, calycibus campanulatis, bracteis ovatis ciliatis,
baccis hirsutis,

Branches slender, reclining, rarely divided, thickly clothed
with long sharp, bristly, brown prickles; these are five or
seven in number, large, long, flattened, and combined under
the buds. Leaves five lobed, smooth on both sides, un-
equally toothed, on slightly pilose petioles, which are shorter
than the leaves. "The flowers hang in a lax, slender raceme,
nearly double the length of the leaves; the partial footstalks
and germen covered with brown glandular hairs; bractee
ovate, half the length of the pedicels. Calyx bell-shaped,
with rounded, spreading and somewhat reflected segments,
brownish-yellow, with a dark rim, scarcely longer than the
rounded petals. Berries black, hairy, small, of a pleasant
taste.

This species in several respects is nearly related to R.
lacustre. The depressed habit, the much more copious cloth-
ing of longer and stronger prickles, the less divided and
perfectly smooth eaves, the black-rimmed calyx and black
fruit, render it truly distinct. I have not seen R. armatum
of the Linnean Herbarium, but I suspect that species to be
still more nearly akin to the one now noticed.

It is a common trailing shrub, on dry shelving rocky places
on the mountains, at the Grand Rapids on the Columbia, and
on the mountains of Northern California, never frequenting
edges of rills or swampy ground in shady woods among
Carices as R. lacustre does. This species flowered for the first
time last April, in the Society's Garden.

518 Account of some new Species of the Genus Ribes.

Several undescribed species, from the same country as those
above noticed, are in a growing state in the Society's Garden,
but as no native dried specimens of them exist in this coun-
try, they cannot for the present be here noticed. Many
other important additions of the genus Ribes yet remain to
be introduced to our gardens from America, among which two
species of unrivalled beauty adorn the untrodden wilds of
Northern California, which we hope, ere many years, to see
as common in the gardens of England as &. sanguineum now
is ; and although as fruits they are precisely alike, being pe-
culiarly disagreeable, the splendour of their blossoms and
varied foliage may procure for them a distinguished place in
any garden.

[ 519 ]

LV. History and Description of the Species of Camellia
and Thea ; and of the Varieties of the Camellia Japonica
that have been imported from China. By Mr. WirriAM
Beattie Dooru, A. L. S. Garden Clerk.

Read August 18, and September 1, 1829.

: Å xoxo the various plants which have been introduced into
this country, there are few perhaps more interesting or more
highly ornamental than those belonging to the two genera of
which I have now the honour of presenting an account, to the
Horticultural Society. With the exception of the Camellia
Kissi, which is a native of Nipal, the whole are indigenous to
China and the Islànds of Japan, where they are held in great
estimation, and where their culture is regarded as an object of
the utmost importance, particularly that of 'T'hea, the leaves
of which after undergoing a certain process, are the well
known Tea, which constitutes one ofthe chief articles of our
commerce with the East, and the source from which a con-
siderable part of our national revenue is derived. These
plants, therefore, cannot but be considered as highly deserv-
ing our attention ; although they are by no means to be com-
pared with the beautiful varieties of the Camellia Japonica,
which are universally admired, and which form during the
winter, and early spring months, the most attractive ornament
of the Greenhouse and Conservatory.

Before I proceed to the description of the species, I may

520 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

briefly notice the great diversity of opinion that has existed
among Botanical writers respecting the two genera under
consideration. By some the Theas have been referred to
Camellia, while others regard them as forming a genus
closely allied to, but differing from Camellia in several points,
of sufficient importance, to justify their being separated.
Linnvus not only considered them as two distinct genera,
but as belonging to different classes, under which they will
be found arranged in the first and second editions of his
Species Plantarum; the Theas in Polyandria Monogynia,
and the Camellias in Monadelphia Polyandria. In the Pre-
lectiones in Ordines Naturales, they are brought together,
and form part of the natural order Columniferze; and it has
been subsequently remarked by Sir James EDWARD SMITH,
in Rxzs's Cyclopedia ( Article Thea) that they ought to stand
next to one another in the artificial, as well as in the natural
system.

WirrLDpENow followed the arrangement of Lixx vs, which
was also adopted in the first and second editions of the
Hortus Kewensis, and more recently by Professor SPRENGEL,
in his Systema Vegetabilium. Mr. Ker and Dr. Sims have
recorded their opinion in the Botanical Magazine, fol. 998,
that the two genera ought to be united, or if they are to be
kept distinct, that they should be placed in the same class.
This also appears to be the opinion of Mr. LixprEv, who
has had the best opportunities of examining the genera, and
who doubts the existence of any decisive limits by which
Camellia is to be distinguished from Thea. He has, how-
ever, in the Botanical Register, fol. 1078, given brief cha-
racters of the species, which he considers strictly referable to

By Mr. Wirriaw Beattie Boornz: 521

Camellia, namely, C. Japonica, C. reticulata, and the plant
usually known in the gardens as the Double Purple Sasan-
qua, which he has named C. Maliflora. The other species
with small flowers resembling those of Thea he would add
to that genus; but this arrangement is objectionable, be-
cause although the plants possess. many of the characters
common to Thea, they will be found on examination to
want those which are most essential in the distinguishing
of that genus from Camellia.
. The genus Camellia is stated by Sir James EDWARD SMITH,
in Reess Cyclopedia, to have been named in honour of
GEORGE JosEPpH Kawrr, a Jesuit, whose name has been
latinized into Camellus. He is author of Syllabus Stirpium
in insula Luzone Philippmarum, annexed to the third volume
of Ray’s History. The characters by which the genus is dis-
tinguished are as follow,

Essential Character. Flowers axillary sessile. Calyx inferior, of 7,8 or
more deciduous imbricated scales, the inner ones the largest. Corolla of 5 petals..

Styles united nearly their whole length. Capsule furrowed, having as many

cells as furrows, and one or two seeds in each.

Of this genus six distinct species are all that have as yet been
introduced. I shall describe them in the following manner,
viz. 1. C. Sasangua. 2. C. oleifera. 3. C. Kissi. 4. C.
Maliflora. 5. C. reticulata. 6. C. Japonica.

I. CAMELLIA SASANQUA.
Lady Banks's Camellia.
C Sasanqua ; ramis virgatis capsuláque villosis, foliis junioribus elliptico-
lanceolatis serratis, petalis obovatis vel obcordatis. ` Ker, im Bot. Register,
p. 12.

This plant is recorded in the last edition of the Hortus
VOL. VII. 3 Y

522 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

Kewensis to have been introduced in 1811, by the Honourable
Court of Directors of the East India Company, in the
Cuffnells, Captain WErsANK. Its specific name (Sasanqua)
is that by which it is known in Japan, where, as well as in
China, it is very extensively cultivated.

The flowers which are white, open in November and December, and are each
about one inch and a half or two inches in diameter, very much resembling those
of the Tea Tree. They are pretty freely produced, and are composed of from
five to ten, or even more, oval, concave, sometimes obcordate, slightly incurved
petals, ranged in one or two rows, according as the flower happens to be single or
semi-double. In the former case the md are nearly half an inch in breadth,
and expand almost flat; but in the latter they are a little twisted, and. seldom ex-

d a quarter of an inch in breadth at their extremity.. The filaments are. fili-
form, rather shorter than the petals, generally spreading, though sometimes they
rise in a close cylindrical sort of cup, and surround the styles, which are three in
number, united as in the other species, and of a pale greenish yellow colour, with
simple stigmas. The anthers are large, two-lobed, deep yellow.

In the Botanical Register, vol. I. p. 12, where an excellent
figure is given of it, this is supposed to be the Thea oleosa
of Lourerro (Flora Cochinch. p. 414) but from that author's
description, it is not possible to determine the point satisfac-
torily ; his account coincides in many respects with Camellia
Sasanqua, and he also states that the Thea oleosais called by
the Chinese CAe-deáu.

Sir GEORGE STAUNTON, in his account of Lord Macanr-
xEY's Embassy, vol. ii. p. 467, has given a good figure of the

By Mr. Wittram Beattie DBoorm. 523

C. Sasanqua, and thus speaks of it: * A plant very like the
Tea flourished on the sides and very tops of mountains. The
Chinese call this plant Cha-whaw, or flower of Tea, on ac-
count of the resemblance of one to the other, and because
the petals are sometimes mixed among the Teas in order to
increase their fragrance." This plant, he further adds, is the
Camellia Sasanqua of the Botanists. From the similarity in
the sound of the Chinese name given to it by Sir GEORGE
STAUNTON, and by Lovunzino, it is perhaps not too much to
suppose that they are both intended to apply to the same
plant.

THUNBERG'S figure represents it with. only five petals
(Tuuns. Flora Japon. t. xxx. p. 273,) and in his description
he says, “ Corolla of 5 petals, rarely 6 or 7 ;" but the flowers
that are produced upon the plants in this country have always
more than 5 petals, indeed they may be said. to be-semi-
double. This however is probably owing to cultivation, as
in every other respect, except that I have just noticed, his
description agrees with this plant. Other figures have been
published of it in Curris’s Monograph, fol. 1, and in Lop-
pniGES's Botanical Cabinet, t. 1275.

I may here mention, that among the Chinese drawings in
the collection of the Society, there is a representation of this
Camellia with the flowers perfectly double, like those of the
White Rosa Banksia. In 1823, a plant of this variety was
imported for the Society by Captain Drummonp, which pro-
duced its flowers in the garden at Chiswick, in. December,
1826. A figure and description of it will be found in the
Botanical Register, folio 1091. . As it differs in no respect
from the plant I have here described, excepting in the flowers

524 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

having a greater number of petals, it is unnecessary for me to
make a separate article of its description.

“ Il. CAMELLIA OLEIFERA.

Oil-Seed Camellia.

C. oleifera; folis ellipticis utrinque acutis arguté serratis subtus subaveniis,

petalis bilobis, sepalis deciduis. Lindley, in Botanical Register, fol. 492.

This species has been overlooked by M. Drcawporrr in
his Prodromus. It is the Oil-seed Tree of the Chinese,
who cultivate it, according to Dr. ABEL, in large plantations,
for the sake of the excellent oil which they obtain from it in
abundance by a very easy process, and use for various do-
mestic purposes. It is called by them Tcha- Yeoa, which may
be interpreted the * Oil-bearing Tea Plant;' a very ex-
pressive name, as the plant in appearance closely resembles
the Tea. This author has given a good figure of it in the
Narrative of his Journey in China, p. 174, App. 363, and
states that it naturally grows in a red sort of soil, and will
thrive where scarcely any other plants will succeed. It was
sometimes found by him of the magnitude of a moderately
sized Cherry-tree, and almost always that of a large shrub,
from six to eight feet in height, and bearing a profusion of
single white blossoms. This circumstance gave an interest-
ing and novel character to the places which it covered. "They
often looked in the distance as if lightly covered with snow;
but, on a nearer approach, exhibited one immense garden.
It is said to have been first introduced by Lord MacAnTNEY'S
Embassy, but was afterwards lost until 1820, when Captain
Nessirt, of the Honourable East India Company's service,
imported plants of it in the ship Essex, for the Horticultural |
Society, by whom it has been largely distributed. 3

By Mr. Wittram Beartie Doorng. 525

. It has some distant resemblance to the Camellia Sasanqua,
but is readily distinguished from that species, being of a much
more robust habit, and larger in every respect. '

The branches are round, somewhat pendulous, of a dark brown colour and
when in a young state densely clothed with pubescence. ‘The leaves are thick,
smooth, veiny and flat, about four inches long, and two inches broad, elliptic;
tapering to both ends, but sharpest at the point, with moderately lar
serratures, which become blunt and indistinct towards the base of the leaf.
They are of a dull dark green above, and of a pale shining green beneath,
covered with numerous small dots. ‘(he midrib is slightly villous on the upper
side, and of a pale green colour, together with the footstalks, which are short,
channelled above, and very pubescent. The flower buds are larger than
those of the C. Sasanqua, nearly oval, and covered with upwards of 7 roundish :
concave pubescent pale yellowish-green scales, which become brown before they :
drop. The flowers usually open in November, and are not very conspicuous in
comparison with those of C. Japonica. They measure, when fully expanded,
rather more than 2 inches in diameter, and are composed of 5, sometimes 6, or

and become thinner towards the extremity which is about an inch in breac
in some flowers deeply divided, and in others only partially so. The stamina are

pale green, usually 3 in number, united almost their whole length, but divided at
the D and a little recurved. The anthers are large, and of a deep yellow colour. `
The fruit has not yet been known to come to maturity in this country.

Besides the figures in the Bot. Register, and in ABEL’s .
Journey in China, above-mentioned, another will be found in
LoppigeEs’s Botanical Cabinet, t. 1065. It is very easily
increased by grafting on the single red Camellia; when.
in a growing state the plants require a plentiful supply of.
water.

III. CameLLIA Kissi. Wallich.
Nipal Camellia.

C. Kissi; foliis ovato-oblongis attenuato-acuminatis acutè serrulatis basi in-
tegerrimis, petiolis ramulisque novellis villosulis, floribus axillaribus terminali-
busque subternis, stylo brevissimo, stigmatibus elongatis, capsulis trivalvibus tri-
spermis glabris. Wallich, in Asiatic Researches, vol. xiii. page 428.

This plant is but little known in our gardens, having only

526 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

been introduced a few years since, and as far as I have been
able to learn, has not yet produced its flowers in this country.
I am therefore unable to give a complete description of it.
The plants in the collection of the Society were presented by
Mr. Samvet Brooxes, of the Bals Pond Nursery, and
Messrs. Loppiaes, of Hackney; by the former it was intro-
duced in 1823. In growth it is erect and branching.

The shoots are round, smooth, and slightly villous, when young of a pale
brown colour. The leaves are ovate-oblong, alternate, smooth, thin, and flat,
usually about 3 inches long, and 13 inch feed with numerous small sharp
serratures, and a narrow sharp point. On the upper side they are ofa dar
shining green, with a small villous midrib, beneath they are of a pale green, with
the midrib strong and prominent, and nearly smooth. 'l'he footstalks are short and
villous, of a brownish green colour, and slightly hollowed on the upper side.

In the account by Dr. Warrricn above referred to, it is
stated to have been discovered by the Honourable Mr.
GARDNER, on the mountains of Sheopore and Chandra-Ghiri,
which form the boundaries of the valley of Katmandu on the
north and south, and have been noticed in KrgkPATRICK'S
account of Nipal. In that country it grows to the size of a
small tree, throwing out numerous leafy branches, producing
abundance of small fragrant white blossoms during the rainy
season, that is from July to October, and succeeded by ripe
fruit, which ripen in the course of three months; from the
seed the Nipalese extract an oil by pressure, which is much
valued by them as a medicine.

IV. Cametuia MALIFLORA. Lindley.
Apple-blossomed Camella.

C. Maliflora; foliis obovatis acuminatis nitidis convexis, ramulis petiolisque
pubescentibus, ovario glabro. Lindley.

This plant, although figured and described as being a va-
riety of Camellia Sasanqua, is unquestionably very distinct —

By Mr. Wirriaw Beartie Boorn. 527

from that species. In growth it is erect and slender, and
forms a compact bushy shrub, which in the spring months is
covered with a multitude of delicate purplish-red flowers.

lan
and like them are of a dark shining green, but ke have a pale coloured villous
ower-buds are oval, and blunt
at the point, with comparatively large roundish-cordate, pu nt, brownish-green

It was first brought to this country, in 1816, by Captain
Ricuarp Rawes, who presented the original plant to his
relation, Tuomas. Carry Parmer, Esq. of Bromley, in Kent,
in whose choice collection it flowered in 1818, and was after-
wards published in the Botanical Magazine, t. 2080, and Bot.
Reg. t. 549, as a variety of C. Sasanqua ; hence it has been
cultivated, and is usually known by the name of the Sa-
sanqua rosea, or Palmer's Double Sasanqua Camellia ; but
from that species it has been separated by Mr. LINDLEY,
in the Botanical Register, f. 1078, who has applied to it the
name here adopted. |

The plants of it in the Society's collection were received
originally from Mr. Lex, of the Hammersmith Nursery.

528 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

V. CAMELLIA RETICULATA. Lindley.
Captain Rawes’s Camellia.

C. reticulata; folis oblongis acuminatis serrulatis reticulatis planis, ramulis
petiolisque glabris, ovario sericeo. Lindley.

The merit of first introducing this fine species is due to.
Captain Ricuarp Rawes, who brought home a plant of it in
1820, for his friend Tnomas Carry Patmer, Esq. along with
another great ornament of our gardens, the Primula sinensis.

tisofa stron es habit, and very distinct from any of the. other spe-
cies of Camellia The branches are round, smooth, and erect, sparingly furnished
with thick flat strongly reuonlated dull green leaves, usually 34 inches long, and
14 inch broad, „a a strong pale green midrib, and numerous Binal sh sharp serra-
tures. The foo s are about a quarter*of an inch long, brownish green, and
a little iade on the upper side. The flower buds are very large, of an oval
orm, — pointed, covered with 6 or more pis oen carie large, roundish,
very i green scales, the inner ones of loured at their edges
like Es catum petal e flowers are semi-double, particularly handsome, and mea-
sure when fully expanded no less than 53 inches in diameter. They are of a clear
purplish red colour, and at first sight have much the appearance of the flowers of
the Paonia Moutan rosea, but the petals are not so numerous, being usually
from 17 to 20 in number, much undulated, irregularly and loosely arranged ;
each of them is 2 inches n and rather more than an inch broad at the extre-

d not unfr frites a dile striped at the base and twisted. ‘The stamina are `
reponi of the petals, ranged i in several rows, the inner ones rather -
ate from the S hes. Styles —— idit at the point, often four, but
MoR commonly three in number ut the same length as the stamina.
Ovary aaie silky, 4 celled, with pitii distichous ovules.

In the Botanical Register, t. 1078, an excellent figure will |
be found of it, made from one of the plants imported for the -
Society in 1824, by their Collector, Mr. Jonn DAMPER
Parxs. Another is published in the Botanical Magazine, .
t. 2784, from the plant brought home by Captain RAwEs, .
which I saw in flower for the first time in the spring of
1826, and which I had an opportunity of then describing, -

* By Mr. WirriawM Beatriz Doorg. 529

with the permission of Mr. Pater. It is by far the most
splendid of the genus that has yet been introduced, but un-
fortunately is one of the most difficult to propagate. The
best way is by inarching on the single red Camellia; for
although it will succeed by being budded or grafted in the
usual manner, yet the plants that are obtained by these
means are long in making any progress compared with those
obtained by inarching. «As it is impatient of heat, and begins
to grow müch earlier than the other Camellias, there is every
reason to suppose that when it shall become so plentiful as
to admit of a trial being made, it will be found sufficiently

hardy to succeed in this climate, and at no distant period

perhaps may ornament our Shrubberies.

VI. CAMELLIA JAPONICA.
Single Red Camellia.
_. C. Japonica; foliis ovatis acuminatis serratis nitidis emet. ramulis petio-
lisque glabris. Lindley.

The Single Red Camellia is stated in the Hortus Kew-
ensis, to have been cultivated before 1739, by Ropert James,
Lord Petre, and is the first of the genus that was introduced
into this country. Although it was figured and described by
` Perrver, in his Gazophylacium, in 1702, under the name of

Thea Chinensis, and by Kamrrrr, in 1712, under that of -

Trubaki; yet it would appear to have been rare in our
gardens in the time of MILLER, as it is not noticed in the
eighth edition of his Dictionary, published in 1768. For many
years it was very scarce, and as it bore a high price, was

generally treated as a stove plant ; but when it became more .

VOL. VII. > 3 Z

530 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

plentiful, it was found to succeed equally well in a much
lower temperature, and is now considered sufficiently hardy
to endure the common winters of this climate with only a
slight protection in very severe weather, as is the case with
many other plants which have been introduced from the same
interesting country. It is of free growth, and, in China, is
said to attain the height of one of our Cherry-trees.

The stem is erect and branching, of a pale brown colour. The branches are
round, clothed with numerous alternate thick ovate-acuminate dark shining green
leaves, each about three inches long and two inches broad, tapering towards the

and point, and having their edges sharply serrated and waved. The mid-
rib is strong and prominent on both sides of the leaf, but is most conspicuous on
the lower side, which is somewhat veiny, and of a pale shining green, covered
with numerous ‘small dots. The footstalks are about half an inch long, quite
smooth, and slightly channelled on the upper side ; otherwise they are round, and
of the same yellowish green colour as da midrib. Flower-bud oval, and much
pointed, covered with seven or eight roundish-cordate pale green pubescent
scales, which generally become brown, and drop when the flower is fully ex-
panded. The flowers are freely produced, and open in the winter and early spring
months, with those of the Double Camellias. They are from one and a half to
"two inches in expansion, and are composed of five, sometimes seven, roundish or

a about an inch in diameter, imbricated
and connected together at the base, but opening so as to have an upright bell-

another, thereby forming a kind of cylindrical mp of a yellowish white colour.
— are generally three,

is of a greenish colour ;

Good figures have been given of this species in the Bota-
nical Magazine, t. 42 ; in ScuNEEvoocnr's Icones, 7; and in
Cunzis's Monograph, f. 1. It is a much more common plant
than any of the preceding, being readily increased by cut-
tings, on which account it is of great value to the-cultiyator,

By Mr. Wit.u1aM Beattie Boorn. 531

as it affords an excellent stock whereon to inarch or graft the
double varieties.

In addition to the six species I have thus described, three
. others have been published as belonging to Camellia. The
first of these is the C. axillaris of Dr. Srws, of which good
figures will be found in the Botanical Magazine, t. 2047,
Botanical Register, t. 349, and in. Loppicrs's Botanical
Cabinet, t. 675, under the above name, by which it is generally
known in gardens ; but it has subsequently been ascertained
not to be a Camellia, but to belong to a different genus, and
perhaps natural order. In the Systema Vegetabilium of
SPRENGEL, vol. iii. 126, it is described as Gordonia anomala,
and in SwEEgT's Hortus Britannicus it is named Polyspora
axillaris.

The second species is the Camellia drupifera of Lourrrro,
(Flor. Cochin. vol. ii. 499) which is questioned by M. Decas-
DOLLE, although he has inserted it in his Prodromus, page
529. By Sprencet it is described under the name of Mesua
bracteata. Y have not seen any specimens of this plant, but
judging from the description of Lourerro, it is a very
doubtful species, and certainly distinct from Camellia.

The third is the Camellia Euryoides of Mr. LINDLEY,
which I have already alluded to, and which will be described
under Thea.

Varieties of the Camellia Japonica which have been imported
from China.

Of these very ornamental plants the Society has formed an

extensive collection, such as I may safely say is not surpassed

_at the present time by any other in the kingdom. Inmaking

532 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

this statement, however, it is proper to mention, that for the
greater part of this fine collection the Society is indebted
to the liberality of several of its members, who have de-
voted much of their time and attention to the cultivation

of Camellias, and who obligingly presented plants of such
varieties as they possessed; some that could not otherwise
be obtained were purchased; and the remainder is the re-
sult of importations made at different times from China of
plants that were procured through the friendly agency of
Joun Reeves, Esq.

Forty years ago none of the Double Camellias had been
seen in a living state in this country, although a few of them
were noticed by Kamprer in his Amoenitates Exotics, pub-
lished in 1712. The Double White and Double Striped
varieties were the first that were introduced, having been
brought from China in 1792 by Captain Connor, of the Car-
natic East Indiaman, for Joun SLATER, Esq. of the India
House. Two years afterwards the Double Red was imported
by Sir Rosert Preston, Bart. of Valleyfield, who then
lived at Woodford in Essex. From that period no addi-
tions were made until 1806, when the variety known as the
Buff, or Lady Hume’s Blush, was imported for Sir ABRAHAM
Hume, Bart. and the Waratah, or Ancipone-fleweded for the
Royal Garden, Kew.

In 1808, the Myrtle-leaved Red, and Middlemist's Red,
were added by importation to the Kew collection; and the
Semi-double Red to that of the Hon. CHARLES. GREVILLE,
at Paddington. These, with the Red Pzony-flowered, and
the Pompone, or Kew Blush, which are supposed to have
been introduced about the year 1810, the former for CHARLES

By Mr. Wiuxraw Beatriz Boorn. 533

H. Turner, Esq. and the latter for the Kew collection, are
the whole enumerated in the last edition of the Hortus
Kewensis, published in 1812: At that time the Camellias
began to excite the attention of every cultivator, and new
varieties were eagerly sought after. The White Poeony-
flowered, or as it has sometimes been called, the White Wara-
tah, and atro-rubens, or Lopp1cxs’s Red, were the next that
came into notice. The former is believed to have been among
those imported for Kew in 1810; and the original plant of .
the latter is stated by Messrs. LopDrozs, in their Botanical
Cabinet, p. 170, to have been introduced by themselves in
1809.

In 1816, the Fringed White made its appearance at the
Nursery of Messrs. Corvir, in the King’s Road, and the
Various-flowered in the Royal Garden, Kew, and in the
garden of CHAnLEs H. Turner, Esq. at Rooksnest. Ano-
ther very fine variety was imported for this gentleman by
Captain WELBANK, and also by Captain Rawes, for Thomas
C. Parwzm, Esq. of Bromley. It flowered first in the gar-
den of Mr. Turner, and was named WrrsANK's White, in
compliment to the gentleman by whom it was introduced.

In 1820 the Blush Pzony-flowered was imported for the
Horticultural Society; involuta for Lady FARNBOROUGH,
and the variety known as “ Kents Hexangular,” by Captain
Rawes. In 1821, the Society, by means of Captain THomas
Le Brawc, imported a variety which has been named Le
Brawc's Red Camellia; and in 1824,a plant of Rawes’s
Striped Waratah was added to the collection of Tuomas
Carry Parmer, Esq. by his relation, Captain Rawzs; se-
veral more varieties were brought home in the same year by

534 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

the Society's collector, Mr. Jonn Damper Parks, three of
which have proved to be different from any that were pre-
viously in the country, they are the Crimson Shell-flowered,
Parx’s Rose-striped, and Sanine’s White; the latter only
flowered in the garden this spring (1829). It is very distinct
from any of the other varieties, with white flowers, and. is -
named in honour of JosgPu SABINE, Esq. to whom I am par-
ticularly indebted for having in the most liberal manner
. allowed me the use ofthe manuscripts which he had pre-
pared upon this fine tribe of plants, with the intention of
laying an account of them before the Society himself. These
it is almost superfluous to say, were of the greatest assistance
to me, and I am happy in having this opportunity of ac-
knowledging the obligation. *

To these 23 varieties may be added two more, which have
partly been ascertained to be distinct, namély, the Semi-
double White, and Rose-coloured Waratah. - The former
was purchased at a garden on the Continent in 1822? by
- Tuomas Carty Patmer, Esq. who saw it in flower, and
who presented a plant of it to the Society in 1827. In habit
it has much of the appearance of the Pompone and Pzony-
flowered varieties. I have however not seen its flower, nor
am I aware of any having been produced in this country.

The Rose-coloured Waratah is one of those imported for
the Society by Mr. J. D. Parks, in 1824. It flowered in
the spring of 1827, but not so perfectly as to admit of
description ; for the present therefore it must be considered
a doubtful variety.

By Mr. Wirriaw BrarrrE Boorn. 535

1. CAMELLIA JAPONICA ALBA PLENA.
Double White Camellia.

The Double White, or as it has been sometimes called,
the * Bourbon Camellia," is one of the first that was brought
to this country, and although later importations have greatly
increased the number of varieties, still there is none of them
which surpasses the present one in the beauty and the regular
formation of its flowers. The plant is of a peculiar habit, and
not very vigorous in growth, occasioned by its being such an
abundant flowering kind compared to many of the others.
It usually comes into blossom early in the season, and con-
tinues a long time in perfection.

The leaves are about 4 inches long, and rather more than 2 inches broad,
slightly convex, and undulated with numerous small sharp ar serratures, and a long
narrow ee of a pale shining green colour, and strongly reticulated, and giving
to the los ant an unhealthy appearance. Petioles about i an inch long, round

ower side, and slightly flattened above, Tearrain othe a in colour than

on the
the shoots; at first

the lea Flowe r-buds often in clusters at the extremity

hollowed, in which a few-imperfect stamina may some a be observed, but
generally the whole are transformed into petals. The flowers of this variet tim
the most regularly formed of any of the ut altered rud of them

ver Abe. petals slightly involute on -first opening, but afterw become

quite flat.
It was first imported in 1792, by. Captain Connor, of the
‘Carnatic East. Indiaman, for the. late Joux Sr ATvER, Esq. -of
do

536 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

the India House, and is one of the kinds which is now most
generally cultivated.

Figures have been published in the Botanist’s Reposi-
tory, p. 25, in Loppiexs’s Botanical Cabinet, p. 269, and
in Curtis’s Monograph, pl. 2. In the latter work, p. 8, a
variety with small flowers, is stated to have been introduced
in 1816, by Mr. Lzz, of Hammersmith, but it has since been
ascertained not to be different from the one above described.
A plant was brought home for the Society in 1824, by Mr.
Joux Damper Parks, which on its flowering in-the spring
of 1826, I was inclined to consider perfectly distinct; the
flowers being much larger, with the centre considerably ele-
vated, and the outer petals reflexed so as almost to meet one
another. The same individual however produced flowers in
1827 and 1828, that differed in no respect from those of
the Common White.

Among the Chinese Drawings in the Library of the So-
ciety, there is a tolerably accurate representation of this
Camellia, but the leaves are rather small, and have not the
veiny appearance which is peculiar to this variety.

For the plants of it in the garden the Society are indebted
to the liberality of W. CArTLEY, Esq. and Messrs. LoppiceEs.

2. CAMELLIA JAPONICA FIMBRIATA.
Fringed White Camellia. | d

The habit, growth, and general character of this variety,
coincides almost in every respect with that of the preceding.
The principal difference is in the flower, the petals of which
have their edges ciliated or fringed, a peculiarity not at all
common to any other variety I am acquainted with, unless it `

-

By Mr. WirrrAM Beattie Boorn. 537

is Parxs’s Rose-striped Camellia, which will be hereafter
noticed.

It was imported about the year 1816, but by whom I
have not been able to ascertain. Mr. Corvir, of the King's
Road Nursery has the merit of being the first who brought
it into notice. A figure of it is published in LoppicEs's
Botanical Cabinet, t. 1103. The plant in the Society's col-
lection was received from Mr. Corvir in 1820.

9. CAMELLIA JAPONICA VARIEGATA.
Double Striped Camellia.

This variety which is always the first that comes into
blossom, was brought from China along with the preceding in
1792. It is of a robust habit, with comparatively strong dark
coloured dere branches.

are of a very dark pesa ng green, and have prominent aem coloured
midrib. The Petioles are short and thick, a "little ge on the upper side,
otherwise round, and of a pale een colour. Flowerbuds numerous, roundish-
oval, rather more than an inch long, covered with roundish-cordate pale green
den nsely ubescent scales. ‘The flowers are of a fine dark rose or red colour, irre-
gularly blotched with white, but in this respect the ey vary considerably, the
autumnal, or early flowers, being always most elegantly variegated, whilst those
which appear in the sprin e re generally plain red. They are from 3 to 4 inches in
expansion. The outer pe ach about Hà inch in diameter, almost flat, round-
ish-cordate, thick and Eds at at their base, and sometimes a little divided at their
extremity; when the flower is full homo expa nded, they become recurved. The centre
tals are often small, narrow, and upright, confusedly arranged, many of them
fone disposed in tufts, with small parcels of stamina intermixed, a ons © as Š
ey were twisted ther. Some flowers are particular pad: com
double as a rose; others again will be found of an irre dar shape, aad 4 lide
more than semi-double. In the latter state there is a representation of one,
having the centre filled with stamina, among the Chinese Drawings in the collec-
tion of the Society. - This however is seldom or ever seen in the s ak roduced
in this country, as almost all the stamina are converted into small s. 'The
parts. of each of them which are red are faintly marked with darker co. Kar veins,
and when touched by cold, or as the flower begins to fade, the edges of the bc
become slightly tinged with purple.

VOL. VII. 4A

988 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

In some collections a variety of this sort is cultivated, hay-
ing blotched or variegated leaves as well as flowers, but this
character is by no means a permanent one, and in all pro-
bability arises from the plants being over-watered, and in
an unhealthy state.

Figures of it will be found in AxpREw's Botanist s Repost-
tory, p. 91, LoppieEs’s Botanical Cabinet, p. 329, and in
Curtis's Monograph, p. 2. Plants of it were among those
imported for the Society in 1818, by Captain Asrrr, and
others have been presented by W. Carriey, Esq. and Mr.
CHANDLER, Vauxhall.

4, CAMELLIA JAPONICA RUBRA PLENA.
Double Red Camelia.

Some confusion exists with regard to this Camellia from its
being cultivated in many Collections under the name of the
Old Red and Grevitir’s Red, both being considered dis-
tinct varieties, but after having carefully compared the plants
with those names, that were presented to the Society, and
subjected to the same kind of treatment, I am satisfied
there is no difference whatever between them, their flowers
being precisely the same in every respect. It is of a free and
robust habit, and grows very erect. The flowers are but
sparingly produced before the plant gets old, and attains a
considerable size ; which is the reason of its not being so
much cultivated as many of the other varieties.

"The leaves are usually about 4 inches long and 2 inches broad, tapering
both ends, very sharp pointed, recurved, and undulated, with numerous small
serratures. They are of a brownish a when young, but when grown to
their full size are of a dark shining green. ‘The midrib is prominent moder-
ately strong. Petiole half an inch a nearly round, and of a pale brownish
green colour. Flower-buds oval, somewhat pointed, generally o a dull green,

By Mr. WitbiAw Beattie Bootu. 539

and slightly clothed with pubescence, becoming brown before the flowers open,
like the buds of the Waratah. The flowers are enerally about 3 or 33 inches in
diameter, and open at the same time as those of the Waratah and Atro-rubens,
They are of a crimson red colour, and resemble the flowers of a large Double
Hibiscus. The petals are numerous, of an irregular shape, comparatively long,
narrow, and pointed, all of them are veined. e exterior ones are se doi an
inch in breadth when spread out, and do not lie flat over one another, but are
much undulated, and unequal in length, which causes the flower to have a starry
appearance. The interior petals are also undulated and pointed, with their
dges compressed, so as almost to meet. They are nearly upright, and diminish in
size towards the centre of the flower, which is not elevated, although it is more
filled with petals than in those flowers, where it is pitted. Sometimes the flower
has a different appearance, and is then mistaken for another variety, the petals
being smaller than I have described, similar in colour and formation, but fewer in
number, and more regularly arranged, with several parcels of stamina in the
centre.

It was first imported in 1794 by Sir RoBERT Preston,
Bart. of Valleyfield, who then lived at Woodford, in Essex.
A good figure is given of it in the Botanical Repository,
t. 199, and others have since been published in Cunrrs's
Monograph, p. 3; and in LoppnicEs's Botanical Cabinet,
p. 397; but in neither of these works is it mentioned as being
like GnEvirLe's Red Camellia, or that a variety similar to
it was cultivated under that name.

5. CAMELLIA JAPONICA INCARNATA,
Lady Hume's Blush Camellia. :

The first plant of this fine variety was imported in 1806,
for the late Lady Amet1a Hume, of Wormleybury, in Hert-
fordshire, in honour of whom it received its name. :

In growth and foliage it has much of the character of the
Double White, and has been nearly as extensively cultivated,
being found in almost every collection.

The branches are long and straggling, of a deep brown colour when young,
but changing to a pale brown as ory grow old. The leaves are from 33 to 4

inches long, and about 2 inches broad in the widest part, which is nearest the
point ; recurved, and slightly undulated at the edges, with moderately large

540 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

serratures, and numerous prominent veins, considerably paler than the general
colour of the leaves, which is a rich shining green. Petiole about three-quarters
of an inch long, rounded on the lower side, and slightly flattened above. Flower-
buds often two together, of a roundish-oval form, with broad roundish-cordate
pale tag pubescent scales, which become brown at the edges as the flower ap-
E es expansion, and when it is fully expanded are entirely of a yellowish
rown colour, to which the pubescence gives a delicate silvery tinge. The flowers
are freely produced, and open very regularly ; they are from 3 to 31 iaches in
diameter, of a fine glowing flesh colour, becoming richer as they expand, and
fading if too much exposed. The outer petals are each about an inch in diameter,
nearly round, and frequently a good deal recurved; towards the centre of the
ower, which is pitted, as in the Double White, the petals gradually diminish in
size, and are pointed. In general they are evenly arranged, and often when the
flower is very double, the petals are laid over one another in such a manner as
to give toit an hexangular appearance, similar to the flowers of the Myrtle-leaved
variety, as represented by the Chinese, in the splendid collection of drawings
belonging to the Society. In this state there is a figure of it in the Botanical
Register, 112, but the leaves are by no means characteristic of it, being too
"bg serrated and pointed ; the same may be said of the figure in the Bota-
nists Repository, p. 660, f. 1, although they both convey a pretty clear idea of
the appearance of the flower. It has been well represented by Mac LoppicEs,
in the Botanical Cabinet, p. 140, and by Mr. Curtis in his Monograph, p. 5.

Plants of dt were received by the Society from Messrs.
Loppnrazs, under the name of Lady Hume s Blush Camellia,
and from Messrs. CHANDLER, by that of the Buff Camellia.

6. CAMELLIA JAPONICA ANEMONEFLORA.
ZA nemone-flowered, or Waratah Camellia.

This is very distinct from any of the other Chinese va-
rieties, and is always readily distinguished by its flat, and
comparatively narrow, pointed leaves, with long slender foot-
stalks. It is usually among the latest in coming into blossom,
and does not produce its flowers so freely as some of the
other red flowering kinds. In growth it is moderately strong
and erect, the branches are of a dark brown colour, and
sometimes a little striped.

"The leaves are from 4 to 43 inches long, and about 2 or 23 inches broad,
recurved at the points and edges, but x diee quite flat, and of a very
dark shining green colour, the veins being scarcely perceptible; the serratures

By Mr. Wiririaw Beartiz Boorn. 541

are small and sharp-pointed. The midrib is strong and prominent, particularly
on the underside of the leaves, and of a pale green colour. The Petioles are an
inch long, round and slender, somewhat curved, giving the leaves a pendent
sition. Flower-buds oval, tapering towards the point, with roundish pointed
dark brown or chocolate-coloured scales densely clothed with pubescence. ‘The
flowers are remarkably shewy, and resemble a large Double Anemone, from
which circumstance the variety has received its name. They are about 3 or 4
inches in diameter, and of a deep red colour. The outer petals expand quite
flat, and are five or six, most commonly the former number, surrounding a great
many smaller ones, regularly disposed and rising upright in the centre of the
flower; each of them are roundish-cordate, from 1 to 13 inch in breadth, and
slightly marked with veins a little darker than the colour of the petal. Those
in the centre of the flower are of a very peculiar form, being small and fleshy at
the base, and broad and thin towards the point, with a very minute white tip;
they are compactly arranged in rows from the circumference to the centre, which
is considerably elevated above the large outer petals, and are each incurved to-
wards the styled, with their edges turned outwards. The styles are a little higher
than any of the petals, and have large greenish stigmas, which are sometimes fer-
tilized by a few of the stamens that may not be transformed into petals—but
more commonly they are impregnated by cultivators with the pollen of other
sorts, and from the seed obtained in this way many beautiful S ARTE have
been raised. The flowers of this as well as of some of the other kinds drop o
whole, and will retain their freshness for a considerable time afterwards, so that if

placed upon a bud they appear still to be growing. ;

Good figures will be found of it in the Botanical Maga-
zine, t. 1654, CurrtIs’s Monograph, p. 4, and in LopDiGrs's
Botanical Cabinet, t. 537. The Chinese represent it in the
same state as it is usually seen in this country, as well as in
a single state, with the stamina compactly arranged in the
centre of the flower ; but I am not aware of the latter having
been observed on any of the plants that have been imported.
For those in the garden the Society is indebted to Messrs.
Loppices, of Hackney, Messrs. CHANDLER, Vauxhall, and
W. Carriey, Esq. of Barnet. A plant was also presented
by Mr. Samvuet Bnooxzs, under the name of Blush Waratah,
which on its flowering in 1827, was found not to differ from
the present variety.

549 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

7. CAMELLIA JAPONICA CRASSINERVIS.
Mr. Kent's Camellia.

This sort is so extremely like the Waratah in its flowers as
to render a minute description of them unnecessary. The only
difference appears to be that in the flowers of this variety the
outer petals are more cupped and paler in colour than those
of the Waratah. The habit and foliage of the two sorts is
however perfectly distinct, so that when not in flower they
may easily be distinguished from one another. The present
is of free growth, peculiarly stiff and erect, with pale coloured
branches. The leaves, which are nearly flat, are compara-
tively thinner and rounder than those of the Waratah. They
are also more veiny on the upper side, as well as more sharply
serrated, and have short, slightly flattened, not round and
slender, footstalks. In colour and other respects the two
sorts appear the same.

It is believed to have been imported by Captain Rawes
about the year 1820, and to have flowered first in this coun-
try, in the collection of W. Kent, Esq. when at Clapton.
It is generally cultivated under the name of “Kents Hez-
angular." The plants of it in the Society's collection were
presented by Messrs. Loppigrs, who have given an excel-
lent figure of it in their Botanical Cabinet, t. 1475.

8. CAMELLIA JAPONICA MYRTIFOLIA.
Myrtle-leaved Camelhia.

This sort is of a peculiar habit, and much less robust in its
growth than almost any of the other Camellias. In certain
soils, and under different kinds of treatment, it is liable to

By Mr. WirrriaAM Beattie Booth. 543

vary a good deal both in its flowers and foliage, which has
given occasion to suppose there were two varieties of it in
cultivation, namely the Large Myrtle-leaved and Small
Myrile-leaved. The latter name however is only applicable to
it when the plants are in a young state. They then have weak
shoots, with leaves not much larger than those of the com-
mon Myrtle, but afterwards they lose this character, become
more vigorous, and the supposed two varieties cannot be dis-
tinguished from one another. It seems to be rather tender,
and succeeds best when the plants are kept warm and for-
warded in their growth in the spring. :

The branches are numerous and spreading, with convex, ovate, acuminate,
sharply, serrated dark green leaves, generally about 2i inches long, and rather
more than an inch broad, much twisted and recurved, with a strong prominent
pale green midrib. The petioles scarcely half an inch long, nearly round, and
a brownish green on the exposed side. Flower-buds roundish oval, somewhat
pointed ; with large roundish pointed pe green slightly pubescent scales. The
flowers are very freely produced, and large in proportion to the size of the plant,
few of them being less than 3 inches in diameter. They are particularly E
some, and similar in their formation to those of the Double White. On first open-

that the centre of the flower is considerably elevated ; they afterwards cue
i hich is very often hidden

by small, narrow, irregularly formed petals, with a yellowish tip, having the
appearance of stamina. The flowers continue a long time in perfection, and are
dicit y fragrant. ! | "- !

It is generally believed to have been first imported in 1808,
for the Royal Garden, Kew. A figure of itis given in the
Botanical Magazine, t. 1670, made from a plant which flow-
ered in the collection of Messrs. CHANDLER, at Vauxhall, in

1814. Another will be found in Cun1s's Monograph, p. 5,

544 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

but in neither of these works is it stated when it was intro-
duced. A third figure has since been published in Lopprars's
Botanical Cabinet, p. 354, where it is mentioned as having
been very rare in 1811, when Mr. Arron presented them with
a cutting of it. A few years afterwards it was in great re-
pute, and began to be common in the Nurseries about London.
It is usually received from China for the Hexangularis, à
variety no less remarkable. for the regular disposition of its
petals, than for the peculiar elegance of its flowers, which are
admirably represented in the Society's collection of Chinese
drawings. This variety however has not yet been imported,
or at least the flowers have never been observed to become
hexangular in this country. It might really be questioned
whether they do so in China, if the drawings of the other sorts
with which we are acquainted were not in general so accurate
as to place the matter beyond a doubt.

Besides the plants of the Myrtle-leaved that were brought
for the Society in 1818 by Captain AsrEL, and in 1821 by
Captain Jamieson, others were presented by W. Kenr,
- Esq. Mr. CHANDLER, and Messrs. Youne, of Epsom. As
the Large Myrtle-leaved and Small Myrile-leaved, there
were plants of it purchased from Mr. Knieur, in the
King’s Road, which on flowering proved to be both the
same. Mr. Leer has subsequently presented the Society
with a plant which is cultivated by him under the name
of the Large-flowering Myrtle-leaved, but it does not appear
to be different from the variety above described.

Mia’.

Pi
CLA

4 6.

LET

Ye

)
aed

fatti

,

/Á/

>

"DA.
» ‘ CIT Hn y

r

By Mr. Wirriaw Beattie Boorn. 545

9. CAMELLIA JAPONICA INVOLUTA.
Lady Lone’s CAMELLIA.

This sort was named in honour of Lady Lone, now Lady
FARNBOROUGH, for whom the first plant of it was imported
in 1820.

It has precisely the same characters as the Myrtle-leaved,
of which it is but a variety, differing only in being rather more
erect, and stronger in growth; and in having all the petals
involute instead of spreading, as in the flowers of the Myrtle-
leaved. This peculiarity gives to the flower a very distinct,
although by no means a permanent character, as I have seen
the same plant produce flowers with inflexed petals, and
others that did not differ from those of the Myrtle-leaved.

A very correct representation of it is given in the Botanical
Register, t. 633, made from the original plant that flowered
at Bromley Hill in 1821; and a plant of it was presented to
the Society by Lady Farnsoroveu in 1823.

10. CAMELLIA JAPONICA VARIABILIS,
Various-flowered Camellia.

This kind is remarkable for producing no less than four
different coloured flowers upon the same plant; and it is not
improbable but the following four varieties represented in the
annexed Plate, were originally obtained from it, namely, the
Red, White, and Blush varieties of the Pzeony-flowered, and
the Pompone. They are each so much alike in growth, habit,
and foliage, that they cannot possibly be distinguished from
one another. It is only by their flowers they are to be
known. |

VOL. VII, 4B

546 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

The present plant is of later introduction than either the
Pompone or Pzony-flowered, and I believe was first im-
ported for the Royal Garden, Kew, in 1816. Inthe same year
I am informed by Mr. Sasrne, another plant of it was brought
home by Captain WELBANK, for Cuartes H. Turner,
Esq. of Rooksnest, which produced perfect flowers of the
four above-mentioned varieties. I have also occasionally seen
them on the plant presented to the Society by Mr. Turner,
in 1820, but generally it only produces those of the Red
and Blush Peony-flowered, and the Pompone.

11. CAMELLIA JaAPoNicA POMPONIA.
Pompone, or Kew Blush Camellia.

By many this has been considered a doubtful variety, but
after having observed it for several years invariably produce
the same sort of flowers, I am decidedly of opinion that in
this respect it is as permanent and distinct a variety as any in
cultivation.

In growth it is more slender and erect than almost any
of the other sorts. The shoots are also of a paler colour, and
but thinly clothed with foliage. It is believed to have been
first imported for the Royal Garden, Kew, about the year
1810, and is generally known by the name of the Pompone,
or Kew Blush Camellia. |

The leaves although comparatively narrow are of an oval form, much recurved
and pointed. They may be said to be usually about 34 inches long, and rather
more than 14 inch broad, but seldom exceed this size. Their edges are slightly
revolute, and very sharply serrated. "Phe midrib and veins are conspicuous on
the ide, from being paler than the uniform colour of the leaves, which is
always a peculiarly rich shining deep green. Petioles upwards of half an inch
long, nearly round, or but a very little flattened on the upper side, and of the
same colour as the veins and midrib. The flower-buds are at first a good deal
pointed, but afterwards they become blunt and round. The scales are thin and

By Mr. WirriAM Beartis Boorn. 547

roundish, slightly covered with pubescence, and of a dull silvery green colour.
The flowers are very delicate, and measure when fully expanded from three and
a half to four inches in diameter. They consist of ten or twelve large outer
petals, arranged in two rows round a great number of smaller ones that rise
in the centre of the flower in an erect irregular mass. These outer petals are each
of a roundish-cordate form, varying from an inch to an inch and a half in breadth.

It has been figured in the Botanical Register, t. 22, in
Curtiss Monograph. p. 2, and in LoppiceEs’s Bot. Cab.
596. :

The plants of it in the Society's collection were presented
by Messrs. CHANDLER, Vauxhall, Mr. Knicur, King’s Road,
and others. It was also among those imported for the So-
ciety by Mr. Porrs in 1822.

12. CAMELLIA Japonica PHONIFLORA ROSEA.
Red Paony-flowered Camellia.

13. CAMELLIA JAPONICA P#ONIFLORA PALLIDA.
Blush Peony-flowered Camellia.

548 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

14. CAMELLIA JAPONICA P;EONIFLORA ALBA.
White Peony-flowered Camellia.

These three varieties are in every respect the same as the
Pompone. The only difference appears to be in the colour
of their flowers, which I shall here briefly notice. That of
the first is a bright rose or red colour, marked with darker
coloured veins. It is tolerably well represented in the Bota-
nists Repository, f. 660, and in Loppicrs's Botanical Ca-
binet, t. 238. Plants of it were presented to the Society by
W.CarrLEY, Esq. Messrs. LoppiaEs, and other Nursery-
men. It is believed to have been first imported for CHARLES
H. Turner, Esq. about the year 1810.

The second variety is intermediate in the colour of its
flowers, between the last mentioned and the Pompone, being
darker than the Pompone, yet not so dark as the Red
Pzony-flowered. The whole of the petals are veined, and
of a deep blush colour excepting the edges, which are nearly
white. It was first imported for the Society in 1820, by
whom plants of it have been distributed, but it is not so much
known as it really deserves to be.

The third variety is generally cultivated under the name of
the White Waratah, or White Anemone-flowered. It was
presented to the Society by Messrs. Loppers as White
Pompone. A plant of it was brought home by Mr. Porrs
in 1822, but it is supposed to have been first introduced to
the Kew Garden, with the other Pzony-flowered varieties
about the year 1810. "The flowers are exactly the same as

By Mr. WinniaM BrATTIE Boota. 549

those of the Pompone, excepting that they are pure White,
and have not the blush tinge at the base of the petals, which
is peculiar to the Pompone.

15. CAMELLIA JAPONICA SEMIDUPLEX.
S emi-double Red Camellia.

This plant is so very like what is usually known as Mip-
pLEMIsTs Red Camellia, that it is not easy to distinguish
them from one another unless when in flower. They are
however perfectly distinct. The present variety is of free
growth, more so indeed than almost any of the others ; the
shoots are erect, and of a pale brown colour. The flowers
are produced but sparingly, and it is rather late in the season
before they open.

The leaves are comparatively round, convex and ovate, broadest at the base.
They are about 34 inches long, and 23 inches broad, much recurved at the
edges. e serratures at the base of the leaf are blunt and indistinct,
but become strong and sharp towards the point, which is narrow. The colour
of the leaves is a very dark shining green, with a peculiar palish hue, which
together with their convexity, gives them a character by which’ they may gener-
ally be recognized. The petioles are half an inch long, slightly channelled
above, and of a dull green colour, somewhat paler than that of the leaves. The

flower buds are large, oval, and pointed, of a pale green, with but little pubes-

flower. |
Common Single Red Camellia, but instead of having ellow anthers, co are
each transformed, together with the upper part of the filament which is di

into small roundish ligulate petals, slightly divided at their extremity, and

striped with white in the same manner as the petals of Middlemist’s Red, but not
so large, nor are the petals so numerous.

It has been impregnated with the pollen of the Single
White, and some excellent varieties have been raised from

550 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

its seed by Mr. Press, the gardener to Epwarp Gray, Esq.
at Harringgay House, Hornsey.

It was introduced in 1808, for the Hon. CHARLES GRE-
VILLE, who then possessed a choice and valuable collection
of plants at Paddington. A figure of it is published in
the Botanist’s Repository, t. 559, made from a plant which
flowered in the collection of Mr. Davey, of the King’s
Road. The figure is pretty well done, and represents the
stamina just converted into petals. Mr. Davey is stated to
have grown it from a cutting of a plant brought by some
gentleman from China, but no date is given when it was
imported.

16. CAMELLIA JAPONICA CARNEA.
MipprEwisTSs Red Camella.

This variety, as stated by Messrs. LoppicEs, in their Bo-
tanical Cabinet, was formerly cultivated under a multitude of
names, such as the Rose, the Pink, the Fawn-coloured, Pzony-
flowered, &c. but is now commonly known by the name I
have adopted.

ES ovd habit, and foliage, it has a great resemblance to the Semi-double

e
size they flower freely, but in a young state the flowers are sparingly produced.
dull a ral

the ( stamina are at times perfect, but more often are
transformed into petals, and the whole altogether resemble a full blown Rose.

By Mr. WiriiíaM Beattie Boorng. 551

In the Botanical Register, p. 22, it is improperly referred
to as the Pzeony-flowered. A figure of it is published in the
Botanist’s Repository, 660, f. 1, as Rose-coloured Camellia,
where it is stated to have been introduced to Kew about
1808. Another figure is given of it in Curtis’s Monograph,
pl. 4, as the Rose-coloured, or MipprEWwisT's Camellia; and
in the enumeration of the varieties then known, inserted at
the end of that work, on the authority of the late Mr. LEE,
of Hammersmith, it is stated not to have been introduced
until 1810; but the original introducer of it, Mr. Mipprr-
MIST, Nurseryman, at Shepherd's Bush, informs me that he
brought it home for the Kew garden in 1808.

17. CAMELLIA JAPONICA ATRORUBENS.
Lopnicrs's Red Camellia.

This is a vigorous growing sort, having long thick erect
shoots, of a pale brown colour, somewhat striated. It is al-
ways among the latest in coming into blossom, opening about
the same time as the Waratah. "The flowers are not very
freely produced, but it is nevertheless a handsome and desir-
able variety.

The leaves are ovate, lar; m jum a little recurved at the point, and EDT
serrated. They are usually 4 es long, and 21 a

een colour, not very glossy a a moderately stron numerous
cae pale vein E "T he petioles are nearly an ds long, ing ‘slightly =

at the base of the leaf, and of a dull green colour. flower buds are o
somewhat pointed and pubescent ; at ik of a i aper = but change to a d
d colour, like the buds of the W s din dn are Dee caca mid

dark vei 'The interior of the flower is filled with small petals confusedly
mixed Cohen varying a good deal both in their size and form, but —

552 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

in some respects the centre petals of the Waratah, each being incurved and
having a very minute white tip. Sometimes from amongst them a few larger
elongated ligulate petals burst out, intermediate in character and shape between
those at the circumference of the flower and those in the centre. These are rather
of a paler colour, and arranged in a cluster overtopping the others, presenting the
appearance of a second flower growing out of the centre. In its usual state the
whole flower is very neat and shewy.

It has been figured by Messrs. Loppers in their Bota-
nical Cabinet, t. 170, and was originally imported by them
from China in 1809. The plants of it in the Society's col-
lection were received from Messrs. LoppicrEs, and from
Messrs. CHANDLER, Vauxhall.

18. CAMELLIA JAPONICA WELBANKII.
WEeELBANK’s White Camellia.

This sort differs very considerably from any of the other
White-flowering kinds. It is of a robust habit, and grows
very stiff and erect. The branches are of a dark brown co-
lour when young, but change and become paler as they grow
old. The foliage, from its convexity, is so peculiar as to give
a character to this variety, by which it may at all times be
readily distinguished. It does not appear to flower freely,
and on this account it is not so much cultivated perhaps as
it deserves.

The leaves are ovate, from 32 to four inches long, and rather more than two
inches broad, similar in colour to those of the Pompone, but much more convex
and not so pei serrated or pointed. The midrib is prominent and strong,
particularly on the lower side of the leaf. The footstalk is bod half an inch long,
nearly round, and of a pale green colour. The flower buds are large, roun xd
oval, covered with several broad and round pale green pubescent scales. The
flowers are of a y opas white colour, and about three or three and a half inches
in diameter. They may be said to rank between the Double White and the
Pompone, assimilating more with the latter than the former, but perfectly distinct
from either. The s are not arranged in any sort of order, so that the flower
has a confused appearance. Those at the circumference are of a roundish form,
from an inch to an inch and a half in diameter, much undulated and but very
little recurved or divided at their extremity. The centre petals are irregularly

By Mr. WirrriaM Beattie Boorn. 558

— sometimes they approach to those of the Pompone, but are often twisted
and arranged in tufts, with several parcels of imperfect stamina intermixed among
them. It is upon the whole very delicate, and has been not inaptly compared by
Messrs. Loppiczs to the flowers of the Gardenia florida in form and texture.

It was imported in 1820 by Captain WELBANK and by
Captain RAwrs, the former presented his plant to his
friend Cuartes Hamppen Turner, Esq. of Rooksnest, in
whose Greenhouse it flowered first in this country, and was
named in compliment to the gentleman by whom it was in-
troduced.

A figure of it will be found in Lopnpiczs's Cabinet, t. 1198,
and another in the Botanical Register, t. 708, under the name
of luteo-albicans, where it is erroneously stated to have been
introduced by the late Mr. Bastneron, Nurseryman, at
Stoke Newington. For the plants of it in the garden the
Society are indebted to Mr. Turner. It was subsequently
imported for the Society by Captain FnaAwxkriN, under the
name of White Moutan Camellia.

19. CAMELLIA JAPONICA ROSEA.
Lr Braxc's Red Camellia.

The present variety, although not so shewy as many that
are described in this Paper, is nevertheless very desirable,
from producing its flowers both early and abundantly.

The branches are of a pale brown colour, not vigorous, but rather small and erect.
The leaves are of a rich shining green, and comparatively narrow, being for the .
most part 4 inches long, and scarcely 2 inches broad. ey are much reflexed
and curved, as well as very sharply serrated, and taper to a long narrow point.
The midrib and yeins are strong and prominent, which occasion the leaves to
have a netted appearance. The petioles are short and slender, a little flattened
on the upper side, and of a dull pale green colour. The flower buds are small
and numerous, of an oval form, with moderately large roundish pale-green pu-
bescent scales, often tinged with brown at the edges, The flowers when fully
expanded, measure from 23 to 3 inches in diameter, and are of a pale rose colour,

VOL. VII. 4C

554 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

approaching that of the Myrtle-leaved. Before they open the petals are com-
pactly curved over one another in such a manner as to give to the flower the
appearance of a small Cabbage Rose; a peculiarity which it is not unusual for
some of the flowers to retain in a greater or less degree until they drop ; generall
however the outer petals unfold and spread nearly flat. ‘They are each fotuduh
cordate, about three-fourths of an inch in breadth, and sometimes have a faint
greenish stripe down the centre. The whole of the petals are similar in form, and
very evenly arranged, diminishing regularly in size towards the centre of the
flower, which is occasionally pitted and not so full of petals as in some of the
other varieties.

It was imported for the Society in 1821, by Captain
Tuomas Le Brawc, in compliment to whom it has received
its name.

20. CAMELLIA JAPONICA SPECIOSA.
Rawzs's Variegated Waratah.

This fine variety was imported by Captain Rawes in 1824,
and presented to his friend Tuomas Carry Parwrm, Esq.
in whose Greenhouse at. Bromley it flowered in March 1826,
and an opportunity was kindly afforded me of describing it.

The plant in general appearance is very distinct from any of the other im-
ported varieties, and like them may at once be distinguished by the leaves, whic
are comparatively thin and of a bright vivid green. They are for the most part
nearly flat and ovate, broad at the base, becoming somewhat narrower to-
wards the point; sometimes a few of them are slightly recurved ; the serratures
are shallow, small, and sharp, becoming indistinct near the base of the leaf. The
midrib and veins are of a palish green, not very prominent, nor so strong as in
some of the other kinds; the usual size of the leaves is about 33 inches long, and
24 inches broad. The petioles are roundish and slightly hollowed on the upper
side, generally half an inch long, and of the same colour as the midrib and veins.
Flower-buds oval with a blunt point; the scales are dull green, roundish cor-
date, slightly pubescent, and at the age which are thin, frequently have a
brownish tinge.” The flowers are exc gly handsome, and of a deeper red
than-either Atro-rubens or Waratah, but approaches in some degree those of the
latter. "They open very regularly, and when expanded are oe. 4 inches in
diameter. ‘The outer petals vary from an inch to an inch and a in breadth,
and are sometimes slightly bec iam but most generally. rounded at the edges,
a little recurved, and faintly veined. These large outer petals are from 10 to
12 or more in number, and are igre in two or three rows rather irregularly over
one another, with a few unequal blotches of white appearing» on some of them
near the edges; above these there is another row of small incurved petals like

By Mr. Wirriaw BEATTIE Booru. 955

does not lie flat like the first, but is somewhat concave ; nearly the whole o:

have a little white stripe at their base, and some will even. be variegated up the
centre; both the exterior and interior petals are tipped with white in the same
manner as those of the Waratah.

A plant of it was presented to the Society in 1828 by Mr.
PALMER, and two were received from Mr. Reeves, which
have every appearance of being the same, but they have not
yet blossomed in the garden.

The name has been given in compliment to Captain
Rawes, than whom there is no one more deserving of the
honour.

21. CAMELLIA JAPONICA IMBRICATA.
Crimson Shell Camellia.

This fine variety is one of those imported for the Society
in 1824, by Mr. Jonn Damper Parks. It flowered in
March 1827, and is without doubt among the best which
have yet been brought from China.

a palish green, thick and strong, usually about three-quarters of an
inch in length, nearly round, excepting on the uppa side, which is ‘slightly chan-

956 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

the extremity area little recurved. The centre petals are somewhat pointed, and
rise upright. They are so thick that not a single stamen is to be observed. Some of
the petals in the middle, between the centre and circumference of the flower, have
a faint white stripe extending from the tip of the petal for about half its length
down the centre, but partially hidden by the other petals covering it; this stripe
however is permanent, but disappears when the flower is fully expanded, or
at least becomes slightly coloured, The centre of the flower is cupped, and the
arrangement of the petals altogether is precisely the same as in the flowers of the
Double White.

Among the Chinese drawings in the Library of the Society
is a very faithful representation of this variety, besides many
more equally beautiful, which we may yet hope will be intro-
duced.

XXII. CAMELLIA J APONICA PARKSII.
PARK’s Striped Rose Camellia.

This variety differs very materially from the Common
Double Striped, from which it may readily be distinguished
by its strongly reticulated thin round leaves. The shoots are
of a pale brown colour, moderately strong, and nearly erect.

The leaves are roundish-ovate, usually about 34 inches long, and rather more
than 2 inches broad, of a bright shining green, veiny on the upper side, with
ow serratures ; midrib pale green, strong and prominent beneath. Petioles
about half an inch long, moderately thick, and slightly channelled above. Flower-
buds roundish-oval, tapering to a point, dark green at first, and slightly
pubescent, but gradually becoming paler and more pubescent as the Hower ap-
proaches expansion; they are usually about an inch in length. Flowers opening
well, and measuring 4 inches in diameter when fully expanded. ey are of a
bright rose colour, irregularly striped or blotched with white. The outer petals
are comparatively large, being for the most part 2 inches in diameter, an even
sometimes exceeding that size, slightly cordate, occasionally having a ed or
fringed edge. ose toward the centre of the flower are irregular in their form,
partly twisted and disposed in a similar manner to those of the Common Striped,
giving the whole flower the same confused appearance, and shewing a few imper-
ect stamina in the hollows formed by the twists of the petals. The veins are
ircely discernible in any of the petals. Upon the whole this is a very handsome
variety, and will no doubt be much admired when it becomes more generally .
known. It possesses a slight but very pleasant smell, which I have only remarked
in another variety besides itself, namely the Myrtle-leaved. -

By Mr. Wiriiaw Beattie Boorn. 557

A plant of it was imported for the Society in 1824, by their
collector, Mr. Joun Damper Parks, in compliment to whom
it has been named.

23. CAMELLIA JAPONICA SABINIANA.
SABINES White Camellia.

A plant of this variety was brought home by Mr. Panxs
along with the two preceding in 1824, but from being in a
sickly state when received, it did not flower until the spring
of the present year. It is very different from any of the other
white flowering kinds both in habit and general appearance.

The branches grow upright, and are comparatively slender. The leaves-are
about the same length asthose of the Double White, but they are broader and not
so much pointed or recurved. aeir colour is a dark shining green, without the
veiny appearance pete? to the leaves of the Double White. Petioles short and
almost na und. r-buds roundish-oval, pale yellowish green, and slightly
pubesce The flowers are three inches in expansion, of a pure white

and team in their forma those of the Pompone. ‘The outer petals are dispose

in two rows, and spread nearly flat. "They are about twenty in number, each of
them 1s round, or E a very li fi ttle cordate, and about an inch anda half in dia-
meter. Those towards the centre of the flower are small and narrow, confusedly
arranged like the centre petals in the flowers of WELBANK’s White, and rise
nearly upright ; a few of them are small and incurved, with their sides compressed
so as almost to have a tubular appearance. In the centre of the flower several
small parcels of stamina sometimes appear; generally however they are mixed
among the petals, so as not to be discernible unless when closely examined.

The name, as I have in another place observed, is given in
honour of Joseen Sagne, Esq. the Secretary of the Society.

THEA.

The name Thea, as remarked by Sir James EDWARD
SwrrH, is generally considered to be of barbarous derivation,
originating in the Chinese T'sha or Tchaw, which has been
changed into Thea. Of this Genus there are at present three

558 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

distinct species cultivated in this country, namely, 1. Thea
viridis ; 2. Thea Bohea ; and 3. Thea Euryoides ; which may
be distinguished by the following characters.

Essential Character.

Flowers axillary stalked. Calyx inferior, of 5 deeply divided
permanent roundish segments. Corolla of 5, 6, or 9 petals.
Styles cohering at the base, dividing towards the point into
3 distinct bodies. Capsule 3-lobed 3-celled. Seeds solitary.

I. Tura viripis. L.
Green Tea.
T. viridis; foliis elliptico-oblongis emarginatis sub-rugosis nitidis.
This plant is generally believed * to have been first intro-
duced about 1768, by the late Joux Ertis, Esq. of the India
House, who obtained it from seed. |

In its growth it is loose and straggling. The stem is of a deep brown, with
alternate branches of a much paler colour, round and twiggy, but not numerous,
smooth, excepting near the point of the young shoots, which are clothed with fine
silky pubescence. The leaves are oblong, tapering more towards the point than the
base, usually from 3 to 34 inches long, and about 14 inch broad in the widest part ;
quite smooth, veiny, undulated, irregularl serrated, with a blunt emarginate
point, and of a pale yellowish green colour. ‘They are slightly blistered in places,
and have a very prominent midrib, the under side being more veiny than the upper.
Petioles short, roundish on the under side, slightly flattened above, channelled and
pubescent. Flowers axillary, but often terminal, solitary, produced on a round
peduncle an inch long, haying somewhat the appearance of being jointed, and
gradually enlarging towards the calyx, with a single erect subulate slightl
serrated bractea. Calyx of 5 roundish flat obtuse permanent segments. Petals
generally 5 or 7, roundish-concave, forming a tolerably regular flower on first

ing, bu erwards becoming recurved and irregular; the petals are rather
oy a half an inch in diameter, connected together at the base, which is
thick and fleshy, but otherwise they are thin and delicate, and of a yellowish
white colour. i aments numerous, filiform, nearly all of an equal length, rather
shorter than the petals. Anthers two-lobed, deep yellow, bursting at each of the
roundish ends. Styles simple, united at the base, but splitting near the top into
three separate bodies. Ovary sare Po pale green, slightly pubescent,

ce i

* +

3-celled, containing two ovules in e
* Hortus Kewensis, Edit. alt. Vol. III. page 303.

By Mr. WirriaM Brarrre Boorn. 559

The flowers of this species, though neither shewy nor
handsome, possess a most delicious fragrance like those of
the orange, which renders it a very desirable plant for cul-
tivation. It is much hardier than the other species, and
will even bear the winters of this climate without pro-
tection.

A very good representation is given by Dr. Letrsom,
in his Natural History of the Tea Tree, and another has
subsequently been published by Messrs. Lopprees, in their
Botanical Cabinet, fol. 227. It is the Thea viridis of LixNEvs
and of W1LLDENOow; the Thea Bohea stricta of the Hortus
Kewensis ; and the Thea Chinensis viridis of the Botanical
Magazine, and of M. DECANDOLLE.

II. Tura Bonza.
Bohea Tea-tree.
Th. Bohea ; foliis elliptico-lanceolatis serratis planis nitidis.

This species differs widely from the one already described,
although by many it has been confounded with it. In its
growth it is much more lax and upright, and produces its
flowers in greater abundance; they also do not open till a
month after those of Thea viridis. It is recorded in the
Botanical Cabinet, vol. 3, p. 226, not to have been introduced
until 1780. It is by no means so hardy as Thea viridis, and
requires to be kept in a warm and airy situation, in the
Greenhouse or Conservatory, during winter.

The leaves are alternate, elliptic-lanceolate, serrate (not emarginate as those of
Thea viridis) nearly flat, quite smooth on both sides, coriaceous, and of a Me
dark shining green; they are usually 23 inches long, and nearly an inch broad,

with a prominent midrib, and pale green ; the under side of the leaf is also much
paler and more glossy than the upper. The flowers are axillary, usually two cr

960 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

three together, produced on round recurved footstalks, about half an inch in length,
and of a brownish-green, very slightly pubescent. ey are each an inch in dia-
meter, and consist of seldom more than five roundish-oval, concave, yellowish- .
white petals, which as the flower gets old, become reflexed and much twisted.
The stamina are numerous, rising cane and upright, surrounding the style as in
the flowers of Camellia. Anthers large, roundish cordate, deep yellow. Style
united at the base, but dividing into three separate bodies towards the top, as in

amellia, greenish, and rather shorter than the stamina. Ovary 3-celled, con-
taining two or more ovules in each.

In the Botanical Magazine, t. 998, this species is figured
and described under the name of Thea Chinensis var. Bohea,
but it is very doubtful whether the figure was not actually
made from a species of Thea viridis, to which it has a
greater resemblance. It is the Thea Bohea B lava of the
2nd Edition of the Hortus Kewensis, vol. 2,-p. 230. A good
figure will be found of it in the Botanical Cabinet, p. 226, and
a very faithful one is given by Kamprer in his Amcenitates
Exotic, 605, t. 606. The Thea Cantoniensis described by
Loureiro in his Flora Cochinchinensis, p. 414, is very nearly
allied to this plant, if it is not actually the same.

III. Tura Eunvoriprs.
Camellia Euryoides. Bot. Reg. t. 983.

Th. Euryoides ; ramis debilibus pilosis, foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis trun-
catis serratis subtus sericeis, floribus solitariis turbinatis, pedunculis squamosis.

Lindl. in Bot. Reg. t. 983.
This interesting plant was first imported by the Horti-
cultural Society in 1822, and produced its flowers in March
1826, when a drawing was made of it, which has since been
published in the Botanical Register, t. 983, under the name
of Camellia Euryoides ; but I am inclined to think its cha-
racter will be found to agree in more points with those of
Thea tban with Camellia, and for this reason I have consi-
dered it as belonging to the former. It possesses little beauty,

By Mr. Witriaw BraTTIE Boorn. 561

but is well deserving of attention as it appears to be one of
the plants upon which the Chinese graft their varieties of
Camellia Japonica. Of this there is no doubt, as it was ob-
tained in two separate importations by the Society, the first
in 1822, and the second in 1824, and both under similar
circumstances ; the grafted portion of the Camellia having
died during the voyage, and this plant, which was the stock,
having survived.

The whole plant is of weak growth, with round pendulous hairy branches, of
a deep brown colour. The leaves are each about 23 inches long, ovate-lanceo-
late, truncate, and simply serrate; on the upper side they are of a deep and
somewhat shining green, quite smooth, and without veins. The under side is
much paler, and densely covered with pubescence, as are likewise the petioles,
which are usually about a quarter of an inch long, rounded below, and slightly
hollowed above. e flowers are white, axillary, and solitary, on short round
petioles, imbricated with small, pointed, oval, silky scales; and having a 5-leaved
calyx, with roundish-oval sepals. e petals are from 7 to 8 in number, erect,
obovate, and entire, each of them measures about a quarter of an inch in breadth
in the widest part, but the outer ones are usually much smaller, and the whole
expansion of the flower is never more than i

A very correct figure of it will be found in Loppiars's
Bot? Cabinet, t. 1493, under the name of Camellia Euryoides.
Besides these three species, there have been two others
that have been described as belonging to Thea, namely,
T. Cochinchinensis, and T. oleosa of Lourrtro, Fl. Cochin.
Vol. 1, p. 413. They have been taken up by M. Decan-
DOLLE in his Prodromus, Vol. 1, p. 530 on Lovrerro’s
authority. His Thea oleosa has been supposed to be the
Camellia Sasanqua, but the other remains undetermined,
The Thea Bohea and viridis are the plants whose leaves
furnish the whole of the kinds of Tea imported from China.
' Its first introduction into Europe was by the Dutch East
India Company in the early part of the 17th Century, and it
VOL VII, 4D

562 Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea.

is mentioned to have been first brought to England by Lord
ARLINGTON and Lord Ossory in 1666. Shortly afterwards
it began to be much used among the higher classes, but
its properties were little known until the appearance of
Dr. Lerrsom’s Monograph in 1799, which contains much
curious information. This author has fallen into the same
error as those who preceded him, in considering that there
was only one species of the Tea plant, and that the difference
was owing to soil and culture, and the manner of drying the
leaves. Those who have seen the two species in a living state
readily agree in considering them distinct.

Respecting the size to which the Tea tree will attain in
China, Authors differ widely.

Le Compre says (Journey in China, p. 228) it grows from
2 to 200 feet in height, and sometimes so thick that two men
can scarcely grasp the trunk in their arms; but he afterwards
observes that the Tea trees in the Province of Tokien did
not exceed five or six feet in height, which appears to be
much nearer the truth, and agrees with the account given by
Kamprer in his Amoenitates Exotice, p. 605, and by
Ossrck in his Voyage to China, Vol. 1, p. 247. It is cul-
tivated principally in vallies, or on the declivities of hills,
having a southern exposure to the sun, and is said to bear
considerable variations of temperature, flourishing in the
northern climate of Pekin as well as about Canton.

[ 563 ]

LVI. Upon the supposed Changes of the Climate of ,
England. By Tuomas Anprew Kyieut, Esq. Pre-
sident, F. R. S. $c.

Read May 5, 1829.

L HERE are, I believe, few persons who have noticed, and
who can recollect, the state of the climate of England half a
Century ago, who will not be found to agree in opinion
that considerable changes have taken place in it; and that
our Winters are now generally warmer than they were at that `
period. The opinions of such persons would be entitled to
very little attention if they were adduced to prove that our
climate has grown colder, because they themselves being far
advanced in life, and therefore less patient of cold, and being
also incapable of bearing the same degree of exercise which
kept them warm in youth, might be readily drawn to con-
clude that the severity of our winters has.increased. But
when their evidence tends to prove that our winters have
grown warmer, it cannot, I think, reasonably be rejected.
My own habits and pursuits, from a very early period of
my life to the present time, have led me to expose myself
much to the weather in all seasons of the year, and under all
circumstances ; and no doubt whatever remains in my mind
but that our Winters are generally a good deal less severe
than formerly, our Springs more cold and ungenial, our
Summers, and particularly the latter parts.of them, as warm

-

564 On the supposed Changes of the Climate of England.

at least as they formerly were, and our Autumns considerably
warmer; and I think that I can point out some physical
causes and adduce some rather strong facts, in support of
" these opinions. |

The subject is one of much importance to the Horticul-
turist, as it points out to him in what respects he ought to
deviate from the practice of his predecessors, and the expe-
diency of creating, or selecting, such varieties of different
species of fruits as are well adapted to the present state of
his climate.

As the chief object of this Communication is to direct the
attention of the Gardener to the subject of Fruit Trees, I
shall begin my observations upon that part of the year in
which the blossom-buds of the sueceeding year are generally
formed and closed up (though much change of structure
within them subsequently takes place) that 1s in the latter
end of May. Within the last fifty years very extensive tracts
of ground, which were previously covered with trees, have been
cleared, and much waste land has been enclosed and culti-
vated ; and by means of trenches and ditches and other im-
provements in agriculture and covered drains, the water which
falls from the clouds, and that which arises in excess out of
the ground, has been more rapidly and more efficiently car-
ried off than at previous periods. The quantity of water
which our rivers contain and carry to the sea in Summer and
Autumn, is in consequence, as I have witnessed in many in-
stances, greatly diminished ; and upon the estate where I
was born, and which I now possess, my title deeds, and the
form of the ground, prove a mill to have stood, in the reign
of Queen Elizabeth, and probably at a good deal later

By Tuomas Anprew Kuranr, Esq. 565

period, in a situation to which sufficient water to turn a mill-
wheel one day in a month cannot now be obtained in the
latter part of the Summer and Autumn. Under these circum-
stances the ground must necessarily become much more dry
in the end of May than it could have been previously to its
having been enclosed and drained and cultivated; and it
must consequently absorb and retain much more of the warm
Summer rain (for but little usually flows off) than it did in
an uncultivated state; and as water in cooling is known to
give out much heat to surrounding bodies, much warmth
must be communicated to the ground, and this cannot fail to
affect the temperature of the following Autumn. The warm
Autumnal rains, in conjunction with those of the Summer,
must necessarily operate powerfully upon the temperature
of the succeeding Winter; and, consistently with this hypo-
thesis, I have observed that ‘during the last forty years, when
the weather of the Summer and Autumn has been very wet,
the succeeding Winter has been in the climate of this vici-
nity generally mild. And that when north-east winds have
prevailed after such wet seasons the weather in the Winter
has been cold and cloudy, but without severe frost, probably
in part owing to the ground upon the opposite shores of the
Continent being in a state similar to that on this side the
Channel. |

I was first led to notice the preceding effects by having
observed, many years ago, that some trees of the common
Laurel, which grew in a very, high and cold situation, and
which usually lost a very large portion ofthe annual wood, in
more than one Winter totally escaped all injury after such
wet seasons, though their annual wood did not appear more

566 On the supposed Changes of the Climate of England.

mature in the end of Noveniber, than it would have been, in
a warm and favourable situation and season, in the end of
July; and I thought the whole of it must have inevitably
perished.

Supposing the ground to contain less water in the com-
mencement of Winter on account of the operation of the
drains above-mentioned, as it almost always will, and generally
must do, more of the water afforded by dissolving snows, and
the cold rains of Winter, will be necessarily absorbed by it ;
and in the end of February, however dry the ground may
have been at the Winter solstice, it will almost always be
found saturated with water derived from those unfavourable
sources; and as the influence of the sun is as powerful on
the last day of February, as on the 15th day of October, and
as it is almost wholly the high temperature of the ground in
the latter period, which occasions the different temperature of
the air in those opposite seasons, I think it can scarcely be
doubted that if the soil have been rendered more cold by
having absorbed a larger portion of water at very near the
freezing temperature, the weather of the Spring must be, to
some extent, injuriously affected. But whether it be owing
to the preceding, or other causes, I feel most perfectly confi-
dent that the weather in the Spring has been considerably
less favourable to the blossoms of Fruit Trees, and to vege-
tation generally, during the last thirty years, than it was in
the preceding period of the same duration ; and I shall in con-
clusion adduce one fact, the evidence of which I think cannot
easily be controverted. The Herefordshire farmers formerly
calculated upon having a full crop of acorns upon the oaks,
which grew dispersed over their farms, once in three years;

By Tuomas Anprew Knieut, Esq. 567

but a good crop of acorns is now a thing of rare occurrence, _
upon the value of which the farmer has almost wholly ceased
to calculate, even upon those farms which contain extensive
groves of Oaks. The trees nevertheless blossom annually
very freely, but no fruit is produced. Many causes may be
assigned for the diminished produce of Orchards, and of
Fruit Trees generally ; but the blossoms of the Oak must be
now as capable of bearing cold as they were half a century
ago, and their failing to produce acorns can only be attri-
buted to the agency of some external cause; and I am wholly
unable to conjecture any such cause except the above-men-
tioned. :

[ 568 ]

LVII. Upon the Application of Hot Water in Heating
Hot-houses. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
Tuomas TREDGOLD.

Read August 5, 1828.
SIR,

A sew method of applying heat to the purposes of forcing
and preserving Plants in houses having been discovered which
possesses some important advantages compared with the best
method before in use; and the first instance of its successful
application under the direction of Mr. W. ArTK1Nsosw, its dis-
coverer, having been published in the Transactions of the
Horticultura) Society,* it appeared to me that the principles
of the method would form an interesting inquiry which might
not be altogether unworthy of your attention.

1. The power of imitating other climes and other seasons |
than those which nature affords us, is known and valued as
it ought to be; yet it remains difficult even to imagine the
extent to which this power may be applied; in this age it
produces luxuries of which few can enjoy more than the
commonest species; but in the next—nay, even in our own, .
. there is a reasonable expectation of a considerable addition
to the quantity and quality of those artificial productions, as
well as to the vast sources of pleasure and information they

afford to the admirers and the students of nature.
2. The vehicle employed to convey and distribute heat in

* Vol. VII. p. 203.

Application of Hot Water in Heating Hot-houses. 569

the new process is water, for it has been found that in an
arrangement of vessels connected by pipes, the whole of tlie
water these vessels and pipes contain may be heated by ap-
plying heat to one of the vessels ; and that in this manner a
great extent of heating surface, and a large body of hot water
to supply it, may be distributed so as to maintain an elevated
and regular temperature in a house for Plants, or indeed in
any other place requiring heat.

3. The obvious advantages of this method are, 1st, the
mild and equal temperature it produces; for the hot surface
cannot be hotter than boiling water; 2nd, the power of
heating such a body of water as will preserve the temperature
of the house many hours without attention; and, 3d, the
freedom from smoke or other effluvia of smoke flues. In
houses for plants these advantages are most important, and
my object is to investigate the principles called into action to
produce them, to the end that we may be able to regulate
their operation in the various particular cases arising in
practice.

4. In order to develope the eR on which a hot-
water apparatus acts, we may select the simple case of two
vessels placed on a horizontal plane, with two pipes to con-
nect them ; the vessels being open at the top, and the one
pipe connecting the lower parts of the vessels, and the other
their upper parts.

If the vessels and pipes be filled with water (fig. 1,) and heat
be applied to the vessel A, the effect of heat will expand the
water in the vessel A; and its surface will in consequence
rise to a higher level a a, the -former general level surface

VOL. VII. 4 E

570 Application of Hot Water in Heating Hot-houses.

being bb. The density of the fluid in the vessel A, will also
decrease in consequence of its expansion, but as soon as
the column c d of fluid above the centre of the upper pipe
is of a greater weight than the column f e above that centre,
motion will commence along the upper pipe from A to B,
and the change this motion produces in the equilibrium of
the fluid will cause a corresponding motion in the lower pipe
from B to A ; and, in short pipes the motion will obviously
continue till the temperature be nearly the same in both
vessels, or if the water be made to boil in A, it may also be
boiling hot in B, because ebullition in A will assist. the
motion.

5. The causes which tend to retard the motion of water
in the pipes are, Ist, the contraction of the moving fluid at
the orifice of the pipes; 2nd, the friction of the fluid in the
pipes, which sets the limit to the distance to which the
pipes can be extended to produce the proper quantity of
useful effect; but, it is remarkable that the higher the tem-
perature of the moving fluid the less its friction ; 3rd, the
motion is retarded by the cooling of the fluid in its progress
along the pipes, such cooling having a tendency to produce
a double current ; and 4th, by bends and changes of form.

6. It will be evident to any person of philosophical re-
search, however, that in considering water the only liquid
capable of being employed, we should be losing sight of one
of the greatest advantages resulting from the knowledge of
natural phenomena, for all liquids expand by heat ; and
hence, in all of them its partial application would produce
motion under proper circumstances; while the boiling points

eed dense caes acac pda khan baia crus E dele GEN FU E diei
= a = ae
BEES P XXTFRATYIRsiz ie e

WY

7T
Mi

w-

7 qo
7 ARES ,
ery

ee So

—— hi 7
iy

— | ` | mE ~. 7 | ==
n Ed EE

d
Li
Ul

iL

h
ar
——

YW.

mimin =

MM

——————=== eel pO EE

—

se v

gp ; " x a ^ : £9, 8 a oe the 2
pon li’ attt the eoe o Heating My Hol Walet
c e 7

JW Lowry sadp.

£: Felge delr.

By Mr. Tuomas TREDGOLD. 571

of different liquids are at such different temperatures that
we may vary the ultimate temperature of the heating surface
from 100 to 600 degrees, that of water being 212°. This
mode of considering the subject opens a new source for
speculation and for improvement, which it will be desirable
to consider more in detail after analyzing the laws of the
motion of liquids by heat.

7. A general investigation, embracing all the cireumstances
concerned in the motion, would be extremely intricate, and
hence I shall not attempt to include more than those which
are of sufficient importance to have an influence on the results
requiring attention in practice ; ánd, for a like reason I adopt
the most simple formula of hydraulies thatapply to the
case.

Put Z = the sum of the lengths of the pipes in feet.

h = the depth of the liquid in the boiler in feet below
the centre of the upper pipe.

e — the expansion due to the mean difference of tem-
perature at the extremes of the apparatus.

f = the friction of the liquid against the surface at the
mean temperature for one foot in length and one
inch in diameter.

d — the diameter of the pipe in inches; and,

v —the velocity in feet per second.

The friction of a pipe is as its surface, and the square of
the velocity directly ; and, the equivalent head is inversely
as the area of the section of the pipe, consequently,

sus : if ‘= EL iid 7" = the head equivalent to the friction,

572 Application of Hot Water in Heating Hot-houses.

But, in a pipe near the top, the head producing the velocity
and overcoming the friction, is the quantity the fluid rises by
expansion or Ae; therefore,
A [h e — £27. =v"; whence irap =t.

The effect of the cohesion of the fluid does not produce a
sensible effect in practical cases ; but, if it had been consi-
dered, the result would have shown that the pipe might
be so small in proportion to its length as to render the velo-
city nothing.

8. The coefficients to be obtained from experiment are de-
noted by A, e, and. "That denoted by A depends only on
the form of the tube or pipe at its junction to the boiler,
being the same for all fluids.

For the common mode of joining (fig. 2) itis A — 42; but,
for a pipe with a conical entrance (fig. 3) itis A —62. Now
the expence of the conical form renders it probable that it
will seldom be used; hence, 42 may be inserted in any rule
for general purposes.

9. The expansion ofliquids not being perfectly equable
by equal increments of temperature, and not the same for all
liquids, the easiest mode for obtaining it for any particular
case will be by means of a Table.

By Mr. Tuomas TREDGOLD. - | 5738

Table of Expansion of Liquids.*

Expansion by one degree of heat at the temperatures in the first column.

Water satur-
Temperature Water. ated with (Spirit of Wine. Olive Oil,
common Salt,
o
62 00009 “00010 00059
7 00014 ‘00015 00061
89 00017 ‘00018 00063
92 00021 *00093 00065
102 00025 ‘00027 00068 0007
122 00029 ‘00031 00075
149 00031 *00034 7
162 00034 *00087 00081
179 00035 "00038 00083
182 00036 *00039
209 00037 *00040
219 00038 00041

If the difference of temperature for example be 8 degrees,
and the mean temperature 172^, then, for water, 8 x:00035 —
` -0028 is the expansion of water by 8 degrees of heat, and
8 x '00038— :00304 is the expansion for a saturated solution
of salt.

10. The friction of fluids, and particularly the effect of
change of temperature, has been investigated only in a very
partial manner, the following Table is collected from the
experiments of Dusuat.t

* For water and spirit of wine from Dr. Youne’s Nat. Phil. Vol. II. p. 392.
- Water saturated by salt from comparative trials at two points in the range.
+ Principes d'Hydraulique, tome II. p. 13.

574 Application of Hot Water in Heating Hot-houses.

Experiments on the Motion of Liquids in Tubes of Glass at
different Temperatures.

Head pro- Ace
Liquids be krn docmg, the Loe Vatae of f from
= sie y motion in p Experiment.
scale. "uestis second.

Horizontal Tubes *0178 inches in diameter, and length 38°5 in.

Rain Water . . 64 9'45 27°0 "00183
Dito . . .]- 99] 16:3 38:2" 001537
Ditto 113 16:3 39:3 00143
DM , . EOS 16:3 39°9 00139
Spirit of Wine . | 583 5'6 13:8 00417
Ditto . ... l5 9'45 21:3 00317
Horizontal tube O 257 inches diameter, and length 38'5.
Rain Water . .|39 9:9 14'4 | -00907
EIU ee | oo 2°2 15:2 *00183
Salt Water . . |39 2'2 13:6 "0024
Beto. - | 56 2'2 13:8 *00231
mean 0198 |
Ditto . . . .|541to561| 52 24'8 *00165
Spirit of Wine . | 582 E3 19:9 00294

Classing these results we have

Value of Friction,

Temperature.
Rain Water. | Salt Water. | Spirit of Wine.

39 .| 00207 | -0024
- 00183 | -00198 | -00342
99} ‘001537

113 00143

158 00139

From whence it appears that for the usual temperature of

By Mr. Tuomas TREDGOLD. 575

common water, in its effective state for affording heat, we
may take 0014 for the value of f; and, ‘0015 for salt water,
not very different from sea water. |

11. By inserting those values for f in the formule, and 42
for A, we have for common water,

V e PET LIS 49 hed 429hed _
—U, wW
rra M gra t and for sea water Y 71;—

In these A is the depth of the boiler below the centre of the
upper pipe in feet; /the length of pipe the liquid has to
move through in its course from the boiler and back again ;
d the diameter of the pipe in inches; ethe expansion of an
unit in niass of the fluid by the difference of the mean tem-
peratures of the boiler and reservoir; and v the velocity in
feet per second ; whence the quantity of fluid cooled, and,
consequently, the quantity of heat afforded by the apparatus
is known.

12. From the common principles of hydrostatics and the
equations we have obtained, the following practical deduc- -
tions may be derived.

Ist. The more expansible the liquid is by a given change
of temperature the greater will be the velocity. _

2d. All other things being the same, the velocity will be
increased in proportion to the square root of the depth
of the boiler; therefore, in a boiler four times as deep, the
velocity will be doubled.

3d. If there be sufficient service of pipe for the object re-
quired, a reservoir is not necessary to the motion of the
water; a simple bent pipe (fig. 4) being all that is essential
to motion; the reservoir is only to reserve a hot mass of
water to maintain the heat after the fire has gone out.

576 Application of Hot Water in Heating Hot-houses.

4th. If a boiler have sufficient surface to receive the
effect of the fire, and the whole apparatus contains as much
water as will convey the heat from the fire to the heating
surface in the time corresponding to its velocity, its capacity
need not be further increased, except as a reservoir of heat,
to act when the fire ceases to burn. Fig. 5.

5thly. Where heat is required only during the action of
the fire, a large surface in proportion to its capacity may be
used with advantage to give off heat over the descending
pipe, fig. 6 and fig. 7 ; cooling in this manner will increase
the velocity.

6thly. The aperture of the upper pipe should not be more
than about an inch below the surface of the water, or as much
as prevents its drawing air, in an open boiler, but the lower it
is below that the less effect will be obtained ; the lower pipe
should enter the boiler where it has least tendency to cool,
and check the fluid rising to the upper pipe from the fire
surface. | :

7thly. In a close boiler a pipe may, at any distance from
the boiler, rise to any height and descend again ; but, it must
neither rise twice, nor dip after leaving the boiler; where it
is necessary to raise it, there should be an open pipe inserted
at each extremity of the height of the rise ; advantage has been
_ taken of this circumstance to avoid doorways, fig. 8. —

8thly. A certain quantity of motion would be obtained by
a single horizontal pipe between any points except the
bottoms ofthe vessels ; but, the nearer to the surface the
more motion will be obtained; and, with one pipe, there
must be a double current in it.

9thly. The retarding effect of friction is directly as the

By Mr. Tuomas TREDGOLD. 577

length, and inversely as the diameter of the pipes; it is also
increased by every bend and angle in the pipes. .

13. Having considered the circumstances necessary to the
motion of the fluid in pipes, the next inquiry must be the.
quantity of heat a liquid can convey ina given time ; and the
quantity of surface required to communicate it to the air of
the house. Itis a fact, not so generally known as it ought to
be, that if we communicate a certain quantity of heat to a
liquid it will give out exactly the same quantity again in cool-
ing to its former temperature ; less nor more it cannot afford.
It is equally true that, with the same temperatures, equal and
like surfaces give off equal quantities of heat to air, &c. ; and,
consequently, the quantities of heat exchanged under given
circumstances are measurable quantities, and this subtile ele-
ment is brought within the domain of science. *

14. I have shown how to estimate the quantity of heat re-
quired for a Forcing-house, in my book on Warming and
Ventilating (Art. 70 and 71) and, have since had to assign
the proportions for houses of the largest size, and the most
different from the ordinary forms of any in this country,
which having stood the test of experience, and being far be-
yond the bounds of common practice, afford a proof of the
benefit of studying first principles in new and untried cases ;
but, in general, for Hot-houses, twice the number of feet con-
tained in the area of the surface of glass, will be equal to the
number of cubic feet of air which that surface should heat
per minute when in full action;

* Sir Isaac NEwTox first established the laws of heating and cooling, in the
Phil. Trans. for 1701.

VOL. VII. 4F

578 Application of Hot Water in Heating Hot-houses.

15. Now the heat given off by the surfaces of the apparatus
depends on the kind of materials they consist of, and their
temperatures. "The following Table shows the boiling point
and temperature of the heating surface for different liquids
when confined by iron or glass; also their specific heat, or that
quantity of heat they can convey when that conveyed by an
equal volume of water is unity.

Kind of Liquid. Specific Heat. | Boiling Point. | Tesperatare TREES
of Surface.
o o

ater 1 212 190 180
Sea Water 214 192 182
Brine derive 226 205 192
Water 48, Alum Pa oy uos 220 200 188
55, Sulphate of lime 45 iste ares 220 200 | 188
Petroleum "415 316 285 245
Linseed Oil . k : ‘ "496 600 540 510
Sulphuric Acid . s . 35 605 544 514

16. Ifthe cubic feet of air to be heated per minute be
multiplied by the number of degrees it is to be warmed, and
theresult be divided by twice the difference between the
temperature of the house, and that of the surface of the pipes,
the result will be the feet of surface of iron pipe, &c. required.
Thus, if 1000 cubic feet per minute are to be warmed, and the
extreme case is supposed to be that when the external air is
20°, the house should be 50°; and, therefore, the air is to be
warmed 30°; and with water the surface will be 190° when .

the water boils,* but only 180° in the average state, therefore,

1000 x 30 30000 .
2(180— 50) — 3960 — 116 feet of surface.

* 'The mean and extreme temperatures for the neighbourhood of London may
be obtained from the observations of Mr. DANIELL, in his Meteorological Essays.

By Mr. Tuomas TREDGOLD. 579

If we employ brine for m same case ;

then, fase 106 feet.
And, with oil,

ao ao 321 feet would answer the purpose.

When bright tinned iron, earthen-ware, &c. are employed for
pipes, much more surface is necessary. :

The advantage of using a fluid which bears a high tem-
perature without boiling is therefore considerable in reduc-
ing the quantity of surface required to produce a given effect ;
oil requiring only one-third of the surface necessary for water ;
but oil is very inflammable, and sulphuric acid corrosive.

17. It is known from experience that the heat which raises
the temperature of one cubic foot of water one degree will
heat 2850 cubic feet of air one degree; consequently, if A be
the quantity of air to be heated per minute to 7 degrees, and,
x be the difference of the temperature of water in the appa-
ratus, then
m - Wx; Or, a = w = the quantity of water in cubic
feet that must flow along the pipe per minute to supply the
heat ; and, having shown (Art. 11) how to calculate the velo-
city ; and the quantity being equal to the velocity per minute
multiplied by the area of the pipe; the means of knowing
whether the pipes be capable of allowing the proper quantity
to flow along, or not, becomes easy ; as well as of fixing the
proper diameter. If any other liquor be used the number
2850 should be multiplied by the specific heat of that liquib;
and then proceed as before.

18. The least quantity of liquid the apparatus could

980 Application of Hot Water in Heating Hot-houses.

contain, is double the quantity cooled during the time of
making one circuit in the pipes, which is found by dividing
the quantity w, as found above, by the number of circuits, or
parts of a circuit made in a minute, and comparing the velo-
city with the length of the pipes. "Whatever the quantity is
in excess above, this is to be considered a reserve of hot fluid
to afford heat after the fire is out ; and, the fire must be so
much earlier lighted as to heat this excess of water; as it
must be hot before the surface can afford its effective supply
of heat. Hence, there is a considerable objection among
gardeners to large boilers, and large reservoirs.

19. But the most important of the properties of the hot
water method, as first tried, consists in the power it has of
keeping up the temperature of the house for a long period
without attention from the attendant; and, it is entirely owing
to the excess of fluid that it has this advantage over steam
heat; and the exact knowledge which we now have. of the
heat which water contains in proportion to its temperature,
enables us to calculate the time the cooling of the fluid will
maintain the heat of a house; for if u be the number of de-
grees, the water is above the temperature of the house, and

w its quantity in cubic feet; then since m is the quantity to
supply the house one minute, es the minutes the tem-

perature of the house will be sustained by the cooling of the
water longer than in a house heated by steam alone. It will
be obvious, the actual time of cooling will be more than twice
this time, and the heat afforded to the house will decrease,
but this is in some measure compensated for by the solid
parts of the house receiving an excess while the apparatus is

By Mr. Tuomas TREDGOLD. 581

in full action, or boiling, and which it affords again as the
house cools; a compensation taking place in this manner,
which renders it easy enough to proportion the quantity of
reservoir with as much certainty as is necessary.

20. The ordinary method of making reservoirs and boilers
so large as to answer the purpose of maintaining the heat
during the night, has the objection already noticed of render-
ing it a considerable time before the apparatus can be raised
to a temperature capable of giving much heat; and it appears
to me that it would be a material improvement to heat the
water for a reserve of heat, by passing the pipes of the appa-
ratus through the water so that its temperature should be
slowly raised, and the house receive heat during the time.
A small proportion of surface of pipe will heat the water,
because, water abstracts heat from a heating surface with
about twenty times the rapidity that air does at the same
temperatures ; hence, by putting a twentieth part, in addition
to the surface required for the house, through a proper re-
servoir of water it will be slowly raised to nearly the same
temperature as the water in the pipes, and return its heat to
the house as soon as the fire ceases to keep up an excess of
heat in the pipes. Fig. 9, shows such an arrangement where
c is the cistern with part of the pipe passing through it.

21. There is very little strain on the boilers of hot water
apparatus, except in cases where there is much difference of |
level; and, as these rarely occur, consequently they may be
constructed in the best mode for applying heat; which is
most effectively done by having as much bottom surface as
possible with a boiler of a given capacity. For burning a
bushel of coals per hour, the area of the fire grate should not

582 Application of Hot Water in Heating Hot-houses.

be less than eight, nor greater than sixteen square feet, and
the bottom surface four times the area of the grate, with
thirty-two feet of side flue; and a considerable advantage
results from adopting the larger proportion for the grate and
bottom surface, on account of the fire requiring less attention.

22. 'T'he forms of boilers may be varied in a considerable
degree, provided the above quantity of surface receives the
effect of the fire; the first kind used by Mr. ArkiNsoN, was
a parallelepiped with the fire applied to the base only. I
have employed the same form, but of greater length in res-
pect to its width, hence of less capacity, and made the flue
go round the sides of the boiler; it is then of great length,
and very effective, and this I consider the best and most
simple plan for an open topped boiler, serving as a partial
reservoir of heat. A boiler in the form of half a hollow cylin-
der, affording a great quantity of fire and flue surface, is made
by Messrs. BAILEY, (fig. 5) anda bottle-shaped boiler (fig. 6)
is made by Messrs. Corraw and HALLEN, which has a con-
siderable quantity of fire and flue surface, compared with its
capacity; both these are, therefore, well adapted to cases
where only a small reserve of heat is required for night. The
variation of the Scotch distiller's boiler, (fig. 7) is also a good
form for maintaining the supply of heat to the house, while a
Separate reservoir is warmed by part of the pipes. Another
mode of obtaining a large portion of fire and flue surface to
a small capacity, is shown in (fig. 9,) but complicated forms
have little to recommend them, and are expensive except
when so small as to be cast in iron, because the fire should
be partially surrounded by slow conductors of heat to prevent
the dissipation of heat being too rapid, and to render the

By Mr. Tuomas TREDGOLD. 583

combustion of the fuel perfect, and, consequently effective ;
hence, a fire-place surrounded on three sides by brick, is
better than one in the middle of the boiler.

23. The best mode of regulating the fire, is by means of a
door to the ash-pit, having a register, first suggested by Dr.
Brack, and afterwards put in practice by Count Rumrorp.

24. I have now considered the most important points in
the construction of a hot-water apparatus, and have shown
that other fluids may be applied as well as water, when a
more intense heating surface is desirable; and that a reservoir
of heat may be obtained without having to wait till a large
mass of water be heated before the heat has any effect on the
house; and these I hope will be of some use in the applica-
tion of this method of distributing heat.

I have the honour to be,
Sir, your most obedient servant,

To Joseph Sabine, Esq. Tuomas TREDGOLD.

[ 584 ]

LVIII. O» the Degeneracy of the larger and finer Varieties
of Persian Melons, in the climate of England. By
Tuomas Anprew Kyieut, Esq. F. R. S. $c. President.

Read November 3, 1829.

[r is a generally received, and I believe a well founded
opinion, that those varieties of Melons, which have long been
cultivated in the climate of England, of which the rind is hard
and thick, and the flesh highly coloured, do not now degene-
rate; and those persons, who hold the merits of those varieties
in the same degree of estimation that I do, will think with
me, that they are tolerably safe from all danger of becoming
much worse than they now usually are. They are, however,
good enough for the purpose to which I see them usually
applied, that of being looked at only; for out of a hundred
pounds weight of such fruit, which I have seen laid upon the
tables of my friends, within the last ten years, I am certain
that not one pound has been eaten. Some of the green-
fleshed varieties possess, it must be admitted, more merit;
but all these, which I have seen, have been greatly inferior,
both in taste and flavour, to the large Persian varieties, which
have lately been introduced by this Society, and which had
been imported at former periods, but had ceased to be culti-
vated, or known. The first kind which I saw (it was about
thirty years ago) of these Persian varieties, was one of globu-
lar form, of an intensely bright colour, and perfectly white
flesh. Its common weight was nearly eight pounds, and its

On the Degeneracy of Persian Melons. 585

taste and flavour, and the consistence of its flesh, were most
excellent; but I found it difficult to get its blossoms to set.
Having spoken to Sir Joseph Banks of its excellence, he told
me that he had received seeds at different periods of his life
of many of such large and excellent varieties of melons; but
that he had found every variety soon to lose its good qualities,
and that I should not be able to preserve those of the variety
in praise of which I had been speaking. I did not, at that
period, believe his opinions to be well founded ; and I sus-
pected that his Melons had lost their good qualities by in-
termarriages with inferior varieties; but I have since had
ample reasons for believing that his opinions were perfectly
well founded, for my fruit became less in bulk and weight,
and deteriorated in taste and flavour.

I have subsequently cultivated another somewhat similar
variety, with the same ill success, my plants setting their
blossoms more and more freely as the good qualities of the
fruit gradually disappeared ; and I now think that it would .
be strange if every large and excellent variety of Melon did
not degenerate under our ordinary modes of culture. For
every large and excellent variety of Melon must necessarily
have been the production of high culture, and abundant food ;
and a continuance of the same measures, which raised it to
its highly improved state, must be necessary to prevent its
receding in successive generations from that state.

Abundant food, it is true, is generally, perhaps always, given
by the British gardener to his Melon Plants; but sufficient
light, under the most favourable circumstances, can only be *
obtained during a part of the year; and a sufficient breadth
of foliage to enable the Melon plant properly to nourish a

VOL, VII, 4

*

586 On the Degeneracy of Persian Melons.

fruit of large size, and rich saccharine quality, so that it may
attain the highest state of growth and perfection, which it is
capable of acquiring, has rarely, and probably never, been
given, in any season of the year, by any British gardener.

I received about ten years ago, from Sir Harrorp JONES
Bripees, better known to the public as Sir Harrorp JONES,
some seeds of the Melon, which has been named in our
Transactions, the Sweet Ispahan Melon, and which he ob-
tained from Persia. Having found it to be a very excellent
variety, equal, and indeed superior, to any which I had before
possessed or seen, I took measures, which I think have proved
perfectly successful, to cause it to retain its size undiminished,
and its flavour unimpaired: and I have, to make the experi-
ment fairly, generally sowed in each year some of the seeds
which I obtained in the preceding year; unless I failed to
succeed in obtaining those under favourable circumstances,
and in a proper state. The taste and flavour of the fruit
under the mode of culture, which I have adopted, and which
I shall proceed to describe, appear to me to be now quite as
perfect as when the variety first came into my possession ;
and the weight of the largest fruit I obtained in the last
season, exceeded by more than two pounds the weight of the ©
largest, which I raised under the same mode of culture from
the seeds first put into my possession, it having weighed ten
pounds six ounces.

I have cultivated this variety generally in a brick-pit sur-
rounded by hollow walls, through which warm atmospheric
air at all times enters abundantly ; and of which a description
and plate have been given in our Transactions, putting each
plant in a separate large pot, and suffering it to bear one

By Tuomas Anprew Knieut, Esq. 587

Melon only. But the fruits set and succeed sufficiently well
in a common hot-bed; and the important point, to which I
wish to draw the attention of the gardener, is the weight of
fruit which any given extent of glass roof is capable of pro-
ducing in high perfection. I have found that thirteen inches
square of glass roof will afford me a pound of excellent fruit ;
but I sometimes obtain more: though whenever I wish to
save seeds, my wishes are to have rather less. This quantity
will probably appear small to many who are in the habit of
cultivating some other varieties : but if the roof of a vinery
were seen with a bunch of Grapes of a pound weight, at
thirteen inches distance from each other over the whole extent
of its roof, the crop would be thought extremely great;
though the vine has always the advantage of having its roots
and stems, and leaves and blossoms, prepared in the pre-
ceding year, whilst the Melon plant has every thing to do
within the space of three or four months.

The rind of the Ispahan, as of other Persian Melons, bemg
very soft and thin, the fruit is apt to sustain injury upon its
under side, if it be not properly supported; and I, therefore,
when I raise any of those varieties in a hot-bed, always place
the fruit, whilst very young, upon a little machine in the form
of a short broad ladder, of a foot long, and four inches wide.
This, which has four slender cross bars, is supported at its
corners by four forked pegs, which are stuck into the mould
of the bed; and the fruit is thus raised some inches above
the surface of the mould of the bed, and exposed to light,
whilst the air is permitted to pass freely under it. I senda
few seeds of the large Melon above mentioned, with the hope
that some other Members of our Society will succeed as well

588 On the Degeneracy of Persian Melons.

in cultivating the variety as I have done, and that they will
find it, as I have done, superior in merit to any of those
which have subsequently been imported from Persia.

Whenever it is my wish to obtain seeds of the Ispahan
Melon, I do not sow its seeds earlier than the middle of
April, that my plants may grow and blossom in June, during
the brightest weather of our climate, and ripen their fruit early
in August.

I have some reasons for believing that very valuable va-
rieties of the Melon may be obtained, for one generation at
least, by cross breeding between the smaller and more hardy
varieties of green and white fleshed Melons, and the large
Persian varieties. I obtained from one of our Members, Captain
Rarnier, R. N. (to whom our gardens are indebted for some
other valuable articles) a Melon of a very singular character,
from the seeds of which, and the pollen of the Ispahan
Melon, I obtained plants of more hardy and productive
habits than those of the Ispahan Melon, and which afforded
fruit scarcely, if at all, inferior to that. The colour of the
above-mentioned, which I received from Captain RAINIER, is
pale green, with longitudinal stripes of very deep green; and
being very long and slender whilst young, it excited in the
minds of several persons, when they first saw it, the idea of a
snake lying amongst the leaves of the plant. During the
growth of the fruit the pale green part of it acquires a very
bright yellow colour, and this, as the fruit approaches matu-
rity, slowly fades into the colour of box-wood. Its flesh being
green and of good quality, though inferior in richness to that
of the Ispahan, and the plants extremely productive of
fruit, I introduced the pollen of the Ispahan Melon into its

By Tuomas ANDREW Kxianr, sad 589

blossoms with very beneficial effects upon the ofiii In
the last season I again introduced the pollen of the Ispahan
Melon into the blossoms of the cross bred varieties, and from
the seeds thus obtained, of which I send a small number, I
confidently expect fruit of very great excellence. Tt is, I be-
lieve, very generally supposed, that the offspring of cross
bred plants, as well as of cross bred animals, usually present
great irregularity and variety of character: but if a male of
permanent habits, and of course not cross bred, be selected,
that will completely overrule the disposition to sport irregu-
' larly in the cross bred variety alike in the animal and vegetable
world, the permanent habit always controlling and prevailing
over the variable. The finest varieties of Melons are usually
supposed by gardeners to be comparatively with the Pine
Apple, fruits of easy culture: but experience has led me to
draw a contrary conclusion, and to believe that more skill, and
still more trouble and attention, are requisite, in almost all
seasons, to ensure a crop of Melons in the highest state of per-
fection which that fruit is capable of acquiring. If the leaves
of a Melon plant be suddenly exposed to the influence of the
sun in a bright day, which has succeeded a few cloudy days,
for a short time only, they frequently become irreparably in-
jured. Ifthe air of the bed be kept a little too damp, the stems
of the plants often canker, and the leaves and stalks sustain
injury in the common hot-bed ; and if the air be too dry the
plants, and consequently the fruit, are injured by the depre-
dations of the red spider. The Pine Apple, on the contrary, I
have found, (as I have stated in former Communications) to be
a plant of very easy culture; and I much doubt whether any
Pine-stove in the kingdom at the present moment contains as

590 On the Degeneracy of Persian Melons.

fine plants at the same age, and confined within the same
limits, as my houses contain, and I am quite certain that the
time and trouble expended in the care of these is not one
fourth part as much as an equal extent of Melon-beds would
have required during any given period of the growth of the
Pine Apple plants.

Nore. The Title-page, Index, &c. of the Seventh Volume
will be published speedily.

: Directions to the Binder.
Pl. 13. Ribes sanguineum, - - to face page 509
14. Blossoms of the Various-flowered Camellia, - 545
15. Modes of Heating with hot water, - - 570

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY

LONDON.

PART V,

p Bot. Gar: a
Ie.

AND soLp BY * HATCHARD, PICCADILLY ; ; ARCH, CORNHILL ; RIDGWAY AND
SONS, PICCADILLY; LONGMAN AND CO. PATERNOSTER-ROW ; NORNAVILLE
AND PELL, BOND-STAEET; -RIVINGTONS,. "WATERLOO-PLACE; TREUTTEL
AND WÜRTZ, SOHO-SQUARE; WOOD, STRAND; AND BY THE PRINCIPAL a
BOOKSELLERS IN ALL PARTS OF THE EMPIRE.

LIST OF AUTHORS,

WITH

the Titles of their respective Communications.

MR. JAMES ACON, C. M. H. S.
Observations on the Growth of Early and Late Grapes under Glass, p.1
MR. WILLIAM BEATTIE BOOTH, A. L. S.
Journal of Meteorological Observations made in the Garden of the Horticultural
Society at Chiswick, during the year 1826, $ - p. 102
Journal of Meteorological Observations made in the Garden | of the Horticultural
Society at Chiswick, during the year 1827, - 3 - p. 346
History and Description of the Species of Camellia and 'Thea; and of the Va-
rieties of the Camellia Japonica that have been imported from China, p. 519
MR. JAMES DALL.

On the Culture of the Pine Apple, - - - - p. 184
On Forcing Asparagus, - - - - - p. 188
MR. JOHN DICK.

An Account of a Protecting Frame for Fruit Trees on Walls, - p. 76

MR. DAVID DOUGLAS, F. L. S.
An Account of the Species of Calochortus, a Genus of American Plants, p. 275
An Account of some new and little known Species of the Genus Ribes p. 508

MR. CHRISTIE DUFF, F. H. S. :
285

On the Treatment of the Nymphæa rubra, - . ^ P.
MR. THOMAS FAIRBAIRN, F. H. S.
On the Cultivation of Air Plants in Stoves, " ~ = p. 499
— MR. ARCHIBALD GORRIE, C. M. H. S
An Account of Scotch Pears, - . - p- 299
MR. WILLIAM GREENSHIELDS, F. H. S
A Method of growing Crops of Melons on open Borders, - - p. 172

Upon Pruning and TE Dwarf Standard Apple and Pear Trees in a
Garden, - - = - p. 291
YOL, VII.

LIST OF AUTHORS.

MR. HENRY GROOM, F. H. S.

Upon a method of obtaining late Flowers of Ranunculuses, - p. 394
MR. JOSEPH HARRISON.
On the Cultivation of Camellias in an open Border, = oup p. 168
MR. JOHN HAY, C. M. H. S.
Description, with Plans of a Hot- Wall, - - p. 218

MR. WALTER HENDERSON, C. M. H. S.

Account of a Mode of Managing Peach Trees, in an Early Peach House, p. 209
THOMAS ANDREW KNIGHT, ESQ. F. R. S. PRESIDENT.
Upon the Culture of Celery, - - - s p. 43
Upon the Culture of the Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus, or Chinese Cherry, p. 180

Suggestions respecting the Culture of the Mango and Cherimoyer, p. 254
An Account of some improvements in the construction of Hot-beds, p. 281
On the Culture of the Potatoe, - - - p. 405
On the Cultivation of the Pine Apple, - - E p. 409
Upon the supposed Changes of the Climate of England, - - p. 563
On the Degeneracy of the larger and finer Varieties of Persian Melons, in the

Climate of England, - - - - p. 584

JOHN LINDLEY, ESQ. F. R. S. Assistant SECRETARY.

Report upon the New or Rare Plants which flowered in the Garden of the Hor-
ticultural Society at Chiswick, between March 1825, and March 1826. Part I.
Tender Plants, - - : p. 46

Notice of Five Varieties of an received from Jed | in P ds year 1826, p. 175

Report upon the New or Rare Plants which flowered in the Garden of the Hor-
ticultural Society at Chiswick, between March 1825, and March 1826. Part II.
Hardy Plants, - E - p. 224.

Some Account of the Mela Carla, Malcarle, or Chiles Apple, k p. 259

SIR GEORGE STUART MACKENZIE, BART. F. H. S.

A Simplified Method of Marking Numbers on Tallies, T . p. 288

An Account of some Varieties of the Apple which have been found to succeed
in a Garden in Rosshire, Latitude 57? 34’ 54", N. with Descriptions of Five

New Seedling Apples, - E - - p. 332

On the Cultivation of the Strawberry, - - Pi. p. 342
; MR. ANDREW MATHEWS, A. L. S.

On the Varieties of Cardoon, and the Methods of Cultivating them, P. 9.

On the Esculent Egg Plants, - - é - p. 82

LIST OF AUTHORS.

MR.JOHN MEARNS, F. H. S.

Upon the Cultivation of the Bouvardia Triphylla, : - E p. 501
SIR CHARLES MILES LAMBERT MONCK, BART. F. H. S.
A Plan for Transplanting large Forest Trees in Parks, | - E p. 294

MR. JOHN DAMPER PARKS, F. H. S.
Upon the proper management of Plants during their ah bt if from China to

England, - y * - p. 396
SIR EDWARD POORE, BART. F. H. S.
Observations on the Cultivation of Stove Plants, ` > - p. 389
MR. JOHN ROBERTSON, F. H. S.
On Planting the moist alluvial Banks of Rivers with Fruit Trees, p. 135
An Account of the manner of Training the Vine upon Open Walls, at Thomery,
near Fontainebleau, - - - - p. 373
JOSEPH SABINE, ESQ. F. R. S. SECRETARY.
Account of some remarkable Holly Hedges and Trees in Scotland, p. 194

An Account and Description of the Species and most remarkable Varieties of

Spring Crocuses, cultivated in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, p. 419
MR. JOHN SMITH.

An Account of a Cherry Orchard at Hylands, near Chelmsford, the Seat of Peter

Csesar Labouchere, Esq. = - - - p.400
MR. WILLIAM SMITH.
On Dahlias, - D - - - p. 141
; MR. WILLIAM STOTHARD, C. M. H. S.
Observations upon Forcing Garden Rhubarb, - VOU S TOT LIO
MR. JOHN STREET, C. M. H. S. 3
On Acclimatizing Plants at Biel, in East Lothian, x = p. 31

S. S. STREET, ESQ.
Upon a mode of covering the naked branches of Fruit Trees with New Wood,

pP. 417
MR. JOSEPH THOMSON, C. M. H. S.

A Review of the Fifty kinds of Grapes described by Mr. SrrercurY in his
* Treatise on the Vine,” with such Corrections as subsequent experience shews
the necessity of, - - - - p. 263

LIST OF AUTHORS.

MR. THOMAS TORBRON, F. H. S.
Remarks upon the COPIER Amat of Grafting Pears upon Quince

Stocks, E - p. 213
MR. WILLIAM TOWNSHEND.
On Orache, its Varieties and Cultivation, B - p. 130
MR. THOMAS TREDGOLD.
Upon the Application of Hot Water in Heating Hot-houses, - p. 568

MR. JAMES TRAILL.
Accounts and Descriptions of the several Plants belonging to the Genus Hoya,
which are cultivated in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick,

p. 16
MR. WILLIAM WHALE.

Account of a Plan for Heating Stoves by means of Hot Water, employed in the

Garden of Anthony Bacon, Esq. F. H. S. - - p- 203
JOHN WILLIAMS, ESQ. C. M. H. S.
On the probable cause of the Russet in Apples, - - p. 505

MR. RICHARD WILLIAMS.
An Account of an easy method of Destroying Caterpillars on Gooseberry Bushes,
p. 403

Notices of Communications to the Horticultural Society, between January 1, -
1824, and January 1, 1825, of which separate Accounts have not been pub-
lished in the Transactions. Extracted from the Minute Books and Papers of
the Society, - - - - - ue pe OF

Report on the Instruments employed in, and on the Plan of a Journal of, i i
rological Observations kept in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at
Chiswick, E ee. > E p. 97

List of Mevaus presented by OnpER of the Counciu of the Horti-
CULTURAL SOCIETY of LoNpos, from May 1, 1828, to May 1, 1830.

To Mr. ALEXANDER CAMPBELL, Gardener to the Comte de Vandes,
for his skill in the cultivation of Stove plants, and particularly
of Combretum comosum, which had not flowered in any other
collection. :

To Witu1am Tuomas Sarvin, Esq. F. H.S. for his cultivation of
Grapes on flued walls at Crossdale, Durham. :

List of Persons to whom the Banxstan Mepat has been presented
by OnpEn of the Counci of the HonrTicurvTURAL Society of
Lowpox, for Exursitions at GENERAL MEETINGS of the Society,
from May 1, 1828, to May 1, 1830.

To Mr. Cuartes MansnaLL, Gardener to Tuomas LanGuey, Esq.
F.H.S. for his Specimens of seedling perennial Lupines, exhi-
bited on the 3rd of June, 1828.

To Mr. Henry Groom, F. H. S. for his flowers of Ranunculuses,
exhibited on the 5th of August, 1828.

To Mr. Tuomas Barney, Gardener to Epwarp Bouverie, Esq. of
Delapre Abbey, for his green-fleshed Melon, exhibited on the
5th of August, 1828.

To Mr. Tuomas FainBainN, for flowers of Renanthera coccinea,
exhibited on the 16th of September, 1828.

To Mr. WinLiAM SQqviBBs, Gardener to CHARLES HAMPDEN
Turner, Esq. F. H. S. for flowers of Double Dahlias, exhibited
on the 7th of October, 1828. |

To WirLiAM Catt ey, Esq. F. H.S. for his vens of Cattleya labiata,
exhibited on the 4th of November, 1828.

To the Rev. James ArmitaGe Ruopes, for Grapes and Pine Apples,
exhibited on the 4th of November, 1828.

To Mr. ALEXANDER CAMPBELL, Gardener to the COMTE DE VANDES,
for his plant of Cactus truncatus in flower, exhibited on the
18th of November, 1828.

To Mr. Henry Burn, F. H. S. for his Black Jamaica Pine Apple,
exhibited on the 18th of November, 1828.

To CuristopHer Ricnanp Nugent, Esq. C. M. H.S. for his Cone
of the Araucaria Dombeyi, exhibited on the 3rd of February,
1829.

To Mr. Josepa Wers, Gardener to WiLLIAM WELLs Esq. F. H. S.
for his flowers of a new Chinese Yellow Azalea, exhibited on the
7th of April, 1829.

To Mr. WirLiAM Rosert Grayson, for Asparagus, exhibited on the
19th of May, 1829.

To Jonn Reeves, Esq. F. H. S. for dried fruit of Diospyrus Kaki,
exhibited on the 7th of July, 1829.

To Mr. Joun Lez, F. H.S. for a collection of Roses, exhibited on
the 7th of July, 1829.

To Mr. Bensamin FIELDER, Gardener to Mr. WinLiAM LiNwoop,
F. H. S. for a seedling Grape, exhibited on the 4th of August,
1829.

To Mr. Cnanrzs Spone, C. M. H.S. for a Queen Pine Apple, ex-
hibited on the 4th of August, 1829.

To Mr. JoseeH Gunpry, Gardener to SamueL PavwTER, Esq.
F. H. S. for a Cockscomb, exhibited on the 15th of September,
1829.

To Mr. WinLiAM GREENSHIELDS, F. H. S. for a Queen Pine Apple,
exhibited on the 15th of September, 1829.

To Joun WiLLiAMs, Esq. C. M. H.S. for a seedling Grape, ex-
hibited on the 6th of October, 1829.

To Mr. WILLIAM Huaues, C. M. H. S. for Grapes, exhibited on the
20th of October, 1829. ;

List of Mepars awarded at the Anniversary MEETING of the
HORTICULTURAL Society of Lonpon in the year 1828.

LARGE SILVER MEDALS.

To Mr. Tuomas CLuEs, Gardener to C. C. Harropp, Esq. for
Grapes.

To Mr. WinuiAM Dorsey, Gardener to Josian JOHN Gaga; E
F. H.S. for a Providence Pine Apple.

BANKSIAN MEDALS.

To Mr. Jonn Luck, Gardener to Pattie Davies Cooke, Esq.
F. H. S. for Peaches and a Providence Pine Apple.

To Mr. George Waite, Gardener to BEAP Benyon, Esq.
F. H. S. for Grapes.

To Mr. Jonn Owen, Gardener to Gianins. Souths CookE, Esq.
F. H. S. for a Providence Pine Apple.

To Mr. Tuomas Tyrer, Gardener to. the Lord ELLENBOROUGH,
F. H. S. for Strawberries.

To Mr. Tuomas TonBRoN, Gardener to the Earl of ABERDEEN,
F. H. S. for Peaches.

To MicHAEL MuckLow Zacuary, Esq. F. H. S. for a Melon.

List of MkpaLs awarded at the Anniversary MeeTING of the
HORTICULTURAL Society of LoNpoN in the year 1829.

LARGE SILVER MEDALS.

To Mr. RosEnT Gunter, for Grapes and a Pine Apple.
To Mr. JoserH Paxton, Gardener to the Duke of DEVONSHIRE,
F. H. S. at Chatsworth, for various Fruits.

BANKSIAN MEDALS.

To Mr. Tuomas Cuves, Gardener to E. C. Hartopp, Esq. of Four
. Oaks Hall, near Birmingham, for Grapes.

To Mr. WinuiaM Doxey, Gardener to Josian Joun Guest, Esq.
F. H. S. for a Pine Apple.

To Mr. Jonn Mearns, Gardener to Wittiam HawBuny, Esq. of
Shobden Court, Herefordshire, for Nectarines and Grapes. —

To Mr. Tuomas Tyer, Gardener to the Lord ELLENBOROVGH, at
Roehampton, for Strawberries.

To Mr. Jonn Miter, F. H.S. for Queen Pine Apples.

To the Lord Ropney, F. H. S. for Melons.

To Ricuarp Jones PoweLL, Esq. of Hinton Court, Hereford, for a
Melon.

To Mr. Cuarues Morais, of Brentford, for Cherries.

To Mr. WinLiAM Asuton, of THorne’s House, near Leeds, for
various Fruits.

To Mr. Bensamin Law, of Northampton, for Grapes and Melons.

VOL. VII.

List of Mepats presented to Locau HORTICULTURAL SOCIETIES
within the United Kingdom, for the year 1828.

By the CALEDONIAN HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to
Mr. Joun Hay, of Edinburgh, Corresponding Member of the Hor-
ticultural Society of London, for his * Account of a Mode of
producing bottom Heat for Pine-Apple Pits by means of Steam
introduced into a close chamber filled with rounded or water-worn
Stones," printed in the second part of the fourth volume of the
Memoirs of the Caledonian Horticultural Society.

By the ABERDEENSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,
to Mr. Jonn Davison, Gardener to The Lord Kennepy, at Donnottar
House, near Aberdeen, for having exhibited during the year 1828
the greatest number of superior fruits, flowers, and other Horticul-
tural productions, as well as having received the greatest number
of prizes awarded during the year.

. By the CAMBRIDGESHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,
to Mr. SamvEL WIDNALL, of Granchester, Nurseryman, for the ex-
cellency of his productions, and the number of prizes he obtained
within the year ; of these, sixteen were first prizes.

By the DUMFRIES AND GALLOWAY HORTICULTURAL
SOCIETY, to Mr. James CuNNiNGHAM, Gardener to WILLIAM
SrorHERT, Esq. of Cargen, in Kirkudbrightshire, for having gained
in the course of the year 1828 the greatest number of prizes from the
Society for the most useful and ornamental articles in cultivation,
and for his general industry and ability as a gardener. -

By the HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF DURHAM,
NORTHUMBERLAND, AND NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE, to

Mr. JosepH CLARKE, Gardener to Mr. Bewicxe, of Close House,
near Newcastle, for the greatest number of Medals gained during
that year, as well as for the superiority of his exhibitions and com-
munications, especially for a paper on the preservation of Apples.

By the VALE OF EVESHAM HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,
to Mr. GEoncE FurroN, Gardener to The Lord: Norruwick, of
Northwick Park, in Worcestershire, for his general productions in
Horticulture of superior excellence and flavour, and for his com-
munications read to the Society.

.By the GLASGOW HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr.
Grorce Duncan, Gardener to Miss OswaLp, of Scotstown, near
Glasgow, he having in the unanimous opinion of the judges ap-
pointed by the Society, displayed most knowledge of his business,
greatest industry, and altogether most merit in the cultivation of
the Garden under his charge in comparison with the Gardens of
other competitors, the judges having taken into consideration the
assistance afforded to him, the circumstances of the Garden, the
extent and variety of the articles produced, and all other matters
affecting his management.

By the GLAMORGANSHIRE AND MONMOUTHSHIRE
SOCIETY, to Mr. Peter Lauper, Nurseryman, for his communi-
cation on planting Orchards, which was published in the “ Cam-
brian" newspaper on the 22d of August, 1829. .

By the HEREFORDSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,
to Mr. WitLiAM GopsarL, of Hereford, Florist, for having gained
the greatest number of prizes during the year 1828, and for his
inventions of a garden plough, and several ingenious and useful im-
plements of gardening.

. By the IPSWICH HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr. Ro-
BERT MinBonN, of Ipswich, Market Gardener, for the general
excellence of his productions (Fruits and Esculent Vegetables) ex-
hibited at the different meetings of the Society in the year 1828.

By the ROSS HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr. CHARLES
Hutton, Gardener to Colonel James Kyrie Money, of Hom House,
Herefordshire, for the many valuable seedling Cider and Perry fruits
grown by him, for his skilful mode of forcing Grapes, and for the
various fine specimens of fruit exhibited by him at the meetings of
the Society. 3

By the WINCHESTER HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to
Mr. WiLLiAM Stites, Gardener to the Rev. THomas GARNIER, of
Bishopstoke, for his production of a variety of fine fruits at the
different meetings of the Society, for his general attention to the
Garden under his care, and particularly for his management of the
Flower Garden.

By the YORKSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr.
Tuomas DEuxBERRY, Gardener to the Rev. JAMES ARMITAGE
Ruopes, of Horsforth Hall, near Leeds, for his excellence as a
grower of Pines, Grapes, and fruits in general.

Medals presented to Loca HORTICULTURAL SOCIETIES
within the United Kingdom, for the year 1829.

Bv the CALEDONIAN HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to the
EanL or DuNwonz, for the unwearied and enlightened zeal with
which he has for many years promoted the interests of Horticul-
ture in Seotland, particularly in producing at Dunmore Park
Garden, by crossing the breeds on scientific principles, the finest
Seedling Pears ever raised in this country.

By the ROSS HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr. Tuomas
REvNoLps, Nurseryman and Gardener, Ross, for his practical skill
in the science of Horticulture, and the zeal displayed by him at
the establishment of the Society, and the support he has since
given to it at twenty-five public exhibitions.

By the VALE OF EVESHAM HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,
to Mr. Jonn Hunt, of Pershore, for his various fine specimens of
fruit, particularly Strawberries, and other Horticultural produc-
tions exhibited by him at all the Meetings of the Society since its
first establishment, as well as during the present year (1829), for
which many prizes have been awarded, and for his great success in
cultivating and raising on twenty-seven acres of orchard ground
between three and four thousand Seedling Apples and Pears, and
above eight hundred named grafted fruits of various sorts, many of
which are new and of improved quality and flavour.

By the ABERDEENSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,
to Mr. Davip Garrys, Gardener to James MITCHELL NICHOLSON,
Esq. of Glenbervie, for having gained in the course of that year at
five of the six competitions held in Aberdeen, eleven prizes, for
his exhibitions of Fruits, Flowers, and other Horticultural pro-
ductions.

By the HEREFORDSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY,
to Mr. Tuomas Garpner, Gardener to Sir J. G. CorrERELL, Bart. for
having gained the greatest number of Prizes during the year, and
for the great merit he has evinced in the management of the Garden
under his charge.

“ By the DUMFRIES HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr.
ALEXANDER M‘Giuiivray, Gardener to C. G. S. Menteith, Esq. of
Closeburn Hall, Dumfriesshire, for the variety and superior quality
of the articles produced by him during the year, for his skill and
ability as a Gardener, his uniform steady conduct, and with re-
ference to his having been a regular and successful competitor for
— years past.

`- By the CAMBRIDGESHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY;
to WILLIAM SEARLE, Esq. of Chesterton, for having gained the
greatest number of Prizes during the. year, the number being
twenty-seven, of which three were Medals, and eighteen others kde
Prizes.

` By the LIVERPOOL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr.
Tuomas Green, Gardener to Mr. PoweLL, of Breck Lodge, near
Liverpool, for his pn: pinipil of Exotics, des and
Flowers. ^.

. By the IPSWICH HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY , to Mr.
Timotuy SanLv, Gardener to C. Berners, Esq. of Holbrook, for
the general excellence of his productions, (fruits and esculent ve-
getables) exhibited at the different dcum of the SaN in the
year 1829.

- By the MANCHESTER HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to
J.C. WaLkzn, Esq. of Longford, for his unremitting and indefa-
tigable attention to Horticulture, which has greatly tended to
promote the knowledge of the Science in the neighbourhood of
Manchester, and which was confirmed by the specimens of fruit
and vegetables exhibited by him on the opening of the Manchester
Botanical and Horticultural Institution.

By the WINCHESTER HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr.
Joun Prrr, Gardener to G. R. G. Ricuerts, Esq. for his general
good management of the Garden, particularly of his flowers.

By the HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF DURHAM, NOR-
THUMBERLAND, AND NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE, to Mr.
James Scort, Gardener to Epwarp CHARLTON, Esq. of Sandoe,
near Hexham, not only for the numerous exhibitions for which
prizes have been awarded to him, but also for his great attention
to the interests of the Society and zeal in forwarding its objects.

By the DUNDEE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr.
James Kipp, Gardener to the Lord Kinnairp, for having gained
the greatest number of Prizes during the current season.

By the YORKSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to Mr.
Tuomas Appiesy, Gardener to the Rev. J. A. Ruopes, of Horsforth
Hall, for having gained the greatest value of Prizes during the
year.

LIST OF BOOKS AND OTHER ARTICLES,
PRESENTED TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,

FROM MAY 1, 1828, TO MAY I, 1830.

WITH THE NAMES OF THE DONORS.

HIS IMPERIAL MAJESTY THE EMPEROR OF RUSSIA,
F. H. S.

Acta Academiz Scientiarum Imperialis Petropolitanz. 6 vols. 4to.
Petropoli, 1778-1786.

Commentarii Academiz Scientiarum Imperialis Petropolitane.
14 vols. 4to. Petropoli, 1728-1751.

Nova Acta Academiæ Scientiarum Imperialis Petropolitanz. 15 vols.
4to. Petropoli, 1787-1806.

Novi C tarii Academiz Scienti Imperiali Fstsgpelitaoee.
20 vols. 4to. Petropoli, 1750-1776.

Mémoires de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg.
9 vols. 4to. St. Pétersbourg, 1809-1824.

Troodi Academii Naook. 2 vols. 4to. St. Petersburgh, 1823.

Oomozritelnaia Izsledovania Imperatorskavo Sanctpeterburgskoi
Academii Naook. 5 vols. 4to. St. Petersburgh, 1810-1819.

HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF THE NETHERLANDS,
F. H. S.
Flora Batava. Nos. 79. to 83 inclusive. 4to. Amsterdam, 1828-
1830.
L'ACADÉMIE ROYALE DES SCIENCES DE L'INSTITUT
DE FRANCE.
Mémoires de l'Académie. Vols. 7 and 8. 4to. Paris, 1827-1829.

AGRICULTURAL AND HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF
INDIA.
Transactions of the Agricultural and Horticultural cade of
India. Vol.1. 8vo. Serampore, 1829.

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
Transactions of the Society held at Philadelphia, New Series.
Part 2. Vol. 3. 4to. Philadelphia, 1830.

SOCIETY OF ARTS.
Transactions of the Society of Arts. Vols. 46 and 47. 8vo. London,
1828-1829.
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
Asiatic Researches. Vol. 16. 4to. Calcutta, 1828.

THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN
AND IRELAND.

The Travels of Ibn Batüta, translated by The Rev. Samuel Lee, B. D.
4to. London, 1829.

Reports of the Proceedings at the First and Second General Meet-
ings of the Subscribers to the Oriental Translation Fund. 8vo.
London, 1828-1829.

Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society. Part 1. Vol. 2. 4to.
London, 1829.

BERLIN HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.

Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Beförderung des Gartenbaues in
den Königlich Preussischen Staaten. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and
Part 1 of Vol. 6. 4to. Berlin, 1824-1829.

CAMBRIDGESHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.

‘The Fourth Report of the Cambridgeshire Horticultural Society,
read at the General Meeting on the 7th of March, 1828. 8vo.
Cambridge, 1828.

The Fifth Report of the Cambridgeshire Horticultural Society,
read at the General Meeting on the 6th of March, 1829. 8vo.
Cambridge, 1829.

VOL. VII.

CALEDONIAN HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.
Memoirs of the Caledonian Horticultural Society. Part 2 of Vol. 4,
for 1829. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1829.
List of Prizes proposed by the Caledonian Horticultural Society
for 1829. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1829.
Third Report of the Garden Committee of the Caledonian Horti-
| cultural Society. 4to. Edinburgh, 1828.

HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF DURHAM, NORTHUM-
BERLAND, AND NEWCASTLE ON TYNE.
Transactions of the Horticultural Society of Durham, Northum-
berland, and Newcastle on Tyne. Part 1. Vol. 1. 8vo. New-
castle, 1827.
ROYAL SWEDISH AGRICULTURAL ACADEMY.

Annals of the Royal Swedish Agricultural Academy. 16 Vols. 8vo.
Stockholm, 1813-1823.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Transactions of the Geological Society. Part 3. Vol. 2, with the
Supplement, and Part 1. Vol. 3. 4to. London, 1829.

A List of the Members; and Proceedings of the Geological Society,
1828-29-30. 8vo. London.

LINNEAN SOCIETY. |

Transactions of the Linnean Society. Vol. 16. Part 1. 4to. London,

1829.
MEDICO-BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

An Oration delivered before the Medico-Botanical Society of Lon-
don, October 1828, by Mr. Frost. 4to. London, 1828.

An Address delivered by Earl Stanhope at the Anniversary Meet-
ing of the Medico-Botanical Society, January 16, 1830. 4to.

London, 1830. E
PORTSMOUTH AND PORTSEA LITERARY AND PHILO-
SOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Report of the: Cómmittee-of the Society for 1827 and 1828. 8vo.

Portsea, 1827-1828.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. -

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Part 2.
for 1827 ; and Parts 1 and 2 for 1828. 4to. London, 1827-

1828.
ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. 2. Part 1.

- THE MANAGERS OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTION.

The Quarterly Journal of Science, Literature and Art. Nos.6 to 13
inclusive. 8vo. London, 1828-1830.

WILLIAM AINSWORTH, Esq.
Edinburgh Journal. Nos. 1 and 2. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1829.

.MR. WILLIAM BAXTER, F. H.S.
Stirpes Cryptogamee Oxonienses. Fasciculus 2. 4to, Oxford, 1828.
THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, F. H. S.
Salictum Woburnense. Large Octavo. London, 1829.

POWELL CHARLES BLACKETT, Ese.
An Essay on the Use of the Atropa Belladonna, or Solanum lethale.

MESSRS. BLACKWOOD AND CO.
Quarterly Journal of Agriculture. No. 1. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1828.

THE MARQUESS OF BRISTOL, F.H. S.

f:allesios Pomona Italiana. Nos. 21 to 24 inclusive. Folio. Pisa,
1827-1829. -

JOSHUA BROOKES, Ese.

An Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Zoological
Club on the 29th of Nov. 1828. 8vo. London, 1828.

ROBERT BROWN, Esq. H.M. H.S.
A Brief Account of Microscopical Observations on the Pollen of
Plants. 8vo. London, 1828.

REV. WILLIAM BUCKLAND, D. D.
Four Lithographic Drawings of Fossil Plants.

MR. JOHN CREE, F. H. S.
Hortus Addlestonensis, or a Descriptive Catalogue of Plants cul-
tivated and sold by Mr. John Cree at Addlestone Nursery,
Chertsey. 8vo. London, 1829.

JOHN CURTIS, Esq. F. L.S.
Curtis’s British Entomology. Second Edition of No. 1. 8vo.
London.
M. DE CANDOLLE, F. M. H.S.
Mémoire sur la Famille des Combrétacées. 4to. Genéve, 1828.
Note sur quelques Plantes observées en fleur au mois de Janvier,
1828, dans la serre de M. Saladin à Pregny. 4to. Genéve, 1828.
Mémoire sur la Famille des Mélastomacées, 1828 .4to. Genève, 1828.
Deuxiéme Mémoire sur la Famille des Crassulacées. 4to. Genéve,
1828. 3
M. DELBECQ, F.C. M. H. S.
Trente-septiéme, trente-huitiéme, et trente-neuvitme Exposition
publique de la Société Royale d'Agriculture et de Botanique
de Gand. 8vo. Gand, 1827-1828.
Programme des prix proposés par la Société Royale d'Agriculture
et de Botanique de Gand. 8vo. Gand, 1828.
Rapport fait à la Société Royale d'Agriculture et de Botanique de
Gand dans sa séance solennelle et publique du 29 Juin, 1827.
8vo. Gand, 1897.

LE CHEVALIER AUBERT DU PETIT THOUARS, F. M.H. S.
Cours de Phytologie, &c. 8vo.

Histoire particuliére des Plantes Orchidées, (a Coloured Copy).
Svo. Paris, 1822. —

M. DUTROCHET, F. C.M. H.S.
Nouvelles Recherches sur l'Endosmose et l'Exosmose. 8vo. Paris,

1828.
FREDERIC FINCHAM, Esq.

A Compendium of the Medicinal Properties of the Chlorides of

Lime and Soda. é
MR. THOMAS FOWLER.

A Description of the Patent Thermosiphon, with some modes of
applying it to Horticultural and other useful and important
purposes. 8vo. London, 1829.

MRS. FULLERTON.

A Coloured Drawing of a Strophanthus.

M. GAY, F.C. M. H.S.

Observations sur deux Mémoires de Botanique récemment publiés
en Italie. |
F. GOODWIN, Esq.

A Lithographic Drawing of the proposed Grand National Cemetery.

MR. CALEB HITCH.
On a Patent Method of Building. 8vo. London, 1829.

WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER, L.L.D. F.H.S.
Flora Boreali-Americana. No. 1-2. 4to. London, 1829-30.

PROFESSOR J. W. HORNEMANN, F.M.H.S.

Nomenclatura Flore Danice Emendata, cum Indice Systematico
et Alphabetico. 8vo. Hafnie, 1827.
Om Fucus Buccinalis. 4to. Kjóbenhavn, 1828.

DAVID HOSACK, M. D. F. M. H.S.

Adlum on the Cultivation of the Vine in America, and the best
mode of making Wine. 8vo. Washington, 1828.

Hints for American Husbandmen, with original Notices and Ex-
tracts on Selecting and Breeding Neat Cattle and Sheep. 8vo.
Philadelphia, 1827.

On the Growth and. Manufacture of Silk. 8vo. Washington, 1828.

The American Vine Dresser’s Guide. 12mo. New York, 1827.

Memoir of De Witt Clinton. 4to. New York, 1829.

Prince on Horticulture.

New York Farmer, and Horticultural Repository. Vol. 1, and
Nos. 1 to 4 of Vol. 2.

M. JACQUIN, F. M.H. S.

Essai sur la Culture, la Nomenclature et la Classification du Dahlia.

GEORGE WILLIAM JOHNSON, Esq. F. H.S.
Johnson's History of English Gardening. 8vo. London, 1829.

LEWIS KENNEDY, Esq. -
On the Cultivation of Waste Land by the Unemployed Poor. 8vo.
London, 1829.
MESSRS. KENNEDY AND GRAINGER.
The Practice of Tenancy and Customs of Counties in Great Britain.
8vo. London, nous
THOMAS ANDREW KNIGHT, Esq. Pres. H. S,
Wahlenberg's Flora Suecica. Vols. 1 and 2. 8vo. _Upsal, 1824.

DON MARIANO LAGASCA, F. M. H. S.
Genera et Species Plantarum quze aut nove sunt aut nondum recté
cognoscuntur. 8vo. 1816. 3
M: LAIR.

Mémoires de j Société Royale d'Agriculture et de Commerce de
Caen. Vols. land 2. 8vo. Caen, 1827. -

AYLMER BOURKE LAMBERT, Esq. F.H. S.
A Coloured Print of Pinus Lambertiana.

: M. J. D. LEGARE.
Southern Agriculturist. Nos. 1 to 11 of Vol. 1.

JOHN CHRISTIAN LEHMANN, M. D. F.C. M. H.S.
Index Scholarum in Hamburgensium Gymnasio Academico, &c.
4to. Hamburgh, 1828. |
M. LE COMTE LELIEUR, F. M. H.S.
Mémoire sur le Dahlia et sur sa Culture. 8vo. Versailles, 1829.

M. H. S. LE PRINCE.

Principes Universels du Langage. 12mo. Paris, 1829.
Essai d'Interprétation du Zodiaque Circulaire de Denderah. 8vo.

JOHN LINDLEY, Esq. F. H. S.
An Introductory Lecture delivered in the University of London, on
Thursday, April, 30, 1829. 8vo. London, 1829.
"MESSRS. LODDIGES.
The Botanical Cabinet. Parts 133 to 156 inclusive. 4to. London,

1828-1830.
JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON, Esq. F.H. S.

The Gardeners Magazine, Nos. 14 to 17 inclusive. 8vo. London,
1828-1830. :

The Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 1 to 7 inclusive. 8vo.
London, 1828-1830.

MR. M‘DOUGALL.
MR. JOSHUA MAJOR.

A Treatise on the Insects prevalent on Fruit Trees and Garden
produce. 8vo. London, 1829.

A Patent Syringe.

J. H. MOGGRIDGE, Esa.

An Inaugural Address delivered at the First Meeting of the Gla-
morgan and Monmouthshire Horticultural Society, on the
22nd of September, 1828. 8vo. Monmouth, 1828.

.JOHN MURRAY, Esq, F.H. S.

A Glance at Switzerland. 8vo. London, 1829.
A Treatise on Atmospheric Electricity. 8vo. London, 1830.
Practical Remarks on Modern Paper. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1829.

PATRICK NEILL, Eso. H.C. M. H.S.

List of Premiums offered by the Highland Society of Scotland in
1829. 8vo. Ebinburgh, 1829.

LE CHEVALIER PARMENTIER, F. C. M. H. S.
A Coloured Print of Magnolia Odoratissima.

SIGNOR ANTONIO PICCIOLI, F. C. M. H.S.

Catalogus Plantarum Horti Botanici Musei Imperialis et Regalis
Florentini. 4to. Rubr 1827.

DR. A. PITARO.

La Science de la Sétifere ou l'Art de isses la Soie. 8vo. Paris,
1898.

MR. WILLIAM PRINCE, F. C. M. H.S.

Four Catalogues of Plants cultivated in the Linnean Botanic
Garden and Nurseries near New York.

ys

MESSRS. RIDGWAY.

Pomological Magazine. Nos. 7 to 30 inclusive. 8vo. London,
1828-1830.

JOSEPH SABINE, Esq. F. H. S.
Jungii Opuscula Botanico-Physica. 4to. Coburgi, 1749.
Gérardin Tableau de Botanique. 8vo. Paris, 1805.
Gronovius Flora Virginica. 8vo. Lugd. 1743.
Osbeck Iter. Ind. Orient. 8vo. Stockholm, 1757.
Pulteney sur Linné traduit par Grandmaison. 8vo. Paris, 1789.
Hasselquist's Iter Palestinum. 8vo. Stockholm, 1757.
Linnaei Wastjola Resa. 8vo. Stockholm, 1758.
Lóflings Iter Hispanicum. 8vo. Stockholm, 1758.
Catalogus Plantarum Horti Regii Parisiensis, auctore Renato
. Desfontaines. 8vo. Paris, 1828. |
. Catalogue des Arbres Fruitiers par le Sieur Le Roy. 8vo. Angers,
1808. |
Transactions of the Berlin Horticultural Society. Vol. 1. 2. 3. 4. and
Part 1 of Vol. 6. 4to. Berlin, 1824-1829.

HENRY ADOLPHUS SCHRADER, M. D.F. M. H.S.
Blumenbachia, Novum e Loasearum familia Genus; adjectis obser-
vationibus super nonnullis aliis rarioribus aut minus cognitis
Plantis. 4to. Góttingen, 1827.
JOHN S. SKINNER, Esq. F. C. M.H. S.
The American Farmer. Vols. 8 and 9. and Nos. 1 to 5 of Vol. 10.

LE CHEVALIER SOULANGE-BODIN, F. C. M. H. S.
Annales de l'Institut Horticole de Fromont. Tom. 1. Partie 1 et 2.
Svo. Paris, 1829. -
EARL STANHOPE, F.H.S.
Address of Earl Stanhope at the Anniversary Meeting of the Me- -
dico-Botanical Society, January 16, 1829. 4to. London, 1829.

- M. SZUBERT, C. M.H.S.
Opisanie drzew i Krzewow lesnych Krolestwa Polskiego. 8vo.

Warsaw, 1827.
YOL. VII.

RICHARD TAYLOR, Esq.

The Philosophical Magazine and Annals of Philosophy. New Series.
Nos. 17 to 40 inclusive. 8vo. London, 1828-1830.

A Calendar of the Meetings of the scientific Bodies of London for
1829-30.

LE CHEVALIER TENORE, F. M. H. S.

Essai sur la Géographie Physique et Botanique du Royaume de
Naples. 8vo. Naples, 1827.

Memoria sul pruno cocumiglia di Calabria. 4to. Naples, 1828.

ADOLPHUS CHRISTIAN TREVIRANUS, M.D. F.C. M.H.S.

De Ovo vegetabili ejusque mutationibus observationes recentiores.

M. VALLET.
Catalogue des Roses Cultivées.

LE COMTE DE VANDES, F.H.S.

Mémoires de la Société Royale d'Agriculture et de Commerce de
Caen. Tomes 1 et 2. 8vo. Caen, 1827.

DR. VAN MARUM, F. M. H. S.

Transactions of the Society of Sciences at Haarlem. Vols. 14, 15,
and 16.
DR. VAN MONS, F.M. H.S.
Messager des Sciences et des Arts, 1827 et 1828. 8vo. Gand, 1827-
1828. :
Quelques Particularités concernant les Brouillards de différente
nature. 4to. 1827.
Commentatio chemico-technica de Cerevisiis Belgicis. 4to. Louvain,
1827.
M. VILMORIN, F.C. M.H.S.

Le Bon Jardinier for 1829 and 1830 8vo. Paris, 1829-1830.

DR. VON MARTIUS, F. M. H.S.

Ameenitates Botanica Monacenses. Pars 1. 4to. München, 1829.

MR. WILLIAM WILSON.

CEconomy of the Kitchen Garden, the Orchard, and the Vinery,

with Practical Direction for their Management. 8vo. New
York, 1828.

MR. JAMES YOUNG, F. H.S.

Hortus Epsomensis, or a Catalogue of Plants cultivated by Messrs.
Young of Epsom. 8vo. London, 1829.

I N D E X.

Acacia armata aco 41.
Acclimatizing Plants, 3

AcoN, JAMES, his sede of forcing Grapes, 1.
Agapanthus umbellatus acclimatized, 40.

Air Plants, upon their cultivation, 499.

4 ders, some remar able ones x E 201.

acclimatized, 40.

Althea nudiflora described, 251.

Amaryllis ignea described, 75.

Anagyris indica described, ae

Anchusa italica acclimatized, 4

Anticorrosion Paint, apos its deer as a
wash to old w val 02

mode preserving, as Potatoes, 90.
an account of those w. hich succeed i
Rosshire, 332.

Apple Pear described, 3
rrach, Arroche des Jardins, synonyms of
Orache, 130.

Artichaut Cardon described, 10
Asclepias carnosa, a synonym of Hoya car-
9.

PN
5

sparagus, on forcing, clas
tra punctata

stragalus Fe a a i described, 249.
strapæa Wallichii noticed, 3
triplex hortensis, a Spo v jf Orache, 131.

ubergine, a name of the E ui 83.
utumn Benvie Pear duaia 81
'verrhoa Carambola noticed, $90.

B

mmm

gyris ndis 245
renkeena, a name e of the E Egg plant, 83.
Barringtonia speciosa noti 391.

Beauty of Monergan Pear described, 318.
Beauty of Wilts Apple described, 336.
Bedegian, a name o of Egg plant, 83.
Beringella, a name of the Egg Plant, 83.
Beurré d’ Aremberg Pear described and
figured, 178.
Biel, in East Lothian, Plants acclimatized
there, 31.
Bisson pallida described, 57.
Bignonia venusta noticed, s
Black Achan Pear described, 3
Black Bess of Castle Merit "Pear des-
cribed, 328. A
Black Pear of Bog Mill described, 324.
Blenheim, or Woodstock Pippin noticed, 334.
Box», Tuomas, his mode of ga managing Straw-
rries, 90.
Bonne Done s a name Sd Orache, Pa
TH, E es varieties
of Camellia ead Tis, €
—— triphylla, its cultii described,

Diasah nodosa described, 70.

Briery Bush Pear descrit Figo

Brighton Pear described, 3

Brinjall, a name of the Ege Të 83.
Brodiæa Ixioides described, 72.

Brown le of Burnt Island described, 834.

Brown John, or Brown Y, a name of the
Egg lant, 83.
Buck, WILLIAM, ur "rice of the Elford or
ck's Rhubarb,
Buddlea globosa arama: a.
Busked Lady Pear described, 3
Bydendjan, a name of the Eee | Plant, 83.

C

Caladium odorum noticed, 391.
Calathea. flavescens described, 64.
Calceolaria pinnata acclimatized, 41.
Calla «thiopica acclimatized, D uar

INDEX.

Calochortus, some species described, a 5.

Calycanthus precoz acclimatized, 4

EN caryophyllifolia cael 59.

Cambusnethan Pippin noticed, 335

Camellias, the species and varieties described,
519.

——— vem their cultivation in the open
border, 16

Camellia. scabies described, 5

Camphorosma monspeliaca T E 88.

Canna indica acclimatized, nc

— —— nepalensis, noticed, 3

Caprifolium Douglasii, doicsited, 244.

Carde, Cardonette, names of Cardoon, 10.

Cardoon, the varieties and mode of cultiva-
tion

Carolinea insignis noticed, 3

on ed a mode of ostro vig them,

Celery, upon the cultivation of late, 91.

n its culture,

Celsia eor scniapatized. 42.

Charles Apple described, 259.
rümmond Pear described,

3
Cherimoyer, upon the cultivation of, 254.
Cherry, Chinese, upon its culture, 180.
Cherry Orchard, M'. LAsovcHERE' des-
cribed, 400
Chimonanthus fragrans acclimatized, 41.
Chinese Plants, how to import them, s 396.
Chou d'amour, a name of Orache,
Cineraria cruenta, populifolia, and pee ac-
climatized, 42.
garvensis acclimatized, 41.

, ib.
— Z mutabilis, ib.
—— ledon
—- ladoniferia, ib.
Cleome rosea described, 65.
Clerodendron infortunatum noticed, 3
Climate, upon supposed changes in Sod of

England, 563.
Cne

orum tricoccum acclimatized, 40.

OS 4.
Reinette Apple, : a new r aey des-
.7 Nus Nowe!

i, 40.

sr Jj

|

Convolvulus Cneorum acclimatized, 40.

Coronilla valentina acclimatized, 38.

— glauca, ib.

Corton, Wittram, upon the use of Anticor-
rosion Paint, ‘

Coul Blush Apple, a new, variety, described,

Court of Wick Apple — "deni

Crawford Pear described, 3

Crinum amabile noticed, gs

Crocuses, upon the spring varieties, 419.

Cupressus lusitanica acclimatized, 41.

Currants, an account of their having been pre-
served sound till Moped ^.

Cymbidium reflexum notie

Cynara Cardunculus, aname of a Cardoon, 9.

D
Dahlia, a description of a good double, 145.

account of the varieties, 141.
description of the most tbe,

= Index of ditto, 164.
Datt, James, upon forcing Asparagus, 188.
upon the Pine Apple, 184.
Dendrobium crumenatum described, 70.
Devonshire Quarenden Apple described, 333.
Dick, Jonw, an account of a frame for pro-
tecting Wall-fruit, 76.
iomedea argentea described, 50.
Disandra prostrata acclimatized, 3
Doveras, Davin, upon the aras “of Calo-
chortus, 2

ES ences of several

species of Ribes, 508.

Doyenné ae Pear Raa 177.

————— aché Pear dassibed 177.

Dessen canariense acclimatized, 42.

Duchesse nie, pee yt Pear described an
figured, 176.

Durr, CunisTrIE, on the treatment of Nym-
phæa rubra, 285.

Early Christie Pear described, 307.
ecremocarpus scaber described, 249.

Edwardsia microphylla acclimatized, Al

Egg Plants described, 82.

Elcho Pear described, 320. `

Elford, or Bucks Rhubarb vasit ry 89.

INDEX.

Elshin Haft Pear described, 306.

Erica mediterranea acclimatized, 40.

Erodium hymenodes acclimatized, 42.

Eupatorium. scandens, a synonym of Mika-
nia scandens, 250.

F

FAIRBAIRN, Tuomas, on the cultivation of
Air Plants in Stoves, 499.

Ficus elastica noticed, 389.

Frisuren, The Rev. Jony, upon the manage-
= of a barren Swan’s Egg Pear Tree,

ee of Monergan Pear described, 318.

Follette, a name of Orache, 130

Fontainbleau mode of training Vines ex-
plained, 373.

Forest Trees, remarks upon the mode of trans-
planting them, 254.

poe WirLrAM, his description of a Pine

Pit,
Fruit ver upon planting them on the banks

of rivers, 135.
G

Galston Muirfowl Egg Pear described, 33

Garden of the Horticultural Society, at Chis
wick, Reports upon the new or rare plants
which have flowered in it, up to March
1826, 46.

Journal

of Meteorological observations made in it

in 1826, 102, and 1827, 346.

descrip-

tion of the different. varieties of Cardoon

cH— in it, and of the mode of cultivating
em, 9.

descrip-
tion of the different varieties of Esculent
Egg Plants cultivated in it, 82.

an ac-
count and description of the species and
most remarkable varieties of Spring Crocus
cultivated in it, 419.

aiia arrange-
ment and description of the Dahlias culti-
vated in it, 141.

des
tion of the varieties of Orache cultivated, in
it, 1

Garden of the Horticultural Society, account
of the several plants belonging to the genus
Hoya, cultivated in it, 16.

Report
n the Meteorological Instruments em-
lora in it,

Genuine Gold. Knap Pear described, 308.

Geranium anemonefolium acclimatized, 42.

Gesneria Douglasii og 62

Gilliesia graminea desc 72.

Gloux Morceaux Pear denied and figured,

179.
Gnaphalium Stechas acclimatized, 33.
Golden Globe Pear described, 317.
Gold Knap of Castle Huntley Pear des-
cribed, 316.

Powgavie Pear described,
315.

cribed, 3
Gomeza asiron noticed, 67.
GORRIE, aicut upon the Pears of Scot-
land, 299
Grapes, method of forcing early and late, 1.
those of SpEECHLY commented upon,

Gourdie Hill Pear des-

Crees Achan Pear described, 3
Cail Castock Pear described $23.
Pear of Yair described, 3
Swans Egg Pear jes eg 326.
GREENSHIELDS, WILLIAM, upon growing
Melons in the open border, 172
—— upon the manage-
ment of Standard Trees, 291.
Grey Achan Pear described, 321.
Grey Good Wife Pear described, 307.
Griffinia hyacinthina d j 7S.
Groom, Henry, upon procuring late Ranun- `
culus Flowers, 394. :
Grub, which infests Onions, how to destroy, 93.
Gynandr opsis pulchella described, 65.

H

HARRISON, ME on the cultivation of Ca-
mellias in the open border

Hay, Joun, description of a "x dL 218.

Hazel Pear, described, 3

Heaths, note upon their treatment, 183.

Heliotropium peruvianum acc imatiz

Hellenia abnormis described, 60.

, 40.

IND E X.

pec WALTER, an account of ma-
each Trees, :

Herefordshire Pearmain, i-i 333;

Hernandia sonora noticed, 3

Hibiscus syriacus indmiised, 4

Hirpvanp, Ertas, his description: of the mode
of destroying the Grub in scm 93.

Hollandbury Apple noticed, 3

Holly-hedges in SN some remarkable
ones described

Hot-beds, some ea in them sug-
gested, 281,

Hot-houses, upon heating them with water,

568

Hot-wall described, 218

Hot Water, its application to heating Stoves,
203, 568.

Hoya, the species described, 16.

Hughes's Golden Pippin noticed, 336.

Hypericum mone acclimatized, 41.

Coris, 1

balearicum acclimatized, 32.

egyptiacum acclimatized, 34.

IJ

Iberis semperflorens nd 4l.
Ipomea insignis noticed, 3

, ib.
Tribh, a name of Orache, 130.
Tris ehini acclimatized, 40.

Jacaranda mimosæfolia biil; 390.
Jasminum revolutum acclimatized, 37.

K

King Pippin described, 3
Kinellan Apple, a new ria, described, 338.
Kerkan Apple, a new variety, described, 339.
oe or Clydesdale Pear, described,

Eo Golden Reinette noticed, 333.
Kirke s Scarlet Admirable &oticed; 334.

KNIGHT, Sonar ANDREW, upon the culture
of Celery, 43

of the Chien Chai, 180
me ‘upon th ix culture
of the Mango and Cherim

mw the culture

Knicut, Tuomas ANDREW, upon some ex-
atris in the construction of Hot-beds,
81.

upon the culture
of the Potatoe, 405.
upon the culture

of the Pine Apple, 409.
upon changes in

the climate of England, 563.

upon the dege-
neracy of the Persian Melon, 584.

L

Lammas Pear described, 314.

Late Christie Pear described, 327.

Lavandula dentata acclimatized, "c

Lavatera triloba acclimatized, 3

Large Muirfowl Egg Pear describe, 319.

Lespedeza capitata described, 2

LiwpLEY, Jonn, notice of five ail of Pears,
175.

his Report upon the rare
plants in the Society’s Garden, 46.

Report upon the new or rare
plants that have ean i in the Garden, 224.
n the Mela Carla, Mal-

carle, or Charles Ando: 259.

Linum tauricum acclimatized, 40.
Liparis pers described, 68.
? reflexa, a PAPIER, of the above, ib.
Loan’s Pearmain notic
Lodge Pear descri , 30
Lonicera implexa acclimatized, 40.
— flava, ib.
Lopezia racemosa acclimatized, e
Lychnis coronata acclimatized, 3

M

MACKENZIE, Sir GEORGE STUART, es account
of Apples growing in eee 2;

emarks a gw the

period of gathering early Pears, 9

n the —

of the Strawberry, 342.
n a method of
marking numbers upon Tallies, 288.
upon the Apples
that succeed in Rosshire, 332.
Marie Louise Pear described, 176

INDE X.

Mango, upon the cultivation of, 254.

Margil Apple noticed, 336.

Marica californica acclimatized, 4

Marrubium | pseudo-dictamnus aodio.
53.

Maruews, ANDREW, on Esculent Egg Plants,
82.

on the varieties of Car-

doon, 9.

Mayénae, a name of the Egg Plant, 83.

Mearys, JoHN, his put eg a mode of ob-
taining late Raspberries, 9

upon = Se of Bou-
vardia triphylla, 50

Medicago mboi a TEDER 39.

Mela Carla described, 259.

Melanzana, a name of the Egg Plant, S3.

Mélongéne, a name of the Egg Plant, 83.

Melons, upon the degeneracy of tie Persian

varieties, 484.
upon their cultivation, ib.
their management in the open border,

Mimosa latispinosa described, 46.

Monergan Pheasant Pear described, 315.

Mérangéne, a name of te CES pne 83.
eringeane, a name Plant, 83.

M s en acclimatized,

pinnatifidum,

2b.
uncinatum acclimatized,

524.
dtd Instruments used in the Gar-
n of the Society, 97.
Micreii Journal, kept in the Society’s
Garden, 346. .
Meteor Observations in the Garden of
the Society in 1826, 102.
— Achan Pear described, 305.
Mikani scribed, 250.
Melia "Hiodarae chiste. 41.
Mimulus glutinosus acclimatized, 35.
Momordica Elaterium acchimatized, 42.
Monckx, Sir CHARLES MILES LAMBERT, upon
transplanting large Forest Trees, 294.
escribed, 312.
Mountain Spinach, a name of Orache, 130.
Mowsray, WILLIAM, on fruiting Passifloras,

95.
Muirfowl Egg Pear described, 309.

N

Newbigging Gold Knap Pear described, 316.
, how to procure in Fruit Trees,

417.
Nolana tenella described, 252.
Norfolk Colman Apple described, 333.
Northern Greening Apple described, 333.
Nymphea rubra, upon its treatment, 285.

O

Olus €— a I ea e of Orache, 130.
Oncidium pubes described, 71.
Onions, the Grub | in, destroyed, 93.
Ononis Natrix acclimatized, 32.
Onychium crumenatum noticed, 70.
rache, upon its varieties and cultivation, 130.

P
Paint, upon the useful effect of Anticorrosion,
32.

Palindjan, a name of the Egg Plant, 83.

Pardanthus chinensis acclimatized, 41.

Parks, Jonn Damper, upon the e management

lants during a ike oe te from China, 396.
of fruiting several

of p
Passiflora, on
les, 95.

A cR crulea acclimatized, 41.

Wim described, 48.

lanata noticed, 399.

serratifolia, ib.

edulis, 1b.
— alata, ib.
Peach Apple noticed, 334.
rees, upon their management in an
early house, 209.

| Pears, a mode of preventing the speedy decay
4.

of early kinds descri

— — some account of a method of removing
their sterility, 2b.

——— rendered fruitful by the Quince Stock,

213

Pear Diel of Gourdie Hill described, 322.

Pear Duncan described, 320.

Pear Grannie, or Green Pear of Hill des-
cribed, 329.

Pear Mackray subg o:

Pear Nattie described, 3

Pears of Scotland desinat 299.

I N D E X.

Pear Worry described, 321.

Pease Meal Pock Pear described, 311.
Persicaria orientalis acclimatized, 41.
Pergularia odoratissima Lana 392.
Phormium tenax acclimatized, 40,

Phycella corusca dose: 74 4.

Pine Apple, on its culture, 4

—— —— — Mr. Datv’s Ere of cultivating,

184.

Pine Pit, a plan of, described, 87.

Pippin Pear described, 313.

Pittosporum Tobira acclimatized, 36.

Pleroma heteromalla noticed, 392.

Podanthus Mitigui disicriber 247.

Podalyria virginica acchmatized, 41.

Pomme de neige noticed, 334.

Poong, Sir Epwarp, on the cultivation of
Stove Plants, 389.

Potatoe, on its culture, wet
ow Meg Pear described, 3

Protecting tender shrubs in the open border,
a mode of, described, 91.

Prunus Pseudo-cerasus, upon its culture, 180.

— salicina described, 239.

serrulata described, 288."

Pundie, or Pound Pear described, 323.

Pyrus arbutifolia described, 229.

Jloribunda, 230.

depressa, 230.

——— melanocarpa, 231.

pu ; 232.
grandifolia, 233.
Aria, 234.

Quince coc upon their advantage on Pear
Stocks,

— Ó a mode of procuring its flowers
late,
E ese. a mode of obtaining late crops,

Red Pear Deil described, 305.

Red Pear of Bevin described, 314.

Red Pear of the Leyes described, 316.
Red Swan's Egg Pear described, 395.
Reinette de Canada noticed, 335.

Renanthera coccinea, its cultivation described,

499
Rhubarb, how to fords quida 190.

| prenne the Elford, or Bucks, described,

Ribes, several species described, 5

Ribes aureum, and varieties deceribed, 240.
—— — tenuiflorum, 242

setosum, phi

—— alpinum ; ety, pumilum, 244.
ces ES ‘lasting their banks with Fruit
„ES

Rob "Rhind Pear described, 322.

ROBERTSON, Jonn, his account of the Fon-
tainebleau mode of mies the Vine, 373.

n planting the banks of
rivers with Fruit TO: 135.

Rodriguezia lanceolata noticed, 68.

— planifolia described. 67.

Rosa alpina, speciosa, described, 227.

— Banksie, flava, described, 226.

Dicksoni described, 2
Drummond's T'horsidii

aec described,

Russet, how pamen in App, 605.
S
SABINE, JosEPH, an reas of some Holly-

hedges in Scotland, 1
on diu varieties of Spring

Crocus, 419.
Sanseviera carnea akiai ed, 4
Sarcocephalus esculentus described 56.
Scarlet Pearmain noticed,
Schollia crassifolia E: x
carnosa noticed, 19.
viminalis noticed, 28.
Scolymus aculeatus noticed, 9.
Scotch Pears descri
Scots Bergamot Pear described, 308.
Senecio lanceus acclimatized, 38.
ilicifolius, 1
SETON, ALEXANDER; os upon the effect —
of soil upon stocks, 2
Sinningia Helleri described, 63.

| Solanum dealbatum described, 52.

saponaceum, 53.
Seaforthianum noticed, 392.
Smilax aspera acclimatized, 41.

INDEX.

Surru, Jonn, his account of a Cherry Orchard,

SwrrH, WirLiAM, his account of Dahlias,
41.

Srrecuiy’s Treatise on the Vine commented

W ssak M Mountain, a name of Orache, 130.
Stachys coccinea acclimatized, 33.
Stachytarpheta mutabilis noticed, 391.
beseni ideni Trees, upon their manage-

Stapel eiit 20,

coc nti

SrorHARD, WILLIAM, wes forcing Rhubarb, |
190.

Stove Plants, upon their cultivation, 389.
Strawberries, upon the management of, 90.
— — —— — on their cultivation, 342.
dm JoHN, on ier plants at Biel,
n East Lothian, 3

Sewer; S. S. upon procüring new wood in old
Fruit Trees, 417.

Sweet Topaz Apple, a new variety, described,
340.

L
Tabernemontana pu sent 55;
etes lucida acch Lotte, 4
Tett an improvement upon tan, 258.

r Codlin, a new variety, described,

Tephrosia! ? chinensis described, 58.
Teucrium flavum acclimatized, 37.
— fruticans acclimatized, 41.
fruticosum acclimatized, 39,
—————— marum acclimatized, 33.
Thea, the pe, described, 519.
laburnifolia, a synonym of Ana-.
gyris indick. 245.

—————— , b.

‘Tompson, conta, "or on Mr. SrEECHLY's va-
rieties of Grape, 263.

Thrifty Pear described, 3

TOLLET, GEORGE, upon Hiding Apples as
Potatoes, 90.

TorsRon, — upon the use of Quince
Stocks, 2

'TowNsHEND, WILLIAM, on the cultivation of
Orache, 130.

Transplanting, remarks upon, 2

'TRAILL, James, on the species ot) Hoya, 16.

TREDGOLD, THomas, upon the application of
hot water to heating Hot-houses, 568.

Uy

Ulex Europæus, e CE described, 237.
Uropetalon longifolium described, 74.
PME media acclimatized, 40.
ngeane, a name of the Egg Plant, 83.

Verona triphylla acclimatized, 40
Veronica decussata acclim AL
Viédaze, a name of the Egi ; Pikit, 83.
Vines, some remarks upon a those of SPEECHLY,

263

mode of cultivating it at Fon-

sailed 373.
Virgilia viride a synonym of Anagyris In-
dica, 245.

Ww
Watcor, WILLIAM, his description of Wicker

Protections for tender plants, 91.
Kc Fruit, a mode of protecting, described,

|
| Wii Pole Pear described, 306-326.

WEBSTER, JAMES, an account of his exhibi-
tion of Currants in November, 96.

Aer Jonw, his mode of planting
Celery, 9

| WHALE, Wutai upon the use of hot water

in heating Stoves, 203.
Whorle Pear described, 3
WirLiAMs, Jonw, upon the cause of Russet,
505.
Wrrzrans, R ce his mode of destroying
ne
dies E Pee described, 2s
Winter Ricket Pear described, 3
Wormsley Pippin described, $85.
Wrightia tinctoria described, 54.
X
Xylophylla latifolia noticed, 392.
=
Tek, or Genuine Benvie Pear, described,

Yellow Pear of Bambriech described, 311.
Yellow Sugar-loaf Pear described, 317.

Printed by William Nicol, Cleveland Row, St. James’s,